General Orders - DefenderUp

Revision: A- 2/10/2014
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Introduction
Number: Introduction (A) Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: January 12, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.5, 2.1.6, 2.2.1, 5.2.13, 11.4.3; 12.2.1 a; 12.2.2 a, b c; 33.5.4
DISCLAIMER
THIS IS NOT A CONTRACT.
ALL EMPLOYEES OF THE BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE ARE AT-WILL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYED BASED ON THE APPOINTMENT OF THE SHERIFF.
THE SHERIFF OR THE EMPLOYEE MAY TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT AT ANY TIME AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
NOTHING IN THE BEAUFORT COUNTY’S OR SHERIFF’S OFFICE HANDBOOKS, MANUALS, POLICIES, RULES, OR OTHER WRITTEN DOCUMENTS CREATES ANY CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT.
ALL CURRENT OR PAST POLICIES, PRACTICES OR PROCEDURES DO NOT SUGGEST PROMISES OR A CONTRACT THAT THOSE POLICIES, PRACTICES OR PROCEDURES WILL CONTINUE IN THE FUTURE.
(2.1.5B) ALL POLICIES, PRACTICES OR PROCEDURES MAY BE CHANGED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE SHERIFF.
Purpose:
(2.1.5fg) These general orders are the result of the efforts of all members of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Every effort has been made to ensure the policies contained are based on current information, contemporary professional judgment, Federal Law, Federal Court Rulings, South Carolina State Law, County of Beaufort Ordinances and Regulations, and other judicial and administrative decisions.
This publication is dedicated in the belief that a professional organization must be guided by the rules of law and operated within the parameters of clearly established rules and regulations. Each member of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is respected and will be treated as an individual and allowed certain discretion; however, all members must recognize the need for uniformly acceptable conduct.
IntroductionA Pg 2 of 5
The integrity of the organization rests with the actions of its employees. These general orders are guidelines to assist with the regulation of conduct and the procedural parameters of the agency’s work. Our community’s perception of their Sheriff’s Office rests with the competence and ethical behavior of our Deputies and support staff. These general orders will help to ensure that public trust is well placed.
The general orders are developed based on the mandates of the CALEA Accreditation process which is an internationally recognized law enforcement management model. These general orders are subject to being amended, revoked, or revised at any time based on the needs of the agency and the community.
Mission Statement:
(CALEA 12.2.1a, 2.1.5a) The primary mission of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is to provide a safe and secure environment for Beaufort County residents and visitors. Our goals are to seek, understand and address the underlying issues that lead to calls for service. We will accomplish these goals through community involvement policing along with an aggressive enforcement of state and local laws. It is our belief that these collaborative efforts and enhanced problem solving techniques will significantly improve the quality of life for Beaufort County residents and will enhance the experience of our visitors.
Vision Statement:
That the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will work with all citizens to solve community and neighborhood problems thereby enhancing the respect, trust, and confidence earned by the Sheriff’s Office.
Values:
(CALEA 2.1.5a, 2.2.1, 12.2.1 a) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office believes that providing superior policing service is our primary responsibility. In order to achieve and maintain higher principles and values we, the employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, are committed to the following values:

Maintain agency integrity and credibility;
Respect the rights of the individual, evidenced through implementation of ethical and humanitarian policies and procedures;
IntroductionA Pg 3 of 5
Recognize the importance of Sheriff’s Office personnel, evidenced by maintaining a work environment that facilitates professional growth;
Maintain fiscal responsibility and accountability;
Create and maintain community partnerships by providing opportunities for citizen volunteer involvement.
Principals:
Integrity: Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will adhere to a personal code of conduct which supports the moral values necessary for good government and advances the mission, values and principles of the Sheriff’s Office;
Honesty: Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will be truthful in all their interactions with the public and with each other;
Respect for Others: Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will discharge their duties in a professional and concerning manner for all of those they serve. All people will be treated with dignity regardless of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, and handicap, social or economic status;
Fairness: Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will make decisions in a fair, objective and impartial manner;
Accountability: Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will take responsibility for their own actions and personal decisions. Each employee of the Sheriff’s Office will protect the public trust by upholding the constitution and laws of the United States of America, State of South Carolina and Beaufort County.
Civil and Criminal Liability:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office General Orders Manual is for internal use only.
The manual is not intended to augment an employee’s civil or criminal liability in any way. The directives contained in this manual should not be interpreted as the foundation of a higher standard of safety or care in any evidentiary sense, with respect to third party
IntroductionA Pg 4 of 5
claims. Violation of these directives, if proven, should only form the basis of a complaint by this agency, and then only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
User’s Guide and Accreditation:
General:
This manual provides employees of the Beaufort Sheriff’s Office with a readily accessible source of agency-approved policies, procedures, and rules (General Orders) that comply with the standards established by the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA). The general orders contained within are intended to serve as a guide and framework within which decisions can be made. The manual is not intended to cover every situation that may arise in the discharge of an employee’s duties.
(CALEA 26.1.1) This manual is issued upon the authority of the Sheriff. All Beaufort Sheriff’s Office personnel are required to become familiar and follow the directives in this general orders manual. Personnel may also access the General Orders electronically from the Sheriff’s Office computer systems.
Accreditation
(CALEA 11.4.3; 33.5.4) The Accreditation Manager is responsible for ensuring that all reports, reviews and other activities mandated by applicable accreditation standards are accomplished in the time and manner prescribed by CALEA. The Accreditation Manager shall use a combination of a manual and automated system to accomplish this task. The Sheriff’s Office shall ensure that if new or additional personnel are appointed as the Accreditation and Standards Manager, they receive CALEA Accreditation Manager training within one year of appointment.
Revisions:
(CALEA 2.1.5cehi, 12.2.2 a, b, c) This General Order Manual is designed to be a working document. The Chief Deputy, Chief of Staff and Deputy Chief of Staff are authorized to make changes and will be notified by the Accreditation Manager when a change occurs in the General Orders Manual. The Chief of Staff or his designee is responsible for disseminating all changes to the General Orders Manual to all personnel under his/her supervision and to ensure all hard copy changes are made at the appropriate locations. Each Supervisor under the command of the Chief of Staff is responsible for assuring all personnel under their command are trained on the policy revisions and
IntroductionA Pg 5 of 5
provide a copy of the training document to the Sheriff’s Office Training Branch on each employee for filing. All employees shall sign that they have seen and understand the intent of any changes to the General Order’s Manual.
Manual Organization:
(2.1.5d) The General Orders Manual is grouped into four Chapters. Each Chapter corresponds to a specific Branch of the Sheriff’s Office and that Chapter has an assigned Series Number. Each general order is arranged under the appropriate Chapter.
100 Series: Administrative Services;
200 Series: Operational Services;
300 Series: Support Services; and
400 Communications
Manual Comments:
Please notify the Accreditation Manager if any area of this manual needs correction or if there are suggestions or comments for future issued General Orders or revisions. All suggestions and comments are appreciated.
Revision: A- 2/10/2014; A1-5/14/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Written Directive System
Number: 100A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 9
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.6, 12.2.1 b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i; 12.2.2 a, b, c; 41.2.2 k
Purpose:
To establish a formal written directive system for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
(CALEA 12.2.1 f) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will maintain an effective and up to date directive system intended to keep all personnel of the Sheriff’s Office informed of the expectations, policies and procedures of the Sheriff’s Office. This directive system will form the foundation for the operation of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Employees shall have access to the General Orders on SharePoint. The Sheriff is authorized to issue, modify, and approve any written directive.
(CALEA 12.2.1 b, c, f, g, h) The directives (general orders, policies, procedures, rules and regulations, standard operating procedures, special orders, personnel orders, memoranda, and instructional material) contained within this manual are consistent with state and federal laws and local ordinances. The Sheriff or the Chief Deputy shall have the authority to issue, modify, approve, and rescind written directives within the Sheriff’s Office.
Command Officers are Deputy Sheriffs that hold the rank of Major or above. Command Officers are vested with the authority to issue directives; however, such directives shall apply only to those employees under the command of the issuing authority. No written directives will conflict, parallel, or supersede any general order without the expressed authority of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy. These directives will govern all Sheriff’s Office activities.
100A Written Directive System Pg 2 of 9
Definitions:
Bulletins: Written notices to disseminate information or instructions that do not warrant a formal order.
General Orders: Written directives which define and specify policies and procedures for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. General orders are issued and authorized by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy. General Orders apply to all personnel, sworn and civilian, of the Sheriff’s Office and form the core of the written directive system. General Orders supersede all other policy directives of the Sheriff’s Office. General Orders do not supersede laws of the County of Beaufort or the State of South Carolina. All General Orders are in effect until either amended or rescinded.
Memorandums: Written communications intended to inform and direct personnel regarding relatively minor aspects of agency operations. The use includes but is not limited to the following:
Dissemination of information or instructions which do not warrant a formal order. Examples are the notification of an available training program or the announcement of a promotion.
To explain or clarify an existing order.
Inform agency personnel about the actions and policies of other agencies.
Personnel Orders: An order issued by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy to provide guidance in matters relating to administration and personnel management. Examples of Personnel Orders are:
The appointment of new personnel.
The assignment or transfer of personnel.
Promotion or demotion of personnel.
Supervision, dismissal or reinstatement of personnel.
Special Orders: Written directives which define and specify policies and procedures for special situations or events. Special orders may be issued for situations or events of a temporary or self-canceling nature. Examples of Special Orders are:
Specific instructions for the accomplishment of a specific purpose. When accomplished, there will be no need for continuing instructions.
Instructions for the use and deployment of personnel.
Authorization to change from summer to winter uniforms.
100A Written Directive System Pg 3 of 9
Instructions and assignment of personnel to training programs.
A directive to specific Branches of the Sheriff’s Office which does not necessarily influence the operation of others.
Other Instructional Materials: Other instructional materials include all other written materials not specified above which may occasionally be issued by the Sheriff’s Office or Beaufort County Government to guide performance. Examples of Other Instructional Materials are:
Lesson plans
Personnel policies
Procurement procedures
Roll call issues
Procedures:
(CALEA 12.2.1 d, f, g, h) The Sheriff’s Office General Orders Manual will serve as a handbook of permanent written directives. This manual contains general orders, statements of Sheriff’s Office policies, procedures, rules and regulations, standard operating procedures, special orders, personnel orders, memorandums, and instructional material.
A. Organization and Maintenance of the General Orders Manual:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office General Orders Manual will be organized in the following manner:

Introduction Section: The material in this section will be developed and issued at the direction of the Sheriff. This information will be reviewed annually, and will remain in effect until amended or rescinded by the issuing authority. This section will be a narrative format containing the following subjects:
a. Agency Disclaimer.
b. Forward (overview).
c. Agency Mission Statement.
d. Agency Vision Statement.
e. Agency Values.
f. Agency Principals.
g. Civil and Criminal Liability Statement.
100A Written Directive System Pg 4 of 9
h. User’s Guide and Accreditation: (Revisions, Manual Organization, and Manual Comments).
Designation of 100 Series Refers to Administrative General Orders.
Designation of 200 Series Refers to Operational General Orders.
Designation of 300 Series Refers to Support Services General Orders.
Designation of 400 Series Refers to Communications.
B. (CALEA 12.2.1 d) General Orders Manual Format:
A designation of an “A” after the general order number will indicate that the general order has been revised. The next revision will be indicated by a number “1, 2, 3, etc.” after the A. Example: General Order 100, when revised, will be designated as General Order 100A. If revised again, it will be designated as General Order 100A1.
General orders will use the following typesetting:
a. Times New Roman 14 point font.
b. Full justification.
c. Headings will be in bold font upper case Letters.
d. Second Subheadings will be numbered.
e. Third Subheadings will be lower case Letters.
f. Fourth Subheadings will be lower case Roman Numerals.
g. Definitions will not be in bold font but underlined.
h. Each of the general orders will utilize the same template adopted by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and will be written in a narrative format.
i. The first page of each General Order, at the top of the page provides the reader with the following information:
i) Subject: The Subject is the topic the general order is going to address.
ii) Type: The Type will designate whether the general order is designated as Administrative, Operational, Support or Critical Incident.
iii) Number: Each general order is assigned a specific number within a specific series.
(1) 100 Series are Administrative General Orders.
(2) 200 Series are Operational General Orders.
(3) 300 Series are Support General Orders.
(4) 400 Series are Communications General Orders.
(5) Pages: The number of pages contained in the general order.
(6) Effective date of the general order.
100A Written Directive System Pg 5 of 9
(7) Evaluation date of the general order.
(8) Reference: Refer to CALEA Standards, County Ordinance, and/or State Laws that are relevant to the general order.
iv) Purpose: The purpose of the general order will be the first heading.
v) Policy Statement: The Sheriff’s Office position and philosophy on the specific topic, written as a brief policy statement.
vi) Definitions: If the general order includes terminology which must be specifically defined the definitions of those terms will be in the third heading.
vii) Procedures: Steps to be followed or aspects of the general order intended to guide personnel in the application of a particular directive. Procedures may involve several sections and may have various descriptive headings.
C. Explanation of the General Order’s Manual Content:
Bulletins: Written notices to disseminate information or instructions which do not warrant a formal order.
(CALEA 12.2.1 i) General Orders: General Orders will be developed and issued at the direction of the Sheriff. Any proposal that affects policy or procedure of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be forwarded through the chain of command to the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy will provide a copy to the Accreditation Unit. The Accreditation Unit will work with the originator’s content and draft or amend the general order into a professional, consistent policy format. Draft general orders and/or amendments will be circulated for input to all of the Accreditation Team prior to being submitted to the Chief Deputy. General Orders will be reviewed annually, and will remain in effect until amended or rescinded by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
Memorandum: Any employee having the need to convey or seek information in an advisory nature may issue memoranda. Memorandum will apply only to specific incidents, events or personnel referred to in the memo and will only be effective until the conclusion of the event or no longer than 90 days, whichever occurs first. The memoranda will be prepared in a standard format used throughout the agency in the appropriate format as approved by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy. All memorandum issued will be sequentially numbered with an assigned tracking number. The tracking number will be obtained from the Records Section. The Records Section is responsible for maintaining a Memorandum Tracking Log with the following
100A Written Directive System Pg 6 of 9
information: Memorandum Number, Issuing Authority, Date, Subject and the Expiration Date. Copies of all memorandums issued will be provided to the Chief Deputy.
Memorandums issued by supervisors which convey an order that will be in effect for more than 90 days must approved by the Chief Deputy or the Administrative, Enforcement and/or Emergency Management Colonel.
Special Orders: Special Orders will be issued by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy and will be distributed to affected personnel. Special orders will be prepared according to a format approved by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy. The effective date of the order will be included in the body of the directive. An ending date also will be included, unless the order is self-canceling or the nature of the order is such that no ending date is necessary. Special Orders will be reviewed annually and will remain in effect until amended or rescinded by the issuing authority. All Special orders will be sequentially numbered with an assigned tracking number.
Personnel Orders: Personnel Orders will be developed and issued by the authority of the Sheriff. All Personnel Orders will be reviewed annually and will remain in effect until amended or rescinded by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
D. (CALEA 12.2.2 a, b, c) Distribution and Acknowledgement:
Personnel may access the General Orders Manual electronically from SharePoint.
General orders will be developed and issued by the authority of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy. Any proposal that affects policy or procedure of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be forwarded through the chain of command to the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy will provide a copy to the Accreditation Unit. The Accreditation Unit will work with the originator’s content and draft or amend the general order into a professional, consistent policy format. Draft general orders and/or amendments will be circulated to the Accreditation Team for review/comments/changes prior to being submitted to the Chief Deputy for approval. Once approved, the Accreditation Unit will ensure the revisions are made to the general orders on SharePoint. Each Supervisor is responsible for assuring all personnel under their command are briefed on the policy revisions. Employees shall acknowledge and review the revised or new directives by:
100A Written Directive System Pg 7 of 9
E-mails will be distributed to the Captains and/or ranking supervisors from accreditation advising of the addition or revision of a general order. Captains will ensure all employees will review the change.
A return e-mail will be sent to accreditation from the Captains/ranking supervisors advising of the notification being completed.
General orders will be reviewed annually, and will remain in effect until amended or rescinded by the Sheriff.
It is the responsibility of each employee to become knowledgeable of the general orders and to seek further clarification, as needed.
E. Review and Revision:
(CALEA 12.2.1 e) Written directives are subject to review and revision and will be under continuous examination in order to provide appropriate direction to employees of the Sheriff’s Office. Division, Branch or Section specific procedures, special orders, memoranda, e-mails and bulletins, which are not self canceling by date, shall be forwarded to the Administration, Enforcement and Emergency Management Colonels for review 90 days after being issued to determine if:
They should be cancelled.
They should be incorporated into the General Orders Manual.
They should be revised.
They should be continued in their present form.
a. Any employee discovering material that is no longer current, or a discrepancy in any directive, is encouraged to report such information to the Accreditation Unit and to make recommendations for changes or additions.
b. The authority for changes will rest with the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
The process for reviewing, revising, purging, and adding new directives will be as follows:
a. (CALEA 41.2.2 k) Existing general orders and other pertinent directives that are not self-canceling will be reviewed annually, unless circumstances
100A Written Directive System Pg 8 of 9
dictate that an earlier review is necessary. The Chief Deputy and the Accreditation Team will conduct such review.
b. After the review and approval by the Sheriff, the existing directives that are amended or reissued will be provided to the Chief Deputy for dissemination to staff. The Accreditation Unit will ensure the changes are made to the general orders on Sharepoint.
c. New general orders will be reviewed prior to issue. This review will be conducted in the following manner:
i) A draft of the directive will be distributed to the Accreditation Team.
ii) The Accreditation Team will review the draft with any assigned subordinates and record any suggestions or recommendations.
iii) Changes approved by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy will be incorporated into a final draft.
F. Dissemination:
All requests from outside the Sheriff’s Office for copies of the General Orders Manual, portions of the manual, or copies of individual general orders will be referred to the Chief Deputy. Personnel will not provide any business, agency, or individual with such materials without approval from the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
G. Civil and Criminal Liability:
All directives issued within the Sheriff’s Office are for internal use only and do not enlarge an officer’s civil or criminal liability in any way. Agency directives should not be construed as the creation of a higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidential sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of such directives, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this agency and only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
H. Acknowledgment and Receipt:
Whenever a new directive is distributed, or an existing directive is modified, the Captains/ranking supervisors will ensure that each employee reads the directive and has the opportunity to ask any questions about the directive. If training on the new policy is required, the supervisor shall train their personnel on the changes, document the training, and have the employee sign a training sheet. A copy of the training sheet shall be provided to the Training Branch.
100A Written Directive System Pg 9 of 9
Revision Date(s): A-2/5/2013
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Oath of Office
Number: 101A Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.1
Purpose:
To set forth policy regarding the oath of office for sworn personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
All personnel, prior to assuming sworn status, will take and subsequently abide by an oath of office to enforce the laws of the State of South Carolina and uphold the Constitution of the United States.
Procedures:
All personnel, prior to assuming sworn status, will take and subsequently abide by an oath of office to enforce the laws of the State of South Carolina and uphold the Constitution of the United States.
A. It shall include an oath to enforce all applicable laws and to uphold the Constitution of the United States and the State of South Carolina.
B. The oath shall be administered by the Sheriff and confirmed by the sitting Circuit Court Judge.
C. The original oath of office will be kept on file at the BCSO. The Circuit Court Judges confirmation order will be kept on file in the Office of the Clerk of Court.
D. The oath of office administered to personnel prior to assuming sworn status reads as follows:
101A Oath of Office Pg 2 of 2
OATH OF OFFICE
I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I am duly qualified, according to the Constitution of this state, to exercise the duties of the office to which I have been appointed; and that I will, to the best of my ability, discharge the duties thereof, and preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of this state and the United States.
I further solemnly swear (or affirm) that during my term of office as County Deputy, I will study the act prescribing my duties, will be alert and vigilant to enforce the criminal laws of the state and to detect and bring to punishment every violator of them, will conduct myself at all times with due consideration to all persons, and will not be influenced in any matter on account of personal bias or prejudice. So help me, God.
Revised: 11/21/12 added, Charities, General, Sex Offender Accounts.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money
Number: 102A Type: Administrative: Judgment and Records Office Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 17.4.2 a, b, c, f
Purpose
To establish a formal written directive on the collection and handling of money and/or fees for all personnel assigned to the Judgment or Records Office of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy
The Sheriff’s Office collects money and fees on a regular basis from citizens requesting copies of documents, attorneys requesting documents and persons paying judgments. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to establish rigorous guidelines for the handling and accountability of money and/or fees collected or paid by the Sheriff’s Office.
Procedures
A. Records Office Procedures
(CALEA 17.4.2 b) The money will be collected for the report and a Sheriff’s Office receipt will be written to the individual requesting the report. Every person paying for a Sheriff’s Office report will receive a receipt.
(CALEA 17.4.2 b) Attorneys Offices, Insurance Companies, and media organizations requesting reports by mail may enclose a business check or may be billed for the report. When the report is copied, a receipt will be written. If the agency is billed for the report a receipt will be written when the payment is received and the receipts will be routed as stipulated in this general order.
(CALEA 17.4.2 b) The receipt book is triplicate copy. The top copy will be given to the customer requesting the document. The middle copy will be forwarded to the Administrative Branch Lieutenant responsible for the Records Office each Friday prior to the noon hour. The bottom copy will remain in the receipt book for audit purposes.
102A Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money Pg 2 of 6
(CALEA 17.4.2 e) The Criminal Records Office Supervisor or their appointed designee shall ensure that the receipt book will be reconciled on each Friday between the hours of 8:00 am and 5:00 pm. All monies received by Criminal Records personnel from customers for FOIA requests will adhere to the following procedures. No one person receives, receipts, reconciles or deposits such money. The Sheriff’s Criminal Records Technician who receives any money from a customer will write out a receipt and turn the money over to the Criminal Records Office Supervisor or the appointed designees who will then confirm the correct amount received and deposit the money into petty cash box. The Supervisor or designee will also sign the log which is kept for each transaction. The Technician will then provide the receipt to the customer.
(CALEA 17.4.2 e, f) At the end of every week the Criminal Records Supervisor or the appointed designee will take the petty cash box to a neutral person who will reconcile the cash box and return the cash box back to the supervisor with $30.00 in the box. The third person will take all checks and cash to the Judgments Clerk or the Civil Process Clerk. A receipt will be issued to the neutral person, who turns over all receipts to the Branch Lieutenant.
(CALEA 17.4.2 f) A deposit slip will be completed and the deposit will be made prior to the close of business on each Friday. In the event that Friday is a legal holiday, this procedure will be completed on Thursday of that week. The deposit shall be made by the Judgments Clerk or the appointed designee under the escort of a Deputy Sheriff.
The petty cash box will be kept in a designated area in the Criminal Records Office. It is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure the cash box is locked at all times. One key will remain in possession of the Supervisor or the appointed designee. The second key is located in the lock box located in the Administrative Captain’s Office and is only accessible by the Administrative Branch Captain or Administrative Branch Lieutenant. At no time will anyone else have access to the cash box.
A minimum of $30.00 will be maintained in the petty cash box for the purpose of making change. All monies in excess of that amount will be deposited as directed in this general order. All funds will be secured in the lock box before leaving for the day.
B. Judgments Office Procedures
(CALEA 17.4.2 e) A considerable part of the Judgments Office is the receipt and distribution of money related to various court orders. When this money is
102A Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money Pg 3 of 6
received it will be received by the designated Judgments Clerk or in the event of their absence, the Civil Process Clerk.
(CALEA 17.4.2 a, b) The money received will be documented in the Receipts Ledger Journal kept in the Judgments Office. The date, name and amount of money will be entered into the receipt book. Also on the right side of the page the plaintiff’s and the defendant’s names will be documented in the transaction column. All civil service levy fees and wrecker fees paid to the Sheriff’s Office will be documented in the fees column and a receipt given to the person making the payment.
All cash and checks received will be stored in the designated bank bag and kept in the lock box maintained by the Judgments Clerk.
All cash and checks will be properly entered onto a bank deposit slip and reconciled by the Judgments Clerk. Either the Judgments Clerk or the Civil Process Clerk will be escorted to the bank by a Deputy Sheriff for deposit. Any cash money exceeding fifty ($50) dollars will be deposited on a daily basis. Checks and cash less than $50.00 may be carried over to the next business day and will be secured in the Judgments Office. However, in the event a customer brings in cash after the bank deposit has been made the money will be secured in the interoffice lockbox until the next business day. The Division Captain or Lieutenant will be notified.
(CALEA 17.4.2 a, f) A new journal sheet will be placed in the book for each day that monies are collected. A copy of the previous week’s journal sheet will be copied and provided for review each Monday to the Administrative Branch Lieutenant.
(CALEA 17.4.2 a) The Judgments Clerk will receive a bank statement and utilize it to reconcile the judgment books at the end of each month. The Civil Process Clerk will then review, sign, date, and verify the reconciliation. Checks will then be written to the Treasurer’s Office (including fees, bank interest and wrecker fees).
(CALEA 17.4.2 e) The Judgments Clerk writes the checks which require two signatures consisting of the Sheriff’s and/or the Chief Deputy and/or the Financial Officer.
The return receipt from the Treasurer’s Office shall be placed into the folder containing all other judgment reports from the appropriate period.
102A Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money Pg 4 of 6
(CALEA 17.4.2 a) Upon completion of the monthly balance, a copy of the bank statement is provided to the Financial Officer. In the absence of the Judgments Clerk, the Civil Process Clerk shall assume the responsibility for balancing the books, writing checks and completing reports. A designee will be assigned by the Administrative Branch Lieutenant to verify the Civil Process Clerk’s reconciliation.
The bank statement is filed in the bank binder and is kept in the Judgments Office of the Sheriff’s Office.
C. Hilton Head Sheriff’s Substation Procedures
The Hilton Head Island Sheriff’s Substation also takes in money from time to time associated with copies of reports and fees. Due to the distance from headquarters, slight differences in policy are necessary for the efficient operation of the Sheriff’s Office.
The Office Supervisor or the documented designee of the Hilton Head Substation shall send over a weekly balance sheet and monies to the Judgments Clerk on Friday of each week. A petty cash box not exceeding $30.00 after the weekly deposit shall be maintained in the Records Office of the Hilton Head Island substation.
(CALEA 17.4.2 b) The Hilton Head Island Substation Records Office Clerk shall follow the same receipt procedures as outlined in this general order. All of the money and checks will be placed into an envelope and sealed with the enclosed amount, date and name of the employee who is responsible written on the outside of the envelope. The envelope will be placed into an interoffice envelope and then placed in the locked guard mail bag for transport to Headquarters by the Deputy Sheriff assigned to courier duty or the Staff Service Courier.
No judgment fees, etc. will be collected at the Hilton Head Island Substation. D. Sex Offender Registry Account
This bank account contains the fees collected by the Victim’s Advocate Officers for the Sex Offender Registrants. The fee is $150.00 and the receipts are written in triplicate copies. The cash/checks are collected by the Victim’s Advocate Officers and they write a receipt for the money they received in their receipt books. Furthermore, they give the original receipt to the registrant and take the receipt book, payment, and a copy of the registration form to the Financial Assistant. The Financial Assistant signs and dates the
102A Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money Pg 5 of 6
second copy of the receipt in the receipt book, makes a copy of the check, and completes
a deposit slip for the bank account. The third copy of the receipt is maintained in the
Victim’s Advocate Officer’s receipt book. Upon completion of the deposit slip, the
Financial Assistant takes the deposit slip and funds to the Execution and Judgment Clerk
to take to the bank for deposit. The Execution and Judgment Clerk gives the deposit
receipt from the bank to the Financial Assistant for our files. The Financial Assistant
staples the bank deposit receipt and a copy of the sex offender registration form for our
files.
The Financial Officer reconciles the bank statement monthly and sends a copy of the
bank statement and reconciliation to the County Finance Department. The Finance
Department personnel post the monthly activity in the county Accounting software.
E. Charities account
This account was established to assist our officers in their time of need. The majority of
the donations we have received have been in the form of a check and mailed directly to
the Sheriff’s Office. The check and correspondence are given to the Chief Deputy for
acknowledgement and then he gives the check to the Financial Assistant for deposit. The
Chief Deputy sends the donor a response letter thanking them for their donation and their
cleared check acts as their receipt. The Financial Assistant makes a copy of the check and
completes a deposit slip. The Financial Assistant then takes the deposit slip and funds to
the Execution and Judgment Clerk to take to the bank for deposit. The Execution and
Judgment Clerk gives the deposit receipt from the bank to the Financial Assistant for our
files. The Financial Assistant staples the bank deposit receipt and the copy of the check
together for our files.
The Financial Officer reconciles the bank statement monthly and sends a copy of the
bank statement and reconciliation to the County Finance Department. The Finance
Department personnel post the monthly activity in the county Accounting software.
F. Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (General Account)
This account accepts deposits made for the annual appreciation dinner, pistol matches,
and Explorer Program. These funds are collected through Special Events (ex. Golf
Tournament) and then deposited into the account. If a golf tournament is being held, the
Special Event Coordinator will collect the funds and write a receipt for funds received.
He then takes the funds to the Financial Assistant for deposit. Upon completion of the
deposit slip, the Financial Assistant takes the deposit slip and funds to the Execution and
Judgment Clerk to take to the bank for deposit. The Execution and Judgment Clerk gives
the deposit receipt from the bank to the Financial Assistant for our files.
102A Guidelines for Handling Fees and Money Pg 6 of 6
The Financial Officer reconciles the bank statement monthly and sends a copy of the bank statement and reconciliation to the County Finance Department. The Finance Department personnel post the monthly activity in the county Accounting software.
05/25/2010: Replaces old General Order Number 6.
A-08/27/2014; A1-12/13/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Sheriff’s Office Telephone
Number: 103A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: January 1, 2001 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.7 c; 22.2.7 c
Purpose:
To establish written procedures for the use of all telephones belonging to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
All personnel employed by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will follow the regulations established by the Sheriff for local and long distance calls and policy established by the Sheriff’s Office regarding stationary telephone, cellular telephone and credit card use.
Procedures:
A. The Sheriff’s Office has established regulations governing the proper use of Beaufort County government telephones. These guidelines permit Sheriff’s Office employees to make reasonable use of county telephones while simultaneously guarding against abuse.
B. Any employee issued a Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office cellular telephone shall be required to have the cellphone turned on and in their possession at all times, both in an on and off-duty status.
C. The primary use of Sheriff’s Office telephones is for official business. However, reasonable personal telephone calls may be made, including, long distance services using the following as general guidelines:
Calls to notify the family, physician, etc., when an employee is injured on the job.
Calls to notify family of a schedule change when an employee is delayed due to official business or a transportation delay.
103A1 Sheriff’s Office Telephone Pg 2 of 3
An employee, traveling in the United States for more than one night on Sheriff’s Office business.
If an employee is required to work overtime without advance notice and calls within the local commuting area to advise his/her family of the change in schedule, to make alternate transportation or child care arrangements.
Under most circumstances personnel are not authorized to make personal, long distance phone calls without the permission of a supervisor, personal credit card or willing to reimburse the county the cost of the calls.
Brief local calls to speak to a spouse, care giver or minor children to make certain of their well-being and/or safety.
Brief local calls that can be reached only during normal working hours, such as a local government agency or a physician.
A call that reasonably could not be made at another time.
D. Collect Calls: Collect calls may not be accepted from anyone other than from an employee of the Sheriff’s Office or while in travel status on official business. While the use of collect calls is not favored, if an employee anticipates or expects to make a collect call to the Sheriff’s Office, then the receptionist should be informed in advance.
E. (CALEA 1.1.7 c; 22.2.7 c) Verbal identification over the telephone:
Greeting the public is extremely important to ensure that the public has been connected to the right agency and to identify the responding employee. Listed below are acceptable ways of employee identification:
a. “Sheriff’s Office, first name”
b. “Sheriff’s Office, first and last name”
c. “Sheriff’s Office, rank and name”
The Communications Section has a separate general order on telephone response concerning 911 calls.
103A1 Sheriff’s Office Telephone Pg 3 of 3
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Off-Duty/Secondary Employment
Number: 104A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 22.3.4
Purpose:
(CALEA 22.3.4) This policy sets forth the conditions under which Sheriff’s Office personnel may engage in non-law enforcement employment while employed in a permanent, full time capacity by the Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide guidelines to employees to inform them of the types of off-duty/secondary employment that are appropriate, and to establish procedures to maintain accountability for the welfare of the agency. These requirements are essential for the efficient operation of the agency and for the protection of employees, the agency, and the community.
The Sheriff’s Office has a legitimate interest in regulating its employees off-duty employment. While the agency will not unreasonably restrict off-duty employment, it will require responsibility and accountability to the agency by employees engaged in off-duty employment.
Definitions:
Employment: The provision of a service, whether or not in exchange for a fee or other service. Employment does not include volunteer or charity work
Secondary: Off-duty/secondary employment of a non-law enforcement nature. Any additional employment that will not require the use or potential use of law enforcement powers by the off-duty employee
Procedures:
A. Approval Authority: All requests for outside employment must be submitted on the Outside Employment Request Form. The form is submitted to the appropriate Division Commander and routed up the chain of command to the Chief Deputy for
104A1 Off-Duty/Secondary Employment Pg 2 of 2
approval or disapproval of the employment request. A copy of the request will be maintained in the employee’s personnel file. Employees engaged in secondary employment are not covered by the department’s liability or worker’s compensation insurance, as the work is not related to law enforcement duty.
B. (CALEA 22.3.4) Conflict of Interest: Each request for secondary employment shall be closely scrutinized. Approval shall not be granted when such dual employment appears to be a conflict of interest with the directives of the Sheriff’s Office or interferes with the employee’s service to the county, or renders the employee unavailable during emergencies, or may bring discredit to the Sheriff’s Office. Examples of employment that will not be approved but are not limited to: Wrecker Drivers, Law Firm employment, Private Investigator, Bartender, etc. All requests for secondary employment must be approved by either the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
Revision Date(s): A-10/2/2009; A1-2/4/2010; A2-6/15/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Drug and Alcohol Testing Program
Number: 105A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 7
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 26.1.1; Beaufort County Personnel Handbook
Purpose
The purpose of this directive is to establish procedures for employee drug and alcohol testing for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy
(CALEA 26.1.1) The citizens of Beaufort County have the right to expect their law enforcement personnel to be free of any kind of substance abuse. The negative effects of drug abuse in the workplace are amplified when drug abuse exists within a law enforcement agency. The Sheriff has a compelling interest to ensure that his employees are physically and mentally capable of performing their duties while possessing unimpeachable integrity and judgment. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to prohibit any illegal drug abuse.
All non-sworn employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are mandated by the personnel policies of the county which includes the County Drug and Alcohol Testing policy. Non-sworn employees of the Sheriff’s Office are also appointed by the Sheriff and are bound by the policies of the Sheriff when so identified in the Sheriff’s Office General Orders Manual.
This general order establishes the Sheriff’s Office policies on Drug and Alcohol Testing as an addendum to the Beaufort County Drug and Alcohol Testing Policy and is directed primarily to sworn employees of the Sheriff’s Office. The Sheriff is a Constitutional Officer and is not mandated to follow the County’s Personnel policies for sworn employees and has the authority to mandate additional or more rigid policies for all Sheriff’s Office employees.
The Drug-Free Workplace Act requires the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office or the Beaufort County Employee Services Office to notify each employee that, as a condition of employment, each employee must comply with the County’s Drug-Free Workplace Policy. This program shall include the following types of testing:
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 2 of 7
 Pre-employment testing.
 Return to duty testing if the employee has been out of work more than 30 days and ordered by the Chief Deputy.
 Random testing.
 Reasonable suspicion testing.
 Traffic accident involving a fatality.
 Accident causing serious bodily injury and ordered by the Command Duty Officer (OD).
 Use of Force incident resulting in serious bodily injury or death.
 A Deputy involved shooting incident (not including the pre-authorization destruction of an animal)
 Accidental discharge of a weapon and ordered by the Command Duty Officer (OD).
Definitions
Alcohol: Any beverage that has alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater.
Alcohol Test: The required submission by an employee to alcohol testing by use of the data master and/or the drawing of blood by a medical authority for alcohol testing.
Applicant: Any individual who seeks to become or is otherwise tentatively selected by the Sheriff’s Office to become an employee, volunteer or Reserve Deputy of the Sheriff’s Office. Applicant also includes those individuals to be conditionally employed by the Sheriff’s Office during their law enforcement training.
Sworn Personnel: All employees of the Sheriff’s Office who have been vested with law enforcement authority by the Sheriff.
Drug Test: The compulsory submission of a urine specimen or the drawing of a blood sample from an employee for chemical analysis to detect prohibited drug use.
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 3 of 7
Employee Assistance Program: The Sheriff’s Office or Beaufort County counseling program that offers assessment, short-term counseling and referral services to employees for a wide range of drug, alcohol, and mental health problems and monitors the progress of employees while in treatment.
Illegal Drug: Defined by United States Code, Title 21, Chapter 13, Subchapter I, 802: Definitions. Commonly referred to as controlled substances which mean a drug or other substance, or immediate precursor, included in schedules I, II, III, IV and V of part B of the subsection. The term “illegal drugs” does not mean the use of a controlled substance pursuant to a valid prescription or other uses authorized by law.
Random Testing: A system of drug testing imposed without individualized suspicion that a particular individual is suspected of using illegal drugs. Random testing may be the unannounced testing of all employees, designated employees occupying a specified area, element, position, or a random sampling of employees based on neutral criteria.
Reasonable Suspicion: That amount of proof or evidence that is more than a hunch but less than probable cause. Reasonable suspicion must be based upon objective facts and observable occurrence that would lead a reasonable person to suspect that the individual is under the influence of an illegal drug or alcohol. Hearsay may be used an acceptable basis for establishing reasonable suspicion.
Supervisor: A Sheriff’s Office employee having authority to direct the work of others, assign tasks, or impose approved discipline upon subordinates.
Verified Positive Test Result: A test result that has been screened positive by an approved immunoassay test, confirmed by a Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry assay or other confirmatory tests conducted by a County approved medical collection site.
Procedures
A. Employee Duties and Responsibilities: Employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office engage in drug interdiction and have access to highly sensitive, confidential information involving drug traffickers. As a result, employees of the Office may pose a threat to public and personal safety if impaired and are subject to personal temptation as well as bribery attempts in administering drug laws even when not impaired by drug use.
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 4 of 7
B. Use of Drugs: Employees of the Sheriff’s Office are prohibited from swallowing, inhaling, injecting, dealing in, or otherwise using illegal drugs and substances such as marijuana or products containing Tetrahydrocannabinol, cocaine, LSD, heroin, etc., and prescription drugs which are not prescribed for the employee’s use.
C. Use of Alcohol
Employees of the Sheriff’s Office will not drink any alcoholic beverage while on duty. Deputies in plain clothes, with the consent of their Commanding Officer, may drink limited quantities while on duty when necessary to accomplish the police mission.
Employees of the Sheriff’s Office will not appear for regular duty, or be on regular duty, while under the influence of intoxicants to any degree whatsoever or with an odor of intoxicants on their breath.
In the event of an emergency recall, each Deputy must determine fitness for duty if alcohol has been consumed. A supervisor will be consulted and asked to confirm or deny, as appropriate, the Deputy’s judgment in the matter. No adverse actions will be taken if, in any emergency recall, the Deputy believes he/she is incapacitated for duty, or is told so by a supervisor before actually going on duty.
Deputies shall not carry weapons when off duty in a situation the Deputy deems socially inappropriate, particularly when the Deputy consumes alcoholic beverages.
Effective immediately, employees shall notify their immediate supervisor when required to use prescription medicine or over-the-counter medication which they have been informed has the potential to impair job performance. The employee shall advise the supervisor of the known side effects of the medication and the prescribed period of use. The supervisor shall document this information through the use of internal memorandum and maintain this memorandum in a secured file. The employee may be temporarily reassigned to other duties where appropriate.
D. Policy and Procedures as outlined in the Beaufort County Personnel Handbook
Non-sworn employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are County employees and therefore held accountable for all conditions of employment as defined in the Beaufort County Personnel Handbook. Employees of the Sheriff’s Office are also selected, appointed and work at the pleasure of the Sheriff, and
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 5 of 7
may be held to higher standards than other county employees. All non-sworn employees Sheriff’s Office should read and become familiar with the Beaufort County Personnel Handbook.
Sworn employees of the Sheriffs Office are held to a higher standard of fitness for duty and accountability than most public employees. The Sheriff’s Office General Orders Manual provides all sworn personnel with the necessary expectations, and requirements under the authority of the Sheriff.
E. Testing: Employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office who are ordered to take a mandatory drug or alcohol test by a higher authority within the Sheriff’s Office must comply with the order. Failure to appear for testing without a deferral will be considered refusal to participate in testing and will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to termination. Sheriff’s Office employees shall submit to mandatory drug and alcohol testing for the following reasons:
Pre-employment testing.
Return-to-duty testing if the employee is out of work more than 30 days and ordered by the Chief Deputy.
Random testing.
Reasonable suspicion.
Traffic accident involving a fatality
Accident causing serious bodily injury and at the order of the Command Duty Officer (OD).
Use of force incident resulting in serious bodily injury or death.
A Deputy involved shooting incident (not including the pre-authorized destruction of an animal).
An accidental discharge of a weapon and ordered by the Command Duty Officer (OD).
F. Drug Testing Procedures during Business Hours
Northern Branch: The approved medical site for the Northern Branch of the Sheriff’s Office is located at Doctors Care, 1510 South Ribaut Road, Port Royal, South Carolina. The business hours for Doctors Care are Monday thru Friday 8:00 am to 8:00 pm and Saturday and Sunday 9:00 am to 5:00 pm. If the incident occurs during the Sheriff’s Office normal business hours the on-duty shift supervisor will have the Deputy or employee report to the Training and Recruitment Captain’s Office who will provide the drug testing form to the Deputy or employee. If the incident occurs during the medical site’s business hours the
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 6 of 7
Command Duty Officer (OD) will order the test and provide the Deputy or employee with the Drug Test Form. It is the responsibility of the Deputy or employee to report to the approved medical collection site for drug testing within two (2) hours of the test being ordered. Random drug testing may be ordered by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff for a large number of Sheriff’s Office employees. When this occurs, medical personnel from the medical collection site usually come to the Sheriff’s Office to collect the samples.
Southern Branch: The approved medical site for the Southern Branch of the Sheriff’s Office is located at Doctors Care, 64 Bluffton Road (Parkway), Bluffton, South Carolina. The business hours for Doctors Care are Monday thru Friday 8:00 am to 8:00 pm and Saturday and Sunday 9:00 am to 5:00 pm. If the incident occurs during the Sheriff’s Office normal business hours the on-duty shift supervisor will have the Deputy or employee report to the Southern Branch Captain’s Office who will provide the drug testing form to the Deputy or employee. If the incident occurs during the medical site’s business hours the Command Duty Officer (OD) will order the test and provide the Deputy or employee with the Drug Test Form. It is the responsibility of the Deputy or employee to report to the approved medical collection site for drug testing within two (2) hours of the test being ordered.
G. Alcohol Testing: The data master is the most preferred method of testing for suspected on-duty alcohol use. If necessary a blood test can be used. A blood sample may be drawn by the medical staff at the approved medical collection site or the hospital.
H. Drug Testing Procedures During Non-Business Hours: If an incident occurs during a time when the Sheriff’s Office approved collection site is closed it is the responsibility of the Command Duty Officer (OD) to order the drug test and to provide the Deputy or employee with the Drug Test Form. The Deputy or the employee must report to the medical collection site (Doctors Care) by the following business day of the medical site, not to exceed (24) twenty-four hours.
I. Drug Testing Forms: The Drug Testing Forms are maintained by the Headquarters Captain. Each Command Deputy responsible for serving as the Command Duty Officer (OD) is responsible for assuring they have a sufficient number of forms in their possession to fulfill the requirements outlined in this general order.
105A2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Pg 7 of 7
J. Hospitalized Drug and Alcohol Testing: Employees who are injured and cannot provide a test sample at the time of the accident will provide necessary authorization for obtaining either urine for drug testing or blood for alcohol testing.
Reference: A-5/14/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Administrative Reports and Forms
Number: 106A Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.8; 11.4.1; 11.4.2
Purpose
To provide management information on the activities of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. To establish procedure to ensure accountability for agency forms that includes procedures for development, modification, approval and review.
Policy
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to utilize data on agency operations as a management tool. This policy will also ensure accountability and fiscal responsibility for forms used daily by its members. By reviewing forms periodically for usefulness, checking that information is not duplicated, and ensuring format is consistent with records maintenance and data processing requirements of the agency, the agency can maximize data collection while minimizing cost and waste.
Procedures
A. Administrative Reports
(CALEA 1.2.8) A wide variety of reports are used by the Sheriff’s Office. These reports include weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual time periods. The reports are formulated by the Sheriff’s Executive Administrative Assistant. The reports are used to keep agency personnel informed of Sheriff’s Office activities. In addition, data is compared by percentage change year to date and against data for the previous year. All reports are distributed to Lieutenants and above. Certain reports may also be distributed to outside agencies that the Communications Center provides services to. The annual report is distributed to the public.
B. Forms
The agency forms manual is maintained on file with the Emergency Management Colonel.
106 Administrative Reports and Forms Pg 2 of 2
Development and modification of forms can originate from any division.
Approval and review is required by the Chief Deputy prior to use.
Periodically, the Emergency Management Colonel or his designee will review the use of all agency forms. This review will ensure that the information on agency forms is not duplicated, that the review for new or modified forms includes the functions that the forms should be used and that the format is consistent with the data processing requirements of the agency.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services (Extra Duty) Number: 107A5 Type: Administrative Pages: 8 Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024 References: CALEA 3.1.1 a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h; 3.1.2; and 22.3.5 a, b, c, d, e
Purpose
The purpose of this general order is to establish guidelines for extra duty law enforcement employment for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy
(CALEA 22.3.5 a) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that all contractual employment for law enforcement services shall be executed under a signed contract between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and an individual or a business. Contractual employment for law enforcement services in the Town of Hilton Head shall be executed under a signed contract between the Town of Hilton Head and the individual or business. Deputies are prohibited from entering into any contract for law enforcement services.
Definitions
Extra Duty Employment: Extra duty employment is part-time work during personal off time in a position that includes, requires, or anticipates the use of law enforcement powers.
Contract: The agreement that authorizes the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to furnish police services on a reimbursable basis or advanced payment.
A. Legislative Requirements (CALEA 3.1.1 e)
SECTION 23-24-10 of the South Carolina Code of laws: “Use of official uniforms and weapons by officers on private job. Uniformed law enforcement officers, as defined in Section 23-23-10, and reserve police officers, as defined in Section 23-28-10(A), may wear their uniforms and use their weapons and like equipment, while performing private jobs in their off duty hours with the
Revision Dates: A1-7/22/2013; A2-06/18/2019; A3-5/15/2020; A4-01/11/21
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 2 of 8
permission of the law enforcement agency and governing body by which they are employed.”
(CALEA 22.3.5 c) SECTION 23-24-20 of the South Carolina Code of laws: “Duties of employing agencies. Each agency head shall determine before such off-duty work is approved that the proposed employment is not of such nature as is likely to bring disrepute on the agency, the officer, or the law enforcement profession, and that the performance of such duties and the use of such agency equipment is in the public interest.”
SECTION 23-24-40 of the South Carolina Code of laws: “Procedure when officer causes death on private job. Any law enforcement officer who causes the death of any person while off duty and performing private jobs under the provisions of this chapter shall, in addition to any other actions, be placed on inactive duty without pay for not more than thirty days. Such law enforcement officer shall not be reinstated until an investigation of the death has been held and he has been exonerated. Exoneration shall not occur until the matter has been considered by the solicitor of the judicial circuit where the death occurred and the solicitor has given an affidavit that after investigation he is convinced that the death was not caused by an unlawful act of the officer, or until the matter has been considered by a coroner’s jury, or by a grand jury and the officer has been judged not guilty. If the officer is exonerated, he shall be paid any back pay due him.” In the event a deputy causes death or serious injury to a person Number 4 below grants the deputy to continue being paid while the investigation is being conducted based on Sheriff’s Office policy.
(CALEA 22.3.5) The Sheriff’s Office policy does not permit a deputy to personally enter an extra duty employment contract. All extra duty must be contracted with the Sheriff’s Office. Deputies assigned by the Sheriff’s Office to extra duty employment fall under all policies of the Sheriff’s Office. If a deputy causes a death or serious injury while working an extra duty contract, all Sheriff’s Office procedures and state law will be followed with exception of the deputy being assigned an inactive position without pay.
B. Procedures for Beaufort County
Extra Duty Contract
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 3 of 8
a. Extra duty law enforcement employment is part-time work during personal off time in a position that includes, requires, or anticipates the use of law enforcement powers.
b. (CALEA 3.1.1 a, b) Each contract for extra duty law enforcement employment must be requested on the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Contract for Law Enforcement Services form. The contract will stipulate the specific services the Sheriff’s Office will provide, establish the time the services are needed, and the duration of the contract. Customers will be charged the current contract rate with a minimum of two (2) hours per Deputy per contract. The hourly rate will be reviewed at the beginning of each fiscal year’s budget which may change the hourly rate as directed by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
c. (CALEA 22.3.5 d) The Branch Captain or the Division Commander must approve each contract and assign the number of Deputies necessary to fulfill the requirements of the contract. A copy of the contract will be forwarded to the Chief Deputy and the Finance Office prior to acting on the contract. The Branch Captain or the Division Commander can decline a contract for services if he feels it is not in the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office.
d. (CALEA 3.1.1 f, g; and 22.3.5 d) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office maintains complete managerial control over agency personnel. Specific arrangements for the use of equipment and facilities shall be made in advance between the Sheriff’s Office and the contracting party. The contracting party is encouraged to critique the performance of services provided. Any documentation will be maintained as an agency record.
e. (CALEA 3.1.1 b, c) When the contract has been completed the Finance Office of the Sheriff’s Office will bill the individual/company who requested the services. In certain circumstances when the individual/company is based out of town or at an unknown address, the Sheriff’s Office reserves the right to require pre-payment. Payment to the Deputy for services rendered under a contract will be paid by the Sheriff’s Office and included in the Deputy’s regular paycheck. Therefore, there will be no financial contact and/or arrangements between an individual or organization and the Deputy for services rendered. The Finance Office will maintain copies of all contracts specifying the contract worked, Deputies assigned to the contract, date, times, and hours billed for the law enforcement services.
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 4 of 8
f. (CALEA 3.1.1 d) Contracts will not exceed the length or term of the original specified duration unless approved by the Branch Captain or the Division Commander. The contract may be modified at any time by written agreement between all parties. This contract agreement may be terminated prior to the expiration date by either the business or organization by written notice, or terminated by the Branch Captain or the Division Commander.
g. (CALEA 3.1.1 h) Upon the completion of the contract, stipulations contained within the contract may be reviewed or revised if agreed to by the business or organization and the Sheriff’s Office. Any changes or modifications agreed to by both parties will be made in writing and signed by all parties.
Extra Duty Roster and Requirements (CALEA 22.3.5 b)
a. The contract is distributed on a first come, first serve basis. All extra duty law enforcement contracts are posted on the SharePoint website for volunteers. Customers will be charged the current contract rate of $48.50 per hour with a minimum of two (2) hours per Deputy per contract.
If the event is scheduled on a county paid holiday, customers will be charged $80.83 per hour with a minimum of two (2) hours per Deputy, per contract, as required and stated above.
b. Volunteers will be given preference in the assignments. If necessary the Branch Lieutenant or the Branch Master Sergeant may recall and assign an off-duty Deputy to an extra duty assignment. When more than one Deputy is required to work an extra duty contract, the senior ranking Deputy will assume supervisory responsibilities for the detail.
c. Once a Deputy volunteers to work a particular contract, and later determines they cannot work, the Deputy will notify the Branch Lieutenant or the Branch Master Sergeant for approval to be removed from the contract.
d. (CALEA 3.1.1 f; and 22.3.5 d, e) Deputies working contract assignments fall under the command of the Shift Supervisor. Deputies working under a contract are required to report any use of force, arrest, or injury to the Shift Supervisor. Each incident will be documented consistent with Sheriff’s Office policy. Deputies working under a contract are required to follow all policies of the Sheriff’s Office.
e. (CALEA 22.3.5 b) Deputies working extra duty will wear the class uniform
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 5 of 8
as designated by the Branch Captain and carry the same equipment they would normally carry if they were on-duty.
f. (CALEA 22.3.5 b) The hours for extra duty employment must be scheduled in a manner that does not conflict or interfere with the Deputy’s performance of duty and must ensure the Deputy will have sufficient rest before coming on shift.
g. Deputies who are on leave due to sickness, temporary disability or an on-duty injury shall not be eligible for extra duty contract employment. Deputies who are on probation may be eligible for extra duty contract employment if working the event with a field training officer and the assignment is approved by the Enforcement Master Sergeant.
C. Procedures for Town of Hilton Head
Extra Duty Contracts
a. Because the Sheriff’s Office is contracted by the Town of Hilton Head to provide law enforcement services all extra duty employment contracts are mandated by the Town ordinances, Chapter 12, Special Events Ordinances.
b. (CALEA 3.1.1 a; and 22.3.5 c) Prior to the Town issuing a permit for a special event the applicant must have the application reviewed and approved by the Southern Branch Captain or the Division Commander. It is the option of the applicant to use private security officers if approved by the Branch Captain. The permit/contract must stipulate the specific services the Sheriff’s Office will provide, establish the time the services are needed, and the duration of the contract.
c. (CALEA 22.3.5 c) The review will determine the anticipated number of persons attending the event. A minimum of two (2) law enforcement officers to monitor crowd control will be assigned to the event for events anticipated to generate between 500 and one thousand persons and for every anticipated one thousand thereafter. The number of Deputy’s assigned to any special event many vary from the minimum based on the type of event, past experiences and other factors as determined by the Branch Captain. The Branch Captain will also determine the number of Deputies required regulating traffic associated with the event.
d. (CALEA 3.1.1 b, c) The applicant is responsible for paying for the Deputy’s assigned to the event. Customers will be charged the current contract rate
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 6 of 8
with a minimum of two (2) hours per Deputy per contract. The applicant will provide a signed copy of the contract to the Town Finance Director with the required funds for the event. The funds will be placed into escrow with the Town Finance Department. A copy of the contract will be forwarded to the Finance Office of the Sheriff’s Office. The Finance Office is responsible for filing copies of the contract specifying the contract worked, Deputies assigned to the contract, date, times, and hours billed for law enforcement services. The hourly rate will be reviewed at the beginning of each fiscal year’s budget which may change the hourly rate as directed by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
e. (CALEA 3.1.1 f, g; and 22.3.5 d) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office maintains complete managerial control over agency personnel. Specific arrangements for the use of equipment and facilities shall be made in advance between the Sheriff’s Office and the contracting party. The contracting party is encouraged to critique the performance of services provided. Any documentation will be maintained as an agency record.
f. (CALEA 3.1.1 d) Contracts will not exceed the length or term of the original specified duration unless approved by the Branch Captain or the Enforcement Major. The contract may be modified at any time by written agreement between all parties. This contract agreement may be terminated prior to the expiration date by either the business or organization, the Town of Hilton Head or the Sheriff’s Office by written notice.
g. (CALEA 3.1.1 h) Upon the completion of the contract, stipulations contained within the contract may be reviewed or revised if agreed to by the business or organization, Town of Hilton Head and the Sheriff’s Office. Any changes or modifications agreed to by both parties will be made in writing and signed by all parties.
D. County Emergencies during a Contract: (CALEA 22.3.5 b) The Sheriff’s Office reserves the right to terminate, at any time, all extra-duty assignments when Deputies so assigned are required to respond to emergencies or contingencies within the county (e.g., natural or manmade disasters). Additionally, if an emergency occurs within the county during a contract, the shift supervisor is authorized to pull the Deputy off the contract in order to augment the shift or the incident. Each Deputy assigned to extra duty will complete the assignment as detailed unless recalled or relieved by proper authority.
107A4 Contractual Employment for Law Enforcement Services Pg 7 of 8
E. Legal Contingencies: (CALEA 3.1.1 e; 3.1.2; and 22.3.5 b, e) All contractual agreements will provide indemnification of the County, the Sheriff’s Office and any Deputy or other employee while lawfully providing the specified, agreed-upon services. For liability purposes, Deputies working contract duty are covered by the Sheriff’s Office civil liability insurance. Employees are covered under workers compensation for injuries occurring while working a contract. Employees working contract services shall not have their employment rights, promotional opportunities, training opportunities, or fringe benefits affected in any way.
Revision Date(s): A-10/2/2009; A1-2/4/2010; A2-5/4/2011; A3-2/6/2013; A4-
5/13/2020; A5-05/10/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Office of Professional Responsibility
Number: 108A5 Type: Administrative Pages: 10
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.4.7 a-d, 6.7.5b, 52.1.1-5, 52.2.1-8; and S.C. Retention Regs
R.12-506.2
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to promulgate a policy for administratively investigating all complaints and/or allegations of misconduct against any employee of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in a fair, thorough and objective manner. This policy establishes guidelines for receiving, reporting, investigating and adjudicating those allegations of misconduct.
Policy
The supervisor of the Office of Professional Responsibility shall conduct or coordinate all administrative investigations to uncover, fully develop, objectively report all facts and circumstances surrounding allegations of misconduct; whether it involves a violation of policy and procedure, code of ethics, state or federal law or other recognized standard of conduct. Law enforcement personnel, like all citizens, are protected by the guarantees of the United States Constitution; however, as public employees they are in a peculiar and unusual position of public trust and responsibility. The public and the Sheriff’s Office have an important interest in expecting employees to give honest replies to questions which are directly related to the performance of their official duties and/or their fitness to serve in a position of public trust.
Procedure
A. Investigative Authority: (CALEA 52.1.3) The internal affairs procedures set forth by the Sheriff’s Office are intended to be internally consistent, realistic and provide due process protection for the complainant and the accused. The Office of Professional Responsibility is responsible for conducting or coordinating internal affairs investigations and reporting all findings directly to the Chief Deputy. All OPR Investigators have the authority to report directly to the Sheriff.
An Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) Investigator has the authority to:
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 2 of 10
Require an employee to respond, orally and/or in writing, to material and relevant questions directly related to the performance of their official duties or to any standard of conduct recognized by the Sheriff’s Office.
Require an employee to appear at any reasonable location designated by the OPR Investigator in connection with an official inquiry.
Direct an employee to keep confidential any investigative related conversation or information concerning an investigation learned through any contact with an OPR Investigator, to the extent that such a directive neither prohibits nor infringes on an employee’s right to counsel.
(CALEA 52.2.6e) Direct an employee to submit to a polygraph examination or drug screening in connection with an official inquiry.
B. Employee Responsibilities:
All employees are responsible for promoting public confidence in the integrity and dependability of the Sheriff’s Office through conduct which reflects credit on them and this office; and through conduct which will not bring the employees or the Sheriff’s Office into disrepute.
Failure on the part of the employee to cooperate with an OPR Investigator during an official investigative inquiry, or failure to keep confidential any investigative related conversation or information concerning an investigation, may subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination from employment with the Sheriff’s Office.
All employees shall promptly report any activity or situation the employee believes to be improper, illegal or otherwise in violation of any Sheriff’s Office policies or procedures to their immediate supervisor. The identity of an employee or other individual who furnishes information relating to situations defined herein; may be revealed to the accused employee unless identifying the accuser would, in the opinion of the OPR Investigator, compromise the investigative process or there is reason to believe retaliatory action may be taken against the accuser. However, OPR will provide the accused employee with the information concerning the allegations against him/her, if requested, unless it is determined by the OPR Investigator that providing the information could compromise the investigative process. Any employee who gains knowledge of
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 3 of 10
any OPR investigation or complaint filed with OPR must hold the matter in strict confidence.
C. Investigations
(CALEA 52.1.1, 52.2.1, 52.2.4a) All allegations or complaints received either internally or externally against an employee or the Sheriff’s Office will be investigated. The type of the investigation may be an investigation/inquiry by the line supervisor, a commander’s inquiry or an OPR investigation. The OPR Supervisor in coordination with the Chief Deputy will determine if an OPR investigation or commander’s inquiry is to be initiated. Complaints defined as minor in nature are documented by the supervisor and will be forwarded to OPR.
Examples of complaints which may be investigated by line supervisors which are viewed as “minor in nature and not a formal complaint” include but are not limited to
a. Differences of opinion between citizen and Deputy relative to enforcement;
b. Complaints of discourteous or minor misconduct;
c. Minor violations of Sheriff’s Office regulations;
d. Personal appearance violations;
e. Uniform and equipment violations;
f. Tardiness;
g. Minor disciplinary problems of a supervisory nature;
h. Cases referred by the Sheriff or his designee;
Complaints which are to be investigated by the Office of Professional Responsibility include but are not limited to:
a. Use of illegal drugs;
b. Intoxication;
c. Acceptance of bribe or gratuity;
d. Malfeasance in office;
e. Dishonesty;
f. Injury to citizen or prisoner;
g. Excessive use of force;
h. Other acts of a serious nature;
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 4 of 10
(CALEA 52.2.2) The Sheriff or his designee will be notified immediately by the OPR Supervisor or Chief Deputy when a complaint is received concerning any of the above to include criminal allegations. The OPR Supervisor will be notified immediately using the Complaint Form when any complaint other than minor complaints handled by the line supervisor is received. The Complaint Form is on the Sheriff’s Office intranet site.
(CALEA 52.1.1) An OPR investigation or commander’s inquiry will generally be initiated upon receipt of a written allegation/compliant or identified source reports apparent accurate information of misconduct, or an anonymous source provides sufficient factual misconduct data to warrant an investigation.
Once the decision has been made to initiate an internal affairs investigation or a commander’s inquiry an OPR investigator will be assigned by the OPR Supervisor in coordination with the Chief Deputy. Investigations will be conducted as expeditiously as possible and will address all allegations against the Sheriff’s Office employee. All investigations shall be thoroughly planned and directed toward exploring every reasonable facet of the allegation, explanations and minimizations of unnecessary apprehension and injury to the employee.
OPR’s responsibility goes beyond presenting a preponderance of evidence and must establish that an allegation was founded or unfounded. Investigators will avoid creating an inference of guilt on the part of the employee during the investigation. The investigator will question witnesses and make such other contacts as may be required in an objective and unbiased manner.
An OPR investigation will address supervisory responsibility in relation to the lack of appropriate supervision and its impact upon the circumstances giving rise to the investigation. If deemed necessary, OPR will initiate a separate investigation regarding supervisory responsibility. The original investigation which surfaced supervisory inadequacy, will not be unduly delayed pending the investigation of the role of the supervisor.
(CALEA 52.2.7) In certain circumstances, the OPR Investigator may recommend to the Chief Deputy that the employee be relieved of duty pending the outcome of the investigation. A shift supervisor may temporarily relieve a Deputy for a major violation for the duration of the shift; thereafter the Sheriff or his designee may relieve a Deputy from duty for an extended period of time (administrative leave).
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 5 of 10
(CALEA 1.4.7 c, 52.2.6 d) The employee may be required to submit financial documents. This may be done voluntarily or with a valid court order.
(CALEA 1.4.7 a, 52.2.6 a) According to the Beaufort County Personnel Handbook, Section 4.3, employees must submit to drug urine tests or blood alcohol tests if determined necessary by the OPR Investigator. Failure to voluntarily submit to a drug or blood alcohol test is grounds for disciplinary action, and possible termination. For other tests (e.g., hair samples, blood samples, DNA, etc.), the employee may voluntarily consent to the samples or the department must obtain a valid court order. All medical or laboratory examinations will be conducted at the expense of the department.
(CALEA 1.4.7 b, 52.2.6 b, c) Employee photographs may be used in the case of a picture lineup. All employees’ pictures are available via the Chief Deputy and can be printed out upon request. If the employee’s picture does not depict their present appearance they shall be photographed again. The department would need voluntary consent or a court order to conduct a live in-person line-up. These are seldom used.
(CALEA 1.4.7 d, 52.2.6 e) The use of the polygraph may be used during the course of an internal affairs investigation at the direction of the OPR Investigator with the approval of the Chief Deputy.
D. Internally Generated Complaints
Internally generated complaints of misconduct against this agency or an employee shall follow the supervisory chain of command. The Complaint Form will be used to report the allegation. The supervisor will forward the complaint form through their chain of command to the OPR Supervisor. In the event a command staff member is the subject of the allegation or is unavailable, the allegation shall be routed directly to the OPR Supervisor. Complaints defined as minor in nature are documented by the supervisor and will be forwarded to OPR.
The OPR Supervisor, in coordination with the Chief Deputy, will make the determination to initiate an internal affairs investigation or a commander’s inquiry based on the facts concerning the allegation of misconduct.
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 6 of 10
E. Externally Generated Complaints
Anyone who initiates a formal complaint will be provided with a Sheriff’s Office Complaint Form. The individual may complete the form in person or return the form within fifteen (15) days, unless circumstances prevent the person from complying with the fifteen day timetable. All externally generated complaints of misconduct, will be forwarded to the OPR Supervisor. The Complaint Form may be downloaded from the Sheriff’s Office intranet, is available for pick up at all BCSO Offices; or via the BCSO website.
The Complaint Form will be forwarded to the OPR Supervisor no later than the next business day. The OPR Supervisor will assign a case number for tracking purposes. Complaints shall be accepted from any source, whether made in person, by mail or telephone. Individuals will be encouraged to submit their complaints in person; however, if they choose not to make a face to face complaint, the complainant will be promptly mailed or delivered a Complaint Form to fill out.
Persons who file complaints charging excessive force may be asked to sign a form authorizing release of their relevant medical records to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The Sheriff’s Office likewise seeks to hold members of the public responsible for filing false and malicious allegations against personnel as determined appropriate by the Sheriff. In cases where the identity of the employee is unknown, the investigator shall use all available means to determine the employee’s proper identity.
(CALEA 6.7.5b) If the communications center receives a complaint against an agency that is served by the center, the Emergency Services Dispatcher will complete the following:
a. Generate a CAD entry as a miscellaneous call.
b. Enter basic notes of complaint.
c. The shift supervisor will forward the information to the proper agency and document in the CAD notes when and who the information was forwarded to.
F. Complainant Notification
(CALEA 52.2.4 a) The Sheriff’s Office can only notify known complainants who complete the required issued complaint form. The complaint form is on the
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 7 of 10
Sheriff’s Office intranet. Once the form has been completed by the complainant, the documentation will be forwarded to the OPR Supervisor by the next business day. The OPR Supervisor will assign an OPR Case Number and assign an investigator.
(CALEA 52.2.4 b, 52.2.3) Once the OPR Supervisor has assigned an investigator, notification will be made to the complainant with contact information for the OPR Investigator. The complainant may inquire as to the status of an investigation at any time after the initial complaint. If no inquiry is made by the complainant, the OPR Investigator shall attempt to contact the complainant at day fifteen (15) and day thirty (30). All contacts and attempted contacts shall be annotated in the internal affairs report. All investigations are required to be completed within thirty days of the received complaint. Extensions must be requested through the Chief Deputy.
(CALEA 52.2.4 c, 52.2.8) Once the investigation is complete, the complainant will be notified, in writing by the Chief Deputy, as to the conclusion of fact.
G. Notification of Allegations/Charges: (CALEA 52.2.5) The Sheriff’s Office employee shall be notified of the internal affairs complaint and pending investigation. The notification shall include a statement of the allegation and the employee’s rights and responsibilities relative to the investigation. This notification shall be made as soon as a decision is made concerning the scope of the investigation.
H. Interviews
The source of the allegation and other persons having knowledge of the alleged violation will be interviewed and written or recorded statement obtained when appropriate. Such statements will be taken immediately after the interview. At a minimum, audio recordings of interviews will be accomplished.
In every investigation where it is appropriate, the employee who is the subject of the investigation will be interviewed and a signed or recorded statement will be obtained. This interview will normally be conducted toward the end of the investigation after all available facts to that point are known by the investigator, so that generally, only one interview will be necessary. If an employee provides a signed statement as part of a criminal investigation and that statement is sufficient, an additional administrative interview and signed statement is not necessary.
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 8 of 10
Interviews with employees will normally be conducted during regular working hours but may, at the discretion of the Investigator, be conducted elsewhere or at a time other than work hours.
I. Interview Warnings
The validity of an administrative action and the admissibility of statements in a criminal proceeding bear directly on the legal sufficiency of warnings given an employee prior to questioning. Therefore, prior to interviewing any employee, the OPR Investigator must carefully consider the nature of the allegations, the existence of possible criminal violations and the effects of the interview on any possible subsequent criminal proceeding. OPR Investigators will use the following procedures as a guideline when providing warnings to employees before the commencement of an interview:
a. If there is no indication that an employee to be interviewed is culpable in a criminal violation, but there is an indication that he/she may be culpable in an administrative violation, then an OPR Investigation Warning (Form) should be given.
b. If sufficient facts have been developed prior to conducting the interview to indicate a probable criminal violation has been committed, the OPR Investigation must stop and a criminal investigation must proceed under Miranda.
An employee’s right to counsel does not attach during the course of an administrative interview and an employee does not have the right to have counsel present during any stage of the interview conducted by OPR. However, with the permission of the Investigator, an employee may have a witness present during the interview so long as the witness does not interfere with the questioning or if the witness’s presence does not prolong the scheduling of the interview. Employees accused of criminal wrongdoing are given all legal protection and are encouraged to exercise their legal rights, including their choice of representation.
J. Reports
Final investigative reports will be prepared by the assigned OPR Investigator setting forth the specific allegation(s) and the results of the investigative effort.
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 9 of 10
All investigative reports will present the facts of the inquiry in a concise, objective and impartial manner. Statements which tend to indicate bias or prejudice will be avoided. A final disposition will be listed in the OPR Investigator’s report:
a. Substantiated
b. Partially Substantiated
c. Unsubstantiated
d. Unfounded
After reviewing the final investigative report, the Chief OPR Investigator shall forward the report to the Chief Deputy. If the Sheriff determines that disciplinary action is warranted, the Sheriff or his designee will notify the employee. A copy of the final administrative decision shall be forwarded to OPR.
After completion of all disciplinary actions and appeals, all copies of the final investigative report shall be returned to OPR for retention. When an investigation is closed, it shall not be reopened without the express permission of the Sheriff or his designee. All closed OPR files shall be maintained in a secure fashion under the control of the Chief O.P.R. Investigator. Limited access to closed files shall be granted to those individuals who demonstrate a bona-fide need to know as determined by the Sheriff, Chief Deputy and/or Chief O.P.R. Investigator. A case shall be properly closed when:
a. Reasonable facts and investigative leads have been thoroughly explored and reported.
b. All requisite judicial, disciplinary and adverse actions have been instituted and/or concluded.
c. The employee has been officially informed of the disposition of the investigation.
d. The employee voluntarily terminates his employment with the Sheriff’s Office prior to completion of the investigation. However, OPR will ensure prior to closure in such circumstances, all necessary available information has been gathered and no further action is warranted.
108A5 Office of Professional Responsibility Pg 10 of
10
e. (CALEA 52.1.2) The final report, all notes and attachments shall be destroyed five (5) years after termination of the employee as specified in S.C. Code of Regulations R.12-506.2. Destruction shall be verified by the Sheriff or his designee.
f. When allegations or evidence giving substantial bearing on a closed investigation emerge, a new investigation may be conducted. Factual evidence developed during the prior investigation may be used to resolve the newly opened inquiry, however; the previously closed investigative file will not be reopened unless so ordered by the Sheriff.
g. (CALEA 52.1.2) All closed OPR files shall be maintained in a secure fashion under the control of the Chief O.P.R. Supervisor.
h. (CALEA 52.1.5) It is the responsibility of the OPR Supervisor to compile annual statistical data based on the number of internal investigations and provide this information to the Sheriff’s Executive Assistance for inclusion in the annual report on placed on the Sheriff’s Office website.
i. (CALEA 52.1.4) It is a policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to inform the public and the employees of the Sheriff’s Office on how to file a complaint with the Sheriff’s Office. Employees are required to read the General Orders and this order covers internal and external complaints. The Sheriff’s Office which is available to citizens and employees provides contact information on filing complaints.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Civil Process
Number: 109 Type: Administrative Pages: 19
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 74.1.1-2, 74.2.1, 74.3.1, 84.1.8; SC Code 17-13-80, 22-3-750,
34-31-20
Purpose:
To establish policy and procedure concerning the receipt, reporting, service, and processing of civil process.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is mandated by state law to assist the court with service of civil process, and to affect these duties in a diligent and timely manner as instructed by law.
Definitions:
Notice of Hearing: This is a notice for the defendant to appear at a specified time and place. A true copy is served upon said defendant or person specified in the notice in the same manner as a summons; by delivering a true copy of the notice to the person to be served and placing the time, date of service and signature of the Deputy Sheriff on the affidavit or by leaving a copy at the defendant’s dwelling house or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion.
Restraining Order: This is a prohibitive writ issued by a judge, forbidding a party to do certain things. It is of a temporary nature and its purpose is to restrain the party or parties until a hearing can be held to determine whether or not an injunction will be granted. In most cases a hearing date will accompany the restraining order. This writ should receive immediate attention and, if directed to an individual, must be personally served.
Subpoena: This is a command issued under the seal of the court stating the name of the court and the title of the action of the suit, which orders each person to whom it is directed to attend and give testimony at the time and place therein specified. In addition to personal service, a witness subpoena may be served by substitute service in
109 Civil Process Pg 2 of 19
accordance with Rule 4. A Probate Court subpoena for a patient should be personal service only.
Subpoena Duces Tecum: This is a process by which the court commands a witness who has in his/her possession or control some document or paper that is pertinent to the issue of a pending controversy, to be produced at time or place so stated in the process. A subpoena duces tecum is served as a personal service or a substitute service.
Habeas Corpus: This is a writ to obtain the release of a person from unlawful custody. Personal service is required upon delivery of a Writ of Habeas Corpus.
Eminent Domain: This is the power to take private property for public use. Personal or substitute service may be realized in the service of this process.
Rule to Show Cause: This is a writ commanding a party to appear or show cause why that person should not be compelled to do the act required or why the objective of the rule should not be enforced. Personal service of this writ is required before a judge will issue a pick-up order for failure of a party to appear as commanded. It is also possible for this writ to contain a petition to be served conjunctively. Personal or substitute service is allowed, as per Rule 4.
A Rule Nisi: This is an order which will become final unless the party shows cause why he/she should not be compelled to do the act. Personal or substitute service is allowed in the same manner as a summons.
A Writ of Mandamus: This is a writ which commands the performance of a specific duty. Personal or substitute service is allowed.
A Mechanic’s Lien: This is a claim created for the purpose of securing priority of payment of the price or value of work performed and materials furnished in erecting or repairing of a building or other structure upon any real estate. A mechanic’s lien is served on the owner or person in possession of the property. The lien may be accompanied by a petition. The suit must be filed within 90 days of the last labor or materials delivered. The foreclosure suit must be commenced within six (6) months after the contractor ceases to furnish labor or material. Personal or substitute service is allowed.
Writ of Attachment: This is an act or process of taking, apprehending, or seizing persons or property, by virtue of a warrant, summons, or other judicial order, and
109 Civil Process Pg 3 of 19
bringing the same into custody of the court for the purpose of securing satisfaction of the judgment ultimately to be entered into the action.
A Body Attachment: This is a civil arrest of a defendant involved in a civil action. It is not a criminal arrest, and the defendant should not be subjected to the identification process of being photographed and fingerprinted.
Execution Against the Person: This is a form of civil arrest that occurs when a debtor is alleged to be in the process of leaving the jurisdiction of the court or removing property from the jurisdiction of the court that may be applied to the satisfaction of the judgment. Should he/she not agree to the conditions set by the court, the defendant may be committed to jail for Contempt of Court. Execution of any order for civil arrest, or any seizure or attachment of property, will only be performed by a sworn law enforcement officer. It is desirable, although not mandatory, to bring the arrested person directly before the judge while court is in session.
Claim and Delivery: (Also known as Writ of Replevin) This is a legal action to take property from one who wrongfully withholds it and to give it to another who has a plain legal right to its possession. The first step in a claim and delivery action is the service of a summons and complaint.
Procedure:
A. Records:
All civil process to be served by personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be forwarded immediately to the Civil Process Unit of the Administrative Division to be recorded.
(CALEA 74.1.1 a-i) The following information will be included in the civil process records when process is received:
a. Date and time received;
b. Type of process;
c. Nature of document;
d. Source of document;
e. Court docket number, if known;
f. Name(s) of plaintiff(s);
g. Name(s) of defendant(s);
h. Deputy sheriff assigned for service;
109 Civil Process Pg 4 of 19
i. Date assigned;
j. Date service due, if applicable;
k. Fee for service; and
l. Court.
All fees for service of civil process by the Sheriff’s Office will be in accordance with the fee schedule set forth by state law.
Records of all funds received and disbursed through the Civil Process Unit will be maintained in accordance with accepted accounting principles. Each section is tracked with written ledgers and receipts.
(CALEA 17.4.2 b, 84.1.8) The Execution Section entries will contain the following information, with additional records on property disposal entered into the computer system, as required by statute:
a. Name(s) of the plaintiff(s) and/or attorney and defendant(s)
b. Check number received;
c. Service sheet number;
d. Amount of funds collected;
e. Date collected;
f. By whom collected;
g. Amount applied to judgment;
h. Amount applied to other costs; and
i. Sheriff’s Office fee(s) collected.
The Family Court and Attorney Papers Sections’ entries will contain the following information:
a. Case number;
b. Name of person served;
c. Plaintiff’s attorney, if applicable;
d. Sheriff’s Office fee(s);
e. Date received; and
f. Check number.
All funds received through the civil process will follow the guidelines set forth in General Order #102.
109 Civil Process Pg 5 of 19
All civil process served by any Deputy Sheriff of the Sheriff’s Office will be returned immediately to the Civil Process Unit for updating of records and disposition.
(CALEA 74.1.2 a-e) The following information will be included in the civil process records when updated:
a. Date and time service was executed/attempted;
b. Name of deputy sheriff executing/attempting service;
c. Name of person on whom legal process was served/executed;
d. Method of service/reason for non-service;
e. Address of service/attempt;
f. Property seized, if applicable; and
g. Disposition of property seized.
All records concerning the receipt and service or attempted service of legal process by the Sheriff’s Office will be maintained by use of a computer system and backup tapes will be maintained by the MIS Department. Such records will be available for a period of three years, as required by statute.
Periodic audits will be conducted to verify accuracy of the records maintained.
The following individuals are exempt from civil arrest:
a. Both houses of the State Legislature will be protected in their persons and estates during their attendance on, going to, and returning from the General Assembly, and ten days previous to the sitting and ten days after the adjournment thereof. But, these privileges will not protect any members who will be charged with treason, felony, or breach of the peace. The South Carolina Attorney General has ruled that the historical meaning of the phrase, “breach of the peace,” unquestionably included all criminal offenses, thereby extending no immunity or privilege whatever to a legislator for any criminal act. This section is construed as granting immunity only from civil arrest or summons during the protected period.
b. A military reservist, while actually engaged in, attending, going to, or returning from military duty, is granted the same immunity from civil arrest or summons as legislators.
109 Civil Process Pg 6 of 19
c. Those citizens who are going to, attending, or returning from any court as party or witness, or by order of the court, are granted the same immunities from civil arrest as legislators.
d. Electors on days of elections, while attending the polls for voting, and going to and returning there from, are granted immunity from civil arrest.
e. The United States Constitution provides a similar immunity to civil process for members of Congress.
B. Duties and Responsibilities:
(CALEA 74.2.1) The process served by the Deputy Sheriff is at the command of the court and the Sheriff is responsible for the service of the court order. Improper service may result in criticism, penalties, and/or complaints. Accuracy, expediency, and courtesy are necessary in all service.
When the process is placed in the hands of the Sheriff, service should be made within a reasonable time after receipt of the document.
Legal and correct returns are of extreme importance, as is the attitude and ability of the Deputy Sheriff making the service. A false return, neglect, or refusal to execute and return any process constitutes a crime, and this action can be directed toward the Sheriff and his Deputy.
A Deputy Sheriff should not argue or discuss the merits of a case, offer legal advice under any circumstance, or recommend a specific attorney. Violation of this conduct can subject the Sheriff and his Deputy to severe criticism and censure. Rigid adherence to all tenets of South Carolina law, Sheriff’s Office policies and procedures, and the demonstration of a professional attitude that will reflect the utmost degree of professionalism required of each individual serving as a Deputy Sheriff with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Each Deputy Sheriff assigned to Civil Process will become familiar with the various types of legal process, their forms, and the language of law in order to affect a proper legal service.
(CALEA 74.2.1) Upon the completion of any service, the Deputy Sheriff must sign and complete a return of service to be returned to the court of issue. Any original court documents received must be returned to the court of origin; only
109 Civil Process Pg 7 of 19
certified duplicates may be served in this instance. Each Deputy Sheriff must sign the returns for process he/she has served.
(CALEA 74.2.1) Process should be served between the hours of six in the morning and nine in the evening. However, there is no strict guideline on the times and someone avoiding service can be an exception. Process may be served on any day including Sunday. However, process may not be served on any person who is going to or from or attending a regularly or specially scheduled church or other religious service on Sunday.
Individuals are subject to punishment for obstructing the service of process or resisting arrest.
(CALEA 74.2.1) When in the presence of a Deputy Sheriff, the person named for service refuses to accept service, the process may be left on a table, floor, attached to a door, or in the defendant’s presence after explaining the contents. This constitutes a legal service.
(CALEA 74.2.1) Deputy Sheriffs may serve process from a court out of state; however, the authority is limited to the service of process unless otherwise ordered by a South Carolina Court.
Service of process may be accomplished by serving the individual named any where he may be found in the county, or as otherwise directed and in accordance with South Carolina state statutes.
(CALEA 74.2.1) All service of Civil Process will be accomplished in accordance with South Carolina Rules of Civil Procedure, Rule 4, as follows:
a. If a suit is against a corporation, process should be served to a corporate officer, a managing or general agent, or to any other agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service of process.
b. Service against a partnership will be served on any member thereof and is as valid as if served on each individual member. Service of process on a single partner binds partnership property, but not property of each individual partner.
c. An agent is one appointed, by a principal, as his representative and one to whom the principal confides the management of some business to be
109 Civil Process Pg 8 of 19
transacted in the principal’s name or on his account. The agent is able to bring about or affect legal relationship between the principal and a third party. Such an agent may receive process for the principal he represents.
d. If a suit is against a minor under the age of fourteen years, process must be served to such minor personally and also to his/her parent or guardian. If no parent or guardian lives within the state, the process can be served to any person having care and control of such minor with whom the minor resides, or in whose service the minor may be employed.
e. If a suit is against a person imprisoned in this state, a patient confined in a state hospital, or a person in a similar institution in or out of this state, the process should be served to the defendant personally. Such personal service must be made by the Sheriff of the county in which the person is imprisoned or confined.
f. If the defendant is imprisoned in the state penitentiary or is a patient in a state hospital or similar institution, service can be made to the defendant personally by the director of the prison system or the superintendent of the state hospital or by assistants duly designated by them instead of being served by the Sheriff.
g. When a party to a suit is known to have an attorney, service of process may be made to the attorney instead of the party, at the request of the party to be served. If the attorney is not in his/her office, process should be left with his/her secretary or other person in charge of the office.
h. Unless otherwise directed by state statute, all other persons to whom process is to be served may be served personally, or the process may be served to any person of suitable age and discretion residing at the residence of the defendant.
C. Non-Enforceable Writs:
A summons is issued by the court to bring the defendant within the jurisdiction of the court and to give him/her notice of the action, and an opportunity to appear on a specified date or within a prescribed number of days to offer a defense. The summons will name the parties to the action, and one may be made a defendant only by the service of a summons. The plaintiff is required by law to have inserted in the summons a notice which informs the defendant that if
109 Civil Process Pg 9 of 19
an answer is not given to the complaint within the time period designated, the plaintiff may be granted judgment by default.
The summons must be accompanied by a Complaint, Affidavit, or Initial Pleading that explains how and why the action was initiated. The original summons will be stamped with the date and time received. The Sheriff is required to serve a “True Copy” of this summons together with a copy of the Complaint or Petition, as furnished by the plaintiff, to the defendant. The Sheriff or his Deputy will enter the required information regarding service on the worksheet in order that a service return may be sent to the court of issue.
The Sheriff is under no obligation to enforce injunctions or restraining orders unless specifically directed to do so in the body of the writ. When a person violates the conditions of the order which has been served to them, they must be brought back to court to show why they should not be held in contempt. This is usually accomplished by means of a bench warrant, citation, or body attachment.
Whenever a warrant has been issued against a corporation under the provisions of §22-3-750 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended, or an indictment has been returned against it under the provisions of §17-19-70, of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended, a copy of the warrant or indictment, will be served upon such corporation in the manner provided by law for the service of process in civil actions. When there is no agent or officer of the company within the county the service shall be served according to the provisions of §17-13-80 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended.
D. Enforceable Writs:
When serving an enforceable writ, the Deputy Sheriff is required to take some action against a person or thing as dictated in the writ or order. An enforceable writ describes the action to be taken, commands it to be done, and has the force of the court behind it to see that it is done.
It will be the duty of the Deputy Sheriff to whom an attachment is directed to levy the attachment upon the real or personal property of the defendant which is found in Beaufort County and necessary to satisfy the claim of the plaintiff. Attachments may be made at the same time as the summons and complaint is served, but may also be made before or after service. Attachment proceedings may be served on Sunday.
109 Civil Process Pg 10 of 19
The purpose of attachment is to take custody, and safely keep, as much of the property of the defendant as may be necessary to satisfy the plaintiff’s demand should he/she prevail in the lawsuit. The order may or may not designate property to be taken. The property remains in the custody of the Sheriff until further order of the court.
Under the South Carolina Homestead Exemption statute certain property is exempt from levy, attachment or sale arising from any judgment granted or final process issued from the court.
When real estate is attached, a true copy of the writ of attachment must be served to the party whose real estate is attached. A true copy must also be given to the office in which a deed of such real estate is recorded. In Beaufort County, this office is the Registrar of Mesne Conveyance (RMC).
A copy of the writ does not need to be served when personal property is being taken. When property is attached, the owner does not lose ownership at that time. He does lose possession. The state, through its courts, is placed in temporary possession until the issues can be litigated. The plaintiff gains no interest in or right to the property either. The property is in the hands of the court and remains in the possession of the court until the case is decided.
The only way the defendant can retain possession of the attached property is through the posting of a re-delivery bond approved by the court and/or the Sheriff. Such a bond is executed by two good sureties in double the appraised amount of the property which is to be taken or double the amount of the judgment. Otherwise, the property attached may be sold at public sale, pursuant to a court order, to satisfy the judgment granted to the plaintiff.
If the plaintiff does not decide to have the property in question seized immediately, that is, before the expiration of the 30 days normally allowed a defendant to answer a complaint, the only process to be served is a summons and complaint. No property is taken until a court hearing is conducted and a decision made concerning the party entitled to possession of the property.
If immediate delivery of the property is claimed, however, an affidavit must also be included in the papers to be served to the defendant. Attached to the affidavit must be a notice of the defendant’s right to a pre-seizure hearing. The notice informs the defendant that within five (5) days of the service of the summons,
109 Civil Process Pg 11 of 19
complaint and affidavit, he/she may demand a hearing concerning the validity of the plaintiff’s claim for immediate possession and his/her right to continue in possession of the property.
In addition to the summons, complaint, affidavit, and notice of a right to a pre-seizure hearing, it is also necessary for the plaintiff to include in the papers to be served a written undertaking (bond) executed by one or more sufficient sureties approved by the Sheriff, to the effect that they are bound in double the value of the property in question.
If the defendant fails to demand a pre-seizure hearing within five (5) days of service, the court may then rule on who has right to possession. If a pre-seizure hearing is demanded, the court will rule at that time whether the plaintiff’s claim for immediate possession should be allowed.
No property will be seized unless five (5) days notice and an opportunity to be heard have been afforded the party in possession of the property in question. However, there are two circumstances under which the judge or Clerk of Court may order the Sheriff to take immediate possession of the property without allowing for a pre-seizure hearing. If either an affidavit showing that the defendant has waived his right to a pre-seizure hearing or an affidavit of probability of damage or concealment is filed with the court, a copy thereof will be served to the defendant in lieu of serving him/her with a notice of right to a pre-seizure hearing.
The Sheriff should retain possession of disputed property until the matter has been disposed of according to law. If the court has already ruled in favor of the plaintiff, the property may be delivered to him/her. It is also possible the defendant may retain possession by posting a re-delivery bond prior to delivery of the property to the plaintiff.
Only a Sheriff or his duly appointed Deputy is empowered to break into a residence under civil process, and the authority to do so may be exercised only in claim and delivery unless such authority is granted in other types of civil actions by special statute. A Deputy Sheriff must use no more force than is necessary to break and enter, and he/she must act reasonably throughout the entire proceeding. Such breaking of the building or enclosure should take place only when the Deputy Sheriff has personal knowledge that the particular article is, in fact, concealed in the building or enclosure.
109 Civil Process Pg 12 of 19
The summons, complaint, affidavit, notice and bond may be served to the defendant personally if he/she can be found, to his/her agent who may have the property and from whom it is to be taken or, if neither can be found, to some person of suitable age and discretion who may be at the usual place of abode of either the defendant or his/her agent.
An execution is not a separate civil action, but it is part of the process of a civil action where judgment is sought from the court regarding a dispute between opposing parties. It is the duty of the Sheriff to serve executions and carry out the orders as directed by both magistrate court and the Court of Common Pleas.
Once an execution has been issued, it has an active life for the same period of time as the remaining active life of the judgment itself. The party in whose favor judgment is given may, at any time within ten years after the entry of judgment, proceed to enforce such judgment by having a writ of execution issued to the Sheriff. The execution does not have to be renewed or reissued even though a return may have been made during such period.
When the execution is against the property of the judgment debtor, it may be issued to the Sheriff of the county in which the judgment is docketed by the Clerk of Court. Executions may be issued at the same time to different counties where the debtor has property.
An execution directed to the Sheriff must be attested to by the Clerk of Court, must be subscribed to by the party issuing it or his/her attorney, and must intelligibly refer to the judgment by stating:
a. The court which granted the judgment;
b. The county in which the judgment is filed;
c. The judgment roll number;
d. The names of the parties;
e. The amount of the judgment, if for money;
f. The amount actually due therein; and
g. The time of docketing in the county to which the execution is issued.
If the execution is against the property of the judgment debtor, the Sheriff must satisfy the judgment out of the personal property of such debtor. If sufficient personal property cannot be found, then any real property belonging to him/her can be used.
109 Civil Process Pg 13 of 19
If the execution is against real or personal property of the judgment debtor that is in the hands of someone else, that property can be used.
If the execution is for the delivery of real or personal property of the judgment debtor into the possession of the plaintiff, the Sheriff must deliver the particularly described property to the party entitled thereto. If such a delivery cannot be made for any reason, then the Sheriff can resort to the same steps required of him if he had an execution against property.
It is absolutely essential that the name given for the judgment debtor on the execution delivered to the Sheriff’s Office by the plaintiff or his/her attorney are the same name for the person from whom property is being taken. Notice particularly such words as Jr., Sr., individual, corporate, P.A., etc.
In order for the Sheriff to satisfy a judgment out of the real or personal property of the judgment debtor, he must bring such property into his possession or within his control. The method by which this is usually accomplished is through the making of a levy against the property to be sold.
The Sheriff should take actual custody of the personal property at the time of levy. Personal property must be taken into possession or be within the power of the Sheriff. Until the levy is removed, the property levied upon is placed in possession of and under the control of the Sheriff, but they may be taken by a receiver appointed by a court who does so by court order. Bank accounts are not subject to levy by the Sheriff.
A lien is created against personal property when a levy is made against it.
In order to create a lien against real property, the Transcript of Judgment must be entered in the book of Abstract of Judgments with the Clerk of Court. The lien continues for a period of ten (10) years from the date of entry.
Execution against such real property is simply the means provided for enforcing the judgment. In the matter of personal property of the judgment debtor, however, neither the granting of a judgment to a judgment creditor nor the issuing of an execution writ by a judgment creditor has any lien effect. A levy must be made to create a lien against personal property, and property levied upon can only be bound thereby for a period of four (4) months from the date of such levy.
109 Civil Process Pg 14 of 19
After a levy is made, the Deputy Sheriff making the levy must make a memorandum (a notice of levy and a notice of Sheriff’s Sale) in writing of such levy. The memorandum should include the date of the levy and a specific description of the property upon which the levy was made. A copy of the memorandum should be given to the judgment debtor, and the original should be attached to the writ of execution. When a levy is made, a “prima facie” presumption of satisfaction of the judgment exists, and a second levy cannot be made until the sale of the property shows otherwise.
If no property can be found upon which to levy, the Sheriff may return the writ of execution to the plaintiff or his/her attorney unsatisfied (“nulla bona”). Before a truthful return of “nulla bona” (no goods) can be made by the Sheriff, Administrative Division personnel will research all the records available to the agency so that the agency can certify that there is no property in the name of the defendant upon which levy may be made. The records should be checked for personal and real property.
Before a levy is made on personal property, it must be determined if the property to be levied upon has adequate equity. The lien holder (if any) should be contacted regarding the outstanding balance owed on the property. If it is determined that the property does not have adequate equity, it should not be levied on unless the court orders otherwise. To determine equity, the lien amount, the cost of the sale, and other applicable Homestead Exemptions should be used in the computations.
Prior to personal property being levied on, the plaintiff is required to place a deposit with the Sheriff’s Office for the amount to cover the expense of the levy. The deposit covers the towing, storage, and advertisement of the property. The plaintiff should also be advised that if the cost exceeds the deposit amount, he/she is responsible for the difference. Likewise, if the actual cost is less than the deposit, the difference will be refunded. No minimum bid except if there is a homestead exemption.
The deposit required for real estate to be levied covers the advertising cost. Ordinarily, real estate will be levied on regardless of the equity situation as the Sheriff’s Office is not required to research this information. All property may be sold subject to any and all mortgages, liens, and encumbrances, if any. The cost of the sale and any applicable Homestead Exemption should be used to compute the minimum bid.
109 Civil Process Pg 15 of 19
The plaintiff, in all cases, should be advised that in the event the property (real or personal) does not sell, he/she is responsible for the cost, and, therefore, the deposit will not be refunded. However, any lawfully incurred expense will be attached to the judgment.
The seizure of non-titled assets, though not expressly forbidden, is highly discouraged. A court order directing the Sheriff’s Office to seize specific non-titled assets should ordinarily be required. This can be accomplished by the plaintiff or their attorney in supplemental proceedings. The burden of proof of ownership and a lawful levy rests with the Sheriff’s Office.
Sometimes, attorneys will request a “nulla bona” return without requiring the Sheriff to first try to satisfy the judgment by contacting the debtor. If such requests are honored, the return should be recorded “nulla bona by request of the plaintiff’s attorney.”
A judgment creditor is entitled to enforce his/her judgment by execution. A judgment creditor has the right to control and direct what proceedings should or should not be taken, therefore, his/her wishes and instructions, if lawful, should ordinarily be respected and obeyed when made known to the execution officer. However, the ultimate responsibility for the proper levy lies with the Sheriff.
When a number of executions against the same defendant are placed in the hands of the Sheriff, they should be satisfied in accordance with the order of their priority. If a writ of execution is to be enforced against real property, the priority of more than one writ is determined by the date the judgment was entered into the records of the court or the county where the property is located. If the writs are to be enforced against personal property, then priority is determined by the date of delivery to the Sheriff.
A Deputy Sheriff must stop proceedings if advised of bankruptcy. Bankruptcy must be verified.
Notice of appeal from adverse judgment may stay an execution.
If a business is funded through the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA), there may be a prior lien through SBA.
Property may be subject to federal, state, or Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) liens.
109 Civil Process Pg 16 of 19
By the beginning of each regular term of court from which the execution or judgment was issued, the Sheriff is required to make a return to the Clerk of Court of his actions which still have active energy. He must inform the Clerk of Court whether full, partial, or no satisfaction has been made. If he has fully executed the judgment, he must return the process to the clerk with the manner of its execution attached to it. If he has partially executed the judgment, or has not satisfied the judgment at all, he must state in writing under oath the reasons why he is unable to make the execution.
In any event, the Sheriff must return all process which has ceased to have active energy to the Clerk of Court or plaintiff, and such return should be made on the first day of the term of court after such cessation of energy. Failure to do so or the making of any false return may subject the Sheriff or other Deputy Sheriff to action, penalty, or other consequence provided by law for neglect of duty.
Custody orders to pick-up minor children must be registered with the Beaufort County Clerk of Court prior to service. To determine if the order has been properly registered, the order should contain, at a minimum, the Clerk of Court stamp showing the date and time of registration, along with the Clerk of Court stamped signature (normally on the first page). Custody Orders should contain language in the body of the writ that specifically directs the Sheriff or any law enforcement officer to immediately take physical custody of the child and who the physical custody of the child is to be turned over to. If this is not in the body of the writ, a minor child may be placed in Emergency Protective Custody in accordance with the Sheriff’s Office policy, if circumstances warrant. If there are any questions as to whether or not a custody order is enforceable, the Deputy Sheriff should contact the Civil Process Section for direction.
E. Seized Property Disposal:
(CALEA 84.1.8) When the Sheriff takes the lands, tenements, goods, and chattels of any person by virtue of a writ of execution and that person does not satisfy the debt, damages, and costs of the judgment creditor within five (5) days, the Sheriff may sell, by public auction, as much of the property as needed for the best price in order to satisfy the judgment. If the plaintiff bids, he may credit the amount bid to his execution and need not pay cash as long as all costs of the sale are paid. This is true only when the plaintiff is the first writ holder and his credit bid does not exceed the amount of his writ of execution.
109 Civil Process Pg 17 of 19
An execution sale does not have to be approved by the court, but a sale may be set aside if there is a gross inadequacy in price bid which would shock the conscience or raise the presumption of fraud, unfairness, or mistake. If the property being sold is personal property, the sale can be conducted on any day of the week, Monday through Friday, after the sale has been advertised for fifteen (15) days (e.g., once a week for two weeks) before such sale. The sale of personal property may be at any convenient place in the county and should be designated in the advertisement.
If the property being sold is real estate, the sale can only be conducted on the first Monday of each month. If the first Monday is a legal holiday, the sale will be on the Tuesday after the holiday. The sale of real estate must be advertised for twenty-one (21) days (e.g., once a week for at least three weeks) prior to such sale. The place of sale of real property must be at the courthouse of the county.
The advertisement should specify the property to be sold, the time and place of sale, the owner of the property, the party at whose suit the sale is to be made, and the terms of the sale. The advertisement should be posted at three public places in the county, one of which will be at the courthouse door. Publication of the advertisement must be made in a newspaper before the day of sale, and the hours of sale will be between 11 a.m. and 5 p.m.
In all sales of real estate made by authority of a writ of execution, the bidding is not closed on the day of sale, but remains open for thirty (30) days after the day of the sale. Within the thirty-day period, any person other than the highest bidder at the sale may enter a higher bid, called an upset bid. In all cases where subsequent upset bids are made, the five percent bid deposits of the lower bidders must be returned to them within two days with a notice that their bids have been raised. To comply with the terms of sale, the upset bidder must make a deposit of five percent of the bid to the Sheriff as a guarantee of his good faith.
At 11 a.m. on the thirtieth (30th) day after the sale, exclusive of the day of sale, the bidding is reopened by the Deputy Sheriff who conducted the original sale, and the bidding is allowed to continue until the sale is concluded in the usual custom of auction to the successful highest bidder complying with the terms of sale.
(CALEA 84.1.8) Upon the completion of a judicial sale, the Deputy Sheriff making the sale must execute a conveyance to the purchaser giving to him/her
109 Civil Process Pg 18 of 19
the rights and interests to the property sold. When making a conveyance of any real estate sold by writ of execution, the conveyance should contain the name of the person owning the property executed on, the name of the judgment creditor, the date of execution and the date of sale.
Neither the Sheriff nor any of his Deputies are allowed, directly or indirectly, to participate in any way in the purchase of any property being sold at any sale being conducted by the Sheriff’s Office.
When the Sheriff enforces the collection of a judgment by levy of execution, he is required to collect not only the face of the judgment and costs incurred, but also interest on the amount of the judgment. The interest rate may be subscribed on the face of the document and accrues from the date of the judgment until paid. In the absence of a written agreement between the parties fixing a different rate of interest, the statutory rate is prescribed by §34-31-20 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended.
(CALEA 84.1.8) The Sheriff must pay to the proper person all money collected by him. All money received under an execution, whether by sale or otherwise, must be paid within thirty (30) days to the party or his/her attorney in whose favor the execution was issued. Any surplus funds resulting from the sale of real property should be deposited with the Clerk of Court for the benefit of the judgment debtor or other claimants.
F. Eviction (Ejectment):
Eviction (Ejectment) is defined as an action to restore possession of property to the person entitled to it.
Upon receipt of a Writ of Ejectment, Writ of Possession, or a Writ of Assistance, it will be the duty of the Sheriff to execute the writ by serving a copy on the party in wrongful possession and giving them a reasonable time to voluntarily vacate the premise. In all cases possible, unless ordered by the courts to do otherwise, the party being evicted should be given ten (10) days to voluntarily vacate the premise. Deputy Sheriffs should be reasonable and use discretion with regard to the eviction of ill or elderly persons. The chaplain or other local agency may be contacted to assist.
When forced entry is required, the Deputy will take the following steps:
109 Civil Process Pg 19 of 19
a. The owner provides the Deputy with a key;
b. The defendant provides the Deputy with a key;
c. The owner contacts a locksmith of their choice;
d. As a last resort, forced entry will only be allowed with command approval, this entry will be by the least destructive means necessary to effect the service of the ejectment;
Seizure orders involving mobile homes should be carried out in the same manner as a normal eviction unless the court orders otherwise. Prior to a mobile home being moved, the Deputy Sheriff should verify that any delinquent taxes have been paid and ensure that the mover has secured a proper moving permit.
In all evictions, it is the responsibility of the plaintiff to provide the labor to effect the eviction, should the occupants not voluntarily vacate the premise. Personal possessions should be set out on a public street or highway and may be removed by the appropriate municipal or county official after a period of 48 hours or in the normal schedule of trash pick-up.
If the premise is found to be vacant, the plaintiff should be contacted in order that the property be secured. A copy of the paperwork may be left at the premise. There should ordinarily be no further involvement of the Sheriff’s Office in this situation.
Revision Date(s) A1-02/6/2013;A2-02/21/2013; A3-06/18/2019;A4-07/10/2019; A5-6/15/2020; A6-
5/18/21; A7-4/27/22; A8-06/22/2022; A9-11/14/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Application and Selection Process
Number: 110A9 Type: Administrative Pages: 17
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 3.2.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.7-8, 4.3.11, 22.1.1, 31.3.1-4, 32.1.1-7, and
32.2.1-10
Purpose: (CALEA 32.1.1) To describe all the elements of the process for recruitment and selection of qualified applicants for all positions within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and set forth procedures governing the administration of all phases of that process. The Sheriff, when unusual circumstances dictate, may deviate from this policy when in the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office.
Policy: (CALEA 32.1.2 and 32.1.3) The Sheriff’s Office is an equal opportunity employer and, as such, shall ensure that all applicants are provided an equal opportunity for employment through an employment process which recruits and selects the most qualified persons without regard to age, color, disability, national origin, race, religion, sex, or any other factor which cannot lawfully be used as the basis for employment. All applicants are required to meet the same minimal standards and practices for their classification. The Sheriff’s Office will adhere to the agency’s Personnel Policies Procedures and performance-based tests administered in the employment process (i.e., tests must be job-related and be able to be demonstrated that they measure an applicant’s skill or ability to perform essential functions of the job). The agency will not only recruit and select applicants in accordance with federal, state, and local laws and ordinances, but will adhere to the guidelines set forth by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy (SCCJA), Training Act.
Procedures:
A. Recruitment:
(CALEA 31.1.1 and 31.3.2) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Headquarters Branch Captain is responsible for overseeing the employment process and ensuring that each phase is administered uniformly. The primary responsibility of the Branch Captain is the anticipation of vacancies for both sworn and civilian positions and the recruitment of qualified applicants through a variety of avenues including, but not limited to: Beaufort County internal and external bulletins and
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 2 of 17
Job lines, the State Employment Security Commission (Job Service), advertisements in local/out-of-town newspapers and professional publications, the internet, notices to area colleges and technical schools, job fairs, and through the face-to-face recruitment efforts for Sheriff’s Office employees. Depending on the job climate, the Captain has the authority to advertise through Beaufort County Employee Services only.
(CALEA 31.3.1 a) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shall comply with the South Carolina Code of Laws 23-23-60 (B) referred to as the South Carolina Training Act regarding a candidates eligibility for certification as a law enforcement officer in South Carolina. South Carolina Code 23-23-60 (B) sets the minimum standards for law enforcement certification in South Carolina. The Sheriff’s Office exceeds these minimum standards for Deputies hired by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in some situations. The minimum standards for 23-23-60 (B):
a. An application under oath on a format prescribed by the Director of the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy.
b. Evidence that the candidate has completed high school and received a high school diploma or GED recognized and accepted by the South Carolina Department of Education or South Carolina.
c. Evidence that the candidate is physically fit to fulfill the duties of a law enforcement officer. Such proof must be in obtaining a complete medical history by a licensed physician or medical examiner and submitting to a complete medical examination.
d. The candidate has not been convicted of any criminal offense that carries a sentence of one year or more or of any criminal offense that involves moral turpitude. The forfeiture of bond, a guilty plea, or a plea of nolo contendere is considered the equivalent of a conviction.
e. Candidate must be a person of good character as established by an in-depth background investigation. In determining good character, consideration must be given to all law violations, including traffic and conservation law convictions, prior history of alcohol and drug abuse, etc.
f. Candidate must have a valid South Carolina driver’s license with no record during the previous five years for suspension of the driver’s license as a result of driving under the influence, reckless homicide, involuntary manslaughter, leaving the scene of an accident, or suspension for operating a motor vehicle while their license is suspended.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 3 of 17
g. A favorable credit check.
h. Fingerprints that show the candidate has no felony convictions.
i. Evidence that the candidate’s present age is not less than twenty-one years.
j. If the candidate has successfully completed a course of law enforcement training by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy or another law enforcement training Academy, copies of the documents must be obtained.
k. No convictions for criminal domestic violence.

Sections a,c,and j are not applicable to non-sworn positions.
B. Applications for Employment, Sworn, Non-Sworn and Reserves – Training/ Recruitment Branch Responsibilities:

(CALEA 31.3.1 a) Each position advertised will provide a description of the minimal job duties, responsibilities, required skills, education level, and other job qualifications or requirements, pay range and elements of the employment process.
The Application package for employment with the Sheriff’s Office can be obtained at the Sheriff’s Office, at the Beaufort County Employee Services Department, or on-line from the Sheriff’s Office web site, www.bcso.net. All Applicants for employment must furnish all of the information requested in the employment package. Failure to do so may terminate the applicant’s employment application. Information contained in the application package includes: Beaufort County Application for Employment, Sheriff’s Office Personal Inquiry Waiver (Authority for Release of Information), and a list of all required documents to be returned with the application package.
All of the application packages will be returned to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, Headquarters Branch, Training/Recruitment Section, located at 2001 Duke Street, Beaufort, South Carolina or mailed to the Training/Recruiting Branch at P.O. Box 1758, Beaufort, South Carolina 29901.
(CALEA 31.3.3 and 31.3.4) The Training/Recruiting Section will review all applications for completeness. Applications that are not complete will not be processed until all required information and attachments have been submitted. Requests to the applicant to submit information or attachments not provided will be made by the Training/Recruiting Section. Each applicant must submit: the Beaufort County employment application, completed Personal History Questionnaire (PHQ) via Guardian, personal inquiry waiver (authority to release information), along with copies of the following documents: Social security card,
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 4 of 17
birth certificate, high school and college diplomas, DD-214 if prior military with a copy of separation code and type of discharge, certified driving record from the Department of Motor Vehicles from all states licensed for the past six years, a copy of the current driver’s license and any law enforcement training certifications, a copy of US Citizenship Naturalization Certificate for sworn positions (if applicable), if applicant for Emergency Services Dispatcher or Sheriff’s Technician a copy of a Resident Alien Card (if applicable).
(CALEA 31.3.3 and 32.1.5) The Training/Recruiting Section will begin processing each applicant as the required information is received. A file will be opened on each applicant. Each applicant will have a criminal history check and driver’s license check completed along with a complete background investigation. Applicants that do not qualify for employment based on the minimum requirements established by the South Carolina Training Act will be sent a rejection letter by the Training/Recruitment Branch within 30 days along with the procedures for reapplying.
(CALEA 32.1.2; 32.1.4 a, b, c; and 32.2.4) All job-related requirements are listed in the specific job descriptions. Each applicant meeting the minimum requirements for the position will be provided a list of all phases of the employment process, the approximate duration of the process, areas where the polygraph questions will be drawn, job related requirements with the specific minimums established for the position they have applied.
The processes used by the Sheriff’s Office are based on various phases to the hiring process. Each candidate for employment must successfully pass each phase to go to the next phase of the employment process.
The Headquarters Captain is responsible for overseeing all phases of the application, selection and hiring processes. The Captain is responsible that the selection process is administered fairly, uniformly and in compliance with all Sheriff’s Office directives.
(CALEA 32.1.7) The Headquarters Captain is responsible for ensuring all selection materials are properly stored in a secure area. Selection materials will not be left unattended. This includes all testing materials. All selection materials will be stored in a secured and locked area when not in use. Access to selection materials will be permitted to those directly involved in the formal application phase only.
C. Process Phases for Sworn Positions:
The application package is reviewed for completeness.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 5 of 17
Criminal history, driver’s license check and background investigation.
Physical agility testing, firearms (ability test only).
Reading and Comprehension Testing
Oral Review Board
Polygraph
Drug Test
Psychological screening
The Recruiting/Staffing Officer will review the results of the applicants with the Administrative Major on which applicants will be presented to the Chief Deputy.
The recommendations of the Oral Review Board along with the applicant’s complete file will be sent to the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff for discussion and consideration of employment.
D. (CALEA 4.2.1) Process Phases for Non-Sworn Positions:
The application package is reviewed for completeness.
Criminal history, driver’s license check and background investigation.
Typing test and Criti-Call test if applicable to duties in the position description.
The Recruiting/Staffing Officer will review the applicants with the Chief Deputy, or his designee with recommendations on which applicants will be interviewed by the Oral Review Board.
Oral Review Board.
Recommendations by the Oral Review Board and the applicant’s complete file will be given to the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff for discussion and consideration for further testing and suitability for hire.
(CALEA) Psychological screening (Communications and Emergency Management)
Drug test.
The Recruiting/Staffing Officer will review the applicants with the Chief Deputy with recommendations on which applicants will be interviewed by the Oral Review Board
E. Process Descriptions:
Reading and Comprehension Testing: (CALEA 32.1.2) The Sheriff’s Office utilizes an approved selection test as an entry level criteria on which all Deputy
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 6 of 17
Sheriff applicants must successfully pass to proceed in the employment process. The approved selection test is used to determine the applicant’s grade level equivalency.
Physical Agility Testing: (CALEA 32.1.2) Sworn applicants must pass a physical agility test which must be completed within 3 minutes or less.
Typing Test: (CALEA 32.1.2) Certain administrative positions require a minimum typing score of 35 wpm or higher in order to proceed in the employment process.
Background Investigations
a. (CALEA 32.2.2) Information on each applicant will be forwarded to the Headquarters Captain. The Captain is responsible for assigning a Background Investigator to conduct the background investigation on all applicants for employment with the Sheriff’s Office. All Background Investigators will have received training in how to conduct proper background investigations.
b. (CALEA 32.2.1 a, b, c) The investigator must consider positive as well as negative information. It is important to investigate all incidents in an applicant’s background which may reflect unfavorably upon his/her ability to perform the duties required in the position description. It is equally important that all unfavorable incidents be reviewed with the applicant for an explanation and possibly a justification of the incident. The Investigator will verify all records provided by the candidate, information regarding previous work experience, education, credit, criminal records, general reputation within the community, neighborhood check, personal and business references, military, relatives, a minimum of three references, acquaintances, etc.
c. Once the background investigation has been completed or during the investigation the investigator may become aware of additional information required from the applicant or inconsistent information necessitating a discrepancy interview with the applicant.
d. (CALEA 32.1.5) Completed background investigation files will be reviewed by the Headquarters Captain to ensure all investigative files are complete, properly documented and consistent with Sheriff’s Office hiring policies. The Recruiting/Staffing Officer is responsible for having a report prepared listing all of the applicants he is recommending eliminating from
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 7 of 17
the selection process based on the background investigation and the reason for rejection. This report will be sent up his chain of command to the Chief Deputy for review. Once the Chief Deputy has approved the recommendations the Recruiting/Staffing Officer will send rejection letters to the applicants being eliminated from the selection process within 30 days.
Drug Usage and Experimentation Standards
a. Controlled substances are those substances which are illegal to possess without a prescription as defined under all applicable local, state and federal laws, to include the unlawful use and possession of prescribed drugs. No applicant will be considered who has used or possessed a controlled dangerous substance or combination of controlled dangerous substances, as described below. This applies whether the illegal conduct was detected or admitted by the applicant. This standard is established due to the probable impact of such activity on the applicant’s credibility, integrity and professional reputation. Listed in the following sections are the established time frame for use and/or experimentation for the following substances:
b. No unlawful use of narcotics, hallucinogens or inhalants within the five (5) years from the date of this application. This includes, but is not limited to the following:
i) Opium
ii) Heroin
iii) Cocaine (including Crack)
iv) Morphine
v) Codeine
vi) Hydroquinone
vii) Hydromorphone
viii)Meperidine and analogs
ix) Oxycodone
x) Methadone and related drugs
xi) Pentazocine
xii) Lysergic Acid Diethylamide (LSD)
xiii)Mescaline and Peyote
xiv) Amphetamine variants
xv) Phencyclidine (PCP)
xvi) Psilocybin and Psilocin (Magic Mushrooms)
xvii) Methylenedioxmethamphetamine (MDMA)
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 8 of 17
xviii)Volatile solvents
xix) Nitrites
xx) Anesthetics and any other derivative, thereof
xxi) Any other substances classified by the DEA as a Schedule I Drug
c. No unlawful use of depressants, stimulants or steroids within two (2) years from the date of application. This includes, but is not limited to the following:
i) Flunitrazepam (Rohypnol)
ii) Gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB)
iii) Ketamine Hydrochloride
iv) Barbiturates
v) Methaqualone
vi) Benzodiazepines
vii) Methylphenidate (Ritalin)
viii)Amphetamines
ix) Methamphetamines
x) Anabolic Steroids
d. The recent use of Marijuana or products containing Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and/or the consumption of alcohol which may constitute abuse will be reviewed on a case by case basis to determine the extent of use and/or the possibility of abuse. If employment is offered, all personnel are subject to a “zero tolerance” policy for illegal drug use and/or alcohol abuse. Accordingly, conditional employment may be offered with the stipulation that the new hire may be required to participate in additional reviews and/or testing procedures during their first year of probationary employment; or anytime thereafter as deemed necessary.
Prescription Medication
a. In order to define and determine what constitutes substance abuse in the area of prescription medication and under what circumstances can certain medications be used, the following guidelines are established:
i) The use of prescription substance that is illegally or improperly obtained and used for its intended medical purpose, but is not prescribed for the user.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 9 of 17
ii) The use of a prescription substance that is legally obtained by the user, but which is taken in excess of its intended or prescribed medical purpose.
iii) The use of a prescription substance that is outside of prescribed guidelines, such as, but not limited to, combining medication with alcohol, driving a motor vehicle or operating machinery while under the influence of a medication.
b. Misuse will be reviewed on an individual basis.
Applicants will be removed from consideration for the following factors:
a. It is determined that an applicant used any illegal substance after submitting his/her application.
b. The discovery of any illegal substance during the qualifying medical examination.
c. It is determined that the applicant formerly held sworn status or military status and has subsequently admitted to the use of illegal substances may be cause for removal from the application process, on a case by case basis.
d. It is determined that an applicant has been convicted of a felony involving the sale, purchase, distribution, possession or use of an illegal substance.
e. An applicant has the right to appeal the established standards of the above substances. The appeal will be made in writing outlining the specific reasons with justification. All appeals will be forwarded to the Chief Deputy for his decision.
Polygraph Examinations:
a. (CALEA 32.2.4) Candidates are notified at the time of their formal application that all of the application requirements for employment, with the exception of medical and psychological testing, are areas from which polygraph questions may be drawn.
b. (CALEA 32.2.5) Applicants selected for continuation in the selection process will be notified by the Training/Recruiting Section of their appointment time for a polygraph examination to be conducted by the Sheriff’s Office Polygraph Unit. Only personnel licensed by the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED) in the use of a polygraph examination shall be used to conduct such tests and evaluate the results.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 10 of 17
Training/Recruiting shall notify the applicant of testing date and time as provided by the Polygraph Unit.
c. (CALEA 32.2.6) The results of the polygraph examination shall be considered only as an investigative aid and shall not be the single determinant of employment eligibility. If significant responses are indicated during the polygraph examination, the polygraph examiner will notify Training/Recruiting through a Polygraph Certification Form with the area of significant response noted for the background investigator.
d. (CALEA 32.1.5) If there are any pre-test admissions or post-test admissions which disqualify the applicant from further consideration, the polygraph examiner will record the admission on the Sheriff’s Office Polygraph Certification Form and forward the form to Training/Recruiting Section for notification to the candidate within 30 days in writing that he or she has been eliminated from the selection process
Selection Review Board, Sworn Positions:
a. The Selection Review Board will be comprised of at least five, but no more than seven Deputies (Master Sergeant and above) from the various divisions and branches of the Sheriff’s Office. Each Board will have gender and minority representation on it. The Selection Board will be chaired by a Division Commander (Major) or their designee. A representative from the Training/Recruiting Section will attend the Review Board to provide assistance to the Board members on the results of each phase of the selection process on each applicant. Each of the Review Boards will be recorded to ensure fairness for all applicants and the Board.
b. Each member of the Selection Review Board will be provided with a copy of the candidate’s application and the findings of: physical agility testing, firearms testing, and a summary of the background findings. Questions relative to the candidate’s application package may be asked by any Board Member of the candidate during the Selection Review Board.
c. The Selection Review Board members will ask each candidate the same set of job-related questions. Once the candidate has answered the question any Board member may expand on the candidates answer provided it remains relevant to the question that was asked.
d. Each Member of the Selection Review Board will independently rate each candidate upon completion of the interview using the rating sheet designed
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 11 of 17
and provided by the Training/Recruiting Branch. A numeric score of one (1) lowest to five (5) highest will be given for each question by each Board Member. The numeric score for each question should be based on the candidates overall ranking/abilities throughout the selection process, such as; presentation, appearance, answers to the questions, test results and background investigation each in relationship to the requirements outlined in the position description.
e. The Training/Recruitment representative will compile the rating sheets for each of the candidates and will compute the overall average score for each applicant. The Training/Recruiting Captain will compile a list of the candidates in ranking, highest to the lowest.
f. (CALEA 32.1.5) The Headquarters Captain will have the list of recommended candidates for the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy and the Sheriff will determine hiring considerations. Applicants may be selected to continue in the selection process or eliminated from further consideration. Each candidate will be notified in writing within 30 days by the Recruiting/Staffing Officer of their selection to continue in the selection process or being eliminated from the process.
g. A conditional offer of employment was given to each candidate at the beginning of the employment process stipulating that employment is contingent upon a successful polygraph examination, medical examination, drug test, psychological screening, physical agility test, credit check, background investigation and interview board.
h. Candidates who successfully pass all of the required testing will be offered employment or placed on a six-month hiring list. All letters will be prepared under the direction of the Headquarters Captain for the signature of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
Selection Review Board for Non-Sworn Positions:
a. The Selection Review Board will be comprised of at least five but no more than seven employees from the administrative divisions and branches of the Sheriff’s Office. Each Board will have gender and minority representation on it. The Selection Board will be chaired by a Division Major or his/her designee. A representative from the Training/Recruiting Section will attend the Review Board to provide assistance to the Board members on the results of each phase of the selection process on each applicant. Each of the Review Boards will be recorded to ensure fairness for all applicants and the Board.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 12 of 17
b. Each member of the Selection Review Board will be provided with a copy of the candidate’s application, typing test results, and a summary of the background findings. Questions relative to the candidate’s application package may be asked by any Board Member of the candidate during the Selection Review Board.
c. The Selection Review Board members will ask each candidate the same set of job-related questions. Once the candidate has answered the question any board member may expand on the candidates answer provided it remains relevant to the question that was asked.
d. Each Member of the Selection Review Board will independently rate each candidate upon completion of the interview using the rating sheet designed and provided by the Training/Recruiting Branch. A numeric score of one (1) lowest to five (5) highest will be given for each question by each Board Member. The numeric score for each question should be based on the candidates overall ranking/abilities throughout the selection process, such as; presentation, appearance, answers to the questions, test results and background investigation each in relationship to the requirements outlined in the position description.
e. The Training/Recruitment representative will compile the rating sheets for each of the candidates and compute the overall average score for each applicant. The Headquarters Captain will compile a list of the candidates in ranking, highest to the lowest.
f. (CALEA 32.1.5) The Headquarters Captain will have the list of recommended candidates for the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy and Sheriff will confer on hiring considerations. Applicants may be selected to continue in the selection process or eliminated from further consideration. Each candidate will be notified in writing within 30 days by the Recruiting/Staffing Officer of their selection to continue in the selection process or being eliminated from the process.
g. Candidates who successfully pass all of the required testing will be offered employment or placed on a six-month hiring list. All letters will be prepared under the direction of the Headquarters Captain for the Sheriff’s signature and routed through the Chief Deputy.
Medical and Psychological Screenings:
a. (CALEA 32.2.7) Under the direction of the Headquarters Captain, the Training/Recruitment Section is responsible for arranging an appointment
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 13 of 17
with the approved medical site for the Sheriff’s Office for each of the candidates to be drug tested and to take a medical examination. The Training/Recruiting Section will notify applicants of their scheduled date and times.
b. (CALEA 32.2.8) The Training/Recruiting Branch will contact the Sheriff’s Office Contract Psychologist to schedule psychological screenings for all applicants. The psychological screening will include emotional suitability screening.
c. The Training/Recruiting Branch will notify applicants in writing of the date and time of the screenings.
d. (CALEA 32.1.5) All of the results of the drug test and the psychological screening will be reported to the Headquarters Captain. The Captain will have a confidential report prepared on any of the candidates being eliminated from employment based on cause. This confidential report will be given to the Chief Deputy for his approval to reject the contingent offer of employment. The Captain will have a letter prepared to any candidate rejected for cause within 30 days.
e. All other candidates that passed the conditions of the conditional offer of employment will be offered full time employment by letter. The letter will be prepared under the direction of the Headquarters Captain for the signature of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy. The letter will outline all conditions of employment to include the probationary period and requirements. The Sheriff having final authority, as prescribed by law, in the hiring of all personnel, regardless of job position or duty assignment. This authority is granted based on the signature on the offer of employment.
Record Management And Retention:
a. (CALEA 32.1.6) The Training/Recruiting Section will maintain the files on all applicants who were selected for employment, in accordance with applicable state regulation and retention schedules. These files shall be stored in a secure area when not in use and shall be disposed of in a manner that prevents disclosure of the information contained in the file. In addition, County Employee Services will maintain an appropriate file for each employee that is applicable with state regulations and retention schedules.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 14 of 17
b. Completed applications and personal resumes of applicants who were not hired by the Sheriff’s Office shall be retained for the requisite period from the date of rejection or making of the record. County Employee Services shall ensure proper disposal of any information containing applicant’s name, address, social security number, position applied for, educational background, work experience and other related information.
c. (CALEA 32.2.3) A record of each applicant’s background investigation shall be maintained by the Training/Recruitment Section pursuant to retention schedules approved by the State Department of Archives in compliance with the Records Retention Act.
d. Polygraph examination results shall be maintained by the Training/Recruitment Section pursuant to retention schedules approved by the State Department of Archives in compliance with the Records Retention Act.
e. (CALEA 32.2.9) Medical and psychological screening results shall be maintained by the Training/Recruitment Section pursuant to retention schedules approved by the State Department of Archives in compliance with the Records Retention Act.
f. All selection records will be stored in a secure and locked area within the Training/Recruitment Section.
Probationary Periods:
a. (CALEA 4.3.11, 32.2.10) The probationary period is part of the selection process. Sworn candidates selected for employment will serve a probationary period of one year before being granted full Deputy Status. During the one year probationary period the Deputy must meet all training and certification requirements established by the Sheriff’s Office and the Criminal Justice Academy. Non-sworn employees will serve a one year probationary period. All newly appointed employees of the Sheriff’s Office will be evaluated throughout their probationary period. Individuals receiving unfavorable performance evaluations during the probationary period may contest the evaluation by appealing to the immediate supervisor of the rater. If such appeal is unsatisfactory the contesting employee may appeal the evaluation through the chain of command to the Chief Deputy.
b. All employees of the Sheriff’s Office will be treated fairly, equally and with respect. All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are at-will employees and employed by the appointment of the Sheriff.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 15 of 17
F. Lateral Entry Candidates:
(CALEA 34.1.3 g) Selection criteria for lateral entry positions will be identical to that for candidates without law enforcement experience. However, additional consideration will be given to candidates with experience, particularly for sworn positions. When qualified personnel are available both within and outside of the department for a particular position, selection decisions will favor Sheriff’s Office employees.
Lateral entry is permitted for all positions within the Sheriff’s Office at the discretion of the Sheriff. The selection requirements and processes for lateral entry positions is the same as for any other applicant with the following additional considerations:
a. Education
b. Nature and length of experience as it relates to the position being sought
c. Amount and nature of job-related training
G. Sign-On Bonuses (SOB):
Beaufort County Council has approved a sign-on bonus for First Responder new hires. These bonuses are a result of ARPA-Funded Public Safety Recruitment Incentives and a description of this policy can be located in the Beaufort County Human Resources Policy Document 2022-4.
The Federal American Rescue Plan Act will fund the program to help fill critical workforce needs. The $500,000.00 fund will remain in effect from November 1, 2022 until funds are fully expended or until December 31, 2024, whichever is sooner.
Any Sheriff’s Office employee with a hire date effective November 1, 2022 or later, will be eligible for a $5,000.00 sign-on bonus. The first installment will be $2,500.00 on the date of hire. The second $2,500.00 installment will be paid upon the successful completion of a probationary period of employment.
H. Relocation Assistance Stipend (RAS):
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 16 of 17
As a result of the Beaufort County Human Resources Policy 2022-4, Beaufort County Council has approved a Relocation Assistance Stipend in the amount of $2,500.00 for newly hired employees. These funds are made available through the ARPA-Funded Public Safety Recruitment Incentives.
These funds are available for newly hired Sheriff’s Office employees, (excluding Sheriff’s Technicians), whose hire date is November 1, 2022, or later. Eligibility requirements for employees:
a. Must move from a location outside of Beaufort County.
b. Must relocate to an address within Beaufort County and produce verifiable receipts of the move.
I. Employee Responsibility:
Repayment of Bonus(es):
a. Voluntary Separation of Employment. An employee accepting an SOB and/or RAS is expected to remain in the employ of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office for a period of two years following the Hire Date. If an employee who is in receipt of an SOB or and/or SOB and RAS voluntarily resigns with a separation date within two years of their Hire Date, the employee must return a pro-rated portion of those bonus(es). Recoupment of the separated employee’s financial obligation shall follow established procedures for outstanding debt to the Sheriff’s Office owed by an employee at the time of separation.
The pro-rated, remaining financial obligation owed by the employee as calculated as follows:
The total amount of SOB/RAS received divided by 24, multiplied by the number of full calendar months remaining between the date of separation from employment and two years from Hire Date.
b. Involuntary separation of employment. When employment is terminated involuntarily either by discharge at the will of the Sheriff or by death of the employee, the employee, or the employee’s estate, will not incur a financial obligation as a result of receiving an SOB and/or RAS.
110A9 Application and Selection Process Pg 17 of 17
Reference(s): A-7-21-2015; A1-5-4-2016
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Agency Property and Inventory Control
Number: 111A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.4.11, 17.5.1-3 and 1.3.9 e
Purpose:
To ensure proper control and maintenance of county owned property.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will ensure adequate control of agency-owned property and that all Sheriff’s Office property is maintained in a state of operational readiness.
Procedure:
A. Inventory Items: (CALEA 17.5.1) Inventory records shall be maintained as part of the agency’s system of records by the Supply Manager. The Supply Manager maintains a continual inventory control system of the property under the Supply Manager’s control as well as conducting spot inventories throughout the year. The following properties are considered inventory items for purposes of the Fixed Asset Inventory Control System:
All items that have an initial individual cost of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) or more and are non-consumable in nature. This cost includes any applicable sales taxes charged at the time of purchase.
All donated property, all property transferred from another government entity, and all property confiscated by the Sheriff’s Office with a fair market value of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) or more will be inventoried.
B. Additions to Inventory:
Any item whose acquisition meets the definitions in Section A will be identified as property and incorporated into the Fixed Assets Inventory Control System.
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 2 of 8
The Sheriff’s Office Supply Manager will identify property by receipt of purchase order copies or other approved source documents.
All items designated by the Sheriff or his designee as sensitive, such as firearms, non-lethal weapons, body armor, etc. are accounted for by the Supply Manager using the continual inventory control system.
(CALEA 1.3.9 c) The Agency Armorer is responsible for inspecting and approving all weapons, both lethal and less lethal, prior to the weapon being issued.
Inventory Control shall be the responsibility of the Supply Manager. in the Training Section. The Supply Manager manages the central supply office for the Sheriff’s Office. Responsibilities include: issuing equipment and uniforms; property and assets control; control and issue of sensitive items; agency armoring; testing, evaluating, pricing, and purchasing; and inventory control. The Supply Manager will complete a property control form for all fixed assets. The form shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
a. Full description of the item.
b. Date of transaction.
c. Serial number of the item.
d. Source of the item: If purchased, provide purchase order information and number, if available. If donated or transferred from another department or agency, identify the source.
e. Value of the item as calculated under the provisions of this policy. Tax information shall be added to the value of a fixed asset when such information is reported to the Supply Manager.
f. The identity of the responsible Division or Branch and the assigned equipment location, as well as the custodian of the equipment.
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 3 of 8
Upon receipt of the completed form from the Division or Branch Commander controlling the property, the Supply Manager shall ensure that all the updated information for the item is recorded into the Fixed Asset Inventory Control System.
Work Stations, Laptops, and Tablets are received by the Information Technology Unit, their responsibilities are to:
a. Enter the equipment into the County’s system.
b. Enter the equipment into Spillman.
c. Notify the Lieutenant and Supply Manager of the new equipment and the assigned employee.
Vehicle radios and handsets are received by the Support Services and are logged into the inventory system. The equipment is, then, forwarded to the requesting Branch who is, then, responsible for the submission of the “Inventory Change Form”.
MDCs and MiFis are received by the Support Services who has the same responsibilities as listed in section B-7-abc.
All items purchased by grant funding in excess of five thousand dollars ($5000.00) will be inventoried by the grant administrator in Spillman.
C. Temporary Transfer of Property:
(CALEA 17.5.2) The Supply Manager maintains a computer inventory of the Sheriff’s Office equipment and assets. Anytime an item is transferred from one location or individual to another location or individual, the Supply Manager tracks the transaction on the computer inventory.
All transfers of property not under the direct control of the Supply Manager will be completed and the information reported to the Supply Manager for tracking purposes. The movement of computer equipment must be coordinated with the Management Information Systems Office Information Technology Unit.
Branch, Section, and Unit supervisors are responsible for the submission of the “Inventory Change Form” whenever vehicle radios, MDCs, MiFis, and handsets are reassigned. When the form is submitted, it is automatically forwarded to the Lieutenant, the Support Services, and the Communications Systems
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 4 of 8
Coordinator. This assures that the Communications Center has accurate information as to the assigned equipment. This is also required when an assigned vehicle becomes a spare unit, or a handset is no longer assigned to a Deputy.
D. Permanent Transfer of Property:
The Supply Manager shall be notified in advance of any permanent move of an inventory item from one location to another. The property custodian shall be responsible for reporting the transfer on the Fixed Assets Transfer form.
The Supply Manager may conduct follow-up audits of the areas involved after completion of the transfer. Discrepancies noted during the follow-up audit shall be reported to the Division or Branch Commander and the Chief Deputy. The property custodian shall be required to provide an explanation that satisfactorily explains the discrepancy.
Branch, Section, and Unit supervisors are responsible for the submission of the “Inventory Change Form” whenever vehicle radios, MDCs, MiFis, and handsets are reassigned. When the form is submitted, it is automatically forwarded to the Lieutenant, the Supply Manager, and the Communications Systems Coordinator. This assures that the Communications Center has accurate information as to the assigned equipment. This is also required when an assigned vehicle becomes a spare unit, or a handset is no longer assigned to a Deputy.
E. Lost, Stolen or Damaged Items:
When an inventory item is discovered to be missing, the property custodian shall notify his or her supervisor. The supervisor shall inform the Division or Branch Commander and the Supply Manager in writing, identifying the missing item and provide all known facts surrounding the disappearance of the item. If the item is subsequently recovered, the supervisor shall notify the Supply Manager.
If an item is deemed to be non-recoverable property, then the Supply Manager shall inform the Division or Branch Commander and the Chief Deputy in writing and then delete the item from the Fixed Asset Inventory Control System.
If an item appears to have been stolen, then, the property custodian and/or supervisor must contact the Division and Branch Commanders, who will notify
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 5 of 8
the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy will determine if an internal investigation is in order. If the item has been stolen and there is no indication in the investigation report that recovery is likely, then, the Supply Manager shall inform the custodian’s Division or Branch Commanders and, then, delete the item from the Fixed Assets Inventory Control System.
If an item has been damaged by an employee, the appropriate Division Commander shall present the report of the supervisor to the Chief of Staff. The Sheriff or Chief Deputy shall determine the assessment (if any) and the amount of punitive reimbursement to be leveled against the employee.
F. Items Involved in Trade-Ins:
Any inventory item to be used as a trade-in must have prior approval for the trade-in before release of the item to the vendor. The Chief Deputy or his designee will facilitate the process, and by copy of an approval form, the Supply Manager shall adjust the inventory.
The Chief Deputy or his designee shall ensure such trade-ins comply with the requirements of SC Code Ann. 11-35-3830 (Trade-in Sales).
G. Continual Inventory Control:
The Supply Manager maintains a continual inventory control system for items in every office, Branch and Division of the Sheriff’s Office to account for those items contained on the Fixed Asset Inventory Control list.
The Supply Manager shall be responsible for the proper completion of the Inventory List by Location document. Any deficiencies in the custodian’s area shall be reported to the Lieutenant.
The Supply Manager must furnish an explanation and documentation, if available, for the deficiency. This explanation shall be forwarded to the Lieutenant for evaluation. If it is determined that there is no deficiency, the Lieutenant shall notify the Supply Manager in writing. If an item is deemed to be non-recoverable property, then, the Supply Manager shall inform the Branch or Division Commander in writing and delete the item from the Fixed Asset Inventory Control System.
Upon request, the Supply Manager shall conduct courtesy inspections.
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 6 of 8
When an employee resigns or is terminated from employment with the Sheriff’s Office, the employee’s supervisor shall notify the Supply Manager as soon as possible after learning of the employee’s departure and ensure that all necessary property transfer forms are completed as provided for in Section D.
The Supply manager will provide inventory information to the Chief Deputy for distribution to the Sheriff or his designee as requested.
H. Disposition and Retirement of Fixed Assets:
All inventoried items shall be referred to the Supply Manager for proper disposition or retirement.
To maximize property utilization, all employees of the Sheriff’s Office shall identify and communicate to the Supply Manager any surplus asset or item(s) assigned to that employee. The Supply Manager shall evaluate the condition of the item(s) for possible use by other Branches or Divisions. If the item may be of use to another Branch or Division, it shall be identified as excess property and shall be made available for reassignment by the Supply Manager. If the item is not claimed by another Branch or Division within 30 days of posting, then, the item will be disposed of through County surplus property procedures.
Items for retirement or disposition shall be physically maintained in a holding area approved by the Supply Manager until the method of disposition is determined.
All inventory items are to be placed in surplus status according to County surplus property procedures.
I. Equipment Issuing:
(CALEA 17.5.1) The Training/Recruitment Captain will ensure compliance with the guidelines and procedures established by the county and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in maintaining an accurate inventory of property within the Sheriff’s Office.
Requests for all uniform items and equipment will be submitted to the Supply Manager via the respective chain of command.
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 7 of 8
All items issued by the Supply Manager will require a written request.
The issuance of uniforms, controlled items such as weapons, and non-expendable equipment (i.e., badges, handcuffs, leg irons, etc.) will be recorded in the employee’s clothing and equipment records.
The Sheriff’s Office will replace issued equipment and clothing that becomes worn or damaged in the line of duty. Employees, however, may be held responsible for replacing supplies, clothing, and equipment damaged, lost, or destroyed as a result of negligence or abuse.
(CALEA 17.5.2) When employee status or personnel assignment changes due to transfers, resignations, retirements, etc., issued clothing and equipment will be turned in to the Supply Manager. Serviceable equipment will be reissued as deemed appropriate.
The Supply Manager will also serve as Fleet Manager for the Sheriff’s Office. The Supply Manager will maintain appropriate records for all Sheriff’s Office vehicles. The respective Division, Branch, Section or Unit supervisor is responsible for issuing vehicles and determining which vehicles should be recommended for retirement in accordance with criteria promulgated by the County Fleet Administrator and will also maintain a fleet of spare vehicles to be issued as temporary replacements when vehicles are taken out of service for maintenance, repairs, and/or the installation of equipment. The respective Division, Branch, Section or Unit supervisor is responsible for notification to the Supply Manager of all vehicle assignments and/or changes of vehicle assignments.
The Supply Manager will ensure that stored equipment under his/her purview is maintained in a state of operational readiness. The term “operational readiness” includes care and cleaning, preventive maintenance, repair, proper function, and responsiveness.
(CALEA 17.5.3) Sheriff’s Office property not maintained by the Supply Manager will be the responsibility of the organizational component and/or individual to which the property is assigned and he/she will be responsible for assuring that property is maintained in a state of operational readiness.
(CALEA 1.3.9 e) The Supply Manager is responsible for maintaining a record on each weapon approved by the agency for official use.
111A1 Agency Property and Inventory Control Pg 8 of 8
(2.4.11) Equipment issued by the Sheriff’s Office will not be modified, altered, or have added attachments by any employee without justified documented supervisory review with final approval by the Sheriff or his designee. Only equipment authorized by the agency shall be used.
Revision Date(s): A-5/4/2010
: A1-8/30/2013
: A2-1/22/2014
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures
Number: 112A2 Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 82.3.4, SCUTTIES Web Portal
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is responsible for the handling of summons, subpoenas, and traffic tickets. The Sheriff’s Office has a secure system in place for issuing, tracking, storage and accountability.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to ensure that procedures are in place for the accountability, reporting and storage of summons, subpoenas, and traffic tickets.
Procedure:
A. Who Receives the Summons:
The County Summons/Subpoena Form shall be used in four different scenarios:
a. General Sessions’ Defendants: Any person arrested for an offense which shall be tried in the Court of General Sessions, shall be issued a County Summons until such time an arrest warrant can be provided to the Beaufort County Detention Center. This does not include traffic offenses and/or criminal offenses that are written on a Uniform Traffic Ticket (UTT).
b. Summary Court’s Defendants: Any person arrested for an offense which shall be tried in Magistrate’s or Municipal Court shall be issued a County Summons until such time an arrest warrant can be obtained and provided to the Detention Center. This does not include traffic offenses and/or criminal offenses that are written on a Uniform Traffic Ticket (UTT).
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 2 of 8
c. Magistrate’s Level Victims: The subpoena portion of the form shall be completed and presented to any victim of a violent or property crime which shall be tried in either Magistrate’s or Municipal Court. This shall be issued at the time that a defendant is arrested in the case and a trial date is set.
d. Magistrate’s Level Witnesses: The subpoena portion of the form shall be completed and presented to any witness of a violent or property crime which shall be tried in either Magistrate’s or Municipal Court. This shall be issued at the time that a defendant is arrested in the case and a trial date is set. This should include witnesses in CDV cases, DUI arrests, shoplifting, trespassing and any other case where the witness will be helpful in successfully prosecuting the defendant. Subpoenas for General Sessions witnesses and victims shall be handled from the Solicitor’s Office.
B. Records Keeping:
Each Deputy Sheriff issuing either a summons or a subpoena shall indicate so in the accompanying incident report. The Deputy Sheriff shall write the name of the person, whether the issuance was for a summons or subpoena, the summons number, plus the date and location where the person is to appear.
The Deputy Sheriff shall require the signature of the victim or witness who is receiving the subpoena at the bottom of the form. The defendant’s signature is not required.
The Deputy Sheriff issuing the summons/subpoena shall explain each portion of the form to the person receiving the document. Further, the Deputy Sheriff shall answer any questions pertaining to the form, court date or charge that shall be asked by the person receiving the form.
C. Copy Distribution:
(CALEA 82.3.4 a) The County Summons/Subpoena Book is a multi-copy form. The copies shall be distributed as follows:
General Sessions Court:
a. White Copy: The white copy shall be presented to the Detention Center as a charging/holding document until an arrest warrant is obtained.
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 3 of 8
b. Blue Copy: The blue copy along with the pink copy shall be attached to the General Sessions Packet.
c. Pink Copy: The pink copy along with the blue copy shall be attached to the General Sessions Packet.
d. The blue and pink county’s summons shall be scanned, filed and stored at Records Management.
Summary Court: In Cases of Arrest
e. The books are stored and disseminated from the criminal records office.
f. White Copy: The white copy shall be presented to the Detention Center as a charging/holding document until an arrest warrant is obtained. (Defendant’s copy)
g. Blue Copy: The blue copy shall be retained by the Deputy in the book until the court date, then presented to records after disposition.
h. Pink Copy: The pink copy is delivered to the court for their action.
i. County Summons are no longer required to be signed-off by Summary Court Personnel.
j. In Non-Custodial situations: Deputy retains the Blue Copy and forwards the Pink Copy to the Summary Court via BCSO Criminal Records (for inclusion to the docket). The Blue Copy is turned into Criminal Records after disposition.
D. Uniform Traffic Tickets:
(CALEA 82.3.4 a) Ticket Book Availability: The Uniform Traffic Ticket (UTT) is designed and distributed by the Department of Public Safety under South Carolina Statute 56-7-10. It is the only ticket allowed by law for use in traffic offenses in the state. The UTT is issued in books of fifty (50) four-part tickets. Deputy Sheriffs shall obtain UTT books from the Records Office at the Law Enforcement Center (LEC) in Beaufort. Records personnel shall issue the UTT books when requested and shall keep a log of the ticket numbers issued to the officer.
Issuing a Uniform Traffic Ticket: The UTT shall be issued to any individual who is being summoned to court for a traffic violation. The UTT may also be used for any criminal violation that occurs in the presence of the Deputy Sheriff and is under the jurisdiction of Summary Court and/or General Sessions Court. The decision to issue the UTT for a traffic violation is at the discretion of the Deputy Sheriff.
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 4 of 8
General Sessions Court:
a. Blue Copy: The blue (Violators) copy shall be provided to the violator at the time of the offense. This is their notification of the charge against them, the scheduled court date and the location of the court. It is imperative that this information is written in a clear handwriting and understandable language.
b. Yellow Copy: The yellow (Drivers Records) shall be attached to a General Sessions Packet and scanned. Once the case is adjudicated, the ticket shall be forwarded to the Clerk of Court’s office for a recorded disposition. Upon the return of the ticket, it is forwarded to Criminal Records.
c. Green Copy: The green (Trial Officer) copy shall be submitted to the Detention Center for General Sessions offenses. The Clerk of Court shall retrieve the green copy from the Bond Court.
d. White Copy: The white (Enforcement Records) copy is the Deputy Sheriff’s record of the ticket. This ticket shall be attached to the General Sessions Packet and scanned. Once the case is adjudicated, the ticket shall be forwarded to the Clerk of Court’s office for a recorded disposition. Upon return of the ticket, it is forwarded to Criminal Records.
Summary Court:
e. Blue Copy: The blue (Violators) copy shall be provided to the violator at the time of the offense. This is their notification of the charge against them, the scheduled court date and the location of the court. It is imperative that this information is written in clear handwriting and in understandable language.
f. Yellow Copy: The yellow (Driver’s Records) copy shall be retained by the Deputy Sheriff in the ticket books until a case is adjudicated. Summary Court Personnel shall record the disposition onto the ticket. The tickets are then forwarded to Criminal Records.
g. Green Copy: The green (Trial Officer) copy is provided to the Sheriff’s Office Criminal Records Section within forty-eight (48) hours of the ticket being issued. If this is a weekend, it will be given to Criminal Records on the next business day. Criminal Records enters data into the computer system and forwards it in a timely manner to the Summary Court for inclusion on the docket.
h. White Copy: The white (Enforcement Records) shall be retained by the Deputy Sheriff in the ticket books until a case is adjudicated. Summary Court Personnel shall record the disposition onto the ticket. The Deputy
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 5 of 8
Sheriff should then maintain the white copy until the book is completed. The Deputy Sheriff shall then turn in all fifty (50) copies to Criminal Records for audit purposes. All white copies are audited, boxed up and sent to records management for storage.
Ticket Writing Procedures:
a. All UTT’s should be written in a clear and legible handwriting style.
b. All UTT’s shall be written in blue or black ink.
c. If a mistake is made on the UTT, the Deputy Sheriff shall proceed to the next UTT and issue it. Scratch-throughs are not allowed.
d. If a UTT must be voided, the Deputy Sheriff shall make no marks on the ticket to include writing “Void” across the face of the UTT. The Deputy Sheriff shall bring the UTT to the Records Section where the Deputy will complete a “Summons Book Affidavit”. The Records Section will then void the ticket.
e. There will be no whiteout or writeovers.
f. No Deputy Sheriff shall loan or give his UTT book to another Deputy Sheriff. If a Deputy Sheriff needs a ticket for some reason, the deputy who has the UTT book will issue the ticket to the suspect.
g. Electronic UTTs will be handled in accordance with state guidelines.
Lost, Stolen or Misplaced Tickets:
a. (CALEA 82.3.4 b) If a ticket is lost, stolen or misplaced the Deputy Sheriff shall immediately report it to his supervisor. The Deputy Sheriff shall complete an incident report documenting the missing ticket and its audit number. The supervisor and the Deputy Sheriff shall notify the Records Section, so that proper notification may be made to SCDMV in Columbia.
b. Should the lost, stolen or misplaced ticket be recovered, it will be turned in to the Records Section for disposal. Under no circumstances shall it be used again.
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 6 of 8
E. Warning Tickets:
(CALEA 61.1.2 c) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office utilizes a two-part Warning Citation issued by the South Carolina Department of Public Safety. This citation is designed to give Deputy Sheriffs an option to issuing a Uniform Traffic Ticket.
Deputy Sheriffs initiating a traffic stop will execute one of two options:
a. Issue a Uniform Traffic Ticket with an appropriate court date; or
b. Issue a written Warning Ticket to the violator.
If a Warning Ticket is issued the Deputy Sheriff shall:
a. Fill in of the required information on the Warning Ticket.
b. Issue the Blue copy to the violator.
c. Turn in the White copy to the Records Section. The White copy of the warning ticket shall be archived using the same procedures as established for UTT. The Records Section will generate the required state reporting information and have it sent to the Department of Public Safety.
F. Supervisor Responsibilities:
Audits: (CALEA 82.3.4 b)
a. The shift, team or section supervisor shall conduct an audit of each Deputy Sheriff’s UTT, County Summons and Warning Book on a monthly basis.
b. All green copies have been forwarded to the Records Section within forty-eight (48) hours of issuance.
c. All signed off tickets have been forwarded to the Records Section within forty-eight (48) hours of sign off.
d. All white copies are being maintained pending the completion of the book.
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 7 of 8
e. All Records copies of Warning Tickets have been forwarded within forty-eight (48) hours.
f. All Records copies of subpoenas etc. have been forwarded within forty-eight (48) hours.
g. The supervisor shall insure that all fifty (50) tickets have been accounted for and shall verify that the white copies are delivered to the Records Section. The supervisor will deliver tickets to the Records Section in person or through an established inter-office mail system.
Reissue of Books: No supervisor or Deputy Sheriff will reissue any ticket book to another Deputy Sheriff. All unused or partially used ticket books shall be returned to Records Section and will be assigned from there.
Random Inspections:
a. The supervisor shall randomly inspect the various ticket books to insure that they are being properly completed, the charge and other pertinent information is correct, accurate and legible.
b. If a ticket is voided, all five (5) copies should be attached to an affidavit and turned in to Records. The voided ticket number should be either written on the back of the ticket book cover or in a memo for future reference and audit purposes.
c. The supervisor shall take such corrective action as is deemed necessary and appropriate to ensure compliance with statutes and policy.
Departing Deputy Sheriffs:
a. The supervisor shall immediately take possession of any ticket books assigned to a Deputy Sheriff who leaves the department for any reason.
b. The supervisor shall conduct an immediate audit of all ticket books in that Deputy Sheriff’s possession.
c. The supervisor shall determine if any tickets are pending court and the viability of continuing to prosecute those cases with other witnesses etc. If
112A2 Summons, Subpoenas, Traffic Ticket Procedures Pg 8 of 8
so the supervisor shall facilitate the appearance of those Deputy Sheriffs and the prosecution of the offense.
d. If no prosecution can be completed, the supervisor shall meet with the magistrate or municipal judge and have the tickets dismissed.
e. The supervisor shall turn in all copies to the Records Section for disposition.
G. Storage: (CALEA 82.3.4 c) Summons books are kept in a secure area. Summons books for issue are kept under control of a records clerk supervisor. Stock summons are kept in a locked storage area under control of a supervisor.
Revised: A-05/25/10; A1-02/10/12; A2-04/19/16
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Code of Conduct
Number: 113A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 12
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.2, 6.1.4abc, 26.1.1
Purpose:
(CALEA 26.1.1) It is the purpose of this policy to provide additional specificity to the standards of conduct embodied in the law enforcement officer’s code of ethics and this agency’s statement of values so that employees of this agency will better understand prohibitions and limitations pertaining to their conduct and activities while on and off duty.
The rules of conduct set forth in this policy are not intended to serve as an exhaustive treatment of requirements, limitations, or prohibitions on officer conduct and activities established by this agency. Rather, they are intended to (1) alert officers to some of the more sensitive and often problematic matters involved in police conduct and ethics; (2) specify, where possible, actions and inactions that are contrary to and that conflict with the duties and responsibilities of law enforcement officers, and (3) guide officers in conducting themselves and their affairs in a manner that reflects standards of deportment and professionalism as required of law enforcement officers. Additional guidance on matters of conduct is provided regarding specific policies, procedures, and directives disseminated by this agency and from officers’ immediate supervisors and commanders.
Policy:
All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office must be fully aware of the ethical responsibilities of their positions and must constantly strive to live up to the highest possible standards of professional policing. To that end, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has adopted a Code of Conduct as a guideline for all sworn deputies, civilians and auxiliaries. As employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, we are held to a higher standard by the public and the community we serve and in the responsibilities we have sworn to uphold. Therefore, it is the policy of this agency that employees conduct themselves at all times in a manner that reflects the ethical standards consistent with the rules contained in this policy and otherwise disseminated by this agency.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 2 of 12
Procedures:
A. General Rules and Regulations:
Obedience to Laws, Regulations and Orders:
a. All employees of the Sheriff’s Office will not violate any law or agency policy, rule or procedure.
b. (CALEA 26.1.1) Employees will not engage in acts of corruption or bribery, nor will an employee condone such acts by other employees.
c. Employees who are arrested, cited, or come under investigation for any criminal offense in any jurisdiction will report this fact to a superior as soon as possible.
d. Employees will obey all lawful orders.
e. Employees will not engage in any conduct or activities on or off duty that reflect discredit on the Sheriff’s Office or tend to bring this agency into disrepute or impair efficient and effective operations.
f. Employees will cooperate fully in any internal investigation conducted by this agency or other authorized agency and will provide complete and accurate information regarding any issue under investigation.
g. Employees that are working with other law enforcement agencies are responsible for adhering to the rules and regulations, policies and procedures of the Beaufort Sheriff’s Office always.
h. Sworn personnel will not engage in gambling or betting on games of chance. Additionally, this order prohibits sworn personnel from playing the South Carolina Lottery, on or off duty. (South Carolina Attorney General’s opinion dated January 7, 2002)
Vehicle Operations:
a. (CALEA 26.1.1) Every employee will operate county vehicles in accordance to the traffic laws of the state of South Carolina and the policies of this agency.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 3 of 12
b. It is the responsibility of the driver to ensure that all occupants are properly restrained in a safety belt and/or child seat.
Abuse of Law Enforcement Powers or Position:
a. Employees will refuse to accept any gifts, presents, subscriptions, favors, gratuities, promises or anything else of value that may give the appearance of seeking to cause the employee to refrain from performing official responsibilities honestly and within the law.
b. Employees will not purchase, convert to their own use, or have any claim to any found, impounded, abandoned, or recovered property, or any property held or released as evidence.
c. Employees will not solicit or accept contributions for this agency or for any other agency, organization, event or cause without the express consent of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
d. (CALEA 6.1.4abc) Employees are prohibited from using information gained through their position as an employee of the Sheriff’s Office to advance financially or in any other reward for themselves or others.
e. Employees who are planning to initiate any legal action from acts performed under color of authority will inform their commanding officer.
Off Duty Police Actions:
a. Deputies will not use their police powers to resolve personal grievances (e.g. involving the deputy, family members, relatives, or friends) except under circumstances that would justify the use of self-defense, actions to prevent injury to another person, or when a serious offense has been committed that would justify an arrest. In all other cases the deputy will summon on-duty law enforcement personnel and a supervisor in cases where there is personal involvement that would reasonably require law enforcement intervention.
b. Unless operating a marked patrol vehicle, off duty deputies will not arrest or issue citations or warnings to traffic violators on sight, except when the violation is so dangerous that the deputy would reasonably be expected to take appropriate action.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 4 of 12
Public Statements, Appearances, and Endorsements:
a. (CALEA 6.1.4abc) Employees will not under the color of authority make any public statement that could reasonably be interpreted as having an adverse effect upon the Sheriff’s Office morale, discipline, operation of the agency, or the perception to the public.
b. (CALEA 6.1.4abc) Employees will not divulge or release any information gained by reason of their position, for anything other than its official, authorized purpose.
c. (CALEA 6.1.4abc) Unless expressly authorized employees will not make any statements, speeches, or appearances that could reasonably be considered to represent the views of the Sheriff’s Office.
d. Sheriff’s Office property including business supplies such as business cards, letterhead paper, envelopes, interoffice correspondence, etc, that incorporate the Sheriff’s Office insignia or logo are for official Sheriff’s Office business only. Employees are prohibited from using these products for personal use without the expressed authorization of the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
e. Employees may not, under the color of law, endorse, recommend, or facilitate the sale of commercial products or services. This includes but is not limited to the use of towing services, repair firms, attorneys, bail bondsmen, or other technical professional services. This does not pertain to the endorsement of appropriate government services where there is a duty to make such endorsements.
f. (CALEA 6.1.4c) No employee of the Sheriff’s Office will make any statement to the media except by established policy or with the permission of the Command Duty Officer or Command Staff.
Political Activity:
a. Employees will be guided by state law regarding their participation and involvement in political activities. Deputy Sheriffs are appointed and work at the pleasure of the Sheriff and will not become involved in political activity without the consent of the Sheriff.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 5 of 12
b. Employees will not solicit political funds from any member of this agency or another government agency.
c. Employees will not seek contributions, signatures, or other forms of support for any political candidates or parties while on duty or in uniform.
Expectations of Privacy:
a. Employees will not store personal information or belongings with agency records or files in such places as file cabinets, lockers, computers or similar areas which are under the control and management of this agency. Employees may store their personal information in a separate location in their work area. Employees should be aware that these places may be inspected or otherwise entered to meet operational needs, internal investigation requirements, or for other reasons at the direction of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
b. No employee or volunteer of this agency will maintain files or duplicate copies of official files in either manual or electronic formats at his place of residence or in other locations outside the confines of this agency without the express permission of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
Accountability, Responsibility, and Discipline:
a. Employees will promptly report for work, court and all appointments at their assigned times.
b. (CALEA 26.1.1) All personnel will obey the directives in General Order 212A1, Uniform General Order which directs grooming and uniform wear.
c. Employees will not fabricate an illness or injury or deceive any official of the Sheriff’s Office as to the conditions of their health or personal business for the purpose of being absent from their duties.
d. Employees will be truthful and accept responsibility for their actions without attempting to conceal, divert, or diminish neither actual responsibility nor will they engage in efforts to impede, influence, or interfere with a criminal or internal investigation.
e. No employee will leave their duty assignment until properly relieved.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 6 of 12
f. All employees will keep the Sheriff’s Office informed of their current address and telephone number. When an employee’s personal information changes the employee will immediately advise their supervisor who is responsible for making the proper notifications within the Sheriff’s Office and Communications.
g. Unless authorized by a supervisor, no employee of the Sheriff’s Office will sleep at any time during their tour of duty, including break and meal periods.
h. An employee will not permit any other person to use his/her badge, identification card, or credentials.
i. (CALEA 26.1.1) Employees will use proper care in maintaining all of their equipment and will not convert any Sheriff’s Office property to their own personal use, or have any claim directly or indirectly, to found property, recovered property, or property held as evidence without the permission of the Sheriff.
j. Employees of the Sheriff’s Office will promptly pay their debts and legal liabilities incurred by them and will immediately inform the Chief Deputy of any lawsuits or legal action initiated by them or against them. Employees facing financial hardship should request an appointment with the Chief Deputy to confidentially discuss the matter and seek assistance in working through the financial problem.
(CALEA 26.1.1) Conduct Toward the Public:
a. Employees will conduct themselves in a civil and professional manner that projects and supports public respect and cooperation.
b. Employees will not recommend a specific attorney or bondsman to a person arrested by the Sheriff’s Office.
c. All agency personnel will treat violators with respect and courtesy and will guard against an overbearing attitude or language that may belittle, ridicule, or intimidate the individual.
d. (CALEA 26.1.1) While recognizing the need to demonstrate authority and control over criminal suspects and prisoners, deputies will adhere to this
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 7 of 12
agency’s use-of-force policy and will observe civil rights and protect those in their charge.
e. Employees will respond promptly and professionally to all citizen requests, calls for law enforcement services, administrative requests, and other requests for services.
f. (CALEA 26.1.1) Deputies will not abuse their authority granted to them by the Sheriff and the State of South Carolina.
Prohibited Associations and Establishments:
a. Employees will not knowingly visit, enter or frequent an establishment wherein the laws of the United States, the State of South Carolina, or the local jurisdiction are violated, except in the performance of duty or while acting under proper and specific orders.
b. Employees will not knowingly commence or maintain a relationship with a person who is under criminal investigation, indictment, arrest, or incarcerated by this or another police or criminal justice agency, and/or who has an open and notorious criminal reputation in the community except as necessary to the performance of official duties, or where unavoidable because of familiar or family relationships.
c. Employees will not knowingly join or participate in any organization that advocates, incites, or supports criminal acts or criminal conspiracies.
d. Deputies will not initiate a social or romantic relationship with the spouse or immediate family members of any person in custody or under investigation by this agency.
e. No employee will participate in an investigation or other Sheriff’s Office business in which the employee, a member of an employee’s immediate family, or personal friend, is involved as a suspect, victim or a witness. The employee will immediately report any such situation to their supervisor.
Conduct Toward Fellow Employees:
a. (CALEA 26.1.1) Employees will not make false, vicious or malicious statements about employees of the Sheriff’s Office to anyone. Employees
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 8 of 12
will not make false statements to supervisors when questioned, interviewed, or in submitting statements or reports.
b. (CALEA 6.1.4abc) Employees assigned to the various administrative, operational, or support functions of this agency will exercise their duties and responsibilities confidentially on a “need to know basis.”
c. All employees will conduct themselves in a manner that will foster cooperation among members of this agency, showing respect, courtesy and professionalism in all their dealings with one another.
d. Employees will not use language or engage in acts that demean, harass, or intimidate another person.
e. Employees are prohibited from dating one another if they are working on the same Team (shift) or one of the employees supervises the other employee. Employees who enter into a personal relationship of dating each other will notify their supervision to ensure there is no conflict or to arrange duty transfers if in violation of agency policy.
(CALEA 26.1.1) Use of Alcohol and Drugs:
a. Employees will not consume any intoxicating beverage while on duty unless authorized by a supervisor in the line of duty.
b. Alcoholic beverages will not be consumed in the vehicles or allowed on the premises owned by the Sheriff’s Office with the exception of the Sheriff’s Camp.
c. Employees will not be under the influence of alcohol in a public place while off duty in any way that brings discredit and/or ill repute upon the Office of the Sheriff.
d. No employee will report for duty with the odor of alcoholic beverage on his or her breath.
e. No employee will report to work when his or her judgment or physical condition has been impaired by alcohol, medication or other substances.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 9 of 12
f. Supervisors will order a drug or alcohol screening test when they have reasonable suspicion that an employee is using drugs or alcohol while on duty. Such screening will conform to General Order 105A1, Drug and Alcohol Testing.
Arrests in Private Matters and Neighborhood Disputes:
a. All deputy sheriffs shall be prohibited from taking any law enforcement action in private matters that directly concern them or members of their family.
b. All deputy sheriffs shall further be prohibited from taking any law enforcement action or intentionally involving themselves in neighborhood disputes where they reside.
c. From time to time situations may occur in the deputy sheriff’s neighborhood while they deputy is on duty and they find themselves dispatched to the location. The deputy sheriff shall summon a supervisor or other competent deputy sheriff to take the lead role in the handling of the dispute. The other responding deputy sheriff shall be responsible for taking any law enforcement action required and the resident deputy sheriff shall remain in a back-up officer posture.
d. This is not to prohibit the deputy sheriff from preventing serious bodily injury or death in some extraordinary circumstance that may be occurring in their neighborhood. Under these circumstances the deputy sheriff must do all in their power to prevent injury or death. Once safety has been established, the deputy sheriff shall summon the appropriate law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the location and the crime.
Expectations of Privacy:
(CALEA 1.2.2a) As a governmental agency, the Sheriff’s Office is subject to laws regarding public records. All records, correspondence, documents and other items produced by the agency and its employees are subject to public review. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office falls within the authority of the South Carolina Freedom of Information Act; therefore all records are subject to public review
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 10 of 12
unless specifically excluded in Section 30-4-30 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina (1976), as amended.
a. (CALEA 1.2.2b) No employee of the Sheriff’s Office will have any expectation of privacy when using mail, e-mail and other correspondence sent to or from the agency. All internet and e-mail usage will comply with the county’s internet usage policy.
b. (CALEA 1.2.2c) No employee of the Sheriff’s Office will have any expectation of privacy when utilizing telephones, computers or faxes. All telephone and radio transmissions are subject to being recorded.
c. (CALEA 1.2.2d) The use of any agency equipment/property or office material is restricted to official county business.
d. (CALEA 1.2.2e) Lockers, if available, may be used to secure any work related personal property. However, the lockers will remain property of the agency and subject to search. The employee will be notified anytime his/her locker is searched.
South Carolina Training Act:
In accordance with Regulation 38-016 of the South Carolina Training Act, a law enforcement officer shall have his or her law enforcement certification withdrawn by the Department (Academy) upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following Events:
a. The officer is found to have deliberately falsified the application for certification and training upon which the officer was admitted for training while employed by his/her present, or any previous employer for which the officer exercised law enforcement powers in this state.
b. The officer is found to be ineligible for service as a law enforcement officer because of his or her failure to meet prerequisite qualifications for training and certification, as set by law, even though such ineligibility is not discovered until after the officer’s initial certification.
c. The officer is convicted of a criminal offense under the law of any jurisdiction that would, by the laws of this state, disqualify the officer from obtainment of a certification as provided in R.38-007 and R.38-008.
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 11 of 12
d. Evidence satisfactory to the Department of Public Safety that the officer has engaged in misconduct. For purposes of 38-016, misconduct means:
i) Conviction, plea of guilty, plea of no contest or admission of guilt (regardless of withheld adjudication) to a felony, a crime punishable by a sentence of one year (regardless of the sentence actually imposed, if any), or a crime of moral turpitude.
ii) Unlawful use of a controlled substance.
iii) The repeated use of excessive force in dealing with the public and/or prisoners.
iv) Dangerous and/or unsafe practices involving firearms, weapons, and/or vehicles which indicate either a willful disregard for the safety of persons or property.
v) Physical or psychological abuses of members of the public and/or prisoners.
vi) Misrepresentation of employment-related information.
vii) Dishonesty with respect to his/her employer and/or
viii)Untruthfulness with respect to his/her employer.
ix) Violations of criminal law resulting from administrative inquire.
Regulation 38-017 of the South Carolina Training Act makes it the responsibility of the Sheriff to report to the Department (Academy) the occurrence of any event, or series of events, set forth in R38-16 which requires the withdrawal of certification of a law enforcement officer who is currently employed by the Sheriff.
Federal law prohibits any individual from carrying a firearm, either privately or in connection with employment, if the employee has ever been or is ever convicted of a misdemeanor crime of domestic violence. This prohibition also applies during any period when the employee is subject to a qualifying restraining order which prohibits harassment, stalking, threatening, or engaging in any conduct against an
113A2 Code of Conduct Pg 12 of 12
intimate partner or child that could be expected to cause bodily injury or which prohibits the use of force (attempted or threatened) against an intimate partner or child. A qualifying restraining order is one which must have been issued only after a hearing of which the employee must have had actual notice and an opportunity to participate, and the order must either prohibit harassment, stalking, threatening, or engaging in any conduct against an intimate partner or child that could be expected to cause bodily injury or prohibit the use of force (attempted or threatened) against an intimate partner or child. Any Sheriff’s Office employee will immediately report any such conviction or restraining order to their immediate supervisor. The occurrence of such conviction or restraining order may, result in termination of employment.
Revision Dates: A-7/13/2010; A1-7/27/2012; A2-4/24/2013; A3-6/13/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Agency Vehicle Accident Procedures
Number: 114A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 62.2.2 d
Purpose: To establish procedures governing the safe operation of agency assigned vehicles. To establish procedures for the internal investigation of the traffic accident and the guidelines for assessing punitive reimbursement against an employee found negligent in the accident.
Policy: Personnel operating vehicles issued by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are responsible for the operation, maintenance, and appearance of those vehicles. Personnel operating agency assigned vehicles will exercise due regard for the safety of all persons and demonstrate exemplary driving behavior.
Definitions:
Traffic Accident: A traffic accident occurs when a vehicle collides with another vehicle, pedestrian, animal, road debris, or other stationary obstruction, such as a tree, mailbox, fencing, pole, etc. Traffic accidents may result in injury, death, and property damage.
Procedures:
A. Reporting Procedures:
Determine if any of the other parties involved are injured.
Summon the appropriate emergency agencies (EMS, Fire/Rescue etc.).
Notify the shift supervisor on duty. (The shift supervisor shall respond to the scene of the accident).
(CALEA 61.2.2 d) The Supervisor or Deputy involved will immediately request a response of the South Carolina Highway Patrol to investigate all accidents involving a Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office vehicle. It is the discretion of the SCHP Trooper to either complete a TR-310, or a SCHP incident report to document their findings. The Command Duty Officer will be notified after working hours or the respective Captain/ Lieutenant/Supervisor during normal working hours.
Render aid to the injured until the arrival of EMS and Fire/Rescue.
Establish a traffic control pattern to allow the free movement of traffic.
114A2 Agency Vehicle Accident Procedures Pg 2 of 3
B. Duties and Responsibilities of Employee:
Render aid to any injured parties if the deputy is not injured.
Assist in traffic control if not injured.
Provide a statement of facts and circumstances surrounding the accident to the officer investigating the accident.
The employee should not speak to the other parties involved about the accident beyond the rendering of aid for injuries.
C. Duties and Responsibilities of the Responding Supervisor:
Liaison with investigating officer to obtain a copy of the accident report and the officer’s notes.
Obtain a County accident form from the involved employee.
Photograph the accident scene.
Notify the County Safety Officer.
Forwarded up the chain of command.
Prepare a disciplinary action form if warranted.
D. Determination of the Facts
The appropriate Division Commander shall present the report of the supervisor to the Chief Deputy.
The Sheriff or the Chief Deputy shall determine the assessment and amount of punitive reimbursement to be leveled against the employee.
E. Corrective Action:
The employee may be required to attend remedial driving classes as determined by the Sheriff.
The employee may be assessed for negligence that resulted in damage to the BCSO vehicle or other County property.
The employee shall be notified of the remedial action by the Division Commander.
The employee shall be given the option of paying the assessment in its entirety or through a payroll deduction
114A2 Agency Vehicle Accident Procedures Pg 3 of 3
The Chief Deputy shall make the notification to the Financial Officer concerning the Deputy’s payment options.
F. Punitive Reimbursement:
The punitive reimbursement is not to exceed $1,000 (the maximum insurance deductible on county vehicles). The $1,000 maximum shall only be considered when a vehicle is considered beyond economic repair (totaled) as a result of a deputy sheriff’s negligence.
The payroll deduction shall not be set below a minimum of $25.00 and shall not exceed a maximum of $50.00 per payday, unless a higher amount of deduction is agreed upon by the employee and the administration.
G. Disposition of the Punitive Reimbursement: All monies collected through the assessment of a fine shall be applied to the repair of the damaged vehicle or other County property.
H. Records:
All information documented on the accident is subject to the South Carolina Freedom of Information Act.
A copy of the accident report and disciplinary action form (if necessary) shall be placed in the individual employee’s personnel file.
Revision Date(s): Rev.A-2/4/2010; Rev.A1-4/15/2010; Rev.A2-11/27/2012: Rev.A3-10/16/2013
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Vehicle Assignments
Number: 115A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.1.3, 41.3.1-3
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to establish written goals, policy and regulations concerning the type of assignment and use of vehicles within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The use of an assigned vehicle is a privilege and is not to be considered an automatic fringe benefit or right. This privilege is subject to revocation based on Deputy misconduct, misuse, or failure to comply with the regulations and policies set forth in this procedure.
Definitions:
(CALEA 41.3.1) Fully Marked Patrol Vehicles: Most Deputy Sheriffs assigned to Enforcement Division, Courthouse Security, Civil Process, Warrants, and School Resource Officers are assigned fully marked patrol vehicles. These units have external light bars, sirens, and appropriate reflective markings. Most of these vehicles also have a public address system, an exterior spotlight, and alley lights.
(CALEA 41.3.1) Semi-marked Patrol Vehicles: Most Deputy Sheriffs assigned to special units, such as K-9, marine patrol, training, and traffic enforcement are assigned units which may be striped with the Sheriff’s Office insignia, but may not have bar lights mounted on the roof. These vehicles will be equipped with emergency lights and siren.
Unmarked Vehicles: Deputy Sheriffs assigned to plain clothes details such as investigators, narcotics officers, victim’s advocates and command staff officers as well as unmarked traffic enforcement officers are assigned vehicles of various makes and models that have no BCSO markings.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 2 of 8
Special Purpose Vehicles: These are vehicles utilized by the Sheriff’s Office for specific purposes; some require special training and authorization for deployment.
Procedure:
A. Vehicle Assignment Categories:
Exclusive Assignment/Limited Use:
a. All sworn certified law enforcement Deputy Sheriffs of the Sheriff’s Office are assigned a vehicle of type and manufacture best suited for their particular job description and in the best interest of the efficient and effective performance of their duty assignment.
b. Assignments of this nature are generally restricted to the Beaufort County area, but may be temporarily amended by the Deputy Sheriff’s supervisor depending on the circumstances of the assignment.
c. The Sheriff’s Office has multiple mutual aid agreements with neighboring counties and jurisdictions. By virtue of these agreements Deputy Sheriffs are often traversing back and forth between the jurisdictions. For purposes of this policy, the “Beaufort County area” is any jurisdiction with active mutual aid agreements between themselves and the Sheriff’s Office.
d. Deputy Sheriffs with these assigned vehicles must at all times be able to communicate with their immediate supervisor by either phone or radio. They are considered to be 24/7 employees, subject to immediate recall in the event of an emergency.
e. Deputy Sheriffs in the Exclusive Assignment Limited Use category will be permitted off-duty use of their assigned vehicle within restrictions and guidelines of the regulations and policies set forth within this procedure.
Exclusive Assignment/Unlimited Use:
a. The Sheriff as a constitutionally elected official has exclusive unlimited use of either a vehicle provided to him or of a vehicle purchased by him subsequent to receiving a monthly vehicle allowance from Beaufort County.
b. Other key administrative personnel whom the Sheriff designates as Command Officers and whose positions are considered essential to the overall mission of the Sheriff’s Office and who are required to maintain immediate call back availability, subject to work weekends, after hours and
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 3 of 8
holidays and who are considered to be on duty 24/7 shall have exclusive unlimited use vehicle assignments.
c. The Command Officers in the unlimited use category will be permitted travel within or outside of Beaufort County and may use their assigned vehicle to transport family or associates, except when actively responding to emergency situations.
B. General Use:
This policy applies to all personnel who are assigned a Sheriff’s Office vehicle. Some exceptions to this policy are permitted by the Sheriff due to the nature of the particular Deputy Sheriff’s assignment and responsibilities, or as the Sheriff deems appropriate and in the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office.
Law enforcement vehicles are assigned to law enforcement personnel on a permanent basis for official use only except as otherwise authorized herein.
Deputy Sheriffs are permitted to transport non-sworn citizens in their County vehicles while on and off duty. The Deputy Sheriff must be in uniform or professional civilian attire and travel will be limited to a minimum necessary or authorized herein. The Deputy Sheriff is prohibited from driving their assigned vehicle while dressed in shorts, tank tops, sandals, sweat pants or similar type clothing.
(CALEA 41.1.3 c) The assigned Deputy Sheriff shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of the vehicle. This will include keeping the vehicle clean, both inside and out and for ensuring the vehicle is at the garage for scheduled maintenance. The maintenance of Special Purpose Vehicles is the responsibility of the assigned Deputy and or division (see Special Purpose Vehicle assignment list, section C1).
The assigned Deputy Sheriff will be responsible for the care of all equipment in the vehicle to include the cleaning and inspection of the issued shotgun. The shift supervisor will perform periodic inspections with semi-annual inspection by the division commander.
(CALEA 41.1.3 c) It is the responsibility of the Deputy Sheriff assigned to the vehicle to have it serviced on the scheduled date or by mileage range. All vehicles will be serviced during the Deputy Sheriff’s off duty time unless otherwise authorized by their division commander. Failure to have the vehicle serviced will result in disciplinary action and may result in the loss of the assigned vehicle.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 4 of 8
Deputy Sheriffs on vacation or out of jurisdiction training for more than seven (7) days will park their vehicle at their headquarters office unless otherwise authorized by their division commander.
Unattended vehicles must always be kept locked and otherwise properly secured at all times.
All assigned vehicles shall be operated at all times in strict compliance with all state traffic laws, Sheriff’s Office policies, regulations and procedures. The vehicle shall be operated in a reasonable and safe manner exercising due care and judgment at all times.
Vehicles traveling outside Beaufort County must be for official business or as authorized travel approved herein.
At no time shall a Deputy Sheriff operate an assigned vehicle after or while consuming any alcoholic beverages, nor while they are under the influence of any prescription or non-prescription drug(s). No alcoholic liquors or beverages or prescription drugs shall be carried in the vehicle except in the scope of official law enforcement business.
Deputy Sheriffs using their assigned marked vehicles while in an off-duty status are required to check in and out of service, monitor the radio at all times, and must advise the communications center when they are near any emergency call for law enforcement service. Deputy Sheriffs must carry their duty weapon, Sheriff’s Office identification, and body armor while operating their vehicle off-duty. In the event a Deputy Sheriff observes a situation requiring law enforcement action, they must notify the communications center of the location and nature of the situation and shall take the appropriate action, remaining at the scene until the situation is resolved or until relieved by on-duty personnel.
Deputy Sheriffs involved in a motor vehicle crash will immediately notify the on-duty supervisor. General Order Number 114, Vehicle Accident Procedures will be followed.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned vehicles shall be responsible for the proper care of the vehicle and shall refrain from:
a. Altering the body, general design, appearance, markings etc.
b. Attachment of any unauthorized bumper sticker, personalized tags etc.
c. Making any repairs or have any repairs made without the authorization of their direct supervisor and the Central Garage supervisor or his designee.
d. Using fuel, oil, lubricant or other liquid additives in the vehicle other than those authorized by the Central Garage supervisor or his designee.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 5 of 8
Exceptions are when the Deputy is out of town, or to access to the garage is not possible.
Routine maintenance on the assigned vehicle shall be conducted daily by the assigned Deputy Sheriff and shall be limited to the following:
a. Check engine oil level and if necessary, add authorized engine oil to the crankcase.
b. Check radiator water level and if necessary add water to the radiator.
c. Check battery water level and add water if applicable or necessary.
d. Check and maintain proper tire pressure.
e. Check transmission and brake fluid levels, add fluid if needed.
f. Any other minor maintenance that the garage authorizes.
C. Special Purpose Vehicles:
The BCSO operates numerous special purpose vehicles to include but not limited to:
a. Bicycles/Southern Patrol MSgt
b. Boats/Environmental Crimes Unit SSgt
c. All Terrain Vehicles/Northern Enforcement Lieutenant, Southern Enforcement Branch MSgt
d. Motorcycles/Southern Patrol MSgt
e. Bomb Vehicle and trailer/Tactical Operations Branch Captain
f. SWAT Vehicle/Tactical Operations Branch Captain
g. Armored Personnel Carrier/Tactical Operations Branch Captain
h. Zodiac/Tactical Operations Branch Captain
i. Dive Vehicle/Tactical Operations Branch Captain
j. Hostage Negotiation Trailer/Northern Enforcement Branch Captain
(CALEA 41.1.3 c) The position listed beside the special purpose vehicle indicates the person responsible for the condition and maintenance of the vehicle.
(CALEA 41.1.3 b) Some of the special purpose vehicles require special training prior to assignment. Deputies assigned to operate special purpose vehicles must meet the minimum State of South Carolina codes regarding driver operation and comply with all SCCJA and BCSO drivers training requirements.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 6 of 8
(CALEA 41.1.3 a) Supervisors will maintain a list of authorized users of special purpose vehicles. Supervisors will take into consideration, the conditions, limitations, the Deputies ability and training in their use. Subject to any other controlling limitations, special purpose vehicles may also be used for special events, including, but not limited to:
a. Parades and Public Demonstrations
b. Crime Prevention/Community Relations
c. Tactical exercises and/or training exercises
D. Vehicle Equipment:
(CALEA 41.1.3 d, 41.3.2) Vehicles assigned to the BCSO may have the following equipment on hand at all times:
a. Traffic Vest.
b. Flashlight/Traffic Wand.
c. Fingerprint Kit.(Not issued to all Deputies)
It should be understood that some special purpose vehicles are unable to transport the equipment listed above. A list of equipment assigned to each special purpose vehicle will be on file with the Deputy assigned to maintain the vehicle. As changes are made in relation to equipment, the list will be updated and a copy forwarded to the quartermaster for inventory requirements.
Deputies are to see the Quartermaster for replenishment of equipment.
E. (CALEA 41.3.3) Occupant Restraining Devices: All Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office patrol vehicles will be equipped with manufacturer-installed seat belts in both the front and back seats. All occupants must utilize the seatbelts while operating or occupying a Sheriff’s Office vehicle. A child safety restraint seat should be used when transporting a child meeting the requirement of the device.
F. Goals of the Vehicle Assignment Program:
Promote the security of the citizens of Beaufort County by the increased visibility and presence of marked Sheriff’s Office vehicles on the streets, highways, neighborhoods and communities.
Deter crime through the presence of vehicles patrolling throughout Beaufort County.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 7 of 8
Provide quicker response time to calls for service and thereby increase the opportunity to apprehend criminals.
Reduce vehicle costs by individual vehicle assignment with overall maintenance and appearance accountability.
Provide for expedited response of off-duty personnel when called back to service due to an emergency.
Reduce yearly mileage of each vehicle by exclusive assignment, thereby increasing vehicle life.
Provide an increased incentive and morale of Deputy Sheriffs who are assigned exclusive use of a vehicle.
Provide guidelines for the proper care, use and operation of assigned vehicles.
G. Traffic Management:
Due to 24/7 maintenance requirements Traffic Management Center (TMC) personnel are scheduled for standby duties on a weekly basis. The Standby period begins at 0800 on Monday and continues through 0800 the following Monday.
During that standby period, the TMC personnel on the Stand By schedule shall be authorized to drive a Sheriff’s Office TMC maintenance truck home. This vehicle shall be used for official business only. No personal business may be conducted while driving the Sheriff’s Office TMC maintenance vehicle.
The TMC employee on standby is required to remain within the county while on standby. If leaving the county they are to notify their supervisor and a replacement identified and notified.
The TMC employee on standby is prohibited from drinking alcoholic beverages while on standby. Sheriff’s Office vehicles may not be operated by a person who has consumed an alcoholic beverages, nor while they are under the influence of any prescription or non-prescription drug(s).
If the TMC personnel is involved in an automobile accident of any nature they shall immediately follow the guidelines in general order 114.
During the Standby period the TMC personnel assigned the vehicle shall be responsible for washing and vacuuming the interior of the vehicle. This insures that it is done at least once a week.
115A3 Vehicle Assignments Pg 8 of 8
Revision Date(s): Rev.A- 2/4/2010; Rev. A1-11/27/2012
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Recruitment Plan
Number: 116A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 4.1.3, 31.1.2, 31.2.1, and 31.2.2
Purpose:
To establish and maintain a Recruitment Plan for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, outlining recruiting strategies and procedures.
Policy:
(CALEA 31.2.1 c) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to actively recruit qualified applicants for the purpose of filling existing and future vacancies. Recruitment is a responsibility of the Headquarters Section of the Sheriff’s Office. It is the responsibility of the Headquarters Captain to review the Recruitment Plan annually by the evaluation date of this order for the purpose of objectives being updating.
(CALEA 4.1.3 a, 31.2.1 a) The Objectives of the Recruitment Plan are:
A. To recruit sufficient numbers of qualified applicants to fill existing and future vacancies in the agency. The Sheriff’s Office conducts a recruitment effort that seeks to attract a diverse candidate pool. All applicants that apply are screened to eliminate those that do not meet all acceptable standards.
B. To attain qualified personnel for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in approximate proportion to the demographic workforce of Beaufort County.
C. To ensure the recruitment and selection process of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is impartial to all applicants.
D. The Sheriff’s Office uses a variety of methods to recruit applicants, including newspapers, trade publications, the internet, billboards, television, radio, posted announcements/brochures, word of mouth, job fairs, out-of-state targeted recruiting, and presentations at community meetings, colleges/universities, and military installations.
116A1 Recruitment Plan Pg 2 of 3
E. Diverse Sheriff’s Office recruiters.
F. Establish recruiting targets for the type of people it wants to make up the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Consideration should be given to such characteristics as diversity, life experiences, education, military experience, and prior work experiences. Characteristics of those that will make good patrol officers should be considered as well as all aspects that may define candidates that may be suited over time for specialty and promotional positions.
G. The Sheriff’s Office should assure that the selection process is continually evaluated to ensure all phases of the hiring process are fair and designed to select the most qualified candidates.
Procedure:
(CALEA 4.1.3 b, d, e; 31.2.1 b; 31.2.2 a, b) The Headquarters Captain coordinated with the Communications Center will complete an annual review of the Recruitment Plan specifically directed at the objectives and/or necessary revisions to the overall plan. The Headquarters Captain along with the Communications Center will also conduct an annual analysis on the Recruitment Plan by the evaluation date reported on this General Order. The analysis will provide a summary on the progress of the objectives of the Recruitment Plan and the results of the Sheriff’s Office recruitment efforts.
The recruitment methods utilized by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are vitally important in attracting qualified applicants. Some of the recruiting activities are outlined in this procedure, but any methods that are found to be effective and equitable can and will be utilized. All methods are intended to recruit the most qualified candidates.
A. Job Announcements:
CALEA 4.1.3 c) Job vacancies will be announced through Beaufort County’s internal and external job bulletin system, given the widest distribution, to include posting those bulletins on the Beaufort County Employee Services and Sheriff’s Office web site. The Sheriff’s Office uses a variety of methods to recruit employees, including newspapers, trade publications, the internet, billboards, television, radio, posted announcements/brochures, word of mouth, job fairs, out-of-state targeted recruiting, and presentations at community meetings/events, colleges/universities, and military installations.
Beaufort County Employee Services maintains a list of mailing addresses and
116A1 Recruitment Plan Pg 3 of 3
fax numbers for civilian and military job placement services, and civic organizations both inside and outside Beaufort County. These lists will be utilized to provide the widest distribution possible, to include minority-oriented organizations.
(CALEA 31.1.2) Sheriff’s Office employees receive instruction in Equal Opportunity Employment issues during orientation. Those employees assigned specifically to recruitment activities will receive additional training in Equal Opportunity issues as they effect the management and operations of the Sheriff’s Office.
(CALEA 4.1.3 c, 31.1.2) The Training/Recruitment Section of the Sheriff’s Office is responsible for all recruitment activities. Deputies with the responsibility for recruitment must be trained and familiar in the following areas:
a. Training as Background Investigations.
b. Sheriff’s Office recruitment needs and commitments.
c. Sheriff’s Office career opportunities, salaries, benefits.
d. Federal and state compliance guidelines.
e. Community needs such as demographic data, community organizations, and education institutions.
f. Cultural awareness of the various ethnic groups.
g. Record keeping for tracking candidates.
h. The Recruitment and Selection process and requirements.
i. Equal employment issues. (E.E.O.C.)
j. Sheriff’s Office Recruitment Plan.
Revision Date: 08/30/2011
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Equal Employment Opportunity
Number: 117 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 31.2.1, 31.2.3; General Order 118: Job Related Harassment
Purpose:
To provide an Equal Employment Opportunity Plan (EEOP) in accordance with 28 C.F.R 42.301-308 for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. As the Sheriff of Beaufort County I am fully committed to maintaining a workforce free from discrimination in its employment policies, procedures, practices and operations. I want to ensure that all employees are afforded an equal opportunity to compete on a fair and equitable basis. Supervisors and managers are expected to take an active role in promoting and implementing the Sheriff’s Office equal employment opportunity policy. I challenge each employee to take responsibility for executing the EEO policy in your daily actions and conduct and to continue striving to ensure our workforce is free from all forms of discrimination.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has a zero-tolerance policy regarding discrimination. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to ensure that every employee enjoys a non-hostile work environment free of discrimination or harassment of any kind. All employment decisions; such as hiring, promoting, training and rewarding, will be made exclusively on the basis of job-related criteria (e.g., employees’ knowledge, skills, abilities and performance). Disciplinary actions will be taken solely on the basis of employees’ behavior and performance. Harassment of any kind based on race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or reprisal, is forbidden and subject to appropriate disciplinary action. The Sheriff’s Office is proud of its record in providing equal employment opportunity to all and will pursue the elimination of any vestige of discrimination by every means at its disposal. Supervisor is to report incidents of harassment immediately. Employees are also encouraged to report harassment immediately to the EEO Officer (Headquarters Captain) or a supervisor in the employee’s chain of command. No acts of retaliation will be tolerated against any employee for making a good faith report of harassment or for assisting in any inquiries about such a report. All information provided to Agency Officials will be maintained on a confidential basis to the greatest extent possible.
117 Equal Employment Opportunity Pg 2 of 5
Maintaining a Non-hostile Workplace Free of Discriminatory Harassment:
A. A hostile work environment allows ridicule, abuse, insults or derogatory comments that are directly or indirectly based on race, color, national origin, sex, sexual harassment, religion, age, handicap, sexual orientation, reprisal, marital status, political affiliation or parental status. It is further defined as an offensive or intimidating environment that unreasonably interferes with work performance or that otherwise adversely affects employment opportunities. Personal conversations that can be overheard by other employees who consider the conversation offensive can also create a hostile environment.
B. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will follow guidance regarding harassment established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) and standards regarding harassment set by the Supreme Court in two landmark decisions: Burlington Industries, Inc. v. Ellerth 118 S. Ct. 2257 (1998) and Faragher v. City of Boca Raton, 118 S. Ct. 2275 (1998). In these decisions, the Supreme Court made clear that employers are subject to vicarious liability for unlawful harassment by supervisors. Liability is premised on two principles: 1) an employer is responsible for the acts of its supervisors; and 2) employers should be encouraged to prevent harassment and employees should be encouraged to avoid or limit the harm from harassment.
C. Employees are responsible to come forward and report any behavior they view as harassment before it becomes severe or pervasive. While isolated incidents of harassment generally do not violate federal law, a pattern of incidents may be unlawful.
D. Such allegations should be confirmed with the employees directly involved in the incident along with any witnesses who might have firsthand information. It is very important to demonstrate to concerned employees that the allegations are taken seriously and that management will not condone offensive behavior. Disciplinary or other remedial action should reflect management’s findings during the course of the inquiry.
E. There is a significant distinction between a tangible employment action and a hostile work environment. A “tangible employment action” means a significant change in employment status. Examples include hiring, firing, promotion, demotion, undesirable reassignment, a decision causing a significant change in benefits, compensation decisions, and work assignment. With regard to hostile environment, even if it is proven, the agency can still avoid liability if it can show:
117 Equal Employment Opportunity Pg 3 of 5
(1) that the agency took prompt corrective action once it became aware of the discriminatory harassment; and (2) the complainant failed to avail him/herself of the redress that the agency offers.
EEO Officer for Prohibiting Discrimination Against Employees and Applicants for Employment
A. To keep frequent contact with the Beaufort County Employee Services personnel in order to keep them informed of any personnel problems as may be related to affirmative action.
B. To ensure all Sheriff’s Office employees are aware of the Sheriff’s Office commitment to Equal Opportunity Employment.
C. To assist in the identification of problem areas and to assist line management in the resolution of such problems.
D. Monitor the Equal Opportunity Employment Plan for any remedial action or training.
E. Review the qualifications of all employees to insure that minorities and females are given full opportunity for transfer and promotions.
F. Conduct periodic inspections to ensure all posted information relevant to affirmative action/equal opportunity employment is properly displayed.
G. Assure that minority and female employees are being afforded full opportunity to participate in all education and training classes.
H. Ensure that all command and supervisors are informed that they have a responsibility to take action to prevent any harassment of employees
I. Ensuring compliance with statutes and regulations governing employment and providing program leadership in the formulation, implementation, and evaluation of policies and programs in the areas of dispute resolution; complaints processing; program compliance/analysis and affirmative employment/special emphasis programs.
J. In carrying out the equal opportunity and civil rights responsibilities, the EEO Officer administers the Sheriff’s Office equal employment opportunity (EEO)
117 Equal Employment Opportunity Pg 4 of 5
program, by providing EEO-related advice, guidance, and support to the applicants, employees and supervisors of the Sheriff’s Office.
K. The EEO Officer manages the Sheriff’s Office complaint program for both employees and/or applicants for employment involving issues of discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, sex (including sexual orientation), national origin, age, disability and reprisal.
L. The EEO Officer is also responsible for ensuring EEO related training is provided, such as the EEO portion of New Employee Orientation, Prevention of Sexual Harassment training, Diversity Seminar, and EEO Counselor training.
Definition of Discriminatory Harassment:
A. Discriminatory harassment is verbal or physical conduct that demeans or shows hostility, or aversion, toward an individual because of his/her race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age, disability, or because of retaliation for engaging in protected activity and that:

Has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment; or
Has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s work performance; or
Otherwise adversely affects an individual’s employment opportunities.
B. Harassing conduct includes, but is not limited to the following:
Epithets, slurs, jokes, negative stereotyping or threatening, intimidating or hostile acts that relate to a person’s race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age or disability.
Written or graphic material which demeans or shows hostility or aversion toward an individual or group because of race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age or disability and is posted on walls, bulletin boards, e-mail or elsewhere on any Sheriff’s Office facility.
Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for decisions affecting an individual’s employment.
117 Equal Employment Opportunity Pg 5 of 5
Responsibilities of Supervisors and Managers:
A. The employee should discuss the matter with the immediate supervisor, a supervisor in their chain of command, and/or the Office of Professional Responsibility. If the offending party is in the employee’s chain of command, the employee may report the incident to any higher ranking person in their chain of command or directly to the Office of Professional Responsibility.
B. The complaint must be submitted in writing, and include the name(s) of the person(s) accused of wrongdoing and any witness (es) whose testimony may support the complaint.
C. All supervisors are required to document their receipt of sexual or nonsexual harassment complaints.
D. To ensure confidentiality, the complaint should not be discussed with anyone other than the person who filed the complaint or the assigned Investigator.
E. The agency will thoroughly investigate all harassment complaints in a confidential manner. The investigation will include questioning of any witness and the individual(s) accused of wrongdoing to afford them the opportunity to respond to the allegations of the complaint. The investigation will be concluded in a timely manner. The assigned investigator will collect, record, and confidentially safeguard all information and/or evidence relative to the incident and report the findings to the Chief Deputy.
F. Appropriate disciplinary action will be taken by the agency for complaints that are determined to be harassment. Appropriate disciplinary action will be taken based on the facts, on a case by case basis, up to and including termination
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Job-Related Harassment
Number: 118 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 26.1.3; Also Reference General Order 117: EEOP
Purpose: To define and prohibit all forms of harassment in the work environment and to establish procedures for reporting, investigating, and resolving harassment complaints.
Policy: (CALEA 26.1.3) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that all employees be treated with respect and dignity. The Sheriff’s Office upholds the right of employees to work in an environment free from job-related harassment. The Sheriff’s Office does not condone, and will not tolerate, any form of harassment in the workplace. Action(s) that constitute harassment by members, supervisors, and managers, are prohibited employment practices and are subject to sanctions and disciplinary measures.
Definitions:
Nonsexual Harassment: Verbal and/or physical conduct that denigrates or shows hostility or aversion toward an individual because of his or her race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age, or disability—or that of his or her relatives, friends, or associates—and that:

Has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment.
Has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s work performance.
Adversely affects an individual’s employment opportunities.
Sexual Harassment: Any unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s employment.
Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis
118 Job-Related Harassment Pg 2 of 3
for employment decisions affecting such individual.
Conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment.
Procedure:
A. Job-related harassment by any agency employee, while acting in their official capacity, toward any member of the public or any other Beaufort County official or employee is prohibited.
B. Behavior which may constitute sexual harassment includes, but is not limited to:
Verbal harassment (e.g., derogatory remarks or slurs).
Physical harassment (e.g., touching gestures, assault, impeding or blocking movement, or any physical interference with normal work or movement).
Visual forms of harassment (e.g., derogatory posters, letters, poems, graffiti, cartoons, or drawings).
Requests for sexual favors or unwelcome sexual advances.
C. Employees are encouraged to attempt to resolve the problem with the individual responsible for the harassment by informing the offending party that the behavior is not welcomed.
D. (CALEA 26.1.3) Whenever any employee feels he/she is being subjected to job-related harassment in any form and is unable to resolve the problem, the following steps will be taken to report the violation:
The employee should discuss the matter with the immediate supervisor, a supervisor in their chain of command, and/or the Office of Professional Responsibility. If the offending party is in the employee’s chain of command, the employee may report the incident to any higher ranking person in their chain of command or directly to the Office of Professional Responsibility.
The complaint must be submitted in writing, and include the name(s) of the person(s) accused of wrongdoing and any witness (es) whose testimony may
118 Job-Related Harassment Pg 3 of 3
support the complaint.
All supervisors are required to document their receipt of sexual or nonsexual harassment complaints.
To ensure confidentiality, the complaint should not be discussed with anyone other than the person who filed the complaint or the assigned Investigator.
The agency will thoroughly investigate all harassment complaints in a confidential manner. The investigation will include questioning of any witness and the individual(s) accused of wrongdoing to afford them the opportunity to respond to the allegations of the complaint. The investigation will be concluded in a timely manner. The assigned investigator will collect, record, and confidentially safeguard all information and/or evidence relative to the incident and report the findings to the Chief Deputy.
Appropriate disciplinary action will be taken by the agency for complaints that are determined to be harassment. Appropriate disciplinary action will be taken based on the facts, on a case by case basis, up to and including termination.
E. This directive is not intended to replace or supersede any County, State, or federally mandated policy or procedure.
Revision: A1-6/18/2014, Communications added
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Code of Ethics
Number: 119A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.2, 2.2.2
Purpose:
To provide all personnel with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with a written code or canon of ethics.
Policy:
A formally adopted code or canon of ethics will be maintained to guide Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel in maintaining high standards of ethical conduct.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 1.1.2) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office subscribes to the Canons of Police Ethics and Law Enforcement Code of Ethics as adopted by the International Association of Chiefs of Police (I.A.C.P.) for sworn personnel. Civilian Personnel are required to abide by the same code of ethics.
B. (CALEA 2.2.2) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Section subscribes to the Code of Ethics as adopted from The Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials, (APCO) Internationals Public-Safety Telecommunicators Code of Ethics.
C. Ethics training will be conducted for all personnel biennially.
CANONS OF POLICE ETHICS
Article 1. Primary Responsibility of Job.
The primary responsibility of police service, and of the individual officer, is the protection of the people of the United States through the upholding of their laws; chief among these is the Constitution of the United States and its amendments. The law
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 2 of 8
enforcement officer always represents the whole of the community and its legally expressed will and is never the arm of any political party or clique.
Article 2. Limitations of Authority.
The first duty of the law enforcement officer, as an upholder of the law, is to know its bounds upon the officer in enforcing it. Because the officer represents the legal will of the community, be it local, state or federal, the officer must be aware of the limitations and proscriptions which the people, through law, have placed upon the officer. The officer must recognize the genius of the American system of government which gives to no person, groups of persons, or institution, absolute power, and the officer must be sure that he or she, as a prime defender of the system, does not pervert its character.
Article 3. Duty to be Familiar with the Law and with Responsibilities of Self and Other Public Officials.
The law enforcement officer shall assiduously apply himself or herself to the study of the principles of the laws which the officer is sworn to uphold. The officer will make certain of his or her responsibilities in the particulars of their enforcement, seeking aid from superiors in matters of technicality or principle when these are not clear. The officer will make special effort to fully understand his or her relationship to other public officials, including other law enforcement agencies, particularly on matters of jurisdiction, both geographically and substantively.
Article 4. Utilization of Proper Means to Gain Proper Ends.
The law enforcement officer shall be mindful of his or her responsibility to pay strict heed to the selection of means in discharging the duties of office. Violation of law or disregard for public safety or property on the part of an officer are intrinsically wrong; they are self-defeating in that they install in the public mind a like disposition. The employment of illegal means, no matter how worthy the end, is certain to encourage disrespect for the law and its officers. If the law is to be honored, it must first be honored by those who enforce it.
Article 5. Cooperation with Public Officials in the Discharge of their Authorized Duties.
The law enforcement officer shall cooperate fully with other public officials in the discharge of authorized duties, regardless of party affiliation or personal prejudice. The
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 3 of 8
officer shall be meticulous, however, in assuring the propriety, under the law, of such actions and shall guard against the use of office or person, whether knowingly or unknowingly, in any improper or illegal action. In any situation, the officer shall seek authority from a superior officer, giving the superior officer a full report of such service or action.
Article 6. Private Conduct.
The law enforcement officer shall be mindful of the special identification of an officer, by the public, as an upholder of the law. Laxity of conduct or manner in private life, expressing either disrespect for the law or seeking to gain special privilege, cannot but reflect on the police officer and the police service. The community and the service require that the law enforcement officer lead the life of a decent and honorable person. Following the career of a law enforcement officer gives no person special perquisites. It does give the satisfaction and pride of following and furthering an unbroken tradition of safeguarding the American Public. The officer who reflects upon this tradition will not degrade it; rather the officer shall so conduct his or her private life that the public will regard the officer as an example of stability, fidelity, and morality.
Article 7. Conduct Toward the Public.
The law enforcement officer, mindful of responsibility to the whole community, shall deal with individuals of the community in a manner calculated to install respect for its laws and its police service. The law enforcement officer shall conduct his or her official life in a manner such as will inspire confidence and trust. Thus, the officer will be neither overbearing nor subservient, and no individual citizen has an obligation to stand in awe of, or a right to command, the officer. The officer will give service where he or she can, and require compliance with the law. The officer will do neither from personal preference or prejudice, but rather as a duly appointed officer of the law discharging a sworn obligation.
Article 8. Conduct in Arresting and Dealing with Law Violators.
The law enforcement officer shall use the powers of arrest strictly in accordance with the law and with due regard to the rights of the citizen concerned. The officer shall, at all times, have a clear appreciation of the responsibilities and limitations regarding detention of the violator; officers shall conduct themselves in such a manner as will minimize the possibility of having to use force. To this end, the officer shall cultivate a dedication to the service of the people and the equitable upholding of their laws whether in the handling of law violators or in dealing with the law abiding.
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 4 of 8
Article 9. Gifts and Favors.
The law enforcement officer, representing government, bears the heavy responsibility of maintaining, in the officers conduct, the honor and integrity of all government institutions. The officer shall, therefore, guard against placing him or herself in a position in which any person can expect special consideration is being given. Thus, the officer should be firm in refusing gifts, favors, or gratuities, large or small, which can, in the public mind, be interpreted as capable of influencing an officer’s judgment in the discharge of duty.
Article 10. Presentation of Evidence.
The law enforcement officer shall be concerned equally in the prosecution of the wrong-doer and the defense of the innocent. The officer shall ascertain what constitutes evidence and shall present such evidence impartially and without malice. In so doing, the officer will ignore social, political, and all other distinctions among persons involved, strengthening the reliability and integrity of an officer’s word. The law enforcement officer shall take special pains to increase his or her perception and skill of observation, mindful that in many situations the officer is the sole impartial testimony to the facts of a case.
Article 11. Attitude toward Profession.
The law enforcement officer shall regard the discharge of his or her duties as a public trust and recognize his or her responsibility as a public servant. By diligent study and sincere attention to self-improvement the officer shall strive to make the best application of science to the solution of crime and, in the field of human relationships, strive for effective leadership and public influence in matters affecting public safety. The officer shall realize the importance and responsibility of the office, and hold police work to be an honorable profession rendering valuable service to the officer’s community and country. LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
As a Law Enforcement Officer, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to safeguard lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the Constitutional Rights of all persons to liberty, equality, and justice.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful of
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 5 of 8
the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities, or friendships to influence my decisions. With no comprise for crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or favor, malice, or violence and never accepting gratuities.
I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of law enforcement. I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen profession . . . law enforcement.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CODE OF ETHICS
As a Public Safety Telecommunicator, I am dedicated to serve the public; to safeguard life and property; to keep my personnel informed on all calls that may require their attention; to assist all public safety vehicles and personnel in the performance of their duties; assure that all rules and regulations which govern my position are not violated in any manner.
I will keep my private and social life free from all criticism; maintain a calm attitude during times of stress and emergencies; develop self-control and be constantly mindful of the welfare of others, regardless of race, creed or religion. I will obey the laws of the land, rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and my department. Whatever information I receive of a confidential nature will be revealed only in the official performance of my duties.
I will never act in a selfish or unofficial manner or let my personal feelings, friendships, prejudices or animosity influence my decisions. I will enforce the rules and regulations of my department and the Federal Communications Commission without fear, favor or ill will, never employing unnecessary force and never accepting gratuities.
I recognize the high responsibility of my position as a symbol of public faith and trust and will accept it to be held as long as I am faithful to the ethics of public safety service. I will constantly strive to achieve those objectives and ideals, which govern my
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 6 of 8
profession, dedicating myself, before God, to my chosen profession, public safety telecommunications.
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 7 of 8
119A1 Code of Ethics Pg 8 of 8
Revision(s): A-06/20/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Physical Fitness for Sworn Personnel
Number: 120A Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 22.3.1-3
Purpose:
Establish guidelines for all sworn employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to ensure Deputy Sheriff’s are physically fit for duty requirements.
Policy:
Sworn employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, including new hires, shall be physically ready to perform the essential duties as a law enforcement officer.
Procedures:
A. (CALEA 22.3.1 and 22.3.3 c, e) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office requires a medical (physical) examination of all applicants immediately after they are hired; and a Physical Agility Test (PAT) as part of the hiring process. The PAT course is designed based on physical agility requirements established by the Criminal Justice Academy. Deputies are also required to run the physical agility test annually, which is counted/scored numerically in their annual review and evaluation based on their running time. The medical examination (physical) will be selected and paid for by the Sheriff’s Office.
B. (CALEA 22.3.2 and 22.3.3 c) To ensure safe and efficient job performance, to bolster public confidence through the appearance of a fit Sheriff’s Office, and to improve long-term overall health, Deputies are encouraged to receive regular physical examinations, follow a healthy diet, refrain from smoking, and exercise routinely. All employees are encouraged to have a medical examination annually.
C. (CALEA 22.3.2 and 22.3.3 a) Deputies shall be responsible for the maintenance of their individual physical fitness, and shall not allow themselves to become physically unfit to perform their official duties through personal neglect or lack of self-discipline. Deputies may be required to take medical examinations to determine fitness for duty at the Sheriff’s Office expense.
120A Physical Fitness for Sworn Personnel Pg 2 of 2
D. (22.3.3 a) The Beaufort Sheriff’s Office has exercise facilities available to use at no expense to the employee. The Sheriff’s Office physical fitness facility is located on Depot Road. All employees are encouraged to utilize these resources.
E. (22.3.3 b, d) All sworn personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are required to take the Sheriff’s Office Physical Agility Course with the exception of retire/return participants. Employees are encouraged and permitted to use the PAC under the supervision of the Training Section to ensure continued physical fitness improvement.
Revision Date(s): 121A-2/4/2010; A1-10/18/2010; A2-10/31/19; A3-5.14.2020; A4-
05/10/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Grievance Procedures
Number: 121A4 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 26.1.6; 25.1.1 a-e; 25.1.2 ; 25.1.3
Purpose:
To outline complaint procedures for employees of the Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The South Carolina Code of Laws 23-13-10 provides for the appointment of Deputy Sheriffs by the Sheriff and the responsibility of the Sheriff for the acts of the Deputy. South Carolina Code 23-23-10 states: “The Sheriff may appoint one or more deputies to be approved by the judge or the circuit court or any circuit court judge presiding therein. Such appointments shall be evidenced by a certificate thereof, signed by the Sheriff, and shall continue during his pleasure. The Sheriff shall in all cases be answerable for neglect of duty or misconduct in office of any Deputy.”
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the importance of establishing contemporary personnel administrative practices. Good management practices recognize that procedures directed at resolving personnel work related problems in a fair, equitable, and timely manner helps to improve morale and enhances the positive perception personnel have on the agency.
Section 4-9-30 of the South Carolina Code of Laws applies to all Sheriff’s Office employees and reads in part, “to develop personnel system policies and procedures for county employees by which all county employees are regulated except those elected directly by the people, and to be responsible for the employment and discharge of county personnel in those county departments in which the employment authority is vested in the county government. This employment and discharge authority does not extend to any personnel employed in departments or agencies under the direction of an elected official or an official appointed by an authority outside county government.”
121A4 Grievance Procedures Page 2 of 4
Procedure:
A. All employees of the Sheriff’s Office may use the grievance procedures outlined in this general order provided there grievance meets the standards outlined in the order.
B. (CALEA 25.1.1 a) Matters of unlawful treatment, violations of the Sheriff’s Office orders, adverse working conditions, and performance issues affecting an employee are acceptable topics for filing a grievance.
C. (CALEA 25.1.1 a and 26.1.6) If the immediate supervisor cannot resolve the issue, the grievance will proceed up the employee’s chain-of-command from the level at which the grievance originated, and each level will attempt to resolve the grievance.
D. (CALEA 25.1.1 b and 26.1.6) The grievance must be submitted in writing through the employee’s chain-of-command within ten (10) working days of the event, or within ten (10) working days of the employee’s knowledge of the occurrence.
E. (CALEA 25.1.1 c and 26.1.6) The employee filing the grievance will identify the following at a minimum:
The nature of the grievance and the facts on which it is based.
The specific wrongful act and/or harm alleged.
F. The responding supervisor will:
Acknowledge receipt by noting date, time and employees name.
Analyze the facts and allegations and attempt to resolve the issues with the employee.
G. (CALEA 25.1.1 b, d) The initial reviewer and any successive reviewer will make every effort to resolve the matter. At each level the supervisor has four (4) calendar days to render a decision.
(CALEA 25.1.1 b, d and 26.1.6) The supervisor, at the initial and any subsequent stage of the process will send his written response back to the employee within four (4) calendar days and copy his/her supervisor. The supervisor’s response will contain at a minimum:
121A4 Grievance Procedures Page 3 of 4
a. Affirm or decline the allegations.
b. Identification of the remedy or adjustments.
H. (CALEA 25.1.1 a, d and 26.1.6) If the employee is not satisfied with the attempt at resolution or the decision of the supervisor at any level of the chain-of-command, the employee has ten (10) working days to submit the grievance to the next level of the employee’s chain-of-command. A grievance can continue until such a time as it has been resolved within an employee’s chain-of-command or it reaches the Chief Deputy for a decision. At the second or subsequent attempt at resolution, the employee must submit:
The initial complaint package.
Copies of all responses.
A written explanation as to why the prior supervisor’s attempt at resolution was unacceptable.
I. (CALEA 25.1.1 d and 26.1.6) The supervisor, at the initial and any subsequent stage of the process, has four (4) calendar days, from the date of receipt to respond to an employee with his/her decision on the grievance and forward a copy to his/her supervisor.
J. (CALEA 25.1.1 b) There will be strict adherence to the time provisions of the process. If any party involved in the process has a legitimate need for additional time, a written request, including an explanation as to why more time is needed, will be submitted directly to the Chief Deputy.
K. If an employee fails to respond within the time provisions, the grievance will be considered void.
If a supervisor fails to comply with the time provisions, that failure will be reported to the Chief Deputy. The Chief Deputy will take whatever steps he deems appropriate.
Supervisors who deliberately or carelessly disregard the time limitations will be subject to disciplinary action.
121A4 Grievance Procedures Page 4 of 4
L. (CALEA 25.1.1 e) There is no obligation on the part of the agency to provide for employee representation during any part of the procedure.
M. (CALEA 25.1.1 a and 26.1.6) All Sheriff’s Office employees are appointed and work at the pleasure of the Sheriff, all final decisions rest with the Sheriff. The Sheriff has an open door policy and may decide to meet with the employee or delegated the grievance to the Chief Deputy. Once the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff has finished a review, the decision will be sent to the employee in writing. The Sheriff’s decision is final and the issue shall be considered resolved.
N. Grievance matters are considered confidential and that confidentiality will be maintained by the aggrieved and all others involved in the process. Discussion other than between those involved (i.e., those within the effected chain-of-command) will not be permitted.
O. The respective Division Colonel or his delegate is responsible for coordinating the process. Coordination responsibilities include monitoring the timely progress of the grievance and collating the written responses and results of each step.
P. (CALEA 25.1.2) The Division Colonel or his delegate is responsible for the maintenance, control, and access of all internal complaint records, in a secure file.
Q. (CALEA 25.1.3) Annually, the Accreditation Manager will review all employee complaints as well as supporting policies and practices filed within the agency. The purpose of the analysis will be to determine if any particular pattern or trend exists so that steps may be taken to minimize the cause(s).
Revision(s): A-3/19/13, A1-3/11/14, A2-6/5/17 New Statute Added, A3-6/3/19; A4-05/25/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Public Information/Media Relations
Number: 122A4 Type: Administrative Pages: 15 Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024 References: CALEA 7.1.2f, 54.1.1-3, SC Code of Laws 30-4-40
Purpose:
To establish responsibility for the release of information pertaining to the operation of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) and to set forth guidelines by which such information shall be released and disseminated to print, electronic and broadcast media in compliance with state and federal law.
Policy:
The BCSO recognizes the right of the public to be informed on matters concerning public safety and the welfare of the citizenry and property. The Sheriff’s Office further recognizes the media must be free and independent to provide this information to the public. To this end, the BCSO will cooperate fully and impartially with authorized media personnel by assisting their efforts to gather factual public information pertaining to activities of the agency, as long as these activities do not unduly interfere with agency operation. The BCSO will work to establish a working relationship with the news media through the established Public Information Officer (PIO) and Assistant Public Information Officer (APIO).
Effective media relations are a very important element to the overall success of the Sheriff’s Office. The media is the Sheriff’s Office connection to the public and the media is a vital and necessary factor to effective prevention of crime and community problems. Our daily interaction with the media makes it imperative that the Sheriff’s Office establishes and maintains a rapport built on trust and mutual respect. The Sheriff’s Office recognizes the right of the media to gather facts and report their findings to the public. The public relies on the media for vital information everyday through many different means. The different media outlets have various deadlines, operating procedures and specific types of information that they need. It is the policy of the BCSO to ensure that all information distributed to the public through the media be fair and accurate. The BCSO recognizes that the media has a right to do their jobs and the personnel of this agency will always strive to be honest, courteous, and professional when dealing with the media.
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 2 of 15
Procedure:
A. The PIO and APIO are assigned to the Enforcement Division of the BCSO and during normal business hours is responsible for the coordination of all media releases pertaining to the Sheriff’s Office. The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will respond to all requests from the media promptly and be prepared to provide the media with sufficient information on the incident. The PIO or the APIO will respond to all media requests during normal Sheriff’s Office operations. The Command Duty Officer will assume the role of acting PIO during non-business hours and will be available to respond to all media inquiries. This procedure provides the media access to the Sheriff’s Office twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week.
B. (CALEA 54.1.1 b) During normal business hours the PIO or APIO will be responsible for the coordination and dissemination of all media releases pertaining to BCSO. When the PIO and APIO are not on duty (other than normal business hours) the Command Duty Officer will assume the role of acting PIO and will be available to respond to all media inquiries and press releases.
C. (CALEA 54.1.1 c) The PIO or the APIO in the Enforcement Division will arrange for, and assist with, any media conferences or pro-active public education initiatives dealing with BCSO activities or operations. The PIO or APIOwill notify all media of the time, date, location, and subject matter of each press conference, as well as prepare and distribute any press releases.
D. (CALEA 7.1.2f) News and public information releases will be made equally available to all media on a timely basis through the use of telephone inquiries, personal interviews, telephone facsimiles, internet communication, or other specialized services, and the Sheriff’s Office.
E. (CALEA 54.1.1 f) In situations where the BCSO is involved in a mutual effort with other agencies pertaining to a crime or serious incident, the agency having primary jurisdiction will be responsible for releasing or coordinating information to the public. In the event another agency with primary jurisdiction defers public information duties to the Sheriff’s Office, the PIO, APIO or, after normal business hours, the Command Duty Officer will handle all public information functions as described herein.
F. The PIO and APIO should not have to rely on the media to be informed of newsworthy events involving the Sheriff’s Office. Therefore, all information described within this directive will be reported by all employees, through their respective supervisor, as soon as possible to the PIO, APIO or, during off duty
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 3 of 15
hours, to the Command Duty Officer to ensure timely flow of information to the public.
G. If the media is requesting information at an incident scene or about an incident, the on-duty Shift Supervisor will ensure the PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer is briefed on the incident and should provide the PIO, APIO or the Command Duty Officer with the media contact information. It is the responsibility of the PIO or APIO or, during non-business hours, the Command Duty Officer to contact the media representative and/or to respond to the incident scene to handle all media inquiries if necessary.
H. The Command Duty Officer who has responded to the scene of an incident with the potential of a heightened media response can request the assistance of PIO or APIO.
I. (CALEA 54.1.1 e) Sheriff Office employees are not authorized to release any information of a confidential or investigatory nature unless they have received authorization from the Sheriff, Chief Deputy or the PIO.
J. The Sheriff’s Office recognizes that media personnel are the judge of whether or not information provided by the Sheriff’s Office is newsworthy. The Sheriff’s Office also recognizes that the media is not entitled to all information. There are legal standards in place that offer protections of the integrity of investigations, witnesses and victims which must be adhered to. However, the media can help the Sheriff’s Office with investigations, recovery of missing persons, apprehension of suspects, and prevention of crime. In the event information cannot be released, an explanation will be provided by the PIO, APIO or the Command Duty Officer. If requested, the decision not to release information may be reviewed by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
K. In places where media personnel are authorized to be, no BCSO employee may take any action to prevent or interfere with the media in photographing or televising an event, a suspect, an accused or any other person or thing as long as it does not significantly interfere with the law enforcement mission at hand. Sheriff’s Office employees should attempt to make every effort to facilitate the job of media personnel, when possible.
L. No BCSO employee will deliberately pose with a suspect or accused person in custody to be photographed, televised, or interviewed. Additionally, no employee of
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 4 of 15
the Sheriff’s Office should not pose themselves with a suspect or accused, nor shall they enter into any agreement to have a suspect or accused person in custody at a prearranged time or place to be photographed, televised or interviewed.
M. Photographs of defendants may be furnished to the media only by the PIO, APIO or the Command Duty Officer.
N. Photographs of a suspect and missing/endangered persons without Detention Center identification information or other law enforcement identification, not charged in a crime may be issued to the media if the suspect is believed to be fleeing authorities and if the release of the photograph may assist in the apprehension of the individual or serve as a protection to the public.
O. Photographs of missing/endangered persons may be issued to the media to assist in locating the missing/endangered individual.
P. Official correspondence, documents or other written records will not be disseminated externally from the BCSO except under the guidelines of the freedom of information act and approved by the PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer.
Q. Employees will not make any statement which may be interpreted as an official policy, procedure, or position of the Sheriff’s Office without the express approval of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
R. The PIO shall be responsible for devising and maintaining community awareness and public relations for the BCSO. The PIO and APIO will utilize their knowledge of the media and community in concert with other employees of the Sheriff’s Office for various community engagements.
S. (CALEA 54.1.2) The PIO and APIO have the responsibility of establishing professional relationships with all the local media representatives and to coordinate meetings between the Public Information Office and media representatives at least four times a year. When it becomes necessary for this agency to effect a specific change to this public information procedure, the PIO and APIO will advise the media of the changes being considered. Input from the media will be sought pertaining to changes proposed to this directive.
T. The Sheriff’s Office participates and strongly supports the Crime Stoppers of the Lowcountry. The PIO, APIO and/or Command Duty Officer will encourage the media to always include Crime Stopper information in their press release. (843) 554-1111 or sccrimestoppers.com.
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 5 of 15
U. Incident Scenes:
(CALEA 54.1.3) The BCSO recognizes that the media has the right to perform their news gathering functions at all newsworthy events and to report and photograph anything they observe when legally present at an incident scene. However, when a crime scene has been secured in order to preserve evidence, or not fully secure and a potential safety concern exists the Sheriff’s Office has a right and duty to deny the media access to that area. Therefore, the following guidelines will be followed by the PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer in order to facilitate the operations of law enforcement and media personnel at these types of scenes:
Sheriff’s Office personnel will not interfere with the lawful activities of the media at crime scenes or other locations.
(CALEA 54.1.3 and CALEA 54.1.1 a) When a location has been cordoned off for law enforcement use in processing a crime or serious incident scene for possible evidence, newspersons will be advised by the Public Information Officer or the Command Duty Officer when such access to the location will be allowed. The PIO, APIO or the Command Duty Officer will further be responsible for advising news persons of the possible consequences of publication and/or broadcasting of certain events and of the consequences of reporting certain information felt to interfere with an official investigation or may be injurious to a victim or other persons. In no case however, will the PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer impede a newsperson acting within the law.
(CALEA 54.1.1 a) The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will aid the media by obtaining facts in the case and reporting to the media any of these facts that are found suitable for release as quickly as possible.
(CALEA 54.1.3) The PIO, APIO, Command Duty Officer or any employee of the Sheriff’s Office will not hamper or attempt to restrict news photography at any scene.
No employee of the Sheriff’s Office has the authority to invite the news media onto private premises without the consent of the person in charge of such premises (i.e.: houses, apartments, etc.).
(CALEA 54.1.1 a) The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will assist in obtaining a suitable location near the crime scene for the media until such time that the
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 6 of 15
scene has been cleared. This should not be construed to mean deputy sheriffs have the right to keep the media in a set area. The media should never be prevented from accessing any area available to members of the general public.
Access to scenes of major fires, natural disasters, and other catastrophic events will be restricted to media personnel in the same manner as for members of the general public. The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will have the authority to allow members of the media access to the scene before it is opened to the general public. The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will not allow any type of access to any scene without first consulting the supervisor in charge of the scene, even if that supervisor is a member of another agency.
(CALEA 54.1.3) The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will have the authority to allow members of the media access to crime or serious incident scenes, even those crime scenes where a perimeter is established by crime scene tape or other marking devices. If attempts are made to circumvent the public information guidelines or lawful instructions pertaining to designations of restricted space by the Sheriff’s Office, media personnel conducting themselves in such manner may be restricted from further access at the scene. The PIO, APIO or Command Duty Officer will not allow any type of access to any scene without first consulting the supervisor in charge of the scene. No employee of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has the authority to invite the media onto private premises without the consent of the person in charge of such premises i.e., houses, apartments, etc.
Sheriff’s Office personnel will not deny media interviews with a victim who is willing to give an interview, unless the victim is injured, emotionally out of control or otherwise not capable of making sound decisions.
V. The following information will be released to the media, (in the form of a press/news release, if time permits):
(CALEA 54.1.1 d) Names, ages, and addresses (when available) of persons involved in an incident requiring an incident report. Such information will only be released if the information will appear in records open to the public for inspections. This requirement will apply to all persons arrested and charged with the commission of a crime.
(CALEA 54.1.1 e) Circumstances surrounding an incident or arrest such as, time, place, possession and use of weapons, resistance, pursuit, identity of the
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 7 of 15
arresting officers, length of investigation and a general description of items seized.
Additional information which may assist in an investigation, such as a BOLO for persons or vehicles.
Information concerning arrested persons to the extent that it appears on arrest or booking reports.
Prior criminal conviction record, character, or reputation of a suspect will only be released if such information serves to help protect the public and a warrant has been issued for the arrest of the suspect who is at large, attempting to evade arrest, and considered dangerous.
W. The following information will not be released to the media:
(CALEA 54.1.1 a, d, e) Information that may jeopardize the successful conclusion of an investigation (access to crime scenes may also be restricted for this purpose).
(CALEA 54.1.1 d) Information about victims and witnesses, if no arrest has been made or the release of this information may place the witness or victim in jeopardy or comprise an investigation.
(CALEA 54.1.1 d) The identity of any suspect prior to an arrest, or the results of any investigative procedures except to the extent necessary:
a. To aid in the investigation.
b. To assist in the apprehension of the suspect or
c. To warn the public of danger.
Any opinion as to the guilt or innocence of the accused or as to the merits of the case or the evidence in the case.
Statements or information regarding the character or reputation of the accused or victim.
Confirmation of the existence or contents of admissions or confessions made by individuals, or of the refusal or failure of the accused to make any statement.
The testimony or credibility of any prospective witness.
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 8 of 15
The possibility of a plea of guilty to the offense charged or to a lesser charge.
The construction, content, and mechanism of any explosive or incendiary device.
Specific cause of death until receipt of the post-mortem examination results, and after the cause of death has been released by the Coroner’s Office.
Identity of any deceased person will not be released until the PIO or Command Duty Officer contacts the Coroner’s Office to ensure the next of kin has been notified.
Identity of any seriously injured person prior to notification of the next of kin.
Contents of suicide notes. Acknowledgement that a suicide note exists may be released without further comments.
Unofficial statements concerning internal affairs, policy, and personnel matters concerning the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
The identity of suspects who are interviewed but not charged with a crime.
(CALEA 54.1.1 e) Information as to how weapons or proceeds of any crime were located.
(CALEA 54.1.1 d) Names of criminal sexual assault victims.
Rap sheets will not be released to the media for any purpose.
Fingerprint cards will not be shown to the media for any purpose.
Employees of the BCSO will not grant the media access to interview a person in custody.
Criminal history data concerning investigations conducted by any law enforcement agency other than the BCSO will not be released.
The home address or telephone number of any BCSO employee.
122A4 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 9 of 15
The personnel records of employees of the BCSO which are not open to routine public inspection.
(CALEA 54.1.1 d) The identity of juvenile offenders or suspects who were interviewed but not charged.
Photographs and information of juvenile suspects or offenders charged as juveniles.
Unofficial statements concerning internal affairs, policy, and/or personnel matters concerning the Sheriff’s Office.
.
X. Command Duty Officers:
The on-duty Command Duty Officer will assume all of the PIO responsibilities as follows: Friday 5:00pm to Saturday 9:00am
Saturday 9:00am to Sunday 9:00am Sunday 9:00are to Monday 8:00am
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday 5:00pm to 8:00am Holidays- Same as Saturday/Sunday
When the Sheriff’s Office PIO and APIO are absent during normal business hours this responsibility will fall on the scheduled Command Duty Officer, unless otherwise determined by The Sheriff or his designee.
(CALEA 54.1.1 a) At serious crime scenes, or serious incident locations, the PIO, APIO or, during non-business hours, the Command Duty Officer will appear in person to coordinate the media functions. The Command Duty Officer, who has responded to the scene of a major catastrophic incident with the potential of a heightened media response, can request the assistant of the PIO or APIO.
Command Duty Officers will review all on-going incidents and evaluate the potential threat to public safety. There are numerous options available to notify the public of the threat through the local media outlets. The PIO and APIO are responsible for providing the Command Duty Officers with a list of media outlets and access to the notification process using electronic means.
Emergency Notifications:
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 10 of 15
a. The Command Duty Officer also has the option to activate the Reverse 911 system through dispatch and in the event of major public safety threat the television cable override system.
b. These systems should be utilized as appropriate and coordination conducted through the Emergency Management Duty Officer.
c. If an incident is so serious that the media must be notified of a potential threat or emergency notifications must be made, the Command Duty Officer will make notification to the Sheriff.
Y. Command Duty Officer Media Guide Information:
You are responsible only for incidents that occur during your tour of duty.
Media representatives and members of the public are to be granted reasonable access to the Media box for incident reports regardless of the hour of/or the day.
Copies of front page incident reports can be provided after administrative hours.
If an incident occurs that presents an immediate threat to public safety, Command Duty Officers are to prepare a Nixle advisory, regardless of the hour, to disseminate the appropriate information.
If the media inquiries about an on-going incident you will deliver the prescribed information as outlined in this order.
Command Duty Officers are encouraged to contact the Public Information Officer should they have questions on how to prepare an advisory through Nixle or whether an advisory is warranted. BCSO strives to maintain consistency in the public information function.
Z. Freedom of Information Guidelines:
A Major, Captain, and Lieutenant of the Administrative Division are designated as the FOIA Compliance Officers for the Sheriff’s Office with the responsibility for coordinating and supervising all FOIA requests.
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 11 of 15
Incident reports will be available during normal business hours at the Sheriff’s Office Records Office located at 2001 Duke Street, Beaufort, South Carolina, Monday-Friday from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm.
Incident Reports are available for review by the media and the public 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. Incident reports for southern Beaufort County are located at the Hilton Head Sheriff’s Office. Incident reports for northern Beaufort County are located at the Beaufort Sheriff’s Office. During the week- ends and after normal business hours the media may contact the Dispatch Center at 843-524-2777 and request a supervisor to allow them access to the incident reports on file for the last fifteen (15) days.
Reports older than 15 days will require a written or in-person FOIA request.
AA.Freedom of Information Requests:
Citizens may make an in-person Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for documents maintained by the BCSO during normal business hours Monday- Friday 8:00 am to 5:00 pm at either the Law Enforcement Center at 2001 Duke Street, Beaufort 29901 or the Hilton Head Sheriff’s Office, 70 Shelter Cove Lane, Hilton Head 29925. FOIA requests in person may not be made at any other location.
BCSO personnel will not require any type of identification from the person making the FOIA request.
BCSO personnel shall not require the private citizen to submit the FOIA request in writing, in-person FOIA requests may be verbal requests.
BCSO personnel shall determine if the requested document is maintained by the Sheriff’s Office. If so, the cost shall be in accordance with the County ordinance and reported to the private citizen making the request. Victims receive reports at no cost as outlined in the South Carolina Victim’s Bill of Rights.
If the citizen decides to pay the cost and obtain the document the BCSO staff member will create a written receipt, following established cash handling procedures, for the document copies purchased. The staff member will ask the citizen: “Who would you like the receipt made out to?” If the citizen refuses to provide a name for the receipt, it will be written to “John Doe”.
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 12 of 15
E-mail: The PIO/APIOwill ensure that the BCSO FOIA Request Form is available on the Sheriff’s Office website in a format that can be downloaded and printed.
The FOIA Request Form can be completed and mailed to the Sheriff’s Office and directed to one of the designated Compliance Officers. The FOIA Request Form can be attached as an electronic document and e-mailed to one of the designated Compliance Officers.
The FOIA Request Form can be faxed to the Sheriff’s Office and directed to the designated compliance officer.
These FOIA forms will be electronically attached to the original report.
As outlined in this section, in person, e-mail, mail, and fax requests are allowed. Requests by telephone will be referred to one of the above approved methods.
Upon completion of all Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests by any Individual, business or new agency for statistical data, incidents reports or Personal background checks, the FOIA Compliance Officer or his designee will Provide the requester the collected documentation by either:
A. paper copies sent through the United States Postal Service
B. email
C. fax
D. paper copy by personal service
Individual requesters who have been determined not to be victims of a crime will provide payment prior to receiving any documentation. These individuals will remit payment by cash, money order or Cashier’s Check (no personal checks accepted). Requests for personal background checks will be provided without charge.
A business or news agency may remit payment by cash, Cashier’s Check, and money order or business checks upon service of an invoice.
A fee associated with the cost of searching for and making copies of public records will be charged as statutorily provided for within the FOIA.
(SEE BELOW CHARGING SCHEDULE):
A. research time, no less than an hourly rate of $15.00
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 13 of 15
B. administrative research, no less than an hourly rate of $25.00
c. CD-R’s: $2.50 per disc
d. DVD’s: $2.50 per disc
e. USB 2.0 Flash Drives: $4.00, if the requested information is over 10 MB; (Files under 10 MB will be emailed)
F. paper copy: $1.00 for the first page and $.25 (cents) for any additional pages
Compliance with Remote FOIA Requests:
The designated FOIA Compliance Officers for the Sheriff’s Office are responsible for coordinating and supervising all FOIA requests. S.C. Code of Laws 30-4-40(C): Each public body, upon written request for records made under this chapter, shall within ten days (excepting Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) of the receipt of the request, notify the person making the request of its determination and the reasons for it; provided, however, that if the record is more than twenty-four months old at the date the request is made, the public body has twenty days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays) of the receipt to make this notification. This determination must constitute the final opinion of the public body as to the public availability of the requested public record, however, the determination is not required to include a final decision or express an opinion as to whether specific portions of the documents or information may be subject to redaction according to exemptions provided by for Section 30-4-40 or other state or federal laws. If the request is granted, the record must be furnished or made available for inspection or copying no later than thirty days from the date on which the final determination was provided, unless the records are more than twenty-four months old, in which case the public body has no later than thirty-five calendar days from the date on which the final determination was provided. If a deposit as provided in subsection (B) is required by the public body, the record must be furnished or made available for inspection or copying no later than thirty calendar days from the date on which the deposit is received, unless the records are more than twenty-four months old, in which case the public body has no later than thirty- five calendar days from the date on which the deposit was received to fulfill the request.
BB. Protected Information:
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 14 of 15
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Personnel will redact the names and personal identifiers of all victims of sexual assaults and all identifiers of juveniles, regardless of the nature of the incident. This shall apply to all incident reports released under FOIA, regardless of who the requestor is.
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Personnel will redact any social security number that is included in the incident report or any other report released by the Sheriff’s Office.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is not defined as a Covered Entity under HIPPA regulations. Therefore, information obtained from medical providers during a law enforcement investigation is subject to FOIA. Records personnel will bring any item in question to the attention of one of the Administrative Division Commanders (Major, Captain, Lieutenant) for determination of what information needs to be redacted. Sheriff’s Office personnel will be especially vigilant in redacting personal identifier information or information that if disclosed “would constitute unreasonable invasion of personal privacy.”
CC.FOI Request Checklist:
Does BCSO maintain the record requested? Yes/No
Is the record located in the BCSO Records Office? Yes/No
Does the record involve a juvenile? Yes/No
If “Yes” have all identifiers of the juvenile been redacted? Yes/No (Check with supervisor.)
Does the record involve a sexual assault? Yes/No
If “Yes” have all identifiers of the victim been redacted? Yes/No (Check with a supervisor.)
Is the incident report checked one of the following: Yes/No
a. Admin closed
b. Arrested over 18
c. Ex clear over 18
d. Unfounded
e. Arrested under 18
122A3 Public Information/Media Relations Pg 15 of 15
f. Ex clear under 18
Is the incident report checked “Active? Yes/No (If yes the report may be exempt from FOIA. Check with supervisor.)
Are there any attached documents Yes/No
If yes have all redactions been completed? Yes/No
Dissemination Log completed Yes/No
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1-5/4/2010; A2-3/12/2012 (expungements)
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Records Management
Number: 123A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 18
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 82.1.1-7, 82.2.1-5, 82.3.1-6, 6.1.6, 6.7.6
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the review, recording, maintenance, control, and retrieval of records which are the responsibility of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will operate a records system in compliance with state and federal regulations designed to assist the agency in meeting its managerial, operational, and information needs.
Definitions:
Expunge: To erase or strike out; to obliterate completely (American Heritage Dictionary)
Expungement of Record: The removal of a conviction from a person’s criminal record. (Blacks Law Dictionary)
Work Product: The term used to describe the products of a party’s investigation or communications concerning the subject matter of a lawsuit or case. (Black’s Law Dictionary)
Procedure:
Work Product: The writings, notes, memoranda, reports on conversations with the client or witness, research, and confidential materials, which have been developed, particularly in preparation for a trial. (thefreedictionary.com)
A. Organization:
123A2 Records Management Pg 2 of 18
Criminal Records operates under command of an Administrative Major, Administrative Captain, and an Administrative Lieutenant.
Criminal Records also includes Warrants, Judgments, and Civil.
B. (CALEA 82.1.5) The function of Criminal Records includes record maintenance, records storage/retrieval, and report control. Criminal Records will control the confidentiality, availability, and disclosure of all reports and records within its authority in accordance with applicable laws and agency policy.
C. (CALEA 82.3.5) Records not maintained by Criminal Records include:
Confidential informant files.
Internal affairs files.
Training files.
Personnel records.
Sex offender registry files.
Field Interview Forms.
Active vice, drug, and organized crime records and reports.
Sensitive or confidential investigative files maintained by the Drug Task Force, Criminal Investigations, and the Office of Professional Responsibility.
D. (CALEA 82.1.1 a) Security of the Records Division: Access to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Records Division is limited to authorized personnel only. The office will be locked when not manned by records personnel.
E. Submitting and Processing Reports:
All reports must be completed by the end of the Deputy Sheriff’s tour of duty unless otherwise authorized by a supervisor.
Written reports submitted by agency employees will be reviewed by a supervisor. The reviewing supervisor will check the report for completeness, and
123A2 Records Management Pg 3 of 18
accuracy and will workflow unsatisfactory reports to the writer for necessary corrections.
(CALEA 82.2.4) Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that approved reports are forwarded to South Carolina Incident Bases Reporting clerk.
(CALEA 82.1.5) Reports found deficient will be work flowed to the writer for corrections with notice to the writer’s supervisor.
F. (CALEA 82.2.2 a, b, c, d, e) Documentation:
It is agency policy to document the following categories of incidents, if they were alleged to occur within the agency’s jurisdiction:
a. Citizen reports of crimes.
b. Citizen complaints.
c. All citizen requests for services when a Deputy Sheriff is dispatched, and an employee is assigned to investigate, or an employee is assigned to take action at a later time.
d. Criminal and non-criminal cases initiated by or coming to the attention of agency personnel.
e. All auto accidents for which a report is required by law, agency policy, or a citizen request to report.
f. Incidents involving arrests.
g. Criminal offenses in which a citation is issued for a criminal violation in lieu of a custodial arrest.
The reporting Deputy Sheriff is responsible for attempting to notify the victim/complainant of any recovered property or located missing person. The Deputy Sheriff must document all notification attempts. If the Deputy Sheriff is unable to contact the victim/complainant, records personnel will attempt to notify the victim/complainant via certified letter.
(CALEA 82.2.1 b) The nature of the incident being reported will determine the required documentation. This documentation of law enforcement activity may be in the form of one or more of the following:
a. Computer entry.
b. Incident Report.
c. Supplemental Reports (Person, Article, Incident)
123A2 Records Management Pg 4 of 18
d. Towed Vehicle Protective Custody Form.
e. The South Carolina Uniform Traffic Collision Report.
f. Arrest & Booking Report.
g. Victim Information Sheet.
h. Uniform Traffic Ticket.
i. Written Warning/Field Interview Form.
j. Voluntary statement form.
k. Probable Natural Death form.
G. (CALEA 82.2.1 a) Guidelines for Accomplishing Reports:
Incident Report
a. Reports of criminal offenses received by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office which occur within the agency’s jurisdiction will be recorded in the Records Management System (Spillman) regardless of whether the complainant elects to pursue charges. Violation of Check Law offenses do not require an Incident Report. However, the narrative of the Arrest & Booking Report on all Violation Check Law offenses will contain the date the check was written, check number, amount of the check, name of the bank upon which the check was drawn, and the name and address of the victim (business, merchant, or citizen) as it appears on the warrant.
b. Incident Reports will be used to record all arrests and criminal offenses where a citation is used in lieu of a warrant.
c. An Incident Report will be accomplished for any incident at an establishment with a DOR license.
d. Other incidents that require an Incident Report include: deaths; missing persons; complaints of animal attacks or bites; found property; lost property; patrol requests; information reports; agency assists; repossessed, seized, or abandoned vehicles; and any incident of which the Deputy Sheriff has received confirmation of an NCIC hit.
Supplemental Reports:
a. A Supplemental Report will be submitted by the investigating Deputy Sheriff when it is necessary to explain, expand, or continue with information from the Incident Report, or to record important confidential
123A2 Records Management Pg 5 of 18
information not contained in the Incident Report such as investigative leads, names of suspects, and any unsubstantiated information which could be of investigative use.
b. The Supplemental Report whether submitted with the original Incident Report or at a later time will be filed with the original Incident Report.
c. (CALEA 82.2.1 a) Supplemental Reports will be used to record the following:
i) Serial, owner applied, or model numbers.
ii) Vehicle identification numbers (VIN).
iii) Brand names of articles.
iv) Make, model, and year of vehicles.
v) Caliber of handguns, shotguns, or rifles.
vi) National Information Center (NIC) numbers.
vii) Registration/license numbers of vehicles.
viii)Denomination/issuer of securities.
ix) Additional criminal charges.
x) Additional information about persons such as complainants, victims, suspects, witnesses, wanted individuals, arrestees, runaways, and/or missing persons.
(CALEA 1.2.5 a, 82.2.1 A Spillman jail offense table is to be filled out for every arrest, including physical arrests for traffic offenses. A Spillman non-custody booking will be completed when a juvenile is taken into custody and released to a guardian.
The South Carolina Uniform Traffic Collision Report: The South Carolina Uniform Traffic Collision Report will be completed by Deputy Sheriffs conducting traffic accident investigations in accordance with South Carolina Department of Public Safety (SCDPS) reporting procedures and agency policy.
Written Warning/Field Interview Form: This form will be completed by Deputy Sheriffs in accordance with agency policy and procedure when making an investigatory contact with a citizen, or in lieu of a South Carolina Uniform Traffic Ticket. Deputy Sheriffs must include an incident number or OCA number (whichever is appropriate) on the form. Field Interviews will be work flowed to the patrol supervisor at the end of the deputy sheriff’s watch to be
123A2 Records Management Pg 6 of 18
forwarded to the Analysis Unit. Written warnings will be turned into Criminal Records.
Towed Vehicle Protective Custody Form: The Towed Vehicle Protective Custody Form will be completed by the Deputy Sheriff whenever a vehicle, to include an agency-owned vehicle, is towed by an agency dispatched wrecker.
Victim Information Sheet: This form is used when a citizen becomes a victim of a crime. The form contains vital information such as the investigating Deputy’s name, the case number, and how to contact victim’s advocate.
Voluntary Statement Form: This form is used to enhance the report and can be completed by victims, suspects and witnesses.
Probable Natural Death Form: Deputies utilize this form when investigating natural deaths. The form contains points that are not always addressed in the incident report.
Computer Entry: This type report is completed by the communications center to document the Deputy’s actions. All dispatched calls will create an incident number along with notes in the entry for documentation.
H. Required Information:
(CALEA 82.2.1 d) Specific instructions and procedures for completion of incident reports can be referenced through the Spillman data entry policy. Collision report instructions are available through the SCDPS Uniform Traffic Accident Report Instruction Manual for Investigating Officers (on line).
(CALEA 82.2.1 c) At a minimum, all incident reports will contain the following information:
a. OCA/report number.
b. Date and time of report.
c. Victim, business, subject and/or complainant name with demographics.
d. Any and all suspect/arrestee name and/or demographics.
e. Any and all nature or charge information.
f. Any and all property information.
g. Reporting Deputy Sheriff’s name.
123A2 Records Management Pg 7 of 18
h. Status of report information to be completed by Investigations (active, cleared, etc.);
i. Location of incident.
j. Area number.
I. (CALEA 82.2.2 a, b, c, d, e) Documentation:
It is agency policy to document the following categories of incidents, if they were alleged to occur within the agency’s jurisdiction:
a. Citizen reports of crimes.
b. Citizen complaints.
c. All citizen requests for services when a Deputy Sheriff is dispatched, and an employee is assigned to investigate, or an employee is assigned to take action at a later time.
d. Criminal and non-criminal cases initiated by or coming to the attention of agency personnel.
e. All auto accidents for which a report is required by law, agency policy, or a citizen request to report.
f. Incidents involving arrests.
g. Criminal offenses in which a citation is issued for a criminal violation in lieu of a custodial arrest.
J. OCA/Report Number:
The filing and retrieval of Incident Reports will be done by the assigned case number.
Arrest & Booking Reports will be filed and retrieved by subject’s name, but must also contain an OCA/report number for cross referencing.
(CALEA 82.2.3, 6.7.6) Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office original case assignment (OCA) numbers are assigned by the Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) system. The first two digits designate the current year. The following
123A2 Records Management Pg 8 of 18
letter indicates the agency. The numbers following, up to seven, are the unique CAD assigned case numbers.
(CALEA 82.1.5) Records personnel will ensure that OCA/report numbers are correct and accounted for.
K. Master Name Index:
(CALEA 82.3.1) The Records Management System (RMS) maintains a master name table of persons identified in field reports in the agency’s RMS. This master name table includes victims, complainants, suspects, subjects, witnesses, arrestees, and businesses.
(CALEA 82.3.2 a, b) RMS maintains index files which include:
a. Incidents by nature.
b. Incidents by location.
c. Stolen, found and recovered property.
(CALEA 82.3.2 c) The Evidence Section maintains a file of evidentiary property.
Arrest information is available by cross-referencing OCA numbers and case numbers.
(CALEA 82.3.6) Criminal Records is available to provide OCA number on each person arrested in order to obtain fingerprints and photographs.
L. (CALEA 82.1.1 c) Access to Agency Files:
(CALEA 82.1.7) Agency records are confidential. Any release of records information will be in accordance with agency, local, state and federal policy.
(CALEA 82.1.1 b, 82.1.6 c) Criminal Records information is accessible to agency employees 24 hours per day, either through Records personnel during regular business hours or through their password protected access after-hours.
The distribution of reports to the public will be during posted business hours.
123A2 Records Management Pg 9 of 18
The Records Section will, upon request, provide copies of incident or accident reports.
Fees charged will be in accordance with fee schedules established by Beaufort County. Victims receive reports at no cost.
Law enforcement personnel may request copies of any reports for official use at no charge.
Authorized public agencies will be provided reports.
All requests for reports will be honored in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act and the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended.
Reports which are solely the result of, or the fruits of, investigative efforts will not be released to anyone other than law enforcement officers and the courts for official use only until the case is adjudicated. This includes all Supplemental Reports which list witnesses, suspects, informants, opinions, suppositions, hearsay, investigative leads, and any other investigative information.
M. Criminal History Record Information:
(CALEA 82.1.1 c, 82.1.7) The privacy and security precautions for criminal history record information will be released under the guidelines established in U.S. Department of Justice regulations (28 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 20) with regard to dissemination, completeness, accuracy, audits, security requirements, access, and review.
(CALEA 82.1.1 c) All personnel will adhere to state and federal regulations with respect to the handling and release of SLED/NCIC/CJICS information. Violations of these regulations may result in disciplinary action in accordance with agency policy and procedure and/or criminal prosecution. Circumstances considered in the administration of discipline will include the type of record and the record origin (i.e., whether local, state, out of state or federal).
N. Distribution of Reports:
(CALEA 82.2.4, 82.3.3 a) Reportable law incidents are submitted to SLED monthly. Copies of traffic accident reports are maintained by Criminal Records in the RMS (Spillman) scanned and attached to the associated law incident. The
123A2 Records Management Pg 10 of 18
original is mailed to DMV. All other traffic accident reports are maintained electronically in Report Beam. All reports are available to employees electronically.
(CALEA 82.2.1 e) Reports are reviewed for accuracy at all supervisory levels in the enforcement branch. They are then work flowed to Investigations for case assignments. These routings are done prior to data entry by records technicians
O. Status of Reports:
(CALEA 82.1.5) Whenever the status of any case is changed by the Sheriff’s Office, the assigned investigating Deputy Sheriff, or victim advocate, must notify the complainant or victim of the change in status. This notification must be noted on a Supplemental Report form.
Records personnel are responsible for the entry of disposition information received from Magistrates and the Clerk of Court.
P. Records Retention:
(CALEA 82.1.3) In accordance with §30-1-90(B) of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended, and the Archives Division of the State of South Carolina, a schedule of retention and destruction for records has been established. The schedule will be maintained by Beaufort County Records Management. No records are to be retained, transferred, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of in violation of this schedule. Reports and files relating to capital crime prosecutions will be maintained on a permanent basis.
(CALEA 82.1.2 e) Records personnel will, upon receipt of a court order outlining the exact offense record that is to be expunged, promptly remove all information identifying that person on the specified offense from agency records.
(CALEA 6.1.6) Hard copies of the following sensitive records and documents are generated in the normal course of duty at the communications center:
a. NCIC Inquiries
b. Driver’s History
c. Driver’s License Inquiries
d. Vehicle Registration Inquiries
123A2 Records Management Pg 11 of 18
e. Personnel Information
f. Information that could identify citizens of involve investigations
These documents will be destroyed by shredding, at the end of each shift, if they are no longer in use. If they need to be saved beyond the tour of duty, they will be destroyed as soon as they are no longer needed. (CJIS Security Policy v.54 section 5.8.4)
Q. (CALEA 82.1.4) National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS):
Information on Incident Reports containing crimes included in the Incident-Based Reporting (IBR) system will be sent to the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED).
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office participates in NIBRS in conjunction with SLED, and adheres to all policies and procedures set by SLED for the collection and submission of this data.
R. Juvenile Records:
Law enforcement records of juveniles must be kept separate from records of adults. The handling of juvenile law enforcement records will be done in accordance with SC Code 63-19-2030.
(CALEA 82.1.2 a) Juvenile reports will be identified by “Juvenile” being conspicuously placed on the front page of the incident report.
(CALEA 82.1.2 c) The records of juveniles will be kept separate from adults and will be filed and maintained in a lockable filing cabinet labeled “Confidential Juvenile Records”.
Juvenile records will be forwarded to the Special Operations Branch clerk or the designated individual in the clerk’s absence for filing and maintaining.
Hard copies of juvenile records will be kept at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office for a period of two years. At the end of the two year period, the juvenile records will be transferred to Beaufort County Records Management and archived in accordance with the State of South Carolina’s archiving laws and guidelines.
123A2 Records Management Pg 12 of 18
Upon modification that a child has not been adjudicated delinquent for an offense that would carry a maximum term of five years or more if committed by an adult, the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division and the law enforcement agency who took the child into custody must destroy the fingerprints and all records created as a result of such information (63-19-2030(L).
(CALEA 82.1.2 b, d) A database will be maintained by the Special Operations clerk of juvenile fingerprint cards. The clerk will conduct checks on the disposition of cases containing fingerprint cards to determine if the cards need to be destroyed as a result of the juvenile not being adjudicated delinquent for a crime that would carry a sentence of five years or more if committed by an adult.
(CALEA 82.1.2 d, e) A person who has been taken into custody for, charged with, or adjudicated delinquent for having committed a status or a nonviolent offense may petition the court for an order destroying all official records relating to:
a. Being taken into custody
b. The charges filed against the child
c. The adjudication
d. The disposition
S. Expungements: If an expungement order is granted by the court, no evidence of the records may be retained by the Sheriff’s Office in accordance with SC Code 63-19-2050 (A,B,C,D). An adjudication for a violent crime as defined in SC Code 16-1-60 must not be expunged.
Statutory Requirements:
a. 17-1-40 After Discharge, dismissal, or finding of innocence, criminal records must be destroyed. Any person who after being charged with a criminal offense and such charge is discharged or proceedings against such person dismissed or is found to be innocent of such charge the arrest and booking record, files, mug shots, and fingerprints of such person shall be destroyed and no evidence of such record pertaining to such charge shall be retained by any municipal, county or state law enforcement agency.
123A2 Records Management Pg 13 of 18
b. 22-5-910 Expungement of criminal records (Magistrates/Municipal Courts). First Offense Conviction:
i) An expungement may be granted by Magistrates Court three years after date of conviction.
ii) A person may only be granted one expungement under this section.
iii) This does not apply to an offense involving the operation of a motor vehicle, Title 50 of the Code or an offense of Chapter 25 of Title 16.
iv) SLED shall keep a non-public record of the offense and date of expungement to insure compliance with single expungement.
v) This record is not subject to FOIA.
c. 34-11-90 Jurisdiction of offenses and penalties (Banking laws). First Offense Conviction:
i) The Circuit Court may grant an expungement one year after date of conviction.
ii) Does not apply to any conviction classified as a felony.
iii) The person is entitled to one expungement under this section.
iv) SLED shall keep a non-public record of the offense and date of expungement to ensure compliance.
v) This record is not subject to FOIA.
d. 44-53-450 Conditional Discharge for First Offense (Narcotics and controlled substances). First Offense:
i) Person is under twenty-five years of age at time of the offense.
ii) Offense did not involve a controlled substance classified in Schedule I which is a narcotic drug or Schedule II, which is a narcotic drug.
iii) Person completes such treatment programs as required by the court.
123A2 Records Management Pg 14 of 18
iv) The Court may grant an expungement of all official records relating to the arrest, indictment, trial, finding of guilt, dismissal and discharge.
v) The person is entitled to only one expungement under this section.
vi) SLED shall keep a non-public record of the arrest and expungement to ensure compliance.
vii) This is not subject to FOIA
e. (CALEA 82.1.2 e) 20-7-8525 Petition for destruction of records (Juvenile Justice). Status or non-violent offense:
i) Person must now be at least eighteen years of age now, but less than eighteen when the offense occurred.
ii) All records of being taken into custody, charges filed against child, adjudication, and disposition.
iii) Cannot be granted if prior adjudication for an offense that would carry a maximum of 5 years or more if committed by an adult.
iv) No evidence of the records may be retained by any law enforcement agency.
f. 56-5-750 Failure to stop motor vehicle when signaled. First Offense:
i) First offense where no bodily injury occurred, three years from date of conviction the Circuit Court may grant an order of expungement.
ii) All records of the arrest and conviction must be destroyed.
iii) SLED and DPS shall keep a non-public copy of the arrest and date of expungement to ensure compliance.
iv) Person is entitled to one expungement under this section
g. Attorney General’s Opinions:
123A2 Records Management Pg 15 of 18
i) WL 289825 (1986) Persons found Not Guilty by Reason of Insanity as a disposition which warranted the expungement of a police record, such a verdict did not necessitate destruction of criminal records. Therefore, for a criminal record to be expunged, there must be statutory authority for such an expungement.
ii) WL 746921 (1998) A statute must be interpreted in a common sense, logical manner. (Hay v. S.C. Tax Commission).
iii) 80 – 68 (1980) / 79 – 33 (1979) The work product of law enforcement agencies pertaining to investigation of criminal activity and the evidence of criminal activity do not constitute book keeping entries for recording arrest and the ensuing charge.
iv) 78 – 96 (1978) Upon non-conviction the law enforcement copy of a Uniform Traffic Ticket (UTT) must be destroyed. All other copies must be retained.
South Carolina Supreme Court Order, Expungement of Criminal Records:
a. The process of putting records under seal following a Court Order. All applicable State and Federal laws shall be followed.
b. On December 20, 2005 South Carolina Supreme Court Chief Justice Jean Toal issued an order, to take effect on January 16, 2006 that centralized and standardized all expungement procedures across the State.
c. The Solicitor’s Office in each circuit shall administer all applications for expungement.
d. Standardized expungement request forms shall be used, prescribed by the Supreme Court and available either on-line at the Judicial Department’s website or from the Solicitor’s Office.
e. The Solicitor’s Office is responsible for notifying all agencies that must receive a copy of the order, including the Sheriff’s Office.
f. The Sheriff’s Office must notify the Solicitor’s Office upon completion of the expungement order.
123A2 Records Management Pg 16 of 18
g. The Solicitor’s Office is responsible for collecting and maintaining all fees connected with expungement orders.
BCSO Expungement Procedures:
a. Solicitor’s Office:
i) The Solicitor’s Office shall receive all applications on standardized forms.
ii) The Solicitor’s Office shall collect all fees associated with expungement.
iii) The Solicitor’s Office shall process the application, verifying that the charge is appropriate for expungement.
iv) The Solicitor’s Office shall notify all government agencies with an interest in the expungement order, including the Sheriff’s Office.
b. Sheriff’s Office:
i) The Sheriff’s Office Records personnel shall review the order and ensure that it is complete and valid on its face. (signed etc.)
ii) The Records Office shall ensure the following are placed under seal: jail record, arrest record, booking record, offense record, warrant, citation, suspect record-notification “Expungement”, incident report.
iii) Upon request of an expunged report, Records Administrators shall release only a redacted copy and scan that copy into the dissemination log.
iv) A copy of the expungement order shall then be attached to the original incident report that was placed under seal as an attached file.
v) South Carolina Code of Law, Section 17-1-40, After discharge, dismissal, or finding of innocence, criminal records must be destroyed. Juvenile records will be expunged in accordance with state law.
vi) The Sheriff’s Office Records personnel shall follow a BCSO Expungement Checklist to verify that all records are expunged. Also a copy of the order will be forwarded to the Investigations Branch Captain, Drug Task Force Lieutenant and the Criminal Intelligence Unit for immediate compliance. The checklist shall be signed and dated in a legible manner and returned to the Administrative Lieutenant.
123A2 Records Management Pg 17 of 18
Once the Lieutenant has approved the checklist, it is scanned, then returned to the Lieutenant and forwarded to the Solicitor’s office.
vii) Arrest Record (Spillman): Electronic record of arrest retained in BCSO data files will be deleted.
viii)Suspect Record (Spillman): Electronic record of arrest and detention retained in BCSO data files will be expunged/redacted.
ix) Offense Record (CISCO): Electronic record of arrest or contact retained in BCSO data files will be expunged/redacted.
x) Warrant (Spillman): Electronic record of warrant issued or served retained in BCSO data files will be expunged/redacted.
xi) Fingerprint (Spillman): Electronic record of fingerprint record for that particular offense retained in BCSO data files will be deleted.
xii) Citation (Spillman): Electronic record of contact or citation issued for that particular offense retained in BCSO data files will be expunged/redacted.
xiii)Expungement Orders shall be complied with no later than thirty working days after receipt of the order.
c. Detention Center Expungement Procedures:
i) The Detention Center will only be responsible for expungement orders issued for Yemassee Police, Port Royal Police, and other State Agencies (DNR, SCHP, ect.). They will follow the procedures within section 17-1-40 (8) (b) unless otherwise determined by the previous mentioned agencies.
T. (CALEA 82.1.6 a, b) Backup and Storage:
The procedure for backing up the central records computer files is handled by Beaufort County Management Information Systems (MIS).
The storage of this data is offsite located at the MIS Building in a secure area.
U. (CALEA 82.1.6 d) Audit:
The SLED Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS) is subject to audit each year. The National Crime Information Computer (NCIC) will be audited by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) every two years.
123A2 Records Management Pg 18 of 18
At least annually, MIS will conduct an audit of the Sheriff’s Office system for verification of all passwords, access codes, or access violations.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Legal Authority
Number: 124 Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.1
Purpose:
To define the basis and limits of authority for sworn personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to adhere to all applicable constitutional requirements as they pertain to the scope and limits of law enforcement authority.
Procedure:
A. Office of the Sheriff:
(CALEA 1.2.1) Article V, 24 of the State [of South Carolina] Constitution provides for the election of a Sheriff in each county. The Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended (hereafter the S.C. Code), provides for duties and qualifications of the Sheriff (e.g., 23-11-110, Qualifications of the Sheriff, 23-11-20, Oath of the Sheriff).
23-13-10 of the South Carolina Code of Laws authorizes Sheriffs to appoint, with the approval of a circuit court judge, Deputy Sheriffs. The authority and duties of Deputy Sheriffs are clearly described in 23-6-400 and 23-13-50 through 23-13-70 of the S.C. Code.
General Qualifications of Deputy Sheriffs:
a. To be employed as a Deputy Sheriff with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, an individual must meet all qualifications established by state law under South Carolina Code of Laws 23-6-440 and successfully pass each
124 Legal Authority Pg 2 of 2
phase of the hiring and selection process as outlined in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office General Order Number 110, Application and Selection.
b. 23-6-430 of the South Carolina Code of Laws requires a law enforcement officer to be certified by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy within one year of hire.
c. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office utilizes two law enforcement certifications as defined by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy in Regulation 38-007:
i) Class 1 Certifications: For law enforcement officers with full arrest powers.
ii) Class 3 Certifications: For law enforcement officers with limited powers of arrest or special duties. (Basic and Advanced)
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid
Number: 125A Type: Administrative Pages: 6
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.1 – 4; 2.3.1, SC Code 17-13-40, 23-1-215, 23-6-140; US
Code Title 18
Purpose:
With the growth of Beaufort County and its inclusive municipalities, the agencies charged with enforcing the law are increasingly facing jurisdictional issues. Violators of the law recognize no jurisdictional boundaries and easily cross from one to the other. South Carolina and Federal law have addressed the authority and powers of law enforcement agencies within their respective jurisdictions. The legislature has also addressed the growing occurrences of agencies “lending” assistance to other agencies through mutual aid agreements and concurrent jurisdiction agreements. This policy is intended to provide guidance to the officers of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office on how they are to conduct themselves when dealing with the myriad of law enforcement agencies that perform their duties within the boundaries of Beaufort County.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is a signatory agency on the Sheriff’s Association Mutual Aid Memorandum of Agreement. It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to provide assistance as requested. This assistance will not be provided should it prove to be a liability to the Sheriff’s Office. If assistance is provided, all BCSO Deputies will adhere to all General Orders.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 2.1.1) Municipal Agencies:
(2.3.1ab) Beaufort County is comprised of approximately 647 square miles. It is bordered to the north by Colleton County, to the west by Hampton County, to the south by Jasper County, and to the east by the Atlantic Ocean. Within that land mass are six municipalities. These are the towns of Beaufort, Bluffton, Hardeeville, Hilton Head Island, Port Royal and Yemassee. The Town of Hilton
Revised 125A 6/19/2017 Page 6 added
125A Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid Pg 2 of 6
Head contracts with the Sheriff’s Office for law enforcement services. The remaining municipalities have their own law enforcement services.
B. Statutory Authority:
With the constant annexation programs being undertaken by the municipalities, the boundary limits are in a constant state of flux. South Carolina Code 17-13-40 “Law Enforcement officer jurisdiction when in pursuit of offender; authority, rights, privileges, and immunities extended” addresses the issue:
a. When the police authorities of a town or city are in pursuit of an offender for a violation of a municipal ordinance or statute of this state committed within the corporate limits, the authorities may arrest the offender, with or without a warrant, at a place within the corporate limits, at a place within the county in which the town or city is located, or at a place within a radius of three miles of the corporate limits.
b. When the police authorities of a county are in pursuit of an offender for a violation of a county ordinance or statute of this State committed within the county, the authorities may arrest the offender, with or without a warrant, at a place within the county or at a place within an adjacent county.
(CALEA 2.1.3 a) Mutual Aid agreements between law enforcement agencies are covered under SC Code 23-1-215. The Sheriff’s Office has entered into several agreements with other agencies and these agreements remain on file with the Chief Deputy’s Administrative Assistant.
C. Local Agencies/Vehicle Pursuits:
The members of the Sheriff’s Office shall render such support as is requested by the agency in pursuit. Deputies will adhere to the Sheriff’s Office General Order Number 218, Vehicle Pursuits. Deputies will also adhere to the Sheriff’s Office General Order Number 207, Arrests and Detention.
D. State Agencies:
Agencies with Jurisdiction: A large number of state agencies operate in Beaufort County, enforcing various laws and regulations. These include but are not limited to the Highway Patrol, State Transport Police, SLED, Department of Natural Resources (DNR) Ports Authority Police, USC Campus Police and others. These agencies all have statewide jurisdiction to perform their mission. As an example S.C. statute 23-
Revised 125A 6/19/2017 Page 6 added
125A Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid Pg 3 of 6
6-140 Powers, duties and responsibilities of officers and troopers reads: the patrol of the highways of the State and the enforcement of the laws of the State relative to highway traffic, traffic safety and motor vehicles shall be the primary responsibility of the troopers and officers of the South Carolina Highway Patrol. The troopers and officers of the State Police shall have the primary responsibility for the enforcement of laws relating to commercial motor carriers relating to size, weight, permits, licensing and inspections for size and weight tolerance and safety. All officers and troopers shall have the same power to serve criminal processes against offenders as Sheriffs of the various counties and also the same power as Sheriffs to arrest without warrants and to detain persons found violating or attempting to violate any laws of the State relative to highway traffic, motor vehicles or commercial motor carriers. These officers and troopers shall also have the same power and authority held by Deputy Sheriffs for the enforcement of the criminal laws of the State.
E. Federal Agencies:
There are a number of federal law enforcement agencies with jurisdiction to investigate criminal activity within Beaufort County. These include but are not limited to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and others. These agencies are all authorized by federal statute to investigate federal crimes throughout the U.S. These agents are authorized to effect arrests within their regulations and policies for violations of federal law.
It shall be the policy of the BCSO to provide any requested assistance for support to these federal law enforcement agencies. Members of the BCSO shall not affect any arrests for violations of federal law nor shall any member of the BCSO execute any federal warrant, whether arrest or search. All federal warrants shall be executed by the appropriate federal agency. In certain circumstances, Deputy Sheriffs from BCSO are assigned to Federal task force details and received federal commissions from the agency they are assigned to. In these circumstances Deputies may act within the capacity of their assignments and execute federal warrants as necessary.
F. Military Law Enforcement:
Title 18 of the U.S. Code encompasses the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878. This act strictly prohibits the use of federal military troops for the enforcement of civilian laws. There are five federal military installations in Beaufort County. These are the Marine Corps Air Station Beaufort, Marine Recruit Depot Parris Island, Naval
Revised 125A 6/19/2017 Page 6 added
125A Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid Pg 4 of 6
Hospital Beaufort, Laurel Bay Housing, and the South Carolina National Guard Armory. The National Guard Armory is located on the Marine Corps Air Station with a separate entrance. These installations are defined as “exclusive federal jurisdiction”. As of the date of “Revision A”, the Sheriff’s Office has an agreement with Naval Hospital Beaufort to provide assistance when requested.
All members of local law enforcement are barred from enforcing any laws aboard any military installation that is exclusive jurisdiction.
Accordingly, the Military Police (Provost Marshal’s Office) are prohibited from enforcing any laws outside of the confines of the military installation. They have no authority to pursue, detain or arrest outside of the boundaries of the military installation. It must be recognized however, that there are certain exceptions. Military Police Officers can arrest active duty military personnel anywhere at any time. Commissioned Officers and some enlisted personnel also have authority to take active duty military personnel into custody at any time, anywhere. Deputies should be aware of this authority and if confronted with this situation ensure that they are aware of all of the circumstances surrounding the incident before taking any action beyond officer safety / human life protection actions. The Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) has some limited authority over military personnel, regardless of the location of the incident.
It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to provide assistance as requested to the Military Provost Marshal’s Office wherever possible. Deputies shall not affect any arrest of any citizen at the request of the Provost Marshal’s Office absent a signed arrest warrant from a magistrate’s office. The Sheriff’s Office shall investigate any incident and make what charges are appropriate for crimes that occurred within the jurisdiction. Deputies shall provide pertinent information to the Provost Marshal’s Office personnel for them to obtain arrest warrants as necessary.
G. (CALEA 2.1.2) Mutual Aid Agreements:
(CALEA 2.1.3 h) The Sheriff’s Office is a signatory agency on the Sheriff’s Association Mutual Aid Memorandum of Agreement as well as the statewide Mutual Aid compact. These agreements allow for the forty-six Sheriff’s Offices throughout the state to provide assistance in event of a major incident or natural disaster. There are procedures to be followed in the event of a request for mutual aid. Reviews are held during the annual hurricane planning sessions.
Revised 125A 6/19/2017 Page 6 added
125A Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid Pg 5 of 6
The BCSO works with the Beaufort County Emergency Management Division during situations that require assistance from non-government organizations. Memorandums of Understanding are in place with such agencies such as Department of Social Services, The school district, and medical facilities.
(CALEA 2.1.3 c, d, e, g) Activation of Mutual Aid Agreements Statewide:
a. Any law enforcement agency throughout the state seeking assistance from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office should contact the Emergency Warning Point at the S.C. Emergency Management Department and request the agency and support requested. SCEMD will assign a Tasking Number to the request, contact the desired agency and provide any logistical information needed. This Tasking Number will resolve issues such as lodging, meals and billing. The SCEMD Warning Point will route the request through the Command Duty Officer for the Sheriff’s Office. The Command Duty Officer is tasked with the responsibility of handling assignments for outside personnel until relieved.
(CALEA 2.1.3 b, c, e) Activation of Mutual Aid Agreements with neighboring Counties:
a. From time to time Jasper, Colleton or Hampton Counties request assistance from the Sheriff’s Office, either with K9 assistance or SWAT assistance. These requests will be routed through the Command Duty Officer prior to the deployment of any assets to a neighboring county. The Command Duty Officer will review the request and approve or deny the response.
b. It shall be the responsibility of the Command Duty Officer to notify the Sheriff or his designee of the request and response. It shall also be the responsibility of the Command Duty Officer to monitor the response to ensure that it meets the need and does not significantly alter the ability of the Sheriff’s Office to serve the needs of Beaufort County.
c. The Command Duty Officer will be tasked with the responsibility of handling assignments for outside personnel until relieved.
(CALEA 2.1.4) According to S.C. Code 25-1-1840 the Governor (in his/her absence, the Adjutant General) may order out the National Guard or may send out the National Guard if requested in writing by the Sheriff. For practical purposes, the Beaufort County Emergency Management Department will expedite the request for the National Guard for the jurisdiction of Beaufort County.
Revised 125A 6/19/2017 Page 6 added
125A Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid Pg 6 of 6
(CALEA 2.1.3 f) Radio Procedures:
a. A designated channel will be assigned for mutual aid incidents.
b. Common language will be used instead of ten codes.
H. Authority of Sheriff’s Personnel:
By Constitutional authority, the Sheriff is the chief law enforcement officer in the county. Therefore all Sheriffs’ Deputies are acting as the hand of the Sheriff in all matters and directly represent the Sheriff in all matters. It is the responsibility of the senior Deputy Sheriff on scene of any incident, regardless of location within Beaufort County to ensure that the law is being observed and that all actions being taken by Sheriff’s Office personnel are within the law and within policy. The senior Deputy Sheriff on the scene shall assume control of the incident at anytime that it appears that a violation of law is about to incur and take all necessary actions to prevent that violation of law or policy.
I. Communications Center:
If an agency calls in requesting assistance from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, the Emergency Services Dispatcher (ESD) is to immediately alert a Communications Shift Supervisor to take over the call. The caller may be placed on hold until the appropriate supervisor picks up the line.
The call is to be documented in the CAD system. The appropriate details of notifications and any other vital information should be included in the comments of the call. The call should be closed and filed upon completion.
Rev. A-7/22/2013; A1-1/22/2014; A2-5/13/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Research and Planning
Number: 126A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 11.4.3, 15.1.1 – 3, 33.5.4
Purpose:
To provide for the research and planning function for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
(CALEA 15.1.2) Research and planning activities are essential for effective management of the Sheriff’s Office. The overall planning responsibility for the Sheriff’s Office rests with the Colonel, Administrative and Support Division. All elements of the Sheriff’s Office may be called upon to contribute to the agency’s planning function. Any personnel who are assigned to perform a planning and research function, activity, or project will have access to necessary information, resources and guidance for properly completing their assigned function, activity, or project.
Procedure:
Coordination of functions related to research and planning is the responsibility of the Colonel, Administrative and Support Division. Specific duties and responsibilities may be assigned to the diverse personnel in the Sheriff’s Office by the Colonel.
A. (CALEA 15.1.1) These activities include:
Formulation of Sheriff’s Office goals and objectives.
Budget preparation and management.
Compiling incident and arrest statistics.
Forms control.
Strategic planning.
126A2 Research and Planning Pg 2 of 3
B. (CALEA 15.1.3 a, b, c, d,) Multi-year Planning:
Under the direction of the Colonel, Administrative and Support Division, the Sheriff’s Office will develop a multi-year goal based strategic plan. At a minimum, the following will be included in the plan:
a. Long-term goals and operational objectives based in part on administrative needs and forecasts, input will be solicited from all personnel in the same manner as the annual goals and objectives.
b. Anticipation of economic development in Beaufort County, population trends, and other demographic data which may have an impact on workload.
c. Anticipation of personnel levels using budget projections, service demand, and manpower studies.
d. Projections for capital improvements and equipment needs based on legislative requirements, depreciation of existing equipment, and improvements in the quality and level of public service.
(CALEA 15.1.3, e) The agency’s multi-year plan will be reviewed and updated annually for revisions as needed.
C. Accreditation Maintenance:
The Accreditation Manager and CALEA Administrative Assistants are assigned to the Administrative and Support Division.
(CALEA 33.5.4) The Accreditation Manager and CALEA Administrative Assistants will receive specialized Accreditation Manager training within one year of being appointed.
The Accreditation Manager and CALEA Administrative Assistants are responsible for maintaining the CALEA accreditation files and ensuring that the appropriate proofs of compliance are documented.
The Accreditation Manager is also responsible for drafting and updating new policies for the agency and ensuring they are in compliance with CALEA standards.
126A2 Research and Planning Pg 3 of 3
All Sheriff’s Office employees are responsible for notifying the Accreditation Manager or the CALEA Administrative Assistants on general orders that are in need of revisions.
D. (CALEA 11.4.3) Reports, Reviews and Other Mandatory CALEA Activities:
The Accreditation Manager will maintain a report that lists all CALEA standards and who is responsible for compliance. This report will also list all the accreditation standards that require a report, review, or other type of activity. Other activities include analysis, inspection, or evaluation, etc.
Individual Divisions, Branches, Sections or Units are responsible for compliance will be issued a list of the applicable standards that applies to their unit or position.
During the Staff Inspections, compliance with CALEA standards will be reviewed. Copies of time sensitive reports will be forwarded to the Accreditation Manager upon completion.
The Accreditation Manager will ensure that all of these reports and activities are completed.
The Colonel, Administrative and Support Division, will be kept informed on a regular basis of the status of CALEA Accreditation.
Revised: A-01/05/2015; A1-06/15/2015
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Goals and Objectives
Number: 127A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 3
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 15.2.1, 15.2.2
Purpose:
To establish a multi-year strategic plan that incorporates an annual review of the written goals and objectives for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The operation of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be guided by four specified goals and the objectives to meet each goal. The overall responsibility of this planning process rests with the Colonel, Administrative and Support Division, under the direction of the Chief Deputy.
Procedure:
A. Goals:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office strategic plan is organized under five (5) general goals:
a. Prevention of Crime: Community involvement is essential to facilitate the free flow of information between the Sheriff’s Office and the public to assist in the identification of problem areas and to inform the public of crime statistics and trends. Additionally, knowledge of the community is necessary so that each agency employee may be instilled with a sense of concern for the crime problems and law enforcement needs in his/her assigned area of responsibility.
b. Combat Criminal Activity: Deterring crime and creating a safe community are the top priority for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. In order to be truly effective, the Sheriff’s Office must continually seek strategies to combat criminal activity. By working with the residents,
127A1 Goals and Objectives Pg 2 of 3
businesses, and community, we will organize our resources to achieve maximum impact on crime and quality of life.
c. Expand the Use of Technology, Resources and Equipment: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is entrusted with considerable resources to carry out its mission and responsibilities. We will use our resources in a way that is effective and efficient. The use of analytical, statistical and content data along with technology and equipment will be used as a means to enhance our performance.
d. Promote a Diverse, Educated, Trained and Skilled Workforce: The foundation and most valued asset of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are its employees. The community deserves, and is entitled to be assisted by highly qualified employees with diverse backgrounds, skills and experiences. To provide this level of service, the exceptional actions of our personnel must be recognized and encouraged. It is critical to the success of the Sheriff’s Office that new leaders be developed and cultivated with an emphasis on integrity and accountability. Training all personnel reduces organizational liability and improves workforce knowledge, attitudes, motivation and professionalism, thereby promoting and protecting the community’s confidence in the professional ability of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
e. Multi-Year Planning: Long term objectives based in part on the needs and forecasts for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
(CALEA 15.2.1) A goal is an overarching principal that guides decision making. Objectives are specific, measurable steps that can be taken to meet the goal. The Support Services Branch of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has the responsibility for conducting an annual review of the agency goals and objectives and distributing the objectives or any new goals to all personnel.
B. Evaluation:
(CALEA 15.2.1) The Sheriff’s office has established five defined goals. Objectives to accomplish the goals will be developed by each Division Commander of the Sheriff’s Office and updated annually.
(CALEA 15.2.2) By the end of January of each year, each Division Commander
127A1 Goals and Objectives Pg 3 of 3
will submit or meet with the Colonel, Administrative and Support Division,
present their objectives for the coming year relevant to the agency goals.
Additionally, the Administrative Colonel will conduct an evaluation with the
Division Commander on the previous year’s objectives. The evaluation will
include to what degree the Division was successful in achieving their objectives;
what were the inhibitors to fully achieving the objectives as well as
planned/proposed course of action to eliminate those inhibitors; and how the
objectives relate to the Sheriff’s Office current Strategic Plan.
Revision Date(s): A: 02/ 04/10; A1: 05/25/10; A-2: 04/ 28/11; A3: 02/28/13; A4-07/20/20; A5-08/03/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Fiscal Management
Number: 128A5 Type: Administrative Pages: 6
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 17.1.1, 17.2.1-2, 17.3.1, 17.4.1, and 17.4.3
Purpose:
To establish authority and responsibility for the fiscal management of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office fiscal management policies will follow the accounting procedures of the County of Beaufort for purchases over five hundred dollars ($500.00).
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 17.1.1) Fiscal Management Responsibility: The Sheriff is the Chief Executive Officer of the Sheriff’s Office, and, as such, has full responsibility for the fiscal management of the agency.
B. Budget:
(CALEA 17.2.1) The agency’s fiscal budget is prepared annually under the direction of the Sheriff’s Office Financial Officer in accordance with the guidelines established by the Beaufort County Finance Department.
Deadlines for submission of Beaufort County agencies and department budgets are established each fiscal year by the Beaufort County Finance Department. The agency budget must include all information, detail, and justification required by the Beaufort County Finance Department.
(CALEA 17.2.1) The Sheriff’s Office Financial Officer will establish and coordinate all of the internal budget requirements and mandates to ensure the Sheriff’s Office meets the deadlines established by the Beaufort County Finance Department. The internal process is:
128A5 Fiscal Management Pg 2 of 6
a. The Financial Officer will send an internal e-mail to the Colonels and/or the Chief Deputy with the timelines and requirements for next fiscal year’s budget.
b. The Financial Officer will provide the responsibilities for each of the Command Deputies and the timeline for submitting the required information to the Chief Deputy.
c. Once the Chief Deputy receives the budget requests, justifications and other necessary information he will combine them into the budget format and electronically send it to the Financial Officer by the due date.
d. The Financial Officer will amalgamate all of the submitted budget requests into the Sheriff’s Office fiscal year budget request for approval by the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff. Once approved by the Sheriff, the fiscal budget will be submitted to the Beaufort County Finance Department prior to the due date.
e. The Sheriff is responsible for all presentations of the budget, if necessary to County officials.
(CALEA 17.2.2) Colonels will be responsible for submitting budget requests to the agency’s Finance Office, based on goals and objectives, equipment and personnel requirements.
(CALEA 17.2.1) A budget will be submitted to the Beaufort County Finance Department by the Sheriff’s Office Financial Officer prior to the designated deadline which will include:
a. A baseline budget that outlines the anticipated expenditures and revenues necessary to maintain the same levels of service as in the current fiscal year including projected cost increases for the upcoming year.
C. Agency Accounting System:
(CALEA 17.2.1 and 17.4.1 b, c, d) The agency Financial Officer is responsible for managing the Sheriff’s Office budget by maintaining an accounting system that displays the fiscal year’s budget appropriation for the Sheriff’s Office to include revenues, expenditures, encumbrances, and the unencumbered balance.
128A5 Fiscal Management Pg 3 of 6
(CALEA 17.4.1 a) Beaufort County Council approves the Budget Ordinance and shows initial appropriations. The Sheriff and the Chief Deputy authorize all accounts within the agency.
The Financial Officer will monitor and track expenditures and encumbrance’s daily using invoices and purchase requisitions to establish a monthly unencumbered balance. Monthly balances will be used to reconcile the reports prepared by the County’s Budget and Finance Offices.
Payroll and overtime will be tracked by the agency Financial Officer.
The agency’s Finance Office will prepare and distribute a synoptic report showing highlights, trends, and major concerns to the Sheriff and other members of staff as deemed appropriate. Reports may include budget projections as required.
Any BCSO sponsored fundraisers requests must be forwarded to the Chief Deputy for final approval. Upon this approval, the event will be coordinated through a designated Sheriff’s Office Special Events Coordinator with the assistance of the Financial Officer. All accounting and banking practices will be followed in a format developed by the Financial Officer.
D. Audit:
Cash funds and tracking documentation will be subject to audit by supervisors within the organizational component and the internal staff auditor and external auditors at any time.
(CALEA 17.4.3) The Sheriff’s Office will comply with all audits called for and conducted by the Beaufort County Internal Auditor or any independent auditor contracted by Beaufort County Government, pursuant to applicable law.
E. Purchasing:
(CALEA 17.3.1 a) Beaufort Sheriff’s Office financial policy for any item or combination of items priced from $0.01 to $499.99. (This amount includes sales tax, shipping and handling costs.):
a. Any Deputy Sheriff who needs to purchase an item or combination of items priced from $0.01 to $499.99 on behalf of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will need to notify their chain of command members up to the credit card holder. The Credit card holder is responsible for giving authorization to
128A5 Fiscal Management Pg 4 of 6
purchase the particular item(s). Captains and above are issued credit cards. Personnel of the rank of Lieutenant or a Supervisormay be issued credit cards if deemed necessary and appropriate by the Chief Deputy. Lieutenants, Captains, Majors and Supervisors who have credit cards can spend up to $500.00 for each purchase. Those who have the rank of Colonel and above can spend up to $3,000.00 for each purchase.
b. Monthly reoccurring bills, regardless of their amount, are considered approved by the Chief Deputy’s signature on the request for payment form.
c. Once the credit card holder has given permission to purchase the item(s) the individual making the purchase must turn in the receipt or invoice to the credit card holder.
d. The credit card holder is responsible for signing the receipt, dating it and forwarding it to the Financial Officer within seventy-two (72) hours with a notation as to which budget and line item account number to use for the expenditure(s).
e. If the Deputy Sheriff (purchaser) buys the item(s) with a credit card, the card holder must sign the credit card receipt and forward it to the Financial Officer signifying that the Sheriff’s Office has received the items. If it is a telephone order, the Deputy Sheriff (purchaser) buying the item(s) must send an email to the Financial Officer detailing the vendor, the date purchased, total amount spent and which credit card was used. If the item(s) is shipped to the Sheriff’s Office vs. picked up by the Deputy Sheriff (purchaser), the Deputy Sheriff (purchaser) will be responsible for forwarding the packing list for the item(s) to the Financial Officer. The packing list serves as evidence that the Sheriff’s Office has received the item(s).
f. If/when the Financial Officer receives an invoice for the items purchased she will match the internal request copy with the packing slip for payment. If the item(s) was purchased on a credit card, the Financial Officer will match the internal request copy with the packing slip or e-mail confirmation and the credit card statement.
Beaufort Sheriff’s Office will follow the accounting procedures of the County of Beaufort for any item or combination of items. Reference: Beaufort County Purchasing, Rules and Regulations Manual.
(CALEA 17.3.1 a) Purchases of up to $2,999.99 may be accomplished without
128A5 Fiscal Management Pg 5 of 6
competitive quotations if the prices are considered reasonable. These purchases may be paid for by invoices or Sheriff’s Office credit card. They will also require a signature of a Colonel or above for payment.
a. For accountability and inventory purposes, the default shipping address for items ordered through the Purchasing Department will be: 2001 Duke Street, Beaufort, SC 29902 or 1501 Bay Street, Beaufort, SC 29902 (old Federal Courthouse).
b. When the item is shipped to the Sheriff’s Office, the purchaser will be responsible for forwarding the packing list to the Financial Officer.
c. Upon receipt of the credit card receipt or packing slip, the Financial Officer will match the Internal Request copy with the packing slip or the credit card receipt for payment.
(CALEA 17.3.1 a) Requisitions from $3,000.01 to $4,999.99. Purchases over $3,000.00 will require completion of the BCSO Purchase Request Form located on BCSO SharePoint. They require one quote and will require an issued purchase order from Beaufort County Finance to order the requested items.
(CALEA 17.3.1 b, c) Requisitions from. $5,000.00 to $9,999.99. These purchases will require completion of the BCSO Purchase Request Form located on SharePoint. They will require two (2) written quotes and will require an issued purchase order from Beaufort County Finance to order the requested items.
(CALEA 17.3.1 b, c) Requisitions $10,000.00 to $34,999.99. These purchases will require completion of the BCSO Purchase Request Form located on BCSO SharePoint. They will require three (3) written quotes and will require an issued purchase order from Beaufort County Finance to order the requested items.
Purchases totaling $35,000.00 and over. These purchases will require formal sealed bid procedures and written specifications. These purchases will require additional documentation reference the Beaufort County Purchasing, Rules and Regulations manual.
(CALEA 17.3.1 d) Unexpected emergency purchases for critical goods and services as a result of threats to health, welfare, and/or safety may be approved by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy when occurring after normal working hours. Any emergency equipment rental is handled through the County’s Emergency
128A5 Fiscal Management Pg 6 of 6
Management Office. All necessary paperwork and/or documentation will be forwarded to the agency Finance Office as required.
(CALEA 17.3.1 e ) Requests for supplemental or emergency appropriations and fund transfer are approved by the Chief Deputy and submitted to the Finance Office. The actual transfer of funds is handled by the County Finance Department.
Reference(s): A1-5/4/2011; A2-5/18/2020; A3-06/22/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Agency Structure and Organization
Number: 129A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 7
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.1, 11.1.1- 2, 11.2.1- 2, 11.3.1 a, b, 11.3.2, 16.1.2, 52.1.3
Purpose:
To provide for the organization and structure of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and to establish clarity of command.
Policy:
The organization of the agency will be structured efficiently to deliver services and achieve goals.
Definitions:
Sheriff: The Sheriff is an elected official who answers directly to the people. This is an executive role and is the chief administrator of the Sheriff’s Office. Pursuant to Article V, Section 24 of the South Carolina Constitution, the Sheriff is defined as the Chief Law Enforcement Officer of the County. As such, he is responsible for law enforcement services as well as service of civil process and other orders emanating from the Courts. The Sheriff must also attend upon and preserve order in all courts of the County.
Chief Deputy: The Chief Deputy is appointed by the Sheriff and serves as second in command of the Sheriff’s Office. The essential function of the position within the Sheriff’s Office is to assist and support the duties and responsibilities of the Sheriff. The position is responsible for the operational responsibilities of the Office of the Sheriff, developing operational and administrative procedures, and supervising and interacting with the command staff to identify, discuss and resolve operational and administrative issues. The Chief Deputy is also responsible for developing and implementing programs and the organizational policies for the Sheriff’s Office; reports major activities to executive level administrators and the Sheriff through conferences and reports.
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 2 of 7
Colonel (Emergency Management): The Colonel is appointed by the Sheriff and serves third in command of the Sheriff’s Office. This is an executive level position in the Sheriff’s Office and is responsible for assisting the Colonel in overseeing the Emergency Management components of the Sheriff’s Office. Colonel (Enforcement):
Lieutenant Colonel (Enforcement): The Colonel is appointed by the Sheriff and serves as fourth in command at the Sheriff’s Office. This is an executive level position and is responsible for overseeing the Enforcement Division, which includes: Northern Enforcement, Southern Enforcement, Criminal Investigations and the Special Operations Section.
Colonel (Administrative and Support Services): The Colonel is appointed by the Sheriff and serves fifth in command of the Sheriff’s Office. This is an executive level position and is responsible for overseeing the Administration and Support Services Division: Accreditation and Policy, Public Information Unit, Information Technology and the Administrative Division.
Division Major: The Sheriff’s Office has three Divisions, Administrative, Emergency Management, and Enforcement, and each is headed by a Major. The Division Majors are executive level positions appointed by the Sheriff and serve, respectively sixth and seventh, eighth and ninth in command of the Sheriff’s Office based on seniority (date of promotion to Major). Each Major is responsible for all operational and administrative components under their respective Division.
Branch Captain: The Branch Captain is a Command Deputy responsible for the administration and operations of their respective Branch: North Enforcement Branch, Tactical Operations Branch, South Enforcement Branch, Special Operations Branch, Administrative Branch, Accreditation Manager and the Headquarters Branch,
Branch Lieutenant: The Branch Lieutenant is a Command Deputy and serves as the assistant to the Branch Captain and second in command of the Branch.
Master Sergeant: Master Sergeants serve as Section Supervisors under each Branch.
Staff Sergeant: Staff Sergeants serve as Team or Unit Supervisors under each Section.
Sergeant: Sergeants serve as the assistant to the Staff Sergeant and second in command of the Team or Unit.
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 3 of 7
Procedure:
A. Organizational components of the Sheriff’s Office will be established through a formal structure which is grouped by function. Responsibilities of these areas and chain of command will be clearly established, and available to every employee of the Sheriff’s Office. The principle of organizing and staffing components by function will remain constant. Organizational configurations are subject to change as the Sheriff’s Office continues to evaluate the most effective means of carrying out its mandated responsibilities.
B. Organization within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is established with authority descending from superior to subordinate and responsibility ascending from subordinate to superior. The line of command is divided into three collateral types of authority:
Executive or command authority which is inherent by reason of the title and is automatically conferred upon and accepted by the employee upon execution of the Oath of Office or as directed by the Sheriff.
Operational authority is inherent by virtue of operational necessity.
Functional authority which is conferred by the nature of the duty performed and is similar to operational authority except that functional authority is longer in term. For example, when a Deputy Sheriff is functioning as an evidence technician or polygraph examiner, as it relates to these functions, these Deputy Sheriffs have the authority to carry out the function assigned irrespective of rank or title.
C. (CALEA 11.1.1) Except when noted, command and control will be exercised in accordance with the following titles or ranks as listed in descending order of authority:
Sheriff
Chief Deputy
Colonel (Emergency Management)(Col)
Colonel (Enforcement)(Col)
Colonel (Administrative and Support Services)(Col)
Major (Maj)
Captain (Capt)
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 4 of 7
Lieutenant (Lt)
Master Sergeant (MSgt)
Staff Sergeant (SSgt)
Sergeant (Sgt)
Corporal (Cpl)
Lance Corporal (LCpl)
Patrolman First Class (PFC)
Deputy Sheriff (D/S)
D. (CALEA 11.2.1) Each employee is accountable to only one supervisor at any given time.
E. (CALEA 16.1.2) The agency allocates personnel to, and distributes them within, all organizational components in accordance with documented periodic workload assessments conducted at least once every four years.
F. Span of Control:
(CALEA 11.2.2) Each organizational component is under the direct command of only one supervisor.
For purposes of administrative supervision (personnel evaluations, discipline, counseling, etc.) Team Staff Sergeants/supervisors will be responsible for no more than twelve sworn and/or civilian positions. During times of special assignment and/or training, this span of supervision may be exceeded up to a maximum of fourteen personnel. However, if permanent assigned personnel continue to exceed the standard for more than ninety days, the supervisor over the effected operational or administrative component will evaluate the cause and take appropriate action to correct the span of control. Master Sergeants will be responsible for no more than eight Staff Sergeants/supervisors, or a combination of Deputy Sheriffs/civilians not to exceed twelve. Lieutenants will be responsible for supervising no more than five Master Sergeants, or a combination of Deputy Sheriffs/civilians not to exceed twelve. Captains will be responsible for supervising no more than five Lieutenants or a combination of Deputy Sheriffs/civilians not to exceed twelve. These standards may be exceeded during temporary periods of adjustment or emergency.
G. Authority and Responsibility:
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 5 of 7
(CALEA 11.3.1 a) For the agency to succeed, responsibility must be accompanied by commensurate authority. Authority to execute the required activity of each organizational component is delegated by the Sheriff through the command structure to individual employees. At every level in the agency, employees will be given authority and are expected to make decisions necessary for the effective execution of their responsibilities.
(CALEA 11.3.1 b) Each employee is accountable for the use of delegated authority and will be held accountable for their overall performance.
(CALEA 11.3.2) Supervisory personnel are accountable for the activities of employees under their immediate control.
H. (CALEA 11.1.1 and 11.1.2) The structure of the Sheriff’s Office which is commonly referred to as the Office of the Sheriff and is divided into four major components: Office of Sheriff/Chief Deputy, Colonel (Emergency Management, Enforcement and Administration and Support Services). The Chief Deputy is first in command under the Sheriff and also acts as Sheriff whenever the Sheriff is out of the county for an extended period of time. If the Chief Deputy is not available to fill-in for the Sheriff the order of command will be the: Colonel (Emergency Management), Colonel (Enforcement), Colonel (Administrative and Support Services), and Senior Major. The Sheriff’s Office is subdivided into organizational components which are identified as Divisions, Branches, Sections, Teams, and Units. The agency’s organizational structure is depicted graphically on an organizational chart that is reviewed and updated as needed. The chart is accessible to all personnel via the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Internet.
Office of the Sheriff/Chief Deputy: The Chief Deputy is appointed by the Sheriff and serves as second in command of the Sheriff’s Office. The essential function of the position within the Sheriff’s Office is to assist and support the duties and responsibilities of the Sheriff. The position is responsible for the operational responsibilities of the Office of the Sheriff, developing operational and administrative procedures, and supervising and interacting with the command staff to identify, discuss and resolve operational and administrative issues. The Chief Deputy is also responsible for developing and implementing programs and the organizational policies for the Sheriff’s Office; reports major activities to executive level administrators and the Sheriff through conferences and reports.
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 6 of 7
a. Executive Assistant to the Sheriff: Reports to the Chief Deputy and performs complex administrative and secretarial duties for the Sheriff and the Chief Deputy.
b. Financial Officer: The Financial Officer is responsible for managing all of the financial business of the Sheriff’s Office.
c. Financial Assistant: Works for the Financial Officer and provides administrative support as directed.
d. (CALEA 52.1.3) Office of Professional Responsibility, Policy Compliance and Polygraph: The Office of Professional Responsibility is responsible for ensuring the agency maintains the highest standards of conduct while providing the highest quality of services to the public. The unit investigates internal complaints from within the agency and the public. The Polygraph Investigators are assigned to the Office of Professional Responsibility and answer to the Chief Deputy on all internal investigations. The Chief Deputy is responsible for ordering all internal investigations.
e. Alcohol Beverage Control Team: By memorandum of Understanding between the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) Deputies assigned to this unit are sworn in and commissioned as State Constables with statewide authority. Their primary responsibilities consist of enforcing state statutes relating to the selling, purchasing, and possession of alcoholic beverages and insuring regulatory compliance of establishments licensed to sell and dispense alcoholic beverages within Beaufort County.
Colonel: Refer to the BCSO organizational chart for the current responsibilities and assignments
129A3 Agency Structure and Organization Pg 7 of 7
Revision Date(s): A- 04/15/10; A1-6/02/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Chain of Command
Number: 130A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.1-4, 11.4.5; 12.1.1; 12.1.2 a,b,c,d; 12.1.3; 12.1.4
Purpose:
To recognize the authority of the Sheriff as the Chief Executive Officer of the Sheriff’s Office and to designate the chain of command during the absence of the Sheriff. To establish guidelines for Command staff meetings, attendance and dissemination of information and guidelines for resolving conflicting orders from supervisors.
Policy:
The authority to command is delegated by the Sheriff to members of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with command responsibility.
Procedure:
A. Authority and Responsibility of the Beaufort County Sheriff:
The Sheriff is an elected official who answers directly to the people. This is an executive role. As chief administrator of the Sheriff’s Office, the Sheriff performs as a policy maker. He also ensures that all such policies are properly executed with this office.
(CALEA 12.1.1) The Beaufort County Sheriff is elected by the citizens and is designated as the Chief Law Enforcement Officer of the County (SC Code of Laws 23-11-10 & 23-11-20), and has the authority and responsibility for the fiscal management of the Sheriff’s Office. As prescribed by state law, the Sheriff may appoint deputy sheriffs to patrol the county, enforce criminal law and to provide for the service of civil process. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide an organization that promotes efficiency and is governed by a clear command protocol.
130A Chain of Command Pg 2 of 5
B. Command Protocol:
(CALEA 12.1.2 a) Whenever the Sheriff is absent from the State or otherwise unavailable to perform the duties of Sheriff, the Chief Deputy will act in the Sheriff’s stead and will be empowered with all the authority of the Sheriff while serving in that capacity.
Next in succession to command would be the Emergency Management Colonel, followed by Enforcement Colonel and/or Administrative Colonel, Division Majors, and so on. For this system of succession, seniority shall be determined based on time in grade in a sworn supervisory position or for unranked positions, on the length of service with the agency as a sworn member.
(CALEA 12.1.2 b) In the event of an emergency, the first arriving Deputy Sheriff will designate himself/herself as the Incident Commander (IC) and begin organizing the incident unless another senior official who has responsibility for controlling the operations of the site is on-scene. If the Sheriff’s Office is not the primary response agency with overall responsibility for the incident, the Deputy Sheriff will support the on-scene primary responders as necessary. A Deputy Sheriff, acting as Incident Commander, will do so until relieved by a higher ranking authority or until another senior official who has responsibility for controlling the operations is on-scene, at which time there will be an orderly transfer of command.
C. Normal Field Operations: (CALEA 12.1.2 d) Unless specific written directives or higher ranking authority dictates otherwise, the Uniform Team Supervisor has command responsibility for all field operations that take place during his or her shift. When the command staff is off duty or otherwise unavailable, the Team Supervisor (or his/her designee) has command responsibility for both operations and support. The Team Supervisor will immediately notify the on-call Command Duty Officer of the incident.
In the absence of a Team Supervisor, the highest ranking supervisor present at the scene of an incident will assume command until relieved.
(CALEA 12.1.2 c) In situations involving personnel of different functions engaged in a single operation, the Uniform Team Supervisor (or designee) has command responsibility. If an operation is in a specialty area, such as a major criminal investigation, potentially fatal or serious traffic accident, narcotics or vice special operation, etc., the Team Supervisor may voluntarily relinquish
130A Chain of Command Pg 3 of 5
control of resources to a Deputy Sheriff charged with that particular function. That Deputy Sheriff may then assume command of personnel assigned specifically to that operation. Any dispute in command for a particular function or situation shall be resolved in favor of the Team Supervisor and can be reviewed later by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff. Unless specifically designated otherwise, whenever Team Supervisors of the same rank from different components are involved together in a situation, the senior with more time in grade in that sworn supervisory position will be in charge.
The Division Commanders are responsible for assuring notification to the Team Supervisor of any operations, details, special assessments, stakeouts scheduled to take place during his/her shift.
D. (CALEA 12.1.3) Lawful Orders: Employees will obey all lawful orders from superiors, including any order relayed from a superior by a member of the same or lesser rank. Employees, regardless of rank or position, will obey lawful orders promptly.
The term “lawful order” will be construed as an order in keeping with the performance of any duty prescribed by law or rule of the Sheriff’s Office, or for the preservation of order, efficiency and proper discipline.
The willful neglect or deliberate refusal of an employee to obey any lawful order given by a superior will be considered insubordination. Flouting the authority of any superior by manifest disrespect or by disputing orders will be considered insubordination.
E. Unlawful Orders: No Commander or other supervisory personnel will knowingly and willfully issue any order which is in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, or agency directive.
No employee is required to obey any order which is contrary to law, statute, ordinance, or agency directive.
Any employee who is given an unlawful or improper order will respectfully bring the matter to the attention of the superior issuing the order.
Refusal to obey an order is the employee’s responsibility and that employee will be required to justify his or her action(s).
130A Chain of Command Pg 4 of 5
Obedience to an unlawful order is never a defense for an unlawful or improper action.
Any employee who is given an unlawful order will, at the first opportunity, report in writing the full facts of the incident, including his or her action(s), to the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff via chain of command.
F. Conflicting Orders: (CALEA 12.1.3) Employees given an otherwise lawful and proper order that is in conflict with a previous order will respectfully inform the supervisor issuing the order of the conflict. If the supervisor does not alter or retract the conflicting order, it will stand. Under these circumstances, the responsibility for the conflict will be upon the supervisor, and the subordinate employee will not be responsible for neglecting to obey the previous order.
When any such conflicting order is received by radio communication, the subordinate employee will attempt to bring notice of the conflict to the issuing supervisor by telephone or personal contact.
If circumstances do not allow telephone or personal contact, the receiving employee will explain the nature of the conflict as discreetly and succinctly as possible. Under no circumstances will any personnel engage in an argument in public or over the radio.
G. Agency Staff Meetings/Agency Communication:
The Sheriff, Chief Deputy and the Command staff will conduct meetings with their staffs as deemed necessary. Staff members will be responsible for disseminating information conveyed during such meetings as necessary.
(CALEA 12.1.4) Other means by which the Sheriff, Command staff, and other members of the Sheriff’s Office may communicate information is via memoranda to be posted on agency bulletin boards, read at roll call, via briefings provided at agency-wide training sessions, email, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Intranet and voice mail.
(CALEA 11.4.5) All incidents where there may be a question as to the agency’s liability; incidents that may result in heightened community interest; major incidents; incidents of death or serious injury involving an employee; incidents with significant loss of property; or any incident that has the potential of heightened media attention will be reported to the Sheriff or his designee in a
130A Chain of Command Pg 5 of 5
timely manner. During normal business hours it is the responsibility of the Team Supervisor to make telephone notification to the Branch Captain or Lieutenant who then is responsible for reporting the incident to the Division Major who reports the incident to the appropriate Colonel. The Chief Deputy is responsible for making telephone notification to the Sheriff. After normal business hours the Team Supervisor will make notification to the Command Duty Officer who will make telephone notification to the appropriate Colonel. The Colonel is responsible for making telephone notification to the Sheriff or his designee.
The Sheriff or his designee will also be notified as soon as practical of any serious injury or death of an employee.
3/1/2017 A Comm section; A1-05/18/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Allocation and Distribution of Personnel
Number: 131A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.1.1 a, b, c
Purpose:
To establish controls on the number, type and location of all authorized positions in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and to determine whether each position is filled or vacant.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will ensure that accurate information is maintained on the status of all allocated positions to ensure that individuals on the payroll are legally employed and that positions are filled based on the authorized positions allocated in the Sheriff’s Office budget.
A. Position Management:
The Recruiting/Staffing Officer is responsible for developing and maintaining a position management system which includes:
a. (CALEA 16.1.1 a) Tracking the number of allocated Full Time Equivalence (FTE) and type of each position authorized in the Sheriff’s Office Budget.
b. (CALEA 16.1.1 c) The position status for each authorized position, whether the position is filled or vacant.
c. Tracking all of the employment applications received and the status of each applicant.
B. Organization Structure: (CALEA 16.1.1 b) The Sheriff’s Office maintains an organizational chart that lists the location of each authorized position by name and title currently employed within each organizational component of the agency, including civilian personnel.
C. Statistical Compilation: Reassessment of Personnel Allocation and Distribution. Deputies’ reports and activity logs are turned into the Team Supervisors at the end of
131A1 Allocation and Distribution of Personnel Pg 2 of 4
each shift and are compiled by the Branch Lieutenant. The Branch Lieutenant will also compile data from all other activities under their respective area of responsibility and provide a daily report to the Criminal Records Unit. The Criminal Records Unit will prepare a statistical report and disseminate the information to all personnel in the Sheriff’s Office. This information provides supervision with an overview of the traffic and criminal activity occurring in Beaufort County and is a valuable tool in the allocation of Deputies. In addition to the daily report a quarterly collective report will be prepared by the Sheriff’s Executive Assistant for the Sheriff, and the Command Staff.
D. Command Staff Review of Deputy Assignments: At least quarterly the Command Staff will analyze the assignments and availability factors for Deputies assigned to the various operational functions of the Sheriff’s Office. The purpose of this overview is to evaluate the current deployment and number of Deputies verses the calls for law enforcement services. This review should evaluate current deployment, a need for re-deployment and/or the need for additional Deputy Sheriffs. All recommendations will be provided to the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff. Resources in addition to the statistical reports are:
Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) The Computer Aided Dispatch tracks all dispatches and subsequent data on a basis of time spent per call, time of day, day of week, number of units responding, and reporting area. The information contained in the database may be used in part for allocating and distributing patrol personnel or support the need for additional personnel.
Reporting Areas: Reporting areas are based on a grid system using natural geographical lines, population density, number of calls for service, and incident reports. This grid is used for the purpose of distributing patrol personnel. These areas are tied into the CAD system and reports may be compiled tabulating incidents by reporting areas.
E. Communications Center:
Staffing Requirements:
a. To provide for continuous twenty-four hour services, ESDs (emergency services dispatcher) will remain on duty for calls until relieved by employees assigned to the next shift. The duty Supervisor, during an emergency or shortage of personnel, shall designate necessary personnel to work over until such time as the situation is corrected.
131A1 Allocation and Distribution of Personnel Pg 3 of 4
b. The Communications Manager shall set staffing requirements for operations personnel based on the assessment of call volume and calls for service of the day and days of the week. Current staffing requirements are as follows:
i. A Supervisor or Assistant Supervisor will be on duty at all times.
ii. There will be a minimum of four twelve-hour shift rotations with
five qualified personnel on duty seven days a week.
iii. Operations staff twelve hour work schedule consists of one week
of work on Monday, Tuesday, Friday, and Saturday. The
alternate week will consist of work on Sunday, Wednesday and
Thursday.
This schedule provides an impartial basis for days off and provides
for scheduling days off in accordance with workload requirements.
iv. Day shift will begin at 07:15 hours and end at 19:30 hours.
v. Night shift will begin at 19:15 hours and end at 07:30 hours. vi.Additional shifts may be created for coverage as needed.
vii.The duty Supervisor may make console assignments for segments of
a shift. (e.g., changing assignments during the shift or allowing for a
change in assignment due to the call/radio volume during the shift)
On-Call Procedures:
a. The senior Shift Supervisor is responsible for sending an on-call roster to each Shift Supervisor to utilize if a need develops to call in off duty personnel to ensure minimum staffing as set forth above.
b. The on-call roster will be sent no later than the 15th of each month to each Shift Supervisor electronically. The roster will consist of a rotating list of days that includes each shift’s availability to work.
c. This rotating on-call list will consist of a minimum of 14 shifts to a maximum of 17 shifts according to the scheduled work days of each month. This will be split impartially among all four shifts.
d. Supervisors shall ensure all on-call days are covered prior to the start of each new month and that each employee is aware of their on-call days.
e. Employees shall be assigned on-call days monthly and are able to volunteer for the days of their choice.
131A1 Allocation and Distribution of Personnel Pg 4 of 4
f. The dates of on-call can be selected individually on a twelve hour basis or a six hour basis depending on the employee’s desire. In extenuating circumstances, the on-call can be split on a four hour basis resulting in three shift members splitting equally to complete the twelve hour shift.
g. Each shift’s monthly schedule is due to the Communications Manager by the twenty-first of each month for review. This schedule should include radio assignments and overtime on call for shift personnel.
Policy Enforcement: Failure of an employee to comply with the provisions set forth in this policy will result in staffing the center in conjunction with how the patrol units staff shifts on a moment’s notice. The Shift Supervisor will make a judgment call and select a person to fulfill the staffing limitation.
Revision: A- 2/10/2014; A1-11/19/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Performance Evaluations
Number: 132A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 12
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 35.1.1 – 35.1.8; 16.3.8
Purpose:
To establish fair and impartial methods of evaluating work behavior and job performance by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel.
Policy:
(CALEA 16.3.8) All employees to include Reserve Deputies of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will perform their duties and responsibilities in an acceptable manner within a reasonable time-period after being placed in their positions and continuing throughout their employment with the agency. It is the policy of this agency to inform employees of the expectations regarding their job performance and provide them with the information concerning performance appraisals.
Definitions:
Personnel Evaluation: A review program, which provides a systematic procedure by which each employee can be objectively evaluated in the performance of his or her duties.
Probationary Status: A conditional status into which employees are placed, for example, when they are hired, rehired, moved to a new job assignment requiring a probationary period, promoted or demoted, or as a condition of disciplinary action. During this time, employees should be counseled and trained and will be evaluated to determine their ability to meet requirements of the position.
Rater: A rater is the supervisor designated to complete employee evaluations for their assigned Office, Branch, Division, and Section or Unit.
Procedure:
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 2 of 12
A. (CALEA 35.1.1 c) Responsibility for Completing the Annual Performance Evaluation:
Utilizing the Sheriff’s Office Table of Organization, the Staff Sergeant is the primary person responsible for the completion of Annual Evaluations. Each Team Staff Sergeant in Enforcement, the Staff Sergeant or supervisor with supervision over the various sections and units such as Courthouse Security, Warrants, School Resource Officers, etc. shall hold that responsibility.
The Staff Sergeants may utilize the assistance of their Sergeants, but the responsibility rests with them. It is the responsibility of the Staff Sergeant or supervisor to ensure that the each employee understands their job position and assignment, as well as the standards against which they will be evaluated.
From time to time, there may be individual deputy sheriffs who are assigned to specific details who do not report directly to a Staff Sergeant. In those situations, the person responsible for supervision of that individual deputy will be responsible for their annual evaluation.
On occasion a deputy sheriff or civilian non-sworn employee transfers from one branch or division to another just prior to the end of an evaluation period. In this event the responsibility for the completion of the annual evaluation still rests with the current supervisor, although they are encouraged to meet with the former supervisor to obtain information about the performance of the employee over the past year.
It is the supervisor’s responsibility to establish the duties, responsibilities and standards, which the employee is to adhere.
The supervisor is responsible for undertaking an in-depth observation of the employee’s performance and transferring that observation to the performance evaluation.
The supervisor is encouraged to keep notes on each employee’s performance throughout the year to refresh their memory when the annual performance evaluation is due.
(CALEA 35.1.1 d) Raters will receive training concerning the objectives of employee evaluations.
(CALEA 35.1.8) Raters will be evaluated by their supervisors regarding the quality of ratings given to employees.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 3 of 12
B. (CALEA 35.1.5 c) Review of the Annual Performance Evaluation:
Upon completion of the evaluation, the staff Sergeant or supervisor shall review the evaluation with the appropriate chain of command, beginning with the master sergeant or the next level of supervision.
The Staff Sergeant shall then move on to the Lieutenant and the Captain (Branch Deputy and Commander).
Each of these supervisors shall sign the evaluation as approved and forward it to the Division Commander for review.
Either the Master Sergeant, the Lieutenant or the Captain can reject the evaluation and send it back for further consideration by the Staff Sergeant before the employee is consulted.
The Branch Commander is responsible for ensuring the accuracy and timely submission of the annual performance evaluation.
The Division Commander, Division Colonel and the Chief Deputy shall review the evaluation and approve or recommend further review as is appropriate.
(CALEA 35.1.7 a, b, c) Upon the successful review by the Chief Deputy, the evaluation shall be returned to the Branch Captain or designee for consultation with the employee. In addition to the results, the level of performance expected, goals, and career counseling to include advancement, specialization, and training will be discussed.
Upon receiving the signature of the employee, the annual performance evaluation form is forwarded through the Division Colonel to the Finance Officer for the preparation of a Personnel Action Form for the appropriate percentage pay increase.
The Division Commander, Division Colonel or the Chief Deputy may review the evaluation with the employee at their discretion.
(CALEA 35.1.5 d) The evaluation form is designed so that the rater and the employee can make comments. The form also has a section for the employee to sign.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 4 of 12
(CALEA 35.1.5 b) The rater is responsible for explanatory comments when performance ratings are unsatisfactory or outstanding.
(CALEA 35.1.6) Employees will be advised in writing whenever their performance is unsatisfactory. This written notification will be given at least 90 days prior to the end of the annual rating period.
(CALEA 35.1.5 e) Each employee will receive a copy of his or her evaluation.
(CALEA 35.1.5 f) A section on the evaluation form allows the employee to submit a rebuttal. Should the rebuttal not be handled on a supervisory level, the employee may refer to the complaint process as outlined in General Order Number 121.
C. Frequency of Evaluations:
(CALEA 35.1.3) Performance Evaluations shall be completed on all entry-level employees and probationary employees on a quarterly cycle. Each entry-level employee is considered a probationary employee until the successful completion of one year employment. Promotions that require six months’ probation will be evaluated at the three and six month anniversary.
(CALEA 35.1.2) Beginning with their first anniversary of employment, each employee shall receive an Annual Performance Evaluation from their supervisor within thirty days prior to the anniversary date. All evaluations should be complete by the anniversary date. Evaluations for retiree/re-hires will be completed annually and are due every March. Exceptions must have the approval of the Chief Deputy.
(CALEA 35.1.5 a) An Annual Performance Evaluation shall be completed for each year that the employee remains with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
An Annual Performance Evaluation shall be completed by the supervisor at the time of termination, resignation or retirement from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Exit Interviews: All employees who leave employment with the Sheriff’s Office, whether resignation, retirement, or termination will meet with the Administrative Captain for an exit interview. During the interview, the Captain will also explain to the departing employee they should meet with Beaufort County Employee Services to check their status of fringe and retirement benefits.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 5 of 12
D. (CALEA 35.1.1 a) Rating Schedule:
The supervisor shall rate the employee on a scale of One (1) to five (5) points for each category, with the exception of number 10 on the performance evaluation form for Sworn Class III Basics where the rating is from zero (0) to five (5). Number 10 on the performance evaluation for non-sworn employees may be rated one (1) to five (5) on the employees Quality of Work.
Category 11 Physical Agility Course is for Sworn Class I and Class III Advanced Officers.
Zero: the employee failed to participate or to make any advancement in the Physical Agility Course.
One: “Does Not Meet Expectations”
Two: “Fair, But Needs Improvements”
Three: “Meets Expectations”
Four: “Exceeds Expectations”
Five: “Exceptional”
E. Scoring the Evaluation:
Upon completion of assigning a numerical points value for each category, the supervisor shall average the point’s value to obtain a Performance Rating.
The formula is: Total the points together, and divide by the number of rated categories.
The maximum rating is 5.0.
F. Retention of Evaluations:
All Annual Performance Evaluations shall be maintained separate from the personnel files of the employee.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 6 of 12
The evaluations shall be maintained under the direction of the Chief Deputy.
The evaluations shall be accessible to either the employee or the supervisor for review.
(CALEA 35.1.5 g) The South Carolina State Retention Guidelines will be used for the retention periods concerning employee evaluations.
G. (CALEA 35.1.1 b; 35.1.4) Scoring Guidance:
Category 1: Knowledge of Job
a. Deputy Sheriff: this category includes but is not limited to:
i) Knowledge of BCSO Policies and Procedures.
ii) Knowledge of County Ordinances and Town of Hilton Head Municipal Ordinances routinely enforced by Sheriff’s Deputies.
iii) Knowledge of State criminal statutes routinely enforced by Sheriff’s Deputies.
iv) Knowledge of Federal laws routinely enforced by Sheriff’s Deputies.
v) Knowledge of Supreme Court and various District Court decisions (both South Carolina and Federal) which affect the daily activities of Sheriff’s Deputies (e.g. Miranda, Delaware vs. Prouse etc.).
vi) Knowledge of Victims’ Rights issues.
vii) Knowledge of Juvenile Procedures and Guidelines.
viii)Knowledge of Evidence Policies and Procedures
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Knowledge of Civil Process and Criminal Records Procedures and Policies.
ii) Knowledge of UCR and SCIBRS procedures.
iii) Knowledge of NCIC and SLED validation procedures.
Category 2: Quality of Work:
a. Deputy Sheriff: This category includes but is not limited to:
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 7 of 12
i) Incident reports that are clearly typed or handwritten, with spelling and grammatical errors at an absolute minimum.
ii) All documents, reports, evidence etc. are turned in on time.
iii) All complaints (citizens and self-initiated) are thoroughly investigated with all details included in a well-written, chronological, easily readable report.
iv) Assigned cases are completely investigated in a timely manner, resulting in either cleared by arrest, exceptionally cleared or placed inactive (and the status is justified by the facts).
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Checks incident reports to make sure they are clearly types or handwritten with spelling and grammatical errors at an absolute minimum.
ii) All documents, reports, tickets, finger print cards, evidence etc. are turned in on time.
iii) All customers are served in a professional manner.
iv) Assigned work is completed correctly and in a timely manner.
v) Works well with fellow employees, acting as part of the team to complete the mission.
Category 3 Dependability / Attendance:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Arrives at duty station on time, prepared to go to work.
ii) Takes appropriate amounts of personal days off, with due regards to the work load, other employee’s absences, etc.
iii) Calls in sick only when genuinely sick.
iv) Volunteers for off-duty work, “special details” etc.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Arrives at work station on time, prepared to go to work.
ii) Controls the amount of breaks taken.
iii) Takes appropriate amounts of personal days off, with due regards to the work load, other employee’s absences etc.
iv) Calls in sick only when genuinely sick.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 8 of 12
Category 4 Communications Skills:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Written communications skills that impart the message that the employee intends to communicate.
ii) Oral communications skills that promote confidence in the Sheriff’s Office by the community, speaking in a manner not offensive to others.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Written communications skills that impart the message that the employee intends to communicate.
ii) Oral communications skills that promote confidence in the Sheriff’s Office by the community, speaking in a manner not offensive to others.
Category 5 Judgment / Decision Making:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Making decisions in routine situations that are based on policies, established procedures, ordinances, statutes.
ii) Making decisions in non-routine situations that comply with established law, protecting the rights of all citizens involved and maintaining public order.
iii) Making decisions in emergency situations that result in containing the emergency and then mitigating the effects of the emergency while preventing harm to anyone involved.
iv) Making decisions that protect the Sheriff’s Office from litigation or liability.
v) Uses force properly in situations where force is necessary.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Making decisions in routine situations that are based on policies, established procedures, ordinances, statutes.
ii) Making decisions in non-routine situations that comply with established law and protecting the rights of all citizens involved.
iii) Making decisions that protect the Sheriff’s Office from litigation or liability.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 9 of 12
Category 6 Appearance:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Employee appears for work in the proper designated uniform or civilian attire.
ii) Employee appears for work in clean, neat clothing, shoes shined etc.
iii) Employee maintains their vehicle (if assigned) in a clean, neat status.
iv) Employee appears for work observing established grooming regulations of the Sheriff’s Office.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Employee appears for work in the proper designated uniform or civilian attire.
ii) Employees appear for work in neat, clean clothing.
iii) Employee appears for work observing established grooming regulations of the Sheriff’s Office.
Category 7 Leadership/ Supervision:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Employee provides direction to other employees in routine situations based on policies, statutes and regulations.
ii) Employee provides direction and guidance to subordinates in daily routine and non-routine situations based on policies, statutes and regulations.
iii) Employee assumes leadership role in the absence of other supervisors or senior personnel.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Employee provides direction to other employees in routine situations based on policies, statutes and regulations.
ii) Employee provides direction and guidance to subordinates in daily routine and non-routine situations based on policies, statutes and regulations.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 10 of 12
iii) Employee assumes leadership role in the absence of other supervisors or senior personnel.
Category 8 Cooperation / Relationships:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Employee interacts with supervisor, discussing concerns, listening to and accepting direction, and guidance without questioning unless justified.
ii) Employee interacts with fellow employees giving advice, and direction as appropriate.
iii) Employee interacts with subordinates providing direction and supervision in a manner not generating animosity.
iv) Employee interacts with the public without creating animosity towards the Sheriff’s Office or its employees.
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Employee interacts with supervisor, discussing concerns, listening to and accepting direction and guidance without questioning unless justified.
ii) Employee interacts with fellow employees giving advice, and direction as appropriate.
iii) Employee interacts with subordinates providing direction and supervision in a manner not generating animosity.
iv) Employee interacts with the public without creating animosity towards the Sheriff’s Office or its employees.
Category 9 Personal Development:
a. Deputy Sheriff:
i) Employee attends all mandatory assigned training, arriving on time and prepared to learn, participates in the training.
ii) Employee attends elective training provided by the Sheriff’s Office.
iii) Employee seeks opportunities for training that provides enhanced abilities to perform the mission of the Sheriff’s Office.
iv) Employee reads law enforcement related materials that enhance their ability to perform their job.
v) Employee sees formal education at secondary learning institutions.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 11 of 12
b. Civilian Employee:
i) Employee attends all mandatory assigned training, arriving on time and prepared to learn, participates in the training.
ii) Employee attends elective training provided by the Sheriff’s Office.
iii) Employee seeks opportunities for training that provides enhanced abilities to perform the mission of the Sheriff’s Office.
iv) Employee seeks formal education at secondary learning institutions.
Category 10 Quantity of Work:
a. Civilian Employee/Class III Basic:
i) Employee completes work in a timely manner, meeting all deadlines.
ii) Employee uses ability to ask questions to complete a task.
iii) Employee completes all work correctly.
iv) Employee demonstrates self-motivation to begin/complete anticipated tasks.
Category 11 Physical Agility Course:
a. Class I/Class III Advanced:
i) Employee participates in the Physical Agility Course to the best of their ability.
ii) Employee attains a score on the Physical Agility Course.
H. (CALEA 35.1.1 c) Evaluation Guidance:
Objectivity: It is important that the supervisor recognize that their observations are influenced by a number of factors, some obvious and some not so obvious. Among those that can influence evaluations are:
a. First Impression: the tendency to make a favorable or unfavorable early judgment and then ignore subsequent information that may differ from the initial judgment.
b. Similar-to-me: the tendency to judge more favorably those employees that the supervisor perceives as similar to themselves.
c. Contrast Effect: the tendency to evaluate an employee relative to other employees and not relative to the specific job position requirements.
132A1 Performance Evaluations Pg 12 of 12
d. Halo Effect: the tendency to make inappropriate generalizations from one aspect of an employee’s performance to all other parts of the job performance. For example the employee may be rated highly in all aspects because of one strong aspect or the employee may be rated low in all aspects because of one low aspect.
e. Leniency: a tendency towards evaluating all employees as outstanding and to give inflated ratings rather than true assessments of performance.
f. Strictness: the tendency to have a bias towards rating employees at the low end of the scale and a tendency to be overly demanding or critical.
Avoiding Pitfalls: The above mentioned pitfalls can be avoided by:
a. The supervisor knowing and understanding the job position being evaluated.
b. The supervisor communicating often with the employee about their job position and their job performance.
c. Keeping notes in a dated journal form on each employee under their supervision.
I. Summary: Supervisors must use extreme caution to ensure that personal feelings, bias and prejudices do not influence them when completing the Annual Performance Evaluations so as to ensure that a fair evaluation is prepared for the employee.
Revised 02/04/2010; 05/19/2010; 05/04/2011; A2-5/18/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Specialized Assignments
Number: 133A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.3.3, 16.2.1 a, b, c and 16.2.2
Purpose:
The purpose of this directive is to establish procedures for the assignment to specialized Units for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that inter-agency vacancies for specialized assignments be filled fairly, consistent with the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office and the needs of the agency.
Procedures:
A. Specialized Units: The diverse needs of the Sheriff’s Office require the use of Specialized Units comprised of specially trained Deputies. Deputies assigned to specialized units will be responsible for maintaining all equipment assigned to him/her, and will maintain all equipment in a state of operational readiness. The duration of each assignment is inherent to the specialized assignment and determinate on an as-needed-basis by the Chief Deputy.
B. Specialized assignment is characterized by increased levels of responsibility and/or specialized training, but within a given position classification. Specialized assignments are lateral transfers or collateral assignments and do not involve higher pay or additional benefits. All assignments are contingent upon agency manning requirements and employee performance.
C. (CALEA 16.2.2) Anticipated openings for specialized assignments will be posted by the Headquarters Captain in an agency wide announcement. The announcement will include the criteria for the position based on required skills, knowledge, and abilities required for the assignment including formal education, any specialized skills and
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 2 of 8
experience. For security reasons it is not necessary to announcement sensitive openings in undercover assignments or similar assignments.
D. Employees who meet the minimum requirements of the position may apply with a letter of intent to the Staffing Officer that outlines their qualifications. All letters of intent must be received before the closing date of the announcement.
E. The Staffing Officer will request a written recommendation on each candidate from their immediate supervisor. Each letter of intent and the supervisor’s letter will be provided to the Supervisor over the specialized assignment unit.
F. The Supervisor over the specialized assignment unit is responsible for using a selection process that considers all applicants for the position following the established criteria.
G. The final decision for filling the vacancies rests with the Division Major. If the process fails to identify a qualified candidate, the Major may leave the position open pending a new selection process.
H. All applicants will receive written notification of the selection.
I. All of the letters of intent, letters of recommendation and/or other selection material must be retained by the specialized unit supervisor based on the Sheriff’s Office record retention schedule.
J. Training:
All training requirements for specialized assignments are in General Order 303A1, Training. All Sheriff’s Office specialized assignments will receive all required training to ensure Deputies are proficient in their responsibilities.
When deputies are transferred or reassigned to other duties, supervisors will ensure that the deputy understands the mission, management, administration, support services available, performance standards, policies, and chain of command of their new assignment. The supervisor is responsible for documenting this training and sending a copy of the documentation to the Training Section. Supervisors will monitor the job performance of deputies newly trained in specialized skills.
The Training Section is responsible for maintaining all employee’s training records. Training records will be updated following the employee’s participation
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 3 of 8
in training programs, documenting the participation in the training, dates, type of training, any certificates received and test scores if applicable. Employees must submit to the Training Section proof of attendance of any outside training course. A certificate of completion will constitute proof of attendance.
K. (CALEA 16.2.1 c) All specialized assignments will be reviewed annually for the purpose of determining whether it should continue. The review will determine whether any modifications are necessary to improve effectiveness. The review will be conducted by the supervisor over the specialized unit, Branch Captain, and the Division Major and will include the following:
A list of all specialized assignments.
A statement of purpose for each assignment.
The evaluation of the initial problem or condition that required the implementation of the specialized assignment.
The total number of calls for service for each Specialized Unit and any recommended need for additional resources to include equipment.
The findings of this review will be documented in a report and forwarded to the Chief Deputy and the Sheriff.
L. Specialized Unit:
Special Weapons and Tactics Team (SWAT): In order to enhance the effectiveness of field operations, the Sheriff’s Office has established a special unit for handling unusual operational activities including hostage incidents, barricaded suspects, armed barricaded suspects, sniper attacks, service of high risk warrants, stake outs, civil disturbances, VIP protection, mental subjects, suicidal subjects, and any other tactical problems. The unit will be known as the Special Weapons and Tactics (S.W.A.T.). The team shall be maintained to ensure the Sheriff’s Office capability to respond to high-risk tactical problems. The mission of the S.W.A.T. Team shall be to handle high-risk operations in a manner that reduces the chance of violence, injury or death.
K-9 Teams:
a. Patrol Dogs: The Patrol K-9 is trained and certified to track suspects, locate narcotics or evidence, search buildings and to apprehend criminal suspects.
b. Bloodhounds: The Tracking Team utilizes bloodhounds to track persons on any terrain type, in any climate, at any time of day. They can track a person
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 4 of 8
from a last known location or by way of scent article that is presented to the Bloodhound.
c. Bomb/Cadaver Dog: These animals are trained and certified to locate hazardous type devices, along with the ability to locate bodies in the event of suspected homicides, drowning, natural disasters, etc.
Dive Team: In order to enhance the effectiveness of field operations, the Sheriff’s Office has a special unit for recovery operations in water environments. The unit will be responsible for locating evidence, crime scenes, search and rescue and drown victims under water.
Bomb Team: In order to enhance the effectiveness of field operations, the Sheriff’s Office has established a special unit for rendering safe of all explosive devices or military ordnance. The unit will be responsible for responding to all calls for service involving or possibly involving hazardous device weather explosive or chemical, biological or radiological.
Hostage Negotiation Team: In order to enhance the effectiveness of field operations, the Sheriff’s Office has established a special unit for handling unusual operational activities including hostage incidents, barricaded suspects, armed barricaded suspects, mental subjects, suicidal subjects. The unit will be known as the Hostage Negotiation Team. The team shall be maintained to ensure the Sheriff’s Office capability to respond to high-risk tactical problems. The mission of the Hostage Negotiation Team shall be to handle high-risk operations in a manner that reduces the chance of violence, injury or death.
Special Enforcement Unit: The Special Enforcement Unit has a primary mission to proactively work through communities within Beaufort County which have been identified as having an increase in criminal activity. The unit collects information, identifies problem areas, and utilizes innovative or tailor-made enforcement techniques to either reduce or eliminate the problem”
Environmental Crimes Unit: Deputies assigned to this unit are responsible for enforcement of crimes against the environment such as littering and illegal dumping of solid and or hazardous waste. In addition, these Deputies attempt to educate the public and local business owners concerning these laws and ways to properly dispose of materials and waste. Also assigned to this unit is the Marine
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 5 of 8
Patrol which provides year round services and enforcement to the County’s waterways.
Beach Patrol Unit: Both Hilton Head Island and Hunting Island beaches are staffed with BCSO Deputies working a seasonal schedule. Deputies patrol the beaches on ATVs responding to calls for service and general patrol activities.
School Resource Officer: The School Resource Officer Program provides law enforcement officers for three middle schools and four high schools in Beaufort County. BCSO also has a rotating plan in place for SRO coverage in the elementary schools.
Alcoholic Beverage Control Team: The Sheriff’s Office Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC) enforcement responsibility was established in 2009 as a result of a Memorandum of Understanding between the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. One Deputy Sheriff has been assigned to the Unit and is sworn in and commissioned as South Carolina State Constables with statewide authority. The primary responsibility consist of enforcing state statures relating to the selling, purchasing and possession of alcoholic beverages and insuring regulatory compliance of establishments licensed to sell and dispense alcoholic beverages within Beaufort County.
Violent Crime Task Force: The VCTF will investigate and arrest the dangerous criminals who are responsible for committing crimes in Beaufort County and other jurisdictions. Focusing on violent offenders, the VCTF will use a multi-jurisdictional approach in cooperation with federal, state and local law enforcement to bring investigations to a successful conclusion.
Title 19 Enforcement: Title 19 is a cross-designation that authorizes local law enforcement who have been trained and certified to assist federal authorities in investigations. Those investigations usually deal with money being shipped out of the country illegally. It also provides the authority for local law enforcement to make federal seizures and to examine vessels and vehicles. The Title 19 Enforcement Team will also continue to investigate immigration issues under South Carolina statutes.
Courthouse Security: By statute, the BCSO is tasked with security operations at the Beaufort County Courthouse. The court houses five different courts, Family Court, Probate Court, Master In Equity, General Sessions, and Common Pleas.
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 6 of 8
Deputies are assigned depending on caseload of the court. Deputies also staff the entrance with metal detectors and have a security room to monitor over fifty cameras. Deputies are now staffing two Magistrate’s offices.
Forensic Services: The forensic services laboratory provides the citizens with forensic support in order to assist in the control of crime and the administration of justice. The mission is accomplished through the collaborative efforts of forensic analysts with the greatest degree of professionalism and ethics.
Office of Professional Responsibility: This unit conducts and coordinates all administrative investigations to uncover, fully develop, and objectively report all facts and circumstances surrounding allegations of misconduct; whether it involves violations of policy and procedures, code of conduct or state or federal law or other recognized standards of ethics. In addition, this unit assists the Recruitment Unit and the Investigations Unit with polygraph examinations.
Recruiting: This section is tasked with recruiting applicants and processing applications. This includes background investigations, scheduling of testing, scheduling of the interview board, and delivering the recommended applicant packages to the senior command staff for approval.
Training: The training section is assigned a Captain as the officer in charge. The Captain is supported by a Master Sergeant. This section is responsible for coordinating and delivering all in-service training to the members of the Sheriff’s Office. This includes meeting all state and federal training mandates, required certifications and implementing new training where possible.
Airport Security: The airport security program is designed to safeguard the civil aviation industry and the traveling public of Beaufort County. In order to ensure a safe and secure environment in which airport tenants may conduct business, airport security officers identify security problems and offer recommendations toward corrective action. They also serve as liaison between Federal Aviation Administration civil security personnel and other law enforcement agencies who are tasked with aviation security responsibilities.
Victim’s Advocacy: This unit was established to facilitate consistent and continuous communication between victims of crime and the BCSO. The unit provides victims with guidance through the judicial process and knowledge of the many resources available to them in a difficult time of their lives. It empowers victims to access and utilize the rights afforded them by law.
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 7 of 8
Crime Analyst: This unit handles the day to day intelligence gathering and dissemination. Information is received from local, state and federal authorities, processed and distributed electronically to the BCSO and a variety of outside agencies.
Crime Prevention Unit: The BCSO Crime Prevention Unit is responsible for all community and business crime prevention initiatives within the jurisdiction of the Sheriff’s Office. This includes, but is not limited to, Neighborhood Watch programs, community and business surveys, specific crime reduction strategies and child safety programs.
Color Guard/Honor Guard:
This unit is composed of approximately sixteen Deputies. Duties include pallbearers, color guard, rifle team, and trumpet player. The uniform is the Class A Winter or Summer Dress with additional special equipment as designated. The Deputies as designated who volunteer for this duty are supervised by the Master Sergeant of the Northern Patrol Branch. The primary duty of this unit is for Law Enforcement related funerals, special events sanctioned by the Sheriff’s Office, and for rendering of proper military type honors for law enforcement functions at the discretion of the Sheriff or his designee.
Crime Scene Unit:
The investigation of crime and the successful prosecution of criminal offenders
require that information be obtained through the application of scientific
knowledge and methods. In order to effectively use laboratory support services,
physical evidence must be identified, collected, preserved and transmitted to the
laboratory without delay. Accordingly, it is the policy of the Beaufort County
Sheriff’s Office to diligently follow forensic methods of obtaining and protecting
evidence.
Aviation Support Unit:
The BCSO Aviation Support Unit conducts aviation operations in support of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The Aviation Support Unit is also available to provide aviation elements to local, regional and state agencies on a case by case basis where that aviation support is vital to the successful competition of the mission. Aviation support can be utilized in search missions for persons or articles, for routine patrol of wide areas of the county and for specialized missions
133A2 Specialized Assignments Pg 8 of 8
such as Damage Assessment after a natural disaster. The Aviation Support Unit is also a force multiplier in situations such as large gatherings such as parades, sporting events or civil unrest.
Revised: A-3/1/ 2011: FLSA Classifications and Pay Grades; A1-1/22/2014; A2-2/10/2014
A3-3/5/2015; A4-3/1/2017 Comm Section added; A5-06/16/2020; A6-12/07/2020;
A7-01/13/2021; A8-02/11/2022; A9-03/09/22; A10-4/27/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Salary, Classification and Benefits
Number: 134A10 Type: Administrative Pages: 14
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 3.1.1 d, 3.1.3, 21.1.1; 21.2.1-2; 22.1.1; 22.2.1-2,8;
33.8.1; 35.1.7
Purpose:
It shall be the purpose of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to create a policy in which employees are promoted and classified consistent with both the growth of the Sheriff’s Office and the personal growth of sworn and non-sworn personnel.
Policy:
(CALEA 3.1.1 d, 3.1.3, 21.2.2) It is the policy of Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to maintain a position classification system that is fiscally responsible and strives to attract new employees, retain existing employees, and motivate all employees to perform. Job descriptions and job task analysis are available to all employees on the intranet. The development and maintenance of job descriptions and job task analysis falls within the duties of the Administrative and Support Services Branch. Job task analysis of every position is maintained on file and a documented review is completed at least every four years. The agency’s role in the process is to provide a clear and concise description of employee responsibilities and ensure they are current. The agency also provides a benefits program to include but not limited to personal leave, health care, and retirement. Additionally, upon acceptance of the employment offer, the prospective employee is eligible for reimbursement of up to $2,500.00 in approved moving expenses, which must be validated by corresponding original receipts.
Procedure: Classification Plan:
A. (CALEA 21.2.1 a, b, d; 22.1.1 c) Sworn Personnel:
Entry Level – Deputy Sheriff: Pay Grade 28. All applicants hired will be hired at the entry level of Deputy Sheriff and classified as pay grade 28 unless hired in a lateral entry under the “Previous Experience” and the “Education Credit”
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 2 of 14
sections listed in this order and in General Order 134, Salary, Classification and Benefits. All Deputies must successfully complete all of the training requirements of the Sheriff’s Office and the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy and successfully complete the one-year probationary period.
Patrolman First Class: Pay Grade 29. Each Deputy Sheriff will become eligible for promotion to Patrolman First Class upon completion of twelve (12) months of employment with the Sheriff’s Office. The Deputy must meet all expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations, and not have received any BCSO serious policy violations over the past twelve months.
Lance Corporal: Pay Grade 30. Each Patrolman First Class (PFC) will be eligible for promotion to Lance Corporal after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The PFC must have met all of the expectations include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months.
Corporal: Pay Grade 31. Each Lance Corporal will be eligible for promotion to Corporal upon completion of five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The Corporal must have met all expectations of a Lance Corporal to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO Policy violations within the previous twelve months.
Sergeant: Pay Grade 32. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff, promotions to Sergeant may be made. All Corporals are eligible for this promotion, regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate for the promotion must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board, consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs as selected by the Chief Deputy. The board members may hold the rank of Sergeant or higher. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Sergeants.
Staff Sergeant: Pay Grade 33. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Staff Sergeant may be made. All Sergeants will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 3 of 14
months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs as selected by the Chief Deputy. The board members may hold the rank of Staff Sergeant or higher. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Staff Sergeants.
Master Sergeant: Pay Grade 34. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Master Sergeant may be made. All Staff Sergeants will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs as selected by the Chief Deputy. The board members may hold the rank of Master Sergeant or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position description for Master Sergeants.
Lieutenant: Pay Grade 35. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff, promotions to Lieutenant may be made.
Captain: Pay Grade 36. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff, promotions to Captain may be made.
Major: Pay Grade 37. The Sheriff shall designate such Deputy Sheriffs, as he deems necessary to the rank of Major for the good order of the Sheriff’s Office. This appointment shall be at the sole discretion of the Sheriff.
Colonel: Pay Grade 39. The Sheriff shall designate such Deputy Sheriffs as he deems necessary to the rank of Colonel for the good order of the Sheriff’s Office. This appointment shall be at the sole discretion of the Sheriff.
Chief Deputy: Pay Grade 40. The Sheriff shall designate one Deputy Sheriff to be the Chief Deputy of the Sheriff’s Office.
B. Support Services Personnel, Sworn: (Administrative Exempt)
Finance Officer: Pay Grade 32
Accreditation Manager: Pay Grade 28
Computer Crimes Officer: Pay Grade 31
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 4 of 14
Forensic Analysis: Pay Grade 28
C. Administrative Support Staff:
A very integral part of the Sheriff’s Office is the Administrative Support Staff. The employees of the Sheriff’s Office assigned to the Administrative Support Staff are responsible for compliance with all FBI and SLED regulations concerning records keeping and reporting. The Administrative Support Staff shall hold one of the below listed billets as required by the Sheriff:
Sheriff’s Technician: Pay Grade 27. Entry Level
Sheriff’s Technician I: Pay Grade 28. Each Sheriff’s Technician will become eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician I upon completion of twelve (12) months of employment with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must meet all expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations, and not have received any BCSO serious policy violations over the past twelve (12) months.
Sheriff’s Technician II: Pay Grade 29. Each Sheriff’s Technician I will be eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician II after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months.
Sheriff’s Technician III: Pay Grade 30. Each Sheriff Technician II will be eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician III upon completion of five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all expectations of a Sheriff’s Technician II to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO Policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months.
D. Emergency Management:
Emergency Services Dispatcher: Pay Grade (TBD). Entry level.
Emergency Services Dispatcher I: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Emergency Services Dispatcher will become eligible for promotion to Emergency Services Dispatcher I upon completion of twelve (12) months of employment with the
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 5 of 14
Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. To be eligible for promotion to ESD I, the ESD must have been signed off on both; “non-emergency phones” and “emergency phones”.
Emergency Services Dispatcher II: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Emergency Services Dispatcher I will be eligible for promotion to Emergency Services Dispatcher II after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. To be eligible for promotion to ESD II, the ESD I must be signed off on all phones, as well as Fire/EMS radios.
Emergency Services Dispatcher III: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Emergency Services Dispatcher II will be eligible for promotion to Emergency Services Dispatcher III after completing five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. To be eligible for promotion to ESD III, the ESD II must be signed off on all phones and radios (Fire, EMS and Law Enforcement).
Emergency Services Dispatcher Assistant Supervisor: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Emergency Services Dispatcher III will be eligible for promotion to Emergency Services Dispatcher Assistant Supervisor. The candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. The promotion process is outlined in General Order 139. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Emergency Services Dispatcher Assistant Supervisor. Must be an ESD III for one year.
Emergency Services Dispatcher Supervisor: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Emergency Services Dispatcher Assistant Supervisor will be eligible for promotion to Emergency Services Dispatcher Supervisor. The candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. The promotion process is outlined in General Order 139. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 6 of 14
Emergency Services Dispatcher Supervisor. Must be an ESD Assistant Supervisor for one year.
Traffic Management Technician: Pay Grade (TBD). Entry level.
Traffic Management Technician I: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Traffic Management Technician will be eligible for promotion to Traffic Management Technician I after completing twelve (12) months of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months.
Traffic Management Technician II: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Traffic Management Technician I will be eligible for promotion to Traffic Management Technician II after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months.
Traffic Management Technician III: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Traffic Management Technician II will be eligible for promotion to Traffic Management Technician III after completing five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The employee must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months.
Traffic Management Technician Supervisor: Pay Grade (TBD). Each Traffic Management Technician III will be eligible for promotion to Traffic Management Technician Supervisor. The candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve (12) months. The promotion process is outlined in General Order 139. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Traffic Management Technician Supervisor. The Sheriff reserves the option of hiring from outside of this agency to fill this position directly.
E. Classification Non-Exempt Employees:
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 7 of 14
All sworn personnel from Deputy Sheriff to Master Sergeant.
All non-sworn personnel, except as identified under Se4ction (F).
F. Classification Administrative Exception Employees:
All sworn personnel from Lieutenant to Colonel.
Finance Officer
Accreditation Managers
Computer Crimes Officer
Forensic Analyst
General Counsel, Asst. General Counsel
G. Classification Executive Exemption:
Chief Deputy
H. (CALEA 22.1.1 b; 35.1.7 a) Longevity Plan:
In order to provide a mechanism for steady pay increases and advancements it shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to implement a longevity pay program.
The longevity increase shall be of an amount no greater than 3% of the current salary of the employee and no less than 1% of the current salary.
Each employee shall be eligible for a longevity increase every year with the exception of those employees who are hired by the Sheriff’s Office as a Deputy Sheriff and who have retired as a Law Enforcement Officer from any city, county, state or federal retirement system.
This period shall be calculated beginning upon completion of five (5) years of employment with the Sheriff’s Office.
Should an employee receive a promotion and be eligible for a longevity increase in the same fiscal year, the Sheriff shall determine the amount of the increase.
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 8 of 14
The employee shall be eligible for this pay increase on the anniversary of their hire date.
Longevity increases shall be based on performance and evaluations.
The Sheriff or the Chief Deputy has the discretion to place a ceiling or a cap on the earnings of any position.
Each sworn employee will receive an automatic pay increase on the anniversary of hire for the first five (5) years of employment with the Sheriff’s Office until they obtain the rank of Corporal. Each year, thereafter, the sworn employee will receive a longevity increase as a direct result of their annual evaluation.
I. (CALEA 22.1.1 b, d, g) Previous Experience:
It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to recruit experienced, trained Deputy Sheriffs wherever possible.
The Sheriff shall take into account when hiring a Deputy Sheriff with previous experience the amount of experience and the level of competence of the candidate. The Sheriff shall then hire that applicant into a position commensurate with their experience level.
The previous experience shall also be considered when calculating the longevity increases. The candidate will not be awarded rank beyond the rank of corporal. This shall be considered at a baseline of five (5) years’ experience, prior to calculating any longevity steps.
The candidate must be a South Carolina certified Class One Law Enforcement Officer or;
The candidate must be certified by an out-of-state police academy which is recognized by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy or;
The candidate must have documented Military Police, Federal Law Enforcement, and or Criminal Investigative Service experience with the Provost Marshal’s Office of any branch of the United States Military or;
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 9 of 14
Prior Reserve Deputy Time with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to be determined by documented time sheets.
All pay increases for previous experience shall be at the discretion of the Sheriff.
J. (CALEA 22.1.1 b, g; 22.2.2 e; 33.8.1) Education:
It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to recruit applicants who have achieved as high a level of formal education beyond a high school diploma. Furthermore, it shall be the policy to encourage employees to further their education while working with the Sheriff’s Office. Therefore, credit shall be given on a one-time basis for any college degrees earned by the applicant or the incumbent employee. The credit for the education will be awarded upon the completion of the degree program. The degrees earned must be awarded by a college or university recognized and accredited by The Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA), the U.S. Department of Education (DoEd) or the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education Training Council (DETC). No other degrees will be recognized. All employees will be required to produce an “Official Transcript” from a qualifying place of higher education in order to receive any pay increase for completion of a college degree. Credit shall be calculated incrementally at 3% increases per degree as they are earned by incumbent employees, as follows:
AA Degree 3% increase
BA Degree 6% increase
Master’s Degree 9% increase
Doctorate Degree 12% increase
K. (CALEA 22.1.1 g) Bilingual Employees:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to recruit applicants who are bilingual in Spanish and English. Applicants must pass a proficiency test in reading, writing, interpretation and speaking both languages. Employees that successfully pass the proficiency testing and are hired by the Sheriff’s Office will receive a one-time $1,200 salary increase over their base pay.
L. FTO and CTO Incentive Pay:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has developed an incentive program to compensate both Field Training Officers (FTO’s) and Communication Training
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 10 of 14
Officer’s (CTO’s) while they are actively training a newly hired person. When completing their payroll voucher, FTO’s and/or CTO’s will record .75 hours for each shift they actively trained a new hire. The FTO and/or CTO will place their name on the daily observation reports (DOR) in the training documents at the end of each shift with their trainee as verification of training for pay purposes. The FTO/CTO incentive pay will be capped at 90 hours per fiscal year. Any hours accrued beyond 90 hours per year will be given as compensation time.
M. Evaluations: A critical component of this promotion and classification policy is the evaluation process. It is imperative that a fair and equitable evaluation procedure be put in place so that each employee will be graded impartially and in a timely manner. These evaluations will be one of the deciding factors in the percentage of increase granted by the Sheriff in the longevity plan. The evaluation form shall be a standardized form designed and approved by the Sheriff of Beaufort County. The guidelines for evaluations are listed in General Order Number 132.
N. Leave and Benefits Package:
It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to adopt those portions of the Beaufort County Personnel Policy, as amended, which address the accrual of leave, fringe benefits and the dispersal of salaries and other funds as may be available and part of the Deputy Sheriff’s package.
(CALEA 22.2.1 c, d) Personal Leave Time (PLT):
a. The PLT account is established for regular full-time employees.
b. PLT is accrued by eligible employees receiving pay from Beaufort County for days worked, days taken as PLT, days taken for jury duty, or any other approved time off with pay.
c. Regular employees accrue PLT provided they are “in pay status” at least fifty percent of the time.
d. Accrual rates are listed in the Beaufort County Personnel Handbook, section 3.2.1.
e. (CALEA 22.2.1 a) Administrative Leave: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 3.2.13.
f. (CALEA 22.2.1 b) Holiday Leave: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 3.1.2b.
g. (CALEA 22.2.1 e) Family Medical Leave: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 3.2.14.1.
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 11 of 14
h. (CALEA 22.2.1 c) Sick Leave: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 4.2.19 and 4.2.20.
i. (CALEA 22.2.1 d) Personal Holiday Leave Day: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 4.1.2.
Scheduling Leave:
a. Employees must submit a request to their immediate supervisor for the use of PLT at least forty-eight hours in advance.
b. Employees absent for three days or more due to medical reasons, shall be required to present a Doctor’s statement.
c. Employees may be required to submit a Doctor’s statement at any time the BCSO believes a statement is necessary.
d. Leave without pay must be approved by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy on a case by case basis.
Personnel Programs:
a. (CALEA 22.2.2 a) Retirement: Sworn Deputies are enrolled in the Police Officer’s Retirement System. Administrative employees are enrolled in the South Carolina Retirement System. Both systems are administered through the State of South Carolina.
b. (CALEA 22.2.2 b) Health Insurance: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 3.3.1.
c. (CALEA 22.2.2 c) Disability Insurance: Reference Beaufort County Personnel Handbook section 3.3.3.
d. (CALEA 22.2.2 c) Death Benefits: The state retirement system has a provision; the Federal Survivors Act also has a provision for line of duty deaths. The County of Beaufort also offers several life insurance plans.
e. (CALEA 22.2.2 d) Liability Protection: This is handled through the State Reserve Insurance Fund, the County of Beaufort, Tort Liability Insurance, and Assuredly Bonds.
(CALEA 22.1.1 e, f) Compensatory Time and Overtime:
a. Both compensatory time and overtime are documented through an “Payroll Voucher”.
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 12 of 14
b. Compensatory time is returned to the commissioned employee at one for one (per hour) if taken within thirty (30) days. If taken later than thirty (30) days, it is returned to the commissioned employee at time and one-half (per hour).
c. Overtime is granted at time and one-half (per hour). Depending on assignments, some commissioned employees are on forty (40) hour cycles and others are on one hundred seventy-one (171) hour cycles.
d. Compensatory time and overtime can be earned under the following conditions:
i) Investigative/Follow Ups.
ii) Emergency Call Outs.
iii) Court Appearances.
iv) Training.
v) Other incidents as approved.
vi) Hurricanes or any other natural disaster where personnel are called in for extra duty. (Pay rate per hour may be increased at the discretion of the Sheriff. This supersedes any other policy or directive.)
e. Communication Center employees are not allowed compensatory time.
Military Leave:
a. (CALEA 22.2.1 f, 22.2.8 a) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain and Financial Officer are the coordinators for all employees involving long or short term military leave.
b. (CALEA 22.2.8 c, e) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain and Financial Officer are the Sheriff’s designees for in/out processing of employees on military leave.
c. (CALEA 22.2.8 d) Any employee on Military Leave in excess of thirty (30) days will return all Sheriff’s Office issued equipment. The storage of this equipment will be documented by the Supply Manager.
d. (CALEA 22.2.8 f) Upon return, the employee must become current with all mandated training (Cores, Legals, Firearms, etc.) before returning to full duty status.
e. (CALEA 22.2.8 g) Prior to departure on Military Leave, the employee will leave emergency contact numbers/e-mails with the Recruiting and Staffing Captain.
Holiday Pay:
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 13 of 14
a. Regular holiday pays for eight (8) and ten (10) hour employees when a holiday falls on a Sunday, the succeeding Monday is the observed holiday. Those employees will receive holiday pay on Monday, the observed holiday.
b. Regular holiday pays for twelve (12) hour employees (patrol and dispatchers) when the holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday receive holiday pay on actual holiday days they actually work. Shift workers who do NOT work on the actual holiday are NOT paid holiday pay.
c. If a sworn officer signed up to work extra duty for a BCSO event or prepaid event for a holiday weekend day; Holiday Pay for actual hours worked shall be paid.
O. Additional Communications Section Regulations:
Personal Leave:
a. In the event of an emergency or non-scheduled leave, the Shift Supervisor will be responsible for making notifications the day an employee leaves or calls out. Notification via e-mail is acceptable during business hours or after hours to the Communications Manager of the reason for leave taken without pre-authorization.
b. Payroll Vouchers are to be turned in to the Communications Manager by way of Shift Supervisors no sooner than one month prior to the leave request unless travel arrangements have to be made. Once approved by the Communications Manager by signature, the voucher will be returned to the Shift Supervisor.
c. When calling out for sickness and/or emergencies, the employee is to give as much advance notice as possible to the on-duty shift supervisor in the Communications Center. Unless incapacitated, the employee is to make the notification. This is to be done via dispatch supervisor on the desk phone line. E-mails and text messaging to make notifications are prohibited.
Overtime:
a. Overtime must be authorized by the Communications Manager or Communications Command Officer prior to working the overtime.
b. Overtime will not be paid unless it has been pre-approved by the Communications manager or the Communications Captain.
134A10 Salary, Classification and Benefits Pg 14 of 14
c. All authorized overtime will be paid and not accrued as compensatory time.
P. Summary: This policy is intended to eliminate compression among the ranks, provide for a steady system of pay increases using non-biased methods for promotions and pay increases. This policy shall be reviewed each year in order that it might remain current with the changing conditions, balanced with the private job market and in line with the growth in structure of the Sheriff’s Office.
Revision Date(s) A-2/6/2013; A1-5/14/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Biased Based Profiling
Number: 135A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.9 a, b, c, d
Purpose:
Profiling, in itself, can be a useful tool to assist law enforcement officers in carrying out their duties. Bias based profiling; however, is the selection of individuals based solely on a common trait of a group. The purpose of this general order is to establish a policy against the use of bias based profiling in the enforcement programs conducted by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
Officers of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will treat everyone equally and fairly. The practice of bias based profiling is prohibited. Deputy Sheriffs will not consider and individual’s race, ethnic background, gender, sexual orientation, religion, economic status, age, cultural group or any other identifiable group in a biased manner in the performance of their duty and will not allow such characteristics to influence their conduct toward individuals.
(CALEA 1.2.9 a) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will not condone the use of any bias based profiling in its enforcement programs, including but not limited to:
A. Traffic Enforcement.
B. Field Interview Contacts
C. Search Decision/Incidents.
D. Arrest Decisions/Incidents.
E. Seizures.
Definition:
Bias Based Profiling: Is the selection of individuals based solely on a common trait of a group. This includes but is not limited to race, ethnic background, gender, sexual orientation, religion, economic status, age, cultural group, or any other identifiable groups.
135A Biased Based Profiling Pg 2 of 4
Procedures:
A. When a Deputy Sheriff has contact with a citizen based on a traffic stop, one of two options will be executed and the following procedures followed:
Issue a Uniform Traffic Ticket with the appropriate court date, or if the circumstances require an arrest with a Uniform traffic Ticket.
Issue a Written Warning Citation. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s office utilizes a two part Warning Citation issued by the South Carolina Department of Safety. The citation is designed to give the Deputy an opinion to issuing a Uniform traffic Ticket. If a Warning Citation is issued the blue copy will be issued to the violator and the white copy turned into the Records Section.
All required copies of both the Warning Citation and the Uniform Traffic Ticket will be turned into the Records Section. The Records Section will track all UTT and Warning Citations. All required reporting requirements will be followed by the Records Section.
B. Statistics: Statistical information is a responsibility of the Administrative Division. Statistical data will be broken down each month on each Deputy and the overall statistics for the entire Sheriff’s Office and forwarded to the Sheriff’s Executive Assistant. Statistical information to include:
Number of citizen complaints. (OPR Lieutenant)
Number of calls for service. (Communications Manager)
The total number of traffic stops in a month with a ratio breakdown of race, ethnicity, and gender. (DPS)
The total number of arrests in a month with a ratio breakdown of race, ethnicity, gender. (Detention Center)
The total number of field interviews in a month with a ratio breakdown of race, ethnicity, and gender. (DPS)
C. Corrective Action: (CALEA 1.2.9 c) The Sheriff’s Executive Assistant is responsible for providing the command staff with monthly reports on the statistics
135A Biased Based Profiling Pg 3 of 4
listed in Section B to determine if biased based profiling is occurring. If any command staff member suspects bias based profiling is occurring or has occurred they will then determine if the incident is isolated to an individual Deputy, a particular Team, Branch, Section, and Unit or throughout the Sheriff’s Office. If an individual Deputy is suspected of bias based profiling, the Chief Deputy:
Request an administrative inquiry be conducted by a command level employee.
Request an internal affairs investigation be conducted, depending on what the administrative inquiry reveals.
Follow directives applicable to internal affairs.
D. Annual Review: (CALEA 1.2.9 d) The Accreditation Manager will conduct an annual review of bias based profiling statistics and citizen complaints for the overall Sheriff’s Office. If the statistics reflect a higher percentage of enforcement action against citizens, whether or not bias based profiling is occurring, the Chief Deputy with be notified and may:
Authorize additional training.
Request a review of the applicable sections in the General Order’s Manual for possible revised.
E. Training: (CALEA 1.2.9 b) The Sheriff’s Office Training Section will provide annual training to all personnel to address this standard. The training will include, but is not limited to:
Define and discuss bias based profiling, including legal aspects.
Review and discussion on cultural diversity issues.
Discussing discrimination issues.
Reviewing traffic and arrest statistics.
Review and discuss all citizen complaints.
Reviewing and discuss traffic enforcement procedures.
135A Biased Based Profiling Pg 4 of 4
Review and discuss law enforcement techniques and procedures.
Review and discuss arrest procedures.
Review and discuss search procedures.
F. Department Records: The Administrative Colonel is responsible for assuring that monthly statistics of all citizen complaints are prepared in a report and disseminated to the Command Staff, to include:
The total number of complaints.
Types of complaints.
Age, Race, Ethnicity, Gender of complainant.
Outcome of all OPR investigations (Substantiated, Partially Substantiated, Unsubstantiated, Unfounded), and any action taken against the Deputy.
Reference(s): A-06/09/2020; A1-05/11/21; A2-03/31/2023
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Awards Program
Number: 137A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 7
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 26.1.2
Purpose:
(CALEA 26.1.2) To establish a uniform system for the nomination and selection of employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and members of the general public in recognition of meritorious service.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is committed to identifying personnel from the agency and the private sector whose deeds stimulate a quest for excellence and merit attention and praise.
Procedure:
A. Nomination Process:
Nominations for all awards may originate from any personnel within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The individual making the nomination does not have to be the nominee’s supervisor. Any individual within the agency may nominate another for an award. Nominations will be made to the Chief Deputy in writing with attachments such as personal recommendations, incident reports or other documents of justification.
Citizens or organizations in the private sector may request nominations from the Sheriff’s Office. No individual can be submitted for an outside award without the approval of the Chief Deputy.
All Sheriff’s Office personnel, as well as citizens meeting the criteria for eligibility, may be nominated to receive the various awards.
B. Selection Process:
137A2 Awards Program Pg 2 of 7
It will be the responsibility of the Chief Deputy to review all award nominations and insure compliance with the stated criteria.
If an employee of the agency is contacted with regard to an outside organization’s desire to give an award to a Sheriff’s Office employee, that request must be channeled to the Chief Deputy. Upon request, the Chief Deputy may recommend candidates to external organizations desiring to present civil awards to agency personnel.
The recommendations of the Chief Deputy will be forwarded to the Sheriff for final approval.
Upon receiving the Sheriff’s approval, the Chief Deputy will insure an award notification is forwarded to all appropriate personnel, to include the nominee’s Division Major and the Finance Officer who will place a copy in the recipient’s personnel file.
Formal presentations of the awards may be made at command staff meetings or during other special conferences as directed by the Sheriff. Presentation of annual awards and some special awards will be made at the Sheriff’s Office annual Appreciation Banquet. Awards from outside agencies will be presented as announced.
C. Awards presented by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office include:
Medal of Honor: The highest award bestowed upon personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This medal may be awarded to personnel who, in the line of duty, gave their life or distinguished themselves by the performance of an act of courage involving risk or imminent danger to their life, with knowledge of the risk. Personnel must render themselves obvious by an act so outstanding that it clearly distinguishes their courage. Nominations for the Medal of Honor must be accompanied by an incident report, statements from witnesses to the incident, and any other supporting documentation relevant to the incident.
Medal of Distinguished Service:
a. This medal may be awarded to personnel who, in the line of duty distinguish themselves by the performance of an act of courage involving risk of serious
137A2 Awards Program Pg 3 of 7
personal injury, with knowledge of the risk, for the purpose of saving or protecting human life; or
b. A similar act which is necessary to effect an arrest or prevent the escape of a person who committed an act which seriously exposed any person to death or serious physical injury; or
c. In the course of an extended investigation, willing to accept risk that continuously exposed them to grave personal danger; or
d. For an unusually creditable and extraordinary accomplishment in the service of the Sheriff’s Office.
e. Nominations for the Medal of Distinguished Service must be accompanied by an incident report, statements from witnesses to the incident, and any other supporting documentation relevant to the incident.
Life Saving Medal: This medal may be presented to personnel who physically rescue a person from the likelihood of certain death; or render first aid of a distinguished or unusually credible nature to a person whose life is in immediate jeopardy; or render first aid in a manner that sustains the person and enables the person to be delivered alive to a medical facility. Nominations for the Life Saving Medal must be accompanied by an incident report relative to the incident in question along with supporting medical documentation and/or supporting statements of the lifesaving efforts. The medical documentation may be in the form of a statement from a medical doctor attending the person, the person’s family physician, or EMS statements, records, and/or statements of any qualified medical personnel who were at the scene. A statement from the person or a family member of the person whose life was saved may also be submitted as evidence of life saving efforts.
The Purple Heart Award is bestowed upon any Deputy Sheriff who is killed, wounded, or suffers traumatic injury as a result of an assault by any instrument, or weapon in any manner, while in the performance of their duties.
The Blue Star Medal: The Blue Star Award is awarded to any Deputy of the Sheriff’s Office who has been substantially injured while in performance of affecting an arrest or preserving the life or safety of another. Nominations for the Blue Star Medal must be accompanied by an incident report, statements from
137A2 Awards Program Pg 4 of 7
witnesses to the incident, and any other supporting documentation relevant to the incident.
Citizen Awards: A “Certificate of Service” may be awarded by the Sheriff to a citizen who has rendered assistance to the Sheriff’s Office in an emergency or special need or who has contributed to the welfare of the community.
Distinguished Performance Award: This award is given annually to any agency employee who exhibits continued performance of duty in an exemplary manner, and/or performs an act or acts of intelligent and valuable service. This will include the submission of any device or method adopted to increase efficiency in an administrative or operational procedure, and/or a display of initiative in fostering an innovative, valuable, and successful community program. All Distinguished Performance Award nominations must be given to the Chief Deputy by the end of October each year with written justification.
Deputy Sheriff of the Year Award: This award may be presented to a non-supervisory Deputy (s) who has exhibited exemplary performance in any aspect of law enforcement during the year for which the award is given. All Deputy Sheriff(s) of the Year Award nominations must be given to the Chief Deputy by the end of October of each year with written justification. The criteria for nomination may include:
a. Recognition of a heroic act;
b. High personal standards and service above and beyond the call of duty;
c. Display of high level of technical excellence;
d. Display of innovation and initiative in creating new concepts or ideas;
e. Extensive years of service with the agency, completing a variety of successful tasks along his/her career; and/or
f. Other exemplary performance as so deemed by the Sheriff.
Civilian Employee of the Year Award: This award may be presented to civilian employees who in the capacity of their employment, exhibited exemplary performance in any aspect of their duties of employment with the agency during the year for which the award is given. All Civilian Employee(s) of the Year
137A2 Awards Program Pg 5 of 7
nominations must be given to the Chief Deputy by the end of October each year with written justification. The criteria for nomination may include:
a. High personal standards and service above and beyond the call of duty;
b. Display of high level of technical excellence;
c. Display of innovation and initiative in creating new concepts in serving the public or this office;
d. Extensive years of service with this agency, completing a variety of successful tasks along his/her career;
e. Recognition of a heroic act; and/or
f. Other exemplary performance as so deemed by the Sheriff.
Supervisor of the Year Award (Law Enforcement and Civilian): This award may be presented to any supervisor who, in the capacity of his/her employment, exhibited exemplary performance in any aspect of their supervisory duties with the agency. All Supervisor(s) of the Year Award nominations must be given to the Chief Deputy by the end of October each year with written justification. The criteria for nomination may include:
a. Recognition of a heroic act;
b. High personal standards and service above and beyond the call of duty;
c. Display of high level of technical excellence, or supervisory leadership responsibilities;
d. Display of innovation and initiative in creating new concepts or ideas;
e. Extensive years of service with this agency, completing a variety of successful tasks along his or her career;
f. Outstanding efforts in the furtherance of the provision of law enforcement or detention services; and/or
g. Other exemplary performance as recognized by the Sheriff.
137A2 Awards Program Pg 6 of 7
Reserve Deputy Service Award: This award is given to the Reserve Deputy who has contributed a combination of substantial hours of service, overall professionalism and service above and beyond the requirements for a Reserve Deputy. Nominations for the Reserve Deputy Service Award will be made by the Enforcement Major or other command Deputies to the Chief Deputy by the end of October each year with written justification.
Volunteer of the Year Award: This award will be presented to any person who volunteers their service to the Sheriff’s Office and exhibited exemplary performance through that service. All Volunteer of the Year Award nominations must be given to the Chief Deputy by the end of October each year with written justification. The criteria for nomination may include:
a.High personal standards and service above and beyond the call of duty;
b.Number of hours contributed to this agency in the performance of his/her duties;
c.Display of innovation and initiative in creating new concepts in service to the public or this agency;
d.Extensive years of service as a volunteer with the agency, completing a variety of successful tasks; and/or
e.Other exemplary performance as so deemed by the Sheriff.
Criminal Justice Academy’s J.P. Strom Award: The Sheriff’s Office will recognize agency sworn personnel who distinguish themselves by being presented the J.P. Strom Award by the Criminal Justice Academy acknowledging the highest academic grade average for their graduating Basic Law Enforcement class. The Deputy will also receive a $500.00 bonus.
Criminal Justice Academy’s Physical Fitness Award: The Sheriff’s Office will recognize agency sworn personnel who distinguish themselves by being presented the Academy’s top Physical Fitness Award.
Criminal Justice Academy’s Firearms Award: The Sheriff’s Office will recognize sworn personnel who distinguish themselves by being presented the Academy’s top Firearms Award.
137A2 Awards Program Pg 7 of 7
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1-06/19/2019; A2-03/07/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Disciplinary Procedures
Number: 138A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 10
Effective Date: August 4, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 22.2.6; 26.1.4 a, b, c; 26.1.5; 26.1.6; 26.1.7 a, b, c; 26.1.8
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for the administration of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office disciplinary process.
Policy:
The maintenance of effective discipline is essential in order for the Sheriff’s Office to effectively control its performance and satisfactorily achieve its objectives. Therefore, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to hold individual; employees accountable for their behavior in a manner that is fair, equitable, and timely in nature.
Procedures:
A. Responsibility:
Complying with agency directives is the responsibility of all agency personnel.
It is the supervisor’s duty to ensure subordinate personnel conform to the agency’s guidelines. This is best accomplished by supervisors setting a positive example for subordinates.
(CALEA 26.1.5) A supervisor’s responsibilities include:
a. Rewarding positive behavior and exemplary conduct and performance.
b. Investigating allegations of employee misconduct when within the scope of their responsibilities.
c. Counseling employees to improve job performance or correct minor infractions and procedures.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 2 of 10
d. Identifying training needs as a function of the disciplinary process.
e. Implementing corrective actions, within the scope of their authority and responsibilities. Supervisors are responsible for the personnel assigned to them. It is the responsibility of each supervisor to manage, supervise and to use counseling to correct minor employee issues, if possible, rather than having to use formal disciplinary action. At this level, supervisors should document their actions but are not required to use the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Disciplinary Action Form. The form will be used to report all formal disciplinary actions, routed up the chain of command and it will be filed in the employee’s personnel file.
f. Implement disciplinary action as required and approved.
B. Disciplinary Action/Progressive Discipline:
It is not possible to list every specific act or omission, or combination of specific acts or omissions, which can result in disciplinary action. The agency’s General Orders Manual serves as a guideline.
In order to assure compliance with all directives, this agency will follow the concept of progressive discipline when circumstances permit by administering gradually increasing disciplinary actions for each successive instance of employee misconduct. Progressive discipline means that employees will generally be given ample opportunity to correct deficiencies, depending on the severity of violation. The emphasis is on rehabilitation in the case of minor infractions. When an offense has been committed which requires more severe action the concept of progressive discipline is vacated.
(CALEA 26.1.4 c) Certain offenses are of such a serious nature that immediate termination upon first offense is appropriate. Additionally, the employee may be subject to termination for the accumulation of violations when the employee fails to participate in and/or respond to corrective action.
a. Although not all inclusive, the following should be taken into account when considering administration of discipline:
i) The seriousness of the incident.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 3 of 10
ii) The circumstances surrounding the incident.
iii) The employee’s past disciplinary record.
iv) The employee’s past work performance.
v) The impact of the incident on the agency and/or community.
vi) The prognosis for future similar disciplinary problems.
C. (CALEA 26.1.4 a) Training:
Remedial training may be used for specific performance and/or procedural deficiencies identified in personnel. The need for remedial training may be recognized by management during evaluation of job performance, as a result of a complaint, during an inspection, or failure to meet minimum standards in a training session evaluation.
Training used as part of the agency’s disciplinary system will be documented and permanently maintained in the employee’s personnel and training file.
Training may be used as part of the agency’s disciplinary process by itself or along with other disciplinary procedures as determined by the supervisor.
D. Types of Formal Discipline: All formal disciplinary action will be documented on the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Disciplinary Action Form and routed through the Chain of Command. The document will be filed in the employee’s personnel file located in the Finance Office.
Counseling or Oral Reprimand.
Disciplinary Training
Written reprimand.
Suspension from duty.
Administrative Leave.
Disciplinary Probation or Demotion in rank or pay grade.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 4 of 10
Termination.
E. Counseling:
Counseling assists employees with the process of problem solving. It may be corrective or preventive in nature and not necessarily a reprimand. It may focus on the need for a person to change his present behavior or work methods. It may also focus on the need for a person to behave differently in preparation for responsibilities and challenges that lie ahead.
The immediate supervisor may orally counsel/reprimand an employee when the employee has an existing problem or is having trouble understanding or adjusting to matters which are job related or affect job performance. The supervisor will identify the policy, procedure, or standard(s) of conduct which the employee has violated or the duties which the employee has failed to discharge, and will suggest corrective action.
A supervisor may encourage that an employee use available professional counseling services when a personal problem is suspected of interfering with job performance.
Supervisors may complete a written Performance Counseling which will be documented on a “Performance Counseling Form”. The supervisor shall identify the policy, procedure or standard(s) of conduct that was violated or the duties which the employee has failed to discharge and suggest corrective action. The Performance Counseling Form shall remain in the employee’s personal folder, kept within the Branch Captain’s Office, for one year from the date of issue. The Performance Counseling shall be referenced in the employee’s next Annual Evaluation and purged one year after the date of initial issue.
(CALEA 22.2.6) Participation in a counseling program may be required as part of, or in lieu of, more serious disciplinary action should the Sheriff or respective commander determines the employee would benefit from such counseling. Failure of the employee to participate in recommended counseling could result in disciplinary measures being taken.
Minor incidents noted by a supervisor may be handled verbally by that supervisor without documentation or performance counseling. All other counseling as a
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 5 of 10
component of the agency’s disciplinary process will be permanently documented in the employee’s personnel file.
a. (CALEA 26.1.4 b) Counseling as a component of the agency’s disciplinary process may be utilized by itself or along with other disciplinary procedures.
Written Reprimand:
a. A written reprimand is a formal reprimand to the employee from a supervisor describing the way in which the employee’s conduct or performance has failed to meet prescribed standards.
b. The written reprimand should be used in cases where a past verbal warning has been ineffective or where an offense has been committed which requires more severe action than a verbal warning or counseling.
c. The written reprimand will identify the violations charged against the employee or the failures in work performance of the employee and will specify corrective action. It will warn the employee that repeated offenses will lead to sterner measures, including possible discharge. The written reprimand will be forward through the Chain of Command and documented in the employee’s personnel file. Written reprimands may be removed from the employee’s personnel file after one year upon written application and approval of the Sheriff or his designee.
(CALEA 26.1.5) Level of Authority For Discipline:
a. All supervisors are held responsible for any discipline administered at any level below them within their span of authority. Final disciplinary authority and responsibility for members rests with the Sheriff. All first level supervisors (Sergeants, Staff Sergeants), Branch Captains and Branch Lieutenants may exercise the following disciplinary measures with employees under their control.
i) Counseling.
ii) Recommend a higher level of discipline, such as suspension or dismissal.
iii) Emergency suspension from duty.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 6 of 10
b. The Division Major may exercise all of the above and the following disciplinary measures:
i) Change of duty assignment.
ii) Counseling and retraining in the current duty assignment.
iii) Oral Reprimand.
iv) Written Reprimand.
v) Emergency suspension from duty.
c. The Chief Deputy may exercise all of the above and the following disciplinary measures:
i) Suspension from duty with or without pay not to exceed five days.
d. The Sheriff and the Chief Deputy:
i) Suspension from duty with or without pay.
ii) Demotion in rank or pay grade.
iii) Termination.
Suspensions:
a. Any personnel placed on suspension must turn in agency identification, badge, weapon(s), keys, key cards, body armor and vehicle.
b. All suspension will be fully documented and justified by the level of supervision authorized. All of the documentation will be forwarded up the Chain of Command for review and/or concurrence or a request for an investigation.
c. Suspensions will be permanently documented in the employee’s personnel file.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 7 of 10
d. Employees under suspension have no authority to represent the Sheriff’s Office.
Administrative Leave:
a. An employee may be reassigned to other duties or placed on administrative leave with pay for a prescribed period of time, which normally will not exceed thirty (30) calendar days, but may be extended, by the Sheriff or his designee. This allows for immediate response to a suspected but not fully substantiated offense and a period which an investigation can be thoroughly pursued.
b. Any personnel placed on administrative assignment will turn in their agency identification, badge, weapon(s), keys, key cards, and vehicle at the discretion of the Sheriff or his designee.
c. All administrative leave will be permanently documented in the employee’s personnel file.
d. Administrative leave is with pay unless directed by the Sheriff or his designee.
Disciplinary Probation or Demotion in Rank or Pay Grade:
a. Based on the circumstances and the seriousness of the incident(s) a command staff review will be conducted for the purpose of considering a reduction in rank or pay grade rather than termination or consideration of placing the employee on disciplinary probation for up to one year. The employee will be informed as to the corrective actions which are expected within this time period. Appropriate paperwork will be sent to the agency’s Finance Office for implementation of probationary status and placement in the employee’s personnel file. Any further infraction during this period may result in termination.
b. Either of these actions will be recommended by the majority of the command staff and must be approved by the Chief Deputy, with final approval by the Sheriff.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 8 of 10
Termination:
a. Termination is the removal of an employee from duty, thereby ending his employment by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Pursuant to 23-13-10 of the South Carolina Code of Laws, 1976, as amended, the Sheriff has the authority to terminate any sworn or civilian employee. The termination action will be documented in the employee’s personnel file.
b. (CALEA 26.1.4 c) All employees may be subject to termination for any of the following general conditions:
i) Consistent performance failure(s) or a single performance failure that results in serious consequences to the agency’s public credibility or ability to function in an effective and efficient manner.
ii) Refusal to submit to an ordered alcohol or drug examination;
iii) Refusal to submit to a polygraph after being ordered to do so.
iv) Failure to cooperate in an administrative inquiry; and/or
v) Lying, cheating, stealing, unethical conduct, etc., or subsequent arrest/conviction for a criminal act.
Termination Order:
a. Employees in new hire probation can be terminated at any time during the probationary period and are excluded from the provisions of this section.
b. (CALEA 26.1.7 a, b, c) If employee misconduct results in termination from the agency, the employee will receive a written notice which will contain the following information:
i) The reason for termination; and
ii) The effective date of the termination.
iii) Status of fringe and retirement benefits after dismissal.
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 9 of 10
c. All employees, including those terminated, will be offered an exit interview. During the out processing and/or exit interview the employee will be provided a statement of the status of fringe and retirement benefits after termination (will be provided by the Human Resources Office).
(CALEA 26.1.5) Supervisory Authority:
a. Final disciplinary authority and responsibility for agency employees rests with the Sheriff. All supervisors are held responsible for any discipline administered at any level below them within their span of authority.
b. If the misconduct is very minor, such as a minor infraction of procedures, or a case of poor judgment which has not significantly impeded effective agency operations, the supervisor is authorized to take immediate corrective action in the form of counseling which may be verbal or written.
c. A written reprimand may be given by any supervisor within his/her span of authority. If the span of authority is exercised outside the normal duty assignment, e.g., during a collateral duty assignment or a temporary assignment such as for an unusual occurrence, it will be the responsibility of that supervisor to inform the offending employee’s normal duty assignment supervisor and ensure the reprimand is documented in the employee’s personnel file.
d. Whenever improper conduct of an employee is observed by any supervisor, it will be the responsibility of that supervisor to take immediate corrective action and/or to inform the offending employee’s supervisor for possible disciplinary action.
e. Any supervisor or command officer may relieve any employee from duty in the following circumstances:
i) Employee conduct which is observed by or reported to the supervisor which is criminal, extremely serious in nature, insubordinate and/or creates potential harm to the public, the employee, or the Sheriff’s Office; or
ii) The employee is unfit for duty due to physical or psychological reasons (e.g., intoxication (drugs or alcohol), use of deadly force, a motor vehicle
138A2 Disciplinary Procedures Pg 10 of 10
accident or other physical injury, death in the family, other personal problems, etc.)
iii) A supervisor taking such action must notify the appropriate commander or the on-call Command Duty Officer as soon as possible and articulate the reason for such action. The supervisor must also submit written documentation in statement form as to the incident and/or circumstances which led to the action. Such documentation will be forwarded to the appropriate Division Commander.
iv) The supervisor will take possession of the employee’s weapon(s), agency identification card, badge, keys, key cards, body armor and vehicle. Unless otherwise notified by the Division Commander, such administrative leave will be with pay.
(CALEA 26.1.8) Maintenance of Formal Disciplinary Records: Formal disciplinary actions will be reported on the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Disciplinary Action Form. The Disciplinary Action Forms and any related records or documents will be retained in the employees personnel file in the Finance Office of the Sheriff’s Office. Personnel records will be retained based on the approved Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Records Retention Schedule.
Appeal Procedures: (CALEA 26.1.6) all adverse disciplinary action is an acceptable topic for grievance and may be appealed in accordance with agency complaint/grievance procedures as outlined in General Order 121.
Revision Date(s) A- 2/18/2013; A1- 1/21/2014; A2- 2/10/2014; A3-8/22/2019; A4-11/27/2019; A5-
06/07/2021; A-6 04/05/2022; A7-05/31/22; A8-07/05/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Promotional Procedures
Number: 139A8 Type: Administrative Pages: 10
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 4.4.1-7, 31.1.2; 33.8.2; 34.1.1; 34.1.2; 34.1.3 a, d, e, f, g, h;
34.1.4; 34.1.5; 34.1.6 a, b, c, d; 34.1.7
Purpose:
To establish a fair and objective promotional process for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and to ensure that promotional vacancies are filled by fully qualified employees. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has implemented procedures in which employees are promoted consistent with both the growth of the Sheriff’s Office and the employee’s qualifications. All promotional opportunities will be accomplished in such a manner to insure that favoritism and prejudice are not used as factors in the process. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office employs an equal and unbiased system of advancement for all employees of the Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Sheriff’s Office promotional policy addresses promotional procedures for all non-sworn supervisory positions and sworn positions from the rank of Sergeant to Chief Deputy. Entry level Deputy Sheriff’s and non-sworn Sheriff’s Technician positions have a mandated progression over a five-year period provided they meet all of the requirements at each promotional level. Sworn Deputies, Sergeants and above as well as non-sworn civilian supervisory personnel, are selected using a promotional process as outlined in this general order. The appointment of Chief Deputy is made exclusively by the Sheriff.
(CALEA 4.4.1, 34.1.1) It is the responsibility of the Sheriff to fill all positions of higher responsibility with fully qualified employees. A sound promotional process for advancement is essential to ensure the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is staffed by the most productive and fully qualified employees available. This process will afford our employees the opportunity to develop and advance to their full potential, commensurate with their capabilities, and best serve the needs of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This opportunity will be extended equally to all employees in an effort to provide equal representation in all managerial levels within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 2 of 10
Under South Carolina common law, the Sheriff of a county is granted unrestricted authority over the Deputy Sheriff who serves at his pleasure. This includes, but not limited to hiring, firing, promoting and establishing the administrative and operational direction of the Sheriff’s Office. This has been reaffirmed by an Attorney General’s opinion and then by the State Constitution and by specific statute. Constitutional Authority creates the Office of Sheriff and the duties of the Sheriff are codified in several specific sections of South Carolina Statute. Section 23-13-10 states, “that the Sheriff may appoint one or more Deputies to be approved by the judge of the circuit or any circuit judge presiding therein. The appointment of these Deputies shall continue at the pleasure of the Sheriff.” This statutory law dictates not only that the Deputy Sheriff serves at the pleasure of the Sheriff but also how the Deputy must serve.
Under the leadership of the Sheriff, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office functions under the philosophy that produces professional excellence. The Sheriff mandates that all operations, processes, systems and opportunities are in place to protect not only the Sheriff’s Office but all employees of the Sheriff’s Office. The Sheriff has directed CALEA Accreditation for the Sheriff’s Office which is a proven modern management model that promotes the effective use of resources and improves service delivery. CALEA strengthens accountability, both within the agency and the community, through a continuum of standards that clearly define authority, performance, responsibilities and ensures that all employees are given the opportunity to participate in a fair, open, and objective process for promotional opportunities within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The employee(s) promoted to a position of higher responsibility within the Sheriff’s Office must possess the required qualifications and experience to function in that position.
Definitions:
Advancement: A noncompetitive process resulting in the movement to a higher classification within the career ladder program.
Promotion: A competitive process occurring only when openings are available to a higher classification/position.
Procedures:
A. Deputy Sheriff to Corporal: Entry level Deputy Sheriff’s to Corporal have a mandated advancement over a five-year period provided they meet all of the requirements at each promotional level.
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 3 of 10
(CALEA 34.1.3 g; 32.2.10) Entry Level – Deputy Sheriff: Pay Grade 28. All applicants hired will be hired at the entry level of Deputy Sheriff and classified as pay grade 28 unless hired in a lateral entry under the “Previous Experience” and the “Education Credit” sections listed in this order and in General Order 134, Salary, Classification and Benefits. All Deputies must successfully complete all of the training requirements of the Sheriff’s Office and the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy and successfully complete the one-year probationary period.
Patrolman First Class: Pay Grade 29. Each Deputy Sheriff will become eligible for promotion to Patrolman First Class upon completion of twelve (12) months of employment with the Sheriff’s Office. The Deputy must meet all expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations, and not have received any BCSO serious policy violations over the past eighteen months.
Lance Corporal: Pay Grade 30. Each Patrolman First Class (PFC) will be eligible for promotion to Lance Corporal after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The PFC must have met all of the expectations include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months.
Corporal: Pay Grade 31. Each Lance Corporal will be eligible for promotion to Corporal upon completion of five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The Corporal must have met all expectations of a Lance Corporal to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO Policy violations within the previous twelve months.
B. (CALEA 34.1.3 g; 34.1.6 c) Sergeant to Master Sergeant: Deputies with at least one year at their current rank and who possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description may apply for promotion to the next rank.
Sergeant: Pay Grade 32. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Sergeant may be made. All Corporals are eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate for the promotion must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board, consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs with the rank of Sergeant or higher. The
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 4 of 10
candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Sergeants.
Staff Sergeant: Pay Grade 33. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Staff Sergeant may be made. All Sergeants will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs with the rank of Staff Sergeant or higher. The candidates will be held to standards established in the position description for Staff Sergeants.
Master Sergeant: Pay Grade 34. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Master Sergeant may be made. All Staff Sergeants will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months. The process shall consist of a Promotion Board consisting of five Deputy Sheriffs with the rank of Master Sergeant or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position description for Master Sergeants.
Lieutenant: Pay Grade 35. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Lieutenant may be made. All Master Sergeants will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the requisite education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and must not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months. Master Sergeants requesting promotion to the rank of Lieutenant must appear before a promotion board consisting of five Deputy Sheriff’s with the rank of Lieutenant or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position for Lieutenant.
Captain: Pay Grade 36. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Captain may be made. All commissioned Deputy Sheriff’s will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment with the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of requisite education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and must not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the past twelve
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 5 of 10
months. All commissioned officers requesting a promotion to the rank of Captain must appear before a promotion board consisting of five Deputy Sheriff’s with the rank of Captain or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position for Captain.
C. Major to Chief Deputy: The Executive Command of the Sheriff’s Office, as listed below:
Major: Pay Grade 37. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Major may be made. All commissioned officers will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment with the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the requisite education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and must not have received any serious BCSO policy violations with the past twelve months. Any commissioned officer requesting a promotion to the rank of Major must appear before a promotion board consisting of five Deputy Sheriff’s with the rank of Major or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position for Major.
Colonel: Pay Grade 38. As deemed necessary by the Sheriff promotions to Colonel may be made. All commissioned officers will be eligible for this promotion regardless of current assignment within the Sheriff’s Office. Each candidate must possess all of the requisite education and experience as described in the position announcement/description to include acceptable evaluations and must not have received any serious BCSO policy violations with the past twelve months. Any commissioned officer requesting a promotion to the rank of Colonel must appear before a promotion board consisting of five Deputy Sheriff’s with the rank of Colonel or higher. Each candidate will be held to the standards established in the position for Colonel.
Chief Deputy: Pay Grade 40. The Sheriff shall designate one Deputy Sheriff to be the Chief Deputy of the Sheriff’s Office.
D. Non-Sworn Positions: Entry level Sheriff’s Technicians to Sheriff’s Technician III have a mandated advancement over a five-year period provided they meet all of the requirements at each promotional level.
(CALEA 34.1.3 g) Entry Level Sheriff’s Technician: Pay Grade 27. All non-sworn applicants hired will be hired at the entry level of Sheriff’s Technician and classified as pay Grade 27 unless hired in a lateral entry under the “Previous
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 6 of 10
Experience” and the “Education Credit” sections listed in this order and in General Order 134. All Technicians must successfully complete the one year probationary period.
Sheriff’s Technician I: Pay Grade 28. Each Sheriff’s Technician will become eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician I upon completion of twelve (12) months of employment with the Sheriff’s Office. The Technician must meet all expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations, and not have received any BCSO serious policy violations over the past eighteen months.
Sheriff’s Technician II Pay Grade 29. Each Sheriff’s Technician I will be eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician II after completing three (3) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The Technician must have met all of the expectations to include acceptable performance evaluations and not have received any serious BCSO policy violations within the previous twelve months.
Sheriff’s Technician III: Pay Grade 30. Each Sheriff’s Technician II will be eligible for promotion to Sheriff’s Technician III upon completion of five (5) years of service with the Sheriff’s Office. The Technician must have met all expectations to include acceptable evaluations and not have received any BCSO Policy violations within the previous twelve months.
Sheriff’s Technician Supervisor: Pay Grade 31. The Sheriff’s Office has one non-sworn Technical Supervisor. The selection of the Supervisor is based on a review by the Administrative Command of the Sheriff’s Office, usually based on seniority, with approval by the Chief Deputy.
E. (CALEA 34.1.2) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain is responsible for the administration of the promotional processes up to the rank of Master Sergeant and all personnel assigned. The Recruiting and Staffing Captain reports directly to the Division Major. Duties include:
Maintaining a master roster of all candidates who applied;
Verifying the eligibility of each candidate;
Scheduling all phases of the promotional procedure;
Developing and compiling questions for the Oral Promotion Board; and
Having the personnel file of each candidate at the oral review board.
Background Investigations
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 7 of 10
F. Promotional Process Procedures:
These procedures apply to all eligible employees and the Sheriff’s Office.
(CALEA 4.4.3a, 4.4.4, 34.1.3 a, 34.1.4, & 34.1.6) All elements used to evaluate candidates for promotions are job-related and nondiscriminatory. This policy establishes a reliable promotional policy for the selection of the best qualified employee(s) for promotion, with appropriate attention to such factors as education, training background, previous experience, demonstrated skills, and desirable traits of character, health and growth potential. The agency’s promotion policy is as follows:
a. (CALEA 4.4.2, 4.4.5, & 34.1.5) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will post the open position announcement by sending an e-mail up the Chain of Command. All promotional announcements will be posted on Fridays and will remain open for five working days.
b. The applicant must submit a letter of intent up the Chain of Command to the Recruiting and Staffing Captain on or before the closing date listed on the job opening posting.
c. (CALEA 4.4.2, 4.4.6c, 34.1.3 a, & 34.1.6 c) The Recruitment and Staffing Captain is responsible for the screening each application to ensure the applicant meets the education requirements, training requirements, time-in service requirements, overall experience requirements, and the time in grade requirements. A short summary of qualifications will be prepared on each candidate and made available to the Promotion Review Board.
d. (CALEA 4.4.2) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will request a written summary/recommendation up the Chain of Command on each candidate. This information will be presented to the Promotion Review Board.
e. (CALEA 4.4.2 & 34.1.3 d) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will schedule a Promotion Review Board. The board will be held within five days if possible, of the closing of the announcement. The Board will consist of sworn Deputies at the equivalent or higher rank of the position being sought after; between Sergeant and Colonel. A sworn deputy sheriff of a higher rank will facilitate the process and does not vote in the process.
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 8 of 10
f. (CALEA 4.4.3 d, 4.4.6a, 34.1.6 a, & 34.1.3 d) The members of the board will/may ask a number of questions. Once a question is asked, any board member may further question a candidate for clarification, if required. Each member of the board will score the candidate “Recommended” or “Not Recommended”.
g. (CALEA 4.4.6 & 34.1.6 b) Each member of the Promotion Review Board will also complete a Written Recommendation Form on each candidate. The Board member will rank each candidate and will provide written justification for either positive or negative recommendation. The Written Recommendation Forms and the questions sheets will be given to the Recruiting and Staffing Captain.
h. (CALEA 4.4.6b & 34.1.6 b) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will compile the candidate’s results from the Promotional Review Board and rank them in the order they were selected by the board. He will also attach the written recommendations of each supervisor and the written recommendations from the Promotional Review Board and provide the information to the Colonel for his review and recommendations. The Colonel will review his recommendations with the Chief Deputy for recommendations to the Sheriff.
i. (CALEA 4.4.6 d, e;& 34.1.6 d, e) The Sheriff has the final say on who will be promoted and if he desires a standing promotion list. If a promotional list is approved by the Sheriff, it will remain in effect based on his direction.
(CALEA 4.4.3 f & 34.1.3 f) Reapplication: Unless it is otherwise stated by the Sheriff any employee may reapply for a vacant position within six (6) months of the original submittal provided a vacancy exists.
(CALEA 4.4.3 h & 34.1.3 h) Safeguarding Promotion Personnel Information: All information and data gathered during any promotion process will be safeguarded in a file cabinet with a restricted keyway in the Recruiting and Staffing Office. The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will control all access to this information.
(CALEA 4.4.3 e & 34.1.3 e) Review and Appeal: At the conclusion of a promotional process, candidates may review and appeal all evaluations related to their performance in the process. Candidates may contest any results filed by requesting a meeting with the Recruiting and Staffing Captain. The Recruiting
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 9 of 10
and Staffing Lieutenant will conduct a review of the report(s) and discuss findings with the Section Captain and Division Major and they will review his findings with the Chief Deputy. If the Chief Deputy concurs with the findings, the Section Captain will inform the contesting employee of the final decision.
(CALEA 4.4.7 & 34.1.7) Probationary Period for Newly Promoted Employees (This is not required for the mandated advancements) All newly promoted employees have a six (6) month probation period. The employee will be closely observed and evaluated at three (3) months and again at six (6) months. Unsatisfactory performance should be identified and corrected early through counseling, training, or other suitable personnel actions to safeguard against the promotion of Deputies beyond their capabilities. If performance problems continue, the probationary period may be extended for an additional three months at the recommendation of the Section Captain and approval by the Division Major. This extension is not guaranteed and will be at the sole discretion of the Major. If the Deputy fails to meet expectations at the end of the probationary period, the Major may recommend to the Division Colonel and the Chief Deputy that he/she is returned to their respective former classification.
(CALEA 33.8.2 & 31.1.2) Training: All personnel appointed to supervisory positions will receive job related training. This training may be provided before the official promotion or within six (6) months of the promotion.
G. (CALEA 34.1.3 g) Previous Experience: It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to recruit experienced, trained, and certified Deputy Sheriffs wherever possible. The Chief Deputy will take into account when hiring a Deputy Sheriff with previous experience the amount of experience and the level of competence. The previous experience will also be considered when calculating the longevity salary increases. The candidate will not be granted a rank above Corporal, except at the sole discretion of the Sheriff. This shall be considered at a baseline of five (5) years’ experience, prior to calculating any longevity steps. The following formula shall be used:
The candidate must be a South Carolina certified Class One Law Enforcement Officer; or
The candidate must be a certified law enforcement officer by an out-of-state POST, which is recognized by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy; or
The candidate must have documented Federal Law Enforcement, and/or Criminal Investigative Service experience with the Provost Marshal’s Office of any branch of the United States Military; or
139A8 Promotional Procedures Pg 10 of 10
Prior Reserve Deputy Time with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to be determined by documented time sheets.
All pay increases for previous experience shall be at the discretion of the Sheriff.
H. Education: It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to recruit Deputies who have achieved as high a level of formal education as possible beyond a high school diploma. Furthermore, it shall be the policy to encourage Deputy Sheriff’s to further their education while working with the Sheriff’s Office. Therefore, credit shall be given on a one-time basis for any college degrees earned by the applicant or the incumbent employee. The credit for the education will be awarded upon the completion of the Degree program. The Degrees earned must be awarded by a college or university recognized and accredited by The Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA), the U.S. Department of Education (DoEd) or the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education Training Council (DETC). Credit shall be calculated based on the following criteria:
AA Degree 3% increase
BA Degree 6% increase
Master’s Degree 9% increase
Doctorate Degree 12% increase
Revision A- 06/03/2010; A2- 02/10/2014; A3- 03/25/2016; A4-06/09/2020; A5-07/14/2020; A6-
06/15/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Retention Incentive Program
Number: 140A6 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: June 9, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 22.2.2
Purpose:
(CALEA 22.2.2) Effective January 2, 2013, the South Carolina Retirement System implemented a revision of the retirement policy for the Police Officers Retirement System (PORS-15) and South Carolina Retirement System (SCRS) participants. The revision allows eligible PORS and SCRS members to retire and return to work after thirty (30) consecutive calendar days. This order amends the policy for employees seeking to retire and return to employment with the Sheriff’s Office, new employees who were employed in public safety either sworn or non-sworn and retired from any federal, city, county or state retirement system and agency employees who have reached thirty years of service in the South Carolina retirement system.
Public Safety employees is generally defined as a federal, state, or local government agency that provides administrative, financial, and technical services to support core public safety functions for some or all of the following: Fire and rescue services, ambulance and EMS, police and security guards, emergency communications, inspections and code enforcement, animal control, law enforcement support services, and Department of Motor Vehicles, etc.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the benefits of maintaining an efficient and productive workforce. In some instances, this objective is best met by retaining experienced personnel. In other instances, this objective is best met by allowing adequate growth and opportunity for promotion. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to establish a reasonable balance between these two equally important needs.
Procedures:
A. New Hires Who Have Retired from Any City, County, or State Agency:
Employees who are hired by the Sheriff’s Office who have retired from any city, county or state retirement system are not eligible for salary increases based on the Sheriff’s Office longevity plan.
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 2 of 8
These employees are eligible for any cost of living increases as granted by Beaufort County Council.
B. Agency Employees Eligibility:
An employee must qualify for retirement under the guidelines of the Police Officers Retirement System (PORS) and/or South Carolina Retirement System (SCRS). Due to a PORS salary cap, the BCSO will not consider a rehire until age 57. Under the SCRS salary cap, the BCSO will not consider a rehire until age 62.
Employees who are approved to return to work after retiring will have their salary capped equal to their annual salary on the date of retirement and are not eligible for salary increases based on the Sheriff’s Office longevity plan.
The retired employee must be separated from the agency for a minimum of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days prior to returning to employment.
During the time between date of retirement and date of rehire, PORS employees have no authority as a deputy sheriff and cannot make arrests nor carry weapons as such.
Employees initially seeking to retire and return to work under the provisions of PORS or SCRS, must submit the Request Authorization to Retire and Return to Work form to the Sheriff, through their chain-of-command, no less than ninety (90) days prior to their expected retirement date. Thereafter, each employee approved for participation must submit the same form by March 31st of each year to the Sheriff through their chain of command for a decision if the employee may continue in the program.
Employees must be able to fulfill all the duties and responsibilities associated with the position they are seeking.
Employees initially seeking to retire and return to work, or seeking continued participation, must have successfully completed all in-service training required by state law, and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the effective date of the employee’s requests.
C. Application Process: Employees requesting initial authorization to retire and return to work, must submit a completed Request Authorization to Retire and Return to Work form through the chain of command to the Chief Deputy requesting consideration. The request for continued participation from employees will be documented on their personnel evaluation form.
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 3 of 8
D. Approval Process:
Upon receipt of an initial request to retire and return to work, or a request for continued participation, the Chief Deputy and the respective Division Colonel will meet to review the application.
The following criteria may be considered when reviewing an employee’s request:
a. Employee’s level of education, skills, abilities and knowledge, specialized training, seniority, etc.
b. Work history and job performance of the employee, to include documented disciplinary action, performance appraisals, sick leave record, chronological entries, etc.
c. Recommendations made by the employee’s chain of command.
d. Agency impact (i.e., budgetary considerations; promotional opportunities, etc.
e. Other considerations linked to job qualifications, or any other considerations as they relate, in the Sheriff’s (or his designee’s) sole discretion, to the needs of the Sheriff’s Office.
Based on that review, a recommendation to approve/disapprove the request will be forwarded to the Chief Deputy.
The final decision regarding an employee’s request rests solely with the Sheriff. Notification of the decision will be sent to the employee.
E. Benefits:
PORS and SCRS participants who retire and return to work will only be eligible for benefits if rehired in a regular full-time or regular part-time status.
If rehired, participants will be allowed to continue insurance coverage at the active employee premium rate.
Participants will be paid the maximum hours of Personnel Leave Days (PLD) as defined by Beaufort County policy in their last paycheck prior to their retirement.
If rehired, participants will begin accruing Personnel Leave Days (PLD) based on their re-hire date as a new employee.
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 4 of 8
If rehired, retired participants contributing to PORS and SCRS are eligible for an increased group life insurance benefit, a payment equal to their one year’s annual salary.
If rehired, both PORS and SCRS employees are required to participate in the retirement system with the understanding they are not entitled to compensation for their contributions.
Employees are eligible to receive cost of living increases as granted by Beaufort County Council.
F. General:
This policy and its provisions in no way constitute a guarantee or contract of employment.
Employees who achieve a degree from an accredited university or college are entitled to receive the appropriate salary increase as outlined in the Sheriff’s Office Salary, Classification and Benefits General Order, Number 134.
The Sheriff or Chief Deputy has the authority to make special adjustments to any employee’s salary for the good of the agency.
All employees will be evaluated annually.
The Sheriff (or his designee) reserves the right to terminate, or otherwise change, the conditions of this policy and/or the conditions under which an employee is allowed to retire and return to work at any time for any, or no, reason.
At any time the Sheriff, or Chief Deputy determines it is in the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office to discharge a rehired employee, they may do so without notice.
PORS and SCRS participants authorized to return to work, either initially or during the annual review process, do not have any guarantee as to salary, position, status, assignment, or rehire date.
Participants in this program are eligible for future promotional opportunities and appropriate salary increase based on the promotion.
As a general rule, and unless some other provision of this policy is applicable, participants who retire and are rehired in a non-supervisory position will not be restricted as to the length of time they can participate as long as they meet the criteria for continued participation.
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 5 of 8
As a general rule, and unless some other provision of this policy is applicable, participants who retire and are rehired in a supervisory position will be restricted to the length of time they will be allowed to participate. The length of time will depend, in part, on the number of other promotional opportunities that become available and the rank of the participant. In most instances, supervisory participants will be restricted to three (3) years participation unless their appointment is extended by the Sheriff.
H. Retirement Awards:
Any employee, sworn and non-sworn, who retires from the Sheriff’s Office may receive awards as follows:
*Any sworn officer who has completed within Beaufort County is entitled to a set of retired credentials. The retired credentials will contain an annual expiration date upon which date they must be returned for renewal for and re-issue approval.
*Any employee sworn or non-sworn who retires from the Sheriff’s Office is also entitled to a retirement certificate housed in an appropriate holder which outlines their time and service.
A. Any sworn officer who has completed between eight (8) and fifteen (15) years of accumulated time in public safety service within Beaufort County is entitled to a retirement certificate in a certificate holder.
B. Any sworn officer who has completed between fifteen (15) and twenty-four (24) years of accumulated time in public safety service within Beaufort County is entitled to a retirement certificate mounted in a shadow box with a badge included (No Weapon).
C. Any sworn officer who has completed twenty-five (25) years or more of service within Beaufort County is entitled to a set of retired credentials; and a choice of a retirement certificate mounted in a shadow box with a badge included and a handgun. In lieu of a shadowbox; the officer may opt for a handgun in an engraved gun box.
D. Any non-sworn employee with at least eight (8) and less than twenty-eight (28) years of service within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 6 of 8
entitled to receive a set of retired credentials and a retirement certificate in a certificate holder.
E. Any non-sworn employee with twenty-eight (28) years of accumulated time and service within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is entitled to receive a set of retired credentials, a plaque and a retirement certificate in a shadow box.
F. Any retirement awards to be given as a result of medical retirement for injuries sustained in the line of duty will be at the discretion of the Sheriff.
(Note: Any and all retirement awards will be at the discretion of the Sheriff)
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 7 of 8
REQUEST TO RETIRE AND RETURN TO WORK
Initial Request Continued Participant (Year 2 3 4 5 )
Employee’s Name:
Employee’s Signature:
Date:
Written recommendations from each supervisor through the chain of command:
STAFF SERGEANT
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
MASTER SERGEANT
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
LIEUTENANT
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
CAPTAIN
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
MAJOR
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
Date of initial or projected retirement:
140A6 Retention Incentive Program Pg 8 of 8
COLONEL
Recommended
Not Recommended
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
CHIEF DEPUTY
Approved
Not Approved
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
SHERIFF
Approved
Not Approved
Comments: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature:
Date:
Once completed by the Sheriff, the REQUEST TO RETIRE AND RETURN TO WORK form will be forwarded by the Sheriff’s Executive Secretary to Beaufort County Employees Services Office.
05/06/2010: Replaced old General Order Number 19
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: No Smoking Policy
Number: 141 Type: Administrative Pages: 1
Effective Date: January 1, 2007 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: Beaufort County Policy 3.10.2
Purpose:
To ensure all employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are aware and familiar with the no smoking policy enacted by Beaufort County Council.
Policy:
Reference Beaufort County Ordinance 3.10.2, “Smoking shall be prohibited in and on all county owned or operated facilities; including county vehicles.”
05/10/2010: Replaces old General Order 20
12/22/2010: Page 3, i changed; A1-5/18/2020; A2-05/12/21; A3-03/07/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Alternative, Administrative, Light Duty Assignments
Number: 142A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: April 5, 2007 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
It is the purpose of this policy to establish the authority for temporary alternative, administrative and light duty assignments and to establish the procedures for granting these temporary assignments to eligible deputies and civilian personnel for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
Temporary alternative, administrative and light duty assignments may be made to employees because of an injury, illness, a deputy involved shooting, use of force incident, internal affairs investigation and other similar incidents that result in the employee temporarily unable to perform the essential functions of their regular assignments but capable of performing alternative duty assignments. These assignments are granted at the discretion of the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy and should not be considered an employee’s benefit or right. Use of temporary assignments can provide employees with an opportunity to remain productive as well as provide a work option. Therefore, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that eligible personnel are given reasonable opportunity to work temporary alternative, administrative and light duty assignments if available and consistent with this policy.
Definitions:
Eligible Personnel: For the purpose of this policy, a full time employee of this agency suffering from a medically certified illness or injury, requiring treatment by a licensed health care provider and who, because of the illness or injury, is temporarily unable to perform the essential functions of their regular duty assignment but is capable of performing alternative assignments; or a full time employee who is involved shooting incident, use of force incident, internal affairs investigation or other similar incident. Eligible employees may be assigned to work in an alternative, administrative or light duty assignment based on the needs of the agency at the time of the assignment. The temporary duty assignment may change the employees normal working hours and
142A2 Alternative, Administrative, Light Duty Assignments Pg 2 of 5
working days based on the needs of the agency. All medical illnesses or injuries must be documented by the attending physician. In the event the temporary assignment causes undue hardship the deputy/employee will notify the Chief Deputy in writing, to consider whether an alternative option is available. The adversity must be based on a justified hardship not on a dislike of the working hours, working days or other similar associated dislike.
Personal Leave Day (PLD): Personal Leave Day (PLD) is a leave account established for regular full time employees with the accrued leave time based on the rates established by Beaufort County Council.
Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA): Federal law allowing for up to twelve (12) weeks of annual leave for workers-in addition to leave provided by the agency, due to illness, injury or certain other family conditions/situations.
Sick Leave: Sick Leave is a leave account for full time employees with the accrued leave time based on rates established by the Beaufort County Council.
Procedures:
A. General Provisions:
Temporary alternative, administrative and light duty assignments.
a. When placed on restricted or light duty by a physician or doctor because of injury or illness, the employee will notify his/her immediate supervisor as soon as possible. The supervisor is responsible for making notification to the Command Duty Officer or to his/her Captain.
b. Personnel injured or otherwise disabled in the line of duty shall be given preference to an alternative duty assignment.
c. Employees involved in a shooting incident, use of force incident, internal affairs investigation, etc. may be placed in an alternative or administrative position pending the outcome of the incident at the direction of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
d. This policy in no way affects the privileges of employees under provisions of the Family and Medical Leave Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, Americans with Disabilities Act, or other federal or state law.
142A2 Alternative, Administrative, Light Duty Assignments Pg 3 of 5
e. Assignments to alternative, administrative or light duty assignments shall not affect an employee’s classification, salary, pay increases, promotions, or retirement benefits.
f. No specific position within this agency shall be established for use as temporary assignments, nor shall any existing position be designated or utilized exclusively for personnel on temporary duty assignments.
g. Alternative, administrative and light duty assignments are strictly temporary. These assignments and the specific period of time of the assignment are granted at the discretion of the Sheriff or Chief Deputy and should not be considered an employee’s benefit or right. Employees who are removed from a temporary assignment will return to their duty assignment or pursue other options as provided by employment provisions of this agency or federal or state law.
h. Deputies on temporary assignments are prohibited from engaging in outside employment in which they may be reasonably expected to perform law enforcement functions.
i. The Deputy shall not operate a marked patrol vehicle, but may be a passenger in a marked patrol vehicle with supervisory approval. They will be assigned an unmarked agency vehicle if available and not become involved as a first responder to law enforcement operations. If an unmarked vehicle is not available, they will be required to provide their own transportation until such time an unmarked vehicle becomes available.
j. While in a light duty status, the carrying of an issued weapon will be determined by the nature and severity of illness or injury; or on a case by case basis.
k. Light duty assignments shall not be made for disciplinary purposes.
l. Light duty assignments may be changed or modified at any time upon the approval of the recommending physician, at the discretion of the Chief Deputy.
m. Temporary assignments shall be made based upon the availability of an appropriate assignment given the employee’s knowledge, skills, and
142A2 Alternative, Administrative, Light Duty Assignments Pg 4 of 5
abilities; availability of assignments; and the physical limitations imposed on the deputy/employee.
n. While in a light or limited duty status, employees will be prohibited from participating in any extra-duty of any kind for reasons of liability.
o. Every effort shall be made to assign the deputy/employee to positions consistent with their rank and pay classification. However, where appropriate, personnel may be assigned to positions designated for personnel of lower rank or pay classifications. Deputies thus assigned, shall:
i) Retain the privileges of their rank but will answer to the supervisor to whom they are assigned with regard to work responsibilities and performance; and
ii) Retain the pay classification and related benefits of the position held prior to their assignment to temporary duty.
B. Requests For and Assignment to Temporary Light Duty
A written request for temporary alternative, administrative and light duty assignments will be submitted to the employee’s Division Major. Medical requests must be accompanied by a statement of medical certification to support a requested reassignment, which must be signed by either the treating physician or other treating licensed health care provider. The certificate must include an assessment of the nature and probable duration of the disability, prognosis for recovery, nature of work restrictions and an acknowledgment by the health care provider of familiarity with the light duty assignment and the fact that the employee can physically assume the duties involved. Other situations such as deputy involved shooting, internal affairs investigations, etc. do not require the employee to request a temporary assignment, this decision is based on the circumstances, and will be made by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
If a light duty assignment is approved, a Personnel Action Form will be completed on the employee and forwarded to the Employee Services Section of Beaufort County.
If applicable, all necessary workmen’s compensation forms will be completed by the Sheriff’s Office.
142A2 Alternative, Administrative, Light Duty Assignments Pg 5 of 5
The written request for temporary light duty and the physician’s statement will be forwarded to the Chief Deputy for further action.
This agency may require the employee to submit to an independent medical examination by a health care provider of the agency’s choosing. In the event the opinion of this second health care provider differs from the foregoing health care provider, the employee may request a third opinion at the employer’s expense.
When assigned to alternative, administrative or light duty based on a medical condition the employee may be required to submit a physical assessment of their condition signed by the treating physician at any time.
05/06/2010: Replaces old General Order 205
12/22/2010: Page 3, C, 2 Changed
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Pregnancy Policy
Number: 143A Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: April 5, 2007 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA
Purpose:
To establish a policy for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office for employees who become pregnant.
This policy is primarily directed for a pregnant Deputy Sheriff based on the essential functions of a Deputy Sheriff, but also applies to a non-sworn employee who becomes pregnant. The deputy/employee has the option to remain working in a full-time capacity performing full duty assignments or in combination with alternate duty assignments, until such time that the deputy’s physician recommends light duty or leave status or the employee independently requests a light duty assignment or leave due to her medical condition.
Policy:
This policy is intended to treat pregnancy as a routine event thereby avoiding an adverse situation that negatively impacts the seniority, position, or compensation of the pregnant employee.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes that its diverse workforce is a valuable asset and that trained experienced women are a critical resource to the success of a professional law enforcement agency. One important means in achieving a diverse workforce is a favorable policy related to pregnancy, one that supports parenthood without compromising police operations, without unfairly burdening non-pregnant employees, and without violating antidiscrimination laws.
The Sheriff’s Office recognizes pregnancy as a temporary physical condition, unique to women, which may affect an employee’s ability to perform all of the usual duties of her job classification. This policy provides for pregnant deputy/employees who are unable to safely perform all of the essential job functions of their duty assignment an alternative duty assignment when medically indicated because of diminished physical capabilities. The
143A Pregnancy Policy Pg 2 of 4
Sheriff’s Office will not assume a deputy/employee is unable to continue her regular job functions solely because she is pregnant.
Definitions:
Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA): Federal law provides for up to 12 weeks of annual leave for workers in addition to leave provided by the agency due to illness, injury or certain other family conditions/situations.
Federal Pregnancy Discrimination Act (PDA): Requires employers to treat “women affected by pregnancy, childbirth, or related conditions” the same as other persons not so affected but similar in their ability or inability to work. The PDA was designed to guarantee women the basic right to participate fully and equally in the workplace, without denying them the fundamental right to full participation in family life.
Procedures:
A. Notification: For planning purposes, an employee who becomes pregnant will notify her supervisor of the pregnancy within the first trimester, and provide a written confirmation of the pregnancy from a medical practitioner, including an anticipated due date, if possible. The supervisor will brief his supervision for notifications up the chain of command along with the medical documentation. This matter is to be treated as a confidential manner on a “need to know basis.”
B. Full Duty Option: The deputy/employee may elect to remain of full duty status in her current assignment.
Deputy/employees are encouraged to confer with their personal physicians, making them aware of the essential job functions of their position considering the risks and benefits or remaining in a full duty status.
The agency will not compel the employee to accept alternative duty assignments or to take leave at this point in her pregnancy.
The Sheriff’s Office assumes no responsibility for any medical risks associated with the pregnancy, whether or not related to the duty assignment.
143A Pregnancy Policy Pg 3 of 4
The agency may not remove a pregnant deputy/employee from her assignment or compel her to assume a light duty assignment, unless she cannot perform the essential functions of her job. A pregnant deputy/employee should only be assigned to light duty status under the same criteria that other temporary disabled employees are so assigned, namely for medical necessity. It is unlawful for an employer to take anticipatory action against a pregnant employee, or to make general assumptions about the impact that a pregnancy might have on a women to do her job.
It is the responsibility of the deputy/employee’s immediate supervisor to evaluate the deputy/employees continuing ability to safely and effectively perform the essential functions of her position. The agency may consider whether the pregnancy creates an undue safety risk to the deputy/employee’s, co-workers and/or the public. If the supervisor determines that the deputy/employee’s condition unreasonably interferes with her ability to perform in a full duty capacity it will be immediately reported up the chain of command to the Chief of Staff. The Chief of Staff will evaluate the situation and make a recommendation to the Chief Deputy whether or not reassignment to alternative duties is in the best interest of the deputy/employee and the Sheriff’s Office.
C. Alternative Duty Option:
Upon written recommendation of a physician or at the deputy/employee’s request the deputy/employee will be assigned to an alternative, light duty assignment. An alternative duty assignment is a temporary, transiently duty status regarded as a temporary medical disability.
The Deputy shall not operate a marked patrol vehicle, but may be a passenger in a marked patrol vehicle with supervisory approval. She will be assigned an unmarked agency vehicle if available and not become involved as a first responder to law enforcement operations. If an unmarked vehicle is not available she will be required to provide her own transportation until such time an unmarked vehicle becomes available.
A Deputy may retain possession of her agency weapon but is not required to participate in any firearms qualification while pregnant.
Every effort will be made to assign the deputy/employee to positions consistent with their rank and pay classification. However, where
143A Pregnancy Policy Pg 4 of 4
appropriate, personnel may be assigned to positions designated for personnel of lower rank or pay classifications. Deputy’s/employees thus assigned will:
a. Retain the privileges of their rank but will answer to the supervisor to whom they are assigned with regard to work responsibilities and performance; and
b. Retain the pay classification and related benefits of the position held prior to their reassignment to temporary light duty.
A Deputy will not be required to wear a uniform if she requests this accommodation, but will be required to wear acceptable business attire.
Before her pregnancy concludes, the deputy/employee may request other alternative light duty assignments that permit her to continue to work, if such positions are available. If no such positions are available, the Chief of Staff will recommend to the Chief Deputy that the employee be required to use her earned leave, in compliance with the Family and Medical Leave Act.
The deputy/employee’s use of leave (PLD) for this purpose shall not adversely impact her salary, rank, seniority, or other employee benefits.
05/10/2010: Replaces old General Order 21; A-6/01/20; A1-05/13/21; A2-06/23/23; A3-06/30/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Use of the Sheriff’s Office Camp
Number: 144A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: November 6, 2008 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To establish the rules and regulations for the use of the Sheriff’s Camp by all employees and retirees in good standing of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Beaufort Sheriff’s Office camp is located on Chowan Creek Bluff on Lady’s Island. The facility was donated to the employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office for their use and enjoyment in appreciation for their service to the citizens of Beaufort County.
Procedures:
A. Reservations and Use of the Sheriff’s Camp:
The Sheriff’s Camp is for the exclusive recreational use and enjoyment of the employees and their immediate families of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Former employees who retired and are in good standing may reserve the Sheriff’s Camp with the approval of the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
Reservations must be made through the designee of the Chief Deputy.
These reservations may be made in advance on a “first-come, first-serve” basis. Reservations may not be made more than ninety (90) days in advance. Employees may not reserve the facility for multiple dates so as to hold it until they determine what single date is needed.
Reservations of the facility will not prevent another employee from enjoying the dock fishing or boating, etc., provided their activities do not disrupt the scheduled activity.
144A3 Use of the Sheriff’s Office Camp Pg 2 of 5
The Sheriff’s Camp shall not be offered for use to any private business, fraternal organization or sorority, any non-profit or eleemosynary organizations, any commercial enterprise or organized fund raisers, or any social/membership clubs for gatherings/meetings, or to any religious denomination or affiliation or institution for spiritual functions or gatherings or to any individual(s) for personal gain or reward.
The Sheriff’s Camp shall not be offered for use to political organizations.
The Sheriff’s Camp may be used by members of the Sheriff’s Office for organized, scheduled training events as necessary.
The Sheriff reserves the right to cancel any reservation that is determined to be in conflict with these stated guidelines and purposes.
For current Sheriff’s Office employees reserving the Sheriff’s Camp, it shall be understood once permission is granted; a Hold Harmless and Indemnification Agreement shall be automatically understood and enforceable prior to picking up the keys to the facility.
For those retired Sheriff’s Office employees, who remain in “good standing”, wishing to reserve the Sheriff’s Camp; an “Indemnification Agreement” will be completed. The Indemnification Agreement shall include the activity/activities for which the camp is being reserved. (Indemnification Agreement Form attached)
B. Care and Maintenance of the Sheriff’s Camp:
All groups or individuals reserving the Sheriff’s Camp are responsible for thoroughly cleaning the facility upon the ending of their event. No food, or other items brought to the property will be left behind.
Thoroughly cleaning” includes but is not limited to:
a. Sweeping and mopping all floors.
b. Empty and cleaning the refrigerator, stove, and microwave.
c. Wiping down all counter tops, tables, and chairs.
144A3 Use of the Sheriff’s Office Camp Pg 3 of 5
d. Cleaning the rest rooms.
e. Picking up all trash on the grounds, the pavilion and the dock.
f. Emptying all trash in the facility.
g. Ensuring the A/C thermostat is returned to 80˚ in the summer; and heating thermostat is returned to 50˚ in the winter.
h. All collected trash must be removed from the property and properly disposed of at a county dump site or their respective home trashcan.
Equipment and materials for cleaning shall be maintained and stocked by the camp designee.
Any damage to the facility or equipment failure (lights, plumbing etc) will be reported in writing to the Chief Deputy the next business day.
Failure to comply with cleaning and maintenance instructions will result in forfeiture of the right to reserve the facility.
The security of the facility and the driveway gate shall be the responsibility of the individual reserving the facility.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
) INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
COUNTY OF BEAUFORT )
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is being made and entered into on this day of , 20 by and between _________ with an address of ____________________________________ (“Indemnitor”) and Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with an address of P.O Box 1758, Beaufort, South Carolina 29901.
WHEREAS, Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office seeks protection against any and all actions, claims, liabilities, assertions of liability, losses, costs, and expenses including, but not limited to, attorney fees, reasonable investigative and discovery costs, and court costs, which in any manner may arise or be alleged to have arisen, or resulted, or alleged to have resulted, from the presence, activities, and promotions of any nature or otherwise of the undersigned or its guests participation in or presence at the activity/activities described below. The protections shall include but are not limited to any claim or claims for bodily injury or death of any person, and for any loss of or damage to property, including claims of loss by undersigned or its guests.
IN CONSIDERATION THEREOF, and a condition of Indemnitor and Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office entering into this agreement and of other valuable consideration, such receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties to this Agreement hereby acquiesce as follows:
INDEMNIFIED ACTIVITY/ACTIVITIES:
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office seeks to be protected from the below indemnified Activity/Activities (“Activity”)

EXPIRATION
The term of this Agreement shall terminate on this day of , 20 at __ AM/PM. All promises, covenants, terms, conditions, and obligations of the Parties set forth in this Agreement shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
AMENDMENTS
No changes, amendments, modifications, cancellation or discharge of this Agreement, or any part of the Agreement, shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the authorized agents of the parties, or their respective successors and assigns.
COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS
The Parties shall at all times observe and comply with all applicable state, federal and local laws, rules, regulations and executive orders, now existing or hereinafter in effect, which may in any manner affect the performance of this Agreement or matters contemplated by this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party acknowledges that a duly authorized representative of such party has executed this Contract as of the date set forth below, and acknowledges that such party has read, understands, and agrees to the terms and conditions of this Contract.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE INDEMNITOR
By: By:
Print Name Print Name
Date: Date:
05/11/2010: Replaces old Standard Operating Procedure 213; 08/19/2010: Revised the PAT time from
3.30 minutes to 3.0 minutes; 10/31/2011: Revised the times to age/gender specific; A2-6/01/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Physical Agility Course
Number: 145A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: December 1, 2004 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To provide guidelines for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Physical Agility Course (PAC). This policy applies to all deputies (Retire/Return exempt) and applicants for a sworn position with the Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is dedicated to the principles of having physically fit deputies to meet the occupational demands of a law enforcement officer. All sworn personnel are required to participate in the physical agility course annually as administered by the Headquarters Branch of the Sheriff’s Office. Retire/Return participants are exempt. The Physical Agility Course (PAC) is job related to the essential functions required by a law enforcement officer. The Sheriff’s Office Physical Agility Course (PAC) was designed similar to Physical Agility Training (PAT) course administered to the basic law enforcement recruits at the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy, which is a validated physical ability-testing program.
Procedures:
Authority: The Physical Agility Course is a responsibility of the Captain in charge of the Training Section.
A. Frequency of Testing: The Physical Agility Course (PAC) will be administered to all sworn personnel annually. The (PAC) will be scheduled by the Captain in charge of the Training Section — taking into consideration the shifts, duties and working assignments of the deputies. The (PAC) will not take place during times of inclement weather. The safety of all personnel will be of paramount concern when administering the course.
B. Applicant Screening: All applicants for a sworn deputy position with the Sheriff’s Office will be required to take and successfully complete the Physical Agility Course
145A1 Physical Agility Course Pg 2 of 4
(PAC) during the applicant screening process. All applicants must complete the course in 3 minutes or less.
C. Safety:

Running of the Physical Agility Course (PAC) will not take place with less than two Instructor/Observers on the course. One Instructor/Observer will be posted at the starting/finish line. A second Instructor/Observer will be posted at the fence/maze/downed officer drag station. Additional Instructor/Observers may be posted as assigned by the Training Captain.
All personnel participating in the Physical Agility Course (PAC) must dress in the appropriate clothing, no shorts, tank tops sandals, flip-flops or open toed shoes are allowed. All personnel will wear:
a. Long pants: BDU’s, sweats, uniform pants or jeans.
b. Shirts: Tee shirt, work shirt, or BDU.
c. Shoes: Boots or running shoes.
D. Scoring the Physical Agility Course:
Annual Qualification for Sworn Personnel:
a. The Physical Agility Course (PAC) is timed using a standard stopwatch in the inventory of the Sheriff’s Office Training Section. Timing will begin when the deputy crosses the starting point. Timing will continue uninterrupted until the deputy either stops participating or crosses the finish line.
b. All obstacles should be successfully negotiated. Should a deputy attempt and fail to successfully negotiate a particular obstacle that deputy may weigh the advantages of continuing to spend time at that obstacle or to go around the obstacle. If the deputy chooses to go around the obstacle, a 30-second penalty will be added to the deputy’s score at the finishing line. Any additional attempts are a one minute penalty.
c. If the deputy chooses to bypass an obstacle without even attempting to negotiate the obstacle, which is allowed, a one-minute penalty to be added to the deputy’s score at the finishing line. Any additional bypasses are a two minute penalty.
145A1 Physical Agility Course Pg 3 of 4
d. The results of the Physical Agility Course (PAC) will be maintained in the individual deputy’s training record for the duration of their employment with Sheriff’s Office. The Captain in charge of the Training Section is responsible for providing the score to the deputy’s supervisor as needed for inclusion on the Personnel Evaluation Form. Times shall be scored and correlated in the Personnel Evaluation Form under the following table:
Physical Agility Course
Age & Gender
MALE
Exceptional
Exceeds Expectation
Meets Expectations
Fair, needs improvement
Does not meet expectations
Age
5
4
3
2
1
21-29
0:00
<1:45
1:45
2:15
2:16
2:45
2:46
3:15
3:16+
30-39
0:00
<2:00
2:00
2:30
2:31
3:00
3:01
3:30
3:31+
40-49
0:00
<2:15
2:15
2:45
2:46
3:15
3:16
3:45
3:46+
50-59
0:00
<2:35
2:35
3:05
3:06
3:35
3:36
4:05
4:06+
60+
0:00
<3:00
3:00
3:30
3:31
4:00
4:01
4:30
4:31+
FEMALE
Exceptional
Exceeds Expectation
Meets Expectations
Fair, needs improvement
Does not meet expectations
Age
5
4
3
2
1
21-29
0:00
<2:05
2:05
2:35
2:36
3:05
3:06
3:35
3:36+
30-39
0:00
<2:20
2:20
2:50
2:51
3:20
3:21
3:50
3:51+
40-49
0:00
<2:35
2:35
3:05
3:06
3:35
3:36
4:05
4:06+
50-59
0:00
<2:55
2:55
3:25
3:26
3:55
3:56
4:25
4:26+
60+
0:00
<3:20
3:20
3:50
3:51
4:20
4:21
4:50
4:51+
e. If a deputy is unable to participate during the annual Physical Agility Course (PAC) due to documented medical reasons, a make-up will be scheduled. If the evaluation comes before the make-up the deputy will be scored for their most recent (PAC) on the Personnel Evaluation Form, provided that the most recent was within the past twelve months. If the deputy is unable to participate for longer than one year, they shall receive a “0” on their Personnel Evaluation Form.
Sworn Deputy Applicants:
145A1 Physical Agility Course Pg 4 of 4
a. The Physical Agility Course (PAC) is timed using a standard stopwatch in the inventory of the Sheriff’s Office Training Section. Timing will begin when the applicant crosses the starting point. Timing will continue uninterrupted until the applicant either stops participating or crosses the finish line.
b. All applicants for a sworn deputy position with the Sheriff’s Office will be required to take and successfully complete the Physical Agility Course (PAC) during the applicant screening process. All applicants must complete the course in 3 minutes or less.
Revisions: A- 03/11/2014; A1- 04/06/2016; A2-05/20/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Command Duty Officer
Number: 146A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: January 1, 2001 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 11.4.5
Purpose:
To provide for continuity in the command and control of the Sheriff’s Office by establishing a Command Duty Officer schedule.
Policy:
A duty schedule shall be established for designated Deputy Sheriffs holding the rank of Master Sergeant, Lieutenant, Captain, Major and Colonel. The designations will be determined by the Sheriff and Chief Deputy. This duty schedule shall be designed to provide a continuous roster without placing an undue burden on any single Deputy Sheriff. The duty schedule shall assign each of these Deputy Sheriff’s duty for one tour before it repeats itself.
Procedure:
A. Duties and Responsibilities of the Command Duty Officer:
Hours of Duty:
Duty Schedule:
a. Friday 5:00pm to Saturday 9:00am
Saturday 9:00am to Sunday 9:00am
Sunday 9:00am to Monday 8:00am
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday 5:00pm to 8:00am
Holidays- Same as Saturday/Sunday
b. Mandatory times to be in service: 5:00pm to 8:00pm
c. The Administrative Captain or his designee is responsible for the Command Duty schedule.
146A2 Command Duty Officer Pg 2 of 5
d. The schedule is distributed as follows:
i) Sharepoint;
ii) Hand delivered to the communications center; and
iii) Posted on the agency’s intranet.
Duties:
a. Overseeing all operations of patrol and investigators during the tour of duty to ensure that proper procedures are followed;
b. To provide support, both technical and logistical, for any on-going investigation or operation;
c. Patrolling both geographic sections of the county (North and South of the Broad River) at least once during the tour of duty;
d. Responding to any media event that involves the Sheriff’s Office or any media request of the Sheriff’s Office during the tour of duty;
e. Any other assignment as instructed by the Sheriff or his designee.
f. Respond as primary or backup unit on a call for service, if no other unit is available and there is human life in danger at the call location.
g. Liaison with the Communications Center. All business will be between the Communications Supervisor and the Command Duty Officer. In the event of media requests made of Communications, the Command Duty Officer will be notified by the Communications Supervisor. The Command Duty Officer shall respond promptly to the media request.
h. (CALEA 11.4.5) To make all notifications of the Command Staff and appropriate parties, if a major event occurs during their watch.
i. During off duty hours, the Command Duty Officer is responsible for posting necessary law enforcement Alerts and Advisories to include all media releases. The Emergency Management Command Duty Officer is responsible for posting necessary non-law enforcement Alerts or Advisories.
146A2 Command Duty Officer Pg 3 of 5
j. The Command Duty Officer is responsible for posting media releases on the Nixle system as soon as possible after the incident.
i) Sheriff’s Office policy requires a press release to be posted on Nixle up to 11:00 pm for the following incident types:
(1) Missing children
(2) Vulnerable adults
(3) Verified missing person
(4) Residential and commercial burglaries
(5) Grand larceny
(6) Stolen non-recovered vehicle
(7) Multi-crime trends such as multiple vandalisms or vehicle break-ins
(8) Shootings
(9) Homicide
(10)Armed robbery
(11) Attempted murder
ii) Incidents and Advisories occurring after 11:00 pm, with the exception of emergency Alerts, will be posted by 9:00 am the following day.
iii) Command Duty Officers must use their judgment on whether or not to post serious incidents other than those listed in this order.
k. As they list specific responsibilities of the position, the Command Duty Officer should be familiar with the General Orders listed below:
i) 105 Alcohol and Drug Testing;
ii) 122 Public Information;
iii) 125 Agency Jurisdiction and Mutual Aid;
iv) 130 Chain of Command;
v) 138 Disciplinary Procedures;
146A2 Command Duty Officer Pg 4 of 5
vi) 204 Prisoner Transportation;
vii) 223 Patrol Operations;
viii) 310 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents;
ix) 311 SWAT Operations; and
x) 316 Patrol Dogs.
Substitutions:
a. From time to time, personal matters may conflict with the duty schedule. Each Command Officer is responsible for arranging for their own substitute should they be unable to stand their duty.
b. Only personnel holding the rank of Master Sergeant or higher shall stand the duty.
c. Each Deputy Sheriff shall be responsible for checking the duty schedule and making every reasonable effort to schedule personal issues around the duty schedule.
d. The availability of substitutes shall be used sparingly.
e. It will be the responsibility of the Duty Officer making the substitution to notify the communications center.
Uniform of the Duty Officer:
a. Class B (summer or winter depending) for those officers whose duties normally include wearing a uniform (i.e. patrol, Special Ops, Admin Division. Etc.)
b. For investigators, Class C work uniform consists of wearing a golf shirt and Street Gear trousers, etc.
c. Issued side arms, issued ammunition, portable radio, handcuffs, and body armor shall be with the duty officer at all times during the tour of duty.
d. If in a plain clothes status, the proper plain clothes/business attire shall be worn.
146A2 Command Duty Officer Pg 5 of 5
B. Summary:
This General Order is intended to provide more continuity and reduce confusion during major events.
The Command and Administrative Staff officers shall set the example for the Deputy Sheriffs patrolling the county.
The Command Duty Officer shall be available on the radio and use the radio periodically to achieve the goal of setting the example.
They shall make traffic stops, answer calls for service and be available for advice and guidance for the more inexperienced Deputy Sheriffs.
By Order of:

P.J. Tanner
Sheriff
5/26/2010: Replaces old S.O.P. 122/123; A-5/20/2020; A1-06/28/21; A2-06/22/2023
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: NCIC Procedures
Number: 147A2 Type: Administrative Pages: 5
Effective Date: July 1, 2002 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI NCIC Operating Manual
Purpose:
To establish written policy on the unauthorized release of confidential Criminal Justice Information from NCIC to unauthorized persons. This will cover NCIC (National Crime Information Center), NLETS (The International Justice and Public Safety Network), and SCCJIS (South Carolina Criminal Justice Information System).
Policy:
The NCIC (National Crime Information Computer) is administered by the FBI, with local access provided through SLED. The FBI has numerous requirements and regulations that apply to the entry, research and removal of information in NCIC. As a result, it is incumbent upon the Sheriff’s Office to comply with these regulations in a uniform and efficient manner. Failure to do so can result in access to NCIC being denied by either SLED or the FBI.
Procedures:
A. NCIC Entries:

All NCIC entries are made by certified Communications Dispatchers. These entries are made utilizing information provided by the Deputy Sheriffs. When a Deputy responds to a call requiring that an entry be made into NCIC, regardless of type of call the Deputy shall:
a. Gather all pertinent information from the victim / complainant;
b. Provide that information to the Communications Dispatcher via telephone (either from the victim residence, the substation or the Deputy’s cell phone);
147A1 NCIC Procedures Pg 2 of 5
c. All NCIC entries must be made within three days with the exception of Missing Persons under the age of 21.
d. Confirm the name of the Communications Dispatcher taking the information;
e. Document the name of the Dispatcher in the incident report;
f. Document the NIC number (NCIC Entry number) in the incident report;
g. It shall be the responsibility of Team Supervisors to verify that the responding and investigating Deputy Sheriffs have complied with this SOP and properly documented it in their incident report.
B. NCIC Information Removal:
As with entries, only certified Dispatchers are authorized to remove information. To insure that the information is removed in a timely manner, the Deputies shall:
a. Verify that the information is no longer valid (the missing person has been located, the juvenile returned home, the stolen property recovered etc.);
b. Provide the removal information to the Communications Dispatcher via telephone;
c. Confirm the name of the Communications Dispatcher taking the information;
d. Document the name of the Dispatcher in the incident report or supplemental report;
e. It shall be the responsibility of Team supervisors to verify that the responding and investigating Deputy Sheriffs have complied with this SOP and properly documented it in their incident reports;
C. Inquiries:
All information obtained in the performance of required job duties is considered to be “criminal justice information”. Criminal Justice Information is defined by the FBI, for NCIC purposes as: “Information collected by Criminal Justice
147A1 NCIC Procedures Pg 3 of 5
Agencies, that is needed for the performance of their legally authorized, required function. This includes:
a. Wanted Person Information;
b. Stolen Property Information;
c. Criminal History Information;
d. Motor Vehicle Driver’s License information;
e. Information compiled in the course of investigation of crimes that are known, or believed on reasonable grounds to have occurred;
f. Information on Identifiable individuals;
g. Information on Identifiable individuals compiled in an effort to anticipate, prevent or monitor possible criminal activity;
Dissemination of NCIC, NLETS, or SCCJIS information to unauthorized persons is strictly forbidden. Dissemination is defined by the FBI, for NCIC purposes as:
a. Dissemination means any transfer of information, whether orally, in writing or by electronic means”.
b. Authorized persons are persons involved in the Administration of Criminal Justice, which is defined by the FBI, for NCIC purposes as “Performance of any of the following activities:
i. Detection
ii. Apprehension
iii. Detention
iv. Pre-trial Release
v. Post-trial Release
147A1 NCIC Procedures Pg 4 of 5
vi. Prosecution
vii. Adjudication
viii. Correctional Supervision or Rehabilitation of accused persons or criminal offenders.
c. The Administration of criminal justice shall include criminal identification activities and the collection, storage and dissemination of criminal history record information. Administration of Criminal Justice does not include defense, therefore, public defender agencies are not treated as criminal justice agencies under Title 28.”
D. Training:
The FBI requires that all personnel assigned to operate any NCIC/SCCJIS System terminal be certified to do so. This requires that all personnel assigned responsibilities that require NCIC/SCCJIS System access, must: “Within 6 months of employment or assignment, train, functionally test and affirm the proficiency of terminal operators in order to assure compliance with FBI CJIS policy and regulations.”
All certifications for the NCIC/SCCJIS Systems access or MDC are biennial. A re-affirmation and proficiency test will be given to all certified personnel every two years to maintain certification.
E. Authorized Use:
Personnel that are not assigned to the terminal, or MDC will not access the systems for any reason.
Personnel that are not certified in the terminal or MDC will not access the systems for any reason.
Certified personnel will not allow personnel that are not certified, or not assigned to the terminal or MDC to access the systems for any reason.
Certified personnel that are issued passwords to access terminals or MDC’s will not disclose that password to any other terminal or MDC user, unless required to do so by a designated Supervisor. The Supervisor must then notify the NCIC
147A1 NCIC Procedures Pg 5 of 5
Terminal Agency Coordinator that the password is not secure any longer, and have a new password issued to the original user.
Any questions are to be addressed to your immediate, designated Supervisor.
Unauthorized dissemination of any information, in violation of this policy, will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
F. Summary: This system of checks and balances is designed to eliminate any discrepancies between the reporting of the incident, the NCIC entries and the actual situation. The FBI and SLED periodically audit the Sheriff’s Office looking to guarantee that the information in NCIC is valid and timely. The goal of the BCSO is a “0 %” error rate.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Personnel Files
Number: 148 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: September 13, 2011 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the safeguard of employee personnel files and to establish guidelines for reviewing employee personnel files.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the expectations of employees that information about them stored in the Sheriff’s Office personnel files is accurate, relevant, and safe from improper disclosure. Federal and state laws require that certain information be gathered and maintained in personnel files. Additionally, sound personnel decisions require that the Sheriff’s Office collect and retain information concerning employment history and performance.
There is no law giving any employee in South Carolina the right to see their own personnel files. However, the Sheriff’s Office has established policy permitting an employee to review their personnel files as well as other authorized agency personnel on a need to know basis.
All employment information is confidential, regardless of whether it is health related or job related. Employee medical and health related information is maintained separately from routine job related employment files. Because of the kind of information employee personnel files contain, specific guidelines apply to reviewing them. Employee job related files contain personnel data, documents related to employment actions, confidential salary information, training records and other materials specifically related to the employees job. Sheriff’s Office staffs, who manage these files, as well as supervisors and managers, will abide by the regulations established in this order concerning the confidential nature of employment information.
148 Personnel Files Pg 2 of 4
Procedures:
A. Medical Records
The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) imposes very strict rules on employers who have the responsibility for managing employee medical information. Employers who are covered by ADA must keep these medical records confidential and separate from other personnel records. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) requires employers and health care providers to protect medical records as confidential, separate and apart from other business records. Medical records may not be retained in an employee’s personnel file. Medical records on all Sheriff’s Office employees are filed in a separate protective medical file for each employee. Examples of health related records are:
a. Health insurance applicant forms.
b. Life insurance application forms.
c. Request for medical leave of absence regardless of the reason.
d. Personal accident reports.
e. Worker’s compensation report of injury or illness.
f. OSHA injury and illness reports.
g. Any other form or document which contains private medical information for a specific employee.
h. Drug screening records.
Employee medical files are located in the Recruiting/Staffing Officer’s office in a secured file cabinet.
Information contained in medical records may only be released to safety workers or those administering first aid only if the information is necessary to treat the employee or for evacuation procedures; to the employee’s supervisor if the employee disability requires restricted duties or a reasonable accommodation; and to agency command personnel in the performance of their duties.
B. Personnel Files:
Access to information about employees is limited to those personnel with a need to know in the performance of their duties. Under most circumstances, employee personnel files will be treated as private records that belong to the Sheriff’s
148 Personnel Files Pg 3 of 4
Office and the employee. Personnel files contain very private information and must be safeguarded. Examples of personnel file records are:
a. Employment information.
b. Payroll information.
c. Training and development.
d. Employment separations.
e. Employee benefits information.
f. Wage and salary information.
g. Employee relations.
h. Performance evaluations.
i. Job description information.
Personnel Files, Definition and Location:
a. Performance evaluations are located in the office of the Recruiting/Staffing Officer in a secure file.
b. General employment related information on each employee is located in the office of the Finance Officer in a secure file.
c. Training and Development records are located in the office of the Supply Manager in a secure file.
d. Employment applications, hiring process and promotional documents are located in the office of the Recruiting/Staffing Officer.
Employees have the right to inspect their personnel files. Employees who wish to inspect their personnel file must contact the appropriate records administrator as listed above in Number 2, a, b, c, and d for an appointment to inspect their personnel file. Records must be inspected in the presence of the records administrator.
Employees who request to make copies of any information in their personnel file must make the request in writing and forward it through the employee’s chain of command to the Chief Deputy for review and a decision.
Internal access to personnel files is limited to supervisory personnel who are considering the employee for promotion, transfer, accommodations, or other personnel action, and to other officials who have a legitimate need to know.
Supervisory personnel who are considering the employee for promotion, transfer, accommodations, or other personnel actions and to other officials who
148 Personnel Files Pg 4 of 4
have a legitimate need to know may review the file either in the respective office or remove the file from the office for review. Any file removed from the appropriate records office requires the reviewer to complete the Employee File Review Form. For tracking purposes the File Review Form must be inserted into the file drawer where the employee’s personnel file was removed.
Employee File Review Form must be filled out completely including the reviewer’s name, the date and the reason for the review.
When the file is returned by the reviewer it is the responsibility of the appropriate records administrator to sign the File Review Form acknowledging the return of the personnel file.
Reference: A-5/13/2020; A1-05/10/2021; A2-06/29/22; A3-02/16/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Crimestopper/Tip Investigation
Number: 149A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 2, 2018 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 45.1.1
Purpose:
It’s the purpose of this General Order to provide employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in general, those assigned to the Crimestoppers Program, and participating agencies with guidelines and principals for the collection, analysis, dissemination, and management of Crimestopper/Tip information received from the South Carolina Crimestopper Program or from BCSO website (www.bcso.net).
Mission Statement:
The Crimestopper Program is assigned to the Accreditation Section of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Crimestoppers is managed by the Crimestoppers Coordinator. The primary mission of Crimestoppers is to promote the welfare of communities throughout the state and to lessen the burdens of federal, state and local governments by:

(CALEA 45.1.1) Assisting in the apprehension and conviction of criminals, primarily through the establishment and support of existing state and local Crime Stopper Programs like Crimestoppers of the Lowcountry and Crimestoppers of the Midlands (Centralized at SLED Fusion Center).
Training and advising law enforcement personnel and others who participate in such programs.
(CALEA 45.1.1) Helping to motivate members of the public to cooperate with their respective law enforcement agencies.
(CALEA 45.1.1) Stimulating and encouraging the flow of information to, among and between various law enforcement agencies.
(CALEA 45.1.1) Creating and circulating films, video and sound tapes, and printed material about crime prevention and Crimestopper Programs, and otherwise promoting such programs.
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 2 of 8
(CALEA 45.1.1) Visiting places where existing or potential Crimestopper Programs are located to advise concerning the operation thereof.
Policy Statement:
The BCSO embraces the philosophy that information gathered and collected is a fundamental and essential element of a law enforcement agency. Information is used to prevent crime, pursue and apprehend offenders, and obtain evidence necessary for convictions. It is the policy of this agency to gather or collect, retain, and share information on individuals or organizations when a Crimestopper tip is received from Crimestopper state administrators or through the agency website, to analyze and investigate that information and to disseminate those tips only to authorized individuals and agencies based upon the type, location and nature of the information provided. While the criminal intelligence function may be assigned to specific personnel within the Sheriff’s Office, Crimestoppers administrators may send regionally based tips/information to BCSO for management of the tip and follow-up with participating agencies and specified personnel with in Beaufort and/or Jasper County. BCSO management authority will rest with the Crimestoppers Coordinator and those designated by that supervisor.
Definitions:
A. Criminal Activity: Any activity which violates federal or state statutes, ordinances, or codes and constitutes a criminal act under the law (except traffic violations).
B. Criminal Association: An individual who is suspected of maintaining a criminal association or involvement with any individual, group, or organization reasonably suspected of involvement in criminal activity.
C. Criminal Intelligence Information: Data which has been evaluated to determine that it (1) is relevant to the identification of and the criminal activity engaged in by an individual who or an organization that is reasonably suspected of involvement in criminal activity and (2) meets criminal intelligence system submission criteria.
D. P3 Tip System: The equipment, software, and procedures used for the receipt, storage, interagency exchange or dissemination and analysis of Crimestopper tip information.
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 3 of 8
E. Crimestopper/Tip Log: The SharePoint form library created for the management and follow-up of all tips received by BCSO, whether via the Crimestopper Program or the agency website, is also accessible to authorized unit/section supervisors for them to notify the Crimestoppers Coordinator of any and all actions taken regarding the tip until it can be properly closed according to Crimestopper guidelines.
F. Participating Agency: An agency of local, county, or state government that exercises law enforcement or criminal investigative authority and that is authorized to submit to and/or receive Crimestopper tip information from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Crimestopper Coordinator.
G. School Resource Officer & Community Resource Officers: Law Enforcement officers trained and authorized to investigate criminal activity relating to students and school personnel which may occur on school property or during school sanctioned events.
H. Crimestopper Coordinator: The designated BCSO supervisor who will act as liaison between BCSO and Crimestoppers state administrators. This person will disseminate, track and follow-up on every tip received until an approved closing disposition is received from authorized unit/section supervisors. The Crimestoppers Coordinator will also be responsible for the management and entering of data into the P3 Tip system as well as the Crimestopper/Tip Log created and maintained on SharePoint.
Operating Policies and Procedures:
A. Organization:

A Crimestopper Coordinator is assigned to the Accreditation Section of the BCSO. The Crimestopper Coordinator is responsible for managing and documenting all actions relating to tip information received by the Crimestoppers program or the BCSO website. The Accreditation Captain is responsible for managing the Crimestoppers program in the absence of the Crimestoppers Coordinator.
The Crimestoppers program is managed by the Crimestoppers Coordinator in coordination with the Accreditation Captain.
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 4 of 8
All School Resource Officers and Enforcement personnel who detect or receive information on possible school-based-violence will report the information to their supervisor and initiate an investigation.
B. Compiling Information:
Crimestopper Tips will be sent to BCSO from the Crimestopper state administrators (Crimestoppers of the Lowcountry and/or Crimestoppers of the Midlands) utilizing the P3 Tip software. The Crimestopper Tip information will be entered by the Crimestopper Coordinator into the BCSO SharePoint Crimestopper Tip Log for access by all BCSO authorized supervisors for tip follow-up and maintenance.
Website Tips will be sent to the Crimestopper Coordinator upon their submission via the BCSO website (www.bcso.net). The Website Tip information will be entered by the Crimestopper Coordinator into the BCSO SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log for access by all BCSO authorized supervisors for tip follow-up and maintenance.
C. Analysis:
The Crimestopper Coordinator and/or their designee shall establish and maintain a process to ensure that all information gathered is subject to review and analysis to determine which unit/section needs to investigate the tip information.
Individuals within BCSO who receive Crimestopper/Tip information from the Crimestopper Coordinator or their designee are required to complete the SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log for any and all activity relating to the investigation of the tip.
D. Methods of Receipt of Crimestopper/Tip Information:
Website Tips are auto-emailed to the Crimestoppers Coordinator upon submission by the tipster via the BCSO website (www.bcso.net).
Crimestopper Tips can be received via several methods:
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 5 of 8
i. Calling 1-843-554-1111 or 1-888-CRIME-SC (2746372):
a. During normal working hours, a phone call is received at the Crimestoppers Call Center (located at the SLED Fusion Center Call Center), and SLED Crimestopper personnel will enter information into the P3 Tip software system. The tip will then be routed to the Crimestoppers of the Lowcountry regional administrator for review. The Crimestoppers of the Lowcountry regional administrator will then determine which agency the tip is located and send any tips within Beaufort County to the appropriate agency. (If the Crimestoppers of the Lowcountry regional administrator cannot determine for whom the tip needs to be delivered to, then the tip will be sent to BCSO for the Crimestoppers Coordinator to disseminate accordingly for all agencies/locations within Beaufort County or neighboring jurisdictions.)
b. After normal working hours, if SLED Crimestopper personnel are not on duty, the phone calls are routed to a Call Center in another state and they will enter the data into the P3 Tip software system and route it to the SLED Fusion Center for continued routing by South Carolina State Crimestopper personnel to the proper agency.
(1) If a tip is received by this Call Center and it contains exigent/emergent circumstances that need immediate attention, Call Center personnel have been advised to contact Beaufort County Dispatch who will notify the Command Duty Officer.
(2) The Command Duty Officer will be responsible for follow-up and status review of the tip until it is closed properly according to Crimestopper guidelines.
(3) For a school related incident, the Special Services Section Lieutenant and Captain will be responsible for follow-up and status review of the tip until it is closed properly according to Crimestopper guidelines. Additionally, an email group (BCSO-Schools@bcgov.net), which includes every School Resource Officer and Community Resource Officer, will be sent the tip for informational tip awareness.
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 6 of 8
ii. Crimestopper Web Form: A hyperlink is available through the P3 Tip software system that allows for tipsters to access a web form and submit tip information to Crimestoppers via the internet. This hyperlink has been made available on the BCSO website.
iii. P3 Tips Mobile App: The P3 Tips software includes a FREE mobile app available for the general public that can be downloaded from the Google Play or the iPhone store for all mobile devices. The P3 Tips Mobile App is the primary component for submission of tip information within Beaufort County Schools for students, parents and school personnel.
E. Evaluation of Crimestopper/Tip Information:
Once the Crimestopper/Tip is received by BCSO, it will be reviewed by the Crimestopper Coordinator or the Crimestopper Analyst to determine which unit/section will need to have the tip information for investigation and follow-up.
The Crimestopper Coordinator and/or the Crimestopper Analyst will log receiving the Crimestopper/Tip in the SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log and identify which supervisors will ultimately be responsible for all follow-up action on the tip until it is properly closed according to Crimestopper guidelines.
Once the Crimestopper/Tip is initially entered into the SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log, the assigned supervisors will have thirty (30) days to complete a follow-up Crimestopper/Tip Status Review in SharePoint. If after thirty (30) days, on the Follow-Up date, a Review has not been completed by an authorized supervisor, then a reminder email will be sent to the assigned supervisors requesting completion of the Review follow-up.
i. If the Crimestopper/Tip is of an exigent/emergent nature, like a school shooting threat, then initial follow-up information will need to be given to the Crimestopper Coordinator that day.
A list of unit/section supervisors who will be responsible for Crimestopper Tip Follow-Up and Investigation:
i. Enforcement:
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 7 of 8
a. North = Northern Enforcement MSgt & Lieutenant
b. South = Southern Enforcement MSgt & Lieutenant
ii. Investigations:
a. North = Northern Investigations MSgt & Lieutenant
b. South = Southern Investigations MSgt & Lieutenant
c. Drugs = Violent Crimes Task Force SSgt & Lieutenant
(1) All Alcohol & Beverage Control type tips also sent to this section.
iii. Warrants/Fugitive: Civil/Warrants Section MSgt & Lieutenant
iv. School Related Incidents: Juvenile Services Captain & Lieutenant; All SRO’s and CRO’s will be sent tip information, to include other LEO from participating agencies.
v. Immigration = Sgt. Angel Machado
vi. Sex Offender: Sex Offender Registry Personnel
vii. Cold Case Investigations: Reserve Deputy Sheriff Bromage
viii. Officer Related: Captain Matthew Averill
ix. Beaufort City PD: Lt Charles Raley
x. Bluffton PD: Lt Joseph George
xi. Port Royal PD: Inv. Joab Dowling
xii. Jasper County SO: Chief Deputy Jeff Crosby
F. Tip Status Review and Submission: The Crimestopper Coordinator is responsible for the creation and functionality of the SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log. Upon initial entry in the SharePoint Crimestopper/Tip Log, the tip status will be notated as OPEN until a follow-up Tip review is submitted on SharePoint. The Crimestopper/Tip may be changed to one of the following status types, according to Crimestopper guidelines:
Open: Crimestopper Tip Received and in need of review and assignment.
Under Investigation: Crimestopper Tip is actively being investigated.
Arrest Due To Tip: Crimestopper Tip results in an arrest which directly resulted from tip information submitted by the tipster.
Arrest Due To Other: Crimestopper Tip results in an arrest which may result from other information/incidents not attributable to the information provided in the tip.
Already Known: Crimestopper Tip provides information already known to law enforcement and/or investigators.
149A3 Crimestopper Program Pg 8 of 8
Unverified: Crimestopper Tip provides information that cannot be verified as true and/or accurate.
Unfounded: Crimestopper Tip provides information that is unfounded.
Information Only: Crimestopper Tip provides information only and does not allow for further investigation by law enforcement.
Insufficient Information: Crimestopper Tip does not provide enough information for a thorough investigation to be made.
Out-of-State: Crimestopper Tip involves subject who do not currently reside within South Carolina.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Sex Offender Registry
Number: 150 Type: Administrative Pages: 7
Effective Date: June 4, 2019 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: South Carolina Code of Laws §23-3-400; §23-3-450; §23-3-460;
§23-3-490
Purpose: The r
egistry provides law enforcement with the tools needed in investigating criminal offenses and law enforcement’s efforts to protect communities, conduct investigations, and apprehend offenders who commit sex offenses; to make information available to every law enforcement agency in this State and in other states; to establish a security system to ensure that only authorized persons may gain access to information gathered under this law; and to make Registry information available for public disclosure/notification in accordance with applicable laws.
Policy: It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to promote public safety through the use of the Sex Offender Registry by complying fully with the standards and procedures set forth in the Sex Offender Registry Protocol Manual published by the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) and the provisions of the South Carolina Code of Laws §23-3-400, et seq.
Definitions:
RMS: Records Management System
SOR: Sex Offenders Registry
NIS: Northern Investigation Section
NSOR: National Sex Offenders Registry
QSX: Query Sex Offender
ICHR: Criminal History
SORT: Sex Offender Registry Tool
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 2 of 7
Procedures:
A. The Enforcement Division Major will make recommendations to the Sheriff on the appointment of a sworn Sex Offender Registry (SOR) officer and any additional personnel to be responsible for:
Security and maintenance of the sex offender file;
Pre-registration, bi-annual and quarterly registration of convicted offenders as defined in §23-3-450 and §23-3-460 of the South Carolina Code of Laws;
Ensuring timely data entry and validation to SLED and updating the SORT database;
Identifying past due offenders that are not in compliance;
Complete an original incident report on past due offenders; and
Secure arrest warrants for offenders that are not in compliance with South Carolina Code of Laws and enter them into NCIC.
B. The SOR officer will maintain effective liaison with other agencies to ensure the timely and comprehensive transfer of offender information as necessary. Additionally, if the offender moves to another county within South Carolina, the SOR officer will notify that county by telephone, email, or administrative message that the offender is relocating to their jurisdiction.
C. Notify principals of public and private schools and administrators of day care and family day care centers bi-annually of an offender whose address is within one half mile of the school or business per section §23-3-490(C). This should be accomplished by notification during the first week of school. This does not hinder additional notification when deemed necessary by the Sheriff and in accordance with law.
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 3 of 7
D. Requests for offender information from the public will be handled via the Sex Offender Registry Sheriff’s Office Public Request Form available at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Completed forms will be forwarded to the SOR officer for handling. A copy of the form will be placed in the offender file. Registry information may be disseminated to the public over the telephone disclosing only the information that is available to the public via the SORT. Registry data can be accessed by the public via the internet. Requests for information will be kept confidential.
E. The Enforcement Division Major will approve available dates and times to register. Convicted offenders reporting to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be directed to the office of the SOR. After business hours, weekends, and holidays, the on-duty patrol supervisor will advise the offenders to contact the SOR officer during normal business hours.
F. The SOR officer will request positive identification from the offender and photocopy the ID for the offender’s file. He or she will determine if the offender is a new or current registrant or is reporting to provide information for a status change.
G. If the offender is a new or current registrant, the SOR officer will:
Request positive identification from the offender;
Request information on any vehicle owned or operated by the offender, or any vehicle the offender may have access to; including boats, ATV, and airplanes;
Request email, social media, internet accounts and phone numbers the offender has or has access to;
Request the offender’s employment, employer and/or school, they attend or the name of any place they volunteer;
Run aQSX and ICHR on the offender;
Verify that there are no active warrants on the offender;
Enter information into the SORT database and NCIC, within
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 4 of 7
three days;
Inform the offender of their obligations relative to reporting and their next registration date;
Photograph offender including any and all scars, marks or tattoos;
Obtain fingerprints and palm prints from the offender then upload them to SORT and send them to SLED within three days. An additional set will be maintained in the offender’s file. Fingerprint cards will be renewed and updated every three years.
Have the offender read and complete the applicable form(s) and obtain the offender’s signature. If the offender cannot read, the SOR officer will read and explain the form(s) to the offender before obtaining their signature; and
Upload required documents into SORT at the time of registration.
H. If an offender is reporting to update information, these steps will be completed:
The offender will complete the applicable form(s); if the offender cannot read, the SOR officer will read and explain the form(s) to the offender before obtaining their signature;
Verify that there are no outstanding warrants on the offender; and
The SOR officer will update the information in the SORT database and NCIC, immediately.
I. In all cases, the SOR officer and the designated NIS supervisors will verify completeness of the registration on the SLED/NCIC/NSOR Audit checklist form.
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 5 of 7
J. Offenders may register 30 days early, but must registerwithin the same month of their bi-annual or quarterly registration dates. As soon as an offender is verified as overdue, a warrant will be obtained. It is important to recognize that an unregistered offender presents a heightened risk to the community and presents obstacles to any investigation involving additional crimes committed by that offender.
K. On a monthly basis, the SOR officer will verify that all offenders due for registration that month are current. The SOR officer will verify overdue offenders by:
Verifying that the offender is not incarcerated in federal prison, state prison, and county detention centers within the state;
Checking the offender’s criminal history;
Contacting the offender’sProbation/Parole Agent and notifying them of the overdue status; and
Verify that the offender is not deceased.
L. If the offender is verified as overdue, the SOR officer will complete an incident report for failure to register or re-register, including conviction charge, date of convictions, bi-annual or quarterly due date.
M. Warrants will be obtained and then entered into RMS/NCIC and filed by the Warrants Division.
N. All SOR files will be maintained in the SOR office in the manner prescribed by the NIS lieutenant. The SOR officer and the designated NIS supervisor are responsible for the completeness, accuracy, and security of the SOR files.
The SOR officer will receive monthly NCIC validations from the Sheriff’s Office Terminal Agency Officer (TAC). The SOR officer will verify the listed records and return the verification to the agency TAC.
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 6 of 7
P. Address verifications will be completed within 30 days of the offenders move in dated of any address change. In addition, each offender is required to have one address verification per year. The verification paperwork will be completed by the SOR officer or officer assigned to assist in a timely manner. Address verifications will be entered into the SORT by the SOR officer.
Q. When an offender is arrested by a deputy sheriff other than the SOR officer, the deputy sheriff is required to notify the SOR officer or affiant of the warrant immediately and then complete a supplemental report. All information will be forwarded to the SOR officer immediately following the bond hearing.
R. Pursuant to the General Appropriations Act, the Sheriff’s Office is authorized to impose and collect an annual registration fee of $150.00. The fee is collected during the offender’s birth month registration. Indigent sex offenders may attest their indigence by completing an Affidavit of Indigence and providing the required documentation. An Affidavit of Indigence is required annually. The fee may be paid with a money order or bank cashier’s check only. No cash, credit cards, debit cards, or personal checks will be accepted. The fees will be turned over to the SOR Officer and verified. The offender will receive a receipt of payment and the payment will be noted in the offender’s file. The collected fees will be stored in a secure location. The fees will be documented, verified and transferred to the Sheriff’s Office Financial Officer or the Chief Deputy on an approved schedule. Fifty dollars of each collected
fee will be remitted by the Sheriff’s Office to SLED on a quarterly basis.
150 Sex Offender Registry Pg 7 of 7
Rev. A-10/16/2013; A1-6/15/2020; A2-9/16/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Computer Usage
Number: 200A2 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.8.3, 6.8.6, 6.8.7c, 11.4.4, 41.3.7; Beaufort County MIS Policy
Purpose
To establish guidelines for the appropriate use of computer resources and information systems owned or operated by the Sheriff’s Office and to define the standards of conduct for Sheriff’s Office personnel.
Policy
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office unique status as a law enforcement agency requires that the Sheriff’s Office establish clear and explicit standards on appropriate and acceptable uses of its computer resources and information systems that may not be required at civilian or educational facilities. This policy includes all computers owned and or operated by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to include mobile, desktop, laptop, and handheld.
Procedures
A. Authorized Uses:
All purposes related to the administration of departmental business and the enhancement of public safety.
Utilization of computing resources and information systems for expanding or advancing an employee’s professional knowledge, and skills.
Incidental personal uses of the Internet and email if it does not conflict with other provisions of this policy.
B. Prohibited Uses:
Storing files or using the computer resources and information systems for illegal, fraudulent, pornographic, or malicious activities, or to support or assist such
200A2 Computer Usage Pg 2 of 6
purposes.
Engaging in partisan political activity.
Engaging in political or religious lobbying.
Engaging in activities on behalf of organizations having no affiliation with the Sheriff’s Office.
Engaging in activities of a commercial financial gain, which may include, but is not limited to sending chain letters, solicitation of business or services.
Storing or processing sensitive information on any system not explicitly approved for sensitive / confidential processing.
Accessing another employee’s account without permission to forge email, to view, delete or damage files.
(CALEA 41.3.7b) Attempting to circumvent or defeat security or auditing systems except as part of an authorized system test or security research.
(CALEA 11.4.4, 41.3.7b) Engaging in “piracy” by obtaining, installing, storing, or using software obtained in violation of the appropriate vendor’s licensing agreement.
Permitting any unauthorized individual to access the Sheriff’s Office system.
(CALEA 6.8.3, 11.4.4, 41.3.7a) Modifying or altering the operating system or system configuration of any Sheriff’s Office computer, or installing any type of software and or the introduction of external data on a Sheriff’s Office computer without first obtaining permission from the Sheriff or his designee.
(CALEA 6.8.3) Downloading games or programs from the Internet without express consent from the Sheriff or his designee.
Using the email to harass, intimidate or otherwise annoy another person.
Monopolizing systems, overloading networks with excessive data or wasting computer time, connect time, disk space, printer paper, manuals or other resources. This includes accessing Internet sites that provide continuous data
200A2 Computer Usage Pg 3 of 6
streams such as the “Internet radio” sites and the “web shots” screen saver sites
Accessing files and data that are not publicly available, or to which access is unauthorized.
(CALEA 41.3.7b) Deactivating virus-scanning software.
Sending agency-wide email covering matters that are not of agency-wide importance.
Releasing information without proper authorization.
Intercepting network traffic for any purpose unless engaged in authorized network administration or monitoring.
C. Limitations / Restrictions:
Employees will not engage in computer usage that would affect or interfere with the normal operations of the Sheriff’s Office computer system.
Employees will not engage in computer usage that would affect or interfere with an employee’s job performance.
Employees will not exceed the email storage capacity limit by accumulating excessive personal email.
Employees will assume responsibility for any charges associated with billable services unless appropriate authorization has been obtained in advance.
In any instances involving a question as to whether a specific action or conduct is appropriate, it will be the employee’s responsibility to request interpretation from his / her immediate supervisor.
(CALEA 6.8.7c) The Recruiting and Staffing Captain will be responsible for making the notifications of an employee’s change in employment status. An e-mail will be sent to ensure computer access is terminated.
200A2 Computer Usage Pg 4 of 6
D. Mobile Data Computers:
All BCSO Enforcement Personnel have been issued MDC’s to provide more efficient transfer of information between officers and Dispatch or NCIC. Recently additional functions have been added to the MDC for officer convenience.
Driver’s License, Vehicle Registration and Vehicle Wants are again functioning on the MDC. Officers are encouraged to run their own requests as opposed to requesting Dispatch run all requests. This reduces radio traffic and gets the information back to the officers in a timely manner.
(SCDMV Use): Once online access is authorized, personnel are prohibited from running “self-queries” for personal use, training or test purposes. All inquiries must be for criminal justice purposes only and all queries are auditable just as NCIC/Criminal History Information.
The following are test records for SCDMV that can be used if personnel need to test the system or conduct training:
SC Driver’s License: 100324776 or 100137716
SC Registration: VIN/TESTINGMR206052006
Self-Dispatching Function:
The MDC now allows an officer to “self-dispatch”. This function allows the officer to dispatch, arrive and clear the scene by using the Function button and a few key strokes. The call then automatically appears on the CAD screen. This function will be governed as follows:
a. All officers may “self-dispatch” Proactive Business and Residence calls.
b. All officers may “self-dispatch” special events such as Pre-paid events, parades etc. at the discretion of the Deputy in charge of the event.
c. Administrative Division officers may “self-dispatch” Civil Process calls where they do not anticipate a confrontation. This is at officer’s discretion.
d. Supervisors may “self-dispatch” calls at their discretion.
e. Officers may and are encouraged to use “self-dispatch” to go on and off duty
Self-dispatching Prohibitions:
Officers may not self-dispatch to:
a. Any “in-progress” calls
200A2 Computer Usage Pg 5 of 6
b. Any traffic related functions (stops, assist motorists, motor vehicles accidents, etc…)
c. Any calls for service dispatched by Communications
Purpose:
The purpose of allowing this function to now be used is to reduce radio traffic on the primary dispatch channels. Officer Safety will be paramount at all times. The automated safety checks from Dispatch (Status Check) will continue on all self-dispatched calls. They check at 2, 5 and 7 minutes.
E. Computer Backup:
(CALEA 6.8.6ab) The CAD and the records management system is currently backed up in a twofold process. In-house, the system is backed up on a three day loop on a server located within the facility. Beaufort County MIS also backs up and stores files in an off-site location.
(CALEA6.8.6c) The backup files are stored in a secure area and are password protected.
(CALEA 6.8.6d) The CAD and the records management system is fully backed up monthly and incrementally three times per week and is set for 10 years of retention.
F. General Provisions:
The Sheriff or his designees will ensure that this policy is addressed in relevant user manuals, documents and publications and in training given to new computer users.
The Sheriff or his designee will ensure that this policy is disseminated during the orientation of all new employees.
G. Disciplinary Action:
Employees who violate the provisions of this policy may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.
200A2 Computer Usage Pg 6 of 6
Revision: A- 2/10/2014; A1-05/13/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Off Duty Firearms Policy
Number: 201A1 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.3.9 a, b, c, e; SC Code 16-23-20; 23-28-10-20; Public Law
108.277
Purpose
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to allow all Deputy Sheriffs opportunity to defend themselves, whether on-duty or off-duty. It shall be the policy that a Deputy Sheriff may carry an approved weapon off-duty pursuant to this General Order.
Policy
All Deputy Sheriffs shall obtain authorization to carry an off-duty firearm if different from the service weapon, demonstrate proficiency with that firearm and comply with established guidelines set forth in this policy.
Definitions
Service Weapon: The issued sidearm.
Off-duty Firearm: A handgun, including but not limited to the service weapon, which has been approved by the agency to be carried by Deputies while not on duty.
Credentials: A two-part identification card and badge issued by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Reserves: For the purpose of this order, Reserves and Deputy Sheriffs are one in the same.
Procedures
A. Carrying the Service Weapon while Off-Duty
201A1 Off Duty Firearms Policy Pg 2 of 6
Deputy Sheriffs may carry their issued service weapon while off-duty without special approval. Officers will comply with all procedures set forth in this policy for carrying a firearm while off-duty.
Successful completion of the standard qualification course of fire for the service weapon will authorize the officer to carry that weapon while off duty. No additional qualification with the service weapon will be required.
Issued ammunition will be used in the service weapon when carried off duty.
While off-duty, the service weapon shall be carried in a safe and secure manner.
B. Guidelines For Carrying A Non-Service Weapon While Off-Duty
(CALEA 1.3.9 a) An approved double action revolver not smaller than .38 special nor larger than .357 caliber may be carried while off-duty.
(CALEA 1.3.9 a) An approved semi-automatic pistol not smaller than .380 caliber nor larger than .45 caliber may be carried while off-duty.
(CALEA 1.3.9 b) Officers authorized to carry a firearm while off-duty will use only factory manufactured ammunition that is comparable to service ammunition in weight and grain content. Lead hollow-point and semi-jacketed lead hollow-point ammunition is authorized in all approved off-duty revolvers. Full-metal-jacketed hollow-point ammunition is authorized in all semi-automatic pistols approved for off-duty.
Deputy Sheriffs changing the type of off-duty firearm(s) for which they have been approved shall submit a new request and seek approval of such change and shall ensure documentation is properly updated.
C. Approval for Carrying Off-Duty Firearms
(CALEA 1.3.9 e) Any Deputy Sheriff desiring to carry an off-duty firearm other than their issued service weapon must submit a written request, using the agency form. The agency form outlines the approval process and the document retention locations.
(CALEA 1.3.9 c) Prior to the Deputy Sheriff qualifying with the weapon, a Sheriff’s Office Armorer shall inspect the weapon to ensure that it complies with this General Order and that it is serviceable.
201A1 Off Duty Firearms Policy Pg 3 of 6
(CALEA 1.3.9 e) An annual file will be maintained by the Training Section that includes each Deputy Sheriff’s written approval to carry an off-duty firearm other than his/her issued service weapon. This file will contain:
a. A copy of the authorized request for carrying an off duty firearm with approval signatures and verification of qualification.
b. The make, model, and serial number of the authorized firearm.
c. The type of ammunition carried.
It shall be the responsibility of each Deputy Sheriff to ensure that qualification and required documentation is kept up to date.
D. Qualification for Off-Duty Firearm
Approval to carry a firearm while off-duty will be contingent upon successful completion of an annual qualification course prescribed by the Sheriff’s Office. Qualifications for off-duty firearms may occur at the Sheriff’s Office range but may not take precedence over regularly scheduled in-service training. Qualification shall be in accordance with specific firing range rules to ensure no unsafe maneuvers are exercised during qualification.
The certified firearms instructor shall complete that portion of the request form that reflects the Deputy Sheriff’s score on the off-duty course and the make, model, and serial number of the weapon used. The instructor shall also signify that the weapon used is safe and operational.
Deputy Sheriffs choosing to carry and qualify with a semiautomatic pistol must also be able to satisfactorily clear, field strip and reassemble the firearm in the presence of a certified firearms instructor.
At the time of qualification, each off-duty firearm will be inspected by a certified firearms instructor to ensure it is being maintained in good working order and clean condition. Failure to satisfactorily pass such inspection will result in the Deputy Sheriff not being permitted to qualify with that firearm.
The Sheriff’s Office will not provide ammunition for off-duty firearms or for off-duty firearm qualification, other than the service weapon.
201A1 Off Duty Firearms Policy Pg 4 of 6
A holster must be used during off-duty qualification
E. Procedures for Carrying A Firearm while Off-Duty
Every firearm carried while off-duty will be done so in strict compliance with South Carolina Code, including but not limited to Section 16-23-20.
While carrying a firearm off-duty, a Deputy Sheriff must be in immediate possession of their credentials.
The Deputy Sheriff must make a reasonable effort to conceal the weapon at all times.
Deputy Sheriffs shall not consume alcoholic beverages nor be under the influence of alcohol or drugs (Narcotics). Any drugs prescribed by a physician will be taken on a case-by-case basis. This will be completed prior to carrying a firearm while off duty.
A Deputy Sheriff shall not present any off-duty firearm except for lawful purposes and shall be in compliance with the Sheriff’s Office Use of Force Policy.
Any incident involving the use of a firearm while off-duty (for example, drawing the firearm, pointing, and presenting or discharging the firearm) must be immediately reported to the supervisor in accordance with the Use of Force Policy.
Any Deputy Sheriff carrying an off-duty firearm must utilize the utmost discretion before becoming involved in a crime in progress.
A Deputy Sheriff who is not authorized to carry the service weapon will not be authorized to carry an off-duty firearm unless and until the service weapon is returned to the deputy sheriff.
F. Carrying a Weapon Off-Duty while outside of Jurisdiction
On July 22, 2004 the President signed into law the Law Enforcement Officers Safety Act of 2004. This federal law provides special authority for law enforcement officers to carry their weapons while off-duty throughout the fifty states and the District of Columbia. It has several specific requirements that shall be adopted as policy by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
201A1 Off Duty Firearms Policy Pg 5 of 6
While carrying the weapon off duty, the Deputy Sheriff shall have in their possession their Sheriff’s Office credentials.
The Deputy Sheriff shall have complied with all qualification requirements of the Sheriff’s Office for that weapon.
The Deputy Sheriff shall be cognizant of any location that has posted a placard in the entrance prohibiting concealed weapons while out of state. The Deputy Sheriff shall be prohibited from carrying the concealed weapon into that location.
The Deputy Sheriff shall remain in compliance with all other Sheriff’s Office policies concerning carrying weapons off duty, to include but not be limited to the use of alcoholic beverages while carrying a weapon.
Retired Beaufort County Deputy Sheriffs shall be authorized under this statute to carry their weapons off duty. They shall complete an annual firearms qualification course as prescribed by the Training Section of the Sheriff’s Office and shall be issued a certificate of qualification as approved by the Sheriff. This certificate and “Retired” credentials shall be in their possession any time that they are carrying a weapon. The retired officers shall also comply with the “Concealed Weapons Prohibited” restrictions outside of their home jurisdiction.
All Deputy Sheriffs shall be duly cognizant of the fact that this statute is designed to allow the Deputies to protect themselves. This does not give the Deputy Sheriff any authority to take law enforcement action beyond that of any ordinary citizen.
Law enforcement officers retired from other jurisdictions, but residing in Beaufort County are addressed elsewhere in the policy and procedures manual.
G. Violation of Policy
Any Deputy Sheriff in violation of any of these procedures will be subject to disciplinary action pursuant to the Sheriff’s Office Disciplinary Policy.
201A1 Off Duty Firearms Policy Pg 6 of 6
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: L3 In-Car Digital Video System(IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS)
Number: 202A4 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.3.8, 83.2.2; S.C. Code 56-5-2953
Purpose:
This policy is intended to provide officers with the instructions on when and how to use the L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS), so officers can consistently document their contacts with the public in accordance with the law and the policies of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO).
Policy:
(CALEA 41.3.8a) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) that officers will activate their IDVS when such use is appropriate to the proper performance of their official duties. Activating the IDVS is based on the officer’s judgment and the importance of documenting the interaction with victims, witnesses, and others during police-citizen encounters and crime scenes and where the recordings are consistent with this policy and law. The IDVS components consist of a camera, digital video recorder, internal vehicle microphone and a body worn microphone. These components are designed to record video and audio inside and outside of the patrol vehicle. The IDVS is activated when the blue lights are turned on. The IDVS may be activated by the officer when out of the vehicle by turning on the body worn microphone. This policy does not govern the use of surreptitious recording devices used in undercover operations
A. In-Car Digital Video Procedures:
(CALEA 41.3.8bc, 83.2.2) All personnel with assigned vehicles with IDVSwill:
a. (CALEA 41.3.8e) Ensure that the video camera and audible microphone are activating when the blue lights are activated. Officers shall inspect the IDVS prior to each shift in order to verify proper functioning. If there are any indications of a malfunction or damage they shall test the IDVS. If they identify a malfunction, they shall notify their supervisor of any problems.
Revision Dates: A-05/04/10; A1-09/10/14; A2-05/15/20; A3-05/27/21;
202A4 L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS) Pg 2 of 6
b. Record every emergency response, pursuit and traffic stop that they participate in from the beginning of their participation until the completion of their involvement in the incident, except in the following: (See General Order 251 sect (3), para (c) and (d):
i. When the call for service/incident has evolved beyond the immediate preliminary encounter and the scene is secure and stabilized; if it becomes necessary to discuss the specifics of the event, investigation or case with another deputy or supervisor in furtherance of the investigation, the deputy will note this on the video and end the recording.
ii. In circumstances involving crime scenes or prolonged incidents, once the scene is secured, a deputy wearing a BWC may deactivate the camera if they are in a role that is not investigative in nature and the chance of encountering a suspect, victim or witness is unlikely, or upon the direction of a supervisor.
c. Deputies, whenever practical, will record all of the actions/activity at the scene and any statements provided by witnesses or suspects. If not, the reason will be documented in the incident report. Deputies shall periodically check their body worn microphones while working a call or scene to ensure the recording light (solid green) is on. If the IDVS fails to activate, fails to record the entire contact, or interrupts the recording, then, the officer shall document why a recording was not made, was interrupted, or was terminated in their report of the incident.
d. Officers will note in their incident, arrest, and related reports when IDVS recordings were made and all of the other officers present during the incident in question. Officers shall also record the vehicle number (VCN) they are operating.
e. Civilians shall not be allowed to review the recordings at the scene.
All IDVS will be installed into the patrol vehicles, so that they activate automatically when the blue lights are engaged. This capability will be maintained in good working order at all times. If it malfunctions, the supervisor will be notified immediately and arrangements made to have it repaired as quickly as possible. For DUI’s only an affidavit, as required in 56-5-2953, S.C. Code of Laws as amended, will be prepared documenting the malfunction and the time span that is affected. Both, the assigned officer and the supervisor will sign this affidavit.
Deputies shall activate the IDVS on any crime scene or call for service where they determine that the situation needs documentation. This is at the discretion of the Deputy Sheriff or at the direction of their supervisor. An example would be a
202A4 L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS) Pg 3 of 6
criminal domestic violence incident.
At all times, the IDVS is for Sheriff’s Office official use only.
When practical, deputies will check the IDVS before clearing the call or completing an incident report to ensure the audio and video was captured.
B. Digital Video File Retention:
(CALEA 41.3.8d) The video images are captured and stored digitally on the L3 or GETAC DVR. They are stored there until downloaded onto the main server unit, located in the BCSO Law Enforcement Center at 2001 Duke Street.
Using wireless technology, several “hot spots” have been constructed around Beaufort County. Whenever a patrol vehicle enters one of these hot spots, the IDVS begins an automatic upload of the digital images from the video camera system through the wireless network and downloaded into the main server. This process can be stopped when the patrol vehicle exits the hot spot. Should this occur before all transfer of files have been completed, the system will continue to store the files until the transfer is complete.
BCSO supervisors have the option of unlocking the memory card from the storage device and then uploading at Sheriff’s Headquarters or Hilton Head Annex by direct wire connection.
(CALEA 41.3.8d) The memory cards have an estimated storage space of six hours of digital recording. Occasionally, they will fill up before the vehicle enters a hot spot. At that time, the deputy should contact the supervisor to affect a manual upload to the main server. Memory Cards shall not be switched between vehicles. If a memory card is full or malfunctions, the supervisor shall be notified immediately.
The Command Staff of each Division is designated as the systems administrator for the IDVS. They will be responsible for training the shift commanders in the use of the system and providing limited access permission to the system.
Each deputy is responsible for submitting a video request in Spillman/FLEX when they have a video image that must be retained for evidentiary purposes and are required to complete a Spillman Property Screen to reflect what is needed. These include but are not limited to:
a. All arrests.
b. All Pursuits where an arrest occurs or is anticipated.
c. Any use of force incident captured on digital video image.
202A4 L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS) Pg 4 of 6
d. Any other item of evidentiary value.
(CALEA 41.3.8d) The L3 IDVS server is configured to automatically archive all files. Files will remain on the server for 90 days for viewing and then placed in evidence for storage based on the BCSO’s record retention schedule.
C. Release of Video Images:
All images captured on the IDVS are the sole property of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. These images may not be distributed in any fashion to anyone. They may not be emailed, copied or duplicated. At no time, shall any Deputy Sheriff release any video image without authorization.
FOIA requests by legitimate media outlets will be dealt with according to law and BCSO policy. Subpoenas issued by a court of record will be responded to according to law.
Requests for recordings must be submitted in writing and approved by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff whose decision will be in compliance and accordance with state retention laws and other relevant laws pertaining to criminal investigations and evidence. All requests for final decisions shall be kept on file.
D. Training
(CALEA 41.3.8f) During the Field Training Officer’s (FTO) training, personnel who are assigned IDVS must complete an agency approved training program to ensure proper use and operations. Additional training may be required at periodic intervals to ensure continued effective use and operations of the equipment, and to incorporate changes, updates, or other revisions in policy or equipment. Supervisors receive training from the vendor.
E. Restrictions on Using the IDVS: (CALEA 41.3.8b) IDVS will be used only in conjunction with official law enforcement duties. The IDVS will not be used to record:
Encounters with undercover officers or confidential informants.
When on a break or otherwise engaged in personal activities.
In any location where individuals have a reasonable expectation of privacy, such as a restroom or locker room.
202A4 L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS) Pg 5 of 6
F. Storage:
All access to IDVS files must be specifically authorized by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff, and all access is to be audited to ensure that only authorized users are accessing the data for legitimate and authorized purposes.
All recordings are the exclusive property of the BCSO. Accessing, copying, or releasing files for non-law enforcement purposes is strictly prohibited.
Files should be securely stored in accordance with BCSO’s records retention policy and no longer than their useful purposes of training or for investigation or prosecution. In capital punishment prosecutions, recordings shall be kept until the offender is no longer under control of a criminal justice agency.
a. South Carolina Code 17-28-310: EvidenceRetention
(i) Crimes Covered: Murder; killing by poison; killing by stabbing or thrusting; voluntary manslaughter; homicide by child abuse; aiding and abetting a homicide by child abuse; lynching (1st degree); killing in a duel; spousal sexual battery; criminal sexual conduct (1st degree); criminal sexual conduct (2nd degree); criminal sexual conduct (3rd degree); criminal sexual conduct with a minor; arson (1st degree) resulting in death; burglary (1st degree) which the person is sentenced to ten years or more; armed robbery for which the person is sentenced to ten years or more; damaging or destroying a building, vehicle, or property by means of an explosive incendiary resulting in death; abuse or neglect of a vulnerable adult resulting in death; sexual misconduct with an inmate, patient, or offender; unlawful removing or damaging of an airport facility or equipment resulting in death; interference with traffic-control devices or railroad signs or signals resulting in death; driving a motor vehicle under the influence of alcohol or drugs resulting in death; obstruction of railroad resulting in death; or accessory before the fact to any of the above offenses.
(ii) Length Preservation: Until the person is released from incarceration, dies while incarcerated, or is executed for an enumerated offense. However, if the person is convicted or adjudicated on a guilty or nolo contendere plea for an enumerated offense, the physical evidence and biological material must be preserved for 7 years from the date of sentencing, or until the person is released from incarceration, dies while
202A4 L3 In-Car Digital Video System (IDVS)/GETAC (IDVS) Pg 6 of 6
incarcerated, or is executed for an enumerated offense, whichever comes first.
G. Supervisory Responsibilities:
Supervisory personnel shall ensure that officers equipped with IDVS utilize them in accordance with policy and procedures defined herein.
(CALEA 41.3.8g) On a weekly basis, supervisors will randomly review five IDVS recordings to ensure that the equipment is operating properly and the officers are using the devices appropriately and in accordance with policy and to identify any areas in which additional training or guidance is required.
Revision Date(s): A-2/3/2010; A1- 4/15/10;A2- 04/11/2011; A3- 05/14/2012; A4- 06/25/2012;
A5- 02/13/2014; A6- 01/04/2017; A7-06/16/2020; A8-05/10/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Use of Force
Number: 203A8 Type: Operations Pages: 16
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.2, 1.2.10, 1.3.1-13; SC Code 23-13-10, 23-28-10, 20
Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines related to the use of force by all Sheriff’s Office personnel and the reporting and review procedures to be followed once the use of force has occurred.
Policy
(CALEA 1.3.1) Deputy Sheriff’s shall use only the amount of force that is reasonable to accomplish lawful objectives, while protecting their lives and the lives of others.
Definitions
Deadly Force: Any use of force that is likely to cause death or serious physical injury.
Less Than Deadly Force: Any use of force that is not considered to be deadly force.
Less Than Lethal Weapon: An instrument, object or substance not designed or used in a manner to cause death or serious physical injury.
Reasonable Belief: The facts or circumstances a Deputy knows, or should know, which would cause an ordinary and prudent person to act or think in a similar way under similar circumstances.
Serious Physical Injury: An injury that creates a substantial risk of death; causes serious, permanent, disfigurement; or results in long-term loss or impairment of the functioning of any bodily member or organ.
Control: The methods a Deputy uses to influence or neutralize the unlawful, physical or verbal actions of a subject.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 2 of 16
Procedures:
A. Legal Authority: (CALEA 1.2.2) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will issue weapons to those employees who fit the legal description of a law enforcement officer under South Carolina Code of Law, 23-13-10 or a Reserve Deputy under code 23-28-10 through 20.
B. Guidelines and Restrictions On Use of Force:
Deputy Sheriffs shall use only the level of force necessary to accomplish lawful objectives. The use of force must be discontinued when it becomes apparent to the Deputy Sheriff that the force is no longer needed or the use of force poses a threat to innocent bystanders.
(CALEA 1.3.2) A Deputy Sheriff may use deadly force against a person only when the Deputy Sheriff reasonably believes such action is in defense of human life including the Deputy’s own life or in defense of any person in immediate danger of serious physical injury or death.
A Deputy Sheriff shall render a verbal warning before shooting at a suspect if circumstances allow.
Chokeholds and all/or strangleholds are only used as a last resort when all defensive options have been exhausted and the deputy’s life or life of another are in jeopardy.
It is the responsibility of the Sheriff’s Office Training Unit to provide Use of Force training to all sworn personnel during rookie training with annual refresher training.
(CALEA 1.3.5) Medical aid and post incident response procedures. The Deputy will immediately:
a. For the safety of the Deputy and others, the suspect will immediately be handcuffed, searched, and the suspect’s weapon secured.
b. Determine the physical condition through observation of the individual to detect obvious changes in conditions, assessment of injuries, asking questions of the individual, applying first aid, etc. The Deputy should
203A8 Use of Force Pg 3 of 16
protect themselves and others from blood or other fluids whereas universal precautions should apply.
c. If there is any evidence of an injury or the Deputy believes the individual may be injured, he/she should immediately request necessary emergency assistance from EMS.
d. Notify dispatch of the incident and location.
e. Notify the shift supervisor.
f. Protect his/her weapon for examination and submit the weapon to a supervisor upon request.
g. Remain at the scene, unless injured, until instructed otherwise by the shift supervisor.
h. (CALEA 1.3.6) Complete a use of force report. (See Section “Q”)
i. Anyone subjected to any of the SWAT less than lethal weapons will have a medical evaluation at an authorized medical facility prior to incarceration.
j. Anyone subjected to a Taser will have a medical evaluation at an authorized medical facility prior to incarceration.
C. Duty to Intervene:
All sworn officers are directly accountable for their actions and shall be required to intervene and challenge any law enforcement officer if they observe or hear any wrongful acts or excessive force. All deputy sheriff’s shall report any witnessed instances of misconduct, wrongdoing or excessive force by any deputy sheriff and/or any other law enforcement officer or public safety associate to their immediate supervisor as soon as it is reasonably possible.
All deputy sheriff’s must recognize and act upon the duty to intervene to prevent or stop any law enforcement member from conducting any act that is unethical, or violates the law or agency policy (e.g., excessive force, theft, fraud, inappropriate behavior, etc.). Intervention may be verbal and/or physical. Failure to intervene may subject the deputy sheriff to disciplinary action.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 4 of 16
If verbal interventions are not sufficient to stop the act, the deputy sheriff has a duty to physically intervene to prevent and/or stop the misconduct, wrongdoing, or excessive use of force by any reasonable means as soon as it is safe and possible to do so. Deputy Sheriffs have a duty to report the incident as soon as it is reasonably possible, not to exceed 24 hours to their immediate supervisor or higher ranking superior office.
All reports of misconduct, wrongdoing or use of excessive force must be made in “good faith”. An employee who files a report of wrong doing in “good faith” to the appropriate authority may not be disciplined.
Agency supervisors informed of an incident involving a deputy sheriff intervening shall notify their command. The incident may be referred to the Office of Professional Responsibility to gather any pertinent information that would coincide with the reason for the intervention (e.g., witnesses, BWC footage, videos, tec.); ensure all parties involved in the incident complete statements detailing the circumstances that led to the intervention and what, if anything, occurred once the deputy sheriff intervened. The investigation shall determine whether the actions leading to the intervention constitute misconduct, unethical behavior or potential criminal conduct.
D. Use of Deadly Force Restrictions:
The use of deadly force against a fleeing felon who does not pose a significant and imminent threat of death or serious physical injury to the Deputy or others is prohibited.
Deadly force will not be used when less force would be sufficient to affect an arrest.
Deadly force will not be used when there is a substantial danger of injury to innocent bystanders.
Deputies will not discharge a firearm from or at a moving vehicle unless the Deputy reasonably believes that the occupant(s) of the vehicle are or are about to use deadly physical force against the Deputy or another person.
(CALEA 1.3.3) Deputies will not fire warning shots.
E. Deputy Responsibility:
203A8 Use of Force Pg 5 of 16
The use of a particular type of and amount of force must be judged from the Deputy Sheriff’s perspective at the scene. The proper application of force requires careful attention to the facts and circumstances known or available to the Deputy Sheriff involved at that time, including:
a. Whether the suspect poses an immediate serious threat to the safety of the Deputy Sheriff or others;
b. Whether the suspect is physically resisting arrest or merely attempting to evade arrest by flight.
c. Require that Deputy Sheriff’s attempt to de-escalate situations where possible, by communicating with subjects, maintaining a distance and otherwise attempting to eliminate the need for use of force.
Use of Force Continuum: In an effort to accomplish lawful objectives, a Deputy Sheriff may use a range of options to obtain compliance. Deputy Sheriffs are not restricted to these options or this sequence:
a. Deputy presence; Simple presence of a uniformed or identified Deputy Sheriff.
b. Verbal requests/commands, verbal direction given to subject(s) to gain compliance. A Deputy Sheriff need not verbally warn when doing so would increase the danger to the Deputy Sheriff or another person.
c. Empty handed techniques: Soft Techniques includes “joint-locks”, “come-along” and other methods of physical restraint or control holds.
d. Empty handed techniques: hard techniques include punches, strikes and kicks.
e. Less than Lethal Intermediate Weapons: (e.g. baton, Oleoresin Capsicum and other impact weapons).
f. Use of weapons such as the baton, ordinarily designed and intended to temporarily incapacitate the suspect without delivering a lethal blow.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 6 of 16
g. This also includes the use of Oleoresin Capsicum spray, other chemical agents, other impact weapons and “less than lethal” special ammunition delivered through a firearm such as drag stabilization rounds.
h. Taser stun weapons have been issued to selected members of BCSO and are also included in the Less than Lethal Weapons inventory.
i. The use of a canine (K-9) for apprehension work would also be included in “Less than Lethal” use of force.
j. Deadly Force that would be necessary to protect the Deputy Sheriff’s life or the life of another from either death or serious bodily harm, not limited to the use of firearms, but includes any weapon available to the Deputy Sheriff at the time of the incident.
F. Authorized Weapons: (CALEA 1.3.4) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to establish guidelines that govern the possession and use of weapons (less than lethal and lethal) in both on-duty and off-duty status. All Deputy Sheriffs must bear in mind the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Use of Force Policy in the use of either less than lethal or lethal weapons.
G. Less than Lethal Weapons:
Deputy Sheriffs, depending on division assignment, will be issued a Less than Lethal defensive baton that will be carried while on duty in accordance with their assignment. The style, type, model and manufacturer of the baton shall be determined by the Sheriff. A Deputy Sheriff may use this weapon when necessary to defend themselves or another from physical harm, to overcome resistance to affect an arrest or to prevent the escape of an arrested person.
A Deputy Sheriff will use only the minimum amount of force necessary to accomplish lawful objectives. The Training Branch will conduct an annual in-service training program in the use of the defensive baton.
(CALEA 1.3.9,a )Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the SWAT team may be issued additional Less than Lethal weapons, such as tear gas and smoke grenades, which are to be used in special situations. The members of the SWAT team will be required to undergo training in the use of any weapon that they are issued and authorized to use. The training records are maintained by the SWAT commander.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 7 of 16
Deputy Sheriffs will only possess and use those less than lethal weapons issued by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The possession and use of any other type of Less than Lethal weapon is prohibited. From time to time Deputy Sheriffs may find themselves in a situation demanding immediate use of force to defend themselves and the usual Less than Lethal weapons are not readily available. The Deputy Sheriff may employ such impact weapons as are in their possession at that time to defend themselves. This could include but is not limited to a flashlight or other device not normally considered an impact weapon. When employing this weapon of opportunity in self-defense, the Deputy Sheriff is still required to abide by all use of force requirements mandating the minimum amount of force necessary to affect the arrest.
H. Task Force Officers:
(CALEA 1.3.9,a )The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office hosts task force units in various specified disciplines including Narcotics Enforcement, Traffic Enforcement and Immigration Law Enforcement. These task forces include officers from other agencies who have gone through various training syllabuses. These training differences include the issue of varying less than lethal weapons including Tasers, various batons and chemical weapons.
Task force officers from outside participating agencies shall receive training on the BCSO Use of Force policy prior to deploying with their respective task force. Each task force officer shall demonstrate to the Training Section their familiarity with Use of Force General Order. Documentation will be maintained by the training section.
Task Force officers from outside participating agencies are authorized to carry and deploy any less than lethal weapon approved and issued by their parent agency. The actual deployment of these weapons shall be in compliance with BCSO Use of Force General Order.
Task Force officers from outside participating agencies shall maintain current certifications and updated training on all less than lethal weapons in their inventory through their parent agencies. Certificates must be on file with the BCSO training section.
I. Firearms:
203A8 Use of Force Pg 8 of 16
(CALEA 1.3.9, a) All Deputy Sheriffs of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be issued a .40 caliber, 9mm or .45 caliber semi-automatic pistol of approved manufacturer (Glock) with the maximum number of rounds that the issued magazines will carry. While on duty, the issued pistol will be carried in a “fully loaded” condition, with one round in the chamber and a full magazine inserted into the magazine well. The carrying of magazines is addressed in the general order pertaining to uniforms. Deputy Sheriffs assigned to plain clothes detail can modify the carrying of extra magazines as determined by Branch Commanders and supervisors. Certain assigned duties may necessitate Deputies being assigned a second handgun to perform the mission. Deputies will adhere to general order number 201 concerning back-up/off-duty weapons.
(CALEA 1.3.9, a) Issued Long Weapons: Marked patrol vehicles shall be equipped with a 12 gauge shotgun, issued to the individual Deputy Sheriff. The shotgun shall be kept secured in a gun rack either in the passenger compartment of the vehicle or in a gun rack in the trunk of the vehicle. The shotgun shall be kept in the “Rack Ready” configuration with four rounds of “00” buckshot in the weapon’s magazine, the chamber empty and the safety “on”. A round shall not be chambered until such time as the situation deems necessary for a shotgun to be deployed in the Use of Force continuum. If a patrol vehicle is taken out of service for maintenance or any other reason, the shotgun and all ammunition will be transferred to the replacement vehicle or stored and maintained by the Deputy Sheriff to whom it is assigned. From time to time certain officers as designated by the Sheriff may be issued semi-automatic rifles, sniper rifles or other long guns as may be deemed necessary for the successful completion of the mission. These Deputies shall successfully complete the appropriate firearms qualifications courses as prescribed. These Deputies shall deploy these weapons in accordance with established use of force procedures of the BCSO.
Non-issued Firearms Prohibited: All Deputy Sheriffs, while on duty, will possess only Sheriff’s Office issued weapons and ammunition on their person or in any Sheriff’s Office vehicle. Exceptions shall include seized weapons and ammunition that is being transported to the Evidence Section.
J. Qualification:
(CALEA 1.3.10, 1.3.11, a) All Deputy Sheriffs will be required to qualify at least annually with their agency authorized firearm. Only Deputies who have demonstrated proficiency in the use of agency authorized firearms will be
203A8 Use of Force Pg 9 of 16
approved to carry such firearms. Proficiency will include achieving minimum qualifying scores on a prescribed course. Qualifications will be conducted by certified weapons instructors.
All Deputy Sheriffs will be required to qualify at least annually with any personally owned off duty sidearm that has been approved and authorized by the agency as required by General Order number 201.
Members of the SWAT team shall be required to qualify at least annually with the weapons issued to them through the SWAT commander.
(CALEA 1.3.10) All Deputy Sheriffs will be required to attend a training class that will be conducted in conjunction with the annual firearms qualification training. The class will review Sheriff’s Office policies and procedures that govern weapons, the use of force continuum; and being familiar with safe-handling procedures for the use of these weapons.
Deputy Sheriffs will be required to annually qualify with any Patrol Rifle, carbine, sniper rifle or other “long gun” if these weapons are assigned for their specific duties.
(CALEA 1.3.11) All Deputy Sheriffs are required to annually qualify with all Less Lethal weapons that they have been issued.
(CALEA 1.3.11,b) Training documentation will include:
a. Name of Deputy.
b. Date qualified.
c. Certified weapon instructor’s name.
d. Lists the issued weapon.
e. Qualification score.
f. Use of Force policy training.
(CALEA 1.3.12) Each Deputy will be issued a copy of the Use of Force policy when they are hired. The Use of Force policy will be reviewed with each Deputy during annual qualifications.
K. Failure to Maintain Weapon and Less Lethal Weapon Proficiency:
203A8 Use of Force Pg 10 of 16
All Deputy Sheriffs shall be required to maintain competence and to demonstrate proficiency with their assigned duty weapons.
(CALEA 1.3.11,c) All Deputy Sheriffs who fail to maintain competency with their assigned duty sidearm, lethal and less lethal, as evidenced by the demonstrated inability to meet qualification requirements during their qualification will remain on the range with one-on-one instruction from one of the range instructors until the qualification score is achieved.
If a qualification score is not achieved by the end of the scheduled training day, the Deputy will return the following day (Mon thru Fri) and receive one-on-one instruction from a different firearms instructor, after doing so they will be given two additional opportunities to qualify. If they fail to qualify again they will return the next day following the same schedule as the day before, with a different firearms instructor. The Deputy will continue to return until a qualifications score is achieved. Exception: Those deputies who have not qualified with the past 12 months as required by SOP will be required to surrender their weapon prior to leaving the range. They will then follow the same procedure as outlined above until a qualification score is achieved.
(CALEA 1.3.11,c) While assigned to temporary duty additional daily on-duty counseling and training will be provided. Retesting will be conducted within two weeks of the failure to qualify.
(CALEA 1.3.11, c) The repeated failure to demonstrate competence with the duty weapon will be cause for dismissal.
(CALEA 1.3.11, c) Deputy Sheriffs who fail to maintain competence with the issued 12 gauge shotgun, as evidenced by the demonstrated inability to meet the shotgun qualification requirements will be required to surrender the shotgun to the range officer in charge prior to leaving the firing range. The shotguns removed from the vehicle will be stored and maintained by the Sheriff’s Office Training Branch in the Armory. They may be re-issued the shotgun upon successful completion of the qualification course.
(CALEA 1.3.11, c) Deputy Sheriffs who fail to maintain competence with the issued assault rifle, carbine, sniper rifle or other “long gun” as assigned, as evidenced by the demonstrated ability to meet the rifle qualification requirements will be required to surrender the rifle to the range officer in charge prior to departing the firing range. The rifles will be stored and maintained by
203A8 Use of Force Pg 11 of 16
the Sheriff’s Office Training Branch in the Armory. They may be re-issued upon successful completion of the qualification course.
L. Servicing of Agency Weapons:
(CALEA 1.3.9,d) Any Deputy Sheriff who’s issued weapon requires servicing, must deliver the weapon to the Armory with a written description of the problem or malfunction. The Armorer shall have the responsibility of repairing or shipping the weapon to an authorized service center for repair. Firearms found to be malfunctioning or otherwise unsafe will be immediately removed from service and replaced with a properly functioning weapon until repaired.
This does not relieve the individual Deputy Sheriff from the responsibility of maintaining the cleanliness of the weapon through a thorough field stripping at least once a month, and more often if the Deputy Sheriff is involved in activities in less than optimal environmental conditions (e.g. beach duty, boat duty, pursuit through a marsh or swamp etc.)
M. (CALEA 1.3.9, f) Safe and Proper Storage of Firearms:
Deputies issued a department firearm or have department approved firearms for off-duty or back-up weapons shall be responsible for safeguarding the firearm at all times.
Firearms shall be kept in a safe place in the residence, out of reach of children and others.
Deputies may secure their weapon(s) in a patrol vehicle if the vehicle is equipped with an agency owned weapon vault. In order for a weapon to be stored in an SUV or truck, the vehicle must have a vault. Weapons may also be secured in the trunk of a sedan providing the trunk release switch has been disabled.
(Note: If issued a 1033 program long rifle, that weapon must be removed from the vehicle and secured in the officer’s dwelling or residence at the end of shift when off duty, regardless of whether or not the assigned vehicle is equipped with a vault or a disabled trunk release switch)
Deputies on leave may secure their weapons in the department armory.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 12 of 16
All Deputies issued rifles/carbines etc. will secure those weapons in the department armory or with another Deputy while out on leave or extended training.
N. Inspections:
The supervisor of each shift or special team shall conduct an inspection of each assigned firearm on their respective shift no less than once a month.
Any Deputy found with an unserviceable or dirty weapon shall be subject to disciplinary action according to the General Orders manual.
O. Batons:
(CALEA 1.3.9,a) Type of Baton: Each Deputy Sheriff depending on division assignment shall be issued a baton of the model and type as designated by the agency.
(CALEA 1.3.10) Certification: Each Deputy Sheriff shall be certified through the accepted certification process prior to using the baton.
Recertification: Each Deputy Sheriff shall undergo an annual recertification process according to the accepted standards for the particular baton.
Wearing of the Baton: Once certified with the assigned baton, each Deputy Sheriff assigned to a uniform duty shall wear the baton in its carrier whenever they exit the patrol vehicle.
P. Oleoresin Capsicum:
(CALEA 1.3.9,a, 1.3.10) Certification: Each Deputy Sheriff depending on their assignment shall undergo the accepted standard certification process for using Oleoresin Capsicum (O.C. pepper spray).
Wearing of the O.C. Spray: Deputy Sheriffs shall wear the O.C. spray on their duty belt. Deputy sheriffs assigned to a plainclothes detail shall have the O.C. spray readily available when on duty.
Decontamination Procedures: After using the O.C. spray on a suspect, the Deputy will follow the decontamination procedures as specified during training.
203A8 Use of Force Pg 13 of 16
Q. Special Weapons:
(CALEA 1.3.9,a,b, 1.3.10) Types of Weapons: A number of specialized weapons have been purchased and issued to SWAT personnel. Deputy Sheriffs, depending on division assignment, shall undergo the accepted standard training and or certification process prior to being issued any weapon. A current list of approved lethal weapons remains on file with the BCSO Supply Manager.
(CALEA 1.3.9, a) A current list of approved less than lethal weapons remains on file with the respective Branch Captain.
(CALEA 1.3.9, b) Ammunition: A current list of approved ammunition remains on file with the Supply Manager.
Training / Certification: All personnel assigned to SWAT or other Special Teams and have been authorized to use these weapons shall undergo such training and/or certifications as are necessary to become proficient with these weapons. These training records are maintained by the SWAT commander.
Deployment of Weapons: While primarily for use during SWAT operations, Deputies may deploy these weapons in situations where an immediate threat is present and the special weapon is the best option available to quickly and safely end the incident. Each Deputy must weigh the possible consequences of deploying these weapons, particularly when working with Deputies who are not familiar with those weapons.
Documentation: All use of these weapons must be documented through Use of Force forms and have their actions reviewed by the Sheriff’s Office chain of command.
(CALEA 1.3.10) Deputies will not be issued any weapon to included Less Lethal weapons until the Deputy has been trained and demonstrates proficiency including achieving a minimum qualifying score with annual re-certification on the issued weapon
R. Use of Force Reporting Procedures:
Documentation: Any Deputy Sheriff involved in a use of force incident will notify their supervisor immediately. A Use of Force report and accompanying
203A8 Use of Force Pg 14 of 16
incident report will be completed prior to the end of the duty shift unless the Deputy Sheriff was injured in the incident and is unable to complete the report. In that instance, it shall be the responsibility of the supervisor to complete both the incident report and the use of force report. Use of force reports and an incident report will be completed on incidents involving:
a. (CALEA 1.3.6,a) A Deputy Sheriff discharges a firearm in a duty-related capacity. This does not include practice, training, qualification or competition unless the discharge results in property damage or personal injury. A discharge of a Sheriff’s Office owned weapon, on or off duty, will be documented with an incident report.
b. (CALEA 1.3.6,b) The Deputy Sheriff takes any action that results in, or is alleged to have resulted in, any injury or death of any officer or any other person.
c. (CALEA 1.3.6,c) Physical force was applied through the use of lethal or less than lethal weapons. This does not include physical touching merely to guide or assist another person.
d. (CALEA 1.3.6,d) Weaponless physical force is used by the deputy on an adult or juvenile. (A use of force report is not required for the use of physical force that has little or no chance of producing injuries and is being used to gain control of the suspect or restraining a non-combative individual, e.g., physical touching, gripping or holding, handcuffing, escorting, searching, etc.)
e. The Deputy Sheriff is injured as a result of being assaulted, even though the Deputy Sheriff may not have used force against the assailant.
i) (CALEA 1.3.7,1.3.13) Incident Review: Incidents involving the use of force and all discharges of firearms (except in authorized practice, training or the authorized killing of an injured animal) shall be reviewed by the Sheriff’s Office command staff. The command staff has the authority to refer the report to the Office of Professional Responsibility for an administrative investigation depending on the circumstances. All reports will be analyzed at the end of the year to determine if:
(1) A pattern or trend is apparent;
203A8 Use of Force Pg 15 of 16
(2) Whether additional training is necessary;
(3) Whether equipment must be upgraded;
(4) Whether the policy may need to be modified.
(5) Whether the Deputy Sheriff exhausted all alternatives before discharging his/her firearm at a suspect.
ii) Notifications: When an employee discharges a firearm (except as noted above) or takes any action which results in injury or death the employee’s supervisor shall notify the Branch and Division Commanders immediately. The Division Commander shall notify the Chief Deputy who will notify OPR and the Sheriff. The supervisor shall be responsible for submitting an Incident or appropriate supplemental incident report on the incident. The South Carolina Law Enforcement Division may be requested, at the discretion of the Sheriff and/or his designee, to conduct any possible criminal investigation.
iii) The South Carolina Law Enforcement Division will submit their completed investigation to the 14th Circuit Solicitor’s Office for final review.
iv) Chain of Custody: The supervisor shall immediately secure the weapon used in the incident and initiate a chain of custody on the weapon. If the weapon is to be turned over to SLED, the supervisor will not unload or clear the weapon. If the weapon is secured due to an accidental discharge, the supervisor will unload and clear the weapon prior to turning it over to the BCSO armorer.
v) (CALEA 1.3.8) The supervisor shall immediately relieve the employee of all duties if the use of force resulted in the death or serious physical injury of another person. This shall be an administrative relief with all pay and benefits until directed otherwise by the Sheriff.
vi) Other agencies as requested by the Sheriff shall also conduct investigations into the incident.
Summary:
203A8 Use of Force Pg 16 of 16
It shall be the policy of the Sheriffs’ Office to use the minimal amount of force necessary to deal with any given set of circumstances. In no instance shall any Deputy Sheriff exercise the use of force without due consideration for the safety of the general public, other Deputies and the safety of the suspect. The mission of the Sheriff’s Office is to apprehend lawbreakers and bring them before the proper court for the administration of justice according to law.
Revision Date(s): A-2/3/2010, A1-5/5/2010; A2 – 05/14/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Prisoner Transportation
Number: 204A2 Type: Operations Pages: 17
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.4g, 1.2.8a-c,70.1.1-7,70.2.1, 70.3.1-3,70.4.1-2,70.5.1a-c
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the transportation of persons in custody.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to take every reasonable measure to provide for the safety and security of its Deputies, the community, and prisoners in custody.
Definitions:
Prisoner: A person who has been arrested and / or taken into custody.
Arresting Officer: Any Deputy Sheriff present at the scene of the arrest or as designated for prisoner transport by the supervisor.
Seizures: Physical convulsion caused by uncontrolled electrical activity in the brain.
Fractures: A break in either bone or cartilage.
Laceration: A cut in the skin.
Abrasion: Wearing away of upper layer of skin as a result of applied friction force.
Contusion: A bruise, caused by blood leaking into surrounding layers of skin as a result of a blow to the skin.
Procedure:
A. Every Prisoner Shall Be Handcuffed:
(CALEA 70.1.1) All arrested persons present a potential risk to the safety of the arresting/transporting Deputy, whether or not they are known by the Deputy,
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 2 of 17
and whether or not they seem to present an obvious or little immediate threat to the Deputy. Therefore, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that every prisoner who is transported in a law enforcement vehicle be handcuffed by the Deputy prior to being transported, unless handcuffing is specifically exempted under the provisions of this procedure.
Regardless of how the situation may appear, all arrested persons present a potential risk to the safety of arresting and/or transporting personnel. Consequently, every detainee will be properly restrained and searched for weapons and contraband at the time of arrest, or upon assuming custody of a detainee from a detention facility, courtroom, or another law enforcement officer. On occasion, it may become necessary to transport a detainee for another officer. Should this situation present itself, assuming custody of a detainee from another law enforcement officer for transport will only be accomplished at the Hilton Head Law Enforcement Center, the Bluffton Courthouse, the Beaufort Law Enforcement Center or the Beaufort County Detention Center. If the detainee is already handcuffed, the officer assuming custody will place his/her handcuffs on the detainee before removing the first set of handcuffs. Searches will be conducted in as thorough a manner as possible, depending on circumstances, prior to placement in an agency vehicle for transport.
Detainees may only be searched by personnel of the opposite sex in the following situations:
a. When there is good reason to believe the detainee possesses a weapon, poison, drugs, contraband, or other means of hurting themselves or others, or effecting an escape; or
b. When there is good reason to believe there is evidence hidden on the detainee’s person, and there is danger that it may be disposed of or destroyed.
Searches of detainees of the opposite sex are to be made with all possible regard for decency. Whenever possible a witness, other than the searching deputy sheriff, should be present whenever a detainee is searched by personnel of the opposite sex.
(CALEA 1.2.8a-c) If a strip search is required, the search shall only be conducted in a private area of the detention center by qualified detention center
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 3 of 17
staff of the same sex as the prisoner. A detention center strip search request form will be required. If a body cavity search is required, it shall be conducted in a medical facility by qualified medical personnel. A search warrant should be obtained before requesting a body cavity search.
B. Transport Vehicle Searches: (CALEA 70.1.2) Every transport and/or patrol vehicle shall be searched by the assigned Deputy at the beginning of that Deputy’s shift; and before and after transporting a prisoner.
C. Patrol Vehicle Searches: (CALEA 70.1.2) At the beginning of each shift, the assigned deputy shall examine the patrol vehicle to ensure that it is in good operating condition, properly fueled, and equipped with the proper safety items.
D. Extended Transport Distances/Extraditions:
If a prisoner transport is of an extended duration, such as an extradition, the Deputy shall obtain specific instructions from the supervisor in charge of the extradition. Additional guidelines are listed below:
Pre-Trip Arrangements:
a. The transporting Deputies will secure a credit card for trip expenses and ensure the proper travel vouchers are completed upon return;
b. At least one cell phone will be secured for the trip;
c. Advance calls will be made to a pre-determined detention center to make arrangements for overnight accommodations should the return trip require more than one day of travel;
d. Deputies will also make advance calls to ensure motel accommodations are available;
e. Waist chains and an orange inmate uniform will be provided by the Beaufort County Detention Center prior to the trip;
f. The transporting Deputies will ensure the patrol vehicle is within the service dates and is adequate for a long distance trip;
g. Deputies will obtain a list of Sheriff’s Offices and detention centers on their route in case of emergency;
h. The Deputies will leave their travel itinerary/route with the supervisor in charge of the extradition;
i. Paperwork such as warrants, etc. receive a final review from the supervisor handling the extradition.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 4 of 17
Travel:
a. Any out of County or out of State prisoner transport will always be handled by two Deputies. In-State transports to mental facilities or juvenile justice centers are the exception and are permissible to use one Deputy.
b. At least one Deputy will be of the same sex as the prisoner/mental patient, when possible.
c. A patrol vehicle with a cage will be utilized;
d. Deputies may bring the prisoner inside of a restaurant providing there is no objection from management. One hand can be released from the waist chain while the prisoner is eating;
e. At least one Deputy will accompany the prisoner during restroom breaks. One hand can be released from the waist chain while using the restroom;
f. The Deputies will check in with the supervisor handling the extradition every four hours while traveling. If after hours, the on-duty shift supervisor will be notified.
Vehicle Repairs:
a. Should the patrol vehicle break down and need towing, the Deputies will call local law enforcement for assistance and to arrange for prisoner transport to a detention center. At least one Deputy will accompany the prisoner to the detention center while the other makes the arrangements for the vehicle repair;
b. If the repair is determined to take only a few hours, the need for a local detention center can be waived;
c. The supervisor in charge of the extradition will be notified of the break down and kept aware of the situation.
Overnight accommodations:
a. Pre-trip arrangements will have been made should the return trip require more than one day of travel.
b. Circumstances such as distance, vehicle break-downs and weather may also require overnight accommodations.
General Information:
a. All other applicable prisoner transport requirements of this general order will apply to extraditions;
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 5 of 17
b. The BCSO will handle domestic extraditions only. Arrangements with the U.S. Marshals Service will be made for any foreign extraditions;
c. If a prisoner requires medical assistance during the trip, the Deputies will make the decision to transport to the nearest medical facility or call for an ambulance. If transported via ambulance, one Deputy will remain with the prisoner;
d. If a prisoner is admitted to a medical facility during transport, the Deputies will call the local Sheriff’s Office for assistance;
e. The supervisor handling the extradition or the on-duty supervisor will be notified of any unusual occurrences.
E. Handcuffing Prisoners:
(CALEA 70.2.1) Prisoner(s) transported by Deputies shall be secured in handcuffs with their hands behind their back and the handcuffs double locked. Every prisoner shall be secured with a safety-restraining device in the vehicle. This provides for the safety of the prisoner in the event of an automobile accident, as well as, additional security for the Deputy. Although no one is exempted from the use of safety belt restraints, a supervisor may grant permission to exempt handcuffing prisoners in special transport situations. In each of these situations, the transporting Deputy must request and receive permission from the supervisor in advance. These exemptions shall be limited to the following:
a. Physically incapacitated persons when the risk of violence or escape appears to be minimal;
b. Elderly or ill persons when the risk of violence or escape appears to be minimal; and/or
c. Juveniles when the risk of violence or escape appears to be minimal;
Information that must be considered prior to making the exception should include, but not be limited to, the following: the severity of the charges, whether the charges are for crimes of violence, prior record of violent act(s), any escape attempt(s), threats made by the suspect, violent or uncooperative acts, etc.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 6 of 17
A trustee of the Detention Center, under the direct supervision of BCSO staff, is not required to be handcuffed. The decision to handcuff a trustee during transport shall be at the discretion of the transporting Deputy.
F. (CALEA 70.2.1) Additional Transporting/Restraint Considerations:
When deemed appropriate, prisoners may be further restrained with a waist belt or leg shackles.
The property of the prisoner and identifying charging information shall be transported with the prisoner.
No person shall be handcuffed to a stationary object or to any part of the transporting vehicle or be left unattended.
Prisoners shall be handcuffed in the front only when a waist belt is used to secure the handcuffs. A waist belt should be used when transporting prisoners for an extended period or if it is physically impossible to handcuff the prisoner behind the back. Deputies assigned to Marine Patrol are authorized to handcuff in the front while transporting in a vessel. Prisoners transported in a vessel will also wear a PFD.
The use of thumb cuffs is prohibited.
Deputies should check the tightness of handcuffs after they are applied.
Deputies shall double lock handcuffs at all times.
Deputies should investigate complaints from prisoners that handcuffs are too tight. If the handcuffs are determined to be at the appropriate tightness, the Deputy need not loosen them.
Each Deputy is responsible for the care and maintenance of his/her handcuffs. Defective handcuffs must not be used and shall be replaced immediately.
Disposable handcuffs such as flex-cuffs are authorized in certain situations, when regular handcuffs do not fit, or when handcuffs are not readily available. Care must be exercised in applying and removing these restraints.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 7 of 17
Only prisoners of the same sex shall be transported together. Exceptions may be made for acquaintances and/or relatives that are not combative toward each other.
Handcuffs should not be removed until the prisoner is inside the detention facility and the correctional officer directs the Deputy.
The procedure commonly referred to as “hog-tying” is expressly prohibited.
G. Disorderly Prisoners:
(CALEA 70.1.4) If a prisoner becomes disorderly during transport the transporting Deputy should continue to the detention center, if the prisoner does not pose a threat to the safe operation of the vehicle. The dispatcher should be notified that there is a disorderly subject in the vehicle, and assistance will be required when the prisoner is removed from the vehicle. The prisoner must be kept in the vehicle until assistance arrives.
If a prisoner poses a threat to the safe operation of the vehicle, the Deputy should pull to the side of the road, notify the dispatcher of his/her problem, exit the vehicle, and wait for help to arrive. The prisoner should be kept in the rear passenger compartment of the vehicle, and the Deputy should not open the rear doors until another Deputy arrives on the scene.
A single Deputy should not open the passenger compartment to secure a disorderly prisoner until help arrives.
H. Prisoner Communications:
(CALEA 70.1.5) A prisoner shall not be allowed to communicate with anyone other than the Deputies and prisoners being transported with him or her.
I. Prisoners Identified As Security Hazards: (CALEA 70.1.8) If a prisoner being transported to court is considered a security hazard, court security personnel shall be notified. The judge may direct the use of restraining devices in court or request additional Deputies to be present.
J. Primary Duty Of Transporting Deputy:
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 8 of 17
(CALEA 70.1.4) The primary duty of the transporting Deputy is the safe delivery of the prisoner in his/her care. Diversionary incidents, whether or not initiated by the prisoner, increases the chances for an escape or potential danger to the safety of the prisoner being transported. Therefore, a Deputy transporting a prisoner shall stop to render assistance to others along the route only if there is a clear, immediate, and grave risk of physical harm to a third party and no other Deputy is readily available to render assistance.
Under such circumstances, the dispatcher shall be notified of the identity of the unit, the fact that the Deputy is in the process of transporting a prisoner, and the location and nature of the incident. The Deputy shall remain only until other emergency assistance has arrived. Deputies who are transporting prisoners shall not become involved in a pursuit, traffic stop, or other situation that may potentially cause harm to the prisoner.
K. Visual Observation of Prisoners: Transporting Deputies should be able to visually observe prisoners in their custody at all times. Extreme care shall be taken when stopping for fuel, meals, or personal relief. On trips of extended duration, a Deputy of the same sex should be utilized to transport a prisoner.
L. Transport Vehicles’ Protective Screen: (CALEA 70.4.1, 70.4.2) Vehicles used primarily for transporting prisoners shall have a protective screen that separates the driver from the prisoner, and shall be modified to minimize opportunities for the prisoner to exit from the rear compartment without the aid of the transporting Deputy. This will be accomplished by making doors and windows inoperable from the rear seat.
M. Seating Of Prisoners:
(CALEA 70.1.3; 70.4.2) A single Deputy transporting a single prisoner in a screened vehicle shall transport the prisoner in the rear seat, passenger side, handcuffed with the seat belt fastened. At no time should one Deputy transport more than three prisoners, unless utilizing a prisoner transport vehicle.
Two Deputies transporting a single prisoner or two or three prisoners in a screened vehicle shall transport with both Deputies in the front seat, and the prisoner(s) secured in the rear seat, handcuffed, with the seat belt(s) fastened.
(CALEA 70.1.3) One Deputy transporting a single prisoner in an unscreened vehicle shall place the prisoner in the front, passenger seat, handcuffed, with the
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 9 of 17
seat belt fastened. A single Deputy shall not routinely transport prisoners in an unscreened vehicle.
(CALEA 70.1.3) Two Deputies transporting a single prisoner in an unscreened vehicle shall place the prisoner in the rear passenger seat with the seat belt fastened. The second Deputy shall ride in the rear seat directly behind the Driver. The rear seated Deputy will not wear their weapon on their right side.
In any transport situation when there is a large number of prisoners, or if there are other special problems, a vehicle designed specifically for the transportation of prisoners shall be requested.
(CALEA 70.4.2) If prisoners are routinely transported alone in the rear of agency vehicles, the rear compartments are modified to minimize opportunities for exit without the aid of the transporting officer.
N. Special Transport Situations:
(CALEA 70.1.4) When a meal is required during the transport of a prisoner (i.e., when transporting a long distance) the eating place shall be selected at random so that predicted patterns of behavior may be avoided.
(CALEA 70.3.2; 70.3.3) If a prisoner is transported to a local hospital for any reason, the following shall apply:
a. Extreme caution shall be taken to ensure the prisoner is isolated from the other patients and is not left unattended, or permitted to escape the immediate control of the transporting Deputy.
b. Hospital security should be notified upon the Deputy’s arrival at the hospital.
c. The Deputy must always closely monitor the prisoner.
d. The transporting Deputy shall not leave the medical facility until relieved by another Deputy or instructed to do otherwise by a supervisor. If the prisoner is admitted to the hospital, the transporting Deputy must notify the supervisor who in turn, will notify the command duty officer. The command duty officer will make the decision if the Deputy remains at the medical
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 10 of 17
facility with the prisoner. Unusual circumstances will require the command duty officer to consult with the Chief Deputy.
e. The transporting Deputy shall remove the restraints only when it is deemed necessary and he/she is requested to do so by medical staff.
When transporting a juvenile prisoner, or a prisoner of the opposite sex, the Deputy shall notify the dispatcher of the current mileage and destination. Upon arrival, the Deputy shall again announce the location and ending mileage. Juveniles will not be transported in the same vehicle with adults unless they are immediate family.
(CALEA 70.3.1) Physically and mentally handicapped persons present conditions that dictate special care and attention. For example, the type of vehicle used would be a consideration when transporting non-ambulatory prisoners or those requiring wheelchairs, crutches, or prosthetic appliances. The degree of physical restraint to handicapped prisoners shall be applied within reason, at the discretion of the transporting Deputy, dependent upon such factors as the seriousness of the handicap, mobility of the prisoner, and the circumstances of the arrest.
(CALEA 70.3.1; 70.3.2) Any prisoner who is sick or injured shall be examined by EMS personnel and offered treatment for their injury or illness prior to being transported to a detention facility. If the prisoner refused treatment by medical staff, the correctional officer shall be notified upon admission to the detention facility.
If the prisoner was injured incidental to an arrest, a supervisor shall respond to the hospital, photograph the injury, and take a statement from the prisoner. If necessary, EMS may be called to provide an ambulance for transportation to a medical facility. A Deputy shall accompany the ambulance and the prisoner shall remain under guard by the Deputy. EMS policy prohibits transporting handcuffed patients unless a Deputy rides in the ambulance.
While being transported, a sick or injured prisoner shall be restrained or handcuffed, unless handcuffs create further injury. A second Deputy may be used to assist in transporting an unrestrained prisoner.
Unconscious prisoners shall not be transported in a Deputy’s vehicle, but shall be taken to a hospital or medical facility by ambulance.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 11 of 17
(CALEA 70.3.1) Mentally disturbed prisoners may pose a significant threat to themselves and/or the transporting Deputies. Mentally disturbed persons are to be restrained securely without causing injury.
If the prisoner is violent, two or more Deputies may be used to transport. If it appears that a prisoner’s violent or bizarre behavior may constitute a risk of harm to himself or others, the prisoner may be transported on a stretcher in an EMS ambulance with handcuffs and/or body restraints applied. This method of transportation should only be used after other methods have been determined as unfeasible.
O. Booking Prisoners at the Detention Center:
The transporting Deputy(s) shall notify the dispatcher and advise them that they have a prisoner in custody and that they are beginning transport to the detention facility. If the Deputy is transporting a juvenile or a member of the opposite sex, the Deputy shall give the dispatcher the beginning and ending mileage.
The transporting Deputy(s) shall notify the dispatcher upon arrival at the detention facility.
(CALEA 70.1.6c) The Deputy shall give the proper documentation to the correctional officer.
(CALEA 70.1.6a) The transporting Deputy(s) must place his/her weapon in a secure location before entering the detention center.
(CALEA 70.1.6d) The transporting Deputy shall advise the correctional officer if the prisoner is known to be ill or injured and, if so, what medical treatment has been provided. The correctional officer shall also be advised if the prisoner is known to be suicidal.
(CALEA 70.1.6b) Restraining devices shall be removed at the direction of the correctional officer.
(CALEA 70.1.6e) After the correctional officer has taken custody of the prisoner, and the correctional officer has signed for receipt of the prisoner, the Deputy may retrieve his/her weapon and exit the facility.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 12 of 17
P. Documentation/Transportation from a Detention Facility:
(CALEA 70.5.1a) Identification verification may be accomplished by comparing the prisoner’s physical appearance with jail records, interviewing the prisoner, or any other method which shall assure the Deputy of the correct identity of the prisoner.
(CALEA 70.5.1b) As applicable, the commitment papers, medical records, and all personal property shall be transported with the prisoner. For interstate transports, a properly executed extradition warrant or waiver shall be obtained in advance and transported with the prisoner.
(CALEA 70.5.1c) Information regarding the prisoner’s escape, any suicide potential, and other security concerns must be recorded and included in the documentation accompanying the prisoner.
Q. Escapes: Following the escape of a prisoner during a transport, the transporting Deputy must take action that includes the following:
(CALEA 70.1.7a) Persons to be notified:
a. Dispatcher (immediately by radio) with a description of the escapee and direction of travel;
b. All surrounding police jurisdictions (immediately);
c. Command Duty Officer;
d. The K-9 Unit and/or SWAT may be requested;
e. Victims Advocates and Victims;
f. Police jurisdiction(s) of the escapee’s residence and known associates, as well as possible destinations;
(CALEA 70.1.7b) A Uniform Crime Report will be completed prior to the Deputy going off duty. Other reports such as a summons, booking report, detainee transport, General Sessions Checklist, Prosecutorial Summary, Arrest Warrant, Rights Form, may also be required.
(CALEA 70.1.7c) Additional actions to be taken include a teletype message statewide and additional messages directed to any agencies with a likelihood of
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 13 of 17
coming in contact with the escapee; and obtain additional warrants as may be required.
R. Transport for Other Agencies:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will assist other agencies when feasible or necessary, to aid with transporting of prisoners. The on-duty supervisor will approve such transports.
The person must be under a lawful arrest. The BCSO Deputy will evaluate each situation before transport. Any person not lawfully arrested will not be transported by a BCSO deputy.
The requesting agency will handle all additional arrest procedures, and will follow a BCSO Deputy to an appropriate facility for processing at the time of arrest. (Ex. Booking, Medical Intake, tickets, warrants, and other appropriate paperwork).
S. On-Scene Medical Assessment by Deputy Sheriffs:
At any time that an individual (suspect or not) has been involved in an automobile crash in which the likelihood of injury is great, the local EMS service should be summoned to the scene. This is based on the severity of the crash, the location and type of damage to the vehicles and the presence or lack of seatbelts on the occupants.
Should the investigation indicate that an arrest of a person involved in the accident is imminent, and the likelihood of injury having occurred in the accident is great, the Deputy Sheriff is directed to have EMS perform a medical assessment of the individual. Should that individual refuse treatment, the Deputy Sheriff is to secure a copy of the EMS Refusal Form and provide it with booking papers to the Detention Center Booking Officer.
Should EMS determine that the individual needs additional medical treatment and the individual refuses, the Deputy Sheriff should use this guidance to transport the prisoner to a medical facility prior to incarceration.
Deputy Sheriffs should closely examine any and all persons being taken into custody after any violent incident for injuries. It is understood that Deputy
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 14 of 17
Sheriffs have no formal medical training; however they should look for obvious injuries. These include but are not limited to:
a. Uncontrolled external bleeding, especially to the extent that stitches may be required to close the wound;
b. Obvious fractures or dislocations of any bone;
c. Any head injury (swelling, contusions);
d. Obvious neck or spinal injuries;
e. Vomiting of blood, obvious swelling or discoloration of the abdomen (indicative of internal bleeding);
f. Serious obvious abrasions or contusions;
Any prisoner exhibiting any of the above will be transported to a medical facility for treatment prior to incarceration by the arresting Deputy.
Deputy Sheriffs must be cognizant to the effects of overwhelming introduction of alcohol into a person, to the point of causing unconsciousness or alcohol poisoning. If a prisoner is unable to walk under their own power to and from the patrol vehicle and into the Booking Room at the Detention Center, due to gross intoxication, the Deputy Sheriff shall transport that prisoner to a medical facility for treatment prior to incarceration. This does not preclude the Deputy Sheriff from practicing good officer safety tactics and maintaining physical control of the prisoner. Controlling a prisoner shall not be misconstrued as “unable to walk under their own power”.
On occasion a Deputy Sheriff may arrest an individual for Driving under the Influence. When that prisoner submits to a Datamaster test and registers a BAC of .34% or greater, the Deputy Sheriff shall complete the testing procedure and transport the prisoner to a medical facility for further evaluation prior to incarceration.
T. Other Medical Conditions: While the above addresses most obvious life threatening conditions, there are others, somewhat less obvious that the Deputy Sheriff must be aware of and alert to. These include but are not limited to:
Expectant mothers: From time to time Deputy Sheriffs may be faced with the necessity to take into custody a female who is expecting a child. The Deputy Sheriff should only execute a custodial arrest on a female who is in her eighth
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 15 of 17
month or greater of pregnancy after consultation with their supervisor. The custodial arrest should then be based on the physical health condition of the mother, the nature of the offense and the likelihood that the mother may go into labor while in custody.
Seizures: Persons from time to time experience conditions such as seizures and convulsions due to various medical conditions that include severe head injuries. If a Deputy Sheriff is confronted with a situation where a prisoner has experienced a seizure or convulsion in the presence of the Deputy Sheriff or at any time during the event that has required the Deputy Sheriff’s presence, the Deputy Sheriff shall transport the prisoner to a medical facility prior to incarceration.
Infectious diseases: The most serious of these is tuberculosis. If the Deputy Sheriff is aware that the prisoner is an active TB carrier, the Deputy shall contact the Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC) prior to incarceration for guidance in dealing with the prisoner. Please be reminded that under Federal and SC statutes, law enforcement officers are prohibited from disclosing to anyone any information about a person or prisoner who is HIV positive or is suffering from AIDS. Therefore always practice the universal precautions when dealing with any bodily fluids. The Deputy Sheriff may not be aware of any infectious disease actively carried by the prisoner therefore is unable to make any determination on that issue.
The Deputy Sheriff should make a diligent effort to inquire if the prisoner has any maintenance medications that they will need during the period of their incarceration and then make a diligent effort to obtain those medications from the prisoner’s vehicle or home as may be the case during the arrest. This is not to be interpreted as a Deputy Sheriff must drive the prisoner to their home. This is a violation of officer safety tactics and will not be done. The prisoner will have the opportunity at the Detention Center to call family for those items as may be needed.
U. Detention Center Procedures:
The prisoner under arrest remains in the custody of the arresting officer during the transport phase. If a Datamaster test is required for a DUI arrest, a Datamaster Room is located at the Detention Center, Hilton Head Office and Bluffton PD. The prisoner remains in the custody of the arresting Deputy during this phase of the arrest.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 16 of 17
Once the prisoner and the arresting Deputy are admitted through the security doors into the Booking Room the transition begins from Deputy Sheriff custody to Detention Center custody.
The BCDC Corrections Officer in charge of Booking will begin the acceptance procedure when the prisoner does not meet any of the above mentioned medical problems. This procedure includes a cursory search of the prisoner and a cursory visual examination. As this is conducted the arresting Deputy will transfer the arrest paperwork to the Booking Desk officer.
If the Booking Officer sees a medical condition not addressed above, the BCDC Nurse shall be summoned to Booking for an evaluation of the prisoner.
The Booking Officer shall be guided by the following general questions and shall pose them to the prisoner at the beginning of the booking process:
a. Are there any existing medical problems?
b. Is the prisoner on any medications at this time?
c. Has the prisoner been in an accident or suffered any injuries prior or during the arrest phase?
A yes answer to any of the above will result in the nurse being summoned to Booking. If the arresting Deputy has complied with the above policy, the BCDC will accept and begin booking and transport if necessary.
V. Documentation:
The Deputy Sheriff shall also include any medical forms completed at the medical facility by their staff with the documentation provided to the Booking Officer. A copy shall be attached to the submitted incident report.
An EMS refusal form shall be provided to the BCDC Booking Officer and a copy attached to the submitted incident report.
Summary: Utilizing this procedure, the Deputy Sheriff should be able to avoid costly delays in having the prisoner accepted into the Detention Center. It will also serve to deliver timely medical care to the prisoner, thus avoiding any issue of denying the treatment and causing further injury to the prisoner.
204A1 Prisoner Transportation Pg 17 of 17
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1- 04/11/2011, A2-6/21/2019; A3-06/12/2020; A4-01/27/2021; A5-
06/23/21; A6-06/30/2022
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Juvenile Procedures
Number: 205A6 Type: Operations Pages: 10
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.3, 44.1.1,44.1.3, 44.2.1-5, 61.1.3b; S.C. Codes 16, 50,56, 63
Purpose:
This policy establishes guidelines and procedures for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) Deputies regarding enforcement and custody situations involving juveniles.
Policy:
(CALEA 44.1.1, 44.2.4, 44.2.5) It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to actively protect the public by reducing juvenile delinquency through discretionary enforcement efforts when dealing with youthful offenders involved in traffic offenses and other crimes. BCSO is committed to the development and perpetuation of programs (School Resource Officer, Community Resource Officer, Alive at 25, and Explorers) designed to control and prevent juvenile delinquency. All personnel share the responsibility of supporting these programs. BCSO Deputies, therefore, shall make every reasonable effort to adequately ensure the safety, security and welfare of all juveniles with whom they come into contact.
(CALEA 1.3.6, d) Should weaponless physical force become necessary when taking a juvenile into custody, a use of force report and incident report is required by BCSO policy. (Reference: BCSO General Order 203 A1, 2 Use of Force).
Definitions:
“Child” or “juvenile” means person less than eighteen years of age.
“Child” or juvenile does not mean a person seventeen years of age or older who is charged with a Class A, B, C, or D felony as defined in §16-1-20 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended (hereafter the S.C. Code), or a felony which provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of fifteen years or more. However, a person seventeen years of age who is charged with a Class A, B, C, or D
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 2 of 10
felony as defined in §16-1-20 or a felony which provides for maximum term of imprisonment of fifteen years or more may be remanded to the Family Court for disposition of the charge at the discretion of the circuit solicitor.
“Child” means a person under the age of eighteen when dealt with as an “abused or neglected” child.
Delinquent: Any juvenile who violates a criminal law. The offender’s age at the time the offense was committed, rather than the offender’s age at the time of arrest, will determine whether the offender will be charged as a juvenile and what procedures must be followed.
Status Offense: Any offense when committed by a juvenile which would not be a misdemeanor or felony if committed by an adult, such as, but not limited to, incorrigibility (beyond the control of parents/guardian), truancy, and running away.
Dependent: Any juvenile suspected of being the victim of abuse, including sexual, physical, or emotional abuse/neglect.
Children’s Code: Section of the S.C. Code that deals with both dependent and delinquent juveniles. These statutes are found in Title 63 of the S.C. Code.
Taking into Custody: The term used to denote law enforcement detention of a juvenile. In most cases, taking into custody is equivalent to arrest in the adult criminal justice system. In deciding whether or not to take a juvenile into custody, Deputy Sheriffs should generally apply the same criteria as when deciding whether or not to arrest an adult. However, taking into custody is not merely synonymous with arrest. Juveniles may be taken into custody for their own protection, or if the Deputy Sheriff feels the juvenile is a threat to the community, or if the community is a threat to the juvenile.
Responsible Adult: A responsible adult is defined in 63-7-20(19), of the S.C. Code as “A person responsible for a child’s welfare includes the child’s parent, guardian, foster parent, an operator, employee, or caregiver, as defined by Section 16-13-20, of a public or private residential home, institution, agency, or childcare facility or an adult who has assumed the role or responsibility of a parent or guardian for the child, but who does not necessarily have legal custody of the child”.
Procedure:
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 3 of 10
A. Deputy Sheriff’s dealing with juvenile defendants will use the least coercive, most appropriate enforcement alternatives, consistent with preserving public safety, order, and individual liberty.
B. (CALEA 44.2.1 a) A Deputy Sheriff may decide to the release with no further action (warnings) based on some of the following criteria:
Nature of the alleged offense;
Age and circumstances of the defendant;
Defendant’s juvenile record, if any;
Needs and limitations of the juvenile;
Strengths and weaknesses of the family;
Concerns of any victims or complainants;
C. (CALEA 44.2.1 b) A Deputy Sheriff is permitted by law (Section 63-19-810(D)) to hold a juvenile in non-secure custody (e.g., Sheriff’s Office) for only the time necessary for purposes of identification, investigation, detention, intake screening, awaiting release to parents or other responsible adult, or awaiting transfer to the Columbia detention facility or the court for a detention hearing. Prior to release of the juvenile, the Juvenile Custody and Detention Report must be completed.
D. (CALEA 44.2.2 a) An offense, which would not be a misdemeanor or felony if committed by an adult including, but not limited to, incorrigibility, truancy, running away, etc. For runaway juveniles, a Juvenile Custody and Detention Report shall be filled out. This form acts as the runaway affidavit.
E. (CALEA 44.2.1 c) If the Deputy Sheriff decides to petition the child, the Deputy Sheriff must choose to release the child to the parent, guardian or responsible adult or to detain the juvenile in secure confinement (Department of Juvenile Justice {DJJ} in Columbia, SC).
F. (CALEA 1.1.3) The petition is the “charging” document. Deputy Sheriff’s shall use their discretion when deciding to petition a juvenile. All petitions are completed and routed to the Juvenile Services Clerk for action. The petition will then be forwarded
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 4 of 10
to the Juvenile Solicitor with a recommendation sheet. If the juvenile is recommended for prosecution by the Juvenile Solicitor, the Juvenile Services Clerk will notify the DJJ representative and make arrangements to deliver said petitions. The exception to this process is when a juvenile is detained and transported to a secure facility (Department of Juvenile Justice {DJJ}, Columbia, SC). In cases where the juvenile is transported to DJJ, it is the responsibility of the “detaining Deputy Sheriff” to provide the local DJJ representative the original notarized petition no later than 1100 hours, the next business day following the detention, not including weekends and holidays.
G. Magistrate and municipal courts have concurrent jurisdiction with the Family Court to try persons less than 18 years of age charged with Title 50 (Wildlife), Title 56 (Traffic) violations and Tobacco Laws detailed in 16-17-500. A juvenile may be cited for violations of these statutes using the Uniform Traffic Ticket as a summons for Magistrate level offenses (§ 63-3-520).
As a practical matter, it is preferred that the magistrate and municipal courts handle magistrate level traffic and wildlife code violations since the courts have established fine collections procedures.
(CALEA 61.1.3b) Traffic citations issued to juveniles 17 years of age and under will be sent to the appropriate county magistrate for adjudication; however, Deputy Sheriffs should remember that magistrates do not have the authority to issue bench warrants for juveniles who fail to appear for trial.
A victim or complainant should not be referred to a county magistrate for a warrant on a juvenile. Procedurally, a juvenile will be brought to court by a law enforcement officer via a petition to the Family Court.
H. (CALEA 44.2.1c) The following cases will be referred to Family Court or General Sessions Court, as appropriate:
Violent crimes as defined in §16-1-60 of the S.C. Code;
Class A, B, C, or D felonies committed by a child 17 years of age or felonies which provide for maximum term of imprisonment of fifteen years or more;
Delinquent acts that, if committed by adults, would be a felony;
Delinquent acts involving weapons;
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 5 of 10
All serious gang related delinquent acts;
Any and all delinquent acts when it is determined that parental or guardian supervision is not effective;
All delinquent acts committed by juveniles already on probation or who have a recent record of violent conduct resulting in injury to others;
Traffic offenses which would ordinarily be prosecuted in the Court of General Sessions if committed by an adult (e.g., Reckless Homicide, Felony Driving under the Influence (DUI), DUI Second Offense, Failure to Yield for a Blue Light and siren.
I. (CALEA 1.2.6, 1.2.7, 44.2.2 a, b, c, d) The decision to detain a juvenile rests with the Deputy Sheriff. The Deputy Sheriff should:
Ensure the identity and the age of the offender;
The Deputy Sheriff must gather all facts surrounding the case and record them in their report;
The Deputy Sheriff must establish the impact to the victim;
The offense the juvenile is alleged to have committed (criminal versus status offense). If the offense is a status offense, the Deputy Sheriff will have a higher probability of releasing the juvenile to the custody of his/her parents than if the offense was a criminal offense;
The Deputy Sheriff shall determine whether the juvenile is harmed, using drugs or alcohol, and if so, the Deputy should contact emergency medical services;
The Deputy Sheriff shall determine if the juvenile is a risk to others. If the juvenile is a risk to others, the Deputy may determine that the juvenile should be detained. This will be based on the totality of the circumstances and whether there is another placement for the juvenile available;
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 6 of 10
If the juveniles are a risk to themselves, the Deputy Sheriff should take the juvenile to the hospital and have the hospital assess the juvenile along with the Department of Mental Health;
The Deputy Sheriff should remember that the juvenile has the same constitutional rights afforded to them as adults;
The Deputy Sheriff should notify the parent, guardian, relative or other responsible adult upon detaining a child;
If the decision to detain the child in a secure facility is made, the Deputy Sheriff shall notify DJJ for a detention screening;
J. A child is eligible for detention in a secure juvenile detention facility only if the child:
Is charged with a violent crime as defined in Section 16-1-60;
Is charged with a crime which, if committed by an adult, would be a felony or a misdemeanor other than a violent crime, and the child;
Is already detained or on probation or conditional release or is awaiting adjudication in connection with another delinquency proceeding;
Has demonstrable recent record of willful failures to appear at court proceedings;
Has a demonstrable recent record of violent conduct resulting in physical injury to others;
Has a demonstrable recent record of adjudication for other felonies or misdemeanors;
There is reason to believe the child is a flight risk or poses a threat of serious harm to others; or the instant offense involved the use of a firearm;
Is a fugitive from another jurisdiction;
Requests protection in writing under circumstances that present an immediate threat of serious physical injury;
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 7 of 10
Had in his/her possession a deadly weapon;
Has a demonstrable recent record of willful failure to comply with prior placement orders including, but not limited to, a house arrest order; has no suitable alternative placement and it is determined that detention is in the child’s best interest or is necessary to protect the child or public;
Is charged with an assault and battery or an assault and battery of a high and aggravated nature on school grounds or at a school-sponsored event against any person affiliated with the school in an official capacity;
K. Unless prohibited by law, the decision to detain a juvenile rests with the Deputy Sheriff taking the child into custody. Deputy Sheriff’s should be familiar with the South Carolina laws and procedures in order to make the proper decisions:
Upon taking a child into custody, the Deputy Sheriff shall notify the child’s parent, guardian, or custodian;
The Deputy Sheriff may release the child to a responsible party (e.g., the child’s parent; other responsible adult; or an agent of a court-approved foster home, group home, non-secure facility, or program) as long as the individual signs a written promise that he/she will bring the child to court at an appointed time, unless otherwise directed by the court;
If the child has been charged with a violent crime as defined in Section 16-1-60 the child may be released only if the Deputy Sheriff taking him/her into custody agrees to it. If the Deputy Sheriff does not agree to the release of the child, the party wishing to have the child released may appeal to a Family Court Judge.
If the Deputy Sheriff determines to detain the child, the Deputy shall notify DJJ. A representative of DJJ shall respond (either in person or by phone) within one hour (63-19-810B) and complete an assessment. The Deputy Sheriff will provide DJJ with the name of their respective supervisor who DJJ may contact. DJJ will use this information to make notification for the date and time of the detention hearing. The responsible Deputy Sheriff will submit to DJJ, the original petition and a copy of the original incident report no later than 1100 hours the next business day. If the Deputy Sheriff taking the child into custody determines that placement outside the home is
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 8 of 10
necessary, it is the responsibility of DJJ to make an effort to place the child in a home, program, or a facility other than a secure juvenile detention facility (Section 63-19-820A).
A child 10 years of age or younger shall not be placed in a jail or detention facility under any circumstances. A child between the ages of 11 – 12 years of age may only be detained by an order signed by a Family Court Judge (Section 63-19-820F); A 13-17 years of age only requires a detainable offense and a DJJ screening as outlined by statute.
A child may be held in an adult detention facility for six hours provided they are segregated by sight and sound from adults (this excludes status offenses);
L. 63-7-620 of the S.C. Code states essentially that a law enforcement officer (Deputy Sheriff) may take a child into emergency protective custody without the consent of parents, guardians, or others exercising temporary or permanent control over the child if:
There is probable cause to believe that by reason of abuse or neglect, there exists an imminent danger to the child’s life or physical safety and there is not time to petition the Family Court for an Order of Removal;
The child’s parent(s) or guardian has been arrested;
The child has become lost accidentally and a search by law enforcement has not located the parent(s) or guardian;
The on-duty supervisor will be notified prior to taking a child into emergency protective custody. When a Deputy Sheriff takes custody of a child under this section, he/she will relinquish custody to DSS. A copy of the Incident Report and affidavit for Emergency Protective Custody will be left with or forwarded to DSS personnel as soon as possible by the case officer. The report will fully detail the reasons for taking the child into protective custody, describe the condition of the child and state whether or not the child’s parent(s) or guardian were present.
M. (CALEA 1.2.3 a,b,c, 44.2.3) The same constitutional rights afforded adults in regard to interviews and interrogations, applies to a juvenile as well. A parent does not need to give permission for a child to be interviewed or be present during the interview in
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 9 of 10
order for the child’s statement to be admissible in court. The following factors should be considered when determining if a child’s statement is admissible in court:
Child’s age;
Intelligence;
Education; Experience;
Ability to comprehend the meaning and effect of his/her statement;
N. (CALEA 44.2.3) the department shall ensure the number of Deputy’s conducting the interrogation and the duration of the interrogation is reasonable and cannot be construed as coercive in nature. If the Deputy decides that it would be beneficial to have the parents present during questioning, the Deputy should have the parent witness the Miranda Warning Form;
O. (CALEA 44.2.3) When interviewing juveniles, South Carolina case law does not require the presence of a parent or responsible adult. However, if the deputy concludes that it would be in the best interest of the juvenile, then a parent or responsible adult may be present. Or, if the juvenile requests to speak to his/her parent, the Deputy must treat the request as if the juvenile had requested an attorney;
P. (CALEA 44.2.3) The Deputy Sheriff shall take the time to explain agency and juvenile justice system procedures to the juvenile being interrogated;
Q. Pursuant to SC Code of laws 63-19-850, no child may be transported to a juvenile detention facility in a police vehicle which also contains adults under arrest.
R. The DJJ representative that conducts the detention screening will coordinate with DJJ in Columbia on paperwork that is required. Deputy Sheriffs should be prepared to complete a booking report and victim’s notification form if required.
S. When Deputy Sheriffs appear in Family Court for the purpose of detention hearings the Deputy should ensure the following:
Family Court detention procedures varies, so they should be familiar with the Detention Hearing times and provide enough time to drive to Columbia and bring the child back for the hearing;
Notify dispatch of the nature of the transport, on/off mileage;
205A6 Juvenile Procedures Pg 10 of 10
The petitions shall be provided to the South Carolina Department of Juvenile Justice in advance of the hearing to allow it to be clocked in at the clerk’s office;
The Deputy should be familiar with the case in order to explain to the judge why the child should or should not be further detained;
T. All Deputy Sheriffs will abide by departmental directives in regard to searches and seizures as guaranteed in the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution.
U. Annual Review and Evaluation of Enforcement and Prevention Programs Relating to Juveniles: (CALEA 44.1.3) Division Commanders or their designee shall conduct an annual review and written evaluation of all enforcement and prevention programs relating to juveniles. The evaluation should consider both the quantitative and qualitative elements of each of the programs, lending it to decisions regarding whether the specific program should function as is, be modified, or be discontinued.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Towing Procedures
Number: 206 Type: Operations Pages: 11
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.3.4, 61.4.1-3; S.C. Code 56-5-2525/5635; Beaufort County
Ordinance 70-31, 70-61-64
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has historically directed that vehicles be towed to the County Impound yard for a variety of reasons. The purpose of this policy is to establish guidance for all personnel under what circumstances vehicles will be towed and stored by BCSO in the future.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to tow vehicles in accordance with applicable laws and to protect property to the greatest extent possible.
Definitions:
A. Vehicles: Motor vehicles are vehicles which require licensing and insurance and are operated on the public highways of this state;
B. Operator or Driver: A person who is in actual physical control of a motor vehicle upon a highway;
C. Owner: A person, other than a lienholder, having the property or title to a vehicle.
D. Highway: The entire width between the boundary lines of every way publicly maintained when any part of it is open to the use of the public for purposes of vehicular travel;
E. Abandoned Vehicle: A vehicle required to be registered in the State if operated on a public highway in this State that is left unattended on a highway for more than forty-eight hours, or a vehicle that has remained on private or other public property for a period of more than seven days without the consent of the owner or person in control of the property.
206 Towing Procedures Pg 2 of 11
Procedure:
A. Vehicles of Evidentiary Value:
From time to time Deputy Sheriffs may be involved in incidents where vehicles may hold some evidentiary value. This may be forensic evidence ranging from blood to fingerprints and beyond.
(CALEA 61.4.3b) It shall be the policy of the BCSO to make every effort possible to process these vehicles on the scene and release them to their owners. Only vehicles that cannot be processed or must be retained in a chain of custody shall be towed to the Shanklin Road Impound Yard. The decision to tow and impound will be made by a supervisor, in consultation with Investigators. Special circumstances may require a vehicle to be towed out of the public view for processing and or storage, this decision and location will be authorized by the supervisor along with the Investigators.
The BCSO designated tow service will be utilized for this towing.
B. Abandoned, Burned, and Recovered Stolen Vehicles:
(CALEA 6.3.4, 61.4.3ac) Vehicles that have been abandoned by their drivers for any reason (including drivers who are fleeing arrest) will be towed utilizing the wrecker rotation list. These vehicles will be towed to the impound yard of the towing service. All fees are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. The responding Deputy Sheriff will provide Communications via radio, telephone or MDC message, the specific information on the vehicle, what service towed it and where it was towed to. The Deputy Sheriff will ensure that this information is placed in his “Officer’s notes” file in the CAD.
Vehicles that have been burned and abandoned will be towed utilizing the wrecker rotation list. These vehicles will be towed to the impound yard of the towing service. All fees are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. Burned vehicles which are of specific evidentiary value and must be retained for BCSO investigative purposes will be towed utilizing the designated County wrecker service and towed to the Shanklin Road Impound lot. Vehicles that have been stolen and recovered will be towed utilizing the wrecker rotation list. These vehicles will be towed to the impound yard of the towing service. All fees are the responsibility of the vehicle owner.
206 Towing Procedures Pg 3 of 11
C. Narcotics Seizures: From time to time the Crime Suppression Unit (CSU) seizes vehicles that have been used feloniously in drug trafficking. The CSU will continue to follow its established protocols.
D. DUS IV and DUI IV: South Carolina statute provides for the seizure of automobiles used in multiple DUI and DUS situations under very specific circumstances. These seizures will be handled on a case by case basis, under the direct guidance of the supervisor. When seized, these vehicles will be towed utilizing the BCSO towing service, and they shall be towed to the Shanklin Impound Yard.
E. Claim and Delivery, Executions (Civil Process):
From time to time the Administrative Division is directed by court order to seize a vehicle. On these occasions the claimant will be given first opportunity to utilize the wrecker of their choice. That service will tow the vehicle to their impound yard. Failing their choosing a tow service, the wrecker rotation list will be utilized and the vehicle towed to the rotation impound yard.
If a vehicle is seized under execution, the BCSO designated tow service will be used and the vehicle towed to the Shanklin Impound Yard.
Abandoned Property:
a. All property found by Deputies or reported by citizens as abandoned on their property shall be dealt with as “Found Property”;
b. If the property is any type of motorized vehicle such as mopeds, mini-bikes, go-carts, utility trailers, scooters etc. it shall be treated as found property. If it can be transported by a BCSO vehicle it will be (to include utilizing the pick ups and 4×4’s assigned to the various divisions). If a tow truck is required due to the size of the property, the county assigned wrecker shall be used.
F. Storage Fees:
There may be occasions where the BCSO assesses storage fees for a vehicle stored in the Shanklin Impound Yard. These fees shall be assessed as the towing fee plus $2.00 per day (weekdays only).
206 Towing Procedures Pg 4 of 11
G. Deputy Responsibility:
Each Deputy Sheriff responding to a burned, abandoned or recovered stolen vehicle should make a diligent, documented effort to contact the owner of the vehicle prior to calling a towing service. This will afford the owner the opportunity to notify a wrecker of their choice. If the Deputy is unable to contact the owner, the above policy will be adhered to.
H. Private Property Tows:
(CALEA 61.4.3b) Vehicles Towed For Regime/Covenant Violations:
a. The Regime POA will contact the tow service of their choice;
b. Within one hour of completing the tow, the service is required by Section 56-5-2525 of the 1976 Code of Laws to notify the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction. This will be accomplished in Beaufort County by notifying Central Communications;
c. (CALEA 6.3.4, 61.4.3c) Communications will enter the tag number, location, and impound location of the vehicle towed into the Wrecker Log;
d. Central Communications will provide an event number to the wrecker service;
e. Central Communications will do an NCIC check on the tag to ensure that it is not stolen. If stolen the appropriate law enforcement agency will be dispatched to the vehicle’s location to begin an investigation;
I. Correction of Hazardous Highway Conditions:
(CALEA 61.4.2) Roadway and roadside hazards are contributing factors in many traffic collisions. The BCSO has the following procedures for handling these types of calls:
a. Whenever the Deputy is dispatched or observes a highway or roadside hazard, they shall notify dispatch of the exact location, initiate their emergency lights, and either begin directing traffic or, if possible remove the hazard or debris;
206 Towing Procedures Pg 5 of 11
b. The Deputy will notify the Beaufort County Traffic Management Office upon initial assessment and also will advise them when the highway is clear. This notification will be made utilizing the TMs radio channel.
c. If the hazard is too large or difficult for the Deputy to handle, the Deputy shall notify dispatch to contact the appropriate agency for removal;
d. If the problem is a traffic control device issue, the Deputy shall notify dispatch to contact the Department of Transportation. The Deputy shall also notify the shift supervisor who may have the Deputy continue directing traffic or manually operate the traffic signal, if applicable;
e. If the problem is a visual obstruction, the Deputy shall notify the property owner or if in the right of way, notify dispatch to contact the appropriate agency;
f. If the hazard is an abandoned vehicle parked near a roadway in violation of state and local law, the Deputy shall follow appropriate procedures in the general orders manual for towing abandoned vehicles;
J. Motorists Assistance:
(CALEA 61.4.1 abcd) Stranded motorists will not be left unattended in dangerous situations. Situations such as disabled vehicles, out of gas, flat tires, and lock-outs can be handled through the communications center Consideration of the needs of the motorist, weather conditions, location, time of day, and other calls for service must be made when determining the appropriate way to assist stranded motorists.
Deputies will follow these guidelines:
a. If vehicle must be left unattended, the Deputy should use cones to provide greater attention to the existing condition for other motorists;
b. Deputies will notify dispatch of the location and nature of the stranded motorist;
c. Deputies will transport the motorist or have dispatch contact a taxi or other alternative means of transportation. If the Deputy is going to transport the motorist, dispatch will be notified with identification information on the motorist and all passengers, vehicle mileage, destination, and time. Once
206 Towing Procedures Pg 6 of 11
arriving at the destination, the Deputy will inform dispatch and provide the mileage and time of arrival.
d. During periods of adverse weather, extra effort should be made to assist motorists and pedestrians with transportation to appropriate services or shelter.
K. Towing Incident to Arrest, Stolen, Uninsured Vehicles:
(CALEA 61.4.1 b) A Deputy may have a vehicle towed pursuant to the driver’s arrest, the vehicle was reported stolen, or the vehicle is uninsured. The Deputy should adhere to the following guidelines:
a. Except for stolen or uninsured vehicles, the Deputy may elect to wait a reasonable amount of time (depending on calls for service volume, shift coverage, etc) for a registered driver (usually a relative, roommate, or friend of the arrestee) to pick up the vehicle;
b. If the vehicle is to be towed, the Deputy shall notify dispatch to get the next tow truck on rotation and a case number;
c. The Deputy will fill out a tow inventory sheet;
d. The Deputy will inspect the entire outside car for any damages and the inside of the vehicle to log all personal possessions belonging to the driver;
e. Any contraband shall be handled by appropriate evidence processing procedures;
f. Valuables shall be locked in the trunk, if possible;
g. The Deputy shall wait for the tow service to arrive, provide them with the vehicle keys, and have them sign the tow inventory sheet. One copy will be provided to the tow truck driver, one copy left in the vehicle, and one copy attached to the report;
h. The Deputy will notify dispatch when the tow truck arrives and when it departs;
i. The officer will annotate the case number on the top of the inventory sheet;
206 Towing Procedures Pg 7 of 11
j. Wreckers on rotation take all tows to their private designated lots, not the County impound.
L. Wrecker Rotation Guidelines:
The following regulations shall be followed by all wrecker services utilized by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office:
a. The Administrative Captain is responsible for the oversight of the wrecker rotation system and the County Impound Lot.
b. No Beaufort County Sheriff’s Deputy shall hold any financial interest or any form of ownership interest in any wrecker service;
c. Unless the owner or driver of a vehicle is incapacitated or unavailable, the owner or driver of a wrecked or disabled vehicle shall have the right to the wrecker service of his choice. Before calling any wrecker service to tow a wrecked or disabled vehicle, the investigating Deputy on the scene shall, if practical, determine the owners or drivers preference of wrecker services and the wrecker service designated by the owner of driver shall be called;
d. The wrecker service shall maintain a safe storage area for all vehicles towed. This may be a locked building or a secured fenced in area where the stored vehicles and other property shall not be accessible to the public;
e. All wreckers shall be equipped with legally authorized lighting and other safety equipment to protect the motoring public. Such equipment shall be maintained in good working order;
f. Equipment such as brooms, shovels, etc. must be carried on all wreckers to remove glass and other debris from the highway. The highway shall be cleaned by the wrecker service prior to leaving the scene of any accident;
g. Wrecker services shall be available to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and to the public on a twenty-four (24) hour basis. They must be willing to accept collect calls from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
h. Beaufort County Sheriff’s Deputies shall not recommend any wrecker service to the owner of a wrecked or disabled vehicle nor shall any Beaufort
206 Towing Procedures Pg 8 of 11
County Sheriff’s Deputy ever recommend the services of a particular wrecker service in the performance of his duties.
i. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shall establish zones for towing and a wrecker rotation list shall be prepared for each zone. A wrecker service requesting to be on the rotation list for a particular zone must physically have a business that is manned on a day-to-day basis within that zone;
j. The wrecker to be used for that zone must be housed at that location, within the zone, so that calls can be responded to from within the zone. Storage lots are not considered as a separate business;
k. Wreckers shall respond only upon the request of the proper law enforcement authority. Response under any other condition may result in removal from the wrecker list;
l. The wrecker rotation list shall be administered fairly and in a manner designed to insure that all wrecker services on the list have an equal opportunity to the towing business arising from the rotation list;
m. Wrecker services shall be called from the rotation list in the order in which they appear on the lists. If a particular wrecker service is unavailable when called, it shall be passed over and the next wrecker service on the list shall be called to the scene;
n. Separate rotation lists shall be maintained for heavy duty wreckers;
o. Where the services of a heavy duty wrecker are needed and where the owner or driver has no preference as to which wrecker service he desires, a heavy duty wrecker shall be called from the heavy duty wrecker rotation list;
p. The wrecker service must have a wrecker of sufficient size and strength to handle the job. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shall have the right not to call a wrecker service which in its opinion fails to meet this qualification. Under these conditions, the wrecker service not called shall remain on the top of the rotation list;
q. Each wrecker owned by any wrecker service on a vehicle rotation list shall be equipped with a towing log. The towing log shall be maintained by the
206 Towing Procedures Pg 9 of 11
wrecker service and shall accurately reflect all towing done by the wrecker service at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Each wrecker service owner shall be responsible for producing this towing log;
r. Wrecker operators must conduct themselves in a proper manner at all accident scenes and in a proper manner when dealing with the public;
s. Wrecker services and operators shall be familiar with and shall comply with the laws regarding solicitation from the highway;
t. Wrecker service may secure assistance from another wrecker service when necessary to do the job. Only one bill is to be submitted to the owner or operator for the work performed;
u. When a wrecker service or wrecker driver is unable to answer a call, the Sheriff’s Office shall be promptly notified of the reason for the unavailability;
v. Each wrecker service on the rotation list must place a sign on the door of each of its wreckers indicating the company name, address, and telephone number. This sign shall be painted on the door of the wrecker or otherwise permanently affixed to the door. The letters of the sign must be no less than two (2″) inches high. If the wrecker is registered in a name other than that of the wrecker service, the owners name must also appear on the door in letters no less that one (1″) inch high. All lettering on wreckers shall be plainly visible and shall be in a color which contrasts to that of the wrecker;
w. Any Wrecker service on the rotation list shall carry liability insurance on its wreckers and its premises in an amount no less than Three Hundred Thousand and no/1 00 Dollars ($300,000) for a standard wrecker and Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($750,000) for a heavy duty wrecker;
x. Any wrecker service on the rotation list shall carry hook/cargo insurance of not less than Fifty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($50,000) for a standard wrecker and Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand and no/100 dollars ($250,000) for a heavy duty wrecker.
206 Towing Procedures Pg 10 of 11
y. Any wrecker service on the rotation lists shall carry garage keeper’s liability insurance covering customer’s vehicles in an amount no less than One Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($100,000);
z. Each wrecker service shall be responsible for securing personal property in a vehicle at an accident scene as best it can and the wrecker service shall be responsible for reasonably attempting to preserve personal property in a vehicle which is about to be towed from an accident scene;
aa. Complaints from wrecker services regarding an incident involving the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office or its operation of the wrecker list must be received within thirty (30) days of the alleged incident. Complaints should be directed to the Sheriff;
bb. Each wrecker service shall provide to Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office a copy of their Beaufort County Business License.
cc. Each wrecker service shall provide to Beaufort County Sheriff’s office each calendar year, a list of personnel with copies of their license who will be operating their equipment while on a wrecker rotation call. A license check will be performed on each individual listed. Failure to comply with this may result in disqualification from the rotation list.
dd. Each wrecker service shall be responsible for providing to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, an Insurance Certificate from their Insurance Company listing the Beaufort County Sheriff’s office as the certificate holder. Certificates shall reflect the appropriate amounts noted in paragraphs (21) to (23) above, and be submitted consistent with insurance expiration/renewal periods.
ee. Any act or omission that tends to bring disrepute or ridicule upon the wrecker service may be grounds for suspension and/or removal from the rotation list.
ff. Any wrecker service found in violation of these regulations will be subject to suspension and/or removal from the rotation list.
206 Towing Procedures Pg 11 of 11
M. Summary:
The goal of the BCSO is to reduce the number of vehicles impounded and stored
at BCSO facilities on Shanklin Road. The discretion to impound a vehicle rests
with the individual supervisor, using this general order as a guide.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure
Number: 207A3 Type: Operations Pages: 24
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.3-7, 1.3.1, 42.2.10, 44.2.1, 44.2.3, 71.1.1, 71.3.1-3 ,74.3.1-2,
71.4.1-3; S.C. Code: 16, 17, 20, 22, 56
Purpose:
Deputy Sheriff’s are called upon to obtain and execute warrants, search warrants, make arrests and detain citizens in the course of their duties. As these issues create a lawful and constitutionally allowed intrusion into the private lives of the individuals involved, these guidelines are effectively set forth to guide the Deputy Sheriffs in their actions, ensuring that all protections are in place to govern their actions.
Policy:
(CALEA 74.3.2) Sworn employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will exercise the power of arrest in conformity with all applicable laws and established procedures.
Definitions:
Arrest: To deprive a person of their liberty, by legal authority, for the purpose of holding or detaining them to answer a criminal charge;
Detention: For the purposes of this directive, the temporary detaining of a person as part of a lawful investigation of criminal activity or suspected criminal activity, pursuant to a lawful search of the person or premises or for Deputy safety purposes.
Probable Cause: Reasonable belief grounded in fact. This standard deals with probability, not certainty;
Warrant: A criminal process issued to initiate a person being taken into custody and restrained pending review by a judicial official;
Summons: A criminal process notifying a person to appear in a court of law to answer charges of a criminal violation;
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010, A1-4/19/2010, A2-1-4-2017, A3-6/18/2019
207A3 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 2 of 24
Courtesy Summons: According to South Carolina Code of Law 22-5-110, a courtesy summons is a legal document notifying the accused of a misdemeanor criminal proceeding against them by non-law enforcement personnel;
Child: According to South Carolina Code of Law 20-7-6605 a child means a person less than eighteen years of age. A child does not mean a person sixteen years of age or older who is charged with a Class A, B, C, or D felony as defined in Section 16-1- 20 or a felony which provides for a maximum term of imprisonment of fifteen years or more;
Juvenile: A child under the age of 18 years old;
Procedure:
A. Discretion to Arrest:
Deputies are vested with a broad range of discretion in deciding when to make an arrest. The proper exercise of discretion does not relieve an arresting Deputy of the responsibility to conduct a thorough preliminary investigation of events
(CALEA 1.2.6 and 1.2.5) Deputies are authorized and encouraged to use alternatives to arrest and/or pre-arraignment confinement when, based upon their discretion, such action is in the best interest of the public, the parties involved, and the criminal justice system. These alternatives include:
a. Issuing UTT in lieu of physical arrest (56-7-10/56-7-15);
b. Conflict resolution between complainant and defendant;
c. A referral to human service agencies;
d. Written warnings;
(CALEA 1.2.6, 1.2.7) When determining whether to apply alternatives to physical arrest, Deputies should consider the following criteria in addition to other mitigating and aggravating circumstances:
a. The defendant’s ability to provide positive identification to the Deputy;
b. The age of the defendant;
207A3 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 3 of 24
c. The location of the defendant’s residence;
d. Any criminal history of the defendant;
e. The defendant’s cooperative or uncooperative behavior;
f. The defendant’s degree of intoxication and/or mental impairment and ability to comprehend the nature of quality of the act;
Supervisors will review the use of alternatives to arrest by subordinates to ensure their appropriate use. When necessary, supervisors will counsel personnel concerning any improper decisions.
(CALEA 1.2.5, a) The arresting Deputy assigned to the call for service is responsible for completing all the necessary paperwork, including the incident report.
B. Diversion Programs: BCSO has available several diversionary programs through the 14th Circuit Solicitor’s Office. Programs such as Drug Court for first time drug offenders and Pre-Trial Intervention (PTI) at the Magistrates Court level. Additionally, the Sheriff’s Office participates in the “Alive at 25” traffic program.
C. Arrest Warrants:
(CALEA 74.3.1) In order for the Magistrate to sign an arrest warrant there must be probable cause that a crime occurred, and the suspect probably committed the crime. Warrants must have the following elements:
a. The complainant is willing to swear an oath or affirmation or provide a written affidavit to the judge;
b. The offense happened in the County of Beaufort’s jurisdiction in a specific location;
c. The offense happened on a particular date and time or time frame (on or about phrases);
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 4 of 24
d. A crime was committed meeting all the elements of the particular offense;
e. There is probable cause, based on facts that can be articulated in the writing of the warrant or as a supplement to the warrant and attached, that the person listed as the suspect probably committed the crime.
D. Arrest Pursuant to a Warrant/County Summons Form:
For tracking purposes, when a person is taken into physical custody at the Beaufort County Detention Center on an arrest warrant, the Deputy shall:
a. Complete a County Summons Form.
b. Complete a Victim Notification Information Form (only when victim is an individual/person).
c. Deputies detaining a person whom dispatch indicates has a County Warrant(s) on file, shall wait to make the arrest until the warrant is verified by a Records Clerk or another Deputy to be “in-hand.” The warrant must be physically served on the person at the first practical time.
d. Deputies who are detaining an individual from another jurisdiction (i.e., Beaufort City Police Department, Bluffton Police Department, Port Royal Police, etc.) may continue to detain the individual until the responding jurisdiction arrives to make the arrest and serve their warrant.
e. (CALEA 1.2.5 a, b, c) The arresting Deputy is responsible for completing all necessary reports including an incident report. The Detention center personnel are responsible for the booking process which includes fingerprinting and photographs.
Felony: The preferred way to make any arrest is with a warrant. Absent exigent circumstances, an arrest warrant is required for a non-consensual entry at a suspect’s residence to make a routine felony arrest. The Deputy should have reason to believe the suspect is in his or her residence at the time of the forcible entry. If the subject to be arrested is in someone else’s residence, a search warrant is required in addition to the arrest warrant.
Misdemeanor: According to South Carolina code of Law, 17-13-30, a warrant is required to make an arrest in all misdemeanor cases except where the crime was committed in the Deputy’s presence or there is easily observable evidence strongly indicating that the crime was “freshly committed.”
Warrant Control Procedures:
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 5 of 24
a. (CALEA 74.1.3ac) All criminal warrants received by the BCSO shall be entered into the BCSO computer system by the warrants section. Entries into the SLED/CJICS and NCIC systems are “case specific” to be determined by the MSgt of each section. These entries will be made pursuant to SLED and NCIC policy. The MSgt will coordinate with the communications center for entry.
b. (CALEA 74.1.3d) Warrants are delivered to the BCSO warrants section by court employees. The warrants are stamped when received and entered into the BCSO computer system.
c. (CALEA 74.1.3e) Warrants are recalled from court via fax or e-mail. The warrant is listed as “Recalled” in the BCSO computer system and returned to court via hand delivery.
d. (CALEA 74.1.3f) Deputies have 24-hour access to warrants. This access is obtained through the BCSO computer system. Hard copy access at the LEC (Northern Enforcement) is gained through locked file cabinets in the Deputies room. The supervisors and warrant specific Deputies have keys for access.
e. Complete a supplemental report and booking report.
f. Complete a warrant disposition sheet.
g. (CALEA 74.3.2) Arrest warrants will only be executed by sworn Deputies.
Warrants Served Out of Jurisdiction: (CALEA 74.3.1, 74.1.3b) Deputies having warrants served in or from other jurisdictions shall present themselves and a certified true copy of the warrant to the appropriate jurisdiction, judge or magistrate to obtain a Fugitive from Justice warrant.
Out-of-State Warrants: (CALEA 74.3.1) Deputies coming in contact with a suspect having outstanding warrants as revealed by the NCIC shall affect an arrest. The jurisdiction issuing the warrant shall be notified of the arrest. If the subject is arrested as a result of an NCIC check, the arresting officer shall obtain a fugitive warrant and have it served. After the subject has been turned over to the detention center, it is the detention center’s responsibility to initiate the extradition.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 6 of 24
E. Arrest Without a Warrant:
(CALEA 1.2.5) Felonies, a warrantless arrest may be made anywhere without an arrest warrant even though there was sufficient time to obtain a warrant after probable cause was developed. Other exceptions to the requirement include:
a. Hot pursuit is an exception to the need to obtain an arrest warrant prior to making a forcible entry into a residence. It requires an immediate or continuous pursuit of one who is in flight, although it is not required that the Deputy continuously have the suspect within view.
b. Exigent Circumstances, there is no comprehensive list that would encompass all exigent circumstances to allow an Deputy to make a forcible entry into a residence; however, if a subject has just committed a grave offense, and is armed with a dangerous weapon, and will likely harm others, this would be an example of exigent circumstances.
c. Criminal Domestic Violence, refer to General Order Number 219, Criminal Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures.
(CALEA 1.2.5) Misdemeanors: The general rule in South Carolina is that law enforcement may not arrest, without a warrant, a person who commits a misdemeanor outside their view. However, where the Deputy arrives at the scene very shortly after the commission of the crime, and easily observable evidence strongly indicates the crime was “freshly committed,” the Deputy may arrest without a warrant. (State v. Martin, 275 S.C. 141 1980)
F. Criminal and Other Citations. The following are appropriately charged on a Uniform Traffic Ticket in lieu of a warrant:
Arrests for traffic offenses;
Arrests for offenses listed in South Carolina Code of Law 56-7-10 (e.g., public disorderly conduct, littering, trespassing, etc.);
Arrests for County ordinance violations;
Misdemeanors committed in the Deputy Sheriff’s presence that are within the jurisdiction of Magistrate’s Court. (Section 56-7-15).
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 7 of 24
G. Duties upon Arrest:
(CALEA 1.3.1) An arrest is complete when the person submits to the control of the arresting Deputy, or the arresting Deputy takes a person into custody by the use of physical force. Deputies are permitted to use that amount of force reasonable and necessary to impose custody and overcome all resistance; ensure the safety of the arresting Deputy, the arrestee, and others in the vicinity of the arrest.
Upon making an arrest, the Deputy must:
a. Identify them as a Deputy Sheriff before initiating the arrest, unless their appearance is otherwise clearly apparent.
b. Inform the arrested person that he/she is under arrest;
c. As soon as is reasonable under the circumstances, inform the arrested person of the reason for the arrest (South Carolina Code of Law 17-13-50);
d. (CALEA 1.2.5 b, c) The arresting Deputy or Deputy assigned by supervisor will transport the person arrested to the Beaufort County Detention Center for booking and processing which includes fingerprinting and photographing.
e. The arresting Deputy will provide the jail with the original warrant and a copy of the charging documents (UTT, Arrest Warrant, or Bench Warrant);
f. The Deputy will then sign the booking sheet and victim’s notification forms.
H. Arrests in Personal Matters and Neighborhood Disputes:
a. All Deputy Sheriffs are prohibited from taking any law enforcement action in personal matters that directly concern them or members of their family.
b. Deputy Sheriffs are prohibited from taking any law enforcement action in neighborhood disputes where they reside. If a situation occurs in the Deputy Sheriff’s neighborhood while the Deputy is on duty and they aredispatched to the call, the Deputy shall advise the supervisor of the call and recuse himself. Another Deputy will be dispatched to handle the call.
c. This does not prohibit the Deputy from acting on an incident that would result in serious injury or extraordinary circumstances. The Deputy will then hand off the incident to the next responding Deputy.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 8 of 24
I. Reports and Documentation: For all criminal arrests and all in-custody traffic arrests, the arresting Deputy will complete a case report, UTT, along with any other associated reports required for review by their immediate supervisor.
J. Juvenile Records, Fingerprinting and Photographs: Procedures for the collection, dissemination and retention of photographs and other forms of identification or physical samples taken from a juvenile include:
(CALEA 1.2.5, b) A juvenile charged with committing a crime carrying a sentence of five years or more for an adult must be fingerprinted. A juvenile charged with committing a nonviolent or status offense will not be fingerprinted except by a court order
The fingerprint records of juvenile offenders will be kept separate from the fingerprint records of adults and will not be forwarded to any other law enforcement agency unless the juvenile is adjudicated delinquent for having committed a violent offense or grand larceny of a vehicle.
The fingerprint records of juvenile offenders who are not adjudicated delinquent for having committed a violent offense or grand larceny of a motor vehicle will be expunged or destroyed.
Violent offenses as defined by Section 16-1-60 of the South Carolina Code of Laws are:
a. Murder
b. Criminal Sexual Conduct, first degree
c. Criminal Sexual Conduct, second degree
d. Assault and battery with the Intent to Kill
e. Kidnapping
f. Voluntary Manslaughter
g. Armed Robbery
h. Drug Trafficking as defined in 44-53-370 c
i. Arson in the first degree
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 9 of 24
j. Burglary in the first degree and Burglary in the second degree under 16-11- 312 b
(1.2.5, c) A juvenile may be photographed without a court order.
To obtain a physical sample from a juvenile such as; hair, urine, nails, breath or stomach contents, a court order must be obtained to authorize it.
K. Investigative Detention (Terry Stops):
Investigative detention is the temporary restraint of a person’s freedom to walk away when such person is suspected of being involved in criminal activity. The stop is a permissible Fourth Amendment “seizure.” This procedure must have its own independent justification based on facts known to the Deputies. It must meet the constitutional standard of reasonableness contained in the Fourth Amendment. A seizure is not an arrest, if:
a. It is brief, usually no more than 10-15 minutes and not more than about an hour.
b. The subject is not moved involuntarily, except for short distances for legitimate safety and/or security purposes.
c. Any force used is non-deadly and is limited to the minimum amount reasonable necessary to detain the subject safely.
d. The subject is not told he/she is under arrest or otherwise not made to feel reasonably that he/she is being arrested rather than detained.
e. Certain circumstances may require that the suspect is handcuffed for Deputy Safety.
(CALEA 1.2.4 b) Terry v. Ohio: Pat Down Search: An experienced law enforcement officer, seeing what he believed to be two individuals “casing” a store for a holdup, detained and questioned Terry and subsequently made a “frisk” of his outer clothing and discovered a weapon. Terry was then arrested. The Supreme Court approved this “stop” and “frisk” in the absence of probable cause because the officer had specific and articulable facts to reasonably warrant a suspicion of criminal conduct. The Court further said the stop is a Fourth Amendment seizure, but justified on the lesser standard of “reasonable suspicion.”
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 10 of 24
a. (CALEA 1.2.5) A limited search for weapons may be conducted without consent using a pat down of the outer clothing when a Deputy has reasonable fear for his/her safety.
b. If the Deputy detects an item he/she reasonably believes is either a weapon or contraband, based on his/her experience and training, the Deputy may seize and subsequently use the item as grounds for arrest if possession of the item is unlawful.
c. A pat down may be applied to a vehicle. A search of the area of immediate control of the driver or passengers of a vehicle may be conducted for weapons when a Deputy has a reasonable fear for his/her safety.
L. Reasonable Suspicion:
Developing Reasonable Suspicion. The courts will assess the totality of factors to determine whether it was reasonable to suspect that the person stopped was involved in criminal activity. The following may be taken into account:
a. Personal knowledge and experience of the Deputy;
b. Suspicious conduct/demeanor of the suspect;
c. Furtive moves;
d. Attempts to flee;
e. Time and Place;
f. Nighttime;
g. High crime area;
h. Near scene of crime;
Sources of Information. An investigative stop may be justified by the same source of information used to find probable cause:
a. Personal observation of Deputy;
b. Information from victims and witnesses;
c. Information from other law enforcement officers or dispatch;
d. Confidential informants;
e. Anonymous tip;
M. Site of Detention.
Most detentions occur on the street and involve the stopping of a pedestrian or a motorist. Moving a suspect should be avoided unless:
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 11 of 24
a. To afford better lighting;
b. To permit Deputy to use car radio;
c. To prevent a traffic hazard;
d. To avoid a hostile crowd;
Duration of Detention: A Deputy may detain a suspect for a reasonable time, provided the stop is reasonably related to an investigation that will confirm or dispel the suspicion that the individual was or is involved in criminal activity.
(CALEA 1.2.3, a) Investigative Detention – Advisement of Rights: As a general rule, a stop and detention is not such a significant deprivation of freedom as to constitute custody. Persons temporarily detained for brief questioning or interview by Deputies who lack probable cause to arrest do not need to be warned of their rights against compulsory self-incrimination and to counsel until such time as the point of arrest has been reached.
(CALEA 1.2.3, a) Street Encounters (Field Interviews): There is nothing to prevent a Deputy from approaching and talking with an individual on the street. The usual test separating a “street encounter” from a “Terry Stop” is whether the individual is detained. Street encounters, however, do not obligate an individual to comply with the Deputy’s request to remain stationary or provide information. The person is generally free to go and not answer any questions. Deputies shall fill out a field interview form if the individual provides enough information to complete the form. The forms are turned in with the reports and the form is then forwarded to the Investigators.
N. (CALEA 1.2.4, a) Search by Consent: A search that is made with the voluntary consent of one authorized to give consent is a lawful exception to the warrant requirement. Consent to search must be voluntary, based on free and unconstrained choice. Voluntariness is measured by the sum total of surrounding circumstances to including:
The number of Deputies present.
Time of the day or night.
Manner of the request.
The physical or mental condition of the person granting consent.
Whether or not the person is in police custody at the time the request was made.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 12 of 24
Consent to search can only be given by a person who is in lawful possession of the premises or property.
The person granting consent to search controls the conditions, scope and time of the search and seizure may revoke consent at any time during the search.
Consent to search should be obtained in writing using an approved “Consent to Search” form when possible. This form advises the person that they have a right to withhold consent and is the only warning required. If the person indicates that they will consent to a search but refuses to sign the form should still be completed and the refused to sign indicated.
O. (CALEA 1.2.4, c) Vehicle Stops and Searches: Although a person’s Fourth Amendment rights apply to vehicles there is a reduced expectation of privacy associated with a vehicle. This reduced expectation of privacy, combined with the mobility of a vehicle as covered by the “movable vehicle exception” rule allows some warrantless searches. A warrantless search of a vehicle must be based on probable cause that the vehicle contains contraband or evidence of a crime.
Any stop of a moving vehicle is a Fourth Amendment seizure and reasonable suspicion is required. Stopping a vehicle requires only reasonable suspicion of criminal activity or a moving motor vehicle violation, not probable cause to arrest. (Ref: Carroll Doctrine)
Occupants of a lawfully-detained vehicle can be ordered from the vehicle, and may be frisked as is reasonably necessary for the safety of the Deputy.
A search of a vehicle found on the open road, or other public place, may be made without a warrant, consent, or arrest where Deputies have probable cause to believe that the vehicle contains contraband or evidence of a crime and it is impractical to obtain a search warrant. This is based on the Carroll Rule, the movable vehicle exception rule, because of a reduced expectation of privacy in a vehicle and due to its mobility.
(CALEA 1.2.5) The scope and type of search is the same as that with a warrant and may therefore extend to any part of the vehicle where the evidence sought could be located. The search may extend into any container found within the vehicle wherein the evidence sought could be concealed.
(CALEA 1.2.5) If a driver is arrested and taken into custody, the vehicle may be searched incident to arrest. If the vehicle is towed it may be thoroughly searched when completing the tow inventory sheet.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 13 of 24
P. (CALEA 1.2.4, d) Crime Scene Search:
Deputies responding to the scene of an emergency, or any crime, may conduct a protective sweep of the area for safety reasons. Once the scene is secured a search warrant may be obtained if further investigation is warranted.
During a protective sweep, and/or securing the area, Deputies may seize any evidence or contraband in plain view.
Any extended search of premises directed against a person possessing Fourth Amendment protection in that premises, must be done with a search warrant or with that person’s consent.
Q. (CALEA 1.2.4, e) Exigent Circumstances: The law recognizes that under certain emergency circumstances, the requirement of a search warrant is waived and a law enforcement officer may properly make a warrantless entry.
Immediate warrantless entry is justified:
a. To protect life and safety.
b. To arrest a fugitive in hot pursuit.
c. To preserve evidence from being destroyed or removed.
Such entries and searches can be made only under extraordinary circumstances. Deputies should be prepared to justify their conduct by facts supporting a reasonable belief that an emergency existed. These entries may also be lawfully made in the event of medical or similar non-investigatory responses by Deputies.
R. (CALEA 1.2.4, f) Inventory of A Vehicle or Other Property: The concept of inventory is based on the fact that law enforcement officers frequently come into possession of property belonging to other people and is based on three interests:
Protecting the owner’s property.
Protecting officers against claims of theft or damage.
Protecting the police against dangerous instrumentalities.
A Deputy must have lawful custody of the vehicle or property to conduct an inventory.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 14 of 24
All vehicles and property taken into custody will be inventoried to protect the owner’s property, to protect the Deputy and the agency against claims of theft and/or damage.
Contraband and/or evidence may be seized during an inventory as long as the inventory is not investigatory in nature.
S. (CALEA 1.2.4, g and 1.2.5) Search Incidental to an Arrest: The authority to search following a full custody arrest is an exception to the warrant requirement and allows a full and complete search for weapons, implements of escape, or evidence of the arrestee’s crime. The search should be made at the time and place of arrest or as soon thereafter as practicable.
A search incident to an arrest includes the person arrested, the area, and portable personal property within his/her immediate control at the time of arrest. The area of immediate control is any place where an arrested person could reach to seize a weapon or destroy evidence.
A protective sweep of premises where an arrest is made may be conducted if the Deputy has a reasonable suspicion that confederates, accomplices, or others are present and could jeopardize the safety of the Deputies or arrestee. The protective sweep is limited to a brief inspection of only those places where a person could be concealed. Evidence or contraband that is discovered in plain view during a protective sweep may be seized or the observation used to obtain a search warrant.
Strip and body cavity searches may be conducted as outlined in General Order 204 Prisoner Transportation.
T. Interview Rights (Miranda):
(CALEA 1.2.3 b, c) A confession obtained by the Deputy through promises, threats, or the use of brutality violates the defendant’s due process rights. In the court case, Miranda v. Arizona (1966) the Supreme Court stated that specified warnings must be given before custodial interrogations/interviews. The privilege against self-incrimination (Fifth Amendment) and the right to counsel must be waived prior to custodial interview’s.
Following Miranda, voluntariness remains one of a number of concerns to be considered by the courts in determining admissibility. The State bears the burden of proving by a preponderance of evidence that any confession made by the
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 15 of 24
defendant was voluntary. This is true even where a defendant signs a waiver of rights form.
The record must show that the Miranda warnings were given prior to interview and the suspect made a knowing, intelligent, and voluntary waiver of their rights or that the case is one of the recognized exception to the Miranda Rule.
(CALEA 1.2.3 a) Miranda Rights are not necessary for interviewing individuals provided the person understands that they are not in custody and they are free to leave.
(CALEA 1.2.3 c) Miranda requires that once a suspect (adult or juvenile) is in custody, law enforcement must warn the suspect of his/her rights prior to interview.
a. The Miranda rule requires that, prior to any custodial interrogation/interview, the person must be advised:
i) You have a right to remain silent.
ii) Anything you say can be used against you as evidence in a court of law;
iii) You have a right to the presence of an attorney; and
iv) If you cannot afford an attorney, one will be appointed for you prior to any questioning if you desire, at no cost to you.
b. The agency provides a written waiver of rights forms (English, Spanish, and Juvenile) for the suspect to sign prior to interview. On the form is the Miranda warning. When a suspect refuses to sign a waiver form, but agrees to talk with law enforcement, his oral waiver may be deemed to cancel out his refusal to sign the waiver document.
c. (CALEA 1.2.3 b, c) If an arrested person asserts the right to remain silent and/or the right to counsel, interview efforts must cease immediately. If the suspect invokes his right to remain silent the Deputy should wait until the suspect voluntarily initiates the conversation or wait approximately two- hours until attempting to interview him/her again after giving them a “fresh” set of Miranda warnings. If the person invokes his/her rights to counsel, the Deputy should not attempt another interview unless the suspect initiates it.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 16 of 24
d. (CALEA 1.2.3 b) The United States Supreme Court ruled in New York v. Quarles, 476 U.S. 649, 104 Sect. 2626 (1984) in reference to a “public safety exception” to Miranda. The court essentially stated that no Miranda warnings are required to be given to a defendant in custody where officers can justify the need to secure the safety of themselves or others.
e. (CALEA 44.2.3) Miranda is required for juveniles. The Deputy should consider the duration of any interview with a juvenile and try to limit question and answer sessions to one hour or less. The Deputy may also need to provide the child with bathroom breaks or other accommodations. In addition, there should not be more than two Deputies present during the interview except for safety purposes.
f. The South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy teaches that parents/guardians do not need to give permission for a child to be interviewed or be present during the interview in order for the child’s statement to be admissible in court. Factors such as the child’s age, intelligence, education, experience, and ability to comprehend the meaning and effect of his/her statement are to be considered when determining if a child’s statement is admissible in court.
g. The agency prefers that a parent or guardian of a juvenile witness the reading of the Miranda Warnings and sign the form as a witness, if applicable.
h. The Deputy can then speak separately with the parent/guardian in order to explain the reason for the detention of their child and the pending or imminent charges (petition). If the Deputy/Investigator decides that this will be in the best interest of the investigation, the parent/guardian will then sit down with their child and the Deputy/Investigator to be explained and educated on the juvenile justice system and juvenile procedures. The parent cannot invoke the Miranda rights for a child.
i. (CALEA 1.2.3 a, b, c) The Miranda waiver form shall be attached to the case file as part of the official record. The Deputy will write in their case reports that the Miranda rights were explained and understood, signed, and attached to the case report. If the suspect refuses to sign the waiver form, but agrees to talk to the Deputy, the Deputy should attempt to have a witness present to testify that the person was provided and understood his/her rights. Both Deputy and witness will write a statement to the facts in the case report/supplement report.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 17 of 24
j. If the person invokes his/her right to remain silent or have counsel, the Deputy should document this in the case report. The Deputy should also include the time the person invoked his/her rights in case the person invokes their right to remain silent and the Deputy attempts to re-address the interview with a “fresh” set of Miranda warnings.
U. Weapon Control:
(CALEA 42.2.10 a; 71.5.1 a, b) Sworn personnel should use discretion about carrying firearms during an interview. If the Deputy suspects that the interview may turn into an arrest where the suspect will be taken into custody, the Deputy should have a backup Deputy in the room and/or place his/her firearm in a temporary locker until such time the offender is in handcuffs and searched. Discretion should likewise be used for less-than-lethal weapons.
Another consideration for the Deputy should be the circumstances surrounding the incident involving the person being interviewed. If the incident was violent in nature, the Deputy should take extra precautions while carrying his/her weapon and secure the weapon in a temporary locker or have a second person present during the interview as a backup.
Finally, if a suspect is in custody and has handcuffs on and the Deputy/Investigator decides it is necessary to remove the restraints to locate them in the front for the purpose of a bathroom break or to make a written statement, the Deputy shall secure the weapon in a temporary locker prior to removing the restraints or have a second person present as a backup.
(CALEA 42.2.10 b) Prior to an interview occurring in one of these offices, the interviewer will inspect the office thoroughly for weapons of opportunity and remove them to a drawer before the subject or suspect enters the office.
(CALEA 71.5.1d) An interviewer shall inform another Deputy of the interview and to listen out for problems or check on the interviewer periodically to ensure they are safe. In the case where the person being interviewed is a person of the opposite sex, a potentially violent offender or serious felon, another Deputy will be posted outside the interview office door or inside the room.
(CALEA 42.2.10 c) The majority of interviews are conducted by one interviewer; however, in rare cases, two interviewers will conduct the interview. The exigent
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 18 of 24
circumstances or specialized skills required for the interview will dictate the number of investigators required. Personnel present will be annotated. In addition, interviews involving juveniles or persons’ of a different gender, a second person should be present to witness the interview.
(CALEA 42.2.10 d, 71.5.1 c) During work hours, backup is readily available because of the close proximity of other offices occupied by sworn personnel in the building. It is the responsibility of the interviewer to notify others that an interview is about to occur. In all other circumstances, the interviewer may use his/her portable radio to summons assistance.
(CALEA 42.2.10 e) Interviewers shall keep their desk or work areas free of clutter or weapons of opportunity while interviewing a suspect. At a minimum, interviewers will have statement forms and pens available in their offices; however, equipment such as recording devices and video cameras are available for interviewers to use at their discretion.
(CALEA 42.2.10 f) If a suspect requires use of a bathroom facility, they shall be escorted by a Deputy of the same gender and shall be kept under observation. Access to water shall be made by the interviewer, as necessary. Interviewees who are not considered suspects will be escorted to bathroom facilities, but observation shall not occur. The agency will provide bottled water, when available or water in cups if the suspect or interviewee needs a drink. Comfort breaks will be provided at the discretion of the interviewer.
V. Temporary Detention Room:
(CALEA 71.1.1) The Deputy’s room is designated as the primary temporary detention room at most of the buildings utilized by the BCSO. Other locations are:
a. LEC, Duke Street, Deputies Room, supervisor’s office, polygraph room and lobby;
b. Hilton Head Office, Deputies room, interview rooms, conference room, and polygraph room;
c. Bluffton Office, Deputies room;
d. Investigators Office, Duke Street, Individual offices;
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 19 of 24
If there is a situation involving more than one person in custody or there are sight and sound separation concerns (adult / juvenile suspects) the shift supervisor’s office shall be used. Each room shall be visually inspected for weapons of opportunity and contraband prior to a detainee being placed in the room and shall be searched after the detention is complete. Certain circumstances may require a suspect in custody to be brought to the polygraph office. The Sheriff or designee shall administratively review the policies and procedures and the space utilization associated with temporary detention at least every three years.
W. Military Deserters:
Deputies may detain an individual based upon information obtained from the Provost Marshall Office (PMO), the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) and/or the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) that the individual is absent without leave or wanted by the U.S. Military. This is a detention and not an arrest.
The Deputy will notify dispatch to contact PMO. PMO will respond to the location of the Deputy and take custody of the individual.
X. Medical Assistance: When a Deputy arrests a person who is unconscious, semi- conscious, or otherwise suffering from a disabling condition or a condition that requires medical attention, the Deputy will notify dispatch to call for Emergency Medical Services (EMS). The suspect shall be transported to and then be released to the nearest medical facility via ambulance. If the suspect is handcuffed while being transported via EMS, EMS requires that a Deputy ride in the ambulance with the suspect. The Deputy will respond to the emergency room and stand by to meet with the attending physician to ascertain the extent of the injury or illness and the estimated length of stay at the hospital. The shift supervisor will determine if the Deputy should stay at the hospital until released (for serious offenses) or have the hospital notify the agency prior to the patient’s release to either be taken into custody or served a courtesy summons.
Y. Preparation for a Search Warrant:
A search warrant affidavit will be prepared by the case officer investigating a specific incident. In certain circumstances, the case officer may delegate this responsibility to a designated person for the purposes of not hindering the investigative process. The affidavit will be typed on a standard search warrant form, as designed by the South Carolina Court Administration, in accordance
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 20 of 24
with South Carolina statutes. The affidavit will be accompanied by any supporting documents necessary to establish the authenticity and credibility of the facts in the affidavit.
The search warrant affidavit will be accompanied by color photographs of the exact address to be searched if practical. This is to ensure that all parties are aware of the location and the correct location is searched.
Upon completion of the affidavit, a staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will review the entire search warrant package to ensure accuracy and compliance with South Carolina statutes and current case law. The reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) above will complete a BCSO Search Warrant Briefing Report. During the completion of the Briefing Report, the reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will determine if any specialized team or equipment is needed for the execution of the search warrant. If affirmative, the staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) shall be responsible for coordinating the equipment or team.
(CALEA 74.3.1) The reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will direct the case officer or their designee, to obtain the proper judicial signatures authorizing the search warrant. Upon the signing of the warrant by judicial authorities, the reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will again review the search warrant package for completeness. By statute (17-13-140), search warrants shall be executed and return made only within ten days after it is dated.
The reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will assemble and brief all officers involved in the execution of the warrant. The briefing will include, but is not limited to the following items:
a. The location to be searched, complete with photographs;
b. The purpose of the search;
c. The individuals or targeted individuals associated with the search, to include known tendencies and criminal histories;
d. Any known hazards or known threats from either the location or the targeted individual;
Contingency plans for unknown hazards or threats (shots fired, hostages, hazardous materials discovered, foot pursuits, vehicle pursuits, aggressive K-9’s, etc.) will be established and or reviewed. The reviewing staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will establish the following as required by NIMS:
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 21 of 24
a. The incident commander for the execution of the warrant;
b. The communications plan for the execution of the warrant;
c. Any logistics concerns to support the execution of the warrant;
d. Designate any specialized team leaders or duties related to the execution of the warrant;
Execution of the Search Warrant – Command and Control of the Incident Scene:
a. A staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will be present and in command for proper execution and for the duration of the execution of the search warrant.
b. A safety sweep of the location will be conducted initially to ensure that all suspects are contained and all threats have been identified and mitigated.
c. The staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will brief the enforcement division shift commander prior to the execution of the warrant. A uniformed Deputy in a marked patrol vehicle will be present at the scene of the search warrant for the duration of the search if necessary.
Completion of Service of the Search Warrant:
a. The staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) will be responsible for ensuring that a video or still photographs are taken of the location and all items seized prior to releasing the location.
b. The staff sergeant or sergeant (acting supervisor in his/her absence) shall be responsible for ensuring that a thorough and complete inventory of items seized is completed and a copy left with a responsible individual at the scene or if an unoccupied scene, at a prominent point within the location.
Exceptions – These guidelines included in Section 7 (Execution of the Search Warrant) shall not be applicable in the following instances:
a. Records searches at locations such as banks, utility companies, etc.
b. Searches of impounded and secured vehicles or property.
c. Other locations as determined by reviewing staff sergeant or above.
207A2 Arrest, Detention, Warrants, and Search & Seizure Pg 22 of 24
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010, A1-5/5/2010, A2 8/27/2014, A3-6/19/2019; A4-5/18/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Criminal Investigations
Number: 208A4 Type: Operations Pages: 16
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.1.1 – 5 – 42.2.8, 42.2.10, 82.1.5
Purpose:
To define the criminal investigation function and assign responsibility for the thorough and timely investigation of criminal offenses.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to employ thorough and timely investigative techniques in order to ensure an efficient and effective criminal investigation.
Procedure:
A. Organization and Administration:
The investigation of criminal offenses is an integral part of each Deputy Sheriff’s duties and is essential to the accomplishment of the law enforcement mission. All sworn personnel will assist, as needed, in the criminal investigation function whether assigned as an investigator or to other duties.
The Criminal Investigations Section supports, supplements, and augments the agency’s criminal investigation function. Criminal Investigations is comprised of two sections, Northern and Southern, each under the administration of a Branch Captain and Section Lieutenant.
Criminal Investigations is available for:
a. Follow-up investigations of crimes or suspected criminal activity reported to the agency;
b. Initial and follow-up interviews with victims, suspects, and witnesses;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 2 of 16
c. The evaluation of evidence;
d. The recovery of stolen property;
e. The identification, apprehension, and prosecution of criminal offenders;
f. The preparation of cases for court presentation;
g. Clearance of criminal cases;
Cases for investigators will be assigned by the respective Criminal Investigations Section supervisor. In assigning cases the skills, training, and experience of the investigator will be considered. The assigned investigator will be the principal or lead investigator and all others involved will assist the assigned or lead investigator.
(CALEA 42.1.1) Each respective Criminal Investigations Section will have a duty investigator on call to respond to emergencies requiring the presence of an investigator during non-business hours. The on-call schedule will be made available to all supervisors and posted in the Communications Center.
CALEA 42.2.4) Investigators will maintain liaison with Patrol personnel to assure an efficient exchange of information to include the on call investigators attendance at roll-call sessions conducted at the beginning of each nightly patrol shift when available.
B. Preliminary Investigations:
Preliminary investigations of all types of offenses shall be the responsibility of the Enforcement Branch Deputy Sheriff dispatched to the scene and/or a Patrol supervisor, unless and until such time the Patrol supervisor designates otherwise.
The Patrol supervisor will respond to all scenes in cases suspected of murder, suicide, felony assault, sexual assault, armed robbery, arson, or whenever, in the supervisor’s opinion, the case is:
a. Unusually serious or complex; or
b. There is indication that an immediate lengthy investigation may be required;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 3 of 16
(CALEA 42.1.4) The preliminary investigation begins immediately upon the arrival of sworn personnel at the scene of an incident or upon taking a report, and continues until such time as a postponement of the investigation or transfer of responsibility will not jeopardize the successful completion of the investigation.
The on-scene supervisors will request the respective Investigations Section to respond to an incident requiring the presence of an investigator.
Steps to be followed in conducting the preliminary investigation include:
a. Providing aid to the injured;
b. (CALEA 42.2.1a) Observing all conditions, events, and remarks;
c. Maintaining and protecting the integrity of the crime scene so that evidence is protected and not lost or contaminated;
d. Determining if an offense has actually been committed and, if so, the exact nature of the offense;
e. (CALEA 42.2.1c) Arranging for the collection of evidence;
f. Furnishing other field units, through radio communications, descriptions of suspect(s), vehicle(s), direction of flight, wanted person(s), other information as necessary, etc.;
g. (CALEA 42.2.1b) Identifying and locating witnesses;
h. (CALEA 42.2.1d) Interviewing the complainant, the victim, and all witnesses to determine what information is known. Written statements should be taken by Deputy Sheriffs at the scene or captured on audio, in- car camera and/or body worn camera.
i. Determining the identity of the suspect(s) and affecting an arrest if it can be accomplished either at the scene or through immediate pursuit;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 4 of 16
j. Advising the suspect(s) of their Miranda Rights, interviewing the suspect and attempting to obtain either a written or verbal statement, if such statement can be obtained legally; and
k. Accurately and completely recording all pertinent information on the prescribed agency report forms;
C. Follow-up Investigations:
The purpose of the follow-up investigation is to discover additional information in order to clear a case, identify and arrest a suspect, recover stolen property, gather additional evidence, and prepare a case for court presentation.
(CALEA 42.2.2a) The respective Criminal Investigations Section is responsible for the follow-up of any case in which an investigator is assigned or has responded to the scene and assumed responsibility for the scene. The Enforcement Branch is responsible for the follow up of any case in which a patrol Deputy is assigned or has assumed responsibility for the investigation.
The following procedures will be used as necessary and these efforts will be documented on the Supplemental Incident Report:
a. (CALEA 42.2.2b) Reviewing and analyzing all previous reports prepared in the preliminary stage, checking agency records for other reports of like nature or with the same subject, and review of any laboratory examinations;
b. (CALEA 42.2.2b) Conducting additional follow-up interviews of victims, witnesses, and/or subjects;
c. (CALEA 42.2.2c) Seeking additional information from uniformed Deputy Sheriffs, informants, etc.;
d. (CALEA 42.2.2d) Planning, organizing, and conducting searches and collecting physical evidence as necessary (the investigator is responsible for insuring the collection and processing of the crime scene for physical evidence and/or requesting Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) or South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED) forensics assistance);
e. (CALEA 42.2.2e) Identifying and apprehending suspects;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 5 of 16
f. Interview or interrogate suspects after proper Miranda warnings are issued in accordance with the constitution.
g. (CALEA 42.2.2f) Determining involvement of suspects in other crimes;
h. (CALEA 42.2.2g) Checking suspect’s criminal histories at local, state, and national (National Crime Information Computer – NCIC) levels; and
i. (CALEA 42.2.2h) Preparing cases for court by ensuring that case files are complete and accurate and that witnesses can be located;
D. Second Contacts:
A second contact will be made by Patrol personnel, or investigators assigned to the follow-up investigation, with the victim and/or other principals within five days from the date of the original report. The main purpose of this second contact, after a lapse of several days, is to ascertain if the victim has remembered any additional information or if any other information has surfaced which may lead to a successful clearance of the case. Maintaining a policy of second contact also indicates the agency is genuinely concerned about the welfare of the victim and other citizens associated with the case.
(CALEA 42.2.2, 82.1.5) Whenever the status of any case changes, the assigned investigating Deputy Sheriff must notify the complainant or victim of the change of status. This notification must be noted on a Supplemental Report form.
E. Case Screening – Solvability Factors:
(CALEA 42.1.2) In order to best commit resources to the investigation of the most serious offenses and/or those cases with the best prospect of successful resolution, the respective Investigations Section supervisors are responsible for screening agency Incident Reports. Supervisors will consider the following solvability factors when screening cases for follow-up assignment:
a. Suspect can be named;
b. Suspect can be identified;
c. Address of the suspect is known;
d. There is a likelihood the suspect can be located;
e. The vehicle license plate number used in the crime is known;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 6 of 16
f. There is a likelihood the vehicle used in the offense can be identified or located;
g. There was traceable property (by serial number or uniqueness of the property) taken in the offense;
h. There exists identifiable latent fingerprints to be submitted for attempted match through the Automated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS);
i. Significant modus operandi can be developed, or a distinctive pattern of similar crimes exist in the same general location or during the same time period;
j. It is reasonably suspected there was a limited opportunity to commit the crime;
k. There is reason to believe the crime may arouse such public interest that public assistance may generate information that will solve the crime;
l. There are reasons to believe that further investigative effort will lead to the solving of the crime.
(CALEA 42.1.2) The Sheriff or Chief Deputy can direct that any case be assigned for investigation.
F. Investigative Checklists:
The initial Incident Report, properly prepared, serves as a satisfactory checklist for most investigations.
(CALEA 42.2.3) The Enforcement Branch Captain or Criminal Investigations Section Lieutenants will determine which types of investigations require additional checklists to ensure critical areas of investigation are not overlooked. These checklists will be made available to the investigator.
G. Case File Management:
The Criminal Investigation Case Management System shall be established and maintained by the Investigations Section supervisor or designee and will contain the following information:
a. OCA/report number;
b. Investigator assigned to complete the follow-up investigation; and
c. (CALEA 42.1.3a) The current status of all cases assigned in the calendar year.
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 7 of 16
An administrative designation of Active, Inactive, Administratively Closed, Cleared by Arrest, Exceptionally Cleared, Unfounded, Pending will be assigned to each case, as appropriate, to assist in case management and control.
a. Active: Indicates that the case is assigned to an investigator and investigative efforts are active and ongoing.
b. Administratively Closed: Indicates that all available leads have been exhausted, but the case has not been brought to a conclusion and investigative efforts may be resumed if new evidence or leads are discovered at a later date. This also includes cases in which a warrant is on file but no arrest has been affected.
c. Cleared by Arrest: Indicates that the case has been cleared by the arrest of the offender.
d. Exceptionally Cleared: Indicates that although an offender has been identified and located, no arrest will be made because of reasons beyond law enforcement control. An incident cannot be exceptionally cleared unless the subject’s race, sex, age, and ethnicity are reported. A case is considered exceptionally cleared if it falls into one of the following categories:
i) Offender Death: All offenders in this case are deceased;
ii) No Prosecution: Although the offender(s) has been identified and located and there is evidence to support charges, the court or Solicitor’s Office has decided not to prosecute;
iii) Extradition Denied: Extradition of the offender(s) is denied;
iv) Victim Denies Cooperation – The offender(s) has been identified, located, and evidence compiled, but the victim declines to cooperate in the prosecution;
v) Juvenile/No Custody: A juvenile is identified as the offender, but the case is handled informally with through diversion with no referral to Family Court;
E. (CALEA 42.1.3b) Unfounded: Indicates the alleged offense did not occur
and there are sufficient reasonable grounds to support this premise.
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 8 of 16
F. Pending: Indicates a case is on holding pending forensic examination
results or service of an active arrest warrant.
(CALEA 42.1.3c) The investigator will maintain a case file for all assigned cases. The types of records to be maintained in the case file are copies of original Incident Reports, Supplemental Reports, Booking Reports, statements, copies of warrants, photos and lab reports, any other documents pertinent to the case.
(CALEA 42.1.3d) The investigative case files will be accessible for review through the Supervisor or designee on a legitimate need to know basis.
(CALEA 42.1.3e) If a case is closed, a supplemental report must be submitted to the Records Section within 30 days of the closure date. An Expungement Order is required to purge a file.
Any files kept separate from central records will be copies only, and will be at the discretion of the Deputy.
H. Conducting Background Investigations:
Generally background investigations will only be conducted in connection with on-going criminal investigations. This section does not apply to background investigations conducted by this agency in the selection process for the purpose of employment.
Various sources are available in conducting a background investigation. Potential sources include, but are not limited to:
a. Financial institutions;
b. Business associates;
c. Former employers or employees;
d. Informants;
e. Utility companies;
f. Public records;
g. Intelligence reports;
h. Criminal history;
i. Other law enforcement agencies; and
j. Pawn shops;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 9 of 16
Information obtained in a background investigation will be kept as part of the case file or destroyed.
I. Information Development:
The purpose of gathering information in a criminal investigation is to identify, locate, apprehend, and prosecute the perpetrator.
Information developed is crucial to the criminal investigative process, and information may be developed from an unlimited number of legal sources. These sources include, but are not limited to:
a. Reviewing, consolidating, and analyzing the reports of the officer who conducted the preliminary investigation;
b. Obtaining reports of any evidence that may have been collected before assignment of the case to the investigator;
c. Making arrangements to obtain the results of the laboratory examination when the items have been forwarded to a crime lab;
d. Checking agency records, Incident Reports, and other public records;
e. Checking the precious metal listings, pawn shops, and other locations where stolen property may be sold;
f. Seeking information from known criminals, associates, acquaintances, and others who may know the suspect;
g. Investigating activities of persons who, by reason of past criminal behavior, may be considered as suspects; and
h. Planning organized police action such as a door-to-door canvass or extended search aimed at discovering additional physical evidence or witnesses.
All information collected will be gathered legally and in compliance with agency policies and procedures.
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 10 of 16
J. Interviews:
Interviews may be conducted with victims, witnesses, suspects not in custody and any other persons who may have knowledge about a criminal offense.
Although there are many techniques available to assist in interviewing suspects or witnesses, it is best practice to use the following general interviewing guidelines:
a. Conduct interviews as soon as possible so that the details of the offense are fresh, preventing the possible loss of vital information;
b. Control the setting as much as possible. Interviews should be held in a quiet private location free from outside distractions;
c. Memorialize the interview, either in a recorded statement, or in writing. All recorded statements will be handled as evidence and properly documented in the investigative report.
d. Be prepared with as much information about the offense as possible prior to beginning the interview or interrogation;
e. Develop, through experience and training, techniques to structure your interview that addresses the areas of the offense where information may prove useful;
f. Investigators will not enter into plea negotiations with a suspect. Plea negotiations will be handled by the Solicitor’s Office and should not involve the Investigator. This provision does not prohibit Investigators from presenting facts pertaining to the case, including facts relating to surrounding circumstances, expression of attitude, the defendants conduct, etc. Investigators will maintain a professional demeanor in all such matters.
g. Obtain a written statement.
K. Surveillance:
Surveillance may be used in the investigation of any crime when it is necessary to observe suspects or conditions in an unobtrusive manner.
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 11 of 16
All surveillance activities, whether conducted solely by this agency or jointly with other agencies, must be directly related to suspected criminal activities and must be conducted in a lawful manner and in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Sheriff’s Office.
The respective investigations section supervisor must give approval for any surveillance activity conducted by the Investigative Section.
In general, the purpose of surveillance is to:
a. Detect criminal activities;
b. Discover the identity of persons who frequent an establishment and determine if they are involved in any criminal activity;
c. To discern the habits of a person who lives in or frequents a place where criminal activity is reasonably suspected;
d. To obtain evidence of a crime or to prevent the commission of a crime; and
e. To provide a basis for obtaining a search warrant.
L. Investigative Task Forces:
The establishment of a task force within the Sheriff’s Office, or its participation in an outside task force, must be approved by the Sheriff or his designee.
(CALEA 42.2.5ab) The responsibilities of the task force will be to investigate and apprehend suspects of specific crimes. Deputy Sheriffs are authorized to exercise jurisdiction outside Beaufort County for the purpose of criminal investigation in a task force only if written agreements between or among the law enforcement agencies involved have been properly executed. The agreement will delineate authority, responsibilities, accountability, and resources used in the task force.
The Enforcement Colonel will be responsible for the operation of any task forces under their purview organized within the Sheriff’s Office. For joint task forces, a specific supervisor of one of the involved agencies will be designated as the task force supervisor and will be accountable for its operation. The
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 12 of 16
Enforcement Colonel or designee will maintain liaison with the joint task force supervisor.
All resources needed for the task force will be identified in the task force agreement. This includes manpower, vehicles, equipment, special investigative equipment, etc. All resource requests must be approved by the Enforcement Colonel prior to being ordered.
Agency personnel assigned to any task force will keep their respective supervisors completely informed of pertinent developments consistent with any national security requirements.
(CALEA 42.2.5c) The Enforcement Branch Captain or Criminal Investigations Section Lieutenant will be responsible for completing an annual assessment of this agency’s participation the task forces to be forwarded via the chain-of-command. The Command Staff will determine the continued necessity for the allocation of manpower to a task force.
M. Serious/Habitual Offenders:
(CALEA 42.1.5b) As a significant share of serious and violent crime is perpetrated by a relatively small segment of any population, it is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to identify those offenders and direct investigative and prosecutorial resources in an appropriate manner.
(CALEA 42.1.5a) A Serious or Habitual Offender is defined for the purposes of this policy is an individual involved in the commission of a crime, who is charged with the commission of a General Sessions offense; and
a. Has a previous felony conviction, in this or any other State; or
b. Uses or possesses a firearm during the commission of a General Sessions Offense; or
c. Has a previous conviction for an offense enumerated in Section 17-25-45 of the South Carolina Code of Laws as a “serious offense,” or “most serious offense.”
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 13 of 16
(CALEA 42.1.5c) In all cases where an individual is identified as a serious or habitual offender, notice will be made to the prosecuting authority via the Investigative Reporting Process, citing the reason for qualification.
(CALEA 42.1.5abc) At the discretion of the supervisor, individuals qualifying as serious or habitual offenders may be referred to outside agencies (Federal or State) for further investigation and prosecution.
N. Identity Theft:
Identity theft is punishable under federal law when any person knowingly transfers or uses, without lawful authority, a means of identification of another person with the intent to commit, or to aid or abet, any unlawful activity that constitutes a felony under any applicable state or local law. [18 U.S.C. § 1028(a)(7)]. Identity theft is punishable under South Carolina Code of Laws 16-13-510.
(CALEA 42.2.8a) All sworn Deputy Sheriffs are authorized to take reports on identity theft. Recording all relevant information and data in such reports is essential to further investigation.
(CALEA 42.2.8b) Information concerning criminal acts that may have been committed by illegally using another’s personal identity as covered by state and federal law will be fully documented.
Obtain and verify identifying information of the victim to include date of birth, social security number, driver’s license number, other photo identification, current and most recent prior addresses, and telephone numbers.
Document the nature of the fraud or other crime committed in the victim’s name such as:
a. The types of personal identifying information will be determined that may have been used to commit these crimes (i.e., social security number, driver’s license number, birth certificate, credit card numbers, etc.) and whether any of these have been lost, stolen or potentially misappropriated;
b. Any information concerning where the crime took place, the financial institutions or related companies involved and the residence or whereabouts of the victim at the time of these events;
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 14 of 16
c. Whether the victim authorized anyone to use his or her name or personal information;
d. Whether the victim has knowledge or belief that specific person or persons have used his or her identity to commit fraud or other crimes;
e. Whether the victim is willing to assist in the prosecution of suspects identified in the crime;
f. If the victim has filed a report of the crime with other law enforcement agencies and whether such agency provided the complainant with a case number; and
g. If not otherwise provided, document/describe the crime, the documents or information used, and the manner in which the victim’s identifying information was obtained.
The respective Criminal Investigations Section Supervisor will be notified immediately if the crime appears to have national security implications. The supervisor will notify the appropriate outside agencies or task forces (Joint Terrorism Task Force, SLED, FBI, SeaHawk, etc.).
(CALEA 42.2.8c) Victims of identity theft will be provided information and assistance to assist the victim in re-establishing their identity and credit and by referring them to the BCSO website.
Investigation of identity theft shall include but not be limited to the following actions where appropriate:
a. (CALEA 42.2.8d) Contact any state and/or local enforcement agency with which the victim has filed a crime report or where there is an indication that the identity theft took place;
(CALEA 42.2.8e) Community liaison Deputies will provide the public with information on the nature and prevention of identity theft.
O. Latent Prints: (CALEA 83.2.3)
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 15 of 16
The following general guidelines will be followed when processing a crime scene for latent prints:
a. The Investigator or Deputy Sheriff will use the proper color fingerprint powder to develop the fingerprint found on an object. The powder will be lightly brushed over the print until it fully appears. Latent impressions developed with fingerprint powder may be photographed on the original object. After being photographed, prints will be lifted.
b. The lifted print is to be placed on the front of a fingerprint collection or index card and the following information listed in the spaces provided on the back of the card:
i) place of occurrence;
ii) type and date of offense;
iii) date and time processed;
iv) processed by (print name) and initials; and
v) OCA/report number;
vi) A simple sketch of the item processed with the location of the impression noted on the sketch;
vii) Notation of orientation of latent lift. (i.e. An arrow indicating the direction of the lift.)
All latent prints will be sent to the SLED or FBI Forensic Laboratory or the local AFIS or AFIX site.
When requesting a comparison of latent prints with fingerprints of a known suspect, the requesting deputy sheriff will include inked fingerprints and/or the BCDC inmate identification number of the suspect.
The above guidelines do not preclude or prohibit the use of other fingerprinting processes at the direction of a supervisor.
All latent fingerprints collected will be evaluated by a trained fingerprint examiner for evidentiary value prior to submittal when practical.
208A4 Criminal Investigations Pg 16 of 16
P. Arrest Package:
Deputy Sheriffs who make arrests on General Sessions charges must prepare an arrest package for submission to their supervisor within three working days. Investigators who make arrests on major cases will submit an initial arrest report in lieu of the Investigative Report to their supervisor within three working days.
Deputies serving General Sessions arrest warrants will immediately forward after the bond hearing, all paperwork to the affiant in those cases in which a deputy has signed the warrant.
The General Sessions Coordinator will ensure that the arrest package is provided to the solicitor’s office within fourteen days of the arrest.
A completed case file on each juvenile offender must be provided to the Juvenile Services Coordinator for forwarding to the Family Court before the Deputy Sheriff ends his/her tour of duty.
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1-5/31/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime
Number: 209A1 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.2, 43.1.1-5, 42.2.5; S.C. Code 23
Purpose:
To establish guidelines and procedures for the investigation of vice, drugs, and organized crime.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the serious nature of vice, drugs, and organized crime which constantly threaten the social and financial health and well-being of this community. It is the policy of this office that every employee support enforcement efforts in the suppression of these crimes.
Definitions:
Vice: Criminal activity that is usually of concern to an entire community and often involves incidents of prostitution, gambling, use and/or sale of alcoholic beverages, and/or sale of controlled substances, and sale of obscene or pornographic materials.
Organized Crime: Syndicated criminal activity carried out by groups or associations of persons engaged in or promoting such enterprises as theft, fencing, supplying illegal materials or substances, or any offense for profit.
Procedure:
A. Investigative Task Forces:
(CALEA 2.1.2) When authorized, the BCSO may host a multi-agency drug task force (DTF) comprised of BCSO Deputies and officers from surrounding and local jurisdictions. All agreements with outside agencies are defined in memorandums of understanding (MOU) as pursuant to S.C. Code 23-1-210/215.
(CALEA 42.2.5a) In addition to this general order, the MOU shall explain the
209A1 Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime Pg 2 of 6
purpose and responsibilities of the task force:
a. To disrupt the illicit drug traffic in Beaufort and surrounding Counties;
b. To gather and compile intelligence data relating to trafficking in narcotics and dangerous drugs;
c. To conduct undercover operations when appropriate and engage in other traditional methods of investigation in order to effectively prosecute drug law violations in the courts with appropriate jurisdiction;
d. To cooperate with state and federal law enforcement agencies in the investigation, arrest, and prosecution of upper level drug dealers;
(CALEA 42.2.5 b) The MOU shall explain the specific authority each member of the task force shall have. South Carolina Code of Law, Sections 23-1-210 and 215 allow officers to have the power and authority in adjoining jurisdictions and specific coverage and rights in the following areas:
a. Bond coverage.
b. Pension.
c. Compensation.
d. Retirement.
e. Insurance.
(CALEA 42.2.5 c) The task force shall maintain in writing that all members will adhere to all policies and procedures of the task forces’ standard operating procedures and will remain in compliance with their respective agency General Orders. Officers failing to comply with the task force policies may be dismissed for cause from the Governing Board of the task force. The Governing Board will consist of the heads of each participating agency.
Each agency will provide personnel with a vehicle with emergency equipment and radio, raid gear, hand held radio, cell phone, primary and secondary weapon, computer access, gas card, uniforms, and any additional necessary gear. The task force commander will communicate with participating agencies in reference to a yearly budget. To include but not limited to confidential informant funds, supplies, office equipment, technical equipment, etc. Each respective agency will be responsible for budgeting of vehicles, computer updating, conferences, clothing allowance, salaries, cell phone, uniforms, communications
209A1 Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime Pg 3 of 6
equipment, vehicle insurance, etc.
The governing board shall meet periodically or when necessary to evaluate the results of the task force and the continued necessity to keep it operational. These meetings are necessary in order to provide operational direction and review activities.
Property, money, narcotics, or other proceeds or instruments that are seized as a result of a joint aid or mutual investigation will be held by the host agency.
The sharing of net proceeds in joint operations is determined by the memorandum of understanding.
The agency head for each jurisdiction will sign the agreement and the agreement will be notarized.
B. Processing Complaints:
(CALEA 43.1.1 a) Any employee of the BCSO who receives either complaints or information pertaining to vice, drugs, or organized crime activity will forward such information to a Violent Crimes Task Force (VCTF) member using various formats, not limited to the following:
a. Incident Reports.
b. Written memorandum.
c. Field notes.
d. Confidential intelligence reports.
e. Crimestoppers.
f. Drug Hotline.
g. Utilization of the current BCSO computer system.
(CALEA 43.1.1 d) The complaint will be entered into the BCSO VCTF current computer system which is a controlled database. The complaint is assigned to the appropriate VCTF member (narcotics case agent) for further investigation. The original written report and supplemental information pertaining to active investigations of vice, drugs, and organized crime activity will be maintained by the narcotics case agent, as appropriate. Once the investigation is complete and an arrest is made, the narcotics case agent will submit the report through the appropriate chain of command to include the Sheriff.
209A1 Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime Pg 4 of 6
(CALEA 43.1.1 b, c, 43.1.2) All records and reports relating to active vice, drugs, and organized crime investigations are locked in secure file cabinets, separate from the central records office. The BCSO VCTF Supervisor or designee will maintain a file utilizing the current computer system of complaints pertaining to vice, drugs, and organized crime activity. For each complaint, this file will record:
a. The nature of the complaint;
b. The complainant, if known;
c. The assigned investigator, if any;
d. Whether the complaint was substantiated;
e. Information conveyed to and/or received from outside agencies;
C. Investigations:
The decision to investigate complaints and violations concerning vice, drugs, and organized crime will be based on the following criteria:
a. Validity of the original information;
b. Criminal nature of the complaint or violation;
c. Importance of the problem;
d. Quality of information available;
e. Investigative technique to be employed;
f. Resources necessary to conduct the investigation;
g. Operational problems that exist or may arise;
Investigations related to vice, drugs, and organized crime activity will be conducted to the fullest extent, using applicable investigative practices. Victims and complainants may be notified of the status of a case, unless such notification would compromise investigative efforts.
Reports of activity such as gambling will be assigned for investigation to determine if further action is warranted. Reports related to drugs will be assigned to investigators specializing in drug investigations. Reports related to internet and pornography will likewise be assigned to investigators specializing in those fields. All reports related to other types of criminal activity such as vice and organized crime will be assigned to an investigator to determine the validity of the information and whether the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division or FBI should be notified. Investigative data will be used for legitimate law enforcement purposes only.
209A1 Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime Pg 5 of 6
(CALEA 43.1.1 c) Information pertaining to vice, drugs, and organized crime activity forwarded to and received from other law enforcement agencies will be maintained on file by the BCSO VCTF Supervisor. All information derived from investigations will be forwarded to the respective agencies through their records management.
(CALEA 43.1.1 d) The VCTF member will submit to the Enforcement Major or designee, a BCSO statistics log on the status of current vice, drug, and organized crime problems, including actions taken to resolve identified problems.
D. Surveillance Equipment:
(CALEA 43.1.4) All of the surveillance equipment used by the Beaufort County VCTF is maintained in accordance with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office directives. Any equipment purchased by outside agencies as part of the VCTF will be tracked and maintained with all other VCTF equipment.
If an outside agency is required to borrow a piece of VCTF surveillance equipment, the request will be made in writing to the BCSO VCTF Supervisor. A receipt will be provided to the BCSO VCTF Supervisor when the equipment was received and returned. The receipt will annotate the name of the department employee borrowing the equipment, the make/model and serial number of the equipment borrowed.
E. Surveillance Operations for Vice, Drug, and Organized Crime: (CALEA 43.1.5 The VCTF will conduct surveillance only on suspects, vehicles and properties associated with illicit activity. An accurate and chronological record of the surveillance will be forwarded to the respective investigative case file. Members of the VCTF will conduct surveillance utilizing unmarked vehicles, rental vehicles and specialized vehicles. A designated member of the VCTF associated with the surveillance will keep an accurate and chronological record of all activities during the surveillance. During surveillance, a VCTF supervisor or designee will monitor all activities either by radio or visually to ensure the safety of each officer involved in the surveillance.
F. Undercover/Decoy Operations for Vice, Drug, and Organized Crime: (CALEA 43.1.5) The VCTF shall conduct undercover/decoy operations on active drug, vice, and organized crime cases in accordance with the general order.
209A1 Vice, Drugs, and Organized Crime Pg 6 of 6
G. Raid Operations for Vice, Drug, and Organized Crime: (CALEA 43.1.5) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office SWAT will conduct all high risk raids, other raids will be conducted at the discretion of the Commander and SWAT team leader.
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010, A1-6/13/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Confidential Funds and Sources of Information
Number: 210A1 Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 17.4.2 b, c, d, e – 42.2.7 a, b, c, d, e, f, g – 43.1.3
Purpose:
To provide guidelines for the use and control of confidential information sources, the criteria for payment of information sources, and the maintenance of informant records systems.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the use of confidential information sources as absolutely essential in many types of investigations. Therefore, it is the policy of this agency to take necessary precautions by developing sound informant control measures and to provide guidelines to maintain stringent control over all confidential fund monies, assuring that the funds are only used for authorized purposes.
Definitions:
Confidential Informant: A person who provides information or investigative assistance and who received confidential funds, a reduction of charge, a reduced sentence, or any other special consideration or action by a law enforcement agency or Solicitor’s office.
(CALEA 43.1.3) Confidential Funds: Funds that are budgeted by the governing body or provided by a government entity to the agency to be used for the purchase of confidential information. Confidential funds include paying informants, purchasing contraband as evidence, or other direct cost to support investigations into vice, drugs and/or organized crime.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 17.4.2, d and 42.2.7, a) In many instances, a successful investigation cannot be conducted without the use of a Confidential and Reliable Informant. Confidential Informants will be documented and approved as listed below. A
210A Confidential Funds and Sources of Information Pg 2 of 5
Confidential Informant once documented can conduct controlled buys and give information while being monitored by a controller (Investigator assigned to that Confidential Informant). A Source of Information does not have to be documented unless he/she is paid for their information. All payments to a Confidential Informant or Source of Information will be documented on a Confidential Expenditure form, signed and witnessed by two Deputies/Officers and approved by the Violent Crime Task Force (VCTF) Commander. This procedure also applies to the Criminal Investigations Section.
B. Managing a Confidential Informant: (CALEA 42.2.7, f)
A Confidential Informant is not your friend;
Confidential Informants and Sources of Information will be advised that they have no official status and are not Officers or Employees of the Office;
Confidential Informants will not reveal their association with the Sheriff’s Office, unless ordered by the Court;
You will not have personal business dealings with a Confidential Informant;
You will never meet with a Confidential Informant alone;
Meetings with confidential informants will be at pre-determined locations as to not compromise their identity.
You will search a Confidential Informant prior to conducting any Interviews;
You will prepare a written record of all dealings with a Confidential Informant;
All records of contact with Confidential Informants will be placed in the official Confidential Informants file utilizing the current BCSO computer system;
You will not make any promises to the Confidential Informant in reference to any cases pending or any reward;
You will not give a Confidential Informant your home telephone number or tell the Confidential Informant any personal information;
210A Confidential Funds and Sources of Information Pg 3 of 5
You will thoroughly search the Confidential Informant before and after every operation to ensure the integrity of the case;
You will thoroughly search the Confidential Informants vehicle before and after every operation to ensure the integrity of the case;
Always assume while speaking with a Confidential Informant, that you are being recorded and keep all dealings with the Confidential Informant at a professional level;
You will ensure that the internal operations of the Sheriff’s Office are kept to a very minimum when dealing with a Confidential Informant;
Confidential Informants that are currently under the control of Probation, Parole or Post-Release Supervision, will not be used until permission is granted by the South Carolina Probation and Parole;
Confidential Informants will not be allowed to control the course of the investigation;
Investigators will not offer inducements to informants, which are not in accordance with the law and/ or agency directives;
Confidential Informants will be advised that all possible efforts will be made to keep their identity confidential, but this can not be guaranteed;
(CALEA 42.2.7, g) Juveniles will not be used as Confidential Informants, unless in rare instances, in this event written approval will be given by the VCTF Commander or the Investigations Supervisor and written permission is given by the Juveniles Parent or Legal Guardian.
C. Management of Confidential Informant Files: (CALEA 42.2.7 a, b, c, d) All Confidential Informant files will be secured in a fire proof file cabinet. The secure cabinet is kept in a secured alarmed facility. A log book will be secured inside the file cabinet and will contain, date of entry, legal name, assigned informant name, informant number, controlling investigator, beginning date and termination date.
D. The file, utilizing the current BCSO computer system, will also consist of a complete record, to include the reason for termination, of all contact with the Confidential Informant.
210A Confidential Funds and Sources of Information Pg 4 of 5
E. Documenting a Confidential Informant: (CALEA 42.2.7, b) All Confidential Informant packages will be submitted, for approval, to the VCTF Commander or Investigations Supervisor for review/approval. The VCTF Commander will conduct an initial and quarterly review of all Confidential Informants. Upon termination of the Confidential Informant, documentation will be forwarded to the VCTF Commander. Additional information required:
2 Photographs of Confidential Informant;
NCIC Check/Criminal History;
Drivers License Status;
Miranda Form;
Confidential Debriefing of Criminal Activity through the current BCSO computer system;
Complete a Confidential Form/Agreement;
Background and Biographical Information
Code Name
F. Payments: (CALEA 42.2.7e) All payments to a Confidential Informant or Source of Information will be documented on a Confidential Expenditure form. This form will be signed by two certified Deputies/ Officers. The below guidelines will be adhered to when disbursing monies.
(CALEA 17.4.2,e) The VCTF Commander or Investigations Supervisor will request payment and a check will be issued;
The check is deposited into a specific VCTF account;
(CALEA 17.4.2,e) Certain VCTF members have been issued debit cards;
(CALEA 17.4.2,b) A VCTF member withdraws funds as needed and the receipts are reconciled with the bank statements for tracking;
Up to $150.00 can be approved by the individual Investigator;
210A Confidential Funds and Sources of Information Pg 5 of 5
$151.00 to $300.00 must by approved by a supervisor of the rank of Sergeant and above;
$301.00 to $1,000.00 requires a Lieutenants/Captains approval;
(CALEA 17.4.2, c) All expenditures over $1,000.00 will require the verbal approval of the Chief Deputy.
Revision Dates: A-7/12/2010; A1-8/27/2014; A2-6/21/2019; A3-6/03/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Cold Case Investigations
Number: 211A4 Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.2.9
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for conducting cold case investigations.
Policy:
The Sheriff’s Office is committed to serving the citizens of Beaufort County and is dedicated to providing quality law enforcement services to all victims of crimes. The type and timeless service provided during criminal investigations may vary from case to case. The very nature of criminal investigations is to seek the truth and bring offenders to justice. To that end, the Sheriff’s Office continues to dedicate resources in the pursuit of justice for the victims of unsolved violent crimes.
Definition:
(CALEA 42.2.9 a) The term cold case refers to the investigation of a major crime in which all leads have been exhausted when originally investigated and/or a lack of viable evidence at the time to establish probable cause to develop any suspect(s) or make an arrest. Typically, cold case investigations are murders, criminal sexual conducts, missing adults, missing children, or other major felonious activities
Procedure:
A. Establish Cold Case Evaluation Criteria:
(CALEA 42.2.9 b) The respective branch captain must review all major cases that have come to a standstill. To determine if all investigative leads have been exhausted. If so the case will be referred to the Cold Case Investigator for review. The Cold Case Investigator will review the case with the Cold Case committee to determine whether circumstances surrounding the case changed and opened up opportunities for further investigation. All possibilities will be sought out, investigated and exhausted until the case is either solved or taken to
211A4 Cold Case Investigations Pg 2 of 3
a point where the agency must again wait for new information before the investigation can continue.
The Cold Case Investigator will provide a summary of each cold case to the BCSO website administrator for publication.
B. Case Investigative Decisions:
The Cold Case Investigator (CCI) will serve as the lead Investigator and Cold Case Committee’s coordinator.
The CCI may request assistance from other internal and external law enforcement Investigators as deemed necessary.
The CCI will hold meetings as necessary to decide the direction of the investigation and assure the case is reviewed periodically or as needed.
The CCI will establish a cold case master file at the start of each case. A copy of all work including investigative reports will be filed in the master file.
All field notes will be captured and reported with the name of the reporting officer, date, time, case number and the name of the person and address that is being interviewed or questioned; the address and telephone number; the report must be legible and the notes must make sense to anyone who reads them; and all telephone interviews must be noted.
All case files will be kept and maintained in the Southern Investigative Branch Office.
Case Files removed will be signed out based on the current procedures deemed by the Criminal Investigations Branch.
The Sheriff’s Office Public Information Officer is the designated person to talk to the media or setup interviews for the Cold Case Investigator and the Sheriff.
211A4 Cold Case Investigations Pg 3 of 3
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
BEAUFORTCOUNTYSHERIFF’SOFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: UniformPolicy
Number: 212A12 Type: Operations Pages: 18
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.1.7ab, 22.2.5, 22.2.7, 26.1.1, 41.3.4
Purpose:
It shall be the intent of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide guidance for every employee of the Sheriff’s Office, both sworn and civilian personnel who are assigned uniforms for duty wear. It is the intent of this policy that all Deputies will wear the uniform in such a manner to present a standardized appearance.
Policy:
All Deputy Sheriffs, when in uniform, shall strictly adhere to this General Order. No unauthorized equipment or apparel will be allowed. Each Deputy Sheriff is required to maintain the equipment entrusted to their care and they are to safeguard it against damage or theft.
Definitions:
Class A Winter (Dress):

Long sleeve shirt with black tie
Green dress trousers
Full Class A-B leather issue as described in section L6
Leather or corfam dress shoe with black socks; or
Authorized boots
UniformJacket (optional)
Body Armor (At Direction of Branch Captain)
Class A Summer (Dress):
Short sleeve shirt with open collar and black crew neck T-shirt
Green dress trousers
Full Class A-B leather issue as described in section L6
Leather or corfam dress shoe with black socks; or
Authorized boots
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 2 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
UniformJacket (Optional)
Body Armor (At Direction of Branch Captain)
Class B Winter (Duty Uniform):
Long sleeve shirt with open collar and black T-shirt. Green duty trousers
Full Class A-B leather issue as described in section 7
Authorized boots
Body armor (At Direction of Branch Captain)
Uniformjacket (optional)
Class B Summer (Duty Uniform):
Short sleeve shirt with open collar and black crew neck T-shirt
Green duty trousers
Full Class A-B leather issue as described in section 7 a + b
Body armor (At Direction of Branch Captain)
Authorized boots
UniformJacket (Optional)
Class B Patrol (Duty Uniform):
Uniform Polo shirt (beige color) (optional black long or short sleeve crew neck t-shirt)
Green duty trousers
Full Class A-B leather issue as described in section 7 a + b
External vest carrier containing body armor
Authorized boots
UniformJacket (Optional)
Class C (Special Duty Uniform):
Green duty shirt; or
Uniform Polo shirt (beige color) (optional black crew neck t-shirt)
Green duty trousers
Full leather issue Class “C” as described in section 7 c
Authorized boots or approved special duty shoe
UniformJacket, Investigator Parka, or Special Team Flight Jacket
Body Armor (At Direction of Branch Captain)
Class D (Special Duty Uniform):
Beige button-up short sleeved shirt (embroidered logo)
Green duty trousers
Class C leather belt
Authorized boots (tan)
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 3 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
Credentials:
A two part identification card and badge issued by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Procedure:
A. Application of Uniform Classes:

Duty Uniform: The standard duty uniform shall be the Class B uniform.
Ceremonial Occasions: The Class A may be worn for ceremonial or formal occasions at the discretion of an Administrative or Command Staff officer.
Special Duty Assignments:
a. The Class C uniform shall be worn only when the Deputy Sheriff is assigned to a duty requiring this type of uniform, i.e. Beach patrol, marine patrol, training staff. It shall also be the work uniform assigned to Investigators and administrative staff.
b. Deputies that hold the rank of Master Sergeant and above may wear a modified Class B uniform consisting of authorized leather gear to include the Class C holster and magazine pouch.
Clothing allowance: (CALEA 22.2.5) An annual clothing allowance will be distributed in July of each year. The Deputies selected for the allowance and the amount of the clothing allowance will be determined by the Sheriff and/or Chief Deputy.
Magistrates and Municipal Court:
a. Uniformed Enforcement Officers: All uniformed Deputies shall wear the Class B uniform to all appearances in Magistrates or Municipal Court. Class B summer or winter is approved as set forth in General Order Number One. As an alternate the Deputy may wear the Class A uniform.
b. Plain Clothes Deputies: Deputies assigned to plain clothes billets such as Investigators or Drug Task Force officers shall wear the Class C uniform that they wear on duty (the special duty uniform) or they shall wear business attire (coat and tie, etc.). As an alternate they may wear either the Class A or B uniforms.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 4 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
c. Special Teams Officers: Deputies such as K9 or SWAT shall appear in either the Class B uniform or appropriate business attire. They may also appear in the Class C (Special Duty uniform). They must be dressed in a uniformshirt (no Tee Shirts, etc.)
General Sessions Court / Family Court / Higher Court Appearances:
a. Uniformed Enforcement Deputies / Special Team Deputies: All uniformed Deputies shall wear the Class B Summer or Winter uniform to all scheduled appearances in General Sessions or other higher courts. As an alternate the officer may wear the Class A uniform. The Class B Patrol uniform will only be worn in General Sessions if the deputy was called to court without notice.
b. Plain Clothes Deputies: Deputies assigned to plain clothes billets such as Investigators or the Drug Task Force shall wear either business attire (coats and ties, etc.) or either the Class B or Class A uniform.
Seasonal Uniforms:
a. The choice of which seasonal uniform to wear is at the Deputy Sheriff’s discretion. Any Deputy Sheriff may wear the winter or summer uniform of the appropriate class at any time of the year. It is the supervisor’s responsibility to ensure that the uniform is worn to the class standards set forth above.
b. A specific uniform may be assigned by the Sheriff or his designee for a specific occasion, i.e. funeral, Presidential visit etc.
B. Uniform Appearance: (CALEA 26.1.1) All Deputy Sheriffs will wear their uniforms in a clean, neat professional manner at all times. The uniforms must be pressed and in good repair. The dress trousers and the jacket must be dry cleaned only. The other uniform items may be laundered at home; however the regulations concerning being pressed remain in effect.
C. Care and Cleaning of the Uniform:
The authorized trousers and shirts may be home laundered if the following guidelines are met:
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 5 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
a. Turn inside out before washing;
b. Wash with like colors;
c. Select warm water wash and cold water rinse;
d. Select permanent press or gentle cycle;
e. Use a minimal amount of detergent;
f. Do not use bleach or fabric softener;
g. Dry on permanent press or low setting;
h. Remove promptly from the dryer and place on hanger to prevent excessive wrinkles;
i. Iron on medium temperature settings;
j. Do Not Use Starch or Sizing On Any Uniform Item;
k. If the uniform item’s Care Warning states “Dry Clean Only” they must be professionally dry-cleaned;
The individual Deputy Sheriff shall be responsible for any cost incurred in dry cleaning or laundering uniforms.
D. UniformFit: Each Deputy Sheriff shall ensure that their uniforms fit properly.
E. Trousers: The trouser length shall fall in the rear to the top of the sole of the shoe. In front the trouser shall lay on the top of the shoe with one break in the cuff of the trouser. The waist of the trouser shall fit properly. Trousers shall not have the appearance of being too tight or too loose. Each Deputy Sheriff may have the belt loops enlarged to accommodate the duty belt if they so desire. This must be done by an approved seamstress and shall be done at the personal expense of the Deputy Sheriff.
F. Shirt: The shirt shall fit properly so as to cover the body armor if worn concealed. The sleeve of the long sleeve shirt should fall between the wrist and the first knuckle of the thumb. The diameter of the sleeve shall not be altered so as to fit tightly around the biceps.
G. Undergarments:
As set forth in the definitions, a black crew neck T-shirt shall be worn under all uniform shirts at all times (optional with Class C Uniform). This T-shirt shall fit snug and high around the neck. The sleeve of the T-shirt will not be visible below the hem of the uniform shirt- sleeve. These T-shirts are to be clean and neat. T-shirts that become dirty, faded, discolored, frayed or stretched out must be discarded. No V-neck or tank top T-shirts will be authorized with the uniform shirt.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 6 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
The mesh “Cool Shirt” shall be allowed as an option underneath the body armor.
The individual Deputy Sheriff shall be responsible for any cost incurred in purchasing or replacing black crew neck T-shirts.
H. Footwear:
The authorized footwear for duty wear in the Class B or C uniform shall be department issued. If the Deputy is wearing the Class A uniform, the authorized footwear is the leather or corfam dress shoe or the authorized boots. Both types of authorized footwear shall be kept clean, polished and buffed to a high shine at the beginning of each duty shift.The soles shall also be blackened using commercially available sole dye.
The Border Patrol boot is authorized as an option for the Class A uniform. This
item is not issued. Any cost incurred in purchasing this boot or any cleaning and maintenance supplies shall be the responsibility of the individual Deputy Sheriff.
I. Badges and Nameplates:
Badges: Each Deputy Sheriff is issued one badge. The ranks of lance corporal and below are issued and shall wear only the silver five-point star without the rank ribbon. The ranks corporal and above will wear the silver five-point star with the rank banner. Exceptions being the Sheriff, Chief and Majors shall wear the gold five-point star with the rank banner. The badge is to be worn on the outer most garment at all times. It is to be positioned on the left breast in the provided eyelets.
Nameplates:
a. Each Deputy Sheriff is also issued nameplate with a service attachment. These are issued in the same color and style as the badge. The nameplate is worn centered above the right breast pocket with the bottom of the service attachment 1/3 inch above the top of the pocket flap. No other nameplate is authorized. The nameplate shall be worn at all times when the Deputy Sheriff is in uniform.
b. No abrasive type cleaner will be used to clean either badge or nameplate. To clean a heavily soiled badge, use a mild soap and water solution and dry with a soft cloth. For normal cleaning, simply polish the badge or nameplate with a piece of tissue paper.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 7 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
J. Rank Insignia:
Each Deputy Sheriff shall be issued two sets of rank insignia. One set shall be worn on the collar of the uniform shirt and the second set shall be worn on the epaulet of the uniform jacket. The collar device shall be worn with the upper point of the chevron point 180 degrees away from the point of the collar. The two lower points of the chevron are to just touch the seam of the collar.
Deputy Sheriff (D/S): No chevron.
Patrolman First Class (PFC): One chevron. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet,
centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Lance Corporal (LCpl): One chevron, one rocker. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet, centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Corporal (Cpl): Two chevrons. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet, centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Sergeant (Sgt): Three chevrons. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet, centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Staff Sergeant (SSgt): Three chevrons, one rocker. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet, centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Master Sergeant (MSgt): Three chevrons, three rockers. The epaulet device shall be worn with the lower points of the chevron ¾ of an inch from the end of the epaulet, centered and the upper point of the chevron point towards the Deputy Sheriff’s head.
Lieutenants (Lt): The single silver bar shall be placed on the shirt collar, parallel to the front seam of the collar, and centered between the point and the
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 8 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
neck of the collar. The single bar on the jacket shall be placed on the epaulet approximately one inch from the end of the epaulet, parallel to the end of the epaulet.
Captains (Capt.): The double silver bar (railroad tracks) shall be worn on the uniform shirt parallel to the front seam of the collar and centered between the point and the neck of the collar. The double bar shall be worn on the jacket parallel to the end of the epaulet and approximately one-inch from the end of the epaulet.
Majors (Maj): The gold oak leaf shall be worn approximately 3/4 inches inboard from the point and centered on the collar. The stem of the oak leaf shall be parallel to the bottom edge of the collar. The gold oak leaf shall be worn on
the jacket on the epaulet approximately one inch from the end of the epaulet and centered on the epaulet.
Colonel (Col): The silver eagle insignia shall be worn approximately one inch inboard from the point of the collar. The base of the eagle insignia shall be parallel with the rising edge of the collar. The silver eagle shall be worn on the jacket on the epaulet approximately one inch from the end of the epaulet and centered on the epaulet. Both eagles will be worn with the heads facing downward with the short sleeve shirt and facing inward while wearing a shirt
with a tie.
Chief Deputy: No rank insignia.
K. Credentials:
(CALEA 1.1.7b, 22.2.7b) The BCSO provides each sworn Deputy with a set of credentials. The credentials consist of a carrier, a two part identification card with photograph, and a badge. These credentials are digitally produced and carry the statement that the holder is a commissioned Deputy and authorized to enforce the laws of the state. Non-sworn employees are issued Beaufort County identification cards through employee services. These cards are also digitally produced. Volunteers are issued a nametag with their name and the Sheriff’s Office seal imprinted on the tag.
(CALEA 1.1.7a, 22.2.7a) Sworn Deputies are required to carry their credentials both on and off duty. Deputies working in a specific undercover operation are also exempt. Plain clothes Deputies will present their credentials upon request from the public. Plain clothes Deputies will also present their credentials for
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 9 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
identification purposes while investigating crimes and other incidents as needed. Non-sworn employees will present their identification cards upon request.
L. Hats:
The Sheriff’s Office shall issue one uniform baseball style cap per Deputy Sheriff for uniform wear. Deputy Sheriffs assigned to beach and boat patrol units shall also be issued one khaki baseball style cap. These hats can be worn with the Class B, Class C and the Special Teams uniforms only. They shall not be worn with the Class A uniform under any circumstances. The baseball style hats are not authorized for off-duty wear. The hats shall not be worn into court under any circumstances.
ProperWearing of the Baseball Style Hats:
a. The baseball style hat shall be worn squared on the head with the brim level across the forehead. It shall be worn a distance of two to four fingers above the bridge of the nose. The brim may be formed slightly to allow for better fit and comfort. It shall not be formed excessively.
b. The baseball style hat shall not be worn cocked back on the head in a “raked” style. Furthermore, it shall not be worn sideways or turned around backwards. The one exception is SWAT members may wear it turned around backwards when engaged in specialized duties such as sniper, etc.
c. The baseball style hat shall not be worn inside of any building, residence or other structure.
Care and Maintenance of the Baseball Style Hats:
a. The hats shall be maintained in a flat manner. They shall not be folded or crushed. The hats shall be washed according to manufacturers’ instructions. When soiled the hat shall be replaced on a one for one basis with the quartermaster.
b. Wearing of the baseball style hat is optional. The individual deputy sheriff shall decide under what circumstances that they desire to wear the baseball style hat. The supervisor shall monitor the wearing of the hat and ensure compliance with policy.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 10 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
M. Issued Equipment Only:
(CALEA 41.3.4) All uniformed Deputy Sheriffs shall wear only equipment and insignias issued by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Quartermaster. Absolutely no badges, clasp pins or other ornamental representative of any service, award, and fraternal, religious, or other social order shall be worn on the uniform or outer vest carrier. Exception on the outer vest carrier would be patches indicating blood type, No Known Allergy (NKA) are authorized. No other unauthorized accessories or equipment shall be permitted on or attached to the uniform or duty belt. The only exceptions shall come from the Sheriff of Beaufort County.
Service Awards: Pins representing achievements such as training certifications from either the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy or the FBI National Academy are approved and can be worn 1/8 inch above the nameplate on the right breast pocket. Examples include the Datamaster pin, Radar pin, Traffic Safety Officer wings, Motor Officer wings etc. Tactical Operation Team pins are authorized to be worn above the button of the right breast pocket under the seam of the top of the pocket flap centered.
Individual awards (Ribbons and Medals) for valor, heroism or individual achievement issued by the Sheriff’s Office, the Sheriff’s Association, or the Criminal Justice Academy are also approved for wear. They shall be worn 1/8 inch above the nameplate on the right breast pocket. Medals are allowed on the Class A uniform for special occasions. Medals will be worn 1/8 inch above the nameplate on the right breast pocket.
Two lists of authorized pins will remain on file with the quartermaster, one for above the nameplate and one for below the nameplate. Deputies are authorized to wear a maximum of one pin above and one pin below the nameplate.
Non-sworn employees may wear authorized pins on their lanyard along with their identification card.
Mourning Bands: Black mourning bands are authorized to be worn across the badge under the following guidelines:
a. Death of BCSO Deputies: Mourning bands are authorized to be worn from the beginning of the next duty shift after the death of the officer through the beginning of the next duty shift following the funeral services and interment of the Deputy Sheriff.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 11 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
b. Death of officers from other agencies outside of Beaufort County: Mourning bands are authorized to be worn on the badge on the day of the funeral if the Deputy Sheriff is attending the funeral services as a representative of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
c. Death of officers from other agencies within Beaufort County: Mourning bands are authorized to be worn from the beginning of the next duty shift after the death of the officer through the beginning of the next duty shift following the funeral services and interment of the Law Enforcement Officer.
Duty Belt Gear:
a. Each Deputy Sheriff shall be issued leather gear in accordance with their duty assignment. Some special duty assignments may necessitate the issuance of web gear. Whether leather or web, the duty belts shall be worn in the prescribed manner.
i. External vest carrier will be worn over BCSO uniform shirt with magazine pouch worn on front “weak” side. In addition, radio pouch
shall be worn on “weak” side of carrier, with the option to wear the Taser mounted on the front of the vest.
b. Class A and B Duty Belt:
i. Double magazine carrier: worn on the front “weak” side;
ii. Baton carrier: worn as prescribed by the certified instructor;
iii. Portable radio:worn on the “weak” side of the belt (it shall not be hung from the trousers pocket); (unless worn on vest carrier)
iv. Glove carrier: worn on the rear “weak” side;
v. Handcuff case: worn on the rear “strong” side;
vi. O.C. Carrier: carried on the front “strong” side (if certified to carry);
vii. Holster: worn on the “strong” side in line with the pocket;
viii. Belt keepers: worn equally spaced around the belt, not to exceed four keepers;
ix. Cell phones: may be worn on the front of the belt, either side;
x. Optional Equipment (handcuffs): one extra pair of handcuffs may be worn on the rear “weak” side. The Deputy Sheriff so choosing to wear an additional pair must purchase the handcuffs and an approved open handcuff case. If two pairs of handcuffs are worn, the glove
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 12 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
pouch must be worn in the rear, center;
xi. Optional equipment (flashlight ring): the deputy sheriff may choose to wear a flashlight ring on the rear, “weak” side;
xii. No other items may be worn on the duty belt. The belt and its equipment are to be kept blackened and slightly shined;
xiii. Taser holster shall be worn on weak side front (unless worn on vest carrier)
c. Class C Duty Belt:
i. Authorized Plain Black billeted belt;
ii. Authorized handcuff and magazine carrier worn on the weak side;
iii. Authorized holster; worn on the “strong” side;
d. Only approved and issued duty gear will be worn by the Deputy while performing duty assignments. The issued holster is the only approved duty holster to be worn in plain clothes while on duty.
N. Return of Equipment:
Uniforms: All uniforms shall be dry-cleaned, pressed and on hangers prior to be returned to the Quartermaster. All Class “A” dress pants shall be dry cleaned.
Weapon: All weapons shall be field stripped and thoroughly cleaned prior to being returned to the Quartermaster or Armorer.
O. Care and Maintenance of Equipment:
It shall be the responsibility of each Deputy Sheriff to maintain every itemof issued equipment in a serviceable, operable manner.
Equipment damaged or lost through the normal course of duty shall be inventoried and reported to the Quartermaster. Damage or loss shall be documented utilizing UCR Incident reports.
The appropriate chain of command shall review each damage or loss report to determine if the loss or damage was avoidable or the result of negligence.
The appropriate chain of command shall make recommendations concerning the replacement or reimbursement to the Sheriff’s Office by the responsible Deputy Sheriff of any equipment damaged or lost through negligence and shall initiate appropriate disciplinary action against that Deputy Sheriff.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 13 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
The responsible Deputy Sheriff shall be held financially accountable for a replacement or repair cost as deemed appropriate by the chain of command up to $1000 or the full replacement cost, whichever comes first.
The Deputy Sheriff shall be given the option of paying the reimbursement in its entirety or through payroll deduction. If payroll deduction is chosen, the minimum amount shall not be below $25.00 nor shall it exceed $50.00 per payday, unless the higher amount of deduction is agreed upon by the employee and the administration.
The Sheriff shall withhold the final paycheck for any Deputy failing to properly return his uniforms or equipment upon resignation, retirement or termination.
P. Personal Grooming: (CALEA 26.1.1)
Male Employees Hair Styling:
a. Hair will be neatly trimmed, conservatively groomed and present a professional appearance. Eccentric or outlandish coloring, cuts, or styles are prohibited.
b. The length of hair will not extend over the ear or beyond the collar of the uniformshirt.
c. Sideburns will be neatly trimmed and not appear below the bottom of the inner portion of the ear, nor exceed one inch at the widest point.
d. While in uniform or representing the Sheriff’s Office, male Deputies are prohibited from wearing earrings or displaying other piercings, except during certain assignments approved by the Chief Deputy.
e. Therefore, it is the responsibility of supervisors at every level to exercise good judgment in the enforcement of this policy.
Female Employees Hair Styling:
a. Hair will be neatly trimmed and conservatively groomed. Eccentric or outlandish coloring, cuts, or styles are prohibited.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 14 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
b. While in uniform, the length of the hair will not be worn beyond the collar of the uniform shirt unless while wearing a ponytail or French braid; which will not extend past the mid-back area. Accessories used to secure hair will be color coordinated to the uniform and/or hair color. Excessive ornamentation or adornment is not permitted. Pigtails, multiple braids and bouffants are not authorized while in uniform. Hair must be kept neat, clean and styled so that the front portion does not hang below the eyebrows.
c. Hairstyles shall be neat and present a professional appearance. When in uniform, hair must be secured in a manner designed to minimize injury.
d. Hair color should be of a natural shade, with “unnatural colors” (i.e. green, purple, blue, etc.) prohibited.
e. Facial makeup will be conservative and in good taste. Blush, eye makeup, and lipstick may be applied moderately and will not be of considerable contrast.
f. Therefore, it is the responsibility of supervisors at every level to exercise good judgment in the enforcement of this policy.
Body Piercing/Jewelry:
a. Female Deputies and non-sworn administrative personnel shall be allowed to wear one (1) bob style earring in each ear while on duty or representing the Sheriff’s Office. No other body piercing shall be worn while on duty, including tongue piercing.
b. Male Deputies and non-sworn administrative personnel shall not be allowed to wear any body piercing jewelry while on duty or representing the Sheriff’s Office.
c. The wearing of earrings by male employees is prohibited.
d. Visible neck jewelry is prohibited for uniformed personnel.
e. Jewelry worn on the hands, wrist, and fingers will be limited to a wrist watch, one bracelet, wedding/engagement ring or set and one other
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 15 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
f. ring, e.g., class, school, or organization ring. The wearing of jewelry is optional and, if damaged or lost while in the performance of duty will not be repaired or replaced at the expense of the agency.
g. Frames of glasses and sunglasses, worn while in uniform will be neat and tasteful in appearance. If leash cords are worn while in uniform, they will be black in color only. No fluorescent or multi-colored leash cords are permitted.
h. Facial Hair:

Mustaches may be worn no wider than one (1) inch past the corner of the mouth and no lower than the top edge of the upper lip.
Goatees (See Figure 1) may be worn no wider than 1 ½ inch past the corner of the mouth (b) and no more than a ½ inch under the chin (a) (must not exceed 1 inch in length) and must be connected.
Beards (See Figure 2) may be worn so it does not extend past 1 ½ inch under the chin (a) and not to exceed 2 inches above the jaw line (b). Beards must be worn close to the face (not to exceed 1 inch in length) and remain neatly trimmed and groomed at all times and must be connected.
Supervisors are responsible for inspecting personnel with facial hair and assuring they are adhering to this policy.
If, however, personnel are unable to maintain a neat appearance with facial hair, the Sheriff will rescind any or all parts of this section pertaining to facial hair.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 16 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
Figure 1
Figure 2
i. Fingernails: Fingernails will be neatly trimmed. Nail polish, while in uniform, will be neutral in color (females only). Fingernail length should not be exceptionally long so as to present a safety problem.
j. Tattoos/Branding:
i. Employees will have no tattoos/branding of any kind that are obscene, violent or profane.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 17 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
ii. Employees hired with pre-existing tattoos will be considered on a case-by-case basis during the pre-hire selection process. Pre-existing tattoo/body art shall not be offensive, inappropriate, or unprofessional which includes, but is not limited to, those that are, gang and drug related, racially offensive, sexually suggestive or explicit.
k. Deputy Sheriffs working in an undercover capacity will have clothing standards established by their respective supervisor in accordance with the needs and requirements of the special duties to be performed;
l. Deputy Sheriffs responding to call-outs or working special functions will wear appropriate attire approved by their department head;
m.Whenever a Deputy Sheriff is a representative of the Sheriff’s Office, (i.e., court appearances, personal use of their cruiser or off duty job) the same policy will exist where appropriate clothing will be worn; and
n. Deputy Sheriffs attending any in-house training to include training with outside institutes, and/or seminars will wear appropriate attire which is specific by and for the training facility.
Communications Section Personnel:
A. All new personnel hired shall receive four (4) short sleeve polo shirts or the option of button down shirts purchased from an approved vendor.

These polo’s or button down shirts shall have the standard BCSO emblem on the left breast.
Underneath the BCSO shall be the words “Communications”.
The employee shall have a choice of color and size.
Shirts shall be sized to fit appropriately and comfortably.
B. All current personnel requiring replacement of a uniform shall be issued one (1) polo shirt or the option of a button down shirt on a one for one basis.
These polo’s or button down shirts shall have the BCSO emblem on the left breast.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 18 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
Underneath the BCSO shall be the words “Communications”.
If the employee is a designated supervisor, the title under the emblem shall be “Communications Supervisor”.
The employee shall have the choice of color and size.
a. Once the employee is wearing a BCSO polo or button down shirt they shall wear trousers made of cotton, wool, poly, a blend from a commercial vendor of their choice. Jeans are allowed with the stipulation they have no holes, wear or are not tight fitting.
b. The employee may choose to wear a skirt of black material, cotton, wool, poly or a blend from a commercial vendor of their choice. Jean skirts will be allowed. The skirt shall be no shorter than two inches above the knee.
c. Shoes shall be black, low healed and closed toe. Boots shall be allowed if the employee prefers however they shall be solid black, low healed and low topped. No western style, “biker” style or paramilitary style. Dress or casual only.
d. Communications section personnel will also comply with sections M, O, P, and R listed in this general order.
TrafficManagement Personnel:
A. All new personnel hired shall receive four (4) short sleeve polo shirts or the option of button down shirts purchased from an approved vendor.
These polo’s or button down shirts shall have the standard BCSO emblem on the left breast.
a. Underneath the BCSO shall be the words “Traffic Management”
b. The employee shall wear issued shirts which shall be sized appropriately for fit and comfortability.
B. All current personnel requiring replacement of a uniform shall be issued one (1) polo shirt or the option of a button down shirt.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 19 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
C. Once the employee is wearing a BCSO polo or button down shirt they shall wear BCSO issued trousers that are khaki colored, BDU style with rip stop material for durability.
D. Boots shall be BCSO issue.
E. Traffic Management personnel will also comply with sections M, O, P, and R listed in this general order.
Sheriff’s Technicians:
A. New employees will be issued five shirts during their first sixty days of employment. The employee can select their choice from the authorized styles.
B. No sweaters or jackets will be ordered unless authorized by the Chief Deputy.
C. After the initial issue, employees will receive an additional three shirts which are ordered annually.
D. Unserviceable shirts will be replaced at the Lieutenant’s discretion and returned to the quartermaster for destruction.
E. Employees will maintain their uniform shirts in such a fashion suitable for professional public appearances at all times.
F. Pants, dresses and shoes are the employee’s responsibility and will be of business attire.
G. BCSO issued shirts will not be worn off duty except to and from work and BCSO related functions.
H. Sheriff Technicians will also be responsible for compliance with other sections of this general order when referring to non-sworn, administrative, civilian, and all employees.
I. Non-Sworn personnel are permitted to wear business attire when it is relevant to their assigned duties and with permission of their supervisor.
Exceptions: The Chief Deputy shall make exceptions to these grooming regulations or uniform regulations as he deems necessary to accomplish the mission of the Sheriff’s Office. No exceptions shall be made without the express authorization of the Chief Deputy.
212A12 UniformPolicy Pg 20 of 18
Revision Date(s): A-2 /4/2010; A1-7/13/2010; A2-2/5/2013; A3-1/22/2014; A4-8/27/2014; A5-2/31/2016; A6-
3/16/2018; A6-3/16/2017; A7-2/26/2018;A8-6/5/2019; A9-6/17/2020; A10-10/5/20; A11-8/3/21; A12-3/8/23
Personal Hygiene: Each Deputy and non-sworn administrative staff member shall report for duty in a clean pressed uniform with shoes shined to a buff shine or wearing appropriate office attire and shoes. Each employee (sworn and non-sworn) shall report for duty clean and not emitting any offensive odors.
Summary: All Deputy Sheriffs are reminded that the uniform reflects the overall appearance of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Wearing issued pieces of the uniform while off duty in plain clothes not only reflects a poor image of the agency but is also prohibited.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Body Armor
Number: 213 Type: Operations Pages: 4
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.3.5
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to provide law enforcement officers with guidelines for the use and care of body armor.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to maximize Deputy safety through the mandatory use of body armor in conjunction with the practice of prescribed safety procedures. While body armor provides significant levels of protection, it is not a substitute for sound basic safety procedures.
Procedures:
A. Issuance of Body Armor:
(CALEA 41.3.5) All full time Deputy Sheriffs and Reserve Deputy Sheriffs shall be issued body armor.
All body armor issued must comply with the current minimum protective standards prescribed by the National Institute of Justice.
Body armor that is worn or damaged shall be replaced by the Sheriff’s Office. Body armor that must be replaced due to misuse or abuse by the Deputy Sheriff shall be paid for by the Deputy Sheriff.
Body armor issued by the Sheriff’s Office shall have extended side panel coverage.
213 Body Armor Pg 2 of 4
From the date of the policy, the Sheriff’s Office establishes a standard minimal threat level for all body armor at a Threat Level II.
Sheriff’s Deputies shall wear only approved body armor. If a Deputy Sheriff prefers wearing a personally owned vest, the following conditions must be met:
a. Must comply with the current minimum protective standards prescribed by the National Institute of Justice and all Sheriff’s Office standards;
b. The vest must be less than five (5) years old with manufacture dates available for inspection;
c. The vest must be in serviceable condition;
d. The vest must have extended side panel coverage and have a shock plate;
e. The vest must be approved by the Chief Deputy;
B. Use of Body Armor:
(CALEA 41.3.5) Once issued a vest by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office or upon approval of a personally owned vest, all uniformed enforcement personnel shall wear the vest whenever on duty, in uniform, or at any other time while acting in a law enforcement capacity. While wearing the vest, the Deputy Sheriff will have the shock plate insert in their vest. All Deputies that are assigned to a uniformed function or non-uniformed function are required to wear the issued body armor while engaged in field activities unless exempted as follows:
a. When the Deputy is involved in undercover or plainclothes work that their supervisor determines would be compromised by use of body armor or in other situations which may jeopardize the safety of the Deputy Sheriff;
b. When the Deputy is assigned to perform an administrative function/inside detail (e.g. Crime Watch Meetings, D.A.R.E. classes, and speeches to civic or school groups);
c. Courtroom appearances while off duty (civilian clothes shall be worn if body armor is not worn).
213 Body Armor Pg 3 of 4
d. Training assignments (e.g. SCCJA classes, CORE classes and seminars).
e. Sworn administrative personnel while not engaged in enforcement activities.
f. Non-uniformed enforcement personnel while engaged in administrative duty (this condition will not be met when such personnel are engaged in patrol duties, executing search warrants, serving arrest warrants, conducting surveillance where arrests are likely or in other high-risk situations).
g. The issued body armor must be readily available to the Deputy at all times. If the Deputy is exempted from wearing the body armor as a result of duty assignment, the armor must be in the Deputy’s assigned vehicle and ready for immediate deployment.
Inspections of Body Armor:
a. Supervisors shall be responsible for ensuring that body armor is worn and maintained as required by this policy by a periodic documented inspection of their Deputy’s body armor.
b. The agency quartermaster keeps a body armor inventory thus allowing an annual date inspection. Body armor is on a five year replacement cycle.
C. Care and Maintenance of Body Armor:
Each Deputy Sheriff is responsible for the proper storage of body armor in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction and daily inspection for signs of damage and general cleanliness.
Deputy Sheriffs shall be responsible for cleaning their body armor in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Deputy Sheriffs are responsible for reporting any damage or wear to the ballistic panels or cover to the Sheriff’s Office Training Section.
D. Summary:
213 Body Armor Pg 4 of 4
Personal body armor is perhaps the single most important piece of equipment issued to a Deputy Sheriff to keep them safe during their tour of duty. It is incumbent upon the Deputy Sheriff to comply with this general order concerning the wear, use and upkeep of their issued personal body armor.
Revision Dates: A-6/4/2010, A1-6/6/2011; A2-06/17/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Traffic Accident Investigations
Number: 214A2 Type: Operations Pages: 10
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 61.2.1, 61.2.2, 61.2.3, 61.2.4, 82.3.3 c, 61.4.1
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the proper handling of traffic accidents and to ensure a high degree of public safety at the accident scene.
Policy:
All Beaufort County Deputy Sheriffs shall investigate and report all accidents in accordance with state law and agency policy. Deputies shall conduct accurate and thorough investigations and take appropriate enforcement action.
Definitions:
Accident Investigation: To determine the facts of a traffic accident; when, where and why it happened, and who or what caused it to happen.
Commercial Motor Vehicle: Any vehicle that has a gross vehicle weight of 10,001 pounds or more; is transporting hazardous materials and is required to be placarded; is a combination vehicle (i.e. tractor-vehicle); or is designated to carry 16 or more passengers including the driver (i.e. school busses, church/daycare buses)
Field Sketch: A free hand diagram of the accident scene showing certain features of the accident along with road configurations, usually for the purpose of recording measurements.
Hazardous Materials: Any substance or mixture of substances having properties capable of producing adverse effects on the health or safety of human beings or the environment when transported or shipped in commerce on highways or rails.
Report Beam-Electronic TR-310: E-TR310
Report Beam-Electronic Citation: E-Citation
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 2 of 10
Procedure:
A. Initial Notification:
The Central Communications Center (hereinafter referred to as Communications) receives the bulk of 911 calls reporting traffic accidents. It is the policy of Communications to obtain as much information as possible related to the accident and dispatch the appropriate emergency responders, including fire and EMS for injured persons.
Communications shall also dispatch a BCSO Deputy Sheriff to any accident within the jurisdiction of the Sheriff’s Office.
The Deputy may direct that the Communications dispatcher notify the SC Highway Patrol dispatch of the accident.
B. Jurisdiction/Investigation Responsibility Determined:
The Deputy Sheriff is authorized to investigate all accidents except those that are fatality accidents or those where the victim appears likely to die. In those situations, the SCHP will investigate those accidents.
a. Based on the Trooper’s location, existing traffic, road and weather conditions the Deputy Sheriff and the Trooper shall determine who will investigate the accident and who will summon tow trucks.
b. The appropriate dispatch center will be notified to summon a tow truck to the scene.
If the SCHP is involved in a fatality, it is the Sheriff’s Office responsibility to conduct the investigation.
C. Communications Issues:
By switching talk groups, the Deputy Sheriff will be off of their primary dispatch channel. It is imperative that they return to their primary dispatch channel as soon as possible to ensure Deputy safety, and obtain pertinent information from Communications as well as maintain contact with the rest of their patrol jurisdiction.
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 3 of 10
A Beaufort County Deputy Sheriff who is dispatched to a traffic accident occurring on the public highways of this state shall report to the accident scene. If there are extenuating circumstances and the Deputy is unable to respond, the Deputy shall notify the shift supervisor and the Communications so that another Deputy may be dispatched. Deputies assigned to divisions other than the patrol division shall provide such assistance as may be necessary whenever they are called upon by the patrol supervisor or the Deputy involved in the investigation.
When responding to accident calls, Deputies shall operate their motor vehicles in a reasonable and prudent manner. Unless directed by a supervisor, the Deputy shall not respond to an accident scene using lights and siren, keeping all responses within the parameters of traffic law. Blue lights and sirens may be used to maneuver through the stalled traffic that may be blocking immediate access to the scene. This will be done with the utmost caution as all responsibility for safe operation lies with the responding Deputy.
The first Deputy at the scene shall notify communications upon arrival and shall remain in charge of the scene until properly relieved by a supervisor or another agency with jurisdiction over the accident.
Traffic accident investigations shall be conducted in a thorough manner to obtain all pertinent facts of the accident, which shall be recorded on the E-TR310. The investigation into the accident will be no less thorough than that of a burglary, assault or other like investigation. The majority of accidents are the result of a criminal act on the part of at least one driver and the investigation shall be conducted with the result being the determination of cause. The E-TR310 report shall be forwarded to the supervisor before the end of the tour of duty for that day or in unusual circumstances that period may be extended until the completion of the investigation.
At the discretion of the investigating Deputy, appropriate enforcement action shall be taken.
All Beaufort County Deputy Sheriffs shall be familiar with South Carolina Code 56-5-765 and shall not investigate traffic accidents involving other Deputy Sheriffs whether they are in an agency vehicle or a private vehicle. Furthermore no Beaufort County Deputy Sheriff shall investigate a traffic accident which involves a family member of another Deputy Sheriff. This shall not preclude the
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 4 of 10
investigating Deputy from investigating an accident that involves motor vehicles from other agencies.
(CALEA 61.2.1a-e, 61.2.2a-h) A Beaufort County Deputy Sheriff shall respond to and prepare a report of accidents, in accordance with statutory requirements and Sheriff’s policy, involving any of the following:
a. Death or injury;
b. Property damage;
c. Hit and run;
d. Impairment due to alcohol and drugs;
e. Hazardous materials;
f. Disturbances between parties;
g. Major traffic congestion;
h. Vehicle(s) requiring towing;
(CALEA 61.2.1) When a Deputy Sheriff arrives at an accident involving personal injury or death, or total property damage to an apparent extent of $1000 or more, the Deputy shall investigate the accident and complete the proper report. This requirement shall not, however, prohibit a Deputy from investigating an accident where the property damage is less than $1000. Any citizen requesting an investigation shall receive one, regardless of the amount of property damage.
Private Property Accidents: (CALEA 61.2.1f) When a Deputy Sheriff responds to a private property accident in an area that is clearly marked as being under the jurisdiction of the South Carolina Code of Laws (23-1-15) an accident report (E-TR310) may be completed and a summons may be written for any violation that contributed to a traffic accident. Deputies responding to traffic accidents that occur on private property not posted may provide driver(s) with a TR-309 Accident Form. The responding Deputy has the discretion to issue a (E-TR310). However, if death, personal injury, property damage to an apparent extent of $1000 or a governmental entity vehicle (at any level of property damage) is involved, the Deputy must investigate the accident and complete a E-TR310. A traffic summons may be issued when probable cause exists to believe that an accident on private property not posted was the result of a hit and run, reckless driving, reckless homicide or DUI.
Hit and Run Accidents: (CALEA 61.2.1c) The Deputy Sheriff shall collect any physical evidence and follow-up on any leads in an effort to locate the suspect
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 5 of 10
who left the scene. If there is a description of the suspect’s vehicle, the Deputy will have a BOLO announced through the communication center and a detailed description will be broadcast to all units on duty and to each local agency within the county. In addition, if reason exists to believe that the vehicle has crossed into another county, that jurisdiction will also be notified. The Deputy will relay information on the suspected vehicle, possible vehicle damage and direction of travel. If probable cause exists, the appropriate charge will be lodged against the suspect. Hit and run accidents shall be reported on the E-TR310 and amended reports may be completed if additional information becomes available.
Hazardous Materials: (CALEA 61.2.1e) When a possible spill or leak of hazardous material has occurred at an accident scene, the Deputy Sheriff shall notify the supervisor, survey the scene and shall avoid any contact with the material. The Deputy Sheriff shall notify the Fire Department of the hazardous material if they are not already on scene and shall also instruct Communications to notify the Emergency Management Office, which has responsibility for the Hazardous Materials Response Team. The Deputy Sheriff will follow the procedures outlined in the North American Emergency Response Guidebook (NAERG). When necessary, the Deputy Sheriff shall isolate the leak or spill area the NAERG distance in all directions to keep unauthorized personnel away; stay upwind and uphill.
(CALEA 61.2.2) When weather emergencies and extremely poor road conditions exist, the on duty supervisor may delay investigation of traffic accidents where no injury or major damage has occurred. The supervisor shall notify the Communications Center to inform motorists of the weather emergency and instruct them to exchange necessary information. The motorists will be notified of their responsibility to obtain and complete a TR-309 form and mail it to the address listed on the form. This does not excuse any Deputy Sheriff from the responsibility of reporting and investigating an accident where there have been injuries or where damage exceeds $1000.00 regardless of the existing weather conditions.
D. Securing The Scene:
(CALEA 61.2.3ae) The first Deputy to arrive at an accident scene shall protect the scene and shall remain in charge of the investigation to ensure that all required tasks are completed unless properly relieved by a supervisor or other agency having jurisdiction.
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 6 of 10
(CALEA 61.4.1d) The investigating Deputy shall assess the scene in order to prioritize activities and identify any situation that needs immediate attention. The investigating Deputy shall determine the need for additional assistance (e.g. additional Deputies, medical, fire/rescue, towing)
(CALEA 61.2.3b) In the absence of medical personnel, Deputy Sheriffs should administer first aid according to their training. The Emergency Medical Services should be summoned ASAP if there are any visible injuries or if the victim requests medical assistance, regardless of visible injuries. Any physician, registered nurse or authorized rescue unit summoned to or found to be at the scene of an accident will be permitted to assume full authority as to the treatment of the victim(s). It is the responsibility of the investigating Deputy Sheriff to obtain the complete identification of any person rendering aid to the victim(s).
When it is suspected that a traffic accident victim may be deceased, the investigating Deputy shall notify the coroner and the shift supervisor.
When a child is under the care of a parent or guardian who has been hurt in an accident or arrested and no other parent, guardian or responsible adult can be located to provide for care of the child, the child shall be released to the Department of Social Services. This transfer will be noted in the incident report that is completed to support the accident report.
(CALEA 61.2.2g, 61.2.3e, 82.3.3c) The investigating Deputy shall assess the accident scene for traffic flow problems and shall ensure the removal of possible hazards such as roadway debris and vehicles. The Deputy shall establish a safe traffic pattern around the scene as soon as possible and shall request additional Deputies if necessary to restore the traffic flow. A perimeter shall be established around the accident and shall control access of the general public, the news media and photographers within that area. It is understood that the media has a right to photograph an accident scene that they deem newsworthy, but this shall be done from a distance sufficient to prevent any harm from coming to the media personnel and to ensure the prevention of contamination of any evidence that might exist on the scene.
Any hazardous material leakage or spillage shall be dealt with immediately. This shall consist of isolating the scene, remaining upwind and uphill of the scene and notifying Communications to inform Emergency Management of the
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 7 of 10
hazard. Any assistance requested by either Emergency Management, the Hazardous Materials Response Team, Fire/Rescue or Emergency Medical Services to include scene containment, traffic/crowd control or evacuation of the area will be rendered.
The operator/owner of a motor vehicle involved in a traffic accident may request a wrecker service of their choice. If the owner/operator does not express a preference, or when it is necessary to move the vehicle(s) in the interest of public safety, the investigating officer shall summon wrecker services on a rotating basis by instructing Communications of the request. Communications shall maintain a rotation list for this purpose.
E. Collection of Evidence:
(CALEA 61.2.3de) The investigating Deputy shall protect the accident scene and collect all short-lived evidence as soon as possible after arriving at the scene. All evidence shall be labeled and stored in accordance with agency policy.
The investigating Deputy shall ensure that samples collected as evidence (e.g. drug, breath, blood or urine) are labeled and processed according to agency policy.
The investigating Deputy shall direct that suitable and appropriate images of accidents involving fatalities, serious life-threatening injuries or major hazardous materials spills be taken. This shall be accomplished by the supervisor requesting through Communications that the duty investigator respond to the scene with the necessary imaging equipment. This shall be accomplished in a timely manner. Should the investigating Deputy choose, he may utilize his own camera equipment to take images of any evidence that he deems necessary to the investigation. These images shall become evidence and treated accordingly. They are not to be displayed in a manner inconsistent with that of proper evidence handling procedures.
The investigating Deputy shall locate and interview suspects, victims, and witnesses in accordance with proper field interviewing techniques. The investigating Deputy shall record statements given and all related information in the field notes including names, addresses, phone numbers, date, time location etc.
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 8 of 10
The investigating Deputy shall prepare field sketches in order to record observations, measurements, and other pertinent information relating to the accident. The original field sketches, including accurate measurements shall become a permanent part of the Deputies field notes.
The Deputy shall provide Form E-FR10, Notice of Requirement for Liability Insurance Verification, to parties involved in the accident.
The investigating Deputy shall prepare an incident report to support the E-TR310 form on each accident that he investigates. This report shall be forwarded to the supervisor prior to completion of the tour of duty on the date that the accident is investigated.
F. Follow Up: (CALEA 61.2.4)
Deputy Sheriffs shall provide reasonable assistance to a person involved in a traffic accident to allow them transportation to a place of safety and comfort so that they may make arrangements for further transportation etc. This shall not include trips out of the county.
Deputy Sheriffs may take enforcement action in all traffic accidents whenever direct evidence, physical evidence and/or principal and witness statements provide reasonable grounds for prosecution.
Other follow up activities may include but are not limited to collecting off scene data such as obtaining formal statements from witnesses not interviewed at the scene and completing a corrected or amended E-TR310 traffic accident report.
G. Property: (CALEA 61.2.3f)
During the course of the investigation, when the occupant(s) are incapacitated or not present, the Deputy shall take into custody for safe keeping and make an itemized list of any valuable property in plain view found at the scene. The owner shall be notified of property taken into custody of the as soon as possible. All other property remaining in/with the vehicle at the time of towing is the responsibility of the towing service.
All property taken for safekeeping shall be returned to its lawful owner or designated representative as soon as possible but within six months of
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 9 of 10
disposition of the case. A Property Receipt shall be completed for all property returned.
The County Animal Control will be notified to respond for any animal found in a vehicle requiring towing when no other arrangements can be made.
H. Reporting:
The reporting Deputy shall complete a E-TR310 for each accident investigated. If the accident involves a physical arrest or may lead to an arrest after further investigation, an incident report will also be completed. These reports shall be forwarded to the supervisor prior to the completion of the tour of duty on the day of the investigation. If such circumstances exist that the investigation cannot be completed prior to the end of the tour of duty, the supervisor may authorize the investigation to continue. If an incident report is required, it will be completed prior to the end of duty and all additional information will be submitted on a supplemental report.
In all fatalities, serious or life-threatening accidents the supervisor shall be notified.
I. Notification of Next of Kin:
In all fatality accidents the investigating Deputy shall accompany the coroner to make any notification of next of kin.
The investigating Deputy shall render all assistance possible to the coroner in locating the next of kin as well as either family members, friends, neighbors or clergy to assist in supporting the accident victim’s family.
J. Release Of Information to News Media:
The Public Information Officer for the Sheriff’s Office shall be responsible for the release of any information to the news media concerning accidents investigated by Deputy Sheriffs. The investigating Deputy shall not release any information to the public nor answer any questions from the media without express permission of the Chief Deputy.
214A2 Traffic Accident Investigations Pg 10 of 10
All inquiries concerning accidents, which resulted in fatalities, shall be referred to the Office of the Coroner for information. No information shall be released from the Sheriff’s Office in these cases.
Under the Freedom of Information Act the media does have the right to view any accident report in which the investigation has been completed by following the established procedures for the media viewing the reports.
No personal information concerning a juvenile or the victim of a sex crime shall be released to the media or the general public under any circumstances.
K. Summary:
The purpose of this effort is to quickly determine which agency will bear responsibility for the accident investigation and clear the roadway. The successfulness of this effort hinges on constant communications between the Dispatch centers, the Deputy Sheriffs and the Troopers. Shift talk groups are required to perform this function and must be done in a timely manner.
Revision Dates: A- 06/01/2011; A1-03/08/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Police Speed Measuring Devices
Number: 215A1 Type: Operations Pages: 4
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 61.1.9
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that all personnel issued Police Speed Measuring Devices be certified operators by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy, through either SCCJA instructors or field instructors.
Purpose:
It is the purpose of this policy to set forth guidelines and requirements for proper training in the use of Police Speed Measuring Devices and issue of such units within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This policy is provided to ensure the validity and integrity of all Police Speed Measuring Device cases prosecuted by Sheriff’s Office personnel.
Procedure:
A. General Operator Requirements:
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel utilizing any Police Speed Measuring Device must be full time or a Reserve Deputy and a certified South Carolina Law Enforcement Officer.
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel requesting permanent assignment of Police Speed Measuring Devices must be certified Police Speed Measuring Device operators.
(CALEA 61.1.9e) In order for any operator to be certified by the Criminal Justice Academy, they must be certified under the existing training program approved by the Standards Section of the Criminal Justice Academy. The Academy advocates presentations of and adherence to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) Police Speed Measuring Device training program.
215A1 Police Speed Measuring Devices Pg 2 of 4
Deputies certified under the NHTSA format by out of state agencies, who are requesting in-state acceptance of that certification, must submit copies of that certification along with the course syllabus and course material to the Standards Section of the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy for review.
B. General Police Speed Measuring Device Requirements:
(CALEA 61.1.9a) All Police Speed Measuring Devices used for traffic enforcement must conform to the standards set forth by NHTSA and the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) on Police Speed Measuring Devices. (Dual antenna Speed Measuring Devices which incorporates same direction moving mode may only be used by operators who have been certified in a class in which the block of instruction containing same direction a moving Speed Measuring Device was incorporated. Further the operator must have successfully demonstrated road proficiency using the same direction mode to the Police Speed Measuring Device Instructor’s satisfaction, meeting the same requirements as that set forth for stationary and moving modes.)
(CALEA 61.1.9cd) All Police Speed Measuring Devices will be factory or electronic laboratory calibration certified annually. If the Speed Measuring Device fails to meet any of the operational set-up tests, the device will be removed from service until serviced by qualified technicians.
All Police Speed Measuring Device operators will be in strict compliance with the operational procedures set forth in the training program of the Criminal Justice Academy. This training format follows the guidelines set forth by NHTSA and IACP.
All tuning forks will be kept with their specific units. All Certificates of Accuracy will be kept by the Assistant Enforcement Division Commanders.
(CALEA 61.1.9d) All repairs of Police Speed Measuring Devices will be made by authorized radio technicians (FCC Class #2). All certificates of Accuracy shall be kept by the Assistant Enforcement Division Commanders.
C. Operating Procedures (General): (CALEA61.1.9b)
During rain, snow, heavy fog or dust storm weather, no enforcement action should be taken. While these conditions can diminish the device’s sensitivity, it is not an indication of the device’s ability to function properly.
215A1 Police Speed Measuring Devices Pg 3 of 4
Mounting of the antenna on units that have separate counting box and antennas will be mounted in a manner to avoid or minimize outside interference. This would include avoiding any mounting that would cause any portion of the beam to be transmitted directly into the box (panning). For safety considerations, mounting should also have been done in such a manner as to avoid having the operator or any other person directly in the path of the beam for extended periods of time.
Police Speed Measuring Devices that have three windows for speed displays, and allow for locking the highest speed in one window while still allowing a third window display for tracking history, may be used. Locking devices that do not allow a tracking history shall not be used.
All Police Speed Measuring Devices will be tested with the tuning forks at the beginning and end of each shift and logged into the Spillman Law Incident Table under the nature “Radar Test”; with the vehicle number noted in the narrative. The internal circuitry and light segment test shall be conducted at the beginning and end of each shift, as well as after every traffic stop when the device is used.
All Police Speed Measuring Device cases will be made using the tracking history as a foundation for the offense, verified by the device. The Police Speed Measuring Device should not be the only basis for a stop. The device should provide the operator with corroboration to support the visual speed estimate made by the Deputy. If any conflict between the Deputy’s visual observation and the device exists, no enforcement action should be taken.
If a device fails one of the test sequences; internal, tuning forks, etc. that unit must be taken out of service and checked by an authorized technician.
Hold devices may be used; however, the on/off switch will not be used in lieu of a hold device.
215A1 Police Speed Measuring Devices Pg 4 of 4
Revision(s): A-06/20/2019; A1-5/19/2020; A2-05/27/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Motor Vehicle Stops
Number: 216A2 Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 61.1.7-8
Purpose:
It is the purpose of this policy to establish guidelines for stopping and approaching motorists in a manner that promotes the safety of Deputy Sheriffs and the motorist.
Policy:
Although stopping motorists on the highway for traffic violations or other purposes is often considered a basic function of Deputy Sheriffs, it is one that has been demonstrated to be potentially dangerous for both Deputy Sheriffs and motorists even during apparently “routine” situations. Therefore, it is the policy of this agency that motor vehicle stops shall be performed professionally and courteously, and with a view towards educating the public about proper driving procedures while consistently recognizing and taking the necessary steps to minimize the dangers involved in this activity for the Deputy Sheriff, the motorist and other users of the highway.
Procedure:
A. Stopping and Approaching Motorist: The following procedures are to be followed whenever possible. It is recognized that varying conditions such as roadway construction, volume of traffic, and the urgency of making vehicle stops may require Deputy Sheriffs to adjust these procedures to particular conditions:
Deputy Sheriffs shall perform vehicle stops only when they have articulable reason to do so.
Once an initial decision has been made to stop a motorist, the Deputy Sheriff shall select an area that provides reasonable safety, avoiding curves, roads without shoulders, bridges, hills, heavily trafficked and poorly lit areas. Whenever possible, the Deputy Sheriff shall also avoid the use of private drives, and areas where a large volume of spectators are likely to gather. Certain
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 2 of 8
situations may not make the stopping areas listed above possible. Safety should always be the deciding factor.
Deputies that have vehicles equipped with video must activate the unit prior to the stop as required in General Order Number 202 and 251.
When a location has been selected for the stop, the Deputy Sheriff shall notify the Communications Center of its nature providing unit location, a description of the vehicle, vehicle tag number and state. At the Deputy Sheriff’s discretion or the Communications Center request, additional information may be exchanged such as the number of vehicle occupants, etc…
At the desired location, the Deputy Sheriff should signal the violator/suspect to stop at the far right side of the road or at the safest shoulder by activating the emergency lights and siren as necessary.
On multilane roads, the Deputy Sheriff may facilitate movement to the right shoulder by gradually changing lanes behind the violator/suspect until the right side of the road is reached.
Should the violator/suspect stop abruptly in the wrong lane or location, the Deputy should instruct the violator to move by using the appropriate hand signals or by activating the vehicle’s public address (PA) system. Each stop is different and safety will be the deciding factor if the violator is to be moved.
Once properly stopped, the Deputy Sheriff should position the patrol vehicle about one-half to one car length behind the violator’s/suspect’s vehicle and at a slight angle, with the front approximately two feet to the traffic side of the violator’s vehicle.
At night, the spotlight should employed to illuminate the vehicle’s interior once stopped. The patrol vehicle should use its low beams if high beams would blind oncoming motorists, however, officer safety may sometimes make this necessary.
When exiting the patrol vehicle, the Deputy Sheriff should be particularly alert to suspicious movements or actions of the vehicle operator and/or passengers.
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 3 of 8
Approaching from the driver’s side, the Deputy Sheriff should be observant of the passenger compartment and stop at a point to the rear of the trailing edge of the left front door in order to communicate with the driver.
Deputies should touch the on the rear of someplace on the rear of vehicle to leave a set of the Deputy’s fingerprints on the vehicle.
Where circumstances dictate, particularly where traffic is close enough to create a potential problem, the Deputy Sheriff may choose to approach the violator’s/suspect’s vehicle from the right-hand side and stop at the trailing edge of the right front door.
When the violator’s vehicle has occupants in the rear seat, the Deputy Sheriff should approach to a point near the leading edge of the left front door, being particularly observant of occupant movements and choosing a path that will not allow the occupants to thrust the door open against the Deputy Sheriff.
Non-uniformed Deputy Sheriffs operating unmarked patrol vehicles with concealed emergency lights shall not normally make vehicle stops for traffic violations. In situations where failure to act would create unreasonable risks of injury, death or significant property damage, such personnel shall contact the Communications Center, activate their emergency vehicle equipment, advise of the traffic stop and request a marked patrol unit for back-up. Northern and Southern Investigations and Violent Crime Task Force members are the exception. Deputies are also reminded that while operating an unmarked vehicle based on time and location to allow the driver to stop in a well-lighted area, especially if the violator is female.
Non-uniformed Deputy Sheriffs operating vehicles not equipped with emergency lights or siren shall not make motor vehicle stops unless there is imminent danger of loss of life should they fail to act. In other less urgent cases that demand attention, Deputy Sheriffs shall contact the Communications Center, request that a marked patrol vehicle perform the stop, and assist in directing the marked unit to the subject vehicle’s location.
B. Issuing Citations:
When issuing citations, or conversing with the violator, the Deputy Sheriff and other parties shall be positioned to the side of the road, clear of the motor vehicles in the safest manner possible. Sometimes the Deputy may have to
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 4 of 8
remain between the two vehicles for videotaping purposes which is required while conducting roadside field sobriety tests.
During the stop, the violator should remain in or with his motor vehicle while the Deputy Sheriff writes the citation or conducts other business. Violators should not be permitted to sit in patrol vehicles while citations are being prepared or other police business is being conducted.
When preparing citations, the Deputy Sheriff should position paperwork and related materials in a manner that allows the Deputy Sheriff to maintain vantage over actions of the violator and other occupants.
C. Stopping and Approaching Motorist: In cases where a motorist must be stopped from oncoming traffic, the following actions may be taken:
Drive the patrol vehicle to the extreme right portion of the road and, as the violator/suspect approaches, signal him/her to stop by using hand signals and emergency lights.
Because of the potential hazard involved, a Deputy Sheriff shall not leave his vehicle when attempting to stop oncoming motorists.
If the subject motorist complies with the instructions, the patrol vehicle may then be turned around and appropriately positioned to the rear of the violator’s vehicle.
Should the motorist fail to comply with the Deputy Sheriff’s instructions, the Deputy Sheriff should turn the patrol vehicle around and pursue, stop, and approach the violator in the prescribed manner.
D. Stopping a Following Violator: When stopping a motorist to the rear of the patrol vehicle, the following procedures may be followed:
The Deputy Sheriff should drive to the right shoulder of the road and, as the violator approaches, signal him to stop.
The Deputy Sheriff should not exit his vehicle in order to signal the subject motorist.
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 5 of 8
Should the motorist fail to comply, the Deputy Sheriff should return to the roadway and stop and approach him in the prescribed manner.
E. Stopping Oversize and Overweight Vehicles:
Select a location for the stop that provides enough room for the vehicle and sufficient stability to support the vehicle’s weight, and allow the operator sufficient time and distance to make the stop.
Approach the cab from the rear, using the driver’s outside mirror to observe the driver and activity in the cab.
Never climb onto the vehicle to make contact with the operator. Maintain a position to the rear of the driver’s door and ask the driver to exit the vehicle, if and when necessary.
F. (CALEA 61.1.7bc) Making High-Risk/Unknown Vehicle Stops: The following procedures may be employed when a Deputy Sheriff initiating a vehicle stop has reason to believe the occupants may be armed and/or dangerous:
When planning to stop the suspect vehicle, the Deputy Sheriff shall notify the Communications Center, describe the nature of reason for the stop and location, provide information on the vehicle, tag number and number of occupants, and request appropriate assistance to make the stop.
A Deputy Sheriff should not individually initiate high-risk vehicle stops unless back-up units will not be available in an appropriate amount of time or the urgency of the situation demands immediate action.
After selecting an appropriate location and with adequate support units in position, the Deputy Sheriff should signal the suspect to stop.
Deputy Sheriffs should position their vehicles approximately 30 feet behind the suspect vehicle, in positions that will maximize opportunities for cover and in a manner that will illuminate the interior of the vehicle to the occupants’ disadvantage.
The Deputy Sheriff initiating the stop, or the Deputy Sheriff with the best observation point, should issue verbal commands to vehicle occupants through
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 6 of 8
the vehicle’s PA system, if available. Only one Deputy Sheriff should issue commands.
Once the suspect vehicle has stopped, Deputy Sheriffs should exit their vehicles quickly and assume positions of cover.
The Deputy Sheriff in charge shall first identify himself/herself and then notify the occupants that they are considered to be armed and dangerous, and that all occupants of the vehicle are to obey all instructions without hesitation or suspicious movements.
The operator of the suspect vehicle should be ordered in separate commands to do the following: lower his window, remove the ignition keys with his left hand, drop them on the ground, open the door from the outside, step out of the vehicle, turn completely around, face away from the Deputy Sheriffs, walk backward until commanded to stop and lie face down on the ground with hands stretched far to the sides, handcuffed, search and secured. Subsequent occupants should be similarly commanded until all are in position to be handcuffed and searched.
With appropriate cover, Deputy Sheriffs should then approach the suspect vehicle to inspect the passenger compartment and trunk.
G. (CALEA 61.1.7a, 61.1.8) Contact with Traffic Violators:
Effecting motor vehicle stops and dealing with traffic violators are tasks routinely performed by Deputy Sheriffs, but for the violator it is frequently an intimidating or emotional experience. Deputy Sheriffs should be aware of this fact and strive to make each contact with violators educational while attempting to leave the violator with the impression that the Deputy Sheriff has performed a necessary task in a professional and positive manner.
The two primary objectives of a traffic stop are to take some form of enforcement action by issuing a summons or a warning and to affect the violator’s future driving behavior. This requires flexibility on the part of the Deputy Sheriff. The following procedures are recommended to minimize conflict which could potentially develop between the Deputy Sheriff and violator and facilitate the achievement of the two primary objectives:
a. Be alert at all times for the unexpected, but not obviously apprehensive.
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 7 of 8
b. Be certain that the observations of violation(s) are accurate without reservation.
c. Present a professional image in dress, bearing and language.
d. Be prepared for the contact by having the necessary forms and equipment readily available.
e. Decide on the appropriate enforcement action based on the violation and not on the violator’s attitude.
f. Greet the violator in a courteous manner identifying yourself and the agency.
g. Inform the violator of the law which has been violated.
h. Ask for the violator’s driver’s license, vehicle registration and insurance card.
i. Obtain other forms of identification if the violator is not in possession of a valid driver’s license.
j. Allow the violator to reasonably discuss the violation; however, the violator should not be allowed to take control of the traffic stop.
k. Complete the enforcement action, making a physical arrest, issuing a citation or written warning.
l. Explain to the violator the options available to them to ultimately rectify the violation and bring about a final disposition to the charge(s) made, but do not predict the actions of the court.
m. Be alert to any emotional stress exhibited by the driver. If stress is detected, instructions may have to be repeated or the violator may need to calm down before resuming driving.
n. Return the violator’s driver’s license, vehicle registration, insurance card, citations and any other items requested or generated as a result of the traffic stop.
216A2 Motor Vehicle Stops Pg 8 of 8
o. Assist the violator in safely reentering the flow of traffic upon their release from the traffic stop.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts
Number: 217 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 61.3.1-3, 61.3.6, 82.3.3 a, b
Purpose:
To establish procedures for activities involving the movement and control of vehicles and pedestrians and escorts.
Policy:
The Sheriff’s Office is committed to enhancing traffic safety in Beaufort County by making necessary and timely referrals of complaints and suggestions concerning traffic engineering deficiencies. This agency will also provide traffic direction and vehicle escort services as necessary to assure safety of the motoring public.
Procedure:
A. Traffic Engineering:
While the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is not responsible for traffic engineering, close cooperation and coordination with city, county, and state traffic engineers is essential to the maintenance of a safe and efficient roadway system within the County of Beaufort.
(CALEA 61.3.1, 61.3.6) The Sheriff’s Office will participate, whenever requested, in the management planning of County or regional transportation systems. The Sheriff’s Office will assist in conducting traffic surveys on roadways within the County to assist planners in determining traffic volumes and speeds.
(CALEA 61.3.1a) It is the duty and responsibility of all Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel to bring any traffic engineering-related problems identified (e.g., traffic signals not functioning, street signs down, street design problems, etc.) to the agency’s attention so that these deficiencies can be reported to the appropriate traffic engineering authorities. Traffic engineering
217 Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts Pg 2 of 6
problems noted will be promptly reported, via Communications channels, telephonically, or written correspondence, to the proper state agency or local public works department.
(CALEA 61.3.1b, 82.3.3ab) Traffic accident and enforcement data captured via the South Carolina Uniform Collision Report, DPS Form TR-310, will be forwarded to the South Carolina Department of Transportation (SCDOT) for their analysis and engineering recommendations.
B. Traffic Direction and Control Procedures:
Traffic Control at Accident Scene:
a. At the discretion of the responding Deputy Sheriff, the Deputy Sheriff may position the patrol vehicle in the affected lane(s) of traffic, with blue lights activated, to warn approaching traffic.
b. Responding Deputy Sheriffs should clear the thoroughfare as quickly as practical, towing services should be notified as soon as possible if vehicles involved in a collision are inoperable.
c. CALEA 61.3.2a) Deputy Sheriffs on the scene may perform manual traffic control when it is determined it can be accomplished safely.
d. (CALEA 61.3.2g) Deputy Sheriffs directing traffic, or in the roadway controlling traffic, will wear their reflective vests.
Uniform Hand Signals and Gestures for Manual Traffic Direction and Control: (CALEA 61.3.2b)
a. To Stop Traffic: The Deputy Sheriff extends his/her arm outward with the palm facing the vehicle to be stopped. The Deputy may use verbal and/or whistle commands to enhance the physical gesture.
b. To Start Traffic: The Deputy Sheriff moves his/her arm at the elbow in an upward, sweeping motion, with the palm of the hand facing in the direction that traffic is to proceed.
c. Left and Right Turns: The Deputy Sheriff shall gesture to the driver by extending the arm toward the direction in which the turn is to be made.
217 Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts Pg 3 of 6
d. Deputy Sheriffs will use flashlights with the traffic wand, light sticks, or flash wands while manually directing traffic during the hours of darkness or under conditions of limited visibility due to weather conditions.
Procedures Applicable at Critical Incidents: (CALEA 61.3.3c)
a. Deputy Sheriffs at the scene of critical incidents will assess the hazards present and take action to minimize damage to life or property. This may include traffic direction and/or evacuation of the immediate area.
b. Deputy Sheriffs will assure the scene is clear for emergency vehicles to enter but restricted to any unauthorized vehicle or pedestrian traffic.
c. Sheriff’s Office personnel will work in cooperation with all other emergency services personnel.
Procedures Applicable during Periods of Adverse Road and Weather Conditions: (CALEA 41.2.4, 61.3.2d) Adverse road conditions may arise out of many situations. These include accidental hazards such as downed utility lines and debris on the roadway or natural causes such as fog, ice, and snow. Appropriate personnel may be notified for the purpose of correcting the condition. Deputy Sheriffs will be cognizant of changing weather conditions so emergency measures can be taken if warranted.
Manual Operation of Traffic Control Devices: (CALEA 61.3.2e) Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel have access to traffic signal control boxes for the purposes of manually operating such traffic control devices. Any malfunctions or engineering concerns regarding traffic control devices will be promptly reported to the appropriate state agency or local public works department. Circumstances such as the size of the intersection, traffic volume, limited number of Deputies, and visibility may require the use of manual operation.
Use of Temporary Traffic Control Devices: (CALEA 61.3.2f) Generally, temporary traffic control devices will be used only in pre-scheduled special events or road construction projects. These devices, which include traffic cones, barricades, portable stop signs, and other devices, will normally be placed and removed by SCDOT or local public works departments. Deputy Sheriffs may
217 Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts Pg 4 of 6
request these devices for use at accident scenes, natural disasters, unanticipated road hazards, etc.
C. Vehicle Escort Services:
Escort Locations:
a. It shall be the standard operating procedure of the Sheriff’s Office to provide traffic control details for any funeral home that shall request the service. This traffic control shall be provided for the funeral cortege proceeding from the church to the cemetery or from the funeral home to the cemetery. Escorts shall not be provided for any funeral cortege traveling to or from a private residence. Exceptions: As directed by the Command Staff on a case by case basis.
b. Should a funeral home request it, all consideration will be given to providing traffic control at any critical intersection that will be traversed between the residence and the church or funeral home. The Sheriff’s Office shall post a Deputy at the critical intersection to assure the safe passage of the funeral cortege through that specific intersection. These Traffic Control Points shall be established by the shift supervisor at their discretion. These traffic control points shall be established solely for the purpose of getting the courtege from the secondary road onto the primary route in the proper lane of travel safely.
Escort Detail Duties: The supervisor of the shift responsible for the funeral detail shall be notified by dispatch of the funeral detail as far in advance as practical. This notification should not be any less than two (2) hours prior to the funeral service. The supervisor shall review the route to be used by the funeral cortege and determine which intersections are critical to the smooth transition of the cortege. The supervisor shall then post such Deputies as are necessary at these critical intersections to establish traffic control points for the duration of the cortege. These Deputies shall be on station prior to the arrival of the cortege and shall remain on station until the last known vehicle has proceeded past their location. The cortege shall be led by a marked patrol vehicle only.
Traffic Control Methods:
a. Deputy Sheriffs assigned to traffic control for a funeral cortege shall assume manual control over the intersection immediately prior to the arrival of the
217 Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts Pg 5 of 6
cortege. They shall stand in the intersection, personally directing the traffic through the use of clear hand and arm signals.
b. The Deputy Sheriff assigned to each intersection shall exercise such control over the intersection as to provide the funeral cortege with the right of way upon its approach to the intersection. An exception to this shall be the approach of emergency vehicles that are actively responding to an emergency. The emergency vehicle shall be granted the right of way through the intersections.
c. Upon the successful passage of the cortege the Deputy Sheriff shall restore control of the intersection to the electronic traffic control devices in place or to the normal flow as prescribed by the South Carolina Department of Transportation.
V.I.P. Funerals: From time to time, citizens of Beaufort County die who are well known personalities thus creating a situation where a large segment of the community attends the funeral. The shift supervisor with responsibility for that area shall make contact with the funeral director in charge and coordinate all activities surrounding the funeral, to include parking, ingress and egress as well as the cortege. Adequate numbers of personnel shall be assigned to insure the safe conduct of the funeral activities and the cortege.
Additional Escort Requests: (CALEA 61.3.3a) Additional escort requests provided by the Sheriff’s Office may include, but are not limited to:
a. Public Officials.
b. Dignitaries.
c. Oversized Vehicles/Loads.
d. Roadway construction.
e. Maintenance vehicles.
f. Hazardous or unusual cargo.
Prohibited Escorts: (CALEA 61.3.3b) Vehicle escort services of ambulances and civilian vehicles in medical emergencies is not an accepted practice of the
217 Traffic Direction, Control, and Escorts Pg 6 of 6
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. If immediate medical service is required, EMS should be summoned to the scene.
Summary: Control of vehicle escorts will be assigned to a supervisor or Deputy Sheriff in accordance with the complexity of the escort requirements. The Deputy Sheriff in charge of the escort will set the pace for the escort in accordance with prevailing conditions. Under no circumstances will the escort exceed the predetermined maximum speed for any segment of the route. The Deputy Sheriff in charge of the escort will terminate the escort and resume normal vehicle operation when, in the Deputy Sheriff’s opinion, conditions are such that continuation of the escort will constitute unacceptable risks to the motoring public.
Revision Date(s): A-2/5/2013
A1-12/15/2015
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks
Number: 218A1 Type: Operations Pages: 14
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.2.1-3; S.C. Code 56
Purpose:
To establish guidelines and responsibilities for Deputies, supervisors, and communications personnel while engaged in vehicular pursuit, emergency operations, and implementing forcible stopping techniques. This policy will serve as a standard for the administrative review of any Deputy, communicator, and/or supervisor involved in these activities.
Policy:
Vehicular pursuits, emergency operations, and roadblocks will be strictly regulated with due regard for the potential danger to the public, personnel, and suspects involved in the pursuit.
Definitions:
Roadblock: The partial or complete obstruction of a roadway by a law enforcement officer to apprehend a criminal or fleeing suspect or to stop, restrict or divert the flow of traffic in emergency or enforcement situations or to conduct special events.
Stationary Roadblock: Blockage of the road using suitable devices such as traffic cones, signs or authorized emergency vehicles.
Rolling Roadblock: Blockage of the road that utilizes moving authorized emergency vehicles for the purpose of slowing or stopping vehicles.
Safety Checkpoint: A type of roadblock in which a temporary, stationary position, designed to check or survey drivers for enforcement objectives, is established and operated by law enforcement.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 2 of 14
Authorized Emergency Vehicle: The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle, when responding to an emergency call or when in pursuit of a violator or suspected violator of the law, may:

Park or stop in prohibited areas.
Exceed the posted speed limit within the guidelines set forth in this chapter so long as the Deputy Sheriff does not endanger persons or property.
Proceed through a red traffic signal or stop sign, but only after slowing for safe operation.
Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in specified directions.
The privileges set forth above apply only when the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle is operating the blue lights in the flashing mode, the siren and the headlights. There will be no emergency operation of a police vehicle unless the blue lights are activated, the siren is activated and the headlights are on simultaneously and continuously.
Exemptions: Under S.C. statute 56-5-760 certain exemptions are granted to emergency vehicles operated as police vehicles when they are being used to:
Obtain evidence of a speeding violation.
Respond to a suspected crime in progress when use of an audible or visual signal, or both, could reasonably result in the destruction of evidence or escape of a suspect.
Surveil another vehicle or its occupants who are suspected of involvement in a crime.
The provisions of this section do not relieve the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons.
Vehicular Pursuit: An active attempt by a law enforcement officer in an authorized emergency vehicle to apprehend one or more occupants of another moving motor vehicle, where the driver of the fleeing vehicle is aware of the attempt and is resisting apprehension.
Primary Unit: The law enforcement unit that initiates a pursuit or any unit that assumes control of the pursuit.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 3 of 14
Secondary Unit: Any law enforcement vehicle that becomes involved as a backup to the primary unit and follows the primary unit at a safe distance.
Tire Deflation Device (TDD): A device that, when driven over by a motor vehicle, causes one or more tires of a vehicle to safely deflate.
Procedure:
A. Initiation of Pursuit:

The decision to initiate pursuit must be based on the pursuing Deputy Sheriff’s conclusion that the immediate danger to the Deputy and the public created by the pursuit is less than the immediate or potential danger to the public should the suspect remain at large. Pursuit may be justified if the Deputy Sheriff reasonably believes that the suspect, if allowed to flee, would present a danger to human life or cause serious injury.
A Deputy Sheriff in an approved authorized emergency vehicle may initiate a vehicular pursuit when the suspect exhibits the intention to avoid apprehension by refusing to stop when properly directed to do so.
(CALEA 41.2.2a) In deciding whether to initiate pursuit, Deputy Sheriffs will take into consideration:
a. Road, weather and environmental conditions.
b. Population density, vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
c. The relative performance capabilities of the pursuit vehicle and the vehicle being pursued.
d. The seriousness of the offense.
e. The presence of other persons in the Sheriff’s Office vehicle.
f. The involvement of a juvenile.
B. Pursuit Operations:
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 4 of 14
(CALEA 41.2.2d) Motor vehicle pursuits require an emergency response. The Deputy Sheriff initiating the pursuit shall utilize the blue lights, siren and headlights simultaneously during the pursuit. Unmarked police vehicles which are not outfitted with the required emergency response equipment specified by statute shall not conduct pursuits. When a pursuit is initiated by other than a marked unit or motorcycle, such unit will become the secondary unit or disengage when a marked unit becomes available.With the exception of the BCSO motorcycles, no Special Purpose Vehicles shall engage in vehicular pursuits.
(CALEA 41.2.2b) The initiating Deputy Sheriff shall notify Communications immediately that they are involved in a vehicle pursuit. The Deputy Sheriff shall provide location, direction of travel, complete suspect vehicle description, number of occupants and the reason for the pursuit.
(CALEA 41.2.2e) The Communications Officer (dispatcher) shall clear the Priority channel. The nearest backup unit shall immediately notify Communications of location and response time. The supervisor shall notify the Communications Officer that they are aware of the pursuit. The Communications Officer shall assign all other radio operations to an alternate channel for the duration of the pursuit.
(CALEA 41.2.2c) The supervisor shall ensure that no more than one additional patrol unit is actively involved in the pursuit. All other units shall be used to establish a perimeter and contain the pursuit.
(CALEA 41.2.2c) The secondary unit joining the pursuit shall conduct all radio transmissions during the pursuit. The Deputy Sheriff conducting the pursuit shall concentrate on the actual pursuit.
Both units participating in the pursuit shall use blue lights, siren and headlights simultaneously during the duration of the pursuit.
The speed of the primary unit and the secondary unit shall be at the discretion of the Deputy Sheriff’s involved. They shall communicate their speed to the supervisor who will use that information in determining whether or not to terminate the pursuit. The Deputy Sheriff’s involved shall be responsible for operating their vehicles in a manner that is in due regard for the safety of themselves and others.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 5 of 14
Other Deputies responding to the pursuit area to assist shall not initiate an emergency response and shall obey all traffic laws without specific authorization from the supervisor.
At no time shall Deputies attempt to ram or force a pursued vehicle off the roadway in an effort to stop it.
No attempts will be made to establish a roadblock to stop a pursued vehicle.
No attempt shall be made to use firearms to stop a pursued vehicle unless the Use of Deadly Force criterion is met.
C. Tire Deflation Devices: (CALEA 41.2.3a, b, d) As with all operational decisions made during a vehicular pursuit, the use of tire deflation devices is subject to the assessment of inherent risk balanced against the need to apprehend a fleeing offender. The TDD is designed to stop or slow fleeing vehicles by deflating tires. The deployment of the TDD is at the discretion of the supervisor. In determining whether to deploy the device, the following factors shall be considered:
Seriousness of the offense.
Consideration of the safety of the Deputies involved in the deployment of the device.
Consideration of the safety of the public.
The available time frame for deployment.
The suitability of the deployment location. Any traffic-related or environmental hazards that could affect a successful deployment.
The TDD shall not be used at intersections, locations where geographic configurations, such as curves and steep embankments, increase the risk of injury.
The TDD shall not be deployed on motorcycles or two-wheeled vehicles, school buses transporting students, or any passenger bus transporting passengers.
The TDD shall not be used on vehicles transporting hazardous materials, and hostage situations.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 6 of 14
(CALEA 41.2.3c) The TDD may only be deployed by Deputies trained in its use.
The deploying Deputy should identify and establish communications with the primary unit, and notify pursuing Deputies of the location of the TDD and wait for acknowledgement.
The deploying Deputy shall identify the suspect’s vehicle description, weapon involvement, and other risk factors such as DUI, lack of headlights, etc.
The deploying Deputy shall position his vehicle in a safe location for deployment purposes. Whenever possible, Deputies should place their vehicles out of sight of the approaching suspect in order to reduce the chance of TDD avoidance.
Deploy device over travel lane as trained. Deputies should take full advantage of the chord to get a safe distance away from the TDD, and when possible the cover position should be behind a fixed object.
All pursuit vehicles will maintain a safe distance to ensure adequate reaction and braking time.
Standby to immediately remove the TDD from the roadway after the pursued vehicle passes.
(CALEA 41.2.3e) The deploying Deputy shall indicate the deployment in an incident report or supplemental.
The Deputy shall inspect the device for any damage.
After any necessary maintenance, the TDD shall be returned to its storage location.
TDD’s shall be stored in each of the patrol vehicles in their cases ready for full deployment.
Deputies shall inspect the TDD’s at least monthly.
D. Supervisor Responsibilities during a Pursuit: (CALEA 41.2.2f; 41.2.3d) The supervisor of the Deputy Sheriff initiating a motor vehicle pursuit will assume control of the pursuit. Responsibilities shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 7 of 14
Respond to the area of the pursuit, monitoring the pursuit by means of the radio, and evaluating the circumstances of the pursuit.
Control the number of units responding into the area of the pursuit.
Authorize additional units to initiate an emergency response and, if necessary, to become actively involved in the pursuit.
Determine whether or not the seriousness of the offense and other conditions justify the continuation of the pursuit.
Terminate the pursuit when it has been determined that the hazards involved do not justify the continuance of the pursuit.
Authorize the use of a TDD.
E. Termination Procedures: (CALEA 41.2.2g) A motor vehicle pursuit will be terminated when:
The level of danger to citizens and for the Deputy created by the pursuit outweighs the necessity for an immediate arrest or;
The violator can be identified so an arrest can be made at a later time or;
After a reasonably short distance, when the violator being pursued is wanted for traffic violations or minor criminal offenses or;
The pursuit is a result of action by another law enforcement agency traversing our jurisdiction and our assistance is no longer needed or;
The Deputies actively involved in the pursuit lose radio contact with the Communications Center and other units or;
The pursuit passes out of Beaufort County and into a geographic area unfamiliar to the Deputy Sheriff conducting the pursuit or;
The pursuit passes out of Beaufort County onto one of the five military bases, Marine Corps Air Station Beaufort, Marine Corps Recruit Depot Parris Island, Naval Hospital Beaufort, Laurel Bay Housing, and the South Carolina National
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 8 of 14
Guard Armory. The pursuit will terminate at the gate/entrance to the installation. The Deputy will stop at the gate and advise the Military Police of the situation.
Any weather or traffic conditions that change during the pursuit or;
The conditions of the pursuit outweigh the ability and experiences of the Deputy Sheriff conducting the pursuit in the determination of the supervisor.
F. Inter-jurisdictional Pursuits: (CALEA 41.2.2h)
The pursuing Deputy Sheriff will notify the communications center when it is likely that a pursuit will continue into a concurrent jurisdiction or leave Beaufort County. The communications center will notify outside agencies to request assistance if the pursuit appears to be headed into their jurisdiction.
Deputy Sheriffs will not become involved in outside agency pursuits unless specifically authorized by a supervisor or it is clearly demonstrated that a unit from an outside agency is unable to request assistance or the emergency nature of the situation dictates the need for assistance.
When a pursuit enters into Beaufort County, this agency’s pursuit procedures, specific inter-local agreements, and applicable state law will govern the actions of Deputy Sheriffs.
G. After Action Reporting:
(CALEA 41.2.2i; 41.2.3e) All pursuits in which Deputy Sheriff’s are involved will be documented in an incident report.
(CALEA 41.2.2i; 41.2.3e) The branch commander will be responsible for conducting an administrative review of each pursuit, safety checkpoint and roadblock.
(CALEA 41.2.2j, k; 41.2.3e) The Intelligence Lieutenant will conduct an annual analysis of the administrative reviews and reporting procedures. These reviews are conducted to determine patterns or trends if any that may indicate training needs or policy modification.
H. Emergency Vehicle Responses: (CALEA 41.2.1)
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 9 of 14
A Deputy Sheriff may initiate an emergency response (lights and/or sirens) when responding to a call where there is a high probability of human life endangered and the Deputy Sheriff’s immediate presence is required at the scene in order to stabilize the situation. This can include but is not limited to requests for backup from fellow Deputies, serious traffic accidents where traffic congestion or the location makes the presence of law enforcement a high priority and violent crime scenes.
All vehicles assigned to the Sheriff’s Office which are designated as emergency vehicles and are equipped with appropriate emergency equipment may operate in an Emergency Response mode when necessary.
The Deputy Sheriff shall initiate the emergency response after examining the below criteria:
a. If human life is in danger. Has someone been injured or is there likelihood that a person shall be injured in the incident in the immediate future.
b. The current vehicular and pedestrian traffic conditions.
c. An emergency response can be initiated with a reasonable degree of safety for others. The traffic volume and the options that the motorists have to clear a path for the responding emergency vehicle.
d. The current weather conditions. Rain, fog, snow, ice and other weather conditions diminish the driver’s ability to control a vehicle.
I. Emergency Vehicle Response Procedures: (CALEA 41.2.1)
The Deputy Sheriff shall request permission from the immediate supervisor to activate emergency equipment and respond in an emergency mode.
Upon receiving permission, the Deputy Sheriff shall operate their vehicle in a safe manner, with due regard for the safety of all other motorists and pedestrians along their route of travel.
The Deputy Sheriff shall notify the communications center that they are responding lights and siren.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 10 of 14
The Deputy Sheriff shall discontinue use of the emergency equipment and resume operating within all statutes, guidelines and normal procedures upon learning that either their presence is no longer required at the scene or conditions change such as to make the continued emergency response unsafe.
The Deputy Sheriff shall notify the communications center that they have terminated the emergency response.
J. Authority To Establish Roadblocks During Emergency Situations:
Supervisors shall have the limited authority to establish roadblocks in an emergency situation such as a natural or manmade disaster or a manhunt. In immediate response to an emergency situation, the supervisor shall initiate a roadblock for public safety. The supervisor shall supervise the roadblock. This roadblock shall be conducted in conjunction with the Incident Command System.
The supervisor shall determine the most effective location for the roadblock. The factors to be considered shall be:
a. Denying general access to the affected areas.
b. Alternate routes for traffic flow patterns.
c. The number of Deputy Sheriffs available to man the roadblock and the area to be secured.
Special Functions:
a. The supervisor in charge of the traffic/crowd control for the Special Function shall plan each roadblock.
b. The supervisor will designate the necessary number of Deputy Sheriffs to work the location and will designate a Deputy Sheriff to supervise the roadblock in accordance with Incident Command System.
K. Safety Checkpoints:
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 11 of 14
When the determination is made to conduct a checkpoint for driver’s license violations, Driving under the Influence violations, etc. the guidelines established by the U.S. Supreme Court in Michigan v. Sitz shall be adhered to.
(CALEA 41.2.3d) A preplan shall be prepared in writing by the supervisor in charge of the roadblock.
The preplan shall denote the randomness of the search i.e. every third car will be stopped etc.
Barricades and signs announcing the checkpoint will be established in advance of the checkpoint.
A location with sufficient road shoulder or off pavement parking shall be selected to ensure safety of the Deputy Sheriffs and the motoring public.
Cones, flares, flashing lights and signs shall be used extensively to ensure safety of the Deputy Sheriffs and the motoring public.
The safety checkpoint shall be under the direct supervision of a Staff/Master Sergeant, Lieutenant or Captain.
The plan shall be adhered to.
The local media representatives shall be made aware of safety checkpoints locations prior to action unless a roadblock is erected in emergency circumstances such as to catch a fugitive.
Safety shall be the primary consideration in all safety checkpoints/roadblock situations. The public, Sheriff’s Deputies and other law enforcement officers shall not be unnecessarily exposed to danger during the operation.
A safety checkpoint/roadblock will be established only at a location where the operators of approaching vehicles can clearly see ahead and have sufficient time and distance to safely stop their vehicles. An avenue around the safety checkpoint should be maintained for motorists to prevent accidents or congestion.
Additional precautions may be necessary depending upon the type of highway or area, the speed, direction and density of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Also, weather, visibility, and road conditions or other circumstances or conditions
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 12 of 14
which directly affect the safety of establishing or maintaining a safety checkpoint/roadblock, should be considered.
Warning devices, such as emergency lights on authorized emergency vehicle, traffic cones signs and barricades shall be used when available and deemed appropriate.
During the hours of darkness, a safety checkpoint/roadblock should be sufficiently illuminated to warn approaching drivers and allow them ample time to stop safely. Spotlights, headlights, flashlights or other high intensity lights should not be directed towards the eyes of approaching drivers, except they may be flashed briefly toward drivers to gain their attention.
Safety checkpoints/Roadblocks should be continuously evaluated and shall be terminated by the ranking officer at the scene, when it is determined the roadblock presents a safety hazard or if unreasonable actions or risks become apparent.
The seriousness of the specific event or circumstance shall be considered in determining:
a. Whether a safety checkpoint/roadblock should be implemented or continued.
b. The type of roadblock to be used.
c. The manner in which the road will be blocked, e.g. the use of traffic cones, signs, authorized emergency vehicles or other barricades.
Safety checkpoints/Roadblocks shall be conducted in a professional manner. The public shall be treated courteously without unnecessary delays or inconveniences.
If manpower permits, a minimum of two Deputy Sheriff’s should be assigned to any emergency roadblock established. All checkpoints will be manned by at least five (5) Deputy Sheriffs.
If a safety checkpoint/roadblock is to be maintained for an extended period of time, the supervisor shall arrange for timely relief and rotation of personnel.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to roadblocks shall remain at their posts until relieved by a supervisor.
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 13 of 14
L. Communications:
A supervisor implementing a roadblock in response to an emergency situation shall inform the communications center of the location and type of roadblock.
The supervisor responsible for planning a roadblock shall ensure that the communications center is notified in advance of any such planned safety checkpoint/roadblock.
M. Forcible Stopping Techniques: Forcible stopping techniques constitute deadly force and shall only be used when deadly force is justified.
N. Stationary Roadblocks: Stationary roadblocks constitute deadly force when used to forcibly stop a vehicle. They shall not be authorized to end a pursuit or stop a fleeing felon.
O. Regulating or Controlling Traffic:
A roadblock to regulate and control traffic at an accident scene, other emergency situation, or special event shall be implemented when necessary.
Traffic shall be allowed to return to normal as soon as possible after the emergency situation or special event has ended.
P. Rolling Roadblocks: Rolling roadblocks are considered a forcible stopping technique and constitute deadly force. They shall not be authorized.
Q. Roadblocks Initiated By Other Agencies:
Officers assisting other agencies involved in roadblocks shall do so only after consulting with a supervisor and determining the roadblock appears to have been established for a justifiable reason and with due regard for safety.
Continue to evaluate the roadblock operation and terminate involvement if unreasonable actions or risks become apparent.
R. Training: (CALEA 41.2.3c) All vehicle pursuit training will be conducted during the initial hire of a Deputy Sheriff as part of the Field Training Officer process and will be conducted on an annual basis thereafter for all sworn personnel. Appropriate
218A1 Vehicle Pursuits, Emergency Operations, and Roadblocks Pg 14 of 14
training in roadblock policy and procedure shall be provided to all law enforcement personnel in the Sheriff’s Office.
S. Summary:
Pursuits, emergency responses, safety checkpoints, and roadblocks are highly dangerous events. They shall be conducted under only the most extreme of circumstances when all other efforts to conduct the stop or apprehension have failed or only when the Deputy’s presence is immediately required at the scene.
Reference(s): A-07-20-2015; A1-03/16/2017; A2-06/10/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures
Number: 219A2 Type: Operations Pages: 10
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: 16-25-20, 16-25-70, 17-15-30
Purpose: To establish guidelines and procedures for responding to and investigating domestic violence incidents.
Policy: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will provide immediate assistance to victims of domestic violence, protect victims from further abuse, and take appropriate action against offenders.
Definitions:
Family/Household Member: For purposes of this procedure, family/household member means: spouses, former spouses, persons who have a child in common, a male and female or same sex couples who are cohabiting or formerly have cohabited.
Domestic Violence: Pursuant to 16-25- 20(A) of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended (hereafter the S.C. Code), it is unlawful to: “cause physical harm or injury to a person’s own household member; or attempt to cause physical harm or injury to a person’s own household member with apparent present ability under circumstances reasonably creating fear of imminent peril.”
Domestic Violence in a High and Aggravated: A person who violates Section 16-25-20(A), of the S.C. Code of Laws, is guilty of the offense of Domestic Violence of a High and Aggravated Nature when one of the following occurs:
(1) commits the offense under circumstances manifesting extreme indifference to the value of human life and great bodily injury to the victim occurs; (2) commits the offense, with or without an accompanying battery and under circumstances manifesting extreme indifference to the value of human life, and would cause a reasonable person to fear imminent great bodily injury or death; or (3) violates a protection order and, in the process of violating the order, commits domestic violence in the first degree.
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 2 of 10
Protection Order: Any order of protection, restraining order, condition of bond, or any other similar order issued in this state or other state or foreign jurisdiction for the purpose of protecting a household member.
Violation of Order of Protection: In accordance with 16-25-20(E) of the S.C. Code, it is unlawful for a person to violate the terms and conditions of an order of protection issued under the Protection from Domestic Abuse Act, or a valid protection order related to domestic or family violence issued by a court of another state, tribe, or territory.
Deadly Weapon: Any pistol, dirk, slingshot, metal knuckles, razor, or other instrument which can be used to inflict deadly force.
Great Bodily Injury: Bodily injury which causes a substantial risk of death or which causes serious, permanent disfigurement or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member or organ.
Moderate Bodily Injury: Physical injury that involves prolonged loss of consciousness or that causes a temporary or moderate disfigurement or temporary loss of function of a bodily member or organ or injury that requires medical treatment when the treatment requires the use of regional or general anesthesia or injury that results in a fracture or dislocation. Moderate bodily injury does not include one-time treatment or subsequent observation of scratches, cuts, abrasions, bruises, burns, splinters, or any other minor injuries that do not ordinarily require extensive medical care.
Prior Convictions of Domestic Violence: Conviction of any crime, in any state, containing among its elements those enumerated in, or substantially similar to those enumerated in, Section 16-25-20(A) that is committed against a household member as defined in item (3) within ten years prior to the incident date of the current offense.
Firearm: A pistol, revolver, shotgun, machine gun, submachine gun, or an assault rifle which is designed to fire or is capable of firing fixed cartridge ammunition or from which a shot or projectile is discharged by an explosive but does not include an antique firearm as defined in 18 U.S.C. 921(a)(16).
Procedure:
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 3 of 10
A. Communications Center Responsibilities:
The Communications Dispatcher will give domestic violence calls the same priority as other life-threatening calls and will dispatch at least two patrol units (Deputy Sheriffs) to each incident.
An effort will be made to determine and relay the following information to responding patrol units:
a. Whether the suspect is present and, if not, the suspect’s description and possible whereabouts;
b. Whether weapons are involved or accessible;
c. Whether the offender is under the influence of drugs or alcohol;
d. Whether there are children present;
e. Whether the victim has a current order of protection; and
f. The complaint history at the dispatched location.
Communications’ personnel will not cancel agency response to a domestic violence complaint based solely on a follow-up call from the residence requesting such cancellation. The dispatcher will, however, advise responding units of the complainant’s request to cancel the call.
B. Responding Units’ Responsibilities:
When responding to a domestic violence call, Deputy Sheriffs will:
a. Restore order by gaining control of the situation.
b. Take control of all weapons used or threatened to be used in the crime.
c. Assess the need for medical attention and call for medical assistance, if indicated.
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 4 of 10
d. Identify all persons, including children present in the vicinity of the crime by full name, address, social security number, birth date, sex, height and weight.
e. Privately interview all parties, including children.
f. Attempt to take written statements from all witnesses, especially the victim, at the time of the initial response (Note: Deputy Sheriffs are required by law to give a copy of a witness’ statement to the witness.).
g. Never talk to a victim or child witness within sight or hearing of the suspect; never tell the suspect what a victim or child witness said.
h. Collect and record evidence to include pulled-out hair, weapons, and torn or bloody clothing.
i. Arrange for photographs whenever there are visible signs of injury to persons or property (Note: Color photographs should include the crime scene, injuries, any weapons and property damage. Crime Scene Personnel will be called-out at the discretion of the supervisor.).
j. Complete appropriate crime or incident reports necessary to fully document the Deputy Sheriff’s response whether or not a crime was committed or an arrest made (Note: Incident reports will be completed on all domestic calls where complainant or victim contact is made). Incident reports should:
i) Accurately describe the emotional state of parties involved, especially the victim;
ii) Carefully document the physical condition of both victim and suspect, including injuries that may not be visible;
iii) Accurately document the crime scene;
iv) Include statements made by person’s present, using quotes when possible;
v) Include prior instances of emotional, physical, or sexual abuse by the suspect, reported by the victim or children at the scene, to include where and when prior incidents occurred; and
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 5 of 10
vi) List all persons, using full names, who are present at the scene, including emergency medical, fire, and law enforcement personnel; and
vii) Provide the victim with the OCA/report number.
k. If a Deputy Sheriff receives multiple complaints of domestic violence from the same household, the Deputy shall evaluate each complaint separately to determine the primary aggressor. The Deputy shall consider:
i) Prior complaints of domestic or family violence and household member accounts regarding the history of domestic violence;
ii) The relative severity of the injuries inflicted on each person, taking into account injuries which may not be easily visible at the time of the investigation;
iii) The likelihood of future injury to each person considering the relative size of the parties, criminal history, and access to weapons; and
iv) Whether one of the persons acted in self-defense, noting if any injuries are consistent with self-defense wounds.
l. If the offender has left the scene and a crime has been committed, Deputy Sheriffs will:
i) Obtain information from victims and witnesses as to the offender’s physical description, weapons in the offender’s possession, the description of any vehicle used by the offender, and where the offender might be;
ii) Conduct a search of the immediate area;
iii) Attempt to locate the offender; and
iv) Upon their request, assist in removing the complainant and family from the scene if there is the possibility of imminent danger to them.
m. A Deputy Sheriff must complete an investigation of an alleged violation of DV, DVHAN or violations of Orders of Protection, even if this agency was
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 6 of 10
not notified at the time the alleged violation occurred. If an arrest warrant is sought, the law enforcement agency must present the results of the investigation and any other relevant evidence to a magistrate who may issue an arrest warrant, if probable cause is established.
n. Deputies will conduct a wanted check at the scene for the purpose of checking whether Orders of Protection, Restraining Orders, or Warrants have been issued for an individual so that Deputies are aware of their existence when on scene.
Making Arrests:
a. Deputy Sheriffs may make an arrest and transport the offender to the Detention Center pending a bond hearing when probable cause and legal authority exist to make an arrest. (Note: Field release is not permitted in domestic violence cases when grounds for arrest are present.)
b. When an existing and current order of protection is violated, an arrest may be made.
c. Deputy Sheriffs should attempt to get a written statement from the suspect (remember: Miranda requirements).
d. In instances, where probable cause and legal authority exist to make an arrest, but the offender has left the scene and cannot be located, the primary unit responding to the domestic violence call will be responsible for securing a warrant. The warrant should be secured as soon as possible, but within 24 hours of responding to the incident. It is incumbent upon the Deputy Sheriff’s supervisor to assure that a warrant is secured when a Deputy Sheriff is unable to do so.
e. Arresting Deputy Sheriffs should emphasize to the victim and offender that the criminal action taken (i.e., the arrest) is being initiated by the State of South Carolina and not the victim.
f. Domestic Violence bond, twenty-four (24) hour requirement Section 17-15-30(C)(1)(2):
(1) Prior to or at the time of a hearing, the arresting law enforcement
agency should provide the court with the following:
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 7 of 10
(a) Person’s criminal record;
(b) Any charges pending against the person at the time release is requested;
(c) All incident reports generated as a result of the offense charged; and
(d) Any other information that will assist the court in determining conditions of release.
(2) The arresting law enforcement agency shall inform the court if
any of the information is not available at the time of the hearing
and the reason the information is not available. The bond hearing
may not proceed without the person’s criminal record and
incident report or the presence of the arresting officer. The bond
hearing for a violation of Chapter 25, Title 16 must occur within a
twenty four hours after the arrest.
g. Domestic Violence warrants that are secured by patrol units or investigators assigned to the Criminal Investigation Division (CID) may be maintained and served by the case Deputy. However, Domestic Violence warrants must be entered into the Wanted Person Module within 4 hours of securing the warrant and signed out through the Administrative/Civil Branch as soon as possible. All SLED/CJICS and NCIC entries will be made pursuant to SLED and NCIC policy.
h. Pursuit to Section 16-25-70(E), of the S.C. Code of Laws: “A law enforcement officer must not threaten, suggest, or otherwise indicate the possible arrest of all parties to discourage a party’s request for intervention by law enforcement.”
i. Pursuant to Section 16-25-70(F), of the S.C. Code of Laws: “A law enforcement officer who arrests two or more persons for the crime involving domestic or family violence must include the grounds for arresting both parties in the written incident report, and must include a statement in the report that the officer attempted to determine which party was the primary aggressor pursuant to this section and was unable
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 8 of 10
to make a determination based upon the evidence available at the time of the arrest.”
Victim Assistance/Crime Prevention: Many victims of domestic violence feel trapped in violent relationships because they are unaware of the resources available to help them or that domestic violence is a crime. Also, the offenders may have threatened further violence, if the victim attempts to leave or seek assistance. Deputy Sheriffs are, therefore, required to provide the following assistance to victims, batterers, and where appropriate, the children:
a. Advise all parties about the criminal nature of family violence, its potential for escalation, and that help is available;
b. Secure medical treatment for victims;
c. Ensure the safety of children;
d. Remain on the scene until satisfied that there is no further threat to the victim;
e. Remain on the scene to preserve the peace while one of the parties removes personal property;
f. Provide the victim with referral information for legal or social assistance and support; and/or
g. Make arrangements to transport the victim and children to a safe place as necessary.
h. The Civil Process Clerk or their designee is responsible for obtaining copies of Orders of Protection from Family Court to deliver to the Sheriff’s Office for the purpose of ensuring that Orders of Protection and Restraining Orders are entered into NCIC so that Deputies are aware of their existence when on scene.
i. The Sheriff’s Office Victim’s Advocate will ensure that the Enforcement Division has supplied Patrol Deputies with a reference guide that includes a summary of the 2015 Domestic Violence Reform Law as well as a checklist for a general lethality assessment.
Request for Tapes from the Communications Center:
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 9 of 10
a. The arresting Deputy Sheriff will request a copy of all related incoming calls received by the Communications Center regarding the incident for which he/she is charged with Domestic Violence 1st, 2nd, or 3rd Degree as well as Domestic Violence of a High and Aggravated Nature
b. Requests will be made to the Communications Manager on forms available through the Communications Center.
c. Requests must be made as soon as possible.
d. Once, the Communications Manager gives a copy of the tape to the Deputy Sheriff, it will be immediately placed into evidence.
e. Tapes entered into evidence should include documentation of:
i) Identity of the 911 operator;
ii) Date and time of call;
iii) Identity of person making copy; and
iv) Statement that the tape is a true and accurate copy of the original call.
f. A copy of the request will be forwarded to the arresting Deputy Sheriff for documentation and the deputy will receive the evidence receipt when the tape is processed into the evidence compound.
Needs Assessment:
a. The Victim’s Advocate will conduct a needs assessment for responding to and investigating domestic violence incidents for the purpose of developing a plan to obtain resources and improve services. The assessment will be composed of two parts:
i) A list of current resources establishing a baseline inventory. This will include the number and type of positions, the amounts and sources of funding, brief descriptions of other programs or partnerships, and a short evaluation of the current capacity to apply for and maintain grants.
219A2 Domestic Violence and Arrest Procedures Pg 10 of 10
ii) A list of identified needs based on level of priority, which should designate items as immediate needs, short-term needs or long terms needs.
iii) A needs assessment will be conducted once every three years.
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1-06/17/2020; A2-03/08/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities
Number: 220A2 Type: Operations Pages: 12
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.1.5, 61.1.1-6, 61.1.12-13
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for uniform traffic enforcement activities performed by sworn personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The responsibility for enforcement of traffic laws, regulations, and ordinances rests with all Deputy Sheriffs employed with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. All Deputy Sheriffs shall take appropriate enforcement action for all violations of traffic law, regulations and/or ordinances observed. Deputy Sheriffs shall also be aware of unusual circumstances that may require special attention and processing.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 61.1.2a) Traffic enforcement action will take one or more of the following forms: physical arrest, Uniform Traffic Ticket issuance, written warnings and/or verbal warning where applicable. For violations the Deputy Sheriff determines to be worthy of judicial disposition, the Uniform Traffic Ticket should be issued to cite the violator.
(CALEA 61.1.2a) A physical arrest of the violator will be made in cases of Driving under the Influence (DUI), Felony DUI, Reckless Homicide, Habitual Offender, and outstanding bench warrants for failing to appear or failure to comply with court disposition.
(CALEA 61.1.2c) Written warnings may be appropriate in cases involving minor traffic violations. Discretion on the part of the issuing Deputy Sheriff to issue a written warning versus a Uniform Traffic Ticket should take into consideration the degree to which the violator willfully disregarded the law, as well as the danger posed to the violator and/or other citizens.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 2 of 12
Following are procedures to be used in handling unique situations, which, by legislative mandate, require law enforcement responses of a more particular nature than those outlined above.
a. (CALEA 61.1.3a) Non-resident violators: When a misdemeanor traffic violation is committed by an individual who is not a resident of this county and the Deputy Sheriff observing the violation believes it warrants judicial disposition, the Deputy will cite the violator using the Uniform Traffic Ticket. Subsequent to issuing the citation the violator will be allowed to continue to travel freely provided the individual is in possession of a valid driver’s license or proper identification is made.
b. Juveniles: (CALEA 61.1.3b)
i) When a Deputy Sheriff determines it necessary to cite a juvenile for a traffic violation, a Uniform Traffic Ticket will be issued and the juvenile violator allowed to pass freely if a current, valid driver’s license can be verified.
ii) (CALEA 61.1.3b) Juveniles who commit the following offenses will, however, be taken into custody by the investigating Deputy Sheriff: DUI, Felony DUI, Vehicular Homicide, and Use of a Motor Vehicle without Owner’s Consent. This does not preclude the release of the juvenile to a parent or legal guardian subsequent to processing when feasible.
United States Congressmen/State Legislators: (CALEA 61.1.3c)
a. Members of the United States Congress will, in all cases except for treason, felonies, and Breach of Peace, be immune from arrest during their attendance at the session of their respective houses and in going to and returning from the same and for speech or debate in either house. This does not preclude the issuance of a traffic citation. Deputy Sheriffs should, however, exercise discretion in such cases.
b. Article III, Section 14 of the Constitution of South Carolina provides that “Both Houses of the State Legislature shall be protected in their persons and estates during their attendance on, going to, and returning from the General Assembly, and ten days previous to the sitting and ten days after. But these
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 3 of 12
privileges shall not protect any member who shall be charged with treason, felony or breach of peace.” The South Carolina Attorney General has ruled (Opinion 79-138) that the historical phrase “Breach of the Peace,” unquestionably included all criminal offenses, thereby extending no immunity or privilege whatever to a legislator for any criminal act, to include traffic violations. These individuals are not precluded from being cited for traffic violations. Deputy Sheriffs should, however, exercise discretion in such cases.
Foreign Diplomats, Counselors, Officials: (CALEA 61.1.3d)
a. Diplomatic immunity, a principle of international law, is broadly defined as the exemption from ordinary processes of law afforded diplomatic representatives of foreign governments, their families, official staff and servants while serving abroad. Persons with diplomatic immunity are protected by unlimited immunity from arrest, detention, and prosecution for any civil or criminal offense under current federal law (i.e., 22 USC 252). As such, diplomatic personnel should be treated with respect and courtesy befitting their distinguished positions. At the same time, it is the duty of all persons enjoying such privileges and immunities to respect local laws and regulations.
b. Ambassadors and ministers are the highest ranking diplomatic representatives of foreign governments. Other diplomatic titles are minister counselor, counselor, first secretary, second secretary, third secretary, and attaché. Diplomatic officers, their families, official staff, and servants are protected by unlimited immunity from arrest, detention, and prosecution with respect to any civil or criminal offense. However, such immunity does not preclude these individuals from being cited for traffic violations. Nonetheless, Deputy Sheriffs should exercise discretion in issuing diplomatic personnel Uniform Traffic Tickets. Diplomatic personnel are not required to have a U.S. or international driver’s license.
c. Career Consular Officials can be identified by credentials issued by the State Department. These State Department credentials bear its seal, the name of the officer, title, and the signatures of State Department officials. Honorary Consular Officials do not receive identification cards from the State Department. However, they may exhibit reduced size copies of the Diplomatic Note evidencing recognition by the United States Government.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 4 of 12
These individuals are not immune from arrest or detention. Family members of a Consular Official cannot claim immunity.
Military Personnel: (CALEA 61.1.3e)
a. Military personnel include regular members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, National Guard and Reserve components serving on active duty. These individuals are required to have a valid license from their state of residence and are subject to physical arrest and the issuance of Uniform Traffic Tickets under the same guidelines as any other citizen with the exception of when “war” has been declared or immediate military action against a foreign, hostile government has taken place. In such cases, no physical arrest, except in cases of treason or felonies, will be made on any military personnel going to, remaining at or in the process of reporting to a duty station.
b. In investigating traffic accidents involving military personnel who are either injured to the extent they require hospitalization or killed, the investigating Deputy Sheriff shall notify the appropriate military branch service office. In any case involving United States military/government equipment that is seized, towed or confiscated, the appropriate government agency will be notified as soon as possible.
B. Issuance of the Uniform Traffic Ticket: (CALEA 61.1.4abcd)
In all cases in which a Uniform Traffic Ticket is issued, the issuing Deputy Sheriff shall inform the violator of the following:
a. Date, time, and location of trial.
b. Optional or mandatory nature of court appearance by the violator.
c. Notice of whether the violator is allowed to enter a plea and/or pay the fine by mail or in person, prior to the court date.
d. Nature of the violation.
e. The recommended bond amount.
C. Uniform Enforcement Policy for Traffic Violators:
(CALEA 61.1.5a) Driving Under the Influence (DUI): It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to actively enforce the laws pertaining to driving under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs. Deputy Sheriffs shall arrest drivers
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 5 of 12
found to be in violation of these laws. Arrests will be made based on observation of the driver, operation of a motor vehicle, or involvement in an accident and the results of field sobriety tests administered on the scene.
(CALEA 61.1.5b) Driving Under Suspension (DUS): DUS laws not only provide a means of removing unsafe drivers from the streets, but also act as a deterrent to entice drivers to voluntarily comply with traffic laws. It is important for Deputy Sheriffs to determine not only the status of the suspension, but also the number of previous suspensions imposed on the driver. If the driver has a fourth offense or greater within a five year period, seizure of the vehicle is mandatory. A Deputy Sheriff’s discretion is the deciding factor in custody arrests for individuals who may be driving under suspension. For example, an individual who has paid his/her property taxes late and has a paid receipt in his/her possession may be charged and released on his/her own recognizance; whereas, an individual charged with a previous reckless homicide might be placed under custodial arrest for the safety of the motoring public. Deputies are reminded not to totally rely on DMV records.
Habitual Traffic Offenders: (CALEA 42.1.5abc)
a. Habitual Traffic Offender is defined as a habitual offender whose record as maintained in the Office of the South Carolina Department of Highways and Public Transportation shows that offender has accumulated the convictions for separate and distinct offenses described in subsection (a), (b) and (c) of section §56-1-1020 of the South Carolina Code of Laws, 1976 as amended.
b. The South Carolina Department of Highways and Public Transportation designates individuals as habitual offenders based on their driving record.
c. In all cases where an individual is identified as a habitual offender, notice will be made to the prosecuting authority via the Prosecutive Summary Form, citing the reason for qualification.
Violation of South Carolina Absolute Speed Law: (CALEA 61.1.5c) Legally, there is no defense for exceeding the posted speed limit, however slight. Practically, however, there exists reasons, such as an improperly calibrated speedometer, tires of improper size or other factors that may give the subject cause to believe that their speed was lower than that observed by the Deputy Sheriff. Deputy Sheriffs should exercise discretion in issuing Uniform Traffic Tickets to non-accident, speeding violators. Consideration should be given to weather conditions, traffic volume, pedestrian traffic, and the general location of the
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 6 of 12
violation. Deputy Sheriffs should remember that there is a direct correlation between excessive speeding and the overall severity of traffic collisions. Additionally, school zone speeding violations should be stringently enforced, since such violations constitute a general disregard for the safety of students and school crossing guards.
Hazardous Violations: (CALEA 61.1.5d) Hazardous traffic violations are defined as violations of any law or ordinance affecting the use or protection of streets and highways enacted primarily to regulate the safe movement of vehicles and pedestrians. Unsafe behaviors and unsafe conditions, as created by the violator, are the two considerations in such violations and Deputy Sheriffs may issue Uniform Traffic Tickets at their discretion for such violations.
Off-Road Recreational Vehicles: (CALEA 61.1.5e)
a. Sworn Personnel are expected to have a working knowledge of what constitutes an off-road vehicle and they should be familiar with off-road vehicle traffic violations.
b. Major emphasis on enforcement of violations involving off-road vehicles will be directed towards the reduction of traffic accidents and citizen complaints; however, emphasis will also be placed on the removal of unlicensed and non-registered off-road vehicles from the streets and highways.
c. When investigating the use of recreational vehicles on private property, Deputies must attempt to contact the property owner to learn if they have granted permission to the recreational vehicle operator to use their property. If the owner does not give permission, the operators must stop using the property. Violations such as Reckless Operation and Driving under the Influence violations can be prosecuted on private property.
d. When towing recreational vehicles, employees must follow the directives in the towing policy.
e. Deputies must handle juvenile traffic offenders in accordance with policy. Deputies should consider the seriousness of the violation when deciding whether to contact the parents or guardian of a juvenile.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 7 of 12
f. Operators of recreational vehicles are responsible for any excessive noise that the vehicle produces and are subject to citation for any noise violations as the law provides.
g. Deputies must investigate crashes involving off-road recreational vehicles on public roadways the same as they would any other vehicle.
Violations Off the Public Streets and Highways: (CALEA 61.1.5e) The issuance of citations for violations of South Carolina law while off the public streets and highways is normally controlled by the definition of a particular statute. However, there are a number of violations which may be prosecuted under all circumstances and locations:
a. Reckless Driving.
b. DUI.
c. Felony DUI.
d. DUAC.
e. Reckless Homicide.
(CALEA 61.1.5f) Equipment Violations: It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to enforce all equipment laws and ordinances within this agency’s jurisdiction. Deputy Sheriffs may exercise discretion as to whether or not a Uniform Traffic Ticket will be issued in each individual case.
(CALEA 61.1.5g) Public Carrier/Commercial Vehicle Violations: Commercial carriers will be treated the same as any other member of the motoring public with regard to issuance of traffic citations. Uniform enforcement policies and procedures outlined in this directive are applicable to all commercial carriers.
(CALEA 61.1.5h) Non-Hazardous Violations: Minor traffic violations that pose no immediate threat to the public may be resolved by issuing a written warning, whereas, subsequent violations may warrant the issuance of a Uniform Traffic Ticket. A motorist’s previous driving record may be a consideration in determining the most appropriate course of action.
(CALEA 61.1.5i) Multiple Violations: In the event a motorist is found to be in violation of more than one statute and/or ordinance, the Deputy Sheriff shall consider each violation separately and on its own merits.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 8 of 12
(CALEA 61.1.5j) Newly Enacted Laws and/or Ordinances: Generally, the policy for issuing Uniform Traffic Tickets for violations of newly enacted laws becomes effective immediately when the law takes effect, providing the following has been accomplished:
a. News media has given appropriate coverage to the effect of the law prior to its implementation.
b. A new traffic signal has appropriate warnings at the approach of an intersection where no traffic signal existed previously.
c. The law has had a mandatory grace period, warning period, or some provision provided within the statute prior to implementation.
d. These enforcement policies should only supplement the Deputy Sheriff’s judgment, experience, and common sense, since it is impossible to foresee every conceivable situation involving new laws.
Violations Resulting in Traffic Accidents: (CALEA 61.1.5k)
a. It is important to remember that one of the responsibilities of the Deputy Sheriff investigating an accident scene is to determine whether the accident could have been prevented, and if so, what contributing factor(s) caused the accident.
b. Deputy Sheriffs should not assume that a violation of the law has taken place because a collision occurred.
c. A violation of law may be just one contributing factor that brought about circumstances resulting in a collision. If evidence from the scene indicates that a violation contributed to the accident, Deputy Sheriffs have the discretion and authority to charge the violator by issuing a Uniform Traffic Ticket and reflecting such on the TR-310 form. However, if there is insufficient evidence as to who contributed to the accident, the Deputy is not required to charge or reflect on the TR-310.
Pedestrian and Bicycle Violations: (CALEA 61.1.5l)
a. The Uniform Traffic Ticket has been designed to accommodate violations by pedestrians and bicyclists.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 9 of 12
b. Deputy Sheriffs should be aware that pedestrian and bicyclists contribute to motor vehicle collisions regularly. By warning or citing these individuals, it may save a life and/or facilitate safer travel conditions.
c. Many pedestrians and bicyclists are juveniles. This provides an excellent opportunity for Deputy Sheriffs to make positive contact with the youth in the community by delivering a safety message and issuing a written warning.
Parking Enforcement: (CALEA 61.1.13)
a. Deputy sheriffs will be aware of the various types of parking violations covered by §56-5-2530 and 56-3-1975 of the South Carolina Code of Laws, 1976, as amended, relating to parking enforcement and be prepared to take appropriate action when such violations are reported or detected.
b. Deputy Sheriffs should recognize the need to enforce such laws with particular focus on those violations which may impede the flow of traffic or where the safety of persons or property may be compromised (i.e., obstruction of sidewalks, school crossings, handicapped parking violations, fire lanes, safety zones and parking in front of fire stations or fire hydrants).
c. Deputy Sheriffs are afforded a great deal of discretion in issuing citations to illegally parked violators and the focus of the enforcement action should be voluntary compliance by the violator.
D. Traffic Law Enforcement Practices: In the interest of maintaining a posture of prevention as opposed to apprehension, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shall operate on the principle that one of the most effective deterrents to traffic law violations is to visibly patrol in marked vehicles. Patrol Deputy Sheriffs shall enforce traffic law violations as a part of their regularly assigned duties.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the Special Enforcement Unit (SEU) shall diligently enforce all traffic violations.
(CALEA 61.1.6a) Visible traffic patrol will be line, area and/or selective traffic enforcement as directed by the SEU supervisor.
(CALEA 61.1.6b) In those areas where fixed post or stationary observation is necessary to maximize the effectiveness of traffic enforcement efforts, Deputy
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 10 of 12
Sheriffs shall park in such a manner as to not impede the normal flow of traffic. In areas in which it has been determined a traffic hazard exists, due to repeated traffic law violations, it may be more effective for the Deputy Sheriff to position the patrol unit in such a way that it is concealed from violators.
(CALEA 61.1.6c) The use of unmarked vehicles for the purpose of traffic enforcement shall routinely be utilized by the Sheriff’s Office to serve a number of specific functions:
a. In school zones where repeated selective traffic enforcement efforts have failed to reduce the speed.
b. In residential neighborhoods where repeated complaints of traffic violations have been unsuccessfully curtailed by other means.
c. Where halo effects from marked patrol cars have been unsuccessful in removing unsafe actions from public streets and highways.
d. To apprehend individuals involved with organized racing on public streets and highways in Beaufort County.
E. Request for Re-examination of Driver: (CALEA 61.1.12)
Routine enforcement, accident reporting and investigation activities frequently lead to the discovery of drivers who are suspected of incompetency through physical or mental disabilities, disease or other conditions which might prevent the person from exercising reasonable and ordinary care over a motor vehicle.
Deputy Sheriffs detecting such a person will complete the appropriate form to request re-examination of the driver by the South Carolina Department of Public Safety. These forms are provided by the Department of Public Safety.
The information requested on the form is self explanatory; however, certain portions must be specifically addressed.
The action which caused the driver to be suspect and a candidate for re-examination must be described in detail.
Specifics of the incident must be written in such a manner that reasonable grounds for re-examination can be conclusively established by the reviewer of the request.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 11 of 12
Deputy Sheriffs should be mindful that age of the driver is never the sole basis for a proper request for re-examination. For motorists of advanced age, the Deputy Sheriff should specifically state the apparent cause for poor driving, i.e., visual problems, lack of knowledge of traffic laws, medical problems, etc.
The form must be signed by the requesting Deputy Sheriff and his/her supervisor. The request, accompanied by copies of all related documentation, will be forwarded to the South Carolina Department of Public Safety and a copy retained on file with this agency for future inspection and review.
F. Selective Traffic Enforcement:
This is an activity of the Special Enforcement Unit (SEU), when it is activated. A review of traffic activities is conducted by the SEU supervisor.
(CALEA 61.1.1a) Traffic accident data will be compiled and reviewed quarterly.
(CALEA 61.1.1b) Review of traffic enforcement activities by the SEU supervisor are conducted on a quarterly basis. Traffic complaints received during the quarter will be reviewed as well as Uniform Traffic Tickets issued to determine whether adequate enforcement is being applied to identify high accident rate locations.
(CALEA 61.1.1c) Selective enforcement shall be undertaken in those areas where a review of traffic accidents and violations indicates special attention is needed. Patterns of causes and/or sudden increases in the number and severity of accidents or violations are rationale for supplemental enforcement activity at a given location.
(CALEA 61.1.1d) The SEU supervisor will assign traffic units to selective enforcement activities based on a review of traffic accidents, experience, and traffic-related calls for service covering the most recent three year period. Locations determined to need additional selective enforcement will be documented outlining the location and violations needing attention and disseminated to all patrol units by the SEU supervisor.
(CALEA 61.1.1e) The SEU supervisor will determine deployment areas based on complaints, accidents, etc. Deployment will coordinate with an annual review of the selective traffic activities.
220A2 Uniform Traffic Enforcement Activities Pg 12 of 12
(CALEA 61.1.1f) The command staff will conduct an annual evaluation of the selective traffic enforcement activities.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: DUI Enforcement
Number: 221A1 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 61.1.10-11
Purpose:
To establish a public safety highway countermeasures program for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and outline procedures for handling persons charged with Driving under the Influence (DUI).
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to aggressively enforce statutes prohibiting the operation of a motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 61.1.10) Alcohol and Drug Enforcement Countermeasures Program:
The arrest of an individual for driving while impaired differs significantly from other traffic law violations. Any person who operates a motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or other intoxicants or drugs poses an unpredictable hazard to law abiding motorists. Therefore, each Deputy Sheriff of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will make every effort to remove this type of driver from the highway. Accordingly, the Sheriff’s Office has established a proactive alcohol enforcement program that has as its goal the reduction of motor vehicle accidents involving alcohol. This program functions, essentially, as follows:
a. Commensurate with its selective traffic enforcement responsibilities, the Special Enforcement Unit (SEU) will determine the areas with the highest concentrations of alcohol-related accidents and the times and days of the week most appropriate for enforcement countermeasures. The unit will also provide enforcement recommendations and suggestions as to patrol techniques.
Rev. A-07/29/2013, A1-06/18/2019
221A1 DUI Enforcement Pg 2 of 6
b. The SEU supervisor is responsible for assignment of personnel for enforcement duty and the assignment of regular patrols to cover the high DUI activity area. They are also responsible for assignment of targeted DUI patrols to concentrate on violation areas, times, and days that relate to violations.
B. DUI Arrest Procedures:
The detection and arrest of impaired drivers varies from other law violators because of the specific legal and technical requirements necessary for achieving successful prosecution. There are specific inferences of impairment from alcohol as defined by §56-5-2930 and §56-5-2950 of the South Carolina Code of Laws, 1976, as amended (hereafter the State Code). Procedures for the administration of blood alcohol tests will be as prescribed in State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) guidelines. State Law mandates the types of tests that can be administered to determine the blood alcohol content of those arrested for impaired driving and outlines the scope of authority Deputy Sheriffs have regarding detention, arrest, and processing of impaired drivers.
Detection is the first step in any DUI enforcement action. It is during this step that probable cause for arrest is established. Detection includes (but is not limited to) the following:
a. Maintaining knowledge and understanding of current statutes, court decisions, and policies and procedures involved in the enforcement of the DUI statutes in the State Code.
b. Staying current in technical advances, methods and equipment used in the detection and collection of evidence of those arrested for DUI.
c. Recognizing and identifying specific driving behaviors, patterns and habits that suggest a driver may be impaired by alcohol and/or drugs.
d. Recognizing and identifying specific behaviors occurring during motor vehicle stops that provide evidence or cause suspicion that a driver may be impaired.
221A1 DUI Enforcement Pg 3 of 6
e. Interviewing the driver and, if an arrest is eminent, gathering as much information from passengers as possible to help support a DUI charge and/or verify information received from the driver.
f. Recognizing, identifying and noting any specific actions, attitudes or characteristics commonly manifested by impaired drivers during face to face contact.
g. Requesting the suspected impaired driver exit the vehicle and move to a safe location out of the way of traffic to accomplish field sobriety tests.
h. Selecting and administering standardized field sobriety tests to assess impairment.
i. Making arrest decisions based on probable cause suggesting impaired driving including arrests of drivers not observed in motion such as incidental to a motor vehicle accident investigation.
(CALEA 61.1.11) Arrest and Processing:
a. If all the elements of the DUI statue (i.e., §56-5-2930) are evident, Deputy Sheriffs will affect the arrest of the driver.
b. Notify the driver of the charge or charges, as well as rights and responsibilities, i.e., independent tests, Alcohol and Drug Safety Action Program (ADSAP), etc.
c. Handcuff and search subject for weapons, potential weapons and any contraband.
d. Make arrangements for securing the subject’s vehicle.
e. Make sure the vehicle and any property therein have been secured and arrangements for transportation of any passengers is accomplished.
f. Transport subject to a facility for testing and processing. Subject’s safety should be of concern to Deputy Sheriffs at all times.
g. Deputy Sheriffs operating vehicles equipped with mobile video/audio recording equipment must record the driver’s actions prior and subsequent
221A1 DUI Enforcement Pg 4 of 6
to stopping the vehicle, as well as continuing the video/audio recording until the subject reaches the detention facility, in an effort to collect additional evidence concerning driver’s impairment.
h. If an on-scene video is made and the arresting Deputy Sheriff is a certified Datamaster operator, the arresting Deputy Sheriff may administer the breath test to the driver.
i. If the arresting Deputy Sheriff is unable to administer the breath test, he/she will supply the breath testing Deputy Sheriff/officer with whatever pertinent information is required.
j. Advise subject of the bond requirement of the offenses involved and the procedures by which arrangements to post bond can be made. Individuals with medical conditions may be released into the custody of relatives, their attorney, or another responsible adult.
k. If the defendant submits to a designated test, as required under §56-5-2950, begin administration of the selected test as set forth by state statute following guidelines established by SLED.
l. If the sample taken is breath, and the defendant cooperates and gives consent, Deputy Sheriffs should administer the test using the Datamaster Breath Testing Instrument, to be administered by a qualified Data master operator. When a defendant submits to a Datamaster test and registers a BAC of .34% or greater, the Deputy Sheriff shall complete the testing procedure and transport the prisoner to a medical facility for further evaluation prior to incarceration.
m. If the sample is blood, only a physician, registered nurse or qualified technician may draw the sample in conformity with the standards set forth by SLED, utilizing a Blood Evidence Collection Kit.
n. If the driver is unconscious, has an injury to their mouth and/or is otherwise unable to be administered a breath test, the arresting Deputy Sheriff will have licensed medical personnel attest to the fact on the medical documentation.
o. If the sample is urine, the Deputy Sheriff will facilitate the appropriate paperwork at the medical facility regarding the collection of evidence and
221A1 DUI Enforcement Pg 5 of 6
The preservation, storage and transportation of the collected sample to be analyzed by SLED or the collecting medical facility, if possible.
p. In the event the defendant refuses to submit to a breath, blood or urine test, the arresting Deputy Sheriff is required to complete a Notice of Suspension Form, supplied by SLED, and send it to the South Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles.
q. If the driver submits to a breath test and the blood alcohol content is .08% or higher, the arresting Deputy Sheriff may elect to change the charge from Driving Under the Influence to Driving with an Unlawful Alcohol Concentration (DUAC) State Code §56-5-2933, which does not require proof of impaired ability to safely operate a motor vehicle and carries the same penalties.
r. In the event the blood alcohol content does not substantiate the level of impairment, the arresting Deputy should contact the on call Drug Recognition Expert for further assistance. If the suspect is not charged with DUI or DUAC, the Deputy may write the summons for the original stop and release the suspect to a responsible party.
s. Written documentation of the Deputy Sheriff’s observations concerning a DUI arrest, as well as documentation relating to technical tests administered subsequent to the arrest, is crucial for the successful prosecution of DUI cases.
t. Deputy Sheriffs are required to properly complete all associated arrest documentation listing witnesses, evidence, and general facts of the case. This documentation should include, but is not limited to: the incident report, arrest report, Data master results, traffic ticket, laboratory request forms (if applicable), vehicle tow sheet, and refusal form (if applicable).
u. A copy of the subject’s driving record should be included in the prosecution package, along with the vehicle registration information.
v. If the driver is being charged with a fourth or subsequent violation of DUI within a ten year time frame, the vehicle will be impounded at the time of arrest and taken to this agency’s impound lot for subsequent Asset Forfeiture proceedings.
221A1 DUI Enforcement Pg 6 of 6
w. In magistrate level cases in which the defendant is unable to post bond to be released from the detention facility, the Deputy Sheriff shall make arrangements to take the defendant to court at the earliest possible date.
x. Juvenile defendants will be released to their respective parent or guardian at the conclusion of the arrest and testing procedure. In the absence of such an adult, the juvenile will be turned over to the juvenile detention facility.
y. A copy of the documentation concerning the towing and/or impoundment of an offender’s vehicle will be given to the offender or a responsible party to whom the defendant will be released.
Revisions: A-5/10/2010
Revisions: 12/28/10: Page 2, Nbr. 3, a, b and Page 3, Nbr. 4; A2-6/15/2020; A3-06/23/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Court Security
Number: 222A3 Type: Operations Pages: 13
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 73.1.1, 73.2.1, 73.3.1-2, 73.4.1-3
Purpose:
On August 4, 2006 Chief Justice Toal, South Carolina Supreme Court, issued an order to all judicial circuits in the State to establish a standing Court Security Committee. This order was in response to several high profile courthouse shootings around the nation and a concern over adequate security in the courthouses of South Carolina. Each county committee will be co-chaired by a Judge (appointed by the Chief Justice), Sheriff and the County Clerk of Court. The committee members shall include at a minimum the Chief Magistrate, a Chief of Police, Solicitor, Public Defender and Emergency Preparedness Manager.
Policy:
(CALEA 73.1.1ab) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, as the agency responsible by law for enforcing all court orders, and maintaining security at the county courthouse and magistrate courts established the guidelines set forth in this policy to articulate the roles and responsibilities of the Courthouse Security Team in providing a safe environment in all Beaufort County courthouses.
Procedure:
A. Staffing:
(CALEA 73.1.1a) In accordance with S.C. Code 23-15-80, “Sheriffs or their Deputies shall attend all circuit courts that may be held within their respective counties and enforce such rules as a court may establish.” By order of the Supreme Court of South Carolina, the county governing authorities will be present in each courtroom while court is in session, unless excused by the presiding court judge. It is further ordered that county governing authorities provide adequate equipment and/or personnel to provide reasonable physical screening of all individuals entering the courtrooms.
222A3 Court Security Pg 2 of 13
(CALEA 73.1.1c) The court security function is the responsibility of the Special Service Branch Captain. The onsite supervision is handled through the court security supervisor.
Security Posts: These are established posts, which are staffed by Sheriff’s Office personnel assigned to the courthouse security detail. These Deputies will be referred to as Court Security Officers (CSO’s) henceforth.
a. Main Entrance: The Hi Scan X-ray machine, as well as the pass through magnetometer is located at the front, ground floor entrance to the courthouse. This post is generally staffed with two CSO’s during the hours of high traffic. One CSO is assigned to the HiScan X-ray machine while the second CSO will provide assistance where needed, such as utilizing a handheld magnetometer for scanning an individual. The Court Supervisor may increase or decrease the number of CSO’s based on the threat levels unless otherwise directed by higher authority.
b. Courtroom: Each active courtroom (General Sessions/District, Family Court or Probate Court, Court of Common Pleas, Master-in-Equity) shall be staffed based on the threat level as determined by the Court Supervisor unless otherwise directed by higher authority.
c. CSO’s shall conduct a thorough physical sweep of the entire courtroom prior to any hearings being conducted. The courtroom shall remain secured whenever the CSO is not present in the room. This sweep is looking for contraband, weapons, explosives or other suspicious devices or packages.
d. Security Central: This office is used to maintain surveillance throughout the interior and exterior of the Courthouse and to act as a main control point for security operations at the Courthouse. The operations are achieved through the use of 46’ flat screen monitors that show the images from numerous cameras located in strategic locations throughout the interior and exterior of the Courthouse. Also monitored and controlled are all panic/duress alarms, restricted area alarms, fire alarms and building burglar alarms at the courthouse. Security Central will be staffed by at least one CSO during the hours of operation of the Courthouse.
Inside Rover/Court Supervisor: The Inside roving responsibilities is usually assigned to the Court Supervisor depending on the availability of Court House security personnel. The Inside Rover will patrol the interior of the courthouse
222A3 Court Security Pg 3 of 13
during the hours that the courthouse is open for public business. The Inside Rover will be identified by the Court Supervisor on a daily basis. This Post is referred to as Courthouse Post #3:
a. The Inside Rover is responsible for the integrity of the interior of the courthouse, such as private offices, hallways, and stairwells etc. that are not otherwise open to the public.
b. The Inside Rover shall be the primary backup unit for any other post summoning assistance for any type of disturbance or call for service.
c. The Inside Rover shall maintain a constant vigilant lookout for suspicious activity, packages and things generally not in good order. The Inside Rover shall react accordingly in a measured, appropriate response.
d. The Inside Rover shall conduct a thorough physical sweep of the common areas of the courthouse daily at the beginning of their tour of duty, searching for any unusual or suspicious activity, package etc.
Outside Rover: One CSO shall patrol the exterior of the courthouse, the interior of the Administration Building and the adjacent parking lots.
a. The Outside Rover shall make periodic security walk-throughs of the various buildings in the county complex. This is to maintain good order in the complex. The Outside Rover is responsible for responding to and reporting any unusual occurrence within the County complex such as occurs on tax day deadlines, auctions, council meetings etc.
b. The Outside Rover is responsible for initiating an investigation into any criminal act that occurs on the complex, as well as any accident resulting in an injury. The CSO supervisor or BCSO Command Staff may relieve the Outside Rover of that responsibility should it be deemed unnecessary or the responsibility of some other agency, such as Risk Management or the City Police Department. These type incidents will be documented using the standard UCR IR form.
c. The Outside Rover is responsible for providing escorts to members of the bench or other court staff who request an escort to their vehicle during the work day.
222A3 Court Security Pg 4 of 13
d. The Outside Rover shall conduct a thorough sweep of the exterior of all buildings in the complex at the beginning of their tour of duty searching for any suspicious activities or packages.
B. Uniform and Tour of Duty:
Uniform: The CSO’s shall wear the Class B summer or winter uniform of the day, as proscribed by BCSO General Order 212.
a. Tour of Duty: The CSO’s shall report to work at an appropriate time to be determined by the supervisor based on the anticipated workload, with adequate time for all security sweeps to be conducted prior to opening to the public. These times may need to remain somewhat flexible, but generally will be from 0730 hours to 1730 hours Monday through Friday.
b. Scheduling: The Courthouse Security detail supervisor shall be responsible for scheduling all personal leave days to ensure that all obligations and responsibilities are met.
Responsibilities:
a. Physical screening of all persons entering the facility to ensure that no contraband or weapons are introduced into the courthouse.
b. Physical screening of all packages entering the facility to ensure that no contraband or weapons are introduced into the courthouse.
c. Maintaining good order and peace within the confines of both the courthouse and the county government complex, to include the adjacent parking lots.
d. To respond to any disturbance, call for assistance or other situation requiring a law enforcement response within the complex.
C. Building Security Integrity:
Main Entrance:
a. The main entrance post shall be staffed at all times.
222A3 Court Security Pg 5 of 13
b. This shall be the point of entry for all persons entering the courthouse with the exception of authorized court staff as noted by the Clerk of Court.
c. All persons entering shall pass through the Magnetometer so as to keep an accurate count of persons entering the courthouse. This includes law enforcement officers and staff.
d. All packages entering the building shall pass through the Hi-Scan x-ray machine for screening. The only exception shall be evidence being transported to the courtroom by authorized law enforcement personnel.
e. The main entrance shall remain unlocked during hours where public business is being conducted in the courthouse.
f. The CSO’s staffing the main entrance shall retain the capability to immediately lock and secure the entrance in the event of an emergency requiring a lock down of the courthouse.
g. (CALEA 73.2.1a) Maintenance for the courthouse will be handled by Beaufort County Facilities Management personnel under the direction of the Clerk of Court with input from the Sheriff’s Office based on security needs. Modifications to court facilities may be recommended by the Sheriff’s Office after research and training indicate the need to augment security measures already in place.
h. (CALEA 73.2.1b) Equipment:
i) Fire Suppression systems are located throughout the building and tested on a regular cycle.
ii) First Aid kits are located throughout the building.
iii) Restraining devices are secured in the Deputy’s office.
iv) Communications are located with each Deputy and at various locations in the building.
v) Weapons, no additional weapons are stored in the courthouse.
vi) Magnetometers are located at the front entrance to the courthouse.
222A3 Court Security Pg 6 of 13
vii) Alarms, fire and panic alarms are located throughout the building.
viii)Surveillance Cameras are located throughout the interior and exterior of the Courthouse building.
Side Entrances:
a. All side entrances shall remain locked and secured to prevent unauthorized entry.
b. All side entrances shall have electronic access locks or push bar locks that have been programmed by the Security Central CSO to restrict access into the building to certain preapproved persons. These electronic access locks will be maintained by designated security contractor technician. Those doors used and equipped with emergency push bar locks will also be be controlled by electronic access locks as the electronic access is tied into the fire alarm. These fire exit doors will be maintained by Building Maintenance Staff.
c. All side entrances shall remain in a state of security as to allow easy exit in the event of fire or emergency, but prevent unauthorized entry.
d. All side entrances shall be inspected routinely during the work day by the Inside Rover CSO for security concerns.
Hi-Scan X-ray Scanning, Magnetometer Screening:
a. All packages shall be screened and visually inspected prior to entering the facility.
b. Suspicious packages that have entered the Hi-Scan shall be secured inside the machine and appropriate response measures taken for the type of suspected prohibited material (i.e. Drugs, weapons, explosives etc.)
c. The individual submitting the package for inspection shall be detained in a safe, secure manner at the discretion of the CSO until such time as the situation is resolved.
222A3 Court Security Pg 7 of 13
d. The CSO supervisor shall be immediately notified of the discovery and shall respond to the main entrance to oversee the investigation.
e. Physical searching, including a pat-down or utilizing a hand magnetometer may be required from time to time. This will be done in the immediate vicinity of the main entrance in as discreet a manner as possible, with the utmost priority being the security of the physical security of the courthouse.
f. Any person refusing to submit to a search and scan shall be escorted from the facility and barred from re-entering until such time as they submit to a search.
g. All items seized shall be turned into the Evidence Custodian for proper disposal.
h. All incidents involving seizure of contraband or arrests of individuals shall be documented with proper UCR Incident Reports.
Authorized Personnel Exceptions:
a. (CALEA 73.3.1) Uniformed law enforcement personnel conducting official business shall be allowed to keep weapons etc. They shall be exempt from scanning; however they shall walk through the magnetometer to keep an accurate count.
b. Plain Clothes law enforcement personnel, either known to the CSO’s or displaying appropriate credentials, on official business, will be allowed to keep their weapons etc. They shall be exempt from scanning; however they shall walk through the magnetometer.
c. Judges working in the facility and the Clerk of Court are exempt from scanning, however if entering through the main entrance they shall walk through the magnetometer to assure an accurate count.
Unauthorized Personnel:
a. Law enforcement personnel in the courthouse on personal business, such as appearing as a party in a civil action of any type, shall be prohibited from wearing weapons in the courthouse. They shall be scanned and pass through the magnetometer.
222A3 Court Security Pg 8 of 13
b. Any person appearing to be under the influence of any intoxicating beverage or narcotic (whether legal or illegal). Depending on their condition can be asked to depart, offered assistance with transportation etc. or incarcerated.
Prohibited Items:
a. The below listed items are prohibited from the courthouse. In some instances involving every day items such as scissors, small pocket knives etc. the CSO at the main entrance shall use discretion on seizing the item or encouraging the individual to return the item to their vehicle before entering the courthouse.
b. All firearms.
c. All knives, sharp instruments such as box cutters, scissors, files, razors, metal hair picks, ice picks, screwdrivers, etc.
d. Food and drink, regardless of the container. All food must be consumed or discarded in appropriate receptacles prior to entering the courthouse (Exception: Some rare item that can be presented as prescribed by a medical doctor for medical issues).
e. All animals: (Exception: Trained assistance dogs for disabled persons).
f. Electronic devices such as tablets, laptop computers, cell phones, cameras, video recorders, audio recorders are prohibited from entering the courthouse; however, attorneys and law enforcement are exempt. Additionally the media is allowed with the appropriate approval. Authorization is obtained from either the sitting judge when in the courtroom, the Clerk of Court in some instances or the CSO supervisor when security issues are concerned, such as a person photographing the entrances and exits.
Prohibited Activities:
a. Photography inside the courthouse facility is strictly prohibited. Exception: Media pursuing a story with pre-approval from the Clerk of Court and adoptions approved by the Family Court Judge.
222A3 Court Security Pg 9 of 13
b. Cell Phone use inside of active courtroom.
c. Protesting, picketing, etc. inside of the facility shall not be permitted. All picketing, etc. shall be done according to the City Ordinance governing such activity outside of the facility and more than fifty feet from the main entrance, so as to keep the entrance clear. Any city picketing ordinances will be enforced by the city police.
d. Loud music, singing, shouting, etc inside of the facility.
e. All other activities prohibited and controlled by statute or ordinance such as use of alcoholic beverages, nudity, lewd behavior smoking etc.
D. Staff Training:
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the courthouse security detail shall participate in and successfully complete all BCSO required training as they are scheduled.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the courthouse security detail will participate in advanced, specialized or supplemental training, as scheduled.
(CALEA 73.2.1c) A documented security survey of the courthouse will be conducted at a minimum of once every three years, or when there is a structural change in the building.
E. (CALEA 73.4.2) Communications Plan:
All CSO’s are equipped with portable radios.
All radios shall be kept in a serviceable, charged condition. Radios needing repair shall be dealt with promptly.
All communications between CSO’s on the various radio talk groups shall be done in plain language to ensure clarity and understanding of the transmission.
(CALEA 73.4.1, 73.4.3) Duress alarms are located beneath each judge’s bench, the court reporters desk, and other locations in the courthouse. The receiving
222A3 Court Security Pg 10 of 13
point is the Security Central office which is staffed by Deputies. The system is tested monthly for operational readiness.
Telephones:
a. All CSO’s shall have at their immediate access a list of all extensions in the courthouse so as to immediately reach any office necessary.
b. (CALEA 73.4.2) Cell phone and hard line communications shall be utilized in conjunction with radio communications to enhance the security of the courthouse and county complex.
(CALEA 73.4.2) Public Address System:
a. All CSO’s shall be trained on the proper use of the public address system and shall periodically practice with it to ensure competency in the event the system is needed to notify the public of some developing situation within the courthouse.
b. The public address system shall be used in conjunction with personal contact and other alarms as installed to notify the public of emergencies such as a fire or severe weather (tornado etc.).
F. Incident Reporting: All incidents occurring in or on the property of a Judicial Center (Courthouse) will be reported on the BCSO incident report.
G. High Risk Trials:
High risk trials may require a heightened level of security for the protection of judges and jurors, the handling of prisoners, and visitor/spectators. Enhanced security measures are the responsibility of the Court Supervisor.
During high-risk trials, it may be necessary to provide additional 24-hour security of the Judicial Center. Additional security measures may include, but are not limited to:
a. Heightened outside perimeter patrol.
b. Monitoring all entrances.
222A3 Court Security Pg 11 of 13
c. Intensified patrol of public areas, including hallways inside the building.
d. Inspection of the outside perimeter and other places where explosives or other contraband could be hidden.
e. Examination of heating and cooling equipment, circulation patterns, engineering spaces, and roof vents/openings.
Courtroom seating includes specific areas assigned for the defendant’s associates and relatives, the victim’s friends and relatives, witnesses, the media, and the general public in order to help maintain control and reduce the possibility of any disruptive behavior.
The first row of seating behind the defendant will always be left vacant as a buffer to allow security personnel additional time to react to any incident.
Depending upon the anticipated risk, plans should be made to deter escape attempts, or assaults on the defendant. Such plans might include:
a. (CALEA 73.3.2, 73.4.1) Court ordered restraint of the defendant in the courtroom and additional security personnel. Defendants are walked from the Detention Center escorted by Detention Officers. If the court orders the defendant restrained, this is handled by the Detention Officers. The Detention Center is a separate county department not regulated or managed by the Sheriff’s Office. Additional restraint devices are secured in the control office.
b. Threats to judges will receive immediate attention. The supervisor will be immediately notified. The degree of security provided for judges will be dictated by the desires of the judge involved, the nature of the threat, and the available resources.
c. Judges must be advised immediately of any threats to jurors and must approve any extra security precautions other than normal escort through corridors and to meals, etc. Depending upon the nature of the threat, the judge may elect to sequester the jury, where the members may be guarded as a group.
d. If it appears necessary to provide security for a witness because of threats, the judge should be advised so that a court order can be issued. The judge
222A3 Court Security Pg 12 of 13
can sequester the witness and authorize payment for relocation during the trial. The court order will protect Deputy Sheriffs from charges of False Imprisonment.
e. High-risk trials will generate increased news media coverage. Media personnel will not be allowed to bring equipment into the Judicial Center, unless authorized by the presiding judge. CSO’s are not spokespersons for the Sheriff’s Office, and therefore, should not divulge any information regarding court activities, prisoner movement, or Sheriff’s Office operations without specific order from the Sheriff or his designee.
f. Because of the nature of high-risk trials, fire alarms and bomb threats can be used as a diversion for an escape attempt, to otherwise disrupt the trial, or to gain an opportunity to approach the prisoner. CSO’s should use caution during any evacuation.
H. Emergency Response Plan:
Bomb Threats: See Bomb Threat Response G.O. 231
WMD Incident: See WMD Threat Response G.O. 232
I. Additional Court Security Plans:
Appendix A: Magistrates Office and Hilton Head Municipal Court Security Plan.
Appendix B: Beaufort Police Department Letter of Intent.
Appendix C: Bluffton Police Department (Did Not Participate).
Appendix D: Port Royal Municipal Court Security Plan.
J. Summary:
It is not the intention of this Standard Operating Procedure to address every possible scenario or situation that might arise in a courtroom environment. It is intended to act as a guideline for ensuring that the security is as competent and well planned as possible, given constraints in place such as physical plant location, budgets etc. Each agency with a stake in this SOP has contributed to its creation. It is incumbent upon the Sheriff’s Office and the municipal police departments to assure that every reasonable precaution is taken to insure safety and security of the all persons conducting business within the courtrooms of the county.
222A3 Court Security Pg 13 of 13
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Patrol Operations
Number: 223A Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.3a, 6.3.2ab, 6.7.5ac, 33.5.2, 41.1.1-2, 41.2.4, 81.2.4e,
82.2.5, 82.3.3c
Purpose:
To define basic patrol operations and responsibilities and establish priorities for sworn personnel assigned to patrol duty.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will provide efficient and effective patrol operations for the citizens of Beaufort County in order to create a deterrent to crime, detect and apprehend offenders, and respond to the needs and expectations of the community.
Procedure:
A. The duties and responsibilities of the patrol function are carried out by 4 patrol Teams north and 4 patrol Teams south, each assigned to the Enforcement Division of the Sheriff’s Office. The primary functions of these patrols include, but are not limited to:
Proactive patrol oriented toward the prevention of crimes, accidents and maintenance of public order.
Responding to calls for service from citizens.
Serving as a resource by directing citizens to services provided by the agency.
(CALEA 82.3.3c) Reporting hazardous conditions;
Investigating crimes and bringing offenders to justice.
Traffic direction and control.
Revision date(s): A-6/18/2019
223A Patrol Operations Pg 2 of 8
Providing emergency services.
Development of relationships between citizens, the business community, and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Follow-up investigations of assigned cases.
B. Shift Assignment and Schedule:
(CALEA 41.1.1a) To provide 24-hour coverage within the jurisdiction of this agency, it is necessary to maintain 4 patrol Teams north and 4 patrol Teams south, A, B, C, and D Teams, on 12 hour Shifts which consist of a day shift and a night shift.
Normal patrol/enforcement shifts are from 0700 hours to 1900 hours and 1900 hours to 0700 hours. In an unusual situation the Sheriff, or his designee, may institute any other shift deemed necessary.
Patrol Deputies are required to report to their respective Team briefings at least 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the shift. In the event a call for service is received at the conclusion of the off-going Team, oncoming Deputies are available to respond at the discretion of a Team supervisor.
(CALEA 41.1.1b) Deputy Sheriffs are assigned to Teams where a need exists within the Enforcement function. An internal lateral move (transfer) may be made any time consistent with the best interests of the Sheriff’s Office.
(CALEA 41.1.1d) Assignment of Deputies within an Enforcement Team is ultimately determined by the Team Supervisor prior to the beginning of the shift.
(CALEA 41.1.1e) The Team Supervisor may make area assignments for segments of a shift (i.e., changing assignments during the shift or allowing for a change in area due to manpower changes during the shifts).
The Team Supervisor may include volume of activity, familiarity with the area, continuing investigative work, etc., as criteria for assignment of a Deputy Sheriff to a specific area.
223A Patrol Operations Pg 3 of 8
(CALEA 41.1.1f) Deputy Sheriff’s assigned days off are already scheduled depending on which Team the Deputy is assigned.
(CALEA 41.1.1c) Deputy Sheriffs will change shifts every 28 days with the patrols to which they are assigned.
Team staffing will be reviewed as necessary, and is subject to change in the interest of promoting the effectiveness and efficiency of the Sheriff’s Office.
C. (CALEA 41.1.2) Team Briefing and Training:
The on-duty Team Supervisor will brief the oncoming Team Supervisor on significant incidents that occurred during the previous shift.
Team briefings will be conducted daily by each Team Supervisor 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the shift unless precluded by operational priorities.
Deputies will have their vehicle fuel tanks filled and any maintenance needed will be completed prior to the Team briefing.
The oncoming Team Supervisor is responsible for the following daily Team briefing duties:
a. Briefing Team Deputies with information regarding daily patrol activities, including, but not limited to: special patrol requests, special assignments, changes in the status of wanted persons, stolen vehicles, and major investigations, etc.
b. Disseminating changes in procedures, memoranda, special orders, and training notices/schedules.
c. Making assignments as required.
d. Evaluating a Deputy’s readiness to assume patrol duties.
(CALEA 33.5.2) Team Briefings:
a. At the beginning of each shift, the supervisor will provide a Team briefing to update personnel with crime analysis, intelligence information,
223A Patrol Operations Pg 4 of 8
memorandums, patrol requests, pass-on-information, training on general orders, and other information the supervisor believes necessary.
b. Team Briefing Training will be utilized to supplement formal training in order to keep personnel up to date on training issues, new general orders, policy directives, etc. Mandated Team Briefing Training topics will be distributed to Team Supervisors by the Training Section in memorandum form. The supervisor will sign and ensure that subordinates sign that the Team Briefing Training issues have been reviewed and is fully understood. Supervisors are responsible for returning all documentation of training to the Training Section, for up-dating a Deputy’s training file.
D. Patrol Personnel Responsibilities:
Patrol personnel will familiarize themselves with the county boundaries and landmarks. Each Deputy Sheriff will be issued a county map to use as a reference.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to patrol/enforcement duties will thoroughly patrol their assigned area while on duty when not otherwise engaged in handling calls for service.
Businesses will be checked for security. A radio acknowledgement from the communications center advising of a proactive patrol will document this activity.
Suspicious vehicles will be checked.
Residential areas will be checked for crime prone conditions and persons.
Team supervisors will handle calls when Deputy Sheriffs are otherwise engaged.
Deputies will note and report to the communications centers all traffic control devices which are damaged, missing, or obscured.
(CALEA 41.2.4, 82.3.3c) All nuisances, impediments, obstructions, or defects, in or adjacent to public places which tend to endanger the health, safety, or convenience of the general public should be reported to the communications center. Information such as location, type of problem, and urgency of needed response should be reported. The communications center will notify the
223A Patrol Operations Pg 5 of 8
appropriate city, county, state, or private sector department. If the situation is reported when the appropriate department is closed and the situation is not an emergency, the communications center will be responsible for notification during business hours. After-hour situations of an emergency nature will immediately be brought to the attention of the on-duty Team Supervisor, who will determine whether the situation requires emergency notification of the appropriate agency.
Deputy Sheriffs will remain within the boundaries of their assigned area unless in close pursuit, or upon authorization by a Team Supervisor. Team Supervisors will be informed immediately when a Deputy leaves their area, for whatever reason, and of their return. Deputy Sheriffs will not leave their area to provide assistance unless in an emergency or if cleared by a patrol supervisor.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the patrol/enforcement function will serve as an extension of theWarrants Section by serving warrants during their regular watch.
Deputy Sheriffs will not refuse to provide service to persons who request it or appear in need. If unable to answer a question, they will refer the matter to a supervisor, or to the appropriate authority.
E. (CALEA 6.3.2a, 6.7.5ac, 81.2.4e) Incident Response: A single unit will generally be dispatched to handle routine calls for service. However, the nature of some calls may require additional units to be dispatched for safety, as well as for the more effective handling of a situation. Any additional units dispatched to a call are expected to clear the scene as soon as it has been determined that their presence is no longer needed to deal with the situation. Two or more units will normally be dispatched on the following types of calls:
Any crime in progress.
Open doors or windows.
Calls involving a weapon.
Calls involving mentally ill subjects.
Alarms.
Domestic situations.
An assault on a Deputy Sheriff or a Deputy Sheriff’s request for assistance.
223A Patrol Operations Pg 6 of 8
An on-scene arrest for a violent crime.
Any auto accident involving injuries or in which the vehicles are blocking moving lanes of traffic.
Disturbances involving intoxicated or disorderly persons.
Fleeing suspects.
Neighbor troubles with a known or suspected potential for violence.
Use of force incidents.
Any crime having just occurred where there exists a need to check the area for suspects (one unit should respond directly to the scene, while the other unit checks the area for suspects).
Any call where, in the judgment of the communications center, supervisor, Deputy Sheriff, or officer, there exists a need to send two units because of the known serious nature of the call, insufficient information, and/or for Deputy safety.
F. On-Scene Supervision:
(CALEA 6.3.2b) Ordinarily Team Supervisors may use discretion as to when to respond to a scene; however, the Communications Center will notify the Team Supervisor of incidents of a serious nature, such as the following, normally require the presence of Team Supervisor at the scene:
a. Any crime of violence which involves serious injury or death, traffic fatality, or any other death case.
b. Armed robbery.
c. Vehicle accidents involving agency vehicles.
d. Injury to an agency employee while on duty.
e. The scene of any natural or man-made disaster (i.e., tornado, hazardous material incident, etc.).
f. Any other incident that is deemed necessary by the on-duty supervisor or where the authority of a supervisor is needed to deal with a situation.
223A Patrol Operations Pg 7 of 8
g. Hostage/barricaded suspect.
h. Any other incident as directed, dispatched, or requested.
The on-duty Team Supervisor may request the call-out of agency specialized and/or tactical response units to any scene.
(CALEA 41.2.4) The on-duty Team Supervisor, coordinating as necessary with agency specialized units, will ensure that the communications center notifies the Coroner’s Office of all deaths within the agency’s jurisdiction regardless of the cause.
Each Team Supervisor will periodically respond to calls for service assigned to subordinate personnel in order to properly evaluate the performance of those personnel.
(CALEA 42.2.4) Team Supervisors shall direct all media inquiries for on-going, after hour’s incidents, to the Command Duty Officer. All other media requests shall be referred to the PIO during normal working hours. Media requests after 1700 hours and on County Holidays, or on weekends, shall be referred to the Command Duty Officer.
G. (CALEA 82.2.5) Telephone Reporting:
The Law Enforcement Center Deputy may take certain categories of reports from citizens by telephone in lieu of an on-scene response by a Deputy Sheriff when:
a. No injuries are involved.
b. Crime scene processing is not required.
c. The suspect is not at the scene.
d. The citizen agrees that it is acceptable to file the report by telephone.
In all other cases, sworn personnel will respond.
A list of types of calls that can be reported by telephone is as follows:
a. Petty larcenies.
b. Obscene, harassing, or nuisance phone calls.
c. Animal complaints.
223A Patrol Operations Pg 8 of 8
d.
Stolen vehicles.
e.
Traffic complaints.
f.
Civil disputes (verbal).
g.
Other calls if approved
by
a
supervisor
and
acceptable
to
the
complainant/victim.
H. Field Interviews/Investigations:
Field investigations of suspicious persons have been proven effective to deprive actual and potential criminal offenders of some of their initiative to select the time, place, and circumstances for the commission of crimes.
There is nothing to prevent a Deputy Sheriff from approaching and talking to an individual on the street. The usual test separating a street encounter from a Terry Stop is whether an individual is detained. Street encounters do not, however, obligate an individual to comply with the Deputy Sheriff’s request to remain stationary or provide information.
Field interviews of suspicious persons will be documented utilizing a Field Interview Form. A protective pat down search is permitted for weapons only after a lawful stop and the Deputy Sheriff have a reasonable suspicion the suspect is armed and dangerous.
(CALEA 1.2.3a) Field Interview Forms will be turned in with the reports at the end of the Deputy Sheriff’s shift to be forwarded to Investigators.
Revised 224A 6/19/2017 Pages 7-8 added; A1-6/01/20; A2-06/29/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons
Number: 224A2 Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.2.7, SC Code 44
Purpose:
To define and establish guidelines regarding the interaction of agency personnel with persons suspected of suffering from mental illness.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will strive to deal with emotionally disturbed and mentally ill persons in a compassionate safe manner to protect the individual, the public, family members and Deputies.
Definitions:
Emergency Protective Custody (EPC): The process of a law enforcement officer taking a person into custody for protection when there exists a likelihood of serious harm to the person or others. (Ref: 44-13-05)
Emotionally Disturbed Person (EDP): A person in an irrational emotional state. The condition may be associated with situational, medical or substance-related causes. There may, or may not be, an underlying mental illness related to the emotional state.
Emotionally Ill: Interchangeable with “mentally ill” for the purpose of this policy, usually a temporary or situational condition.
Involuntary Commitment: The process of detaining a person who is endangering him/herself or others and arranging for or transporting the subject to a mental health facility for evaluation. Only a medical doctor can determine if a commitment is necessary.
Likelihood of Serious Harm: Due to mental or emotional illness or excessive alcohol or drug use there is:
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 2 of 8
A substantial risk of physical harm to the subject as manifested by evidence of threats of, or attempts at, suicide or serious bodily harm;
A substantial risk of physical harm to other persons as manifested by evidence of homicidal or other violent behavior and serious bodily harm to themselves, or;
A very substantial risk of physical impairment or injury to the person him/herself as manifested by evidence that such person’s judgment is so affected that he/she is unable to protect him/herself in the community and that reasonable provision for his/her protection is not available in the community.
Mental Illness: Various conditions characterized by impairment of an individual’s normal cognitive, emotional, or behavioral functioning, and caused by social, psychological, biochemical, genetic, or other factors, such as infection or head trauma.
Mentally Ill: A person suffering from mental illness. For purposes of this policy the term “mentally ill” will also refer to Emotionally Disturbed Persons and those suffering from chemical abuse or influence.
Order of Detention: An order issued by a Probate Court Judge requiring detainment of a person for mental health evaluation. The order is based on the affidavit of someone who feels commitment is necessary.
Voluntary Commitment: The process when a person voluntarily enters a mental health treatment center on his/her own accord.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 41.2.7a) Recognizing Abnormal Behavior:
Mental illness is often difficult for even the trained professional to define in a given individual. Deputies are not expected to make judgments of mental or emotional disturbance but rather to recognize behavior that is potentially destructive and/or dangerous to the individual or others. The following are general signs and symptoms of behavior that may suggest mental illness or emotional disturbance. Deputies should not rule out other potential causes such as reactions to narcotics or alcohol, reactions to medication, physical illness or injury or temporary emotional disturbances that are situational motivated.
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 3 of 8
Deputies should evaluate the following and related symptomatic behavior in the total context of the situation when making judgments about an individual’s mental state and need for intervention if a crime has not been committed;
a. Degree of Reactions: Mentally ill persons may show signs of a strong and unrelenting fear of persons, places or things. The fear of people or crowds, for example, may make the individual extremely reclusive or aggressive without apparent provocation. Authority figures, especially the uniformed Deputy Sheriff, may cause a particularly strong reaction of fear, suspicion, or violent behavior.
b. Appropriateness of Behavior: An individual who demonstrates extremely inappropriate behavior for a given context may be emotionally or mentally ill.
c. Extreme Rigidity or Inflexibility: Mentally or emotionally ill persons may be easily frustrated in new or unforeseen circumstances and may demonstrate inappropriate or aggressive behavior in dealing with a situation.
d. In addition to the above, a mentally ill person may exhibit one or more of the following characteristics:
i) Abnormal memory loss related to such common facts as name, home address, date, etc. (Memory loss may also be a result of physical ailments such as Alzheimer’s disease.)
ii) Delusions, such as the belief in thoughts or ideas that are clearly false, or paranoid delusions such as feelings that “Everyone is out to get me.”
iii) Hallucinations of any of the five senses such as hearing voices commanding the person to act, feeling one’s skin crawl, smelling strange odors, etc..
iv) The belief that one suffers from extraordinary physical maladies that are not possible, such as persons who believe that their heart has stopped beating for an extended period of time.
e. Extreme fright or depression.
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 4 of 8
B. Determining Danger:
Not all mentally or emotionally ill persons are dangerous while some may represent danger only under certain circumstances or conditions. The following indicators may indicate that the mentally or emotionally ill person represents an immediate or potential danger to him/herself or others:
a. Availability of weapons to the subject.
b. Statements by the subject that suggest that the person is prepared to commit a violent or dangerous act. Such comments may range from subtle innuendoes to direct threats that, when taken in conjunction with other information, paint a more complete picture of the potential for violence.
c. A personal history that reflects prior violence under similar or related circumstances.
d. Lack of control of emotions such as rage, anger, fright or agitation. Signs of lack of control include extreme agitation, wide eyes and rambling thoughts or speech. Clutching oneself or other objects to maintain control, begging to be left alone, or offering frantic assurances that one is all right may also suggest that the individual is close to losing control.
e. The volatility of the environment is a particularly relevant factor that deputies must evaluate. Agitators that may affect the person or a particularly combustible environment that may incite violence should be taken into account.
C. Dealing with the Mentally Ill: Should a Deputy Sheriff determine that an individual is mentally or emotionally ill and a potential threat to him/herself or others, or may otherwise require law enforcement intervention for humanitarian purposes, the following responses should be taken: (These guidelines will also be used during interviews and interrogations)
If not already present or en route, a back-up Deputy Sheriff must be requested.
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 5 of 8
Take steps to calm the situation. Where possible eliminate lights and sirens, disperse crowds, and assume a quiet and non-threatening manner when approaching or conversing with the person.
If the deputy sheriff is unable to determine if an individual is mentally or emotionally ill and/or whether he/she is a threat to his or her self or others; the deputy sheriff should contact the mobile crisis number from the Coastal Mental Health Center.
Move slowly and do not excite the person. Provide reassurance that law enforcement is there to help and that appropriate care will be provided.
Communicate with the person to determine what is bothering him/her. Relate concern for his/her feelings and allow him/her to vent feelings. Where possible gather information about the person from acquaintances and/or family members. Request professional assistance if needed.
Do not threaten the person with arrest or in any other manner as this may cause additional fright, stress and potential aggression.
Avoid topics that may agitate the person and guide the conversation toward subjects that help bring the person back to reality.
Always attempt to be truthful with a mentally ill person. If the subject becomes aware of deception he/she may withdraw from the contact in distrust and may become hypersensitive or retaliate in anger.
Care should be taken when dealing with mentally ill persons during interviews and in-custody interviews. Mentally ill persons should never be left alone and if there is any indication of unpredictable or violent behavior two Deputy Sheriffs should be with the person at all times. The person should be restrained as necessary and searched for weapons.
The Deputy Sheriff will assess all of the circumstances gathered during the contact with the suspected mentally ill person and exercise responsible judgment on a course of action to be taken. If the Deputy Sheriff determines that no grounds for Emergency Protective Custody are present, a responsible party (i.e., family member, guardian, or acquaintance), if available, will be advised of the process for obtaining an Order of Detention and will be referred to Coastal Mental Health or the SC Department of Mental Health.
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 6 of 8
D. (CALEA 41.2.7c) Taking Custody of the Mentally Ill/Transporting Mentally Ill Persons:
The authority of a Deputy Sheriff to take an individual into custody because the individual is a threat to him/herself or others is an inherent part of the role of the Deputy Sheriff. Deputies may take mentally or emotionally ill persons, or persons suffering from excessive alcohol or drug use, into custody to prevent harm to the individual and/or others.
Emergency Protective Custody: Deputies may take a person into Emergency Protective Custody when the Deputy Sheriff believes the person is dangerous to him/herself and/or others and there is a likelihood of serious harm presented by the person to him/herself or others.
Other considerations that might impact the decision to take a person into Emergency Protective Custody include, but are not limited to:
a. Statements by the subject indicating suicidal intentions or death threats.
b. Past history of mental illness or treatment.
c. Past history of threats to self or others.
d. Observations indicating suicidal or homicidal intentions such as a suicide note, 911 calls, and comments to Deputies or others.
e. Evidence of excessive alcohol or drug use.
f. Statements by family members.
Deputies must fully document their reasons for believing that Emergency Protective Custody is necessary and must complete a Protective Custody Affidavit.
Emergency Protective Custody After Business Hours: The subject should be taken to the closest Hospital Emergency Room. The Emergency Room physician will determine what action is appropriate.
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 7 of 8
Emergency Protective Custody Transport: Beaufort County EMS is available to transport the subject when circumstances dictate; otherwise the subject will be transported by a Deputy Sheriff. One or more Deputies may be needed to go to the Emergency Room and/or ride in the ambulance if the subject is combative or uncooperative. The on scene Deputy Sheriff should consult with a supervisor to determine if two Deputies are needed to transport based on the subject’s behavior and history. If the subject is, or has, demonstrated unpredictable and potentially dangerous behavior two Deputies should transport and the appropriate restraining devices used.
E. (CALEA 41.2.7b) Community Resources:
Coastal Empire Mental Health, Beaufort Clinic.
Coastal Empire Mental Health, Hilton Head Clinic
Additional resources and procedures for access can be found at: www.state.sc.us/dmh/
F. Training
(CALEA 41.2.7d) All employees will receive training regarding the mentally ill and emotionally disturbed persons as part of their initial training. Training will include recognition of persons suffering from mental illness, guidelines for dealing with these persons, procedures for Emergency Protective Custody and serving commitment process, and community mental health resources.
(CALEA 41.2.7e) All employees will receive refresher training on an annual basis regarding dealing with mentally ill persons.
G. Communications Section Procedures:
Calls Received From a Facility:
a. A call is received from a medical facility (mainly hospital) that a patient with a mental problem requires a transport to another facility.
b. Dispatch is to document that call as normal in the CAD system& verify that the patient and associated paperwork is ready. Also make sure the following information is obtained: how old is the patient, what is the sex of the patient, where is the transport to, what room or bed number is
224A1 Responding to Emotionally Disturbed Persons Pg 8 of 8
associated and if the patient is combative. The ESD will explain to the caller that BCSO only takes transport requests during the hours of 6am through 6pm.
c. The ESD will alert the appropriate Supervisor of the call. The Administrative Supervisor will assign a Deputy to transport. Transportation of EDPs will only be assigned 6am through 6pm, unless the subject is combative or a juvenile.
d. The appropriate Supervisor will respond to the medical facility directly to verify the paperwork associated with the transport is completed properly.
e. There will be a primary and secondary duty roster posted on SharePoint. If more than one transport request is received, the secondary will have to handle. In the rare case where further assistance is needed, The Administrative Supervisor is to be notified and he will make additional notifications.
f. If the call is for Coastal Carolina Hospital in Hardeeville, BCSO will handle if the EDP is a resident of unincorporated Beaufort County, Hilton Head Island or Bluffton’s municipality.
g. Once the call is received from Coastal Carolina Hospital requesting the EDP transport, patrol will be notified during weekend and non-business hours; the Administrative Supervisor will notified during business hours to determine how to patient will be handled.
h. If the EDP does not live in Beaufort County, Coastal Carolina should be instructed to contact Jasper County Dispatch.
i. If there are doubts as to who to notify, the Command Duty Officer should be contacted for clarification.
Revision Dates: A-7/12/2010
A1-4/11/2016
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons
Number: 225A1 Type: Operations Pages: 7
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.2.5-6, 46.2.5, 6.2.13-14
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the investigation of missing, lost, abducted, abandoned, and runaway persons.
Policy:
(CALEA 41.2.6a) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will diligently investigate all reports of missing, lost, abducted, abandoned, and runaway persons. The Sheriff’s Office realizes a heightened responsibility for children and vulnerable adults and is dedicated to the protection and recovery of missing, abused and/or exploited children and at risks adults. Equally, the agency will assure safe haven and the protection of law for unidentified and/or abandoned children and vulnerable adults.
Procedure: (CALEA 6.2.13)
A. (CALEA 41.2.6e, 6.2.14a) The communications center when receiving a report of a missing, lost, abducted, abandoned or runaway persons will attempt to obtain as much information about the situation as possible prior to dispatching the call.
B. Deputies will not take these type reports over the phone. Personal contact will be made with the complainant.
C. (CALEA 41.2.6b) In the event the missing subject person is a juvenile or an adult with diminishing capacity, the report will immediately be assigned to a Deputy Sheriff and the on-duty supervisor advised.
D. (CALEA 41.2.5a) Sworn personnel arriving on the scene will obtain all necessary information, to include:
Height, weight, color of hair and eyes.
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 2 of 7
Use of eyeglasses or contacts.
Skin color.
Physical or mental disability.
Scars or marks.
Date/place of birth.
Detailed description of clothing.
Recent photographs.
Social Security number, driver’s license number if applicable.
Names and addresses of parents and relatives.
Nicknames.
Names/addresses of friends.
Locations frequented.
Determining if dental records are available.
Determining if fingerprints of the child are available.
Any vehicle information.
E. Upon taking the report, the reporting Deputy Sheriff will take prompt action including, but not limited to, the following procedures:
(CALEA 46.2.5) Notify the supervisor. The supervisor may approve the call-out deployment of agency specialized units to any scene.
(CALEA 41.2.5b, 41.2.6c, 6.2.14b ) Advise the communications Center of any necessary BOLOs to include notifying adjacent neighboring or pertinent law enforcement jurisdictions if circumstances dictate.
(CALEA 41.2.6e) Conduct a search if circumstances dictate, but not to contaminate any possible scent articles for the tracking team. A search will be conducted for missing children, for elderly persons or disabled persons who
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 3 of 7
have “wandered away,” when foul play is suspected or as otherwise determined by a supervisor. If a child, elderly, or disabled person is missing, a search of the home and immediate area will be conducted. Also, searches will be made of areas the person is known to frequent. Contact will also be made with acquaintances and/or relatives the missing person is likely to contact.
F. (CALEA 41.2.5c, 41.2.6c) State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) NCIC entry can be made on missing persons when the missing person falls into one or more of the following categories:
Juvenile – for the purpose of SLED/NCIC entry, a person under the age of 21.
Disability – A person of any age who is missing and under proven physical/mental disability or is senile, thereby subjecting himself/herself or others to personal and immediate danger.
Endangered – A person of any age who is missing, lost, abducted or abandoned under circumstances indicating that his or her physical safety may be in danger.
Involuntary – A person of any age who is missing under circumstances indicating that his or her disappearance may not have been voluntary.
Catastrophe – A person of any age who is missing after a catastrophe.
Other – A person over the age of 21 where there is reasonable concern for that person’s safety, but the person does not meet the criteria for entry in any other category; a written statement must be obtained supporting the reasonable concern.
G. (CALEA 41.2.5c, 41.2.6ce) Upon receiving information from the reporting Deputy Sheriff, an NCIC entry will be made by the communications center in all cases where entry is reasonable. If there are any questions as to the appropriateness of entry the Patrol Supervisor and Terminal Agency Coordinator will be contacted for guidance.
All missing, lost, abducted, abandoned or runaway persons reported to this agency will be documented on an Incident Report regardless of whether or not the missing person meets SLED/NCIC entry criteria. Additionally, the reporting officer will complete the “Runaway Affidavit” portion of the Juvenile Custody and Detention Form when a runaway is being reported; and attach the completed form to the incident report.
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 4 of 7
(CALEA 41.2.5de, 41.2.6f) The investigating Deputy Sheriff will follow-up with the reporting persons to make reasonable efforts to acquire additional and ongoing information about the subject person to aid the investigation and/or update or add to the NCIC entry.
(CALEA 6.2.14e) When the subject person has been located or the missing child has returned to the home of, or to the care, custody, and control of his/her parents or legal guardian, and this agency has received the notification that the person has been located, the Deputy Sheriff receiving the notification will request that the communications center remove the information from the NCIC computer immediately. If the subject person is reported as located outside of the agency’s jurisdiction, a request will be made to that jurisdiction to send a certified law enforcement officer to verify the identity of the missing person. The Deputy Sheriff will then file a Supplemental Report to include, but not limited to:
a. Location where subject person was found.
b. To whom the subject person was released, if applicable.
c. If a case involves the voluntary disappearance by an adult, the adult’s whereabouts cannot be released without the permission of the located adult. The complainant may be notified that the subject person has been located but declines to release his/her whereabouts.
H. (CALEA 41.2.6d, 6.2.14c) South Carolina Amber Alert (SCAA):
The SCAA is a voluntary, cooperative and coordinated initiative between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, other participating law enforcement agencies and radio and television stations to send a rapid emergency alert via the Emergency Alert System (EAS) to notify the public when a child is missing and law enforcement has reason to believe that the child’s life is in grave danger. SLED is the primary contact for this notification system. Contact LECC to obtain the proper SLED forms to activate this alert.
SCAA is part of the Communications Centers written plan, as outlined in the FCC’s EAS rules. Participating agencies’ adherence to strict guidelines prevents overuse and ensures compliance with EAS requirements.
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 5 of 7
The SCAA will only be activated on incidents meeting strict established criteria to include:
a. A non-parental child abduction.
b. A missing child with evidence of foul play.
c. A stolen or car-jacked vehicle with a child inside.
d. A missing child whose behavior or mental capacity in some way contributes to their disappearance and the child is endangered.
e. Although each case will be judged on an individual basis, law enforcement must have cause to believe the child is in danger of serious bodily harm or death.
f. Alerts will normally be restricted to children 16 years old or younger, or a person 17 years of age or older with a proven mental and/or physical disability who has been unwillingly removed from their environment without permission from the child’s legal guardian or a designated legal representative.
g. Alerts will not normally be made for parental abductions or runaways unless law enforcement believes the life of the child is in danger.
i) The alert should not be activated when:
(1) A child runs away from home.
(2) In a custody dispute when the child is not considered to be endangered.
(3) A missing adult.
ii) If the criteria for activation is met, the following information will be distributed to radio and television stations:
(1) Description of the child.
(2) Description of the perpetrator, if available.
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 6 of 7
(3) Description of the vehicle(s), if any.
(4) Time and location of incident.
(5) Updates regarding the search.
(6) A contact number for information from the public.
I. (CALEA 41.2.5f, 41.2.6e) ) Protection of Unidentified and/or Abandoned Children:
If an abandoned and/or unidentified child is located, the Deputy Sheriff will request any necessary medical assistance.
The Investigations Branch may be notified to respond to investigate as necessary.
If an Investigator responds, they will be responsible for any necessary notification of DSS. If Investigations assistance is not necessary, any required DSS notification is the responsibility of the responding Deputy Sheriff.
Pursuant to Section § 20-7-85 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina, 1976, as amended, the Safe Haven for Abandoned Babies Act, otherwise known as Daniel’s Law, states in part:
a. A hospital or hospital outpatient facility operating in this state must, without a court order, take temporary physical custody of an infant who is voluntarily left with the hospital or hospital outpatient facility by a person who does not express an intent to return for the infant and the circumstances give rise to a reasonable belief that the person does not intend to return for the infant. The hospital or hospital outpatient facility must perform any act necessary to protect the physical health or safety of the infant. The person leaving the infant is not required to disclose his or her identity.
b. Investigations or the responding Deputy Sheriff will determine if the abandonment falls under the aforementioned section and assure the appropriate actions are taken.
J. Protection of Vulnerable Adults:
225A Missing, Lost, Abducted, Abandoned or Runaway Persons Pg 7 of 7
Deputy Sheriffs will be sensitive to the needs of vulnerable adults.
Necessary medical assistance will be requested.
If the Deputy Sheriff feels there is imminent danger that the individual will harm himself or others, mental health professionals are available to determine if the individual should be committed or is eligible for crisis stabilization. If qualified clinicians determine that the individual is not eligible for crisis mental health intervention, personnel are reminded that other resources may be available.
(CALEA 41.2.5f) Every effort will be made to assure that the vulnerable adult is not a missing person or the victim of a crime.
K. Training: (CALEA 6.2.14d)
Emergency Services Dispatchers will receive training specifically related to missing or exploited children.
Training is conducted during the initial hire and during annual in-service training. The training will be documented and filed with the Communications Training Coordinator.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: VIP Security
Number: 226 Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 46.2.6
Purpose:
This policy establishes guidelines and procedures for Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel responsible for providing VIP security.
Policy:
As authorized by the Sheriff, the Sheriff’s Office may provide VIP security to persons deemed to need such protection as they visit Beaufort County.
Definitions:
VIP: A very important person, dignitary, government official, famous personality, notorious person or any other person in need of special security.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 46.2.6) The Sheriff may appoint a designee(s) to coordinate VIP security details and to serve as liaison with other federal, state and local agencies.
The designee(s) shall be responsible for scheduling Deputy Sheriffs for the security detail and making assignments as needed.
The designee(s) shall coordinate security details with the appropriate federal state and local agencies as deemed necessary to provide adequate security.
Arrangements shall be made to provide all necessary equipment, (e.g. vehicles, weapons, radios, and cellular phones) to Deputy Sheriffs working VIP assignments.
226 VIP Security Pg 2 of 2
Primary and secondary travel routes shall be determined and tested in advance. The location of established detours and traffic barricades shall be determined, if necessary.
Advance inspection of sites and facilitates shall be conducted when feasible.
Medical and fire services will be identified in advance and when appropriate, shall be notified prior to VIP visits or events.
Federal, state and local authorities shall be contacted in order to gather any intelligence information pertinent to VIP visits or events.
Sheriff’s Deputies assigned to VIP functions shall be provided with proper lapel pins established at the time of the visit or other predetermined identification if they will be working in a plainclothes detail.
Effective communications within the Sheriff’s Office and with other applicable federal, state and local agencies shall be maintained.
The Incident Command System shall be used for any VIP visit, regardless of the length or nature of the visit.
Revision Date(s): A-06/18/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Special Events
Number: 227A Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 7.2.1, 46.2.7
Purpose:
To establish procedures for handling special events that may include parades, entertainment/sporting events, highway construction/maintenance activities, demonstrations, etc., for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
Special events may present special circumstances such as ingress and egress of vehicles and pedestrians, parking space, spectator control, public transportation, relief of Deputies assigned, news media, alternate traffic routes, temporary traffic controls and parking prohibitions and emergency vehicle access that Deputies may not encounter in routine patrol duties. This office will provide specialized support and develop the proficiency to respond to all such events, and address each to provide for the safety of all.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 46.2.7) The Captains or his or her designee for both Enforcement Branches are designated as the coordinators for special events. The Captains are responsible for the following:
Develop traffic, crowd control, crime problem, or other data necessary for planning the event.
Prepare a contingency plan for traffic direction and control, if necessary.
Make a determination of the personnel and equipment needed for the event, matching the demands of the event with the type and number of personnel and the placement of equipment.
Coordinate communications for the event. This may include acting as a liaison with outside agencies, developing and disseminating written plans in advance of the event, briefing of personnel immediately prior to the event, and all after action communications.
227A Special Events Pg 2 of 3
Revision Date(s): A-06/18/2019
B. Special Events:
Branch Captains or designees will refer to the guidelines in General Order Number 107 for the contracting of law enforcement services.
If the event is to be held on a public highway, it is the responsibility of the organizer to obtain authority from the Department of Transportation.
Branch Captains or designees will coordinate with Beaufort County Traffic Management(TM) any events that may be disruptive to normal traffic. TM will utilize their traffic advisory system for notification of alternate routes, temporary traffic controls, delays, etc.
Prior to the issuance of any permit or license for events by the Town of Hilton Head, the applicant shall make the following arrangements:
a. In consultation with the Sheriff’s Office, develop and submit for approval a plan to address crowd control during the event. The Sheriff’s Office shall have the authority to determine the anticipated number of persons in attendance. Additionally, the Sheriff’s Office may require that law enforcement be provided to monitor crowd control during the event and will determine the number of Deputies needed for the event. The security/law enforcement shall be paid by the applicant of the event, and the required funds shall be placed in escrow with the Town of Hilton Head Finance director.
b. If the event involves utilizing the roadways the Sheriff’s Office shall develop a plan for traffic control.
c. The Sheriff’s Office shall also make the recommendation to the event coordinator if the event requires Deputies or if private security personnel could be used for the event.
C. (CALEA 7.2.1) Communications Special Events Plan:
The special events plan for the communications center involves events such as parades, VIP visits, special venue events, etc.
The Branch Captain or his designee will coordinate any special events that may affect the operations of the communications center.
227A Special Events Pg 3 of 3
Revision Date(s): A-06/18/2019
The Branch Captain or designee will coordinate with other agencies involved in the event including law enforcement, EMS and Fire.
Large scale events may fall within the ICS for control (see General Order 310A3).
Revision(s): A-06/25/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Eyewitness Identifications
Number: 228A Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.2.11-12
Purpose:
Eyewitness identification is a frequently used investigative tool. This procedure can be extremely vital to the apprehension and conviction of a suspect.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to establish guidelines for the use of eyewitness identifications involving show-ups and photographic lineups. As such, Deputies will strictly adhere to the procedures set forth here in order to maximize the reliability of identifications, minimize unjust accusations of innocent persons and to establish evidence that is reliable and conforms with established legal procedure.
Definitions:
Filler Photographs (also referred to as “fillers”): Photographs of individuals, not suspects, used in a photographic lineup.
Live Lineup: A live display of the suspect along with other individuals whose physical characteristics resemble the suspect’s description or appearance at the time of the incident.
Photographic Array: The showing of multiple photographs to an eyewitness for the purpose of obtaining an identification.
Photographic Lineup (also referred to as “photo lineup): A display of the suspect along with filler photographs of other individuals whose physical characteristics resemble the suspect’s description or appearance at the time of the incident.
Showup: The presentation of one suspect to an eyewitness in a short time frame following commission of a crime.
228A Eyewitness Identifications Pg 2 of 5
Procedure:
A. Showups:
(CALEA 42.2.12a) Many courts have suppressed identification evidence based on the use of showups because of the inherent suggestiveness of the practice. Therefore, the use of showups should be avoided whenever possible in preference for the use of a photographic lineup. Showups are typically justified when other means of identification are either impractical or unavailable and no other evidence exists to hold the suspect. Showups are practical only when a crime is freshly committed and circumstances are such that the subject can reasonably be associated with the incident. When exigent circumstances require the use of showups, the following guidelines should be followed:
a. Showups should not be conducted when the suspect is in a cell, manacled (handcuffs are allowable) or dressed in jail clothing.
b. (CALEA 42.2.12d) Showups should not be conducted with more than one witness present at a time. If the showup is conducted separately for more than one witness, the witnesses should not be permitted to communicate before or after the showup regarding the identification of the suspect.
c. (CALEA 42.2.12c) The same suspect should not be presented to the same witness more than once.
d. Showup suspects should not be required to put on clothing worn by the perpetrator, to speak words uttered by the perpetrator or to perform other actions of the perpetrator.
e. (CALEA 42.2.12f) Words or conduct of any type by Deputies that may suggest to the witness that the individual is or may be involved in the incident should be scrupulously avoided. The Deputy will not provide feedback to the witness regarding status of the suspect or the identification.
f. (CALEA 42.2.12e) The Deputy conducting a showup will instruct the witness that the subject being presented is not necessarily the suspect of the incident and that the witness is not compelled to either positively or negatively identify the subject as the suspect in the incident. The Deputy will ask the witness to state their level of confidence regarding the identification.
228A Eyewitness Identifications Pg 3 of 5
g. (CALEA 42.2.12b) The witness should be transported to the location of the subject of the showup. Under no circumstances should a suspect be transported to the scene of the incident.
h. The subject of the showup should, if practical, be taken out of a vehicle and stood up for the showup. The witness typically should be allowed to sit in a vehicle. Deputies may use lights as necessary to illuminate the subject of the showup and reduce the ability of the subject to see the witness.
i. (CALEA 42.2.12eg) The Deputy conducting the showup will thoroughly document all aspects of the showup to include where and how the suspect was initially located, where the showup was conducted, description of the suspect and clothing, and the level of confidence expressed by the witness.
B. Photographic Identifications/Photographic Lineups:
(CALEA 42.2.11a) Photographic identifications must use multiple photographs shown individually to a witness or simultaneously in an array.
(CALEA 42.2.11a) Photographic lineups should be created using six photographs. Filler photographs should be individuals who reasonably resemble the suspect in regard to age, height, weight and general appearance and be of the same sex and race. Photographs should not include, or should have covered, any identifying information on subjects. The lineup should be arranged with three photographs across the top and three across the bottom. Numbering of the photographs will be one through three across the top from left to right and four through six across the bottom from left to right.
(CALEA 42.2.11d) The Deputy conducting the photo lineup will instruct the witness of the following prior to viewing the lineup:
a. That the suspect may or may not be among the subjects in the lineup and that the witness is not compelled to make an identification.
b. (CALEA 42.2.11e) Ask the witness to state their level of confidence in the identification.
228A Eyewitness Identifications Pg 4 of 5
c. Remind the witness not to discuss the identification procedure or results with other witnesses involved in the case.
The Deputy will place the photo lineup face down in front of the witness. After explaining the procedure to the witness, ask the witness if they understand the procedure. Once the witness is ready ask him/her to turn over the photo lineup and view the photographs. If the witness makes a positive identification have the witness place their signature, date and time above the chosen photograph.
(CALEA 42.2.11f) Deputies will not make statements to influence the perception or judgment of the witness or witnesses. Deputies will not provide feedback to the witness or witnesses regarding the subject or the identification.
(CALEA 42.2.11eg) The Deputy conducting the lineup will thoroughly document the identification, or lack of identification, made by the witness. Documentation will include the level of confidence in the identification expressed by the witness.
(CALEA 42.2.11g) The Deputy conducting the photo lineup will write the case number, the officer’s name and date on the back of the photograph and place the line up in Property and Evidence as evidence in the case. A photocopy should also be made and placed in the Records file.
(CALEA 42.2.11c) If more than one witness is involved separate photo lineups should be prepared. If practical the arrangements of the photographs should be changed. All other procedures for the lineup will be followed for additional witnesses. Precautions should be taken so witnesses do not have an opportunity to speak to one another unsupervised prior to the identification procedure.
(CALEA 42.2.11b) Video and/or audio recording devices, when available, may be used to document the lineup procedure. If recording devices are used the witness should be advised that the lineup identification will be recorded prior to beginning the identification procedure.
C. Photographic Identification and Photographic Array:
Single photographic identification is generally regarded as improper for identifying an unknown subject. This type of identification is only acceptable for confirming a known, or partially known, identity. For example, if a witness
228A Eyewitness Identifications Pg 5 of 5
knows the identity of a subject but only knows a partial name, or a nickname, a single photograph identification may be used to confirm identity.
A photographic array of multiple single photographs may be used for identification when a photographic lineup is impractical or justifiable reasons exist to substitute a photographic array for a photographic lineup. If a photographic array is used, the same procedures for a photographic lineup will be followed with the exception that photographs should be shown to the witness one at a time. The same order should be used for each viewing and the officer should document the order shown. The photographic array should be preserved in the same manner as a photographic lineup. If photographic array photographs are to be viewed one at a time, they should be affixed to a piece of paper and utilized as a photographic lineup.
D. Lineups: Lineups are typically not utilized by Deputies of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. If, in the rare event, a live lineup is necessary, precautions must be taken to ensure that Deputies do not influence witnesses. The basic procedures outlined for photographic lineups should be followed at a minimum. Additionally, Deputies must be aware that subjects have a right to have counsel present during any live lineup identification procedure once they have been formally charged with a crime.
Revision: A- 12/16/2014 Section E-1
A1-05/05/2016 Section G; A1-5/21/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Communications
Number: 229A1 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: December 16, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 5.1.5, 5.2.2, 5.2.5, 5.2.6, 5.2.11, 6.1.2, 6.3.1abcfg, 6.3.3, 6.4.2,
6.5.2cd, 6.5.5, 6.7.3, 7.1.5, 81.2.3 a-j, 81.2.4 a-g, 81.2.11
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines and procedures for the interaction of the communications center.
Policy:
The communications function is a vital role in the safety and security of our personnel. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to work together with the Communications Section who provides the communications function for the Sheriff’s Office.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 6.3.1c, 81.2.4c) Each Deputy and designated personnel shall be assigned a call number and he/she shall utilize the assigned number when contacting the Communications Center or another unit. A recall list is maintained by the Headquarters Branch Captain, the number assignments are as follows:
100 series-Majors up to the Sheriff
A-Alpha series- Deputies assigned to the Northern Branch
B-Bravo series- Deputies assigned to the Southern Branch
C-Charlie series-Deputies assigned to Administrative and Civil Branch
D-Delta series- Deputies assigned to Investigations
E-Echo series- Deputies assigned to the Special Operations Branch
229A1 Communications Pg 2 of 6
H-Hotel series- Explorers
KY series- Deputies assigned to the Alcohol Beverage Control Team
M-Marine series- Deputies assigned to the Marine Enforcement Section
L –Lima-Deputies assigned to Evidence and/or Lab
S-Sierra- Deputies assigned to Special Ops
V-Victor series- Reserve Deputies and Chaplins
Z-Zulu series-Deputies assigned to Headquarters Branch
X – X-ray- Deputies assigned to Support Services
900 – Deputies assigned to Emergency Management
700 – Detention Center Personnel
B. (CALEA 6.3.1ab, 81.2.4abd) Deputies should always advise the communications center of their status. Every Deputy must advise the communications center when they are beginning their tour of duty, and when they are ending their tour of duty. If a Deputy is going to be out of service for a particular reason, the communications center shall be notified and a location shall be given. The Communications Center will log such actions into the CAD. Deputies will use plain language. Emergency Services Dispatchers will always make a CAD entry for criminal and non-criminal cases initiated by public safety employees.
C. (CALEA 81.2.4g) An emergency assistance call will require the following from the Communications Center:
A call is put out to any unit in the area available to provide assistance.
The supervisor is advised.
An “All Units, clear channel. All units, clear channel. All units switch to designated channel at this time” is put out until rescinded by the Deputy or a supervisor.
229A1 Communications Pg 3 of 6
D. (CALEA 6.3.1f, 81.2.4g) An emergency help alert activation is handled as follows:
An attempt is made to call the Deputy assigned to the mobile radio or handset.
The supervisor is advised.
If no response is made, the supervisor will authorize the Communications Center to conduct a roll call of all units currently active in the CAD.
E. (CALEA 6.3.1g) Status Check:
The computer aided dispatch system has a timer to alert the dispatcher that no radio traffic has been received from the Deputy. The dispatcher will then call the Deputy and request a status check. Any response from the Deputy other than “Ten-Four” will be considered an emergency and back up units will be sent immediately.
F. (CALEA 6.3.3, 81.2.11) Delivering emergency messages to citizens:
Acceptance of citizen calls regarding the delivery of emergency messages shall require communications personnel to advise the supervisor. Once evaluated, the communications center should initiate a call for service to the next available Deputy assigned to that area.
Death notifications are coordinated through the Communications Center and the Coroner’s Office. If the Coroner requests assistance, approval will be made through the supervisor.
G. (CALEA 6.7.3) Client Public Safety Agency Reports:
The communications center will comply within reason to the data collection, reporting and submission requests from supervisors of the public safety agencies served by the center. The following procedures shall be applied upon request:
a. The communication center employee receiving the request will relay it to their direct supervisor in order to ensure accountability for all requests.
b. The supervisor shall forward the request to the specific function most able to comply with the data collection and/or report requested.
229A1 Communications Pg 4 of 6
c. The function assigned shall use resources available (CAD, Recording Systems, etc.) to gather the requested information as expeditiously as possible and forward to the requesting party via their direct supervisor.
H. (CALEA 6.1.2) FCC Radio Operations:
Public safety communications will operate within the guidelines and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) established policies, regulations, and laws for all operations and radio system maintenance/management. All licenses will be maintained by the Emergency Management Division Commander.
(CALEA 6.5.5) Two telephone lines within the Communications Center are unrecorded. These are the direct connect lines to the Jasper County Sheriff’s Office and the USMC Military Police. These lines are to be used only when all other contact efforts have failed. The Communications Center does not have access to the “talk around” channel.
I. Training:
Communications personnel that are assigned to training will receive instruction in the following areas:
a. (CALEA 5.1.5a) Lesson plan development;
b. (CALEA 5.1.5b) Performance objective development;
c. (CALEA 5.1.5c) Instructional techniques;
d. (CALEA 5.1.5d) Testing and evaluation techniques;
e. (CALEA 5.1.5e) Resource availability and use.
New Hire Training Program includes both classroom and on the job training:
a. (CALEA 5.2.2a) Curriculum based on frequent assignments;
b. (CALEA 5.2.2b) Evaluation techniques designed to measure competency in the required skills, knowledge, and abilities;
c. (CALEA 5.2.2c) On the job training of a minimum of four months during and/or after the required classroom training;
d. (CALEA 5.2.2d) Provisions for training or orientation of lateral-entry personnel.
229A1 Communications Pg 5 of 6
Evaluation of New Hire Training:
a. (CALEA 5.2.5a) Training officer feedback of program effectiveness;
b. (CALEA 5.2.5b) Student evaluation of program;
c. (CALEA 5.2.5c) Supervisor reviews;
d. (CALEA 5.2.5d) Measurement of learning during training;
e. (CALEA 5.2.5e) Identification of results of training.
Annual Training:
a. (CALEA 5.2.6) All Communication Center personnel will complete annual retraining as directed by the communications training coordinator. The annual training will include but not limited to new laws, client agency procedure changes, technological improvements and revisions in agency policy.
b. (CALEA 6.4.2) Communications Center personnel will attend an annual training exercise concerning the evacuation plan. An actual evacuation can be used in lieu of the exercise. The exercise or actual evacuation will be conducted by the planning officer along with documentation.
c. (CALEA 7.1.5) The planning officer will conduct annual training for communications personnel concerning the emergency operations plan. This training may be conducted during shift briefings, in-service training, or actual exercises and will be documented.
Semi-Annual Training:
a. (CALEA 6.5.2c) TDD/TTY retraining will be conducted by the Communications Training Coordinators for all communications personnel every six months. (CALEA 6.5.2d) TDD/TTY equipment will be tested at least monthly and documented by the Communications Manager.
Training Officer Requirements:
a. (CALEA 5.2.11a) A selection process to become a Communications Training Officer (CTO);
b. (CALEA 5.2.11b) Attend training and in-service training of trainers;
c. (CALEA 5.2.11c) The Communications Training Coordinators will have the responsibility of the supervision of the trainers;
d. (CALEA 5.2.11d) Trainers will complete reporting responsibilities;
e. (CALEA 5.2.11e) Trainers will coordinate with the Communications Training Coordinator.
229A1 Communications Pg 6 of 6
Revision date(s): A-6/5/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Pandemic Flu Event Response
Number: 230A Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 1, 2006 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: SC Mass Casualty Plan
Purpose:
A pandemic is a global disease outbreak. An influenza pandemic occurs when a new influenza A virus emerges for which there is little or no immunity in the human population. The virus begins to cause serious illness and spreads easily from person to person worldwide. Various health experts have predicted anywhere from 15% to 40% of the population of South Carolina could be infected in the first wave of the illness. This would have a devastating impact on all facets of life. Hospitals would experience patient surges well beyond their ability to cope; workforces could be impacted by up to 25% of employees failing to appear for work on any given day during the pandemic. The first wave of the event is predicted to last approximately eight (8) weeks, with subsequent waves being of smaller impact and lasting a shorter duration. Deaths would be numerous with various estimations of up to 25 daily in Beaufort County. This would overwhelm funeral homes and hospitals.
Three pandemics occurred during the 20th Century and one in the 21st Century.
Date
US Deaths
Worldwide deaths
1918/1919
500,000
40,000,000+
1957/1958
70,000+
2,000,000
Policy:
1968/1969
2020/2021
34,000+
1,000,000+
700,000+
6,000,000+
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to maintain an effective law enforcement presence throughout the duration of a pandemic emergency so as to preserve life and property while keeping the peace.
Procedure:
A. For State Response Procedures, please refer to the S.C. Pandemic Influenza Plan filed under Annex 2 of Appendix 14 in the SC Emergency Operation Plan.
230A Pandemic Flu Event Response Pg 2 of 4
B. Legal Issues: Title 44, Chapter 4 Articles 1 – 5 address the issues under the general title “Emergency Health Powers Act”
44-4-310: DHEC can take over health care facilities during an emergency to isolate or quarantine individuals infected with the disease.
44-4-320: DHEC may take possession or control over human remains that cannot be handled safely otherwise to include rapid disposal by any means designated (embalming, burial, cremation etc.) as deemed necessary by DHEC during the emergency.
44-4-330: Purchase and distribution of pharmaceutical agents or medical supplies to include rationing and quotas to avoid or control shortages and hoarding.
44-4-340: Destruction of private property “where practicable” after appropriate civil proceedings, where the property presents a health risk during the emergency.
44-4-510: DHEC may isolate or quarantine any person whose refusal of physical examination or testing results in uncertainty regarding whether the person has been exposed to the disease.
44-4-530: DHEC may isolate or quarantine any individual or groups of individuals who have not been vaccinated, treated, tested or examined during the emergency.
44-4-40: DHEC director or his designee may sign temporary isolation or quarantine orders without due process of the courts if the delay in imposing the isolation would significantly jeopardize DHEC’s ability to prevent or limit the transmission of the disease.
44-1-100: During an emergency “all sheriffs and constables in the several counties of this State and police officers and health officers of cities and towns must aid and assist the Director of the Department of Health and Environment Control and must carry out and obey his orders…”
C. BCSO Response:
Support to Other Agencies: As prescribed by law, during an emergency the director of DHEC will be issuing various orders which upon transmission to the deputy sheriffs of BCSO will be carried out.
230A Pandemic Flu Event Response Pg 3 of 4
Staffing and Scheduling:
a. With a potential of 25% of the staff workforce absent on any given day, supervision will fall to the senior officer present for duty on that day.
b. Priority will be given to enforcing general laws, maintaining order and keeping the peace. All other duties will be secondary and performed as staffing permits.
c. During the emergency, as members of BCSO fall ill, all Personal leave vacation days will be cancelled. All training will be cancelled. This will remain in effect until the wave has passed and 85% of the Sheriff’s Office has returned to work on a regular basis.
d. Scheduling will remain on a 12 hour shift for all personnel. Absences in the Enforcement Division will be met with personnel from other Branches and the Administrative Division.
e. If all Enforcement billets are filled for the day, second priority will be given to civil process, court security, SRO, Training/Recruiting in that descending order. This will be reviewed and reevaluated on a daily basis.
f. Attempts will be made to give regularly scheduled days off during the emergency to allow officers to rest. It is the responsibility of the senior officer present in each Branch and Division to ensure that a schedule is maintained to the best of their ability, given the existing circumstances.
g. Time cards/sheets will be meticulously maintained during the emergency so as to track all hours worked by various personnel for proper compensation.
h. Administrative, non-sworn personnel will report to work on their regularly scheduled days, health permitting. Priority will be given to civil process, incident / arrest reports, traffic citations in that descending order.
i. Personnel who test positive for a virus which has been specified during a pandemic (i.e. COVID-19), shall notify the agency DICO (Designated Infection Control Officer) during the hours of 0800-1900 for direction.
j. Personnel who are sick and/or test positive for a specified virus, which has been deemed a pandemic, will be ordered to remain in a quarantine status, so as not to infect co-workers or members of the general public,
230A Pandemic Flu Event Response Pg 4 of 4
whom they may come in contact with. All employees ordered to quarantine for health reasons, due to the pandemic (COVID-19 shall be
maintained on the payroll, regardless of the amount of leave that they have.
Daily Operations: The BCSO will make every attempt to continue normal operations at a level consistent with prior activity until such time as lack of personnel renders normal operations impossible. At that time the BCSO will
respond to calls for service on a priority basis with life threatening emergencies receiving top priority. All other calls will be handled as quickly as possible with available staff.
Summary: Should an event as this occur, it will impact Beaufort County and South Carolina as no other event in its history. With casualties reaching an estimated 40%, to maintain a semblance of order will require a devotion to duty beyond any previously asked. Each member of BCSO will be affected by this event and will be expected to continue their duties to the best of their abilities throughout the duration of the event.
Replaces old SOP # 306, 6/6/2010
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response
Number: 231 Type: Operations Pages: 9
Effective Date: April 1, 2004 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: Bomb Threat Questionnaire
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the safe and efficient response to Bomb Threats and Suspicious Packages or items encountered by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to respond to all incidents involving bomb threats, suspected bombs, hazardous devices, and post blast situations; and to ensure public safety, aid in incidents requiring evacuation or searches, and initiate appropriate investigations when necessary.
Procedures:
A. Bomb Threat:
Most bomb threats are received via the telephone. It is important for the receiver of a bomb threat call to keep the caller on the phone as long as possible in the event a phone trace is feasible. The call should also be recorded if possible.
It is important for the receiver of the call to make an accurate record of the call and note the exact words of the caller. The receiver of the call must attempt to ascertain the following information utilizing a Bomb Threat Questionnaire:
a. Specific location of the device;
b. Type of device (timed, remote detonated, chemical, etc.);
c. Description of the device (briefcase, box, paper bag, pipe, etc.);
d. Time of detonation;
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 2 of 9
e. Motivation of the threat (why has the bomb been planted);
f. Caller’s identity;
g. Characteristics of the caller (age, race, sex, accent, speech impediments, etc.);
h. Background noises that may give clue to the caller’s location.
If the call is received by the Sheriff’s Office concerns a location or facility other than the Sheriff’s Office, it is imperative the management at that location be notified as quickly as possible.
The Supervisor or, if after duty hours, the Command Duty Officer, should be notified as soon as possible subsequent to receiving a bomb threat.
The Bomb Squad Commander should be notified. He will be kept abreast of the situation by the on-scene supervisor. With certain exceptions the Bomb Squad will not respond to threats until a suspicious item has been located or a K-9 alert.
If the bomb threat is located at any of the following locations the Bomb Squad will be dispatched to the scene to render assistance:
a. Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office facilities;
b. Other law enforcement agency facilities;
c. Any courthouse;
d. Any judges office or residence;
e. Any residence of a law enforcement official;
f. Any location in which a device has been located or detonated in the past;
g. Any other entity of the county (except schools), state, or federal government;
h. High profile locations e.g. women’s clinics, and other locations which are often targets of hate crimes.
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 3 of 9
If a bomb threat received concerns a public school, the Beaufort County School District’s Office of Public Safety must be notified.
Upon responding to the location of a bomb threat or suspicious package, responding units should:
a. Notify Communications just prior to arriving that they are on-scene and will not be transmitting. Receiving transmissions is permitted. If emergency transmissions are required, they should be done at least 100′ ft. from location of the scene.
b. Determine if a search of the facility has been completed and if a suspicious item was located.
c. At the direction of the on-scene Supervisor, occupants of the facility being threatened should be advised of the bomb threat if not already aware of it. Care should be taken to make this notification as calmly as possible. The facility manager, with input from the on-scene supervisor, will make the decision whether or not to evacuate.
d. Check any illegally parked or suspicious vehicles at the threat location for stolen, having stolen plates, or no license plates. If the possibility exists that the vehicle is rigged to explode, do not attempt to enter or tamper with the vehicle in any manner.
If the facility is to be evacuated and a search conducted:
a. The senior official of the facility will give the order to evacuate.
b. Stop all traffic and reroute around the facility (except for responding emergency vehicles).
c. Have the occupants remove from the facility only the items they brought in that day (purses, lunch pails, briefcases, etc.). Do not close windows, switch off lights, or change the environment.
d. A perimeter should be located at least 300′ ft. from the facility and the staging area should be located upwind if practical. If the device is suspected or reported to be of a chemical or biological nature, the perimeter will be
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 4 of 9
extended to 1500′ ft. with appropriate hazmat precautions, locating the staging area upwind or uphill.
e. The senior facility official should account for all evacuating personnel and advise the on-scene supervisor when the facility is empty.
f. If a search has not been completed, assist in organizing a search of the facility. (Note: The search of a facility is best accomplished by its occupants since they know what belongs and what is out of place).
g. In the event a suspicious item is located, do not touch the item. The item’s location should be clearly marked and search personnel evacuated completely.
h. Upon locating a suspicious item the search should cease and search personnel evacuated until the item has been declared safe by Bomb Squad personnel. The search should then resume until the premises has been thoroughly inspected.
i. The on-scene Supervisor will have Communications notify the Bomb Squad Commander that a suspicious item has been located. (If this is done by radio the supervisor must be outside the perimeter).
j. The on-scene Supervisor will advise the Bomb Squad Commander of a suitable location for a command post. This location should be located on the perimeter and segregated from any civilian personnel. The person who observed the suspicious item should be readily accessible for information needed by the Bomb Squad.
k. A protective sweep for secondary devices along with other safety hazards should be conducted at the command post area along with any staging areas.
Should actual explosives be located, the Incident Command System will be engaged.
B. Suspicious Packages/Items/Devices:
Explosive devices can come in a variety of packaging and can appear as common everyday items, all of which cannot be discounted because of their
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 5 of 9
seemingly harmless appearance or size. Any item that someone considers suspicious is suspicious.
If a suspicious package is reported, the dispatcher should advise the caller not to touch the item, to exit the area of the item and, to standby for the arrival of a Deputy Sheriff.
The Shift Supervisors should be notified as soon as possible.
The Bomb Squad Commander should be notified in reference to the call.
Responding units should upon reaching the scene:
a. Notify Communications just prior to arriving that they are on-scene and will not be transmitting. Receiving transmissions is permitted. If emergency transmissions are required they should be done at least 100′ ft. from location of the scene.
b. Contact the complainant or witness and obtain the following information:
i. Where is the suspect item? (Note: The responding unit should never be less than 300′ ft. from the item.)
ii. Why is the item suspicious to them?
iii. Have they received any threats or items before this incident?
iv. What is the item’s size, approximate weight if known, description, and whether or not the item has been moved.
v. If the suspicious item is a vehicle, ascertain the type and size so a determination of the perimeter size can be made.
c. The Deputy Sheriff on the scene will then notify the supervisor of their findings.
The Shift Supervisor will:
a. Make contact with the Bomb Squad Commander to advise of the situation, actions taken, and solicit any recommendations.
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 6 of 9
b. Ensure that traffic around the facility/area is rerouted (except for responding emergency vehicles).
c. Ensure a perimeter of at least 300 ft. from the facility is established. If the device is suspected or reported to be of a chemical or biological nature, the perimeter will be extended to 1500′ ft., with appropriate hazmat precautions, locating staging areas upwind and uphill.
d. The on-scene Supervisor will advise the Bomb Squad Commander of a suitable location for a command post. This location should be located on the perimeter and segregated from any civilian personnel. The person who observed the suspicious item should be readily accessible for interview by Bomb Squad personnel.
e. Ensure a protective sweep for secondary devices along with other safety hazards should be conducted at the command post area along with any staging areas.
C. Post Blast:
It is important to remember that all incidents may not be of an explosive nature. A booby trap, an incendiary device, or a chemical/biological device may have functioned, though not by explosion, the term post blast still applies. A post blast incident although unique should be treated like any other crime scene, with a few procedural additions.
Upon arrival, the supervisor will ensure the following are notified:
a. The Command Duty Officer;
b. Fire/EMS;
c. Bomb Squad;
d. Investigations;
e. Any other applicable agency (e.g. SCE&G, Palmetto Coop, etc.)
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 7 of 9
Any injured should be moved as soon as possible to a safe area where they can be stabilized. It is recommended to remove victims as well as responders out of the immediate area of the blast or affected area and away from possible secondary devices. An exception to this rule is in the case of a chemical or biological device where movement may spread the substance further. (Note: Should responding personnel find that they may have contaminated themselves by entering the area or coming into contact with a victim, they should stay put, quarantine themselves, warn others to stay away, and advise their Supervisor or Communications via radio of the situation.)
The scene should be secured as soon as possible both for public safety from secondary devices and debris and protection from further contamination, and for crime scene protection. Establish a perimeter according to the size of the crime scene but at least 300′ ft.
Searching for secondary devices should be done as soon as practical. Though the number of personnel inside the crime scene area should be kept to a minimum, a search of the crime scene and the surrounding area as well as staging areas should be made. If a suspected secondary device is discovered, follow the procedures as listed under paragraph B supra.
D. Searches:
The search of a facility is best accomplished by the persons most familiar with that facility not the Bomb Squad.
A search of a facility can be made with the building occupied but the facility manager has to make that decision. Only the facility manager can make determinations on when to evacuate and when to return to the facility.
Responding Deputy Sheriff’s should give assistance to facility managers in conducting searches but should not conduct the search for them.
Searches should be conducted according to the facility’s policy. If one is not in place, Deputy Sheriff’s may advise the facility’s manager as to how to conduct a search.
In conducting a search, divide available personnel into groups according to the size of the facility. Each group should then be divided into search teams of at least two personnel.
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 8 of 9
Have a predetermined method of communication (not radio):
a. Verbal
b. Whistle or air horn
Once the signal has been given to evacuate the search teams, the signal should be repeated by search personnel to ensure that all personnel are evacuated. Facility managers and/or supervisors should ensure that all personnel are evacuated.
Have a predetermined method for marking an area once it has been searched and cleared, and for marking a suspicious device when discovered.
Once a search team enters a room—stop, look, and listen.
a. Divide the room by the amount of objects in the room, not the area.
b. Look for overt suspicious items and identify any noises before the search begins.
c. Once the room has been divided the team members should begin the search in a back to back position, this is the starting point. The same starting point is used for each successive sweep.
d. Team members will then begin searching along the wall working toward each other. After meeting they should work together to search any items in the center of the room up to the height being used on that sweep.
e. The first sweep should be from the floor to waist height.
f. The second sweep should be from your waist to the top of the head.
g. The third sweep should be from the top of the head to the ceiling.
h. The fourth sweep should cover any ceiling mounted objects and false ceilings, air condition or ventilation ducts, speakers, wiring or piping, and structural framing.
i. If a suspicious item is located, the general location of the item and the room that it is located in should be marked according to the predetermined
231 Bomb Threat/Suspicious Package Response Pg 9 of 9
method. Do not mark the item itself and in no way come in contact with the item. Evacuate the room and give the signal to evacuate the other search teams (do not transmit). If the search was not completed, it may resume after the Bomb Squad has declared the discovered item safe.
j. After the search is completed and no suspicious items were located, the room should be marked as clear using the predetermined method.
k. Once all the search teams are accounted for, all information should be provided to the facility manager so that a decision can be made with regard to returning to the building.
Reference(s) A-06/10/2020; A1-06/22/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents
Number: 232A1 Type: Operations Pages: 15
Effective Date: June 6, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: OSHA 1910.132
Purpose:
This policy establishes the criteria for training and certification of the Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Team as well as operational procedures for a joint response to a weapon of mass destruction (WMD) incident.
Policy:
This policy applies to all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Team personnel. This policy establishes procedures for a response to a weapon of mass destruction (WMD) incident. These include training and certification requirements, equipment requirements, command procedures, deployment and operational procedures, and after-action procedures.
Procedure:
A. Training and Certification:
Prior to deploying on a WMD incident, all Bomb Squad personnel will, at a minimum, complete the Haz-Mat Tech I course.
Prior to deploying on a WMD incident, all S.W.A.T personnel will, at a minimum, complete the S.W.A.T 12-hour Basic SCBA course.
In addition to the above listed training, all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. personnel will receive a minimum of 8 hours annually of WMD refresher training to include classroom, practical and scenario training.
In addition to the above listed requirements, all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. personnel will complete the following equipment testing:
a. A mask fitting (APR & SCBA) every year in accordance with OSHA 1910.134.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 2 of 15
B. Notification Procedures:
All requests for a response by the Bomb Squad and the S.W.A.T. Team to a weapons of mass destruction incident will be forwarded to both Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Commander. The S.W.A.T. Commander will ensure that the following personnel are notified by the Communications Supervisor:
a. Sheriff’s Office Chain of Command.
b. Emergency Management Division.
c. Any other agency that is part of the WMD response plan.
The Bomb Squad Commander will ensure that the following personnel are notified:
a. Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI SABT)
b. US Army Civil Support Team (CST)
c. S.C. Law Enforcement Division (SLED)
The S.W.A.T. Commander will ensure that all S.W.A.T. personnel are mobilized. The Bomb Squad Commander will ensure all Bomb Technicians are mobilized.
C. Operational Responsibilities:
Patrol Sections:
a. Patrol will be responsible for perimeter, traffic control, crowd control, and cold zone evacuation during a WMD incident to include:
i) A response into the warm zone to divert injured / ill citizens to decontamination areas.
ii) The establishment of a perimeter to prevent citizens and first responders from entering contaminated or otherwise unsafe areas.
iii) Precautionary cold zone evacuations of citizens.
iv) Patrol will ensure that Patrol Officers are relieved by oncoming units.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 3 of 15
v) The on duty Patrol supervisor may request assistance from the opposite division.
b. Once on the scene, the Patrol Supervisor or their designee will supervise all safety zones and perimeter functions assuming that responsibility of the Branch Captain or his designee/Command Duty until properly relieved.
c. Patrol Units will be mobilized during a WMD incident and will report as directed by the Incident Commander or his designee.
d. All personnel will be deployed in minimum of 2-officer teams.
e. Officers will remain in eye and voice contact with their partners at all times once deployed.
f. Officers will visually monitor their partners as often as possible and will verbally check their welfare on a regular basis.
g. The Incident Commander in the Command Post will advise Patrol officers.
i) Where to respond (perimeter limitations and safety zones)
ii) Officer decontamination area
iii) Safe approach route
iv) Where to route victims for decontamination
h. Patrol Unit personnel will monitor their assigned radio frequency for response instructions. The safe perimeter for operation will be determined by the Fire Department.
i) Patrol Unit personnel will not enter the hot zone.
ii) Potential victims who are ambulatory and are fleeing the area will be detained in a staging area to await decontamination (if possible).
iii) Affected victims who are in need of medical assistance will be directed or assisted to a gross decontamination area established by the Fire Department. Once there, they are the responsibility of the Fire Department, and Patrol Units personnel will resume their crowd control and rescue duties.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 4 of 15
i. Sheriff’s Office personnel must realize that in an incident of this nature, not every victim can be saved and there will likely be fatalities. Patrol officers will use their discretion during preliminary crowd control and rescue operations. They will attempt to focus their efforts with the goal of providing the greatest amount of assistance to the greatest number of citizens.
j. Patrol Unit supervisors will attempt to remain mobile in a vehicle around the affected area in an attempt to direct their personnel to areas where they are most needed.
k. An Air unit, if needed, will be contacted for assistance.
l. Patrol Unit supervisors and officers will remain alert for any signs that indicate they have been deployed improperly. These include:
i) Feeling any ill effects.
ii) Teammates feeling any ill effects or exhibiting any signs of ill effects.
m. Patrol Unit Supervisor or officer can call for the perimeter to be expanded and for officers to pull back if any of the above take place.
n. Incident Commander in the Command Post will repeat the order and all Road Patrol personnel will comply and withdraw immediately.
o. All personnel experiencing any ill effects will be taken immediately to decontamination.
p. Fire Department Haz-Mat Technicians will be requested to respond to monitor the air quality and recommend a new perimeter after the scene is secure.
q. It will be the responsibility of the Branch Captain or designee in the Command Post to establish a manpower rotation once sufficient manpower arrives on the scene.
r. All personnel being relieved will report to the designated decontamination area.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 5 of 15
s. After decontamination is complete, all personnel will report to Fire Department, or other medical personnel, for medical evaluation and any required treatment.
t. Patrol supervisors will ensure that all their personnel are accounted for and are appropriately decontaminated and treated.
Bomb Squad:
a. All Bomb Squad personnel will be mobilized in response to a WMD incident and will report to the staging area and remain under the direct supervision of the Incident Commander and SWAT supervisor of the squad to which they are assigned.
b. The Bomb Squad will assist in the tactical resolution of WMD incidents. Bomb Squad responsibilities will include:
i) The search for WMD or explosive devices.
ii) Air monitoring and radiation detection
iii) The identification of any possible devices located.
iv) The rendering safe of WMD or explosive devices.
Armored Personnel Carrier (APC):
a. The Armored Vehicle Transport will be responsible for providing support to the S.W.A.T. Team during a response to a WMD incident. Armored Vehicle Transport responsibilities will include:
b. Providing personnel rescue vehicles and drivers for transporting S.W.A.T. and other tactical officers within the affected area.
c. Providing drivers for the S.W.A.T. van or any other vehicle designated to transport S.W.A.T. or other tactical officers from the staging area to the warm zone. Armored Personnel Carrier (APC).
d. All Specialty Vehicle personnel, regardless of their normal assignment, will respond to a WMD incident in the role of support drivers.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 6 of 15
e. Drivers not assigned to drive one of the designated vehicles to the scene will report immediately to the staging area.
f. All support drivers will report to the S.W.A.T. Commander for assignments.
g. Drivers assigned to bring one of the designated vehicles to the scene will report to the staging area upon arrival. They will report as listed in “Paragraph 3.b” above.
h. APC personnel will be assigned to one of the below listed tasks:
i) APC driver and turret cover officer.
ii) Pick-Up truck driver.
iii) Side by side / ATV driver.
i. APC and Support Personnel will report to the staging area and will prepare their personnel protective equipment for deployment.
j. APC and Support Vehicle drivers will inspect the vehicles prior to dressing out for deployment and will report any problems to the SWAT Supervisor as soon as possible.
k. The APC driver’s primary responsibility is to operate the vehicle in the affected area under the direction of the S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the team to which they are assigned. Other duties include:
i) Assisting S.W.A.T. personnel with tactical responsibilities if necessary, at the direction of a S.W.A.T. supervisor.
ii) Assisting in the rescue and/or evacuation of injured S.W.A.T. or Bomb Squad personnel.
l. APC drivers will ensure that their radio is on the designated S.W.A.T. frequency and is operating correctly.
Traffic Units / Traffic Control Points (TCP):
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 7 of 15
a. Officers assigned to the Traffic Teams will be responsible for directing traffic away from the affected area and providing clear response routes for Police and Fire personnel.
b. Traffic Unit officers may be required to escort vehicles and equipment to the staging area to ensure a rapid response. (cold zone escorts only)
c. All on-duty Traffic Unit personnel will be mobilized in response to a WMD incident.
d. A Traffic Unit Supervisor will report to the Command Post as soon as possible.
e. Traffic Unit officers will monitor the appropriate radio frequency and will divert traffic as directed by the Air Unit.
f. Traffic personnel will maintain a safe distance from the affected area and will not enter to evacuate citizens.
g. Traffic Unit personnel not assigned to a traffic control area will respond to a designated staging area and monitor their assigned frequency for:
i) Additional traffic control assignments.
ii) Escort assignments.
iii) Relief assignments.
D. Operational Procedures
Special Weapons and Tactics Team:
a. The entire Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Team will be mobilized during a response to a WMD incident and will report to the designated staging area. The Fire Department will normally determine the staging area location. Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. supervisors will consider the below listed factors when selecting the exact staging location to include:
i) Shade
ii) Air conditioning
iii) Building
iv) Access to the contaminated area
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 8 of 15
v) Sufficient room for personal vehicles, Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. vehicles
vi) Wind direction
vii) Proximity of the Command Post
b. Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. personnel will stage by the WMD Trailer and don protective equipment to include:
i) SCBA with the Nomex balaclava removed
ii) Protective suit
iii) Chemical resistant gloves
iv) Chemical resistant boots
c. The first S.W.A.T. officers to arrive will gather as much information on the situation as possible and brief the SWAT Commander upon his arrival.
i) The supervisors of the first two squads will compile a personnel list that will be turned into the Command Post.
ii) Each S.W.A.T. supervisor will prepare a roster of the officers on the team that will be entering the contaminated area. These will be turned into the Command Post as soon as possible.
iii) S.W.A.T. personnel may use Bomb Squad personnel or local HAZMAT to conduct recon air monitoring.
iv) S.W.A.T. supervisors will also contact the APC drivers to have a minimum of one driver assigned to their team. If there is sufficient support personnel present, drivers will be deployed and assigned in pairs.
v) The drivers will remain with the assigned S.W.A.T. team for the entire time the team is deployed in the affected area.
vi) S.W.A.T. supervisors will make sure one Bomb Tech is assigned to each entry team (see section C-2).
vii) S.W.A.T. personnel will remain at the staging area by squad and will be prepared to dress out and deploy as directed by the Command Post.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 9 of 15
The decision to deploy more than one S.W.A.T. Team at one time will be dependent on:
(1) The size of the area of operation.
(2) The number of officers available for tactical duty for each squad.
(3) The number of tactical officers from other agencies available to assist.
d. The S.W.A.T. Team and other tactical teams comprising the tactical element will utilize a 4-team rotation when responding to WMD incidents:
i) One team in the contaminated area.
ii) One team standing by for immediate relief or emergency rescue.
iii) Two teams standing by.
iv) All personnel entering the affected area will be assigned to a minimum of 2-officer teams.
v) Supervisors will attempt to likewise pair support drivers together.
vi) When preparing to enter the contaminated area, all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. personnel will don their PPE upon the instruction of the supervisor. All personnel will charge their SCBA system, perform a system check, and remain in the standby mode until ordered to go “on air” by their supervisor. All personnel will go “on air” at the same time. The supervisor will notify the Command Post that they are “on air” and will request an acknowledgement. The “on air” time will be recorded and monitored by the air time monitor officer assigned to the Command Post.
e. All Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. personnel on the standby/rescue team will have their equipment either ready, partially or completely on, while the prior team is in the contaminated area. The extent to which the standby/rescue team will be dressed out will be determined by environmental factors.
f. The S.W.A.T. Commander or Team Leader will, in conjunction with Fire Department, determine the time officers will be allowed to remain in the
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 10 of 15
suit and “on air” when deployed, this information will be disseminated to all supervisors, as well as to the air monitor officer in the Command Post.
g. The air time monitor will ensure that the supervisor on air and the S.W.A.T. Commander are kept apprised of the time the deployed squad or team is “on air”.
h. It will be the responsibility of the S.W.A.T. Commander to direct the relief squad to suit up and be prepared to enter and relieve the team deployed in the affected area.
i. The supervisor of the relief squad will verbally acknowledge the order to suit up and will direct his officers to prepare to enter the affected area per “Paragraph h.” above.
j. The S.W.A.T. Commander will verbally advise the supervisor of the 3rd squad in the rotation that they are to prepare to become the standby/rescue team. The supervisor of this squad will verbally acknowledge the order and will direct his officers to prepare per “Paragraph i.” above.
k. The S.W.A.T. Commander will direct the supervisor of the standby/rescue squad when it is time to enter the affected area. The supervisor of the standby/rescue squad will verbally acknowledge the order and will order his team to go “on air”. The supervisor will then advise the Command Post that they are “on air”. The time will be recorded by the air time monitor.
l. The supervisor of the standby/rescue squad will ensure that his squad relieves the squad already in the affected area. The supervisor of the standby/rescue squad will meet face to face with the supervisor of the squad being relieved for information. The squad being relieved will then return to the decontamination and weapon drop area.
m. Prior to leaving, the supervisor will conduct a personnel accountability check (PAC) to ensure all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T officers are accounted for.
n. The supervisor will advise the Command Post that his squad has been relieved and that they are vacating the affected area.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 11 of 15
o. The supervisor will, likewise, notify the Command Post when the last member of the team has been decontaminated and is “off air”.
p. The time relieved and last “off air” time will be recorded by the air time monitor officer in the Command Post.
q. Upon leaving the affected area, the supervisor of the squad being relieved will ensure that all personnel under his supervision will:
i) Be decontaminated by Fire Department personnel.
ii) Receive a medical evaluation by S.W.A.T. paramedics or EMS personnel.
iii) Receive any medical treatment or rehabilitation as directed by EMS or other appropriate medical personnel.
iv) Report to the designated staging area to resume their place in the rotation.
Helicopter Support:
a. The assistance of an Air Support Unit will be critical during a police response to a WMD incident.
b. Any Air unit called will respond to the general area to assess the situation. Any others will await instructions from the Command Post.
c. The Air unit will advise as soon as possible on the best approach routes.
d. During the initial stages of an incident, the Air unit will attempt to communicate with Patrol Units to direct traffic control.
e. Once they are on the scene, a supervisor will request assistance from the Air unit on crowd control movement and any observed problems.
f. If a second Air Unit is deployed, one will be assigned traffic and response routes and the other will assist Patrol with ground operations.
Staging Area Procedures:
a. A Tactical staging area will be established at the direction of the S.W.A.T. Commander. The staging area will be manned by the following personnel:
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 12 of 15
i) Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Team personnel.
ii) The S.W.A.T. Team Paramedic supervisor.
iii) The air time monitor officer.
iv) The roster monitor officer.
v) A liaison officer from the Fire Department.
vi) Tactical / Bomb Commanders from assisting tactical units.
vii) Any other personnel at the direction of the Incident Commander.
viii) A liaison with the Incident Commander.
b. Command Post responsibilities include the following:
i) The Incident Commander working within a Unified Command will oversee all Police response to the WMD incident.
ii) The Operations Chief will direct and oversee all tactical operations within the affected area and will direct the operations of all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. officers and supervisors, as well as vehicle drivers.
(1) When a bomb squad or tactical team from another agency is deployed in the affected area, they will be under the supervision of the BCSO chain of command.
(2) The Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T. Commander will report to the Operations Chief.
c. The Operations Chief will be responsible for:
i) Directing all crowd control operations.
ii) Directing all rescue and evacuation operations in the warm zone and on the perimeter.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 13 of 15
d. The Traffic Unit Supervisor will be responsible for:
i) Directing all traffic control operations.
ii) Directing all escort operations.
e. The Air time Monitor will be responsible for:
i) Monitoring the “on air” and evacuation times.
ii) The Air Time Monitor Officer will not be assigned any other tasks other than to monitor the times listed above.
f. The Roster Monitor will be responsible for:
i) Maintaining a roster of all Bomb Squad and S.W.A.T personnel present.
ii) Maintaining the roster of the team deployed in the affected area in the event the PAR reveals a discrepancy
iii) Assisting the Air Time Monitor in monitoring “on air” times and the deployment of relief teams.
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 14 of 15
232A1 Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents Pg 15 of 15
Revision: A- 7/30/2013
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Clandestine Lab Response
Number: 233A Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: June 6, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
This policy establishes the criteria for the training and certification of the S.W.A.T. Team as well as operational procedures for the service of search warrants on known or suspected clandestine drug and explosive lab locations.
Policy:
This policy establishes procedures for the service of search warrants on known or suspected clandestine lab locations to include training and certification requirements, notification requirements, equipment requirements, operational procedures, and after action procedures. SLED will be contacted at the on-set of the investigation as it relates to a clandestine drug labs and the FBI will be contacted at the on-set of the investigation as it relates to clandestine explosives labs.
Procedure:
A. Training and Certification:
Training and certification of personnel within the S.W.A.T. Team in clandestine lab procedures will be the responsibility of the S.W.A.T Commander and SCBA Coordinator.
Prior to participating in the service of a search warrant on a known or suspected clandestine lab, all S.W.A.T. personnel will complete the following training: Twelve-hour Basic SCBA course presented by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office S.W.A.T. Team.
In addition to the above listed initial training, all S.W.A.T. personnel will complete the following continuing training annually:
a. Eight hours of SCBA training.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 2 of 8
b. Two hours of clandestine drug/explosive lab safety procedures refresher training.
c. Two hours of booby-trap recognition training.
B. Classification:
If any of the below listed criteria are met, the warrant service will be considered a lab entry:
a. Active (cooking) lab.
b. Lab materials present (i.e. glassware, heat sources, etc.)
c. Known or suspected chemicals or explosive ingredients present.
d. Intelligence suggests a lab is present.
e. Suspects have a criminal history for production of illegal substances.
When any of the conditions above are known or suspected to exist, S.W.A.T. personnel will wear all the protective equipment detailed in Section D(2)(a) of this order.
C. Notification:
All requests for warrant service on a known or suspected clandestine lab location will be forwarded to the S.W.A.T. Commander for tactical approval.
Requests for the service of a search warrant on a known or suspected clandestine lab must meet the below listed criteria before approval will be granted:
a. The location of the warrant service must be within the County of Beaufort. Exceptions require approval of the Division / S.W.A.T. Commander (i.e. Mutual Aids)
b. The requesting detail or agency has made all arrangements with the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) for the cost of all post-operation clean up procedures to include hazardous waste disposal costs.
c. All necessary support units and personnel listed below are available.
i) BCSO Bomb Squad
ii) Fire Department and Hazardous Material Team to include Air Truck.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 3 of 8
iii) A minimum of two (2) S.W.A.T. Tactical Squads. The S.W.A.T. supervisor will determine the number of officers needed and will call in additional personnel as needed. Exceptions require approval of the S.W.A.T. Commander.
iv) A Haz-Mat Science Officer from supporting Fire agency.
v) Other support personnel as determined by the S.W.A.T. Commander and or the Incident Commander.
The Fire Department will be contacted as soon as possible. Hilton Head and Bluffton Fire requests go through the Battalion Chiefs. Other Fire requests go through the respective Chiefs.
D. Operational Procedures:
Planning:
a. Upon being granted approval to serve a search warrant on a known or suspected clandestine lab, the S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the warrant service will meet with the supervisor in charge of the requesting agency.
b. The exact location of the lab to include the address and a physical description.
c. What chemical/explosives are believed to be at the location.
d. Whether the suspects are believed to be actively cooking.
e. The number of suspects and their threat potential.
f. Whether children are likely to be present.
g. When the CI, narcotics detective or citizen last observed the lab.
The S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the warrant service will ensure the location is thoroughly scouted prior to the service of the warrant. The S.W.A.T. supervisor will have a member of the requesting agency personally point out the correct location to him and to the officer assigned to perform the scout.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 4 of 8
The S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the warrant service will arrange for a safety briefing with the following personnel to determine the hazards presented by the chemicals/explosives in the lab and to determine the PPE required, decon local and communications. A meet site will be determined.
a. The supervisor of the detail or agency requesting the warrant service.
b. A Fire Dept. Hazardous Materials Technician.
c. A Bomb Squad Technician.
The S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the warrant service will ensure that a briefing take place prior to the warrant being served. The following personnel will be present at the briefing:
a. All S.W.A.T. entry and inner perimeter personnel.
b. All drivers.
c. Road Patrol supervisor
d. Fire and EMS Command personnel.
e. All Bomb Squad personnel.
f. All VCTF investigative personnel, if available.
g. The Science Officer and Hazardous Materials Technician.
The following information will be disseminated at the briefing:
a. The location of the warrant.
b. All known or suspected threats.
c. All suspect and weapon information.
d. The decontamination area.
e. The pre and post warrant staging area.
f. Contingency plan for a fire or explosion.
Warrant Service Procedures:
a. All S.W.A.T. entry and inner perimeter personnel will wear the following personal protective equipment when assigned to serve a search warrant on a known or suspected clandestine drug lab:
i) Self-contained breathing apparatus.
ii) Long sleeve Nomex jacket and pants.
iii) Nomex balaclava attached to the SCBA mask.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 5 of 8
iv) Nomex gloves.
v) Knee and elbow pads.
vi) Body armor
vii) Any other personal protective equipment recommended at the safety briefing.
b. The S.W.A.T. supervisor should consider the use of splash resistant outer suits for chemical splash protection if intelligence identifies it as a possibility.
c. “Tyvek” material will not be used as they emit static electricity.
d. The “Sheriff” placard will be worn on the front of the body armor.
The S.W.A.T. search warrant van will be utilized on all known or suspected clandestine lab search warrants. The van will be equipped with emergency decontamination water-filled fire extinguishers and S.W.A.T. Medics.
All S.W.A.T. personnel assigned as a member of the entry team will be assigned to minimum two (2) officer teams. Officers must remain with their partner until they vacate the structure and report to the post warrant staging area. Officers will complete an equipment check on themselves and their assigned partner prior to deployment.
Supervisors will notify their officers when to dress out and don their SCBA. All officers should dress at the same time. Upon donning their SCBA, all officers will test the system and remain in the standby mode until going on air.
There will be an adequate number of officers assigned to the inner perimeter/containment team for rescue purposes of entry team officers. These officers will serve as a rescue element in the event the entry team requires immediate assistance. SWAT Paramedics will also be present in the van.
S.W.A.T. Paramedics will be present on all clandestine lab warrant services.
Hazardous Materials Technicians and advanced life support personnel will be standing by on all clandestine lab search warrants.
Bomb Squad Technicians will be present on all clandestine lab warrants.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 6 of 8
A Haz-Mat Science Officer will also stand by on all clandestine lab warrants.
All S.W.A.T. entry team officers will go “on air” at the same time prior to arriving at the warrant location. Upon entry to the structure, officers will not turn on light switches or any other appliance. Officer will not unplug or turn off any electrical devices that might be part of a cooking lab. Officers will avoid handling any chemicals, containers, devices, or other objects inside the structure.
The entry team and inner perimeter supervisors will conduct a personnel accountability report (PAR) as soon as possible after the scene is secure to ensure that all officers are accounted for. All officers will remove their SCBA, Nomex jacket and body armor as soon as practical unless decon is needed.
If a lab is found, all subjects inside the structure will be restrained as appropriate and will be isolated in a secure location. They will be placed in Tyvek suits to prevent contamination of officers and other support personnel. All subjects found inside the lab will be decontaminated if the Fire Department Haz-Mat personnel or the Science Officer deems it necessary.
At the conclusion of the warrant service, the entry team supervisor will ensure that all entry team personnel as well as subjects encountered in the structure are removed immediately. All entry and inner perimeter personnel will report to the post warrant staging area to await a site analysis by the lab certified officer. All suspects after decon will be taken to the prisoner area, which will be designated during the briefing.
In the event decontamination is necessary, all personnel directed by the Science Officer and or Fire Department Haz-Mat personnel will report to the designated decontamination area.
When decontamination is complete, all entry and inner perimeter personnel will have their vital signs taken and recorded by EMS or S.W.A.T Paramedics.
Prior to leaving the scene, all S.W.A.T. personnel will ensure that their SCBA’s are inspected for any damage.
E. Emergency procedures:
In the event an officer on the entry team becomes ill, it will be the supervisor’s discretion if the entire team will evacuate. If subjects remain inside, they will be
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 7 of 8
ordered from the structure. If they refuse to comply, the incident will be treated as a barricade.
In the event an officer has been exposed to chemicals, their clothing will be removed as soon as possible. Officers will implement emergency decontamination procedures as soon as possible. The affected officer will report to or be taken to full decon as soon as possible.
In the event of a fire/explosion inside the structure, the entry team will evacuate the premises immediately.
In the event any explosive devices are discovered, the most immediate threat will be addressed. The entry team supervisor will make a determination as to whether the remainder of the structure will be searched or if the structure will be evacuated. If the structure is searched and secured, Bomb Squad personnel will be summoned to examine and evaluate the device or contents of the lab.
If a booby trap or suspected booby trap is discovered, the entry team supervisor will make a determination as to whether to call a bomb technician forward to determine whether the device can be bypassed or rendered safe before continuing with clearing the structure.
F. Post Decontamination Procedures:
In the event that a complete decontamination procedure was implemented, the following procedures will be complied with:
a. All affected clothing will be left at the scene. Haz-Mat techs and contractor tasked with the cleanup will determine the appropriate decontamination or whether the clothing will be discarded.
b. All weapons that were decontaminated will be turned over to the S.W.A.T. Supervisor. The S.W.A.T. Armorer will be responsible for detail stripping the weapons ensuring they are in proper operating condition prior to placing them back in service.
c. All ammunition will be discarded by the S.W.A.T. Armorer in conjunction with Bomb Squad personnel.
233A Clandestine Lab Response Pg 8 of 8
d. In the event any radio equipment came in contact with water during the decontamination procedure, the Radio Coordinator will be contacted as soon as possible to determine if any service is required.
Reference(s): A-06/10/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: SCBA Equipment Procedures
Number: 234A Type: Operations Pages: 8
Effective Date: June 6, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: OSHA CFR 1910.132 and 1910.134
Purpose:
This policy establishes the criteria for the training and certification of Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel in the Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) deployment procedures and the maintenance and repair of SCBA equipment.
Policy:
This policy dictates the use of SCBA, the maintenance schedule for SCBA equipment, the training requirements and certification, recertification, and safety procedures, making reference to OSHA 1910 standards where applicable.
Procedure:
A. Training and certification of personnel within the Sheriff’s Office in the use of Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus will be the responsibility of the WMD Coordinator. The WMD Coordinator will insure the below listed Special Teams have the adequate training and equipment for certification.
Crime Scene Unit
Bomb Squad
S.W.A.T. Team
B. Crime Scene Unit Commander will ensure all Crime Scene Technicians complete a (4) hour certification course covering the basics of SCBA use and operation while conducting criminal investigations at crime scenes.
C. Bomb Squad Commander will ensure all Bomb Technicians complete a Haz-Mat Level I certification. The Bomb Squad will utilize SCBA’s with the Bomb Suit and when performing tactical operations with the S.W.A.T. Team. The Bomb Squad will maintain the same below listed protocols as the S.W.A.T. Team except for the (12) hour basic training required by new S.W.A.T. officers.
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 2 of 8
D. S.W.A.T. Team Commander will ensure that the S.W.A.T. Team maintains a minimum of one SCBA Coordinator.
All S.W.A.T. Team personnel will complete twelve (12) hours of basic training in the proper use of SCBA before deploying on an operation requiring its use. The training will include, but is not limited to the following:
a. Donning and doffing procedures
b. Low air (vibralert) procedures
c. Refilling procedures
d. System failure procedures
e. Low light operations
f. Shooting exercises
g. Building entries; live fire and simulated
h. Smoke environment/low visibility operations
i. Rescue operations
j. Booby trap recognition procedures
k. Weapons of mass destruction (WMD) operations
l. Clandestine lab safety procedures
m. Emergency decontamination procedures
n. Hazardous materials recognition training
o. Vehicle operation in WMD Incidents
Prior to deploying with a SCBA, all S.W.A.T. Team personnel will be required to pass a practical exam demonstrating competency in SCBA procedures. They will also be required to pass a written examination covering topics outlined in the course.
All S.W.A.T. Team personnel will receive a minimum of eight (8) hours of continual SCBA training per year:
a. All S.W.A.T. personnel will be required to qualify annually while wearing SCBA with all firearms they are authorized to carry on duty.
b. The S.W.A.T. Team will maintain copies of the Written Examination, a Practical Checklist, and all Firearms records.
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 3 of 8
E. SCBA Mask Fit (OSHA CFR 1910.134)
All S.W.A.T. Team personnel will have a mask fit test required annually. The S.W.A.T. SCBA Coordinator will maintain a record of each officers fit test.
Any officer who has facial hair will be required to shave prior to the “mask fit test”. This will ensure a proper mask seal.
Any officer with facial hair must have the ability to shave prior to an incident response in which the use of an SCBA or APR mask may be required.
F. Equipment Inspections:
It is the responsibility of each SCBA user to inspect their own equipment before and at the conclusion of each use to insure its proper function.
The S.W.A.T. SCBA Coordinator, or his designee will inspect each SCBA unit annually. The items and manner of inspection are detailed in the SCBA Equipment Inspections Form.
G. Deployment:
The use of SCBA by S.W.A.T. personnel will be required under the following circumstances:
a. Known or suspected clandestine drug labs
b. Known or suspected chemical storage facilities
c. Known or suspected chemical, nuclear or biological threats present
d. Any environment where exposure to any inhalation hazard is possible
e. Any environment where oxygen deprivation is possible
f. Any environment where smoke inhalation may be a consideration
g. Under any circumstances when Fire Department/Haz-Mat personnel recommend the use of SCBA.
All S.W.A.T. personnel will station their issued SCBA units in the S.W.A.T. WMD trailer unless otherwise advised by the S.W.A.T. Commander.
Prior to deploying with SCBA, the S.W.A.T. supervisor in charge of the tactical operation will consult with Fire Department / Haz-Mat Technician to determine the need for additional personal protective equipment (PPE) i.e., Nomex, Level
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 4 of 8
B suits, etc. Emergency rescue and decontamination procedures will also be addressed at this time, if applicable.
When deploying personnel on tactical operations, S.W.A.T. supervisors will make all attempts to comply with OSHA Regulation 1910.120 requiring a “buddy system” deployment with provisions for rescue as follows:
a. Employees will be organized into work groups in such a manner that each employee of the work group is designated to be observed by at least one other employee in the work group. The purpose of the “buddy system” is to provide rapid assistance to employees in the event of an emergency. Backup personnel shall stand-by with equipment ready to provide assistance or rescue.
b. Operations in hazardous areas shall be performed using the “buddy system” in groups of two or more.
c. Advanced first aid support personnel, as a minimum, shall also stand-by with medical equipment and transportation capability. For purposes of S.W.A.T. operations, this will include Fire Department/Hazardous Materials personnel to include appropriate advanced life support personnel being readily available.
d. It will be the responsibility of the S.W.A.T. supervisor to assign the officers to 2-officer teams in order to comply with (1) and (2) above. All personnel must be assigned a partner prior to deploying with SCBA.
e. Under circumstances where support personnel cannot be deployed in close proximity to the site of a tactical operation, S.W.A.T. supervisors will ensure that the following criteria is met:
i) Minimum of one S.W.A.T. Paramedic is deployed on the perimeter/rescue team.
ii) Medical equipment is readily available to include oxygen, airway and (ALS) equipment.
iii) Emergency decontamination is readily available.
iv) Direct radio communication with the Fire Department / Haz-Mat personnel during the entire operation.
Pre-Deployment Check:
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 5 of 8
a. When deploying with SCBA, S.W.A.T. personnel will comply with the following prior to entering a potentially contaminated or hazardous area:
i) The pressure on the cylinder will be checked to ensure that the cylinder is full (green area).
ii) The system will be checked.
iii) The cylinder is securely in place in the backpack and the collar is snapped in.
iv) The cylinder retainer belt is latched and tight.
v) The pressure coupler is attached to the cylinder valve.
vi) The second stage regulator is attached to the pressure line.
vii) The second stage regulator is in the belt holder.
viii)The regulator hose is not wrapped around the shoulder strap.
b. Personnel will not put their mask on until they have verified that their air is on.
c. The system will be tested prior to deployment as follows:
i) Ensure the regulator is plugged into the pressure line by pulling on the connector.
ii) Remove the regulator from the belt holder by rotating it until the purge valve is up. The regulator should be free.
iii) Attach the regulator to the mask by placing the regulator at the front of the mask with the purge valve up. Then rotate the regulator counter clockwise until an audible click is heard which is the latch engaging. (Purge valve will now be to the left side)
iv) Inhale to release the pressure reset switch that will provide air.
v) Verify the purge valve is closed. Reset the pressure reset switch and remove the regulator from the mask by pushing out the safety latch and rotating clockwise the regulator so the purge valve is up. Pull the regulator from the mask and replace it in the belt cup.
d. At the completion of the test procedure, operators will be in the standby mode.
e. Prior to entering any potentially contaminated or hazardous area, operators will switch from the standby mode and will be on air. Supervisors will ensure that all personnel are on air prior to entering the threat area.
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 6 of 8
Any officer, who experiences any ill effects, while deployed on a tactical operation while wearing SCBA, will immediately notify his supervisor and partner and will be immediately removed from the scene. It will be up to the supervisor if the entire team evacuates. The supervisor will make every effort to move the team to a location where they can be safely evaluated and treated by Fire Department personnel. If this is not possible, unit paramedics will initiate emergency medical and decontamination procedures while maintaining radio contact with Fire Department personnel. If the ill effects appear to have been caused by a failure of the SCBA, those units will be isolated for testing and/or repair.
When SCBA is to be used during a tactical incident or its use appears imminent, a Fire Dept. air truck will be requested for support.
a. The S.W.A.T. Commander will consult with the Fire Department personnel to determine a safe location for the air/utility truck to stage in close proximity to the SWAT WMD trailer.
b. The S.W.A.T. Commander or his designee will make arrangements for the transport of S.W.A.T. personnel to and from the air truck in the event it must be staged a considerable distance from the scene. Drivers trained and certified in the use of SCBA will provide transport using whatever vehicles are available.
Post Deployment:
a. At the conclusion of any operation where SCBA is used, the cylinders will be refilled to capacity prior to the operator leaving the scene. The apparatus will be visually inspected and any damage will be immediately reported to the SCBA coordinator. Any time a cylinder is dropped or the operator believes any damage could have occurred, the same notifications will be made immediately and the cylinder will be vented and removed from service. If the above listed personnel are not immediately available, the operator will immediately notify his or her supervisor. The supervisor will be responsible for removing the apparatus from service and notifying one of the above listed personnel at the earliest opportunity.
b. At the conclusion of an operation where personnel might have been exposed to hazardous materials of any kind, all personnel will remain at the scene
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 7 of 8
until the Fire Department/ Hazardous Materials personnel determine if any decontamination or medical treatment is required. Police personnel will remain in as confined an area as possible until this determination has been made. Officers will avoid contact with non-exposed personnel until cleared by Fire Department / Haz-Mat personnel. Any officer experiencing any ill effects, regardless of how minor, will immediately seek medical attention.
c. Equipment decontamination.
H. Equipment Repair and Maintenance:
The S.W.A.T. SCBA coordinator will maintain maintenance and/or repair record for each SCBA unit. Any SCBA unit requiring repair or maintenance of any kind will be reported to the S.W.A.T. SCBA Coordinator for record keeping purposes.
Liaison with the Fire Department personnel will be the responsibility of the S.W.A.T. SCBA coordinator. The above listed personnel will report all damage to any apparatus requiring major repair to the Fire Department as soon as possible.
All cylinders will be stored either completely empty or completely full.
Any employee requiring the replacement of any equipment with a serial number, to include cylinders, will contact the S.W.A.T. SCBA Coordinator.
All cylinders must be hydrostatically tested every three or five years (depending on manufacturer). It will be the responsibility of the S.W.A.T. SCBA coordinator to ensure that all cylinders are compliant with this D.O.T. regulation.
A flow test will be conducted on all SCBA units annually or as required by the manufacturer.
If a SCBA is found to be unserviceable, the SCBA will be tagged and removed from the WMD trailer until repaired.
234A SCBA Equipment Procedures Pg 8 of 8
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Critical Incident Procedures
Number: 235A1 Type: Operations Pages: 4
Effective Date: January 1, 2001 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 46.1.2
Purpose:
To provide a guideline for shift supervisors and communications technicians to follow in the event of an incident where one supervisor is unable to exercise command and control functions due to the nature of the incident.
Policy:
From time to time incidents such as civil disturbances will occur that will necessitate the direct involvement of the supervisor and thereby limit his ability to exercise overall supervision. In these incidents the following procedure will be followed to ensure the continuity of the response to the incident with the goal of terminating the incident as quickly and safely as possible.
Procedure:
A. Dispatch of Initial Incident Call:
Upon receiving the call of a multiple person fight, civil disturbance, riot, barricaded hostage taking incident or like call, it will be dispatched in the normal manner.
The supervisor of that area will be notified of the call.
The supervisor on duty of the unaffected branch will be notified of the incident by communications and he will begin to monitor the incident.
B. Arrival of First Units and Supervisor on Scene: Upon arrival of the supervisor on the scene, he will immediately notify dispatch of the situation.
Replaces old SOP # 300, 6/6/2010
Revision(s): A-06/18/2019; A1-5/21/2020
235A1 Critical Incident Procedures Pg 2 of 4
C. Criteria to Initiate Emergency Plan: (CALEA 46.1.2) If any of the following criteria are present the unaffected supervisor (in the other branch) will assume control of the incident via radio:
The duty supervisor reports a riot or like incident in progress.
The duty supervisor requests immediate or all available back up.
The Emergency Services Dispatcher is unable to contact the supervisor for two minutes.
D. Initiating The Plan: The supervisor of the unaffected branch will immediately assume command and control functions for both divisions.
E. Notifications:
Upon assuming command and control, the supervisor will direct communications to notify the Command Duty Officer of the on-going incident. Communications will relay the known details of the incident, the fact that the critical incident plan is in effect and that the supervisor is in charge.
F. Back Up and Assistance Response (within the division):
The supervisor assuming command and control will direct all remaining units in the affected branch to respond to the incident. The supervisor will direct one unit to remain available for calls at his (the supervisors) discretion. The severity of the incident will determine whether any other units are left available. This will be an authorized blue light and siren response within the parameters of all applicable state emergency vehicle statutes and departmental policies.
G. Back Up and Assistance Response (outside of the branch):
The supervisor assuming command and control will direct a minimum of one half of the units on duty in his branch to respond to the incident location to reinforce the units already there. This will be an authorized blue light and siren response within the parameters of all applicable state emergency vehicle statutes and departmental policies.
H. Communications Responsibility: The communications will continue to monitor the ongoing response.
235A1 Critical Incident Procedures Pg 3 of 4
I. Off-Duty Emergency Call Out:
If the incident continues to expand, cannot be brought under control or at the direction of the on-site supervisor, the supervisor assuming command and control or the Command Duty Officer of the affected division, the Emergency Services Dispatcher will be instructed to conduct a call out of off-duty personnel.
This will be done in the following manner: Deputies as directed by the Command Duty Officer:
J. Department Wide Call Out: All Deputies currently active on the Recall Roster.
K. Notifications (For Division or Department Call Out):
The communications supervisor on duty will notify the Sheriff, the Chief Deputy and each division commander of the on-going incident and call out. They will also notify the duty supervisors of all other state and local agencies having jurisdiction in the county as well as the Emergency Management Duty Officer and the Detention Facility supervisor of the incident.
L. Call Out:
When conducting a call out, the Emergency Services Dispatcher will contact the investigator or special teams supervisor and notify them of the incident.
ICS will be established by senior officer free to do so.
Senior officer will remain Incident Commander until relieved by the proper authority.
M. Termination of the Incident:
All Response will continue until either the response is stopped by the Incident Commander or all available reinforcements have been committed to the incident.
235A1 Critical Incident Procedures Pg 4 of 4
N. Return to normal functions:
The units will be returned to normal or off-duty status at the direction of the Incident Commander on the scene.
05/12/2010: Replaces old Standard Operating Procedure 100; A-6/02/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Arson Investigations
Number: 236A Type: Support Pages: 3
Effective Date: January 1, 2001 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this general order is to establish procedures for investigating arsons.
Policy:
In most situations multi-agency investigations have been difficult to manage. Arson investigations require cooperation agreement between both the fire service and law enforcement. The following policy has been implemented for all Sheriff’s Office personnel for the investigation of a suspected arson.
Procedures;
A. Command Responsibility:
The Lieutenant of the Investigations Section of the Sheriff’s Office is responsible for assuring all Fire Departments in the jurisdiction of the Sheriff’s Office are familiar with this policy as well as all the Criminal Investigators under his authority.
B. Fire Response:
When a Fire Department responds to a fire, the Incident Commander will be the fire service if there is a fire threat as prescribed by state statute.
If requested by the Fire Department Command the Sheriff’s Office will respond to the structure fire. The Deputy Sheriff responding to the fire will be responsible for scene security, crowd control and traffic control. The senior Deputy Sheriff will report to the Incident Commander and remain in close contact with the Incident Command throughout the duration of the fire suppression effort.
236A Arson Investigations Pg 2 of 3
If the Incident Commander suspects the fire to be of suspicious origin or arson, they will notify the senior Deputy Sheriff on the scene of the situation. The deputy will then notify a patrol supervisor to respond to the scene.
The Patrol Supervisor on the scene will request a Sheriff Office Investigator to respond to the scene of any fire of suspicious origin.
C. Investigation Procedures:
The Investigator will immediately meet with the Incident Commander upon arrival at the scene for a briefing on the situation. The Incident Commander will assign a Fire Scene Investigator (FSI) from the Fire Department to assist the Sheriff’s Investigator.
The Sheriff’s Office Investigator will begin their investigation of the scene only after it is declared safe by the Incident Commander. This does not preclude the interviewing of victims, witnesses, or suspects.
The Sheriff’s Office Investigator will conduct the investigation within the confines of their training and expertise. These duties may include:
a. Obtaining Search Warrants
b. Recover and process any physical evidence.
c. Maintain proper chain of custody over evidence.
d. Transport evidence to appropriate lab facilities or Sheriff’s Office Evidence Section.
e. Summon expert assistance from other agencies as deemed appropriate (i.e. SLED, ATF, FBI, etc).
The responsibilities of the Fire Service Investigator (FSI) are limited to the crime scene investigation and courtroom testimony. The fire service Investigator may accompany Sheriff’s Office Investigators through other facets of the investigation if necessary.
D. All investigative activity outside of the crime scene will be the responsibility of the Sheriff’s Office Investigator, in concert with such state and federal agencies as may
236A Arson Investigations Pg 3 of 3
be involved.
E. Documentation:
Upon completion of the crime scene search it will be the responsibility of the Sheriff’s Office Investigator to release the scene to the legal owner or their designee. Any returns to the crime scene for further investigation will be accompanied by a search warrant issued by a magistrate.
All case notes, incident reports, investigative files, statements and physical evidence will be available for review to all agencies and investigators involved in the case on an as needed basis.
All arrest warrants required in the investigation will be the responsibility of the Sheriff’s Office Investigator to obtain and assure it is executed properly.
Replaces old SOP # 131, 6/6/2010; A-06/23/2022
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: CPM Credit Union Response
Number: 237A Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: July 1, 2007 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this SOP is to establish a coordinated response to priority calls at the Credit Union facility. This SOP pertains specifically to the facility on US 21 adjacent to the main gate of MCAS Beaufort. Other branches of the Federal Credit Union are in other jurisdictions.
Policy:
The main branch of the Marine Corps Air Station Federal Credit Union is located on U.S. government property adjacent to US 21 in Burton. While the Credit Union is located on federal property, the public has uncontrolled access to the facility. Law enforcement jurisdiction is the exclusive domain of the USMC Provost Marshal’s Office (PMO) at the Air Station. All 911 calls originally ring in Central Communications and calls at MCAS property are routed through a “one-button transfer” to the PMO.
Procedure:
A. Priority Calls: The following calls will be considered “Priority Calls” for the purpose of this General Order:
Bank robbery calls: any 911 or otherwise communicated call for service reporting that a robbery is either in-progress or just occurred at the MCAS Federal Credit Union facility on US 21.
Violent Crime Calls: any 911 or otherwise communicated call for service such as a shooting, stabbing or felonious assault, that are in progress or just occurred at the MCAS Federal Credit Union facility on US 21.
237 MCAS Credit Union Response Pg 2 of 3
“Gun” calls: Any 911 or otherwise communicated call for service reporting a person with a gun that is either in-progress or just occurred at the MCAS Federal Credit Union facility on US 21.
B. Response: Upon the notification of one of the above “Priority Calls” the following response shall be initiated:
Central Communications (Dispatch) shall simultaneously dispatch the call to available BCSO units, as well as “one-button transfer” the call to PMO;
BCSO units responding shall establish a secure perimeter along the US 21 front of the facility. (The sides and back are enclosed by MCAS security fencing);
BCSO units shall maintain that perimeter until relieved by MCAS PMO units;
BCSO Deputy Sheriffs shall only take action in the parking lot or in the facility if those actions have the intended results of immediately protecting a person’s life or property;
BCSO Deputy Sheriffs may detain a suspect to prevent his successful escape until such time as PMO personnel arrive to take control of the suspect;
No other law enforcement action shall be taken;
C. Assisting MCAS PMO Units:
On-premise Assistance: BCSO Deputy Sheriffs shall render any assistance permitted by BCSO policy or state statute that is requested by PMO personnel relating to the investigation of a criminal act at or the physical security of the Federal Credit Union.
Off- Premise Assistance:
a. Most criminal acts occurring at the Federal Credit Union will eventually lead the investigators into the Beaufort County community.
b. BCSO Deputy Sheriffs shall work in coordination with PMO, Criminal Investigative Division or NCIS investigators as requested to resolve the issue.
237 MCAS Credit Union Response Pg 3 of 3
D. Summary: With the immediate proximity of BCSO jurisdiction and the exclusive jurisdiction of the Provost Marshal’s office it is inevitable that situations will occur requiring a joint response. BCSO personnel are sworn to protect the citizens of Beaufort County and may do so while still respecting the sanctity of the USMC property.
01/01/2001: SOP 303 Implemented – Academic Institutional Response Plan
06/06/2010: Replaced SOP 303 with General Order 238
10/17/2014: Replaced General Order 238, Academic Institutional Response Plan
A1-01/31/2018; A2-06/23/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Active Shooter
Number: 238A2 Type: Operations Pages: 11
Effective Date: October 17, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: School Crisis Plan Prepared Response; Police Executive Research Forum:
The Police Response to Active Shooter Incidents; IACP Model Policy,
Concept and Issues Paper. CALEA 46.1.10bce
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to provide procedures for assessing the threat and performing rapid intervention tactics to limit serious injury or loss of life during active shooter situations. While the term “active shooter” is used throughout, this policy applies to all situations where there is an active, ongoing deadly threat, to include those from firearms, explosives, knives, and so forth.
Unlike other General Orders, Active Shooter policies are built around the reality that even one minute delay in responding may result in multiple additional fatalities.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in situations where ongoing deadly force is reasonably likely to be employed by a suspect and delay in taking police action could result in injury or death that rapid intervention of officers at the scene is authorized when such actions are deemed reasonable to prevent further injuries or loss of life.
Snapshot:
A. The FBI identified seven (7) separate location categories when seeking to identify the primary locations where the public are most at risk during an incident.
Commercial areas divided into malls, businesses open to pedestrian traffic, and businesses closed to pedestrian traffic.
Educational Institutions.
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 2 of 11
Open spaces.
Government proprieties divided into military bases and government properties.
Residences.
Houses of Worship.
Health care facilities.
Definitions:
A. Active Shooting: An incident normally occurring in a populated area, in which one or more armed persons have used, or are reasonably likely to use, deadly force in an ongoing manner, or where persons have been injured, killed, or are under imminent threat of death or serious bodily harm by such persons.
B. Rapid Intervention: Immediate response by one or more officers to an active shooting based on a reasonable belief that failure to take action pending the arrival of additional officers would result in death or serious bodily
C. Incident Commander (IC): The individual who takes charge at the scene, regardless of rank. In many cases, this may be the first officer on the scene.
D. Command Post/ Unified Command: Command of the incident is ran and coordinated by Law Enforcement, Fire Department and EMS.
E. Contact Team: The first officer(s) at the scene of an active shooting is tasked with locating the suspect(s) and neutralizing the threat and identifying a (CCP).
F. Casualty Collection Point (CCP): A room inside the building that has an exit outside. This location is where all wounded are taken by the Rescue Teams to be triaged by EMS.
G. Forward Operating Base: A secure location inside the building where a Law Enforcement Supervisor can coordinate the activities inside the building.
H. Rescue Team: These teams will consist of Law Enforcement as security and Fire personnel. The Rescue Teams will respond throughout the building, locating and transporting the wounded back to the (CCP).
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 3 of 11
I. Over Watch Security: Once the Rescue Teams begin transporting the wounded to the (CCP), Law Enforcement will deploy officers outside to protect the ambulances arriving and departing with the wounded.
Procedures:
A. (CALEA 46.1.10c) Situational Assessment: Based on available information, dispatched responders or officers already at the incident scene may verify that an active shooter situation exists through information provided by dispatch, from persons confined within or exiting the target location, witnesses, reports of or sounds of gunfire, or related means.
Where available and as time permits, witnesses, or others should be asked about the location and number of suspects, the suspects’ weapons, persons injured, the number and location of persons in possible jeopardy, and the use or location of improvised explosive devices (IEDs).
If time permits debrief a member of the management team of the incident location.
B. Rationale for Rapid Intervention: The responding officers will determine whether rapid intervention is legally justified and reasonable. This decision may be based on such considerations as whether or not:
Deadly weapons are available to or have been used by the suspect;
Victims are under the suspect’s control, are readily accessible, or both; and
The suspect poses an ongoing threat of deadly force.
C. Individual Officer Intervention: The vast majority of active shooter incidents involve one suspect, a factor that makes individual officer intervention a potentially viable option for saving lives, even if additional resources are not readily available.
In some instances, an individual officer may be present within or nearby the active shooting location, such as a mall or school. Whether on or off duty, in uniform or civilian clothes, he or she may determine that immediate tactical intervention is necessary and reasonable to stop the threat. That decision should be based on the factors noted in B.1-3 of this policy and the officer’s capability to effectively intervene, based on such factors as whether:
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 4 of 11
a. The officer is armed and in possession of appropriate equipment;
b. It is reasonable to believe that persons will be killed or injured if immediate response to the threat is not taken;
c. The size, configuration, and related physical aspects of the incident site allow for movement, stealth, cover, and related tactical needs;
d. The suspect is accessible; and
e. The incident site offers opportunities for cover and concealment to assist tactical options, adequate routes for evacuation, or secure locations in which to hide.
As soon as practical, officer(s) will notify Communications that an active shooter situation exists. The officer(s) should provide the following information and updates as available:
a. The identity, location, manner of dress, and proposed actions of the officer(s) at the scene;
b. Information on the suspect to include a physical description, weapons, equipment such as body armor, and current location and actions; and
c. Available information on persons injured or under threat, their locations, emergency resources required, and recommended points of entry.
When displaying firearms while in plainclothes, officers will verbally identify themselves as law enforcement officers, and conspicuously display their shields and/or other police identification to alert security personnel, arriving officers, or civilians who may be armed.
If armed tactical intervention is not feasible:
a. Officers should facilitate evacuation by:
i. Locating points of egress from danger zones and directing people those evacuation points if reasonably safe for them to do so; and
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 5 of 11
ii. Locating and directing persons hiding in unsecure locations (e.g., under desks, inside unlocked rooms) to evacuation points.
b. If evacuation is not possible, officers should:
i. Help locate and direct persons to safer locations, preferably with thick walls; solid doors with locks; or, in the absence of such locations, rooms that can be barricaded with heavy furniture or objects;
ii. Direct individuals to silence all personal electronic devices, take cover, and remain silent, and
iii. Take any actions possible to distract, disrupt, divert, or incapacitate the shooter using surprise attacks and any aggressive force possible.
c. When possible, officers should assist with the injured and direct incoming teams to injured persons.
d. Plain clothes officers on duty that respond will wear a traffic control vest for easy identification.
D. Intervention: Contact Team Response
A Contact Team response to an active shooter situation is preferred in nearly all active shooter situations, irrespective of any initial actions that may have been taken. Even if the threat seemingly has been terminated, Contact Teams are required to render the location safe, assist in screening and orderly evacuation of persons to a designated area, and locating any other persons still in hiding.
Normally, only one Contact Team will be deployed at any given time but additional teams may be deployed at the direction of the IC to provide tactical advantage. The IC will ensure that each team is aware of the other teams’ locations and actions. The mission of the contact team is to locate and stop the threat.
The Contact Team will be provided a clear communications channel to provide the following types of information:
a. The team’s progress and location.
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 6 of 11
b. The location and number of victims and their medical needs.
c. The estimated number of suspects involved.
d. The suspects’ descriptions and weapons if known.
The location of any booby traps or explosives. If discovered, the Contact Team leader will determine whether to post an officer near it, report it, or mark it and move on.
The contact team will locate the suspect(s) in the most expeditious manner possible in order to stop the threat. In doing so, officers should not stop to render aid or assistance to victims but may, where reasonably possible, inform them that rescue teams are forthcoming and direct them to a safe point of egress or hiding if they are ambulatory and it is deemed safe for them to do so.
The Contact Team should employ tactical advantages such as avoiding use of the main entrance to provide an element of surprise and to avoid potential booby traps or ambush.
The Contact Team should not attempt to conduct a thorough clearing of the location but should follow sounds (such as gunfire, yelling, and screaming); observations of victims and bystanders; and related information to help locate the suspects as soon as possible.
Hostage/Barricaded Suspect: The Contact Team will perimeter the room with focus on doors and windows. The Contact Team will provide location and details to the Command Post and wait for S.W.A.T. to arrive. If the suspect is barricaded with hostages, the Contact Team shall perimeter the room and immediately request breaching tools from on-scene Fire Department personnel, get a master key for the LE Knox Box and provide details and location to the Command Post. Contact Teams will attempt to observe through windows or doors if they need to engage the suspect if shooting starts inside. BCSO Bomb Tech’s will respond and also set Explosive Breaching Charges for the immediate entry. If at any time the suspect threatens hostages or starts shooting inside the room, the door will be breached and law enforcement will enter the room in attempts to stop the suspects violent aggression towards the hostages.
Once the suspects have been located or eliminated, the Contact Team should proceed to clear all portions of the location in the event that more suspects are in
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 7 of 11
hiding. During the phase a Casualty Collection Point (CCP) should be identified and secured, then communicated to the (IC).
If possible, Law Enforcement will provide a safe route and security for Fire and EMS to the (CCP).
Arriving S.W.A.T./ Bomb Squad should be called upon to help clear the location of potential suspects, locate and evacuate persons in hiding, barricaded suspect/hostage taking and render safe any dangerous explosives or IEDs.
E. Command Post/ Unified Command
A Command Post will be immediately established by Law Enforcement and the Incident Commander (IC) will monitor the Contact Team’s channel. The officer assuming Incident Command (IC) will remain as the (IC) until relieved by a higher authority.
The (IC) will also monitor Major Incident 5. This channel will be used for arriving Fire and EMS to communicate with the Law Enforcement (IC).
Fire and EMS supervisors will link up with the Law Enforcement (IC). Once this is done, the incident will be coordinated by a Unified Command.
The Unified Command will ensure that the following actions are accomplished:
a. Establish Incident Command.
b. Establish communication.
c. Coordinate Contact Teams (suspect mitigation).
d. Coordinate (CCP) operations (triage/medical transport).
e. Coordinate Rescue Teams operations (search and locating of the wounded).
f. Identify a staging area for first responders, a second staging area for family members, and a third staging area for the media.
g. Identify an additional staging area for the quick response teams, if employed.
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 8 of 11
h. (CALEA 46.1.10b) Request mutual aid if necessary.
i. Organize unified interagency telecommunications.
j. Establish traffic control and management.
k. Contact appropriate aviation resources to control airspace for possible medical resources and to establish restricted air space for law enforcement use only.
l. Notify local hospitals of mass casualty event, coordinate medevac helicopters.
m. Initiate intelligence gathering on possible suspects.
n. Select a safe location to place evacuees.
o. Summon police chaplains and officers to provide information to relatives of victims.
p. Coordinate with owners or officials of the target location for floor plans, site layout, and a roster (including emergency contact information as available) of employees, students, residents, visitors, or others believed to be on site.
When on the scene, the SWAT Team may be assigned to:
a. Contain the location.
b. Deal with a barricaded shooter.
c. Deal with a hostage taking.
d. Assist Rescue Teams.
e. Help locate suspects or relieve the Contact Teams.
f. Help locate and safeguard explosives pending removal.
g. Provide special weapons and equipment as needed.
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 9 of 11
When on the scene, the Bomb Squad may be assigned to:
a. Search and locate explosive hazards.
b. Clear explosives for a hostage rescue.
c. Conduct explosive breaching
d. Conduct robot operations for SWAT.
e. Render safe any explosive hazards.
Additional officers shall be deployed outside Over Watch Security for arriving and departing ambulances.
A secure staging area for responding officers and other emergency responders will be designated and its location provided to communications.
a. An officer should be assigned to the staging area to brief arriving personnel, maintain communication with the (IC), and assign duties as directed by the (IC).
b. A second secure staging area will be designated as soon as reasonably possible to accommodate arriving family members of persons at the target location. Some of these persons may be armed, particularly those who have family members at the incident scene. These individuals must be restricted to the staging area as they could pose a hazard to themselves, officers, and bystanders and jeopardize tactical operations.
c. If the incident is at a school, the web based School Crisis Prepared Response Plan will be activated.
F. Rescue Teams
Once the Contact Team has identified and secured a (CCP), Rescue Tams consisting of (2) Law Enforcement officers and (2-4) Fire personnel will respond from the (CCP) and begin locating wounded and transporting them back to the (CCP).
Rescue Teams will be organized by a Fire Department Team Leader. The
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 10 of 11
Rescue Teams will deploy in tactical formations consistent with Sheriff’s Office training, and be prepared to respond to hostile action as rapidly changing circumstances may place them in contact with suspects.
Rescue Teams will notify the Command Post of the location of wounded and injured persons. The wounded will be quickly searched, if reasonable, for weapons and removed to the designated (CCP).
Rescue Team operations will continue until all the wounded have been located and transported to the (CCP).
G. Over Watch Security
Once the shooter is confirmed down or in custody, the treatment of victims is the priority. Officers will be assigned as Over Watch Security. The element of officers will secure the outside of the target location.
The Over Watch Security will be established to control access and egress from the target location. Civilians should be directed out of the Inner Perimeter to a designated secure location for identification and debriefing.
Officers should position themselves at a distance and completely surround the target location which will allow them to view arrival and departures from the ambulance pick-up area outside of the (CCP).
H. Forward Operating Base (FOB)
If the incident location is a large building it will be difficult for the United Command to run.
I. Debriefing: As soon as reasonably possible after the incident, a debriefing of essential personnel involved in the incident will occur. The debriefing will identify both positive and negative aspects of the deployment with the intent of addressing areas in need of improvement and to determine whether changes in operational protocols, policy, or training may be warranted as a result.
J. (CALEA 46.1.10e) Training/Policy Review: The Sheriff’s Office will review this policy annually and determine training needs. Training will be provided to all sworn
238A2 Active Shooter Pg 11 of 11
personnel.
05/12/2010: Replaces old Standard Operating Procedure 119; A-5/19/2020; A1-05/12/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases
Number: 239A1 Type: Operations Pages: 24
Effective Date: July 1, 2003 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this Exposure Plan is to provide guidelines for preventing an employee exposure to blood, other blood borne pathogens, and other potentially infectious materials and to establish procedures for handling an exposure incident.
Policy:
It is the responsibility of this agency to take all reasonable measures to allow its employees to perform their duties in a safe and effective manner. The safe performance of daily operations may be threatened by the AIDS and hepatitis B viruses that can be contracted through exposure to infected blood and several types of bodily secretions. Therefore, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to continuously provide employees with information and education on prevention of these diseases, provide up-to-date safety equipment and procedures that will minimize their risks of exposure, and to institute post-exposure reporting, evaluation and treatment for all personnel exposed to these diseases during the performance of their duties.
The Quartermaster has been assigned as the Exposure Control Officer for the Sheriff’s Office.
Definitions:
Approved Bio-Hazard Symbols: The bright orange warning labels which must be affixed to any container used for contaminated waste, laundry, evidence, or any other potentially infectious materials.
Blood: Human blood, human blood components and products made from human blood.
Blood borne Pathogens: Pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 2 of 24
2
Contaminated: The presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.
Contaminated Sharps: Any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to, needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes, and exposed ends of dental wires.
Decontamination: The use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy blood borne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or disposal.
Exposure Incident: A specific potential or mucous membrane exposure to blood or other bodily fluids resulting from the performance of an employee’s duties. This includes prolonged contact with blood or bodily fluids when the employee’s skin is chapped, abraded, or otherwise irritated (non-intact).
Hand Washing Facilities: A facility providing an adequate supply of running water, soap, and single use towels or hot air drying machines, or the use of disinfectant towelettes and solutions.
Occupational Exposure: Reasonably anticipated skin, mucous membrane or potential contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that may result from the performance of an employee’s duties.
Personal Protective Equipment: Specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. General work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard is not considered to be personal protective equipment.
Regulated Waste:
Liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Contaminated items that would release blood or other potentially infectious materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed.
Items that are caked with dried blood or other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing these materials during handling.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 3 of 24
3
Contaminated sharps.
Pathological and microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Source Individual: Any individual, living or dead, whose blood or other potentially infectious materials may be a source of occupational exposure to the employee. Examples include, but are not limited to, hospital and clinic patients; clients in institutions for the developmentally disabled; trauma victims; clients of drug and alcohol treatment facilities; residents of hospices and nursing homes; human remains; and individuals who donate or sell blood or blood components.
Sterilize: A physical or chemical procedure to destroy microbial life including highly resistant bacterial endospores.
Universal Precautions: An approach to infection control. According to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other blood borne pathogens.
Work Practice Controls: Controls that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed (e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).
Procedures:
A. Exposure Determination: An exposure determination has been completed for each billet of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This was done to determine which tasks and procedures involving occupational exposure are present in order to determine what measures can be taken to eliminate or minimize the exposure. Job classifications whose duties include performing job tasks with possible exposure have been identified. These job classifications ensure that all personnel involved in these tasks will receive the training, personal protective equipment and HBV vaccinations, along with all other protection afforded by OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.1030. In addition all employees will be provided appropriate post exposure follow-up procedures in the event an unforeseen exposure should occur. Due to the wide variety of job tasks preformed by law enforcement personnel, all job tasks involving exposure have not been listed. However, the duties, tasks, and procedures of all employees in each job classification, in each work area were considered in
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 4 of 24
4
making the exposure determination. Existing job titles and job descriptions were used to identify the job classifications involving the potential of exposure.
The exposure determination is made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment (i.e. employees are considered to be exposed even if they are wearing personal protective equipment the time of the incident.) This exposure determination is required for all job classifications.
B. Exposure Classifications: As the first step in determining what actions are required to protect the workers health, every employer should evaluate all working conditions and the specific tasks that workers are expected to encounter as a consequence of employment. The evaluation places each employee in one of three categories (Classes) based on the potential of exposure. The Classes are listed below:
Class A. Tasks that involve exposure to blood, body fluids or tissues: All procedures or other job-related tasks that involve an inherent potential for mucous membrane or skin contact with blood, body fluids, tissues, or a potential for spills or splashes of them are Class A tasks. Use of appropriate personal protective equipment and the practice of Body Substance Isolation and Universal Precautions will be required by all employees engaged in Class A tasks.
a. Sheriff.
b. Chief Deputy.
c. Colonels.
d. Majors, Captains, and Lieutenants.
e. Master Sergeants, Staff Sergeants and Sergeants
f. Corporals, Lance Corporals, Patrolman First Class and Deputy Sheriff’s
g. Investigators and Narcotics Officers
h. Reserve Deputies
i. Evidence personnel.
j. Laboratory personnel.
Class B. Tasks that involve no exposure to the blood, body fluids of tissues, but employment may require performing unplanned Class A tasks. The normal work routine involves no exposure to blood, body fluids, tissues, but exposure or potential exposure may be required as a condition of employment. Appropriate personal protective equipment, the practice of Body Substance Isolation and Universal Precautions will be required of employees involved in Class B tasks.
a. All clerical and administrative personnel.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 5 of 24
5
Class C. Tasks that involve no exposure to blood, body fluids, tissues, and Class A tasks are not a condition of employment: The normal work routine involves no exposure to blood, body fluids, or tissues (although situations can be imagined or hypothesized under which anyone, anywhere, might encounter potential exposure to body fluids.) Persons who perform these duties are not called upon as part of their employment to perform or assist in emergency medical care, first aid or to be potentially exposed in some other way. Tasks that involve handling of implements or utensils, other use of public or shared bathroom facilities or telephones and personal contacts such as handshaking are Class C tasks.
a. None
Standard Operating Procedures: All personnel in the Sheriff’s Office have been assigned a classification which is listed above. Personnel in Class B are restricted to performing duties listed below.
a. Crime Scene Investigations B
b. Evidence Collection B
c. Suspect Search (No active bleeding) B
d. Suspect Search (Active bleeding) A only
e. Handling Deceased Persons or Body Parts A only
f. CPR A only
g. Bandaging A only
h. Prisoner Handling (No active bleeding) B
i. Prisoner Handling (Active bleeding) A only
j. Traffic Accident (With injuries) A only
k. Traffic Accidents (With no injuries) B
C. Schedule and method of Implementing: OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.1030 requires that each exposure control plan include a method of implementation for the various requirements of the standard.
Universal Precautions: Universal precautions as defined in the glossary will be observed by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel in order to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. All blood or other potentially infections materials will be considered infectious regardless of the perceived status of the source individual. Under circumstances in which
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 6 of 24
6
differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids are considered potentially infectious materials.
Engineering and Working Practice Controls: The following engineering and work practice controls are used to eliminate of minimize employee exposure:
a. Industry standards and controls are examined and maintained or replaced on a regular schedule, if necessary to ensure their effectiveness. The Exposure Control Officer will review all standards at least annual to ensure all standards are current and in compliance with all industry standards.
b. Hand washing facilities, which are readily accessible, are provided in each work area. Additionally, hand wash washing facilities are readily available at each of the county fire stations.
c. Eye wash stations, which are readily accessible, are permanently mounted in each work area. Additionally, eye wash stations are permanently mounted and readily available at each county fire station.
d. Employees will wash their hands as soon as possible after removing gloves or other personal protective equipment.
e. Employees will wash their hands and other skin with soap and water, and flush mucus membranes with water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
f. If broken glass contaminated with blood can puncture the primary container, the container is placed in a puncture resistant secondary container, which complies with all container requirements for sharps.
g. Officers within the geographical boundaries of the Northern Enforcement Branch will utilize the following controls:
i. Shower facilities will be available at the Beaufort County Law Enforcement Center (L.E.C.).
ii. Eye wash stations are located in the main hallway of each floor of the L.E.C.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 7 of 24
7
iii. A Sharps container is readily accessible for the disposal of all contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps that are to be destroyed. Supervisors have containers in their vehicles.
h. Officers within the geographical boundaries of the Southern Enforcement Branch will utilize the following controls:
i. Shower facilities are readily available at each of the Hilton Head and Bluffton Fire Stations.
ii. An eye wash station is located at the sub-station on Hilton Head. Additionally, eye wash stations are located at each Hilton Head and Bluffton Fire Station.
iii. A sharp’s container is readily accessible for the disposal of all contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps that are to be destroyed. Supervisors maintain these containers in their vehicle.
i. Hand washing facilities are available to all employees at several locations within both the County Law Enforcement Center and the Southern Enforcement substation on Hilton Head Island, as well as each of the fire stations and EMS stations throughout the county. RESIDENTIAL OR PUBLIC FACILITIES WILL NOT BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE. The Team supervisor will ensure that after the removal of personal protective gloves, employees wash their hands and any other potentially contaminated skin area immediately or as soon as feasible with soap and water. It the contaminated skin area extends beyond the hands or immediate arm area, a full shower will be taken by the exposed employee.
The Team Supervisor will further ensure that if employees incur exposure to their skin or mucous membranes (facial area) then those areas shall be flushed with water of washed as soon as feasible following contact.
j. Immediately after treatment of a Deputy Sheriff who has been exposed to either blood or any other infectious material, the Team Supervisor shall ensure that a BCSO Exposure Form is completed and delivered to the Exposure Control Officer. The form shall be completed in its entirety and immediately upon notification of exposure.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 8 of 24
8
D. Exposure Control Officer: The Training Captain with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is assigned the duty of Exposure Control Officer. The duties of the Exposure Control Officer include:
Periodic inspections of the various Sheriff’s Office buildings to ensure that all work stations and emergency equipment and supplies are in compliance with the requirements defined in OSHA standards for blood borne and airborne pathogens.
Disposal and maintenance of the sharps containers.
Coordination of replacement supplies for the employees and supervisors.
Maintaining a complete, updated copy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Exposure Control Plan and any related documents, changes or updates that may be developed.
Liaison between members of the respective divisions and Training Section to answer any questions or clarify any matter concerning Blood borne Pathogens or Exposure Control.
Assure that personal protective equipment and disinfecting materials are readily available to the deputies.
Ensure that all Sheriff’s Office vehicles and work areas have appropriate personal protective equipment available to employees as defined by this policy,
Ensure that procedures are in place which ensure personal protective equipment is not contaminated and is in the appropriate condition to protect employees.
Ensure that all employees receive initial and in-service training as required on blood borne and airborne pathogens.
E. Work Area Restrictions: In work areas that are contaminated, including assigned vehicles, where there is a reasonable likelihood of exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials employees are not to eat, drink, apply cosmetics or lip balm, smoke or handle contact lenses. This includes all violent crime scenes, (murder, suicide, aggravated assault, sexual assault etc.).
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 9 of 24
9
In situations where a patrol vehicle has been contaminated by blood, body fluids or other potentially infectious materials the above restrictions will apply. These restrictions will be lifted upon the patrol vehicle being disinfected and cleaned.
Food and beverages are not to be kept in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets, on counter tops, or bench when blood or potentially infectious materials are present.
All procedures (crime scene processing, accident scenes etc.) will be conducted in a manner that will minimize splashing, spraying, splattering and generation of droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials.
F. Contaminated Equipment: Each employee of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is responsible for the decontamination of his/her equipment. The individual’s immediate supervisor will ensure the decontamination is completed. If the employee is injured at the time of the exposure and unable to complete the decontamination process, the responsibility will fall to be employee’s immediate supervisor.
All equipment will be thoroughly disinfected and cleaned prior to being placed back in service. During the cleaning of contaminated gear, the deputy will use personal protective equipment as needed to prevent any exposure. The equipment will be cleaned and disinfected using the appropriate procedure for the contamination. This will be followed up by standard cleaning procedures for that equipment (guns, handcuffs, batons, etc.). Due to leather gear being absorbent in nature, is should be wiped clean and then sprayed with an appropriate disinfectant spray.
G. Contaminated Vehicles: Any body fluid (i.e. blood, saliva, vomit, urine, feces) will be first thoroughly cleaned. It will then be thoroughly disinfected. This will be done prior to the vehicle being placed back into service. Cleaning of the vehicles will be accomplished by first washing with soap and water the contaminated and surrounding areas. After air drying the contaminated area will be cleaned with issued disinfectant.
H. Needles and Sharps: Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps that are to be disposed of will not be bent, recapped, removed, sheared or purposely broken. They will be disposed of in a properly marked sharps container. Any sharps that must be retained as evidence will be protected in such a manner as to minimize or eliminate any possibility of contact or exposure. All handling and processing of these items will be completed as expediently as possible to reduce the treat of exposure.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 10 of 24
10
There are no procedures performed by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that would require the recapping or removal of a contaminated needle. Only sharps needed for evidentiary purposes will be retained. All others will be disposed of.
Each supervisor is issued a properly marked sharps container for the disposal of sharps.
I. Crime Scene Processing: All crime scenes must first be cleared of all suspects and then protected for evidence purposes.
Once the crime scene is secure, no deputy or employee will enter the scene for any purpose without donning appropriate personal protective equipment. The equipment used will be determined by the particular situation. This only applies to crime scenes that are contaminated by blood and other potentially infectious materials. The use of Personal Protective Equipment is not an option it is a Requirement.
J. Searching Prisoners: There are a number of general precautions that will be used by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel during the handling and searching of prisoners. It is recognized that law enforcement officers face additional risks of acquiring Hepatitis B (HBV) or HIV Infection (AIDS) through exposures during searches.
Deputies will exercise great caution in searching the clothing of suspects. The deputy will utilize great caution particularly in the searching of suspect’s pockets and the inside of clothing. The deputy should first carefully feel the outside of each piece of clothing and attempt to determine the contents prior to reaching inside of the clothing or pocket. The deputy will then exercise great caution in emptying the pocket or removing the item of clothing such as a coat or jacket.
Upon the arrest of a person carrying a purse, the purse should be secured and the search of the purse postponed until a well-lighted area such as an office or booking room can be utilized. The purse should then be carefully emptied by turning the purse upside down over a flat surface, such as a countertop or table.
K. Evidence Handling:
Extreme caution should be used to search areas of potential danger not visible, such as under car seats, under furniture, inside closets, and cabinets. The risk in these areas is of contaminated sharps such as knives, razors, needles, etc.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 11 of 24
11
It is recommended that evidence tape be used to seal bags rather than staples to minimize the risk of tearing the gloves or puncturing the skin.
Items of evidence such as blood samples, urine samples, and other potentially infectious materials are to be placed in containers that will prevent leakage during collection, handling, processing, storage, and transportation.
Theses containers will be properly marked with biohazard labels.
If during any part of the process, the primary container should begin to leak, be punctured, or be in danger of leaking or being punctured, it should be placed inside a second leak and puncture proof container.
Blood-soaked items should only be retained if they have evidentiary value enough to sufficiently outweigh the dangers of keeping potentially infectious materials stored. This includes clothing and personal items from victims of violent crime and accident victims. If the item has no value to the prosecution of a suspect or if a color photograph will serve to illustrate the item, then the item will be destroyed through the accepted procedure of taking the item in a clearly marked biohazard bag to the Emergency Room and being placed in a biohazard waste container.
Blood-soaked items such as clothing and bedclothes that must be retained will be air-dried prior to being turned in to the evidence custodian. Once the items are dry they will be placed in a clearly marked biohazard bag, labeled, and placed into evidence.
L. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
General Information: Each Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the following provisions are met. All personal protective equipment (PPE) used by employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be provided at no cost to the employee. This equipment will be issued and available based on the risk level and the anticipated exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials. This equipment will be issued to all employees and volunteers of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be chosen based on the anticipated exposure to blood or other infectious materials.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 12 of 24
12
Personal protective equipment (PPE) is considered appropriate only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee’s work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and during use.
Issued Equipment:
a. Each officer will be issued the following:
i. One box of Latex rubber gloves (appropriately sized)
ii. One Belt carrier for gloves
b. This equipment will be kept on the duty belt in clean serviceable condition. The Team Supervisor will inspect this equipment during scheduled personnel and equipment inspections and provide for the immediate replacement of any equipment used. At no time will the officer be without immediate access to all of the above equipment.
When to use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): This equipment will be issued in any circumstance where the potential for exposure to blood or other infectious materials is possible.
a. Gloves: Latex gloves will be worn anytime contaminated items, items of evidence or blood and body fluids, will be contacted or possibly contacted. The gloves will be disposed of in a properly marked biohazard container upon completion of the task or anytime they become torn, cracked, or the integrity is compromised. At least one pair of gloves will be immediately available in a carrier on the officer’s duty belt in uniform patrol and at ready access for plain-clothes personnel.
Additional Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): In addition to the above mentioned items, each Team Supervisor and Investigator’s vehicle will be outfitted with a kit containing multiple full gowns and shoe coverings in various sizes, biohazardous bags, and a sharps container. The supervisor is responsible for maintenance of these items and will have the see the Quartermaster for replacements as needed. All items will be disposed of anytime they are used, become torn, or otherwise unusable.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 13 of 24
13
All of the personal protective equipment (PPE) will be issued at no cost to the employee. All of the PPE will be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of as the situation dictates by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office at no cost to the employee.
Exceptions to the use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): The use of protective equipment is in the best interest of all employees; however, the ultimate decision rests with the employee, not the employer. Basically, the only situations where the exemption applies are defined, limited, essentially life-threatening circumstances which require immediate, on-the-spot, action by the employee. Examples of this might include fight or disturbance calls, domestic calls, or in-progress type incidents. Any decision made by the employee not to wear PPE may be overridden by a superior.
Personal protective equipment (PPE) is considered appropriate only if does not allow blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee’s work clothes, undergarments, street clothes, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and during use. In ordinary situations, the duty uniform qualifies as PPE.
When sheriff’s deputies are searching individuals, dwellings, automobiles, or other areas for hypodermic needles and other sharp instruments that may bear the blood or body fluid of suspects, the employees should assume that the person they are arresting or detaining is potentially infectious.
When an employee judges not to use the required personal protective equipment (PPE), the circumstances are investigated and documented. The investigation will determine whether changes can be made to prevent such occurrences in the future. All investigations will be reviewed by the Exposure Control Officer for action.
M. General Protection:
It is important for law enforcement personnel to promptly cover and bandage all cuts, wounds, and abrasions with a commercial bandage such as Band-aids, prior to performing work related duties.
In court, the officer should refer to potentially biologically contaminated evidence by photographs or in sealed clear plastic bags where possible.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 14 of 24
14
Do not eat, drink, or smoke when handling evidence. The employee will also avoid touching his hands to his face anytime he has been exposed or has the potential to be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials.
N. Housekeeping:
The evidence room area of the Law Enforcement Center may from time to time be utilized to air dry blood soaked clothing directly related to a criminal investigation. The evidence custodian conducting this portion of the investigation shall immediately clean and disinfect the area.
Work sites will be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. This includes, but is not limited to: patrol vehicles, investigator’s offices, laboratory, deputies’ rooms, and evidence lockers.
All equipment and work surfaces will be cleaned with soap and water and then disinfected with disinfectant after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for reuse which likely became contaminated will be inspected and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon discovery of visible contamination.
Extreme caution will be used when picking up any broken glassware that may be contaminated. It will be handled if at all possible with mechanical devices such as tongs, brush and dustpan, tweezers, or forceps.
O. Regulated Waste Disposal:
This waste cannot be disposed of through the normal garbage procedures.
The Northern Enforcement personnel shall place all contaminated waste in a biohazard bag. It will be disposed of through an agreement with the Beaufort Memorial Hospital. This is the responsibility of the case officer handling the incident. In the event of his being injured, this duty will fall to his immediate supervisor.
The Southern Enforcement personnel shall place all contaminated waste in a biohazard bag. It will be disposed of through an agreement with the Hilton Head
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 15 of 24
15
Hospital. This is the responsibility of the case officer handling the incident. In the event of his being injured, this duty will fall to his immediate supervisor.
Disposable Sharps: All sharps not needed for evidence in prosecution will be disposed of in an approved, properly marked sharps container that is:
a. Closable.
b. Puncture Resistant.
c. Leak proof on sides and bottom.
d. Labeled or color-coded.
Containers for contaminated sharps shall be easily accessible to personnel. Each supervisor will have issued to him a sharps container that will be maintained for the use of personnel on his shift. It will be replaced as needed.
The containers will be maintained in an upright position and not allowed to overfill.
When moving containers from the area of use to a disposal site, they will be in a closed, upright position to prevent puncture, spillage, and protrusion.
The sharps containers will be disposed of through an arrangement with the Beaufort Memorial and Hilton Head Hospitals. They will not be disposed of in any other fashion.
Disposal of the individual sharps containers will be the responsibility of the assigned supervisor. Disposal of the large sharps containers in the Law Enforcement Center will be the responsibility of the Quartermaster or deputy sheriff appointed to assist him.
Sharps containers are not to be used reused.
All required medical waste is disposed of in accordance with applicable SC DHEC Infectious Waste Regulations (R-61-105).
P. Laundering Information:
Each deputy will maintain a change of clothing in their patrol vehicle. This change of clothing need not be a uniform, but it will be presentable clothing in the event of a contamination.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 16 of 24
16
If any part of the uniform is splashed with blood or other potentially infectious bodily fluid, the uniform is considered to be contaminated. It will be removed and the deputy should shower as soon as feasible, at an approved washing facility.
The uniform will be placed into a biohazard or approved laundry bag. The deputy will transport the bag with the soiled uniform to the Beaufort County Detention Facility where he will wash it in the washer installed. After the cleaning, the deputy will follow his normal laundering procedure. The Southern Enforcement officers may use the washing machine located at the Station 1 facility located on Cordillo Parkway.
Under know circumstances will a deputy secure from a duty status either wearing the soiled uniform or carrying it in a biohazard bag. The deputy and the uniform will be clean before leaving duty.
Q. Hepatitis B Vaccine and Post Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up:
General: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will make available the Hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have possible occupational exposure, and post-exposure follow-up to employees who have had an exposure incident.
Hepatitis B Vaccine:
a. The Hepatitis B Vaccine and vaccination series and post-exposure follow-up shall be available at no cost to the employee. It shall also be available at a reasonable time and place.
b. All vaccinations will be performed by, or under the supervision of, a licensed physician or by, or under the supervision of, another licensed healthcare professional. In addition, all laboratory tests shall be performed by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.
c. Each employee will receive training in occupational exposure within 10 working days of hire and the vaccination shall be made available at that time. This will be available unless the employee has previously received the complete Hepatitis B vaccination series or antibody testing has revealed that
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 17 of 24
17
the employee is immune or that the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons.
d. Participation in a pre-screening program will not be a prerequisite for receiving Hepatitis B vaccination should the need arise. Any member of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office who falls within the Class A or Class B risk level may decline the Hepatitis B vaccine.
e. If at any time thereafter the employee wishes to receive the vaccine while still covered by the Standard, he/she may do so at no cost. If the employee declines the vaccination, he/she must sign the Vaccination Waiver Form (BCSD Form BP-3). This form will be maintained in the Sheriff’s Office personnel records.
f. Booster shots will be available at no cost to the employee as defined by the Health Department or required by applicable regulations.
g. All exposure incidents will be reported, investigated, and documented. This includes contact with potentially harmful body fluids resulting from needle sticks, cuts, and/or splashes to mucous membranes of the eyes, ears, nose, mouth, or any other open membrane of the body. This also includes any splashing of blood or other potentially infectious materials onto the uniform or in the vehicle.
h. Any person who has met any of the above specified requirements prior to becoming a member of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, and has written documentation of the same, may be exempt from the pertinent requirements. The determination of exemption will be made by the Exposure Control Officer. If so, a letter will be prepared and placed into the personnel record.
Post-Exposure and Follow-Up:
a. The Exposure Control Officer will be notified when an incident of potential exposure occurs.
b. The Exposure Control Officer will conduct an interview the employee involved in the incident as soon as possible following the notification.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 18 of 24
18
c. The exposed employee will immediately receive a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up.
d. Elements of the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up include:
i. Documentation of exposure route(s) and circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred.
ii. Identification and documentation of the source individual unless infeasible or prohibited, including.
iii. Testing source individual’s blood as soon as possible after consent is obtained to determine HBV and HIV infectivity.
iv. If consent is not obtained, the Exposure Control Officer will then rely on Section 44-29-230, South Carolina Code of Laws. This section allows the taking of blood for testing without consent of the individual.
v. When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV or HIV, testing for the source individual’s known HBV or HIV status need not be repeated.
vi. Results of tests are made available to exposed employee, and the exposed employee will be informed of applicable laws and regulations about disclosures or source individual’s identity and infectious status.
vii. Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological status will comply with the following:
a) The exposed employee’s blood will be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained.
b) Section 44-29-230 of the South Carolina Code of Laws will be adhered to regarding non-consensual testing of the source, documenting the results and notifying the exposed employee of the results of the testing.
c) If he or she consents to baseline blood testing but not HIV testing, the blood sample shall be preserved for at least 90 days.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 19 of 24
19
d) If, within 90 days of exposure, the employee elects to have the blood sample tested for HIV, it shall be done as soon as feasible.
viii. Post exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, is offered as recommended by the US Public Health service, including counseling and evaluation of the reported illness.
ix. All employees who incur an exposure incident will be offered post exposure evaluation and follow-up in accordance with the OSHA Standard.
x. Initial post exposure follow-ups will be conducted by the hospital in the geographical area in which the employee is located, i.e. Southern Enforcement employees will go to the Hilton Head Hospital and Northern Enforcement employees will go to the Beaufort Memorial Hospital. Further post exposure follow-up, including testing and counseling, will be done through the Beaufort County Health Department located in Beaufort, SC.
xi. The Exposure Control Officer will obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating healthcare professional’s written opinion within 15 days of the completion of the evaluation.
xii. The healthcare professional’s written opinion for post exposure follow-up shall be limited to the following information:
xiii. A statement that the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials which may require further evaluation or treatment.
xiv. All other findings or diagnoses will remain confidential and will not be included in the written report.
R. Labels and Signs:
Each container of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious materials and other containers used to store, transport or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials will be properly marked with biohazard labels using the universal symbol.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 20 of 24
20
Properly marked red and orange biohazard bags may be used for containers if necessary.
These labels will be affixed to any piece of contaminated equipment that cannot be disinfected.
S. Training:
The Exposure Control Officer will coordinate with the Training Master Sergeant to ensure employees receive occupational exposure training. All current Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office employees falling into either Class A or Class B will receive occupational exposure training. This training will be tailored to the job task. Each new employee will be provided with this occupational exposure training during their FTO training.
Each employee will be provided with annual in-service training in each aspect of the risk of occupational exposure.
This training will include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. A copy of the OSHA standard and an explanation of its contents.
b. A discussion of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases.
c. An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens.
d. An explanation of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Exposure Control Plan. Copies of the general order are on the Sheriff’s Office intranet.
e. The recognition of tasks that may involve exposure.
f. An explanation of the use and limitations of methods to reduce exposure, for example: engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment (PPE).
g. Information on the types, use, location, removal, handling, decontamination, and disposal of personal protective equipment.
h. An explanation of the basis of selection of personal protective equipment.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 21 of 24
21
i. Information on the Hepatitis B vaccination, including efficacy, safety, method of administration, benefits, and that it will be offered free of charge.
j. Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious materials.
k. An explanation of the procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting and medical follow-up.
l. Information on the evaluation and follow up required after an employee exposure incident.
m. An explanation of the signs, labels, and other coding systems.
n. An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the training instructor.
o. The instructor conducting the training will be either an accredited instructor or healthcare professional. Additional training will be provided to employees when there are any changes of tasks or procedures affecting the employee and his chance of occupational exposure.
T. Records:
Medical Records:
a. Hepatitis B Vaccine Waiver: Any employee wishing not to receive the Hepatitis B vaccine may decline. If the employee declines, a signed and notarized copy of the OSHA waiver form will be completed at that time and maintained in the employee personnel records.
b. Exposure Incident Report: All exposure incidents, however slight, will be reported immediately to the employee’s immediate supervisor and the Exposure Control Officer documenting the exposure on the Exposure Incident Report (BCSO Form BP-2) found under Forms on the Sheriff’s Office intranet. The Exposure Control Officer will provide a copy to the healthcare professional providing the initial screening. The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for placing and maintaining a copy in the employee’s personnel jacket.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 22 of 24
22
c. Medical Records: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Exposure Control Officer is responsible for maintaining medical records in accordance with OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.20. These records will be maintained with the departmental personnel records in the Sheriff’s Office. These records will be available only to those authorized to view them. These medical records will be maintained in accordance to the Sheriff’s Office records retention schedule. These records will contain the following:
i. Employee’s name and social security number.
ii. A copy of the employee’s HBV vaccination status, including date of vaccination and any medical records relative to employee’s ability to receive vaccinations.
iii. A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up record.
iv. A copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional, including a description of the employee’s duties as they relate to the exposure incident, and documentation of the routes of exposure and circumstances of the exposure.
v. A copy of the healthcare professional’s written opinion.
OSHA 200 log requirements for bloodborne pathogens: An exposure incident (e.g. needle stick, laceration, or splash) will be classified as an injury since it is usually the result of an instantaneous event or exposure. It will be documented as such if it meets one of the following requirements:
a. The incident is a work related injury that involves loss of consciousness, transfer to another job, or restriction of work or motion.
b. The incident results in the recommendation of medical treatment beyond first aid (e.g. gamma globulin, hepatitis B immune globulin, hepatitis B vaccine, or zidovudine) regardless of dosage.
c. The incident results in a diagnosis of seroconversion. The seroconversion status of the employee shall not be recorded on the OSHA 200. If a case of seroconversion is known, it shall be recorded on the OSHA 200 log as an injury (e.g. “needle stick” rather than seroconversion) in the following manner:
i. If the date of the event or exposure is known, the original injury shall be recorded with the date of the event or exposure in column B.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 23 of 24
23
ii. If there are multiple events or exposures, the most recent injury shall be recorded with the date that seroconversion is determined in column B.
Training Records:
a. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Training Master Sergeant in coordination with the Exposure Control Officer is responsible for maintaining the following training records. These records will be kept in the individual employees Training File.
b. Training records will be maintained for each employee based on the Records Retention Schedule recording the following information:
i. Dates of training sessions
ii. An approved lesson plan.
iii. The names and job titles of all persons attending the training sessions (class roster).
c. Availability: Employee records will be made available to the employee, the Sheriff or his designee and authorized DHEC or OSHA Inspector.
U. Evaluation and Review of the Order:
The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for conducting an annual review of this program, policies, training, etc. that may need to be corrected or changed. Periodic reviews and updates are made as necessary to keep the Exposure Control Plan current. In all cases a report is prepared for the Command Staff by the Exposure Control Officer.
Disciplinary Action: All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office occupation exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials are required to comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Administration’s Regulations for Occupational Exposure to Blood borne pathogens 29 CFR 1910.1030. During routine operations and activities, an employee of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with occupational exposure is observed not utilizing PPE, the employee is subject to disciplinary action.
239A1 Prevention of Blood Borne Diseases Pg 24 of 24
24
Replaces old SOP # 125, 6/7/2010; Revision: 240A, 7-26-2013
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Woods BridgeMalfunction Response Plan
Number: 240A Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: July 31, 2003 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To establish a procedure dealing with rerouting traffic in the event of a malfunction of the Woods Memorial Bridge on US 21(Bus) connecting Lady’s Island with Port Royal Island.
Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to reroute traffic from the Woods Memorial Bridge should a malfunction occur. Keeping the highways passable for emergency vehicles will be the primary concern.
Procedure:
A. Initial Response:
When the bridge malfunctions, the bridge operator will notify the Communications Center of the problem and give the best estimate of time to repair the bridge.
Communications will immediately notify the shift supervisor of the Beaufort Police Department, the Port Royal Police Department and Enforcement North of the Sheriff’s Office. These three supervisors will immediately go to common channel on the radio and coordinate the response to the developing situation. Communicationswill also coordinate the incident with TrafficManagement.
B. TrafficManagement Plan:
The supervisors will coordinate to staff the critical intersections with a goal of preventing a major traffic delay. Sheriff’s Office supervisors can draw personnel from any Section or Branch that has available personnel. This includes Enforcement, Civil,Warrants, TMC and SRO etc.
240A Woods BridgeMalfunction Response Plan Pg 2 of 3
These intersections directly affecting the Sheriff’s Office include:
a. US 21 / US21 (Bus) on Lady’s Island;
b. US 21 / SC 281 in Port Royal;
c. US21(Bus)/ Entrance to Beaufort High School
d. US21(Bus)/Meridian Road
e. US21/ Meridian Road
The Sheriff’s Office will staff the intersection in Port Royal if the PRPD is unable to staff it due to personnel shortages.
Immediately upon notification of the bridge malfunctioning, a Deputy Sheriff assigned to Lady’s Island will respond to the BCSO Aerodrome on LI to retrieve the BCSO traffic cones and barricades. Those will be placed at the intersection of US 21(Bus) and Meridian Road to prevent traffic from traveling out onto the causeway and the bridge. That Deputy Sheriff can then be directed to other assignments.
The Deputy Sheriff’s shall monitor the intersection at Meridian Road and US21 (near Cat Island) and staff it as necessary to prevent long delays on Meridian Road.
C. Communications:
All Law Enforcement from all agencies assigned to this traffic management effort shall be assigned to a Major Incident Channel by the Communications Supervisor. This will serve to reduce miscommunication and misunderstanding.
The Traffic Management Center will immediately activate all appropriate Message Boards, Highway Advisory Radios and notification networks with the media to ensure that motorists are aware of the problem.
Traffic coming from the MCAS area will be advised to use US21 (Parris Island Gateway) if traveling to Lady’s Island. Traffic coming from Bluffton will be advised to use SC 128 through Shell Point if traveling to Lady’s Island.
The various agency supervisors shall maintain a liaison with the Traffic Management Center either through direct radio contact or through
240A Woods BridgeMalfunction Response Plan Pg 3 of 3
Communications on the Major Incident Channel.
D. Termination of Operation:
Immediately upon notification of the bridge being repaired the Sheriff’s Office supervisor shall ensure that the barricades at Meridian Road are lifted and returned to the Fire Station.
All critical intersections shall remain staffed until the traffic burden is reduced to normal levels. At that point the various supervisors shall coordinate the termination of the operation.
Revised: 241A 05/10/2011, A1-6/26/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Marine Patrol Operations
Number: 241A1 Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: June 7, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.2.2; 33.6.1a, c; 41.1.3 a, b, c, d; S.C. Code of Laws 50-21-80,
50-21-105
Purpose:
To establish guidelines, procedures, and criteria for the safe operation of vessels utilized by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
The Marine Patrol Unit and other vessels operated by the Sheriff’s Office are maintained to effectively provide services to citizens on the waterways of Beaufort County and to investigate, interdict, and apprehend waterborne violators in concert with local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies. Recognizing the inherent hazards of this mission, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide and maintain the safest possible working conditions.
Procedure:
A. The Marine Patrol is available for call-out response 24-hours a day, seven days a week with authorization of a supervisor. This unit is also available to assist local, state, and federal agencies.
B. Duties and Responsibilities: Duties of the Marine Patrol will include patrolling local waterways, conducting search and rescue missions, and assisting the Dive Team. Additionally, the Marine Patrol Unit operates in concert with local, state and federal law enforcement agencies to investigate and apprehend waterborne violators.
C. Selection: (CALEA 16.2.2) Vacancies on the Marine Patrol Unit will be advertised through intra-agency memoranda. To be considered for assignment, candidates must follow the guidelines in General Order 133A.
241A1 Marine Patrol Operations Pg 2 of 5
D. Training:
(CALEA 33.6.1ac, 41.1.3b) BCSO Marine Patrol Officers must complete approved marine training courses or have received extensive on-the-job training acceptable by the appropriate level of authority.
All BCSO vessel operators Marine Patrol Officers will be reviewed periodically to ensure they remain qualified to continue the safe operation of specific types of vessels owned or operated by the Sheriff’s Office.
The Marine Patrol Supervisor shall maintain a positive working relationship with other local waterborne law enforcement agencies (USCG, SCDNR, local police departments, et.) and participate in planned/organized training exercises with these agencies at least once annually.
E. Safety:
A Marine Patrol Officers assigned to operate a BCSO vessel is directly responsible for, and is the final authority with regard to, the safe operation of the vessel.
Marine safety is a major goal of all BCSO Marine Patrol Officers.
It will be the responsibility of all Marine Patrol Officers to report any accidents or incidents involving any vessel owned by the Sheriff’s Office. This will include collisions resulting in damage with fixed or floating objects, groundings, fire aboard the vessel, man overboard, injury to personnel, and accidental pollution discharges.
Marine Patrol Officers will ensure all agency vessels are properly equipped with the required Coast Guard approved safety equipment and operated in a manner consistent with good seamanship.
Marine Patrol Officers will wear an approved personal flotation device while operating any vessel owned by the Sheriff’s Office.
During special events or night operations where large crowds are expected on the waterways, there will be a second Marine Patrol Officer aboard who shall have adequate boating experience to operate the vessel under any circumstances ranging from docking to operating in inclement weather.
241A1 Marine Patrol Operations Pg 3 of 5
F. Risk:
Risk management is the process of identifying the risks associated with a particular operation and weighing those risks against the overall value gained by completing the operation. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes that, in the marine law enforcement environment, some element of risk is inherent in every mission. To evaluate risks, basic rules must be observed to provide guidance for Marine Patrol Officers who must make the “go/no go” decision.
Unnecessary risks should not be taken. An unnecessary risk is one that could be reduced or eliminated and still permit the accomplishment of the mission.
Risk is acceptable if the benefits outweigh the costs.
A decision not to attempt or to abort a mission based upon assessment of unnecessary risk will be respected.
G. Equipment/Vessel Maintenance:
(CALEA 41.1.3d) At a minimum, the following safety equipment is required:
a. Life jackets/Throwable Device;
b. Audible Device
c. Flares;
d. Fire extinguishers;
e. Spot lights;
f. Marine Radio;
g. Binoculars;
h. Depth Sounder;
i. Anchor and line;
j. Global Positioning System;
k. Any other equipment identified that is needed to support the mission;
(CALEA 41.1.3c) It is the Marine Patrol Officer’s responsibility to assess the overall impact of the lack of equipment or inoperable equipment and the risks of not having that equipment in making a decision to “go/no go” on a mission. The Marine Patrol Officer must also be aware of the mechanical condition of their assigned vessel.
241A1 Marine Patrol Operations Pg 4 of 5
(CALEA 41.1.3c) It is the responsibility of the Marine Patrol Officer to ensure the safe operating/material condition of their assigned vessel. This will also include the general cleanliness of the vessel and the scheduling of planned as well as unplanned maintenance. It is also the responsibility of the assigned Marine Patrol Officer to perform certain minor repairs on the assigned vessel (replace navigational light bulbs, troubleshoot/repair trailer lights, grease wheel bearings, etc.)
H. Vessel Stopping/Boarding:
Marine Patrol Officers should approach target vessels using the best approach considering existing circumstances, to include: weather, sea conditions, and type of vessels.
The Marine Patrol Officers should utilize emergency lights and siren when appropriate.
Care will be taken to minimize any contact between the BCSO vessel and the target vessel to avoid any damage. Marine Patrol Officers are encouraged to place “Fenders” between the two vessels during the stop.
Prior to the stop/boarding, the Marine Patrol Officers will notify the Communications Center of the vessel’s name, numbers, physical description, location, etc.
Safety and security must be the primary considerations at all times when conducting a law enforcement stop/boarding. Deputies will conduct their stop/boarding in a professional manner. All vessel stops/boardings will be documented either through the CAD or an incident report.
Any prisoner transports completed by Marine Patrol will be conducted in accordance with General Order #204 Prisoner Transport.
I. Towing – Certain circumstances may require a Marine Patrol Officers to tow a vessel:
Custodial Arrest: It is preferred to release the vessel to a qualified operator if possible. Title 50-21-105 allows Law Enforcement to tow a detainee’s vessel to any marina. Towing of a vessel may require the use of a commercially licensed
241A1 Marine Patrol Operations Pg 5 of 5
recovery service which charges fees for the tow and storage of the vessel at the owner’s expense.
Abandoned vessel adrift: A vessel that has been abandoned by its owner under Title 50-21-190 of the South Carolina Boating and Safety Act of 1999 will be towed utilizing a commercially licensed recovery service and stored at the owners expense. All fees are the responsibility of the vessel owner.
Any circumstance deemed appropriate by the Deputy in the best interest of safety.
J. Authority: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has on file an authorization document from the Department of Natural Resources as required under title 50-21-80. This statute authorizes the Sheriff’s Office to enforce provisions of title 50, the authority to issue summons and make arrests.
05/17/2010: Replaces old Standard Operating Procedure 119; A-5/19/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Prevention of Airborne Diseases
Number: 242A Type: Operations Pages: 18
Effective Date: July 1, 2003 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this Exposure Control Plan is to provide guidelines for preventing an employee exposure to tuberculosis or other airborne transmitted diseases.
Policy:
It is the responsibility of this agency to take all reasonable measures to allow its employees to perform their duties in a safe and effective manner. Many of the job related responsibilities of a deputy or other employees may be threatened by occupational exposure to tuberculosis and other airborne transmissible diseases. Therefore, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to continuously provide employees with information and education on prevention of these diseases, provide up-to-date safety equipment and procedures that will minimize their risks of exposure, and to institute post-exposure reporting, evaluation and treatment for all personnel exposed to these diseases during the performance of their duties.
The Exposure Control Office for the Sheriff’s Office is assigned to the agency Designated Infectious Control Officer (DICO).
Definitions:
Approved Bio-Hazard Symbols: The bright orange warning labels which must be affixed to any container used for contaminated waste, laundry, evidence, or any other potentially infectious materials.
Airborne Pathogen: Any organism that causes disease that spreads throughout the environment via the air. Human health effects include respiratory diseases, respiratory infections, allergic responses, eye, nose and throat irritation, as well as more severe cases involving fever and shortness of breath.
Airborne Diseases: Are spread when droplets of pathogens are expelled into the air due to coughing, sneezing or talking and are of concern to emergency responders.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 2 of 18
2
Contaminated: The presence or the anticipated presence of droplets of pathogens, organisms, or other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.
Decontamination: The use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or disposal.
Exposure Incident: A specific potential or mucous membrane exposure to droplets of pathogens, organisms or other potentially infectious materials resulting from the performance of an employee’s duties.
Hand Washing Facilities: A facility providing an adequate supply of running water, soap, and single use towels or hot air drying machines, or the use of disinfectant towelettes and solutions.
Occupational Exposure: Reasonably anticipated skin, mucous membrane or potential contact with airborne pathogens, organisms, or other potentially infectious materials that may result from the performance of an employee’s duties.
Personal Protective Equipment: Specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. General work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard is not considered to be personal protective equipment.
Source Individual: Any individual whose blood or other potentially infectious materials may be a source of occupational exposure to the employee.
Work Practice Controls: Controls that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed.
Procedures:
A. Exposure Determination: An exposure determination has been completed for each billet of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This was done to determine which job-related tasks involve the potential for airborne exposure and what measures can be taken to eliminate or minimize the exposure to an employee. Job classifications whose duties include performing job related tasks with the potential of exposure have been identified as well as documented. These job classifications will ensure that all personnel involved in these tasks will receive training and personal protective equipment. In addition all employees will be provided appropriate post exposure follow-up procedures in the event an exposure. Due to the wide variety of job tasks preformed by law enforcement personnel, all job tasks involving exposure have not
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 3 of 18
3
been listed. However, the duties, tasks, and procedures of all employees in each job classification, in each work area were considered in making the exposure determination. Existing job titles and job descriptions were used to identify the job classifications involving exposure.
The exposure determination is made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment (i.e. employees are considered to be exposed even if they are wearing personal protective equipment at the time of the incident.) This exposure determination is required for all job classifications.
B. Exposure Classifications: As the first step in determining what actions are required to protect the workers health, every employer will evaluate all working conditions and the specific tasks that an employee may encounter in their job status. That evaluation should lead to the classification of work related tasks to one of three categories of potential exposure that are listed below:
Class A: Job related tasks that involve a potential for exposure to persons who are infected with tuberculosis or other airborne transmissible diseases.
a. Use of appropriate personal protective measures will be required for all employees in the Class.
b. The employees in Class A are:
i. Sheriff.
ii. Chief Deputy.
iii. Colonels.
iv. Majors, Captains, and Lieutenants.
v. Master Sergeants, Staff Sergeants, and Sergeants.
vi. Corporals, Lance Corporals, Patrolman First Class and Deputy Sheriffs.
vii. Investigators and Narcotics Officers
viii. Reserve Deputies
ix. Evidence personnel.
x. Laboratory personnel.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 4 of 18
4
Class B: Tasks that involve no exposure to carriers of airborne transmissible diseases, but employment may require performing unplanned Class tasks. The normal work routine involves no exposure to persons who are infectious with tuberculosis or other airborne transmissible diseases, but exposure or potential exposure may be required as a condition of employment.
a. Appropriate personal protective measures will be required of employees involved in Class B tasks.
b. The employees in Class B are all clerical and administrative personnel.
Class C: Tasks that involve no exposure to persons who are infectious with tuberculosis or other airborne transmissible diseases and Class A or B tasks are not a condition of employment, (although situations can be imagined or hypothesized under which anyone, anywhere, might encounter to potential exposure). Persons who perform these duties are not called upon as part of their employment to perform or assist in emergency medical care, first aid or to be potentially exposed in some other way.
C. Methods of Compliance:
The healthcare facility utilizes several methods to reduce the risk of tuberculosis and other airborne pathogens diseases.
Unfortunately, several of these methods are not effective in the pre-hospital setting:
a. The practice of screening patients or suspects for active tuberculosis and other respiratory diseases or infections is not possible unless they will be detained for more than one week (7 days).
b. The practice of providing rapid diagnostic services is also not practical until the patient is evaluated by the physician.
c. Prescribing proper curative and preventive therapy is the role of the physician following diagnosis.
d. Maintaining physical measure to reduce microbial contamination is not possible in the pre-hospital environment since the responder has no control over their environment that is often confined with inadequate ventilation. However, in the buildings occupied by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, which are subject to exposure by high risk populations, physical means will be implemented as described below.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 5 of 18
5
i. The practice of isolation can be practiced to some degree if the employees responding to the situation suspect the person to have infectious tuberculosis or other respiratory diseases or infections. The practice of segregating suspects who have been screened and are known to be infected by tuberculosis from the general population will further serve to limit the spread of tuberculosis.
ii. Engineering controls are examined and maintained or replaced on a regular schedule (at least annually) to ensure their effectiveness.
iii. To reduce the potential for transmission of tuberculosis or other respiratory diseases or infections, it is necessary to reduce the concentration of infectious droplet nuclei in the air.
iv. Maintain an adequate flow of fresh air ventilation to dilute the concentration.
v. Secure unfiltered recirculation air flow, such as air conditioners and heaters in transport vehicles.
vi. A simple but important source control technique is for infectious persons to cover all coughs and sneezes with a tissue, thus containing most liquid drops and droplets before evaporation can occur.
vii. Patients with a respiratory disease or infection use of a properly fitted cone surgical mask or valve less particulate respirator (PR) during transport and while in public areas can significantly reduce the risk of transmission. However, the patient must wear the mask constantly, limiting the time it will be tolerated by the patient.
viii. If the source of transmission cannot be reduced in the environment, the employees must limit their exposure by using a properly fitted cone surgical mask or valve less particulate respirator (PR) while the threat of transmission exists.
Hand washing facilities, which are readily accessible, are provided in the Law Enforcement center in Beaufort, the Sheriff’s substation on Hilton Head Island, and in each fire station in the county. Employees will wash their hands as soon as possible after removing gloves or other personal protective equipment.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 6 of 18
6
When employees are transporting suspects or persons who are known or suspected of having a communicable disease, such as tuberculosis, they shall, if possible:
a. Turn off all fans and air conditioning in the vehicle.
b. Lower all windows in the vehicle to assist in ventilation.
c. Wear a mask that is NIOSH approved for dust and mist.
d. Wipe down all surfaces in vehicle prior to placing the unit back in service.
Work Retention Areas:
a. Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses is prohibited in work areas where there is a reasonable likelihood of exposure.
b. At this time, the work areas that meet this description include crime scenes and vehicles (if contaminated).
c. From time to time, this description may fit other areas, including the evidence locker and office spaces depending on the circumstances.
d. These restrictions will not apply once the work area has been completely decontaminated.
Contaminated Equipment:
a. Equipment that may become contaminated will be examined by the Exposure Control Officer for feasibility in restoring equipment to service or disposing of it through proper channels.
b. Any contaminated equipment that must be retained will bear proper labels indicating its contamination.
c. All surfaces in/on vehicles will be decontaminated by the employee as soon as possible after contact with an individual suspected of having an airborne disease. Soap and water will be used for cleaning, followed by the issued disinfectant or an approved substitute.
d. All reusable items such as, handcuffs, batons, flashlights, and body armor, will be decontaminated by the employee using the issued disinfectant or an approved substitute during the washing phase.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 7 of 18
7
e. Disposable equipment should be used whenever possible to minimize exposure to infectious materials. This could include flex-cuffs during arrests/transport of persons suspected of persons suspected of having tuberculosis.
Personal Protective Equipment: The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for ensuring that the following provisions are met.
a. All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, including volunteers, with occupational exposure are provided at no cost, appropriate personal protective equipment such as, but not limited to, gloves, gowns, masks and eye protection pocket masks, or other ventilation devices as needed.
b. Personal protective equipment will be provided to employees based on their anticipated exposure to individuals who are known to have, or are suspected of having, an airborne transmissible disease.
c. While gloves, gowns, and eye protection do not provide direct respiratory protection from airborne transmissible disease, they play a very important role in limiting the spread of surface contamination.
d. Employees are trained to understand the importance of using their personal protective equipment and this is routinely enforced by supervision and the Exposure Control Officer. Employees may temporarily decline the use of personal protective equipment when the risk of using the equipment outweighs the safety to the employee or fellow employees. This decision is left to the employee.
e. When an employee judges not to use the required personal protective equipment, the circumstances are investigated and documented by the Exposure Control Officer. The investigation forms are used as “lessons learned” in order to determine whether changes should be made to prevent such occurrences in the future.
f. The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for ensuring that the appropriate personal protective equipment in the proper sizes is readily accessible at the work site or is issued without cost to the employee.
g. Personal protective equipment is cleaned, laundered, and disposed of by the employer at no cost to the employees.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 8 of 18
8
h. Personal protective equipment is repaired or replaced as needed to maintain its effectiveness by the employer at no cost to the employees.
i. Garments penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials are removed immediately or as soon as feasible.
j. Prior to leaving the work areas, all employees will remove their personal protective equipment.
k. When personal protective equipment is removed, it is placed into an approved container for disposal.
l. Gloves are worn when it can be reasonably anticipated that an employee’s hands may contact blood, or other potentially infectious materials, non-intact skin, and mucous membranes. Gloves are also required when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.
m. Disposable (single use) gloves are not washed or decontaminated for re-use.
n. Disposable (single use) gloves, such as surgical or examination gloves are replaced as soon as practical when contaminated or as soon as possible if they are torn, punctured, or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.
Eye and Face Protection:
a. Masks in combination with eye protection devices, such as goggles or glasses with solid side shields, are required to be worn whenever splashes, spray, splatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials may be generated and eye, nose or mouth contamination can be reasonably anticipated.
b. A disposable particulate respiratory (respiratory protective device [face mask]) that is designed to filter 1-5 micron particles shall be worn for the following situations:
i. When appropriate ventilation is not available and the patient or suspect have signs or symptoms suggesting a potential for infection.
ii. When the patient or suspect is potentially infectious and is likely to produce bursts of aerosolized infectious particles or a copious coughing or sputum production, regardless of whether appropriate ventilation is in place.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 9 of 18
9
iii. When a patient or suspect is potentially infectious, has a productive cough, and is unable or unwilling to cover coughs.
Additional Protection:
a. Appropriate protective clothing, such as gowns, will be worn to prevent exposure. The type of clothing worn depends on the exposure anticipated.
b. Disposable gowns and shoe covers or boot covers are worn in instances when gross contamination can reasonably be anticipated.
Housekeeping:
a. Work sites are maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.
b. All equipment and environmental work surfaces are decontaminated and cleaned after contact with potentially infectious materials.
c. Contaminated work surfaces are decontaminated with an approved disinfectant immediately or as soon as feasible, when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after spills, and at the end of the work shift, if the surface may have become contaminated.
d. All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for reuse, which likely became contaminated are inspected and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon discovery of visible contamination.
e. Broken glassware that may be contaminated is not to be picked up directly with hands. It shall be cleaned up using mechanical means such as, a brush and dustpan, tongs, or forceps.
Regulated Waste:
a. All regulated waste will be disposed of in accordance with applicable SC DHEC Infectious Waste Regulations (R-61-105).
b. This will be done through an agreement with the hospitals in Beaufort County, where regulated waste will be brought to the hospital in a properly marked biohazard bag and disposed of in the biohazard waste containers of the hospital.
Laundry Procedures:
a. Laundry contaminated with infectious materials will be handled as little as possible.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 10 of 18
10
b. Such laundry will be placed in appropriately marked (biohazard labeled or color coded red bag) bags immediately after being removed.
c. Such laundry will not be sorted or rinsed in the area of use.
d. The contaminated laundry will be cleaned either with the washing and drying machines at the Detention Center or at the Hilton Head Fire Department Station 1 on Cordillo Parkway.
D. Tuberculosis (PPD) Skin Testing and Post Exposure Evaluations and Follow-up:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will make available tuberculosis (PPD) skin testing to all employees with Class A or B exposure, and post exposure follow up will be made available to all employees who have had an exposure.
The Exposure Control Officer will ensure that all medical evaluations and procedures, including the tuberculosis (PPD) skin testing and post exposure follow-up, including prophylaxis are:
a. Made available at no cost to the employee in Class A or B.
b. Made available to the employee at a reasonable time and place.
c. Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or by or under the supervision of another licensed healthcare professional.
d. Provided according to the recommendations or the US Public Health Service.
e. All laboratory tests shall be conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.
E. Tuberculosis (PPD) Skin Testing: The CDC has made the recommendation to use the Monteux technique (intradermal injection of 0.1 ml purified protein derivative [PPD] containing 5 tuberculin units [TU]) as a diagnostic aid to detect tuberculosis infection.
The tuberculosis (PPD) skin testing program will be initially conducted by the healthcare professional unit in charge of the Detention Facility Medical Unit.
Tuberculosis (PPD) skin tests will be made available to all employees with occupational exposure after the employee has received the information and training in occupational exposure during their FTO training and at least annually thereafter.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 11 of 18
11
Tuberculosis (PPD) skin testing will be conducted annually for all the employees with occupational exposure. This skin testing will be conducted more often if unforeseen circumstances make it necessary for the protection of employees.
The only exception for PPD skin testing is when the employee was previously tested and has a history of positive tuberculin reaction and has documented adequate treatment for disease or preventative therapy for infection unless symptoms develop.
If an employee initially declines the tuberculosis (PPD) skin test but later decides to accept it, it is made available at no cost to the employee.
All employees declines the tuberculosis (PPD) skin testing, the employee must sign the Tuberculosis Skin Test Decline Form.
F. Post Exposure Evaluations and Follow-up:
Immediately after notification that a Deputy Sheriff has potentially been exposed to any infectious or contagious Pathogen or Disease, the Team Supervisor shall ensure that a BCSO Exposure Form is completed and delivered to the Exposure Control Officer. The form shall be completed in its entirety and immediately upon notification of possible exposure.
The Exposure Control Officer will conduct an interview with the employee involved with the incident as soon as possible following the notification. Additionally, the employee shall begin filling out the Exposure Form – and upon completion deliver the Designated Infectious Control Officer (DICO.
The exposed employee shall immediately receive a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up.
Elements of the post exposure evaluation and follow-up include:
a. Documentation of exposure route(s) and circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred.
b. Identification and documentation of the source individual unless infeasible or prohibited.
c. The Department of Health in Beaufort will be contacted to determine if the source individual has any history of tuberculosis that is documented.
i. This need not be done if the source individual is known to be infected.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 12 of 18
12
ii. Results of tests are made available to exposed employees, and exposed employees are informed of applicable laws and regulations about disclosures of the source individual’s identity and infectious status.
d. Post exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, is offered as recommended by the US Public Health Service, including counseling and evaluation of the reported illness.
e. All employees who incur an exposure incident will be offered post exposure evaluation and follow-up in accordance with the CDC recommendations.
f. All post exposure follow-ups will be conducted through the Department of Health located in Beaufort.
G. Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional: The Exposure Control Officer will ensure that the healthcare professional responsible for providing the employee’s post exposure evaluation and follow-up is provided with the following information.
A written description of the exposed employee’s duties as they relate to the exposure incident.
Written documentation of route(s) of exposure and circumstances under which the exposure occurred.
The results of the source individual are PPD skin testing, if available.
H. Healthcare Professional’s Written Opinion:
The Exposure Control Officer will obtain and provide the employee with a written copy of the evaluating healthcare professional’s written opinion, if available.
The healthcare professional’s written opinion for post exposure follow-up shall be limited to the following information:
a. A statement that the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation.
b. A statement that the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to individuals with airborne transmissible diseases which may require further evaluation and treatment.
c. All other findings or diagnoses will remain confidential and will not be included in the written report.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 13 of 18
13
I. Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional.
The Exposure Control Officer will ensure that the healthcare professional responsible for providing the employee’s post exposure evaluation is provided with the following information:
a. A copy of the “Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Tuberculosis in Healthcare Settings” as published by the CDC.
b. The results of the employees PPD skin test, if available.
c. Any medical record retained by the Sheriff’s Department relevant to the appropriate treatment of the employee.
The Exposure Control Officer will provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating healthcare professional’s written opinion within 15 days of the complete examination, if available.
J. Work Removal:
When an employee is found to have current pulmonary or laryngeal tuberculosis, they shall be excluded from work until adequate treatment is instituted, their cough is resolved, and a physician certifies that the person is no longer infectious.
This removal requirement does not include employees infected with TB at sites other than lung or larynx, who are otherwise healthy and undergoing preventative therapy.
An employee who must be removed from the workplace because of tuberculosis should receive pay and benefits in accordance with workman’s compensation, disability, and other applicable laws.
K. Labels and Signs:
The Exposure Control Officer will ensure that biohazard labels are affixed to containers of regulated waste, refrigerators, and freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious materials and other containers used to store, transport, or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials.
The following universal biohazard symbol will be used:
a. Fluorescent orange or orange-red or predominately so, with lettering or symbols in a contrasting color.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 14 of 18
14
b. Fixed as close as feasible to the container by string, wire, adhesive, or other method that prevents their loss or unintentional removal.
c. Not required when red bags or red containers are substituted for labels.
d. Exempted from being required on containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that is labeled as to their contents and has been released for transportation or other clinical.
e. Exempted for individual containers of blood or other potentially infectious materials that are placed in labeled containers during storage, transport, shipment, or disposal.
f. Required for contaminated equipment and must state which portions of the equipment remains contaminated.
g. Not required for regulated waste that has been decontaminated.
L. Information and Training:
The Exposure Control Officer will ensure that training is provided to all new employees during their FTO training. In-service training will be provided to all employees annually that includes:
a. A general explanation of the epidemiology of airborne transmissible diseases and infections.
b. An explanation of the modes of transport of airborne diseases.
c. A distinction between TB disease and TB infection.
d. An explanation of the purpose and interpretation of TB skin testing.
e. The signs and symptoms of TB.
f. An explanation of the Exposure Control Plan and a means by which the employee can obtain a copy of the plan.
g. An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve exposure.
h. An explanation of the use and limitations of methods to prevent or reduce exposure including engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 15 of 18
15
i. Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination, and disposal of personal protective equipment.
j. An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective equipment.
k. Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving an exposure
l. An explanation of the procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including reporting method and available medical follow up.
m. Information on the post exposure evaluation and follow-up that is provided for exposed employees.
n. An explanation of the purpose of preventative care.
o. An explanation of the risk factors for tuberculosis disease development.
p. Information on the treatment of TB.
q. Information on the origin and prognosis of multi-drug resistant TB.
r. A discussion of the purpose for surveillance and the recommended follow-up of positive skin test.
s. An explanation of the critical role directly observed therapy (DOT) plays in preventing the emergence of multiple drug resistant strains of TB.
t. An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color-coding used.
u. An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the training instructor.
The person conducting the training is knowledgeable in subject matter covered by the elements of the training program as it relates to the work place.
Additional training is provided when tasks or procedures are changed or modified and there are new tasks or procedures affecting employee exposures.
M. Medical Records:
The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for maintaining medical records.
The medical record for active employees will be kept in the Exposure Control Officer’s office.
The medical records will be maintained per OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.20.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 16 of 18
16
The employee’s medical records are kept confidential and are not disclosed or reported without the employee’s express written consent to persons within or outside the work place except as required by OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1030 or by law.
The medical records are maintained for the duration of employment plus 30 years.
The records include:
a. Employee’s name and social security number.
b. A copy of the employee’s PPD skin testing status, including date of the last test and any medical records relative to employee’s ability to receive the skin test.
c. Copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up procedures.
d. Copy of the healthcare professional’s written opinion.
e. Copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional, including the employee’s duties, as they relate to incident, and documentation of the routes of exposure and circumstances of the exposure.
N. OSHA 200 Log Requirements for Tuberculosis:
Tuberculosis infection (positive skin test) and tuberculosis disease are both recordable on the OSHA 200 log in facilities where tuberculosis has been identified as a hazard, such as correctional facilities, healthcare settings, homeless shelters, long-term care facilities, and drug treatment centers.
A positive skin test for tuberculosis, even on baseline testing (except pre-employment screening) is recordable on the OSHA 200 log because there is a presumption of work-relatedness in these settings, unless there is clear documentation that an outside exposure occurred. For example, if an employee is found to have a positive skin test and was also positive prior to employment, the case would not be recordable.
If an employee’s tuberculosis infection progresses to tuberculosis disease during employment, this case would also be recordable on the OSHA 200 log because there is, again, a presumption of work related exposure in these settings and because the findings represent an abnormal condition or disorder caused by exposure to environmental factors associated with employment which may be
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 17 of 18
17
caused by inhalation (refer to the “Record keeping Guidelines for Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, 29 CFR 1904.).
O. Training Records:
The Training Master Sergeant is responsible for maintaining the training records.
The records will be kept in the training files of each employee.
Training records are maintained based on the Sheriff’s Office Records Retention Schedule.
Training records maintained shall include:
a. Dates of training session.
b. An outline describing the material presented.
c. Names and qualifications of instructors.
d. Names and job titles of all persons attending training sessions.
Records are available as follows:
a. Upon request to NIOSH and OSHA for examination and copying.
b. Upon request to employees and employee representatives for examination and copying as per OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.20.
P. Evaluation and Review:
The Exposure Control Officer is responsible for annually reviewing this program and its effectiveness, and for upgrading the program as needed.
Other reviews and updates, Periodic reviews and up-dates are made as necessary to keep the Exposure Control Plan current. In each case a report is prepared for the Compliance Officer.
Q. Corrective Policy Compliance:
All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with occupational exposure to airborne transmissible diseases are required to comply with the current guidelines provided by the CDC and the provisions of this plan.
242A Prevention of Airborne Diseases Pg 18 of 18
18
A limited exemption from the use of PPE, based on situations in which the use of PPE would prevent proper delivery of public safety services, or would pose an increased hazard to the personal safety of the worker is allowed
An employee’s decision not to use personal protective equipment (PPE) is made on a case-by-case basis and must have been prompted by legitimate extenuating circumstances.
a. In such cases, the employee will document why PPE was not used in each case.
b. The Exposure Control Officer and the employee will evaluate the circumstances surrounding the incident to reduce the likelihood of a future unprotected incident.
Replaces old SOP 308, 6/7/2010; Revised: A- 8/1/2013; A1-02/10/2014; A2-6/26/2019; A3-04/29/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Dive Team Procedures
Number: 243A3 Type: Operations Pages: 10
Effective Date: March 1, 2007 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.2.2; 17.5.1; 17.5.3; 33.6.1 a, b; 41.1.3 b, c
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Dive Team shall provide the parent agency and other regional agencies (under mutual aid agreements) with the capability of effective or expedient methods of performing search and/or recovery operations for surface and sub-surface water environments.
Policy:
It is the intent of this order to establish procedural guidelines to serve as direction for operations that are conducted by the BCSO Dive Team. These operations include training, utilization and implementation of the team and its assigned personnel. This order cannot provide direction for every possible situation or problem that might confront members of this team. Therefore, some latitude must be left to the intelligence and discretion of the team member. The exercise of good judgment, experience and common sense with an emphasis on safety must be followed by all team members to ensure effective and professional results.
Definitions:
Dive Team Commander: Responsible for the total administration and operational aspects of the team.
Dive Team Leader: Coordinates and supervises dive operations. Responsible for scene management. Responsible for planning, coordinating training and inventory lists. Documents call outs. Reports to the Team Commander.
Assistant Team Leader: Maintains equipment. Supervises team in absence of Dive Team Leader and documents training.
Dive Team Member: Follows all orders from Dive Team supervisors. Assumes delegated duties during dive operations.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 2 of 10
Line Tender: Responsible for controlling the divers search pattern.
Safety Officer: Responsible for overall safety issues associated with the dive operation.
Procedure:
A. Dive Equipment:
All members will normally utilize only departmental issued equipment in the performance of their duties. Any equipment that is not issued by the BCSO must first be inspected and authorized by the Team Leader and the Dive Team Commander prior to its use.
(CALEA 17.5.1) The issued equipment assigned to each member shall match the inventory listings on file. Copies of the inventory listings will be forwarded to the BCSO Quartermaster.
Team members will not modify, exchange or otherwise alter any issued equipment beyond what is normal for cleaning or maintenance purposes. No member shall perform any maintenance on issued equipment beyond that member’s level of training. All significant repairs will only be performed by a certified repair authority.
(CALEA 17.5.3, 41.1.3 c) All equipment issued to team members will be maintained in a high state of readiness at all times. Each member is responsible for their assigned equipment and must report any malfunctions or loss to the Dive Team Commander as soon as possible after the discovery of the malfunction or loss. Team members will not loan, give, make available or permit the handling of any item of equipment to any person without the approval of the Dive Team Commander or unless ordered to do so by the Team Leader.
B. Cleaning and Preventative Maintenance:
Following the use of any issued equipment the team member responsible for the gear will clean and restore the gear to its proper storage condition within 24 hours of the most recent use.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 3 of 10
See attached Cleaning Instructions Appendix for specific equipment items and how they are to be maintained.
All air cylinders and regulators will be serviced and inspected on an annual basis, centered on their date of purchase. Air cylinders will be hydrostat tested every five years on their purchase anniversary. All air cylinders will display a valid visual inspection (VIP) sticker from a certified inspector.
C. Zodiac Rigid Inflatable Boat (RIB)/470 and trailer:
(CALEA 41.1.3 b) The zodiac boat shall be operated by members trained in the proper handling procedures for this type of watercraft.
All occupants of the Zodiac boat will wear a personal flotation device, UDT (tactical flotation device) or equivalent form of buoyancy protection.
A check for all required safety equipment aboard the Zodiac will be conducted by the boat operator prior to deployment of the watercraft.
All navigation laws, rules and regulations shall be followed when this water craft is operated by a team member also to include guidelines in General Order 241Marine Patrol Operations.
All safety chains, pins, lighting connections and harnesses shall be installed connected and tested prior to any towing movement of the trailer upon any public roadway.
D. Dive Operations:
Dive Team Activation:
a. Team activation will be requested from Deputy Sheriff’s through an immediate supervisor to the Communications Center. Communications Center personnel will forward the information concerning the incident to the Dive Team Commander or his designee.
b. All dive team members shall carry their issued cell phones at all times, whether on or off duty. Repeated failure to respond to call outs for the Dive Team may result in suspension or dismissal from the team.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 4 of 10
c. Activation of the team for either stand-by or response may occur by either cell phone. Available information will be forwarded to team members at the time of activation consisting of a brief situation report and directions to the scene.
d. If placed on stand-by, team members shall make every effort to monitor developments on the affected radio channel (talk group).
e. All activations of the team shall be in the Recovery mode. Exceptions shall include prearranged details. All recovery responses will be considered non-emergency and involve a normal response unless otherwise directed by a supervisor.
f. When activated, the dive team shall monitor and communicate on the active radio channel (talk group) being utilized by the responders on the scene.
g. Dive Team members shall not respond to activation with any other person riding with them. Authorized passengers shall be dropped off at a safe location prior to dive call out response.
Dive Team Response:
a. The first arriving team member shall determine an appropriate staging area for the remainder of the team. This shall be done in conjunction with the Incident Commander on the scene, regardless of what agency the IC works for. The first arriving team member shall incorporate the dive team seamlessly into the existing Incident Command structure at the scene.
b. The first arriving member shall be responsible for gathering pertinent information for the remainder of the team’s response. The first responder shall notify the Team Commander of the situation report.
c. The level of response and immediacy of entering the water shall be the determination of the first arriving team member.
Enter the Water:
a. No surface or sub-surface activity will be performed by any dive team member at the scene of a recovery operation until all pertinent information
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 5 of 10
has been gathered and a team briefing has occurred. This briefing shall be conducted by the Dive Team Commander or the Team Leader, as well as any other personnel they deem necessary to assist, such as investigators, etc.
b. Dive flags shall be displayed at all dives. The exception will be a dive call in a tactical situation.
c. Communications shall be notified when divers enter and exit the water. The exception is a tactical call.
d. The Dive Team uniform shall be worn for all dive training & call-outs.
e. The safety boat shall be deployed as a safety boat in any dive operations occurring in navigable waterways. In the event of fast moving water scenarios, down-stream safety personnel shall be deployed with throw bags, snag lines and other safety devices as deemed necessary.
f. All dive team members shall keep the Dive Team Commander notified of their availability. Leave and out-of-town trips must be coordinated to ensure an adequate number of members available to respond.
g. All dive operations shall be performed under the direct supervision of the Dive Team Commander or the Team Leader. In the event of both of them unavailable, the Senior Diver shall be in charge of operations.
h. In the event of multiple agency activations. The Dive Team Commander shall join the Unified Command as the representative for the Dive Team. The Incident Commander shall be determined based upon the nature of the incident.
i. Dive Team operations shall be conducted within the parameters of the incident command structure, as dictated under NIMS regulations.
j. It will be up to the discretion of the Dive Commander or Team Leader if medical personnel are needed for dive operations.
k. The safety of each team member shall always be the most important aspect of any dive team operation. Any and all reasonable steps shall be taken to ensure that no team member is unnecessarily jeopardized aside from the
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 6 of 10
inherent dangers associated with public safety diving. All unsafe elements that can be controlled shall be controlled.
l. The decision to dive will ultimately remain with the individual team member. No team member shall be compelled, ordered or required to dive when that member can substantiate a reason for not diving.
m. Any dive team member that has a physical condition that might impair his or her ability to dive shall report that condition to the Dive Team Commander prior to the commencement of an operation.
n. When appropriate, dive operations shall be considered crime scenes and secured as such, using standard crime scene protection procedures.
o. All dive operations will include at a minimum: an operational supervisor, a primary diver, a Rescue Diver, and a line tender.
p. A Rescue Diver shall be designated for each diver who enters the water during an operation. The safety diver shall remain in close proximity to the location of the diver in the water, familiar with the diver’s array of equipment and have formulated an emergency plan with the diver prior to the beginning of the operation.
q. Individual dive time limits will be established at each dive site depending upon environmental conditions for the safety of the primary diver as well as the safety diver.
r. Fast water currents in excess of 1.5 knots will be evaluated by the Team Commander and the Team Leader prior to the dive operation for safety purposes.
s. The Dive Team Commander or a designated team member shall be responsible for monitoring dive times, air pressure and any other pertinent information relative to the safety of the dive operation. The minimum safe air pressure to surface shall fall between 500 and 1000 psi depending on mission conditions.
t. If the dive is conducted in contaminated water, the minimum safe air pressure to surface shall be 1200 lbs psi to allow for adequate air supply while decontamination procedures are conducted.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 7 of 10
u. Each diver will have (3) cutting devices on their dive equipment, while diving. Examples of preferred cutting devices: BC knife, cutting shears, ankle knife with serrated blade two cutting devices on BC, one cutting device on leg.
v. Any diver who has a problem with a proper mask seal due to facial hair will be required to either trim the facial hair or shave completely, apply lubricant (Vaseline) to the facial hair. It will ultimately be the Dive Team supervisor’s decision for the diver to shave to alleviate any seal issues during the dive especially during a contaminated water dive.
E. Dive Team Selection:
Basic Qualification Criteria:
a. Certified Class One Law Enforcement Officer.
b. One year service with BCSO.
c. Successfully complete physical examination conducted by a BCSO approved physician.
d. Conform to Height/Weight Standard
e. Complete oral interview with Dive Team Commander and Team Leader.
f. (CALEA 33.6.1 a) Minimum of basic open water certification recognized by SCUBA council (NAUI, PADI, YMCA, KLEC, PSDA, IDEA etc).
g. Successfully completed the Dive Team Swim Test (outlined in section F-2).
h. Successfully completing the BCSO 40 hour Dive Team Basic Divers Course.
h. Selection: (CALEA 16.2.2) The selection of Dive Team Members will follow the guidelines in General Order 133A.
Dive Team Qualification:
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 8 of 10
a. (CALEA 33.6.1 b) Each Dive Team member must successfully complete an annual physical fitness test (as prescribed in Appendix B: BCSO Dive Team Swim Test).
b. Dive Team members must also complete a physical administered by a BCSO approved physician.
c. Dive Team member will complete a quarterly medical evaluation form.
Dive Team Training:
a. Training shall be conducted one (8) hour day a month on a designated day.
b. A Training Log shall be completed upon the termination of each training day.
c. (CALEA 33.6.1 a) Training shall consist of classroom and practical exercises.
d. The Team Commander shall keep a Training Record on each team member and retain all certifications, etc. Copies of all training documents will be forwarded to the training section.
e. Attendance at training is mandatory. Absences must be approved in advance.
f. The Dive Team Commander shall administer competency tests whenever a member’s skill level is in doubt.
Documentation:
a. All dive call-outs and training shall be recorded on a standardized form.
b. Each Dive Team Member shall be responsible for their individual dive log.
c. Maintenance records shall be maintained by the Dive Team Commander on all equipment requiring preventative or scheduled maintenance.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 9 of 10
d. An inventory of all dive team equipment shall be maintained by the Dive Team Commander.
F. Appendix:
Equipment Cleaning Procedures:
a. All assigned equipment shall undergo some form of on-scene decontamination process following each use of the equipment. This process will be excluded when facilities are unavailable for this procedure. Following the use of any issued equipment, the team member responsible for the gear will clean and restore the gear to its proper storage condition within 24 hours of the most recent use. All members will store their assigned equipment in the dive truck. All latex areas of the suit will be maintained to manufactures specifications. The interior lining of the suit shall be free from moisture and regularly inspected for leakage. Each suit shall be properly folded and stored within its respective storage container.
Dive Team Swim Test: These tests will be completed without dive gear.
a. Standard I – Underwater Swim, this standard requires that the team member swim a horizontal distance of 20 yards under the water. A blacked out mask will be worn during this portion of the test
b. Standard II – Treading Water, this standard requires the team member to tread water for a period of 15 minutes. A blacked out mask will be worn during this portion of the test.
c. Standard III – Endurance Swim, this standard requires the team member to swim a total of 200 yards without fins from start to finish without stopping. Another swim of 200 yards with fins from start to finish without stopping will also be required.
d. Standard IV – Equipment Recovery, this requires the team member to dive down and retrieve a 10 lbs. object from the deepest part of the pool and deliver the object to the side of the pool.
e. Standard V- Must demonstrate overall water competency while performing all tasks.
243A2 Dive Team Procedures Pg 10 of 10
Revision Date(s): A-12/1/2010
A1-01/11/2017 name changed to CEW
A2-06/20/2019; A3-6/01/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Taser
Number: 244A3 Type: Operations Pages: 9
Effective Date: June 7, 2010 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.3.6 and 33.5.1
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to provide deputies with guidance and direction on the use of electronic control devices.
Policy:
It is the policy of the agency that personnel only use that level of force objectively reasonable to perform their official duties. Conducted Electrical Weapon (CEW) have been proven effective and are authorized for use in appropriate circumstances by trained personnel.
Definitions:
Conducted Electrical Weapon (CEW): Weapons designed to disrupt a subject’s central nervous system by means of deploying battery powered electrical energy sufficient to cause uncontrolled muscle contractions and override an individual’s voluntary motor responses.
A.F.I.D. (Anti Felon Identification Device): Confetti like pieces of paper that are expelled from the cartridge when fired. Each “AFID” contains an alpha numeric identifier unique to the specific cartridge used.
Active Physical Resistance: Slight to moderate physical harm: a subject makes physically evasive movements to defeat a deputy’s attempt at control. This may be in the form of bracing or tensing, attempts to push/pull away or not allowing the deputy to get close to him/her.
Securing Under Power: A technique used to secure a subject during the activation cycle, as instructed through training.
244A3 Taser Pg 2 of 9
Spark Display: A non-contact demonstration of the CEW’s ability to discharge electricity. This is conducted only when the cartridge has been removed from the weapon. The purpose of this display is to convince the subject to comply with a lawful order and avoid the TASER® being deployed in the Probe mode.
Drive Stun: Contact is made by pressing the front of the CEW (with the cartridge removed or with an expended cartridge still attached or pressing the Arc Switch on the Taser two times) into the body of a subject resisting lawful orders, and activating the CEW. The Drive Stun causes significant localized pain in the area touched by the CEW but does not have a significant effect on the central nervous system. The Drive Stun does not incapacitate a subject but may assist in taking a subject into custody. If a CEW is fired using the cartridge, at a distance of less than three feet, the effect will be very similar to a Drive Stun.
Probe: The CEW is most effective when the cartridge is fired and the probes/darts make direct contact with the subject. Proper application will result in temporary immobilization of the subject and provide the officer a” window of opportunity” in which to take the subject safely into custody. Optimum range for probe deployment is 7 to 15 feet with a 25 foot maximum distance. Deployment of the TASER® cartridge at distances of less than three feet will not result in temporary immobilization or central nervous system disruption.
Procedures:
A. Authorized Users:
(CALEA 33.5.1) Only those who have satisfactorily completed the agency’s approved training course will be authorized to carry a CEW. Agency members will be given annual retraining by the Training Section on the use of a CEW. The CEW is approved for use both on-duty and during enforcement related off-duty assignments.
Instructors who have been certified as TASER® instructors will be the only authorized persons to instruct on the CEW. Training will be conducted in accordance with Sheriff’s Office protocols.
B. Weapon Readiness:
The device will be carried by authorized deputies in an approved holster on the non-dominant side of the body. Those authorized to use the device and assigned
244A3 Taser Pg 3 of 9
outside of uniformed patrol duties may utilize other agency approved holsters, and carry the weapon consistent with agency training.
The device will be carried fully armed with the safety on in preparation for immediate use when authorized.
Deputies approved to use the device will be issued one cartridge as approved by the agency. Spare cartridges will be managed by the Master Sergeant of their respective Sections and issued out accordingly. All cartridges will be replaced consistent with the manufacture’s expiration requirements.
Only agency-approved battery power sources will be used in the CEW.
Deputies will use only authorized TASER® equipment issued by the BCSO Quartermaster. The CEW will be inspected for damage and cleanliness, and batteries and cartridges replaced when required by the deputy. The battery display will be checked on the CID at the beginning of each shift. A reading of 20% or less will require the DPM /battery pack be changed. The DPM/battery pack will not be removed from the CEW except when the reading is 20% or less or to conduct a data download. The CEW will never be stored more than 48 hours without the EDPM/battery pack attached. When off duty, the CEW must be stored and secured in a climate-controlled area (i.e. residence), not in a vehicle. All CEW’s will receive yearly preventive maintenance which will be conducted by a certified technician.
C. Deployment:
Subject to the conditions below, the CEW may be used when a subject is displaying active, aggressive or aggravated aggressive resistance to a deputy attempting to conduct legal law enforcement activities. The justifications are the same officer/subject factors that exist in any other use of force decision.
a. The CEW may be deployed in the case of a sudden attack or when a subject is actively resisting. Deputies will evaluate all other options (e.g. verbal commands, hands on techniques, OC spray) and use caution before deploying a CEW in elementary schools, on young children, the elderly, females reasonably believed to be pregnant, and individuals with apparent physical disabilities impairing their mobility.
244A3 Taser Pg 4 of 9
b. Additional factors that must be considered when making use of force decisions include subject factors:
i. Seriousness of crime committed by subject.
ii. Size, age, and weight of subject.
iii. Apparent physical ability of subject.
iv. Number of subjects present who are involved, or who may become involved.
v. Weapons possessed by or available to the subject.
vi. Known history of violence by subject.
vii. Presence of innocent or potential victims in the area.
viii.Whether the subject can be recaptured at a later time.
ix. Whether evidence is likely to be destroyed.
x. Indicators of attack exhibited by the subject such as but not limited to; verbalization of a hostile/aggressive intent, hostile/aggressive posturing, muscular tensing of the body, etc.
c. Deputy Factors:
i. Size, physical ability, and defensive tactics expertise of the deputy.
ii. Number of deputies present or available.
iii. Immediate reaction in the case of sudden attack.
iv. Weapons or restraint devices available to the deputy.
v. Legal requirements.
vi. Agency policy.
vii. Environment.
d. The above listed subject and deputy factors are not all inclusive. Any and all determining factors must be properly articulated by the deputy(s) employing physical force.
Use of the CEW may be appropriate in situations including, but not limited to, situations involving a violent combative subject, an emotionally disturbed person who is attempting to harm another person or deputy, a person suffering from the symptoms of Excited Delirium or a subject under the influence of a mind-altering drug.
The CEW may be utilized to defend against attack from a dangerous animal. If an animal is subdued with the CEW, the deputy will properly document the circumstances in their Incident Report.
244A3 Taser Pg 5 of 9
The CEW should not be intentionally aimed at a person’s head, face, neck, groin or female breast area.
The CEW will not be used punitively for purposes of coercion, or in an unjustified manner.
The CEWwill not be used for extracting evidence or contraband.
The CEWwill not be used to awaken unconscious or intoxicated individuals.
The CEW should not be used in any environment where potentially flammable, volatile, or explosive material (gasoline, natural gas, propane, flammable chemical sprays, etc.) are present.
The CEW should not be used in the following circumstances unless there are compelling reasons to do so which can be clearly articulated.
a. When the subject is operating a motor vehicle.
b. When the subject is holding a firearm.
c. When the subject is in a position where a fall may cause substantial injury or death.
d. When the subject is at the extremes of age or physically disabled.
e. In a situation where deadly force is clearly justifiable unless another deputy is present and capable of providing deadly force to protect the deputies and/or civilians as necessary.
f. Deputies will not discharge a CEW at a handcuffed prisoner(s), without the express authority of a supervisor or exigent circumstances (such as to prevent the subject from seriously injuring himself or others or escape).
In preparation of deployment, the CEW will be pointed in a safe direction, taken off safe, and then aimed and;
a. Give a warning, when practical, to the subject and other officers before firing the CEW at the subject.
244A3 Taser Pg 6 of 9
b. Lower torso of the front of the body should be the primary target area and the center mass of the back, as clothing tends to be tighter on this part of the body.
c. When encountering subjects wearing heavy or loose clothing on the upper body, the legs should be considered as a target.
d. (CALEA 1.3.6) Use of the “Drive Stun” is discouraged except in situations where the “probe” deployment is not possible or the probes are too close or only one probe has attached and the immediate application of the “Drive Stun” will bring a subject displaying active, aggressive or aggravated aggressive resistance safely under control. Multiple “Drive Stuns” are discouraged and must be justified and articulated on the Use of Force form. If initial application is ineffective, officer will reassess situation and consider other available options.
Deputies will attempt to secure the subject under power as soon as practical, when submission/ compliance cannot be achieved through a minimal number of activation cycles.
The device may also be used in certain circumstances in a Drive Stun mode. This involves removing the cartridge from the Taser X26 or X26P and pressing the unit against an appropriate area based on training; or by pressing the Arc Switch on the Taser.
The CEW will be pointed at the ground in a safe direction with the safety on during administrative handling procedures.
No changes, alterations, modifications or substitutions will be made to the CEW. All repairs to a CEW will be completed by an authorized vendor.
Uniform deputies issued an CEW will carry the CEW when engaged in any uniform assignment.
D. CEW: The CEW is one of the options available to officers.
The CEW, like the baton, OC spray or empty hand techniques may not be effective in every situation.
244A3 Taser Pg 7 of 9
Deputies must assess the effectiveness of each application and determine whether further applications are warranted or a different tactic should be employed.
A subject fleeing should not be the sole justification for use of a CEW. Severity of the offense and other circumstances should be considered before the Deputy’s use of a CEW on a fleeing subject. The decision to use the CEW will be dependent upon the actions of the subject, the threat facing the officer, and the totality of circumstances surrounding the incident.
E. Post Deployment:
(CALEA 1.3.6) Deputies shall notify his/her supervisor as soon as practical after each intentional or unintentional discharge, with the exception of function tests and training exercises, and complete the Use of Force Form.
After a deputy uses a CEW the deputy will:
a. Handcuff the subject to minimize the threat of injury to either the deputy or the subject.
b. Deputies may remove the probes from the clothing of an arrestee; however, only medical personnel will remove probes that have pierced the skin. This can be accomplished by transporting the subject to the nearest medical facility.
c. CEW probes that have struck a person’s body will be considered a biological hazard and collected along with the deployed cartridge and AFID’s and submitted to the BCSO Evidence Division. All evidence from the CEW deployment will be retained until the case has been adjudicated.
d. Unintentional discharges during a Spark Test can be disposed of without submittal to the Evidence and Property Section upon approval from the Division Lieutenant.
e. If an injury is sustained, document the injury on the Use of Force Form.
f. Photograph all areas of deployment on a subject. All photographs shall be submitted to the evidence section.
244A3 Taser Pg 8 of 9
g. Note the absence of injuries on the Use of Force Form.
h. Present the CEW to a supervisor for data download prior to the end of shift if a use of force incident occurs.
F. Downloading Data:
The data port on the CEW stores the time and date the CEW was fired.
a. Supervisors will, on a monthly basis, inspect their deputies CEW data port download report to determine if there have been any discharges since the previous inspection. Any undocumented discharges will require the deputy to prepare a memorandum, through their respective chain, explaining the circumstances surrounding the discharge.
b. During the CEW’s annual preventive maintenance, the information from the data port will be downloaded.
c. An approved authority will download all information from a CEW prior to any factory repairs/maintenance.
d. Only approved personnel may download the information from the data port.
e. Supervisors may request a download at any time. Any deputy issued such an order will immediately respond to this request as instructed by the supervisor.
f. The Training Section will recommend training needs and/or policy modifications related to the uses of force through the chain command to the Chief Deputy which will include a section on the use of the CEW.
244A3 Taser Pg 9 of 9
Revised: A- 12/16/2014 Entire order revised
A1-12/6/2017 Addendum added
A2-06/26/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Aviation Support Unit (ASU)
Number: 245A2 Type: Operations Pages: 12
Effective Date: December 15, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.2.2, 41.1.3, FAA AC 00-1.1A, 49 CFR Part 830, Addendum
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for personnel assigned to the Aviation Support Unit (ASU) as a collateral duty and to establish procedures for the deployment of the unit.
Policy:
The aircraft shall operate under FAA Guidelines for Public Use Aircraft. The BCSO Aviation Support Unit (ASU) shall not seek a FAA Air Worthiness Certificate.
Definitions:
Pilot-In-Command (PIC): (CALEA 41.1.3c) The pilot and person in charge of the aircraft. The PIC makes all final decisions concerning the use of the aircraft and the prosecution of the mission.
Assist: Records term for any Law Enforcement mission.
Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Manager: A command staff member assigned by the Sheriff.
Flight Time: Total amount of time that the aircraft can remain in flight from take-off to landing
Float Vest: Personal flotation device, designed for aviation use and that is required on all over-water flights.
Loiter Time: The total amount of time that the aircraft can remain on station over the mission assignment before having to return to base for fuel.
Mission: An assignment issued to the ASU for flight operations. i.e. Missing Persons Search
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 2 of 12
Sortie: An aircraft launch for a given mission. A sortie includes refueling (cold or hot) and returning on the same mission. A sortie includes being shifted from one location to another during the course of a mission or even a change of mission during that sortie. Synonym: Flight
Tactical Flying Officer (TFO): Deputy Sheriff assigned the collateral duty of aircrew/observer.
Vertical Obstruction (VO): Any man-made or natural obstacle that rises above the natural plane of the tree canopy (forested area) or surface (open area).
Visual Flight Rules (VFR): Where all navigation is done visually, without the aid of navigation instruments, and meets certain FAA weather criteria.
Procedure:
A. Purpose of Aviation Support Unit (ASU):
Search Response: The BCSO Aviation Support Unit (ASU) will conduct search missions in support of BCSO operations, in conjunction with the US Coast Guard and SC Department of Natural Resources’ searches.
Missing/Overdue boaters: The BCSO ASU will deploy on search missions when available and appropriate, to search Beaufort County waterways for reported missing and overdue boaters. When located, the BCSO ASU will assist in the safe recovery of the missing or coordinate rescue efforts with other agencies.
Missing Adults (Vulnerable/Alzheimer, etc.): The BCSO ASU will deploy on search missions for missing adults when the investigation provides adequate criteria to justify a specific search pattern. The ASU will work with supervisors trained in working with the tracking devices deployed with Project Lifesaver.
Endangered Persons: The BCSO ASU will deploy on certain high priority search missions in situations such as persons stranded on sandbars or barrier islands when the aircraft is available and has a reasonable opportunity to materially support the search/rescue effort.
B. Special Operations: (CALEA 41.1.3a) The BCSO ASU will conduct air support missions in coordination with various elements of BCSO.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 3 of 12
Investigations: Investigations may develop information concerning criminal activity such as stolen car rings, stolen heavy equipment, marijuana growing operations, etc. that require a certain amount of aerial surveillance operations. These missions will be planned and evaluated on a case by case basis with the Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Manager prior to flying the mission.
SWAT: There may be situations where SWAT operations will require aviation support. These missions will be planned and evaluated on case by case basis with the ASU Manager prior to flying the mission.
Bomb Squad Support: There may be situations where a Bomb Squad technician needs to be delivered to a location faster than ground transportation can proceed. These missions will be planned and evaluated on a case by case basis with the ASU manager prior to flying the mission.
C. Other Operations: The BCSO ASU will conduct air support missions to further the goals of public safety in Beaufort County.
The ASU will fly as a force multiplier in large special events such as scheduled parades (St. Patrick’s), large scale sporting events (Ironman), etc. These missions will be planned and evaluated on a case by case basis with the ASU manager prior to flying the mission.
The ASU will fly special VIP missions in accordance with public aircraft guidelines as certain situations may dictate requiring moving personnel from point to point in a safe, secure, efficient and quick manner in order for that person to assist BCSO or Beaufort County in the furtherance of its mission. e.g. During an emergency relocation of key decision makers to a command center if normal communications and transportation are unavailable (cell-phone, internet, land line, radio, roadblocks).
Hurricane Operations: The BCSO ASU will fly both pre- and post- storm missions in support of BCSO Emergency Management as hurricane evacuations and re-entry operations are underway. These missions will be directed by the Operations Officer of the Emergency Management Division in consultation with the Emergency Management Division commander.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 4 of 12
D. Daily Operations:
The ASU consists of two OH-58 Kiowa aircraft.
The aircraft will be housed at the Beaufort County Airport on Lady’s Island.
The aircraft will be pre-flighted prior to each mission daily. This will prepare the aircraft for flight missions, scheduled and unscheduled.
The aircraft will fly one scheduled mission per week, each lasting approximately two hours per week to facilitate currency and proficiency, and may be in conjunction with a pre-planned ground mission. This mission will be scheduled the previous week.
Unscheduled missions conducted earlier in the week will not supplant the pre-scheduled missions.
Aircrew will don all appropriate survival gear prior to flying any mission. This includes personal flotation devices, vests, boots, etc.
E. Duties and Responsibilities:
Agency aircraft will be used by the Sheriff’s Office for official business only.
The pilot-in-command (PIC) is directly responsible for and is the final authority as to the operation of any agency aircraft. In an emergency, pilots may deviate from any policy or Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) to the extent necessary to meet the emergency.
The PIC has the ultimate responsibility for the safety of the crew and passengers and may terminate or modify operational plans as needed after giving due consideration to mission objectives.
(CALEA 41.1.3c) Agency aircraft will, at all times, have an ASU Manager-approved pilot at one set of the controls who holds 1) a FAA helicopter private pilot (or higher) license for the category and class aircraft flown, and 2) a FAA 3rd Class (or higher) medical certificate.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 5 of 12
Only personnel authorized by applicable FAA documentation and United States Code for Public Aircraft Operations, and approved by the ASU Manager, may be aboard ASU aircraft.
(CALEA 41.1.3a) All flight missions will remain within the boundaries of Beaufort County, except when permission is obtained from the ASU Manager for extenuating circumstances (i.e., training, in pursuit of a felon, extradition missions, to maintain separation from other aircraft, maintenance, or to assist other law enforcement agencies).
ASU personnel will obey all rules for Public Aircraft Operations and National Airspace System in accordance with FAA AC 00-1.1A, dated February 12, 2014 (or current).
ASU personnel are responsible for monitoring radio traffic and responding to calls for service as directed for assistance.
ASU personnel will document all missions in flight logs and submit documentation in a monthly report to the ASU Manager.
Ground handling of any agency aircraft will be done by or under the direct supervision of ASU personnel.
F. Safety:
All persons are to remain at least 50 feet away from any running aircraft unless otherwise authorized by the PIC or TFO.
All vehicles, including those picking up or discharging qualified non-crew members/equipment are to remain at least 100 feet away from running aircraft unless otherwise authorized by the PIC or TFO.
Smoking is prohibited during flight operations and within 100 feet of agency aircraft.
Persons will keep away from the tail rotor area of an operating ASU aircraft at all times.
Persons will utilize the seatbelts/ shoulder harness and will keep them fastened at all times after boarding, unless directed otherwise by the PIC.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 6 of 12
All personnel flying in ASU aircraft will be familiar with the following safety items prior to any flight. If orally briefed, items should include but are not limited to the following:
a. Safe entry or exit from aircraft;
b. Seat belts/harnesses;
c. Passenger movement inside aircraft;
d. Miscellaneous equipment;
e. Location of fire equipment and first aid kit; and
f. Emergency procedures.
Additional Helicopter Safety Requirements:
a. Persons/vehicles will always approach and depart the helicopter within view of the pilot and will never approach or leave to the rear of the helicopter.
b. Persons will offer and receive a “thumbs up” from the pilot, and crouch low before moving under the main rotor. The main rotor blade will be within five feet of ground level or lower, under certain conditions. If on a hill, persons will always approach on the downhill side of the helicopter and, if necessary, to get to the opposite side, will walk to the front of the helicopter, remaining outside the main rotor disc.
c. Persons will carry all equipment or articles horizontally or at waist level; never upright or over the shoulder.
d. Persons should protect their eyes by shielding them when approaching the helicopter. If suddenly blinded by dust or other blowing objects, persons should stop and await help. They should never grope or feel their way toward or away from the helicopter.
e. Any person occupying a front seat must use the shoulder harness. When exiting the helicopter and prior to closing the door, persons will secure their seatbelt and shoulder harness at their unoccupied seat to prevent damage to the aircraft from the metal buckles.
In-Flight Safety:
a. The PIC will continually monitor weather and aircraft conditions for continued safe operation.
b. ASU personnel will normally wear issued flight gear.
c. ASU personnel will perform only the necessary flight maneuvers needed to successfully complete a mission.
G. Refueling:
Refueling will be performed by contracted fuel personnel or unit aircrew.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 7 of 12
“Hot” open port refueling of the helicopter will be done in emergency situations only. Hot, open port refueling is extremely dangerous, and ASU support of a normally anticipated law enforcement mission does not constitute an emergency. Closed port refueling with a CCR nozzle is the standard form of “hot” refueling allowed, and only with the approval of the PIC. When “hot” refueling, the following procedures will be strictly adhered to:
a. The PIC will remain at the flight controls during the refueling and the engine reduced to flight idle;
b. A designated and trained refueler will conduct the actual refueling and grounding of the helicopter;
c. A second designated and trained refueler will stand by with a fire extinguisher and act as a fire guard during the refueling operation;
d. Persons not directly involved in the refueling operation, including passengers, will remain clear of the area; and
e. In the event of a fire or other emergency during the refueling, the pilot will perform an emergency shut down and exit the aircraft.
f. Open-port hot refueling will be a “last resort” operation when no other options are available to continue the mission.
H. Pursuit Operations: When an ASU aircraft responds to assist with a pursuit, the following will apply:
The TFO will immediately begin coordinating with ground units;
Once the ASU is in the pursuit, the TFO will keep ground units informed on direction of travel, traffic and roadway conditions ahead of the pursuit and any other tactical information the TFO may be able to obtain while overhead; and
The PIC may terminate the ASU’s involvement in a pursuit at any time, if safety considerations or flight risks become evident.
I. Search Operations:
When responding to a search operation, the TFO will gather as much information as possible prior to arrival on the scene. If possible, this initial information should be gathered over the telephone prior to departure.
Upon arrival, the TFO will request updated information from the scene supervisor.
The TFO will coordinate with the on-scene supervisor and other ground units in setting up and maintaining a perimeter.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 8 of 12
J. (CALEA 33.6.1) Specialized Unit Support: The use of the ASU in support of other Sheriff’s Office specialized units is encouraged. However, training and familiarization must take place in order to perform the mission safely and efficiently. Training with these units should include:
Approaching and exiting the aircraft;
Entry/exit;
Making weapons safe for flight operations;
Control of canines during flight operations, special harnesses must be used during transport of canines;
Radio/intercom procedures; and
Emergency procedures.
K. Static Display:
The PIC is responsible for ensuring that landing sites, crowd control, and times of landing and departure are arranged to minimize danger to aircrew, aircraft, or persons or property on the surface. When possible, the PIC should visit the landing site prior to arrival and survey the area for obstacles and/or other hazards.
During static displays, it will be the responsibility of the aircrew to ensure the security of the aircraft.
L. Off-Airport Landings:
When the need exists to land the helicopter off airport, the PIC has the ultimate responsibility for the safety of the aircraft and any resultant action of an intentional landing. When a decision to land is made, the following procedures will be followed:
a. For planned operations, secure permission from the scene supervisor or property owner;
b. If possible, use a uniformed deputy sheriff and marked patrol vehicle to secure the scene;
c. A high reconnaissance will be required prior to landing; and
d. A low reconnaissance will be performed while on final approach.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 9 of 12
During tactical or rescue operations, landings may be made as necessary. The primary concern during these landings will be the safety of the aircrew, aircraft, and persons or property on the ground.
At the pilot’s discretion, precautionary or emergency landings may be made as necessary. The decision to make a precautionary or emergency landing, as well as the selection of the landing site, will be made by the PIC. In the event of a precautionary or emergency landing, the ASU Manager will be notified as soon as possible.
Ground Safety:
a. The PIC should, when possible, plan to position the helicopter in a manner that isolates the tail rotor and ensure that the tail is clear prior to turning the aircraft.
b. During ground operations, where the aircraft is running and blades are turning, the TFO will ensure the area around the aircraft is kept clear of personnel.
c. When possible, prior to landing or liftoff from an offsite landing area with onlookers, a uniformed deputy sheriff will be stationed to the rear of the aircraft as a guard against personnel approaching the aircraft. This deputy will be in sight of another deputy stationed at the front of the aircraft who can relay signals to the pilot.
The PIC can also request a landing zone set up which can be handled by most fire departments.
M. In the event damage is caused to the aircraft, the following procedures will be followed:
The PIC will document all information, such as who reported the damage, time and place of the incident, injuries, if any, and the amount of damage to the aircraft. The PIC will also notify all necessary personnel in the ASU’s chain-of-command.
Photographs of the aircraft and/or personal injuries, if any.
The PIC or his designee will submit a detailed Incident Report to include the following:
a. Location of the incident and the extent of damage to the aircraft and/or the surrounding area;
b. Names of any Aviation Support Unit personnel present and/or witnesses to the incident;
c. Names of person(s) injured and the extent of injuries; and
d. Any other pertinent information.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 10 of 12
N. Deadly Force:
While the use of deadly force from moving vehicles is generally discouraged, there may come from time-to-time extraordinary circumstances that would require the discharge of a firearm from the helicopter. An example might include the discharge of a weapon to dispatch a rabid coyote that cannot otherwise be eliminated, and public safety demands it.
Only a certified Class One Law Enforcement Officer, with direct approval of the Sheriff, will discharge a firearm from the aircraft.
O. Records Keeping:
(CALEA 41.1.3c, d) The pilot will be responsible for maintaining all flight logs, records, equipment list and maintenance logs. These logs will be completed in accordance with FAA regulations, manufacturer’s recommendations, CALEA and Airborne Law Enforcement Association standards, and BCSO Policy.
These logs will be maintained in a central location available for inspection as required or desired by the Sheriff.
(CALEA 41.1.3b) The PIC must have a current FAA license with a commercial rating (or higher) in category and class for the aircraft flown, and a valid second class (or higher) FAA medical certificate.
P. Video System:
If equipped, the video system may be activated on any crime scene or call for service where it is determined that the situation needs documentation. This is at the discretion of the flight crew or at the direction of the supervisor.
Training will be required for the PIC and TFOs to ensure continued effective use and operations of the equipment and to incorporate changes, updates or revisions.
Release of Video Images:
a. All images captured on the recording system are the sole property of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. These images may not be distributed in any fashion to anyone. They may not be emailed, copied or duplicated. At no time, shall any Deputy Sheriff release any video image without authorization.
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 11 of 12
b. FOIA requests by legitimate media outlets will be dealt with according to law and BCSO policy. Subpoenas issued by a court of record will be responded to according to law.
c. Requests for recordings must be submitted in writing and approved by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff whose decision will be in compliance and accordance with state retention laws and other relevant laws pertaining to criminal investigations and evidence. All requests for final decisions shall be kept on file.
Storage:
a. All access to helicopter video files must be specifically authorized by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff, and all access is to be audited to ensure that only authorized users are accessing the data for legitimate and authorized purposes.
b. All recordings are the exclusive property of the BCSO. Accessing, copying, or releasing files for non-law enforcement purposes is strictly prohibited.
c. Files should be securely stored in accordance with BCSO’s records retention policy and no longer than their useful purposes of training or for investigation or prosecution. In capital punishment prosecutions, recordings shall be kept until the offender is no longer under control of a criminal justice agency.
South Carolina Code 17-28-310: Evidence Retention:
a. Crimes Covered: Murder; killing by poison; killing by stabbing or thrusting; voluntary manslaughter; homicide by child abuse; aiding and abetting a homicide by child abuse; lynching (1st degree); killing in a duel; spousal sexual battery; criminal sexual conduct (1st degree); criminal sexual conduct (2nd degree); criminal sexual conduct (3rd degree); criminal sexual conduct with a minor; arson (1st degree) resulting in death; burglary (1st degree) which the person is sentenced to ten years or more; armed robbery for which the person is sentenced to ten years or more; damaging or destroying a building, vehicle, or property by means of an explosive incendiary resulting in death; abuse or neglect of a vulnerable adult resulting in death; sexual misconduct with an inmate, patient, or offender; unlawful removing or damaging of an airport facility or equipment resulting in death; interference with traffic-control devices or railroad signs or signals resulting in death; driving a motor vehicle under the influence of alcohol or drugs resulting in death; obstruction of railroad resulting in death; or accessory before the fact to any of the above offenses.
b. Length Preservation: Until the person is released from incarceration, dies while incarcerated, or is executed for an enumerated offense. However, if the person is convicted or adjudicated on a guilty or nolo contendere plea for an enumerated offense, the physical evidence and biological material must be
245A2 Aviation Support Unit (ASU) Pg 12 of 12
preserved for 7 years from the date of sentencing, or until the person is released from incarceration, dies while incarcerated, or is executed for an enumerated offense, whichever comes first.
Revision: A-2/10/2019; A1-06/19/2019; A2-5/21/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Use of Reverse 911 Alert System
Number: 246A2 Type: Operations Pages: 2 Effective Date: December 14, 2011 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024 References: CALEA 46.1.10a
Purpose:
The Reverse 911 system is a communications system designed to call land line phone numbers contained in the phone company database. It is utilized by emergency personnel to notify a community of a threat and/or emergent event within their community.
Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to request activation of the Reverse 911 system when the criteria is met as outlined in this General Order.
Procedures:
A. (CALEA 46.1.10a) When to Request Activation of the Reverse 911 System:
Reverse 911 will be utilized by Sheriff’s Office Incident Commanders at their discretion under the following scenarios:
a. Manhunt
i. An armed suspect in the area and;
ii. There is an active search with perimeter activated and;
iii. There is a suspect fleeing and presents an unknown danger.
b. Missing Person (Endangered Adult or Child)
i. There is a missing endangered adult or child and;
ii. There is an active search being conducted by BCSO personnel.
c. Other Scenario
i. Any situation where the Sheriff’s Office Incident Commander, in their discretion, determines that there is a real and present danger to a specific community and that the community needs to be notified of this situation.
ii. Any situation requiring mass notification to county residents during
emergent weather events (i.e. water shut off to islands)
246A2 Use of Reverse 911 Alert System Pg 2 of 2
B. How to Deploy Reverse 911:
Location: The geographic location where Reverse 911 will be deployed is to be specifically limited to the geographic neighborhood where the incident is occurring. The Reverse 911 notification will only be sent into a geographic area where there is an articulable finding of fact that the suspect or missing person is likely in that area of the incident. The on scene road supervisor or investigator is responsible for determining geographical location to be used.
Time of Notification: Reverse 911 will not be deployed after 2000 hours without specific authorization of the Command Duty Officer.
Authorization: The Command Duty Officer will weigh the potential benefits of utilizing the Reverse 911 system against the inconvenience and imposition placed upon the community when determining whether or not to deploy the system. Among factors to be included are the fact that it sometimes can take the system approximately one hour to notify the geographic location. The Command Duty Officer will act extremely judiciously when deciding to deploy the Reverse 911 after 2000 hours.
C. Completion of Incident:
Stand-Down Notification: The Reverse 911 System will not be used to notify the community of the end of an incident. The local media outlets will be used to notify the community that the situation has been resolved.
D. Testing of Reverse 911 System
System is to be tested weekly (Sunday) by the on duty day and night dispatch
shift and notated in their equipment reports.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs)
Number: 248 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: September 16, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to provide law enforcement officers with guidelines for the use of cellular phones as well as similar mobile communication devices, hereafter referred to as “MCDs”. This policy does not cover the use of mobile data computers (MDCs).
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) to issue MCDs in the course of law enforcement operations for the purpose of enhancing agency communications. MCDs may be used by officers to conduct official business when the use of radio communication or landline telephones is inappropriate, unavailable, or inadequate to meet communication needs and when the device is used in accordance with this policy. BCSO permits the use of an issued MCD for reasonable personal use. Information or data housed in an agency MCD is the property of the Sheriff’s Office. The use of a personal MCD to record video and audio or take photographs while on duty is strictly prohibited unless authorized by a supervisor and documented in the officers written report.
Personnel are reminded that any video created by any device, including a personnel device becomes a record for legal purposes and is therefore subject to applicable evidentiary laws.
Definitions:
Disruptive activity: Any time that the MCD would be considered disturbing, such as in meetings, training sessions, court, or public places when their use would reasonably be deemed inappropriate or intrusive.
248 Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs) Pg 2 of 6
Distraction: Any time the use of an MCD would divert, hinder, or delay the attention of an officer from official duties and/or cause a potentially hazardous situation.
Mobile Communication Device (MCD): Cellular telephones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), and any such device designed to record, transmit, and/or receive voice communications, text messages, e-mail, sound, video, or photographic images.
Procedures:
A. Use of Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs):
The use of a personal MCD is to record video and audio or take photographs while on duty is strictly prohibited unless authorized by a supervisor and documented in the officer’s written report. Personnel are reminded that any video created by any device, including a personal device becomes a record for legal purposes and is therefore subject to applicable evidentiary laws.
The Sheriff’s Office allows the reasonable personal use of an issued MCD.
BCSO’s issued MCDs are the property of the BCSO and are used to enhance communication, both internally and externally. However, officer’s discretion should be used in providing the number of their MCDs to members of the public. Exceptions may be made when immediate future contact between an officer and a victim, witness, or other person may be important, or other exigent circumstances exist or timely communication is of the essence.
When possible, officers should pull off the roadway in a safe location when using MCDs unless hands-free operational devices are authorized and available.
South Carolina 56-5-3890: Unlawful use of a wireless electronic communication device while operating a motor vehicle
SECTION 1. Article 31, Chapter 5, Title 56 of the 1976 Code is amended by adding:
(A) For purposes of this section:
248 Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs) Pg 3 of 6
(1) ‘Hands-free wireless electronic communication device’ means an electronic device, including, but not limited to, a telephone, a personal digital assistant, a text-messaging device or a computer, which allows a person to wirelessly communicate with another person without holding the device in either hand by utilizing an internal feature or function of the device, an attachment, or an additional device. A hands-free wireless electronic communication device may require the use of either hand to activate or deactivate an internal feature or function of the device.
(2) ‘Text-based communication’ means a communication using text-based information, electronic mail message.
(3) ‘Wireless electronic communication device’ means an electronic device, including, but not limited to, a telephone, a personal digital assistant, a text-messaging device, or a computer, which allows a person to wirelessly communicate with another person.
(B) It is unlawful for a person to use a wireless electronic communication device to compose, send, or read a text-based communication while operating a motor vehicle on the public streets and highways of this State.
(C) This section does not apply to a person who is:
(1) Lawfully parked or stopped;
(2) Using a hands-free wireless electronic communication device;
(3) Summoning emergency assistance;
(4) Transmitting or receiving data as part of a digital dispatch system;
(5) A public safety official while in the performance of the person’s official duties; or
(6) Using a global positioning system device or an internal global positioning system feature or function of a wireless electronic communication device for the purpose of
248 Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs) Pg 4 of 6
navigation or obtaining related traffic and road condition information.
(D) Penalties
(1) A person who is adjudicated to be in violation of the provisions of this section must be fined not more than twenty-five dollars, no part of which may be suspended. No court costs, assessments, or surcharges may be assessed against a person who violates a provision of this section. A person must not be fined more than fifty dollars for any one incident of one or more violations of the provisions of this section. A custodial arrest for a violation of this section must not be made, except upon a warrant issued for failure to appear in court when summoned or for failure to pay an imposed fine. A violation of this section does not constitute a criminal offense. Notwithstanding Section 56-1-640, a violation of this section must not be:
(a) Included in the offender’s motor vehicle records maintained by the Department of Motor Vehicles or in the criminal records maintained by SLED; or
(b) Reported to the offender’s motor vehicle insurer.
(2) During the first one hundred eighty days after this section’s effective date of June 9, 2014, law enforcement officers shall issue only warnings for violations of this section.
(E) A law enforcement officer shall not:
(1) Stop a person for a violation of this section except when the officer has probable cause that a violation has occurred based on the officer’s clear and unobstructed view of a person who is using a wireless electronic communication device to compose, send, or read a text-based communication while operating a motor vehicle on the public streets and highways of this State;
(2) Seize, search, view, or require the forfeiture of a wireless electronic communication device because of a violation of this section;
248 Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs) Pg 5 of 6
(3) Search or request to search a motor vehicle, driver, or passenger in a motor vehicle, solely because of a violation of this section; or
(4) Make a custodial arrest for a violation of this section, except upon a warrant issued for failure to appear in court when summoned or for failure to pay an imposed fine.
(F) The Department of Public Safety shall maintain statistical information regarding citations issued pursuant to this section.
(G) This section preempts local ordinances, regulations, and resolutions adopted by municipalities, counties, and other local governmental entities regarding persons using wireless electronic communication devices while operating motor vehicles on the public streets and highways of this State.”
B. Use of Audio and Visual Recordings:
MCDs use and recordings obtained during the course and scope of an officer’s employment are the property of the BCSO and are governed by evidentiary policies of this agency, disclosure requirements, and any public records retention and disclosure laws of this agency and the state.
Audio recordings of conversations may be subject to federal and state wiretapping laws.
No officer will erase or attempt to delete, remove or alter any image, video, or audio file related to BCSO business unless authorized to do so by the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
Officers will not keep PERSONAL copies of any image, video, or audio file related to BCSO business.
Text, voice, or photographic images made in the course of conducting official law enforcement business, whether on or off duty, may not be shared with third parties in the BCSO or elsewhere, unless they have a need and a right to such information in order to further an investigation or conduct other official BCSO business.
248 Mobile Communication Devices (MCDs) Pg 6 of 6
Personnel will not use their issued MCDs to share messages or visual or audio recordings unless authorized.
The records of issued MCDs are the property of BCSO and are subject to review by the BCSO.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Electronic Recording of Interviews
Number: 250 Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: September 16, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines and procedures for the electronic recording of interviews.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) to electronically record interviews in order to provide an evidentiary record of statements made by suspects, witnesses and victims of criminal activity. Such electronic recordings can help protect both the suspect(s) and interviewing officers against potential assertions of police coercion or related misconduct, and may increase the likelihood of successful prosecution whether committed by adults or by juveniles who could be charged as adults for such offenses.
Definitions:
Controlled Environment: A law enforcement facility, detention center or similar controlled environment in which suspects may be detained in connection with criminal charges. A police vehicle used to transport arrestees may be deemed a controlled environment. During transportation of suspects who meet the requirements for electronic recording, transporting officers will observe applicable procedures defined in this policy.
Electronic Recording: Refers to audio and video signals recorded on BCSO authorized recording equipment.
Procedures:
A. General Requirements:
Officers will electronically record interviews conducted in a controlled environment involving criminal activity as defined by BCSO policy.
250 Electronic Recording of Interviews Pg 2 of 3
Officers are not required to record interviews with suspects, witnesses, or victims during the initial interview phase of an investigation but may do so in a controlled environment in accordance with law and BCSO policy.
Electronic recording of juveniles will be conducted if at the time the crime was committed, the juvenile suspect could be charged with a major crime as an adult.
If electronic recordings cannot be conducted due to equipment failure, lack of suspect cooperation, or for other reasons deemed pertinent to a successful interview by the interviewer, the basis for such occurrences will be documented.
Transporting officers should refrain from questioning a suspect who has indicated a willingness to talk either at the scene or en route to a controlled environment. However, transport officers will engage their in-car recordings, make notification to their supervisor of the activation and make a written report.
B. Recording Protocol:
Subjects of the interview will be informed that they are being recorded with the exceptions of undercover operations. Any other exception must be established on logical reasoning which requires the approval of a supervisor and will be fully documented in the officer’s report.
Interviews will be recorded in their entirety starting with the interviewer’s entrance into the interview room and concluding upon departure of the interviewer and suspect.
When commencing the recording, the primary interviewer will ensure that voice identification is made of officers, suspect, and any others present, and that the date, time, and location of the interview is verbally recorded. When beginning a new recording, the interviewer will announce the date and time that the interview is being resumed.
Each recording will include the following:
a. Declaration of the time, date, and the name of all persons present.
b. Declaration of the start of the interview.
250 Electronic Recording of Interviews Pg 3 of 3
c. Administration of Miranda warnings, when required, even if the recording is a follow up to a prior interview.
d. Notation of the time the interview ends.
Officers will conduct all interviews in a professional manner and refrain from vulgar or demeaning language unless the language is germane or the subject of the interview.
Any lapse in the recording for comfort breaks or other reasons will be accounted for on the recording. During a short recess, the recording may continue without interruption.
Recording attorney-client conversations is prohibited where an expectation of privacy would reasonably exist.
At the conclusion of the interview the investigator will state that the interview is concluded and note the date and time of termination. The recording will continue until all parties have left the interview room.
Recordings of interviews are considered evidence and will be handled as such. In addition, the following shall apply:
a. The reporting interviewer’s follow-up report will note if and how the interview was recorded or why it was not recorded.
All recordings will be governed by BCSO policy and procedures for the handling and preservation of evidence.
Recordings will be retained by the BCSO in secure storage for a period of time as defined by state law or by the BCSO records retention schedule.
Reference(s): A-6/02/20: A1-05/27/21: A2-03/18/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Body-Worn Cameras (GETAC)
Number: 251A2 Type: Operations Pages: 9
Effective Date: July 5, 2019 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.3.8
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to set forth guidelines for the utilization, management, storage and retrieval of audio-visual media recorded by Body-Worn Cameras (BWC). This policy is intended to provide deputies with instructions on when and how to use body-worn cameras (BWCs), so that deputies may reliably record their contacts with the public in accordance to the law and policies of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO).
Policy:
(CALEA 41.3.8a) It is the policy of the BCSO that deputies will activate their body worn cameras (BWCs), when such use is appropriate in the proper performance of their official duties consistent with this policy and law. Although this policy identifies those situations in which activation of the BWC is required, a deputy has discretion to activate the BWC any time the deputy believes it would be appropriate or important to document the incident. The BWC shall only be activated for legitimate law enforcement purposes. This policy does not govern the use of surreptitious recording devices used in undercover operations.
Confidentiality:
All recorded media, images, and audio recordings are the property of the BCSO and will not be copied, released or disseminated in any form or manner outside the parameters of this policy, or as required by law, without the expressed consent of the Sheriff or his designee. Under no circumstances will any member of the BCSO make a personal copy of any recorded event without prior permission of the Sheriff, or his designee.
Discretion in the Use of Body-Worn Cameras:
The BCSO recognizes there are situations in which not recording is a reasonable decision by the deputy. This policy outlines those situations when a deputy may exercise discretion not to record the incident of activity.
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 2 of 9
Procedures:
A. Administration:
(CALEA 41.3.8c) This agency has adopted the use of the BWC to accomplish several objectives. The primary objectives are as follows:
BWCs allow for accurate documentation of police-public contacts, arrests, and critical incidents. They also serve to document and enhance the accuracy of the officer reports and testimony in court as well as documenting the statements and conduct of the citizen who interacts with the law enforcement officer.
Audio and video recordings also enhance this agency’s ability to review probable cause for arrest, officer and suspect interaction, and evidence for investigative and prosecutorial purposes and to provide additional information for officer evaluation and training.
The BWC may also be useful in documenting crime and accident scenes, serving arrest warrants, serving search warrants, or other events that include the confiscation and documentation of evidence or contraband.
To promote officer safety.
To document statements and events during the course of a any incident.
To enhance in the prosecution of individuals arrested for criminal activity. The BWC provides documentation for review of statements and actions for both internal reporting requirements and for courtroom preparation, presentation, and to further investigate cases.
Assist the BCSO by using the BWC’s data for training purposes.
To reserve visual and audio information for use in current and future investigations.
To enhance public trust by preserving factual representation of officer-citizen interaction in the form or video and audio recordings.
B. Body-Worn Camera Equipment:
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 3 of 9
BCSO issued BWCs are intended for the official use of assigned Sheriff’s Office deputies only and are not to be used for frivolous or personal activities.
Deputies will only use those BWCs issued and approved by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The wearing of personally owned video recorders is not authorized.
The BWC will be attached to the front of the uniform shirt or exterior ballistic carrier in a position and manner that produces an effective recording. Investigators may attach the BWC with an alligator clip to their belt.
(CALEA 41.3.8e) If there are any indications of a malfunction or damage the deputy assigned a BWC is responsible for conducting an operational inspection and function test of the BWC.
a. Any problems preventing the use of the BWC during the deputy’s tour of duty will be reported to the on-duty supervisor immediately.
b. Problems with the BWC that cannot be remedied will be reported to the appropriate Branch Captain and to the Sheriff’s Office IT Section via “Track It”.
c. Any damage to a BWC shall be immediately reported to the deputy’s supervisor. Damaged equipment shall not be utilized in the field until repairs have been made.
C. Operating Procedures and Scope:
Advances in technology have enhanced the BCSO investigative and evidence gathering capabilities as well as officer safety and security. The objective of this policy is to increase the efficiency and integrity of the BCSO law enforcement mission, increase officer safety, and safeguard the rights of the citizens and our employees. (CALEA 41.3.8f) During the Field Training Officer’s (FTO) training, personnel who are assigned a BWC must complete an agency approved training program to ensure proper use and operations. Additional training may be required at periodic intervals to ensure continued effective use and operations of the equipment, and to incorporate changes, updates, or other revisions in policy or equipment. Supervisors receive training from the vendor.
D. Use and Operation:
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 4 of 9
BWC equipment is required to be worn by all uniformed deputies whose primary function is to answer calls for service and interact with the public; or officers who have a reasonable expectation that they will. Deputies shall report to their shift or assignment with a fully charged BWC and are encouraged to periodically charge the BWC while on shift using the quick disconnect charger and A/C adapter to allow vehicle/blue light triggers to activate camera. (Note: Quick release plugged into MDC will keep trigger from activating).
(CALEA 41.3.8b) Sheriff’s Office personnel will activate their BWC during each citizen encounter related to vehicle and pedestrian stops, calls for service, pursuits, searches, arrests, use of force, crowd control and any time that enforcement action may be taken or any other time deemed appropriate by the operating Deputy.
Deputies who are responding to a priority call, violent crime, or critical incident should activate their BWC upon beginning their movement to the call. This will allow the BWC to provide background information, data on the response, and on what the Deputy observes or encounters while approaching the scene.
a) The BWC equipment package includes an in car, blue light trigger. Upon activation of the vehicle’s blue lights, the BWC is automatically activated.
b) When the BWC is activated, recording will continue until the event is concluded except in the following:
I. When the call for service / incident has evolved beyond the immediate preliminary encounter and the scene is secure and stabilized, if it becomes necessary to discuss the specifics of the event, investigation or case with another Deputy or Supervisor in furtherance of the investigation, the Deputy will note this on the video and end the recording.
II. In circumstances involving crime scenes or prolonged incidents, once the scene is secured, a Deputy wearing a BWC may deactivate the camera if they are in a role that is not investigative in nature and the chance of encountering a suspect, victim or witness is unlikely, or upon the direction of a supervisor.
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 5 of 9
The BWC shall not generally be used to record communications with other police personnel without the permission of the Sheriff, encounters with undercover officers or confidential informants, when on break or when otherwise engaged in personal activities, unless for a direct law enforcement purpose such as a crime in progress or the recording of the location is material to a criminal investigation.
BWC’s will not be used to record any court related hearing.
(CALEA 41.3.8b) Deputies will use discretion not to record. This discretion is needed in sensitive situations when turning on a video camera could make the encounter seem officious or recording persons who are nude or sensitive human areas are exposed.
There is no obligation to obtain consent from victims or witnesses prior to using the BWC during an interview. However, if asked about its use, the deputy will be forthcoming about the use of the BWC. At the time the deputy will have discretion on whether to keep the BWC on or turn it off. If the deputy discontinues the recording, the deputy must document the reason for the discontinuation either on the BWC or in a written report.
To respect the dignity of others, the BWCs should not be used to record areas where a reasonable expectation of privacy exists, such as locker rooms, dressing rooms or bathrooms.
E. During tactical operations, to include search warrant entries, SWAT personnel, who have been issued BWC’s, will utilize their BWC’s to capture the execution of any vehicle or person detention, arrest or entry. SWAT personnel are not required to activate their camera during pre-execution activities such as surveillance, perimeter security or negotiations, unless otherwise directed by a Command Officer. Once the decision is made to execute a tactical option, the BWC’s will be activated and remain on until the operation has been concluded.
F. At the conclusion of each incident, the Deputy will deactivate the BWC and categorize the video according to preset selections. The preset categories are:
a) Call for Service – Utilize this selection when an incident report is being produced.
b) Citizen Interaction – Utilize this selection when a call for service does not require an incident report.
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 6 of 9
c) Traffic Stop – This selection will be used for all traffic stops.
d) Arrest – This selection will be used for all cases involving an arrest.
G. Transfer of Video:
(CALEA 41.3.8d) Deputies will transfer (offload) video from their BWC to the Getac Video Management System (Backend overview) prior to the completion of their shift / assignment or as soon as practical following a significant event. The transfer of video can be accomplished in the field via Cradle Point Systems or at established Hot Spots. The video transfer can also be conducted in Sheriff’s Office buildings equipped with docking stations.
Upon transfer of video into the Getac Video Management System (Backend overview), Deputies may add information into required fields for each video, such as:
a) Case number
b) Event number
c) Defendant’s name
d) Incident type
e) UTT number
f) Warning ticket number
g) Violation
h) Additional Information/Comments
Deputies will not have the ability to edit or erase any BWC recordings.
Each deputy is responsible for submitting a video request in Spillman/Flex for any image that must be retained for evidentiary purposes and must complete a Spillman Property Screen to reflect what is needed. These include, but are not limited to:
a. All arrests
b. All pursuits where an arrest occurs or is anticipated
c. Any use of force incident captured on digital video image
d. Any other item of evidentiary value
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 7 of 9
H. Supervisor Responsibilities:
(CALEA 41.3.8g) It is the responsibility of all supervisors to ensure deputies utilize the BWC as directed by this policy. It is the responsibility of the Enforcement Branch Commanders to ensure random monthly reviews are conducted on five (5) selected recordings in order to assess deputy’s performance as well as flag videos that may be appropriate for training purposes. The review will be documented and kept on file.
I. Body Worn Cameras (BWC) Maintenance, Storage, and Dissemination:
a) Video involving an arrest will remain on the Getac Video Management System server (Backend overview) for one (1) year. All other video will remain on the server for 90 days.
b) All video will be transferred from the Getac Video Management server (Backend overview) to the All Pro Solution archiver by Administrative Records personnel.
(41.3.8d) Recordings that are non-investigative, non-arrest, and are not part of any internal investigation will be retained for 10 years.
(CALEA 41.3.8d) Recordings for any arrests or violations of offenses listed in the Preservation of Evidence Act, S.C. Code 17-28-320, the expungement statute of S.C. Code 17-1-40, or any other statute regulation or case law will follow the retention requirements outlined in this policy.
Data recorded by a BWC is not a public record subject to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act.
The State Law Enforcement Division, the Attorney General and a circuit solicitor may request and must receive data recorded by a BWC for any legitimate criminal justice purpose.
A law enforcement agency may request and must receive data recorded by a BWC if the recording is relevant to an internal investigation regarding misconduct or disciplinary action of a law enforcement officer.
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 8 of 9
A law enforcement agency, the State Law Enforcement Division, the South Carolina Attorney General, or a circuit solicitor may release data recorded by a BWC in its discretion.
In addition to the persons who may request and must receive data recorded by a BWC provided in item 6 above, the following are entitled to request and receive such data pursuant to the South Carolina Rules of Criminal Procedure, the South Carolina Rules of Civil Procedure, or a court order:
a. A person who is subject of the recording;
b. A criminal defendant if the recording is relevant to a pending civil action;
c. A civil litigant if the recording is relevant to a pending civil action;
d. A person whose property has been seized or damaged in relation, or is otherwise involved with, a crime to which the recording is related;
e. A parent or legal guardian of a minor or incapacitated person described in sub item (a) or (b); and
f. An attorney for a person described in sub item (a) through (e).
(CALEA 41.3.8d) Recordings that involve General Sessions offense not listed in the South Carolina Preservation of Evidence Act will be retained based on the BCSO record retention schedule of 10 years. If it becomes necessary to maintain any of these recordings beyond the current 10 year retention schedule the reason for the extension will be noted in the South Carolina Preservation of Evidence Act.
(CALEA 41.3.8d) Recordings involving Magistrate Court offenses not listed in the South Carolina Evidence Preservation Act will be retained based on the BCSO record retention schedule of 10 years. If it becomes necessary to maintain any of these recordings beyond the 10 year retention schedule the reason for the extended retention will be noted in the meta-data of the specific video.
251A2 Body-Worn Cameras Pg 9 of 9
By Order of:

P.J. Tanner
Sheriff
Revision(s): A-06/20/19; A1-05/13/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Naloxone
Number: 252A1 Type: Operational Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 25, 2017 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: SC Code, Title 44, Chapter 130
Purpose:
Naloxone Hydrochloride (Naloxone) is a medication that acts to combat the effects of opiate drugs, primarily the depression of the respiratory system. First Responder administration is intended to restore adequate respiratory effort, not be definitive medical care. Naloxone may be administered in the field by approved personnel who have received the appropriate in-house training and certification approved by DHEC and the Medical Director of the program.
Policy:
Naloxone is indicated for the emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose, as manifested by respiratory and/or central nervous system depression. Medical research has proven that Naloxone given as soon as possible to a person experiencing an opioid overdose significantly increases their chance of survival by reversing the effects of the opioid on the body.
Definitions:
DHEC: S.C. Department of Health and Environmental Control.
Drug Intoxication: Impaired mental or physical functioning resulting from the use of physiological and/or psychoactive substances.
EMT: Emergency Medical Technician
First Responder: An emergency medical services provider, a law enforcement officer, or a fire department worker directly engaged in examining, treating, or directing persons during an emergency.
252A1 Naloxone Pg 2 of 5
MAD: The intranasal Mucosal Atomization Device which is used to deliver a mist of atomized medication that is absorbed directly into a person’s bloodstream and directly into the brain and cerebrospinal fluid via the nose to brain pathway. This method of medication administration achieves medication levels comparable to injections.
Naloxone: An opioid receptor antagonist and antidote for opioid overdose which is produced in intramuscular, intranasal, or intravenous forms.
Opioid: An opioid is a psychoactive chemical pain medication such as, fentanyl, morphine, buprenorphine, codeine, hydrocodone, methadone, and oxycodone.
Heroin: A substance derived from the morphine is roughly 2-3 times more potent. A highly addictive drug, heroin exhibits euphoric (rush), anxiolytic and analgesic central nervous system properties. Heroin is classified as a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 and as such has no acceptable medical use in the United States. Pure heroin is a white powder with a bitter taste. Most illicit heroin is sold as a white or brownish powder and is usually cut with other drugs or other substances.
Opioid Overdose: An acute condition due to the use of narcotics, indicated by symptoms including, but not limited to, extreme physical illness, decreased level of consciousness, respiratory depression, coma, or death, resulting from the consumption or use of an opioid or another substance with which an opioid was combined, or that a layperson would reasonably believe to be caused by an opioid-related drug overdose that requires medical assistance.
Universal Precautions: An approach to infection control whereby all human blood and human body fluids are treated as if they were known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other blood-borne pathogens. The use of nitrile gloves for purposes of this policy is a highly recommended best practice. Carfentanil and other fentanyl analogues present a serious risk to public safety, first responder, medical, treatment, and laboratory personnel. These substances can come in several forms, including powder, blotter paper, tablets, patch, and spray. Some forms can be absorbed through the skin or accidently inhaled.
Procedure:
A. Deputies shall receive approved training on responding to persons suffering from an apparent opioid overdose and the use of Naloxone prior to being issued an intranasal Naloxone kit and/or being authorized to administer Naloxone.
252A1 Naloxone Pg 3 of 5

Only authorized Deputies shall utilize nasal Naloxone on subjects believed to be suffering from an opioid overdose. Indications that a person is suffering from an overdose include, but are not limited to:
a. Pinpoint pupils
b. Depressed or slow respiratory rate
c. Difficulty breathing (labored breathing, shallow breaths)
d. Blue skin, lips, and/or fingernails
e. Decreased pulse rate
f. Loss of alertness (drowsiness)
g. Unresponsiveness
h. Seizures
i. Evidence of ingestion, inhalation, injection, (needles, spoons, tourniquets, needle tracks, bloody nose, bystander’s statement, etc.)
j. Past history of opioid use/abuse
Contraindications for Naloxone administration:
a. Subjects who are conscious or semi-conscious and responding to verbal stimuli.
b. Subjects who are breathing adequately with at least eight (8) breaths per minute.
c. Trauma patients with unknown cause for unconsciousness.
d. Known allergy to Naloxone. (Check for medical alert bracelet)
When a Deputy arrives on the scene of a medical emergency prior to the arrival of Emergency Medical Services personnel, and determines that a person is suffering from an opioid overdose, the Deputy may administer their supplied Naloxone to the person by way of the person’s nasal passages. The subject should be rolled onto the recovery position in case of vomiting.
When the decision is made to administer Naloxone the following steps should be taken:
a. Ensure the safety of the scene.
b. Ensure Emergency Medical Services has been summoned.
c. Deputies should utilize universal precautions.
d. Deputies should conduct an assessment of the person and surroundings, to include statements made by witnesses regarding drug use.
252A1 Naloxone Pg 4 of 5
e. If the Deputy makes the determination that there has been an opioid overdose, the Naloxone kit may be utilized.
f. The person should be observed and treated as the situation dictates.
g. Reversal of an opioid overdose may cause projectile vomiting and/or violent behavior.
h. The person may feel physically ill.
i. The person may experience withdrawal symptoms, which can be unpleasant, but not life threatening.
j. The person may become agitated and upset due to the withdrawal symptoms of coming off high.
k. The person may have a seizure.
l. The Deputy should inform Emergency Medical Services that Naloxone was administered and the current condition of the subject.
m. Deputies will conduct any criminal investigation as a result of the call for service.
B. Documentation, Replacement and Disposal:
Documentation: If Naloxone is administered it shall be documented in a Naloxone Form, available at https://sc.readyop.com/fs/4cyr/d967. The Deputy will also complete the proper reporting requirements in the Sheriff’s Office computer system.
Replacement: Upon a post-administration submission, the portal will generate a unique E-Receipt. Use the receipt at the designated pharmacy to obtain a replacement unit.
Disposal: All Naloxone containers and rubber gloves should be disposed by placing in the medical waste container used by the Emergency Medical Technicians when they arrive on the scene. Deputies may also dispose of the items in a trash receptacle. Discarded units will not be accepted into evidence.
Departing Employees: Deputies that leave employment with BCSO will turn in their issued Naloxone kit to the Supply Manager along with the rest of their gear. The Supply Manager will notify the DHEC LEON Training Coordinator of the return and will properly dispose of the Naloxone Kit. Documentation will be filed in the departing Deputy’s training jacket.
252A1 Naloxone Pg 5 of 5
Lost or Stolen kits: Deputies will complete the Naloxone Form and indicate such in the portal. A BCSO case number will be required for lost or stolen kits and the case number must be entered into the portal. An E-Receipt will be generated for a replacement kit.
Expired kits: Deputies will be responsible for informing the Supply Manager one month prior to their kit expiring. Expired kits will be turned into the BCSO Supply Manager. The BCSO DHEC contact person will notify DHEC and the expired kit will be disposed of properly.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Asset Forfeiture
Number: 253A Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: September 20, 2018 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 84.1.2, 84.1.5, 84.1.6, 84.1.7, 84.1.8; S.C. Code 44-53-520
Purpose:
This policy provides deputies with instructions regarding Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office procedure(s) for handling money and property through the seizure process.
POLICY:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to ensure that employees have a clear and adequate understanding of the asset forfeiture process.
SCOPE:
All members and employees of this Office shall be governed by the procedures set forth below.
I. ASSET FORFEITURE:
A. Agency seizures and confiscations of motor vehicles and currency for drug offenses will be conducted in accordance with South Carolina Code of Laws 1976 as amended, Section 44-53-520.
B. All forfeiture procedures, disposition of forfeited items, and disposition of proceeds of sales will be conducted according to South Carolina Code of Laws 1976 as amended, Section 44-53-530.
II.DRUG VIOLATION MONEY SEIZURES:
A. (CALEA 84.1.8) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has established a minimum amount of currency in order for seizure proceedings to take place.
Revision Date(s): A-06/11/2020
253A Asset Forfeiture Pg 2 of 6
Consented/Non-consented money seizure – The individual signs the currency over to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office or in cases in which the individual refuses to sign over the currency. The minimum amount that is required is $500.00.
B. The Violent Crime Task Force (VCTF) Lieutenant will be notified of all money seizures so that the proper documentation is provided and the necessary paperwork is completed.
C. All seizures require the call-out of the VCTF on duty investigator, who will verify the amount and assist with securing the currency and completing appropriate documentation.
III. OFFICER AND SUPERVISORRESPONSIBILITY:
A. Whenever any seizure is made, a notification of seizure form will be completed
for all consent and non-consent seizures. The officer and supervisor will ensure that a seizure packet is completed and sent to the Asset Forfeiture Administrator. The notification of seizure must be presented to the Solicitors Office within 10 days of the seizure.
B. The Asset Forfeiture Administrator will prepare a seizure packet by making copies of the following forms:
Incident report
Arrest/Booking report
Seizure Form
Forfeiture Consent Form {If Required)
Deposit Slips
NOTIFICATION LETTER
C. The original packet will be sent to the Chief Financial Officer and a copy will be kept with the Asset Forfeiture Administrator.
D. The Asset Forfeiture Administrator, upon receiving the seizure packet, will review the case and determine whether the set guidelines have been met. Any questions as to the viability of the case will be brought to the attention of the VCTF Commander.
253A Asset Forfeiture Pg 3 of 6
E. All seized monies must be maintained in an interest bearing account until adjudication of the civil case, and/or settlement of the case. When the money is disbursed per a judge’s order interest will not be included unless it is requested from the defense attorney.
IV. PROCEDURES FOR FORFIETURE OF ALL SEIZED VEHICLES:
A. The Asset Forfeiture Administrator will contact dispatch and SCDMV and request a records check on the vehicle to determine the registered owner and lien holder information.
If there is a lien against the vehicle, the lien holder will be contacted for pay-off amount or to determine if the owner is current on payments. If the owner is not current on payments, we will inform the lien holder that they may present a Claim and Delivery to pick up the vehicle and they will be responsible to pay the tow bill.
If the owner is current on payments, the Asset Forfeiture Administrator will also ascertain the value of the vehicle. The following factors will be considered in determining whether or not to go forward with forfeiture:
a. If the value of the vehicle is less than the pay-off, or the lien amount
is too high, it will be returned to the registered owner who will be responsible to pay the tow bill.
b. If the value is higher than the pay-off, the Chief Deputy and Asset Forfeiture Administrator will collectively determine whether the vehicle is worth adding to the VCTF fleet.
c. If it is determined that the vehicle qualifies for forfeiture, the Asset Forfeiture Administrator, via his/her chain of command, will make arrangements for the payoff of the lien on the vehicle.
B. The Asset Forfeiture Administrator will be responsible for investigating the Relationship between the suspect and the owner of the vehicle in question as necessary. The procedures listed below will be followed:
If it is determined that the suspect is the owner of the vehicle, forfeiture proceedings will begin.
253A Asset Forfeiture Pg 4 of 6
If it is determined that the suspect was not the owner of the vehicle, the following steps will take place:
a. Interview and take a written statement from the owner of the vehicle to determine whether or not he/she is, in fact, an innocent owner. The owner will also be put on notice that if the suspect is caught driving their vehicle again with illegal contraband they will have no recourse to retrieve the vehicle and we will follow through with the forfeiture action.
b. If it is determined that the registered owner is not an innocent owner, forfeiture proceedings will begin.
C. The officer seizing the vehicle will attempt to make arrangements to secure the Property contained within the vehicle.
D. The officer will place the keys to the seized vehicle into the seizure packet. House keys and other miscellaneous keys on the key ring should be returned to the owner.
V.MAINTAINING AND STORING SEIZEDASSETS:
A. (CALEA 84.1.2, 84.1.5, 84.1.6) All property and assets seized for forfeiture under 44-53-520 will be accounted for in agency records, stored, maintained, controlled, and disposed of by the Asset Forfeiture Administrator. With the exception of motor vehicles, seized assets will be placed in a designated location and restricted to the Asset Forfeiture Administrator.
B. All seized currency will be deposited into the designated bank accountwithin
72 hours of the seizure by the Asset Forfeiture Administrator or designee in his/her absence.
C. All seized assets will have a copy of the seizure order attached along with the case number and suspect’s name.
VI. FINAL DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY:
A. (CALEA 84.1.7) Release to Rightful Owner
Any property that is to be returned by court order will be done so in a timely manner to the rightful owner.
253A Asset Forfeiture Pg 5 of 6
The Asset Forfeiture Administrator will attempt to contact the rightful owner to return the property.
If no contact is made, a certified letter, return receipt requested, will be sent to the last known address of the owner.
If the owner does not respond within 30 days of the last reasonable attempt, the property will be considered unclaimed and abandoned.
Upon returning property to a rightful owner, a property release form will be completed by the Asset Forfeiture Administrator.
B. Destruction of Property
All property that has been forfeited to the agency will be disposed of as state law/ or court order dictates.
Miscellaneous forfeited property of little or no value, or forfeited property that is missing parts, damaged, defective or inoperable, may be destroyed. Prior to any destruction, the Asset Forfeiture Administrator will:
Notify the VCTF Commander of the property to be destroyed; and
Inventory all property to be destroyed and keep a record.
C. Public Sale by Auction
The agency may dispose of forfeited property by sale through an approved Auction method or facility.
Proceeds from the sale of any forfeited items must be deposited in the proper forfeiture accounts of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
D. Converted for Agency Use
Upon approval of the Chief Deputy or their designee, seized property may be converted and utilized by agency personnel in their law enforcement capacities. Only property from drug seizures may be converted.
253A Asset Forfeiture Pg 6 of 6
VII.INSPECTION OF STORED FORFEITED ITEMS:
A. At least annually, the Asset Forfeiture Administrator will conduct an inspection of and report on the property and evidence area where the forfeited items are stored to ensure:
That procedures outlined for the intake and logging in of property are being adhered to;
That security measures are being enforced;
that the integrity of perishable items is being preserved
that all records are up to date and in order; and
that property is being disposed of properly and in a timelymanner.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Firearms Training Facility
Number: 254 Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: January 4, 2017 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 4.3.5
Purpose:
To establish the rules and regulations for the use of the firearms training facility by the employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and outside agencies.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office firearms training facility is located on Shanklin Road at the Beaufort County Public Works site. The facility is used for weapons training for law enforcement officers.
Definitions:
Rangemaster: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Deputy Sheriff that has been
assigned the responsibility and overall management of the facility.
Facility: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Firearms Training Facility.
SCCJA: The South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy.
Agreement: A Hold Harmless and Indemnification Agreement.
Procedures:
A. Reservations and Use of the Facility:
The facility schedule is maintained by the rangemaster.
Only State or Federal certified law enforcement firearms instructors may reserve the facility.
254 Firearms Training Facility Pg 2 of 5
These reservations may be made in advance on a “first-come, first-served” basis.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has reservation priority over outside agencies.
B. Facility Use Regulations:
(a): Prior to every training evolution at the firearms range, all safety procedures as well as range rules are reviewed with all personnel attending each training event.
(b): Only Sheriff’s Office approved weapons and ammunition will be authorized for use at the Sheriff’s Office firing range.
The operating hours for the range are 8:00am to 9:00pm, Monday Through Saturday.
Prior to beginning any live-fire training, the supervising instructor will notify Beaufort County Public Works (843-255-2800) Monday through Friday 7:30 am to 4:30pm. The instructor will advise the public works operator the projected time for conclusion and of any special safety precautions needed.
The supervising instructor will notify emergency dispatch utilizing the Sheriff’s Office radio (north channel) when the facility is in use. This will also subsequently notify the on-duty patrol supervisor and increase facility safety.
The supervising instructor will also raise the red range flags prior to the beginning of live-fire training and will lower the flags when the training is concluded.
All range use must be supervised by a SCCJA/Federal certified firearms instructor with a ratio of one (1) instructor per three (3) officers while on the firing line.
All live-fire impact will be directed at the rear berm or into the downrange ends of the side berms.
All normal firearms training will be conducted within the range enclosure.
254 Firearms Training Facility Pg 3 of 5
Rifle or sniper training from outside the enclosure may only be conducted by the Sheriff’s Office and upon meeting the following requirements:
a. A minimum of two (2) officers must be present to ensure that no person crosses into the line of fire.
b. Officers must utilize patrol vehicles with emergency lights activated to bar entry into the line of fire, emergency lights may be deactivated during nighttime sniper training.
c. No unauthorized personnel will be downrange except during specialized training.
The shoothouse will be limited to a ratio of one (1) firearms instructor with one (1) officer at a time during live-fire training with the exception of simunition training and Sheriff’s Office SWAT training. Outside agencies may only use simunition weapons in the shoothouse.
Outside agencies that use the automated target system, the moving target system, and the shoothouse must utilize a Sheriff’s Office instructor for operation
All brass will be picked up and placed in the brass cans. Outside agencies may use the cans or retain their own brass.
All trash will be hauled off site after the training exercise.
Any and all weapons approved for use by Sheriff’s Office personnel is stored/secured in the Sheriff’s Office Armory.
C. Outside Agencies:
The use of the facility by law enforcement agencies other than the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be authorized on a case by case basis by the Chief Deputy. Approval must be obtained for any intended facility use, this includes: new officer qualification, weapon testing, single officer qualification or any practice. The discharge of any live rounds at the facility is directly prohibited without this authorization.
A firearms training facility request form will be required for each agency. The form also contains the agreement and a copy of the facility use regulations.
254 Firearms Training Facility Pg 4 of 5
Outside agencies may qualify their own retirees (HR-218). A separate agreement will be required from each retiree.
A Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Firearms Instructor will be present during all training conducted at the facility.
D. Safety Rules:
Safety equipment must be used. Ballistic vests, ear and eye protection will be used at all times.
This is a hot range, all weapons will be presumed loaded and will never be pointed at anyone or anything except authorized targets when so ordered by an instructor or by command from the range tower.
Each time a weapon is picked up for any purpose, the action will be open and inspected to ensure it is unloaded.
No unholstered weapons are allowed behind the 30-yard line unless the officer is under the direct supervision of an instructor.
The muzzle of all weapons will be pointed downrange at all times when not holstered while the officer is on the firing line.
No weapons will be handled on the firing range while there is anyone downrange.
All commands from the range tower will be obeyed.
Movement to and away from the firing line will be executed on command only from the range tower or by the instructor in charge.
No weapons will be loaded until the command is given. All range commands will be directed from the range tower over the public address system or by the range instructor only.
No conversations are allowed between officers while on the firing line.
Do not place the trigger finger within the trigger guard until the weapon is pointed downrange.
254 Firearms Training Facility Pg 5 of 5
When moving from one shooting position to another, remove the trigger finger from within the trigger guard until ready to fire.
If a weapon is accidentally dropped, report this to an instructor immediately. The instructor will retrieve and inspect the weapon to ensure it is safe to fire.
Shotguns and shoulder weapons will be carried muzzle down, actions open, and safety on.
Any items dropped in front of the firing line will not be retrieved until the line has been declared safe from the range tower or by the line instructor.
When a weapon malfunctions, the officer will clear the malfunction in an approved manner and continue firing until the end of the stage.
Anyone who observes an unsafe act that endangers anyone has the responsibility to shout “Cease fire”.
Any injury sustained on any range will be reported immediately.
Revision Dates: A-7/12/2010; A1-2/6/2013; A3-05/10/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Polygraph Procedures
Number: 300A3 Type: Support Pages: 7
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.2.6; SC Code 40-53-10
Purpose
It is the purpose of this policy to provide officers with general knowledge of, guidance and procedures for the use of polygraph examinations. The polygraph examination is used to scientifically determine the truthfulness of the person being examined. Once veracity is determined, the officer can better evaluate the existing evidence and decide an appropriate course of action to successfully conclude the investigation.
Policy
(CALEA 42.2.6) The polygraph is to be utilized as an investigative aid in criminal investigations, Internal Affairs investigations, pre-employment screening and other matters reasonably within the jurisdiction of the Sheriff’s Office. The polygraph examination is a valuable investigative aid used in conjunction with, but not as a substitute for, a thorough investigation. The polygraph may be employed, consistent with this policy, to verify, corroborate or refute statements, obtain additional investigative leads; narrow or focus criminal investigations; serve to screen candidates for positions with this or other law enforcement agencies; and assist in the conduct of internal police investigations, among other authorized purposes.
In addition, the polygraph will be utilized only when the person taking the examination is doing so voluntarily. Adequate safeguards for the protection of rights of all persons have been established and will be rigidly adhered to by all polygraphist of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Determining when the polygraph should be used during an investigation varies from case to case. The polygraph examiner should be contacted early in the investigation to provide recommendations as to when the polygraph should be utilized.
Definitions
In Greek, polygraph means “many writings” and the instrument was so named because it makes various ink recordings of a person’s body functions. The polygraph instrument is
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 2 of 7
designed to record certain physiological changes in a person undergoing questioning in an effort to obtain truth or deception.
Procedure:
A. Requesting the Examination
Requesting Polygraph Examinations: Following approval by their immediate supervisor, employees of this agency may request a polygraph examination from this agency’s authorized licensed polygraph examiners.
Polygraph examinations may be authorized when consistent with South Carolina Code of Laws, Polygraph Examiners Act 40-53-10 and agency policy. Situations in which authorization may be requested and approved include, but not be limited to the following:
a. Request from the Office of Solicitor as part of an agreement with the defense attorney or for other investigative purposes.
b. An element of a background investigation of a candidate for a sworn position in this agency.
c. Request from another authorized criminal justice agency.
d. Attempts to verify or reconcile statements of complainants, victims or witnesses or other individuals when alternative investigative means have been exhausted.
e. Efforts to establish probable cause to seek a search warrant; or as part of an administrative or criminal investigations of an officer of this agency or another agency or another criminal justice agency consistent with this policy.
The polygraph should not be used to verify a victim’s allegation without sufficient grounds for suspecting that the victim has given false or misleading statements.
Requests for polygraph examinations from another law enforcement agency pursuant to an internal investigation must be approved by the Sheriff or his designate.
Submission to a polygraph examination must be a voluntary action with the exception of employees of this agency formally directed to take an examination as part of an internal investigation. In all other cases, polygraph examinations shall not be administered without the subject’s written approval, waiver or other instrument as required by law.
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 3 of 7
B. Preparing for Polygraph Administration
The requesting Deputy is responsible for providing the examiner with all pertinent information concerning the case and for reviewing, or elaborating on that information as the examiner may deem necessary. This includes, but may not be limited to:
a. Information obtained in the investigation that supports and justifies the use of the polygraph.
b. Copies of crime/offense reports and investigative reports.
c. Evidence available and withheld from the subject.
d. Background information on the subject to be examined, to include criminal record and possible motivation.
e. Any statements made by the subject, complainants, and witnesses to include alibis.
f. Newspaper articles or other general information concerning the case.
Deputies shall not interrogate a subject just before he/she is to take a polygraph.
In any interrogation of a suspect who has agreed or who may reasonably be asked to agree to a polygraph, officers shall not pursue questions that may reveal information only the perpetrator could know. This includes, but is not limited to:
a. Method of entry.
b. Property taken.
c. Weapons or type of force used to commit the crime.
d. Evidence left at the scene.
e. Clothing worn by the suspect during the crime.
f. Unusual acts of the suspect during the crime.
g. Location from which the property was taken.
Deputies shall not attempt to explain procedures that will be used in the examination but shall advise that these will be explained fully by the examiner. Subjects may be advised of the following:
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 4 of 7
a. The examination is voluntary, unless otherwise provided by this policy in cases of internal affairs.
b. Results of the examination are not acceptable in court of law unless all parties agree in advance.
c. Results of the polygraph examination, taken alone, do not provide substantiation for a criminal charge.
Should the subject be late for or cancel the appointment, the requesting officer shall immediately notify the polygraph examiner.
The requesting Deputy shall report with the subject and any other authorized persons such as attorneys, parents, or legal guardians to the examination location of the test. The requestee shall remain at the location the polygraph examination is being administered until the examination is completed or terminated. The polygraph examiner shall be solely responsible for authorizing any person inside the examination or observation rooms.
C. Conducting the Polygraph Examination
(CALEA 42.2.6) Only fully trained polygraphist or intern polygraphist under their direction are authorized to administer polygraph examinations.
The polygraph examiner shall make such inquiries of the subject’s health, medical history and/or use of medications as necessary to determine his/her ability to take the examination. Polygraph examinations shall not be conducted on any person whom the examiner reasonably believes to be physically or emotionally unsuitable for testing. This may include but is not limited to persons with heart conditions, individuals less than 14 years of age, women who are pregnant and individuals taking certain types of medications that may interfere with test results. When in doubt, the examiner may seek guidance from medical or psychological professionals as authorized by this agency and/or request the examinee to obtain a medical certificate from an appropriate health care provider.
An examiner shall not conduct a polygraph examination upon a subject if it is felt for any reason that an unbiased examination cannot be given.
The examiner shall read Miranda rights to the subject and explain the voluntary nature of the test. The examiner shall obtain a signed Miranda rights and Consent form prior to administering the examination.
The examination shall cease immediately if requested by the subject.
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 5 of 7
Prior to the examination, the examiner shall explain the polygraph procedure to the subject and prepare him/her for the examination.
The following areas are not to be probed during the course of a polygraph examination unless directly relevant to the investigation or inquiry:
a. Religious beliefs or affiliations;
b. Beliefs and opinions regarding social matters;
c. Information concerning sexual opinions or practices of a non-criminal nature;
d. Political beliefs and organizational affiliations of a non-subversive nature.
The examiner shall be responsible for preparing all questions used in the examination. Prior to the examination, each test question shall be reviewed with the person being tested.
The examiner shall independently interpret the chart tracings and render an opinion on findings that includes, but is not limited to, one of the following conclusions:
a. No Deception Indicated (NDI) or No Significant Responses (NSR)
b. Deception Indicated (DI) or Significant Responses (SR)
c. Inconclusive (INC) or No Opinion (NO)
d. Did Not Test (DNT); determined by examiner as to medical or psychological issue, or the examinee declines to take the examination
The polygraph examiner shall determine if a second polygraph examination is necessary and appropriate.
The examiner, at his discretion, may withhold the results of the test from the examinee if releasing the result would compromise an ongoing investigation. If, however, there is no good cause to withhold the results, the examinee is entitled to know the results within a reasonable period of time.
D. Pre-Employment Examinations
The polygraph examiner shall review all relevant applicant screening reports, applicant personal history summaries and any prior polygraph examination reports prepared by this office before conducting the examination.
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 6 of 7
Pre-employment polygraph examinations shall be scheduled by authorized members of this agency’s personnel according to established agency policy.
Polygraph examinations shall not be used as the sole determinant of suitability for employment.
Candidates shall be provided with a list of questions that may be used in the examination.
E. Equipment and Record Keeping
The polygraph examiner is responsible for the maintenance, safekeeping and integrity of the polygraph instrument.
The polygraph examiner shall maintain all polygraph reports, together with polygraph charts and all allied materials, for a period of five (5) years (indefinitely in capital cases). These files shall then be destroyed as specified in S.C. Code of Regulations R.12-502.25. Destruction shall be verified by the Sheriff or his designee.
The results of all pre-employment examinations- including chart tracing, polygraph reports and related examinations results shall be maintained in a secure storage location, separately from criminal polygraph files.
Polygraph examiners employed with this agency will perform a quality control analysis of the examinations within a reasonable time period. If any changes occur due to a result of a quality control, it will be noted and a “Polygraph Examination Report” will be sent to the investigating agency/officer. If a polygraph report is not specifically requested, and there is no change of opinion as a result of the quality control, no formal report will be prepared.
F. Examination Rooms
Test and interviews shall be conducted in a clean, neat environment free of audible and visual distractions.
Certificates, diplomas, and the like shall not be displayed in the examination room, however; must be available and displayed upon request.
Examiners will be neat and well groomed, and will dress in a manner consistent with standards of the professional business community.
a. Duty uniforms, badges and other emblems of authority shall not be worn;
b. Service weapons may be worn, but should not be openly displayed.
300A3 Polygraph Procedures Pg 7 of 7
Examination rooms are equipped with audio/video recording devices and examinations will be recorded whenever possible.
G. Polygraph Instrument
Polygraph instruments used shall be of commercial manufacture and shall have no fewer than three functioning recording channels.
Calibration:
a. Calibration charts and/or maintenance logs shall be maintained at the instruments location.
b. Calibration checks of instruments should be conducted at the manufacturers’ recommendations.
H. Professional Development
Polygraph examiners within this agency will participate in career development and annual in-service training as required by State guidelines.
Examiners will maintain polygraph examiners’ licenses and surety bonds as required by the South Carolina Code of Laws, Polygraph Examiners Act Section 40-53-10.
Revision: A-8-1-2013; A1-06/12/2020; A2-06/23/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: School Resource Officer
Number: 301A2 Type: Support Pages: 4
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 44.1.3, 44.2.4
Purpose:
This policy establishes guidelines and procedures for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Deputies assigned to the School Resource Officer Program.
Policy:
School Resource Officers are responsible for projecting a positive image of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Deputies are tasked with numerous challenges within our schools. This policy determines the programs, training, proper equipment, and supervision, to accomplish the mission.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 44.2.4) The School Resource Officer’s Program will be a partnership between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and the Beaufort County School District and between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and the Beaufort/Jasper Academy for Career Excellence with all agencies sharing financial responsibilities for the programs existence. The Sheriff shall provide School Resource Officers (hereinafter referred to as “SRO’s”) as follows:
The Sheriff shall assign one regularly employed Deputy Sheriff to each middle and high school within its jurisdiction and also the Beaufort/Jasper Academy for Career Excellence;
There will be a full-time supervisor during the regular school year to oversee the Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the above schools and to perform scheduled and non-scheduled visits to the schools;
The Superintendent or his/her designee will be provided a year end report of calls for services and criminal incidents. The year end report will include trend data with a narrative explanation. The School district safety officer will be forwarded a daily summary of reported incidents.
301A2 School Resource Officer Pg 2 of 4
Each school serviced by BCSO shall have an SRO assigned on a full-time basis during the regular school year of eight (8) hours a day. Any SRO may be temporarily reassigned by the Sheriff during school holidays and summer vacations, or during the period of a law enforcement emergency;
The Community Resource Officers (CROs) will rotate to each of the public elementary schools as well as the private and faith based schools throughout the county and will function in the role of an Elementary SRO. The mission of the Community Resource Officers is to forge positive relationships with young children with a concentration on instilling within them that law enforcement officers are their friends and are there to help them. Our goal is to introduce positive experiences to young children, provide positive role models for those that are less fortunate and to help them to mature into positive and productive law abiding citizens.
The SRO shall act as an instructor for specialized, short-term programs at all schools, when invited to do so by the principal or a member of the faculty;
The SRO shall act in the capacity of law enforcement, teacher and counselor for Public Safety classes;
The SRO shall coordinate all of his/her activities and programs with the principal and staff members concerned and will seek approval, and guidance prior to enactment;
The SRO shall develop expertise in presenting various subjects to students. Such subjects shall include a basic understanding of state laws, the role of the law enforcement officer, and his/her duties. The SRO will conduct classroom presentations utilizing an approved standardized age appropriate lesson plan.
The SRO shall encourage individual and small group discussions with students, based upon material presented in class, to further establish rapport with the students;
When requested by the principal, the SRO shall attend parent/faculty meetings to solicit support and understanding of the SRO program;
The SRO will be available for conferences with students, parents, and faculty members in order to assist them with problems of a law enforcement or crime prevention nature. Confidential information obtained is governed by South Carolina Code 63-19-2010 (Proceedings Relating to Juveniles), shall not be disclosed except as provided by law or court order;
301A2 School Resource Officer Pg 3 of 4
The SRO shall become familiar with all community agencies which offer assistance to youths and their families, such as mental health clinics, drug assistance centers, etc. The SRO shall make referrals to such agencies when necessary thereby acting as a resource person to students, parents, faculty and staff of the school;
The SRO shall assist the principal in developing plans and strategies to prevent and/or minimize dangerous situations which may result from student arrest;
Should it become necessary to conduct formal police interviews with the students, the SRO shall inform the principal or his designee, adhere to BCSO policies and procedures, as well as legal requirements with regard to such interviews;
The SRO shall take law enforcement action as required. The SRO shall take law enforcement action as required against intruders and unwanted guests who may appear at the school and related school functions, to the extent that the SRO may do so under the authority of law. As soon as practicable, the SRO shall make the principal of the school aware of such action. (Ref. South Carolina Safe Schools Act)
The SRO shall give assistance to other police officers and Deputy Sheriffs in matters regarding his/her school assignment, whenever necessary. Additionally, the SRO will notify the school administrator-in-charge of the presence and purpose of any visiting law enforcement officer on school property and shall not remove any student from a classroom without the administrator’s approval;
The SRO shall maintain detailed and accurate records of the School Resource Officer Program on a weekly basis which will be documented in SharePoint;
The SRO shall not act as a school disciplinarian, as disciplining students is a school responsibility. However, if the incident is a violation of the law, the principal shall contact the SRO or their supervisor as soon as possible and the SRO shall then determine whether law enforcement action is appropriate. School Resource Officers are not to be used for regularly assigned lunchroom duties, hall monitors, or other monitoring duties. If there is a problem, the SRO shall assist the school until the problem is solved;
In cases of contested expulsions the Sheriff’s Office will provide case information and/or testimony to the Superintendent or his designee, and shall upon request of the Superintendent, or his designee, testify at the hearing;
301A2 School Resource Officer Pg 4 of 4
The SRO will accompany the Principal or his/her designee to deliver expulsion documents, if the Principal or his/her designee feels that his/her safety may be in jeopardy; the SRO will also notify the on-duty patrol supervisor.
The SRO has access to student data, however, he/she shall not disclose any information pertaining to a student to anyone including other law enforcement officials. This information should be obtained from school officials.
B. Annual Review and Evaluation of Enforcement and Prevention Programs Relating to Juveniles:
(CALEA 44.1.3) Division Commanders or their designee shall conduct an annual review and written evaluation of all enforcement and prevention programs relating to juveniles. The evaluation should consider both the quantitative and qualitative elements of each of the programs, lending itself to decisions regarding whether the specific program should function as is, be modified, or be discontinued.
Revision Date(s): A-08/28/2012; A1-04/10/2013; A2-06/25/2014; A3-03/03/2015; A4-10/12/2017;
A5-03/23/2018; A6-6/06/19; A7-05/10/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Criminal Intelligence
Number: 302A7 Type: Support Pages: 13
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.1.6, 43.1.1c, 46.3.2, CFR Title 28, Part 23
Purpose:
It’s the purpose of this General Order is to provide employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (BCSO) in general, and those assigned to the intelligence function in particular, and participating agencies with guidelines and principals for the collection, analysis, and dissemination of intelligence and other information including criminal intelligence information subject to 28 CRF Part 23.
Intelligence Unit Mission Statement:
The customary intelligence responsibilities for northern and southern Beaufort County are provided by a Crime Analyst assigned to the Intelligence Section of the Sheriff’s Office. Intelligence support for the Crimestoppers program which include tips related to school safety are supported by a Administrative person assigned to the Administrative and Support Services Division. The mission of the Crime Analysts is to provide timely and accurate information regarding criminal activity, crime trends and identifying crime suspects. This mission is accomplished by collecting, evaluating, analyzing, and disseminating intelligence and other information pertaining to Beaufort County and other jurisdictions that participate in information sharing activities with BCSO.
Intelligence Policy Statement:
The BCSO embraces the philosophy that information gathered and collected are fundamental and essential elements of a law enforcement agency. Information is used to prevent crime, pursue and apprehend offenders, and obtain evidence necessary for convictions. It is the policy of this agency to gather or collect, retain, and share information on individuals or organizations only when there is a valid law enforcement purpose to analysis that information to determine whether there is reasonable suspicion (as defined in 28 CFR) that these individuals or organizations may be planning or may be involved in an identifiable criminal
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 2 of 13
activity or enterprise and to disseminate information only to authorized individuals and agencies. While the criminal intelligence may be assigned to specific personnel within the Sheriff’s Office, all personnel of this agency are responsible for reporting information that may help in identifying criminal activity. It is also the policy of this agency to adopt the standards of the Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA) for intelligence gathering.
Information gathered in support of the intelligence function and the Information Sharing System (ISS) is the responsibility of each agency participating in the ISS and each member of this agency although specific assignments may be made as deemed necessary by their respective supervisor.
Definitions:
A. Intelligence: Information compiled, analyzed to add value and used or disseminated in an effort to anticipate, prevent, or monitor criminal activity.
B. Criminal Activity: Any activity which violates federal or state statutes, ordinances, or codes and constitutes a criminal act under the law (except traffic violations).
C. Criminal Association: An individual who is suspected of maintaining a criminal association or involvement with any individual, group, or organization reasonably suspected of involvement in criminal activity.
D. Criminal Intelligence Information: Data which has been evaluated to determine that it (1) is relevant to the identification of and the criminal activity engaged in by an individual who or an organization that is reasonably suspected of involvement in criminal activity and (2) meets criminal intelligence system submission criteria.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 3 of 13
E. Criminal Intelligence System: The arrangements, equipment, facilities, and procedures used for the receipt, storage, interagency exchange or dissemination and analysis of criminal intelligence information.
F. Need to Know: A determination made by an individual holder or classified or proprietary information as to whether or not the recipient requires access to specific information in order to perform or assist a lawful performance of his or her duties.
G. Right to Know: A determination that the recipient of information has the legal authority to receive the information pursuant to court order, statute, or the performance of lawful duties.
H. Operational Intelligence: Information designed to assist in the day-to-day operations of a law enforcement agency, including efforts to identify criminal subjects and further investigative activities.
I. Participating Agency: An agency of local, county, or state government that exercises law enforcement or criminal investigative authority and that is authorized to submit to and/or receive intelligence and other information from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
J. Reasonable Suspicion: The standard for criminal intelligence information that is established when information exists that establishes sufficient facts to give a trained law enforcement or criminal investigative agency, officer, investigator, or employee basis to believe that there is a reasonable possibility that an individual or organization is involved in a definable criminal activity or enterprise.
K. Strategic Intelligence: Information concerning existing patterns or emerging trends of criminal activity designed to assist in criminal apprehension and crime control strategies, for both short and long term investigative goals.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 4 of 13
L. Tactical Intelligence: Information regarding a specific criminal event that can be used immediately by operational units to further criminal investigation, plan tactical operations and provide for officer safety.
M. Threshold for Criminal Intelligence: The threshold for analyzing information and producing criminal intelligence shall be the, “reasonable suspicion” standard in 28 CFR.
N. Validation of Information: The procedures governing the periodic review of criminal intelligence information to ensure its continuing compliance with system submission criteria established for the ISS.
Operating Policies and Procedures:
A. Organization:

A Crime Analyst is assigned to Northern Beaufort county and a Crime Analyst to Southern Beaufort. Both Analysts are assigned to the BCSO Intelligence Section with the mission of providing intelligence support to the BCSO and the other law enforcement agencies within Beaufort County, as requested. An Administrative person is assigned to the BCSO Support Services Section to provide support on Crimestoppers tips and other tips related to school-based-violence. Each Analysts is responsible for managing the intelligence policies, enforcing all regulations under 28 CFR Part 23, coordinating with external Intelligence personnel and agencies, and developing sources of information on crime and criminal activity.

Crime Analysts and their supervision embrace a philosophy that places a greater emphasis on information gathering, sharing, collaborative, and strategic solutions to policing problems at the local and regional level. This is a business model and management philosophy where sources of information are pro-actively compiled, analyzed to add value and used or disseminate in an effort to anticipate, prevent, monitor criminal activity
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 5 of 13
based on a framework that facilitates crime and problem reduction, disruption and prevention through both strategic management and effective enforcement strategies that target prolific and serious offenders.
The primary responsibility for providing leadership, accountability, span of control, establishing policy, internal and external business management coordination and practices, developing intelligence infrastructure, staffing, training and developing a concept of operations is the responsibility of the respective supervisor.
B. Professional Standards:
The intelligence function is often confronted with the need to balance information gathering and collection requirements for law enforcement with the rights of individuals. To this end, members of the Sheriff’s Office and participating agencies and authorized users of ISS information shall adhere to the following:
a. (CALEA 42.1.6, a, e) Information gathered or collected for intelligence purposes shall be premised on circumstances where there is a valid law enforcement purpose and for criminal intelligence information, when it has been determined that there is reasonable suspicion that specific individuals or organizations may be planning or engaging in an identifiable criminal activity or enterprise (criminal subjects). Information collected by the Analysts will be limited to subjects engaged in serious criminal activities, career criminals, reports of criminal activity, and events that have the capacity for harm or may threaten the community. (CALEA 42.1.6 b, f)
b. 28 CFR Part 23 will be used as a guideline for all criminal intelligence information collected by the BCSO. 28 CFR Part 23 standards are mandatory for all multijurisdictional criminal intelligence systems operating under Title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Street Act of 1968, as amended.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 6 of 13
c. Investigative techniques employed by participants in the ISS shall be lawful and only intrusive as to gather sufficient information to prevent criminal conduct or the planning or execution of criminal conduct or to gather evidence of criminal conduct.
d. The BCSO will not purchase or use any electronic, mechanical, or other devise that is in violation of the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986 or any applicable state law related to wiretapping or surveillance. In addition, there shall be no harassment or interference with any lawful political activity in connection with the BCSO or any participating agency.
e. The intelligence function will make every effort to ensure that information entered into or added to any criminal intelligence information data base is relevant to a current or on-going investigation of significant criminal activity and the information was not obtained in violation of any federal, state, or local law or ordinance. In addition, the BCSO shall not collect and maintain criminal intelligence information about the political, religious, or social views, associations, or activities of any individual or any group, association, corporation, business, partnership, or other organization unless such information directly relates to criminal conduct or activity and there is reasonable suspicion that the subject of the information is or may be involved in criminal conduct or activity. When submitting criminal intelligence information, the Intelligence Request Form must provide sufficient facts to establish reasonable suspicion and provide a certification that the information was legally obtained. A record will be kept on the source of all information received by the respective Crime Analyst.
f. Information gathered and maintained by the BCSO for intelligence purposes may be disseminated only to appropriate persons with authorized access who certify or demonstrate a need to know the information from agencies with a right to know the information for
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 7 of 13
legitimate law enforcement purposes in accordance with law and procedures established by the BCSO. A record shall be kept by the respective Crime Analyst regarding the dissemination of all such information to persons within this or another law enforcement agency.
g. (CALEA 42.1.6, c) BCSO Crime Analyst will be properly trained in the area of criminal intelligence and the protection of privacy, civil rights and civil liberties, including successful completion of 28 CFR Part 23 training.
(CALEA 46.3.2) BCSO Crime Analysts will work closely with other agencies including agencies participating in the ISS, concerning matters of mutual interest and relaying this information to the proper agency. Agencies participating in the ISS must agree to follow BCSO operating policies and procedures for criminal intelligence information and comply with 28 CFR Part 23. However, such agreement will not limit the dissemination of an assessment of criminal intelligence information to a government official or to any other individual, when necessary, to avoid imminent danger to life or property.
C. Compiling Information:
Inquires into information on criminal activity is based on sufficient information and justification meeting reasonable suspicion. This includes but is not limited to the following types of information.
a. Subject(s), victim(s) and complainant information as appropriate; summary of suspected criminal activity.
b. Anticipated analytical steps.
BCSO personnel shall not retain official intelligence investigation documentation for personal references or other purposes but shall submit such reports and information directly to the appropriate Crime Analyst.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 8 of 13
(CALEA 46.3.2, 42.1.6 d, e) BCSO personnel receive information from a variety of sources. Suspected criminal activity reported by BCSO personnel or other sources will be provided to the respective Analyst. The Analyst then has the responsible for collecting, reviewing, analyzing, and disseminating criminal intelligence information submitted on individuals or organizations that may be planning or engaging in criminal activity. Agencies requesting information from the respective Analyst, including criminal intelligence information, will must fill out a BCSO Request Form and send it via electronic means to the appropriate Analyst.
(CALEA 42.1.6 g) BCSO may request from the outside agency information regarding any sources, methods, or techniques utilized to corroborate, confirm, or otherwise verify the information.
D. Analysis:
The Analysts will establish and maintain a process to ensure that all information gathered is subject to review and analysis to develop its meaning and value.
The Analyst has the responsibility to provide intelligence support to personnel conducting inquires and/or investigations into information on suspected criminal activity or threats of criminal activity.
Analytic products (intelligence) shall be compiled and provided to authorize recipients (enforcement/operational personnel) as soon as possible when meaningful trends, patterns, methods, characteristics or intentions of criminal enterprises or individuals emerge.
E. Receipt and Evaluation of Information: Upon receipt of information in any form, the Analyst or immediate supervisor will ensure that the following steps are taken:
Where possible, information shall be evaluated with respect to confidence in the information: i.e. reliability of the source and validity of the content. While the evaluation may not be precise, the assessment
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 9 of 13
must be made to the degree possible in order to guide others in using the information. A record will be kept of the source of all information when known.
The Analyst receiving a request for intelligence or other information will always verify the identity of the requestor, record all necessary agency or designee identifying information, and determine that he/she is authorized to receive the information.
Reports and other investigative material and information received by the Sheriff’s Office, including criminal intelligence information, shall remain the property of the originating agency, but may be retained by this agency. Such reports and other material and information shall be maintained in confidence, and no access shall be given to another agency except with the consent of the originating agency. All criminal intelligence information subject to disclosure will be labeled to identify submitting agency and the control officials.
Information having relevance to active cases or that require immediate attention shall be forwarded immediately to the responsible investigative or other personnel.
If applicable analytic material shall be compiled and provided to authorize operational or enforcement personnel as soon as possible where meaningful trends, patterns, methods, characteristics, or intentions of criminal enterprises or subjects emerge.
F. Classification/Security of Intelligence Information:
Intelligence files will be classified in order to protect sources, investigations, and individual’s rights to privacy, as well as to provide a structure that will enable the Sheriff’s Office to control access to
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 10 of 13
intelligence information. These classifications shall be reevaluated whenever new information is added to an existing intelligence file.
a. Restricted: (Red Information) Restricted intelligence files include those that contain information that could adversely affect an on-going investigation, create safety hazards for officers, informants, or others and/or compromise their identities. Restricted intelligence may only be released with the approval of the respective intelligence supervisor.
b. Confidential: (Yellow Information) Confidential intelligence is less sensitive than restricted intelligence. It may be released to participating agency personnel or other agencies when a need to know and a right to know have been established by the respective supervisor.
c. Unclassified: (Green Information) Unclassified information contains information from the news media, public records, and other sources of a topical nature. Access is limited to officers conducting authorized investigation that necessitate this information.
All restricted and confidential files shall be properly filed by the respective Crime Analyst for secured, and access to all criminal intelligence information and other intelligence shall be controlled and recorded by effective and technologically advanced computer and software designs to prevent unauthorized access to information and shall be protected by established procedure, including:
a. Informant files shall be maintained separately from intelligence files.
b. Criminal intelligence information files shall be maintained in accordance with state and federal laws and regulations. In order to maintain the confidentiality of stored criminal intelligence
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 11 of 13
information and to protect individual privacy, the Crime Analyst and supervisor shall implement the following security requirements:
i) All databases will be password protected and will only be accessed by authorized personnel.
ii) Authorized visitors will be required to register and be escorted while in the physically secured area.
iii) All hard copy submissions or manual files, information, or folders will be secured in a locked file cabinet by authorized personnel when not in use.
iv) Employees may be removed from having direct access to the files for cause.
c. Generally files contained as intelligence are not to be released under FOIA. Requests for release will be reviewed individually by the respective supervisor.
G. Auditing and Purging of Files:
(CALES 42.1.6 i) The respective supervisor is responsible for ensuring that files are maintained in accordance with this General Order and other directives. To that end, all intelligence files, including criminal intelligence information submissions, shall be audited and validated for currency or, purged if determined to be misleading, obsolete, or otherwise unreliable, on an annual basis, through an independent auditor or authorized individual to ensure the information being stored meets the requirements of this policy. All criminal intelligence information will either be validated for an additional one-year retention period or purged from the database. If a file is purged or corrected it involves errors or deficiencies, all recipient agencies shall be promptly advised.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 12 of 13
(CALEA 42.1.6 b, h) When a file has no further informational value and/or meets the criteria of any applicable law or regulation, it shall be destroyed. A no searchable record of purged files shall be maintained by the intelligence authority.
(CALEA 42.1.6 I) The respective supervisor will conduct an annual review of these procedures and processes.
H. Sanctions:
If any personnel, participating agency, or an authorized user is found to be in noncompliance with a provision of this order regarding gathering or collection, use, retention, disclosure, or destruction of criminal intelligence or other information, the respective supervisor will report the violation for:
a. Suspend or discontinue access to information by agency personnel, the participating agency, or the authorized user;
b. Apply administrative actions and sanctions as provided by rules and regulations and personnel policies;
c. If the authorized user is from a participating agency, request that the relevant agency initiate proceedings to discipline the user;
d. Refer the matter to appropriate authorities for criminal prosecution, as necessary.
302A7 Criminal Intelligence Pg 13 of 13
Revision Date(s): A-02/4/2010; A1- 10/26/2010; A2- 06/01/2011; A3- 11/2013; A4- 02/21/2014
A5-01/18/2017 Phases; A6-03/13/2019; A7-05/28/2019; A8-06/20/2019;
A9-06/09/2020; A10-10/27/2020; A11-06/23/2022
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Training
Number: 303A11 Type: Support Pages: 18
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 33.1.1- 7; 32.2.3 – 4; 33.3.1; 33.4.1- 3; 33.5.1 – 3; 33.6.1; 33.6.2;
33.7.1 – 2; 33.8.1-3; 35.1.7; 46.3.4; State Code 23-23-40; SC Training
Act and Regulations 38-014 and 38-025
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for the administration of the agency’s training program.
Policy:
Training is one of the most important responsibilities of a law enforcement agency. From the time sworn and non-sworn personnel are initially hired until the end of their careers, training impacts every aspect of their job. The training program of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has established the following goals:
A. Provide sworn and non-sworn personnel with the skills, knowledge, and abilities needed to act decisively and correctly in a broad spectrum of situations.
B. Inform personnel in a timely manner of continuing changes in legislation, legal mandates, and agency procedures.
C. Reduce the financial liability by enhancing the performance of Sheriff’s Office personnel regarding their duties prescribed by law and correcting noted deficiencies by remedial training.
D. Developing training resources to develop leadership potential in supervisors through training in advanced command and leadership training programs.
E. Develop training programs for all career paths in the Sheriff’s Office to ensure personnel assigned to the various Divisions, Branches, Sections, and Units have on-going training in their respective duty assignments…
303A11 Training Pg 2 of 18
Procedure:
The Training Section and the Training Committee of the Sheriff’s Office have the responsibility for assuring all Sheriff’s Office personnel are properly trained. It is the responsibility of the Training Section to research, develop, and remain up-to-date on training resources available to the Sheriff’s Office such as training provided by federal agencies, state agencies, local agencies and resources identified in the Federal Guide to Law Enforcement Resources. All internal or external training needs and/or requests for training will be coordinated with the Training Section for their review of other possible training resources. It is the Training Sections responsibility to ensure proper training resources are located and used, all training records are current and properly documented on all personnel, and training costs are consistent with the Sheriff’s Office training budget. The Training Section is assigned to the Headquarters Branch of the Sheriff’s Office and serves the Sheriff’s Office by providing or locating the training needs as identified by the Training Committee.
Any changes to the Sheriff’s Office training programs must be approved by either the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
Advanced Training and Travel Request/Approval Form: The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, Advanced Training and Travel Request/Approval Form will be use by anyone requesting external training. Prior to routing the form through the approval authority, the requester will send the completed form to the Training Section for review on other similar training at less or no cost to the Sheriff’s Office. The Training Section will provide any information on alternative training and route the form to the appropriate Branch Captain.
The majority of the training classes held at the Criminal Justice Academy include meals and lodging, the travel form is not required for these classes. Training at the Criminal Justice Academy or any other agency training that requires a fee for meals will require a travel request form to follow the proper routing.
A. Training Committee:
(CALEA 33.1.1 c and 35.1.7 c) The Training Committee is established to assist the Training Section in evaluating the training needs for the Sheriff’s Office. The Committee is responsible for reviewing existing training programs and in recommending new or modifications to the existing training programs. Committee members are encouraged to develop initial training requirements and advanced training requirements for the various career paths with-in the Sheriff’s
303A11 Training Pg 3 of 18
Office.
a. (CALEA 33.1.1, d) The Training Committee is responsible for insuring that training programs meet operational needs, legal requirements, and agency objectives.
b. (CALEA 33.1.1 a, b) Members of the Training Committee are appointed by their respective Division Major and will serve until relieved by that commander. The Committee shall consist of at least:
i) The Training Officer, who will serve as Chairman.
ii) The Assistant Training Officer or his/her designee.
iii) Three representatives from the North and South Enforcement Branch (one Investigative Supervisor and one Uniform Supervisor and one Special Operations Supervisor).
iv) Two representatives from the Administrative Division (one Administrative Branch Supervisor and one Special Operations Branch Supervisor).
c. Committee members should solicit training suggestions from the various organizational Branches, Sections and Units they represent and make recommendations based upon merit, practicality, and training requirements.
d. (CALEA 33.1.1, e) The Training Committee reports to the Administrative Colonel. The Training Committee will meet as needed, but not less than once annually. The Committee is responsible for providing support to the Training Section on recommendations and evaluations of the training needs for the various components of the Sheriff’s Office. At the conclusion of each meeting, the Committee will submit a written report to the Administrative Colonel and the Chief Deputy on training recommendations and budget requirements.
Training Program Attendance Requirements:
a. (CALEA 33.1.2) Scheduled training will be attended by all personnel as directed. Personnel on prior scheduled vacations, required court appearances, sick or injury leave, prior professional or training commitments, emergencies,
303A11 Training Pg 4 of 18
or any other cause may be excused from training if approved by their supervisor. The supervisor will notify the Training Section as soon as possible of any excused absence. Notification will be made in writing or by e-mail by the employee’s supervisor. Telephonic notification is acceptable in emergency situations. The employee will cooperate with the Training Section in attending the next available training session.
b. Employees who are absent from a scheduled training session without approval will be considered absent without leave and are subject to administrative action consistent with unauthorized absence from duty.
Training Reimbursements:
a. (CALEA 33.1.3) The Sheriff’s Office training budget pays all necessary costs for authorized training. This includes registration fees, transportation, mileage, meals, lodging, tuition, and materials in accordance with Sheriff’s Office policies and procedures. The employee should report to the Sheriff’s Office Finance Office on the first, but not later than the fifth business day following completion of training with all original hotel, registration, travel, and gas receipts.
b. Reimbursement for costs incurred by the employee for authorized training will require that the employee submit an original receipt justifying reimbursement through Finance.
Training Instructors:
a. (CALEA 33.3.1 a, b, c, d, e) Full-time sworn personnel assigned to the Training Section as agency instructors are required to possess instructor certifications from the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy or other nationally accredited authority. Other Deputy Sheriffs having recognized experience in a subject area and are certified as Instructors may be used in their areas of expertise to argument the Training Section. Each Instructor will only be permitted to instruct on subject matter based on their Instructor certification from the Criminal Justice Academy or other nationally accredited authority.
B. Criminal Justice Academy Instructor Standards:
303A11 Training Pg 5 of 18
The Criminal Justice Academy is legislatively the Police Officers Standards and Testing (POST) for the state of South Carolina and responsible for establishing the training and certification standards for law enforcement officers in South Carolina. The Criminal Justice Academy Levels of Instructors are:
a. Specific Skills Instructor
b. Basic Instructor.
c. Institutional Provider.
d. Provisional Instructor.
(CALEA 33.3.1 a, b, c, d, e ) Instructor Certification from the Criminal Justice Academy includes training in the following areas:
a. Lesson plan development.
b. Performance objective development.
c. Instructional techniques.
d. Learning theory.
e. Testing and evaluation techniques.
f. Resource availability and use.
(CALEA 33.3.1) Deputies assigned to the Training Section of the Sheriff’s Office or Deputies who provide any training to others must be trained and certified as an instructor by the Criminal Justice Academy or other nationally accredited authority. Each Instructor will only be permitted to instruct on subject matter based on their Instructor certification from the Criminal Justice Academy or other nationally accredited authority. It is the responsibility of the Training Section to ensure all Sheriff’s Office certified Instructors are properly utilized, provided with updated Instructor training and continue to meet all requirements for recertification by the Academy or other institution.
C. Lesson Plans:
(CALEA 33.3.1 a, b, c, d, e) Lesson plans are required for all training administered by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in accordance with the standards set forth by state standards of the Police Officers Standards and Testing (POST) at the Criminal Justice Academy. The Academy has pre-approved lesson plans that are provided to law enforcement agencies if requested from the Standards Unit of the Academy. For continuing education hours all new or revised lesson plans must be submitted to the Academy for approval. If continuing education hours are not being sought all of the processes of the lesson plan approval are still
303A11 Training Pg 6 of 18
required with the exception of sending the lesson plan to the Academy for review. The procedures for lesson plan approval for continuing education hours require all lesson plans to be submitted to the Standards Section of the Academy. The Standards Section verifies the credentials of the author(s) and Instructors, verification that the materials were reviewed for legal sufficiency by the agency legal counsel and that the legal counsel is a member of the South Carolina Bar Association. The lesson plan must also be signed off by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy agreeing to the integrity of the course, instructors, and authors and assuming all liability associated with the training.
The author of the lesson plan at a minimum must be accredited as a Basic Instructor and, if the instruction is a skill area such as, defensive tactics, firearms, driving or OC, that author and instructor must be current in that particular skill area. The instructor of a skill area must be at least Specific Skills accredited and current in that skill area.
(CALEA 33.1.4 a, b) Lesson plans must include:
a. The name and title of the course.
b. A statement of performance and job-related objectives.
c. The total course hours.
d. The course content.
e. What the instructional techniques will be utilized.
f. What materials will be used?
g. The student performance objectives, such as skills that should be demonstrated or knowledge expected to be acquired.
h. The text (if applicable).
i. A summary of the training.
j. Satisfying the requirement that the lesson plan meets “legal sufficiency” requirements, “An attorney licensed to practice law in South Carolina must certify that all legal references contained within the lesson plan (including but not limited to the test, student handout materials, and visual aids) are accurate and based on current law”.
k. Accreditation and/or certification information on the author and the Instructor.
Revised or new lesson plans will be submitted to the Sheriff’s Office Training Section for Academy or internal approval prior to the training. The Training Section is responsible for assuring that lesson plans are consistent with agency objectives and regulations established under the South Carolina Training Act
303A11 Training Pg 7 of 18
(R38-014 and R38-025) and this order.
(CALEA 33.1.4 c) All lesson plans approved or obtained from the Academy are considered approved for use by certified Instructors for instruction of Sheriff’s Office personnel.
(CALEA 33.1.4 d) Each course Instructor will determine the need for pre and/or post tests. All test material will be approved by the Training Section to ensure all test questions are germane to the lesson plan. Any test administered following the training session will be used to evaluate the knowledge of the student relevant to the training objectives.
If an extraordinary number of personnel miss the same question, the Training Section will evaluate the wording of the question in relationship to the lesson plan and how the material was covered by the Instructor during class. If the findings indicate a problem with the question, lesson plan or the presentation of material was not covered in class, the question will be disregarded and the scores adjusted.
D. Employee Training Record Maintenance:
(CALEA 33.1.6) The Training Section is responsible for maintaining all Sheriff’s Office employee’s training records. Training records will be updated following the employee’s participation in training programs, documenting the participation in the training, dates, type of training, any certificates received and test scores if applicable. Employees must submit to the Training Section proof of attendance of any outside training course.
(CALEA 33.1.7 a, b, c) The Training Section will maintain records of all in-service, advanced and specialized training conducted by the Sheriff’s Office These records will include:
a. The course content (lesson plans).
b. A roster of names on all attendees.
c. The performance of individual attendees as measured by tests, if administered.
E. Basic Law Enforcement Training:
(CALEA 32.2.3) Basic law enforcement training for state certification is conducted by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy. The Academy is
303A11 Training Pg 8 of 18
legislatively mandated by the state of South Carolina as the agency that establishes all certification and training standards relevant to Police Officer Standards and Testing (POST) for the state of South Carolina. As the POST, the Academy establishes all minimum requirements for training and certification for law enforcement in the state. The Sheriff’s Office Training Section schedules all non-certified Deputy Sheriffs to attend the Academy for basic training and certification.
a. All expenses for basic training are paid by the Academy.
b. The Academy is responsible for all staffing, facilities, instructors, and other resources required operating the Academy.When requested by the Academy, Deputies certified as instructors by the Academy may instruct at the Academy on an on-duty basis, without additional compensation from the Academy. The Training Act allows for the reaccreditation of an Instructor by instructing at the Academy.
(CALEA 32.2.3) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office assumes all normal liabilities of its employees being trained at the Academy.
(CALEA 33.4.1) Newly hired Deputy Sheriff’s (recruits) must successfully complete the necessary phases of the Sheriff’s Office Basic Training Program and the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy for certification based on their status from no law enforcement experience to previously certified officers with experience. Newly hired Deputy Sheriff’s are assigned to the Sheriff’s Office Basic Training Program and remain in the status until successfully completing all phases of training and obtaining state police officer certification. South Carolina police office certification regulations require an officer to be certified by the state within one year from date of hire.
(CALEA 33.2.4 and 33.5.3 a) The Sheriff’s Office Basic Training Program is built on various training phases. Newly hired deputies must successfully complete Phase I and Phase II of the Basic Training Program and the recommendation of their FTO, shift supervisor and the Training Unit Supervisor before moving on to Phase III and assigned a solo police unit.
(CALEA 33.2.4 and 33.5.3a) Newly hired agency personnel will receive instruction on the policies, procedures, rules, and regulations of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and information regarding the accreditation process during Phase I of their Basic Training Program within the first 30 days of
303A11 Training Pg 9 of 18
employment. This training will be completed under the direction and supervision of the Training Section.
(CALEA 33.5.3 b, c) All agency personnel shall receive information regarding the accreditation process during self-assessment and prior to the on-site assessment.
(CALEA 46.3.4) Deputies receive awareness training involving hazardous materials during their basic training and while attending the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy Basic Training program. Deputies also are trained on the in-car Mobile Data Computers which can access hazardous material information in the event of an incident.
The Academy provides all basic law enforcement officers with a hardcopy student manual which includes information concerning:
a. The organization of the Academy.
b. Academy rules and regulations.
c. Academy rating, testing, and evaluation system.
d. Physical fitness and proficiency skill requirements.
e. The daily training schedules.
F. Basic/Field Training Program:
(CALEA 33.4.2 a and 33.4.3 d) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office employs a comprehensive Basic Training Program designed to complement the nine week basic law enforcement training program taught by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy. Each Phase of the Sheriff’s Office Basic Training Program is designed to augment the Academy’s training by linking the classroom training to the practical training to the field training. The Sheriff’s Office Basic Training philosophy is based on an accumulative training model which provides new recruits with basic instructional training connected to their field training which is based on job related duties to evaluate their performance based on the required skills, knowledge and abilities required for a Deputy Sheriff. The supervisor in charge of the Training Section is responsible for maintaining liaison with the Criminal Justice Academy to ensure the Sheriff’s Office Basic Training Program replicates all Academy standards.
(CALEA 33.4.2 b and 33.4.3 h) The Sheriff’s Office Field Training Manual consisting of job-related duties will be used by all Field Training Officers (FTO)
303A11 Training Pg 10 of 18
as a guideline and checklist of training tasks. This manual provides documentation and verification of the recruit’s performance while in training. Measuring the skills, knowledge and abilities (SKA) of each recruit.
G. (CALEA 33.4.1) Phases of the Basic Training Program:
Phase I: Classroom/Practical Training
Recruit deputy sheriffs will report to either the Sheriff’s Office Training Section or other specific training location at 0830 hours, Monday – Friday for classroom and/or hands-on practical training as directed. During this phase the deputy will receive instruction from members of the Training Section, or other instructors as assigned. This training will provide the knowledge, skills and tactics required of a deputy sheriff. This phase will be primarily for instruction and practice, rather than evaluation (with the exception of the qualification/certification courses, which require a definitive level of proficiency). Recruit deputy sheriffs with prior law enforcement experience will be evaluated based on their level of law enforcement training and experience to determine the level of participation in this phase.
Phase II: Primary Field Assignment and Evaluation
Recruit deputy sheriffs will report to their assigned section for shift briefing with their respective Field Training Officer (FTO) at either 0630 (day shift) or 1830 (night shift). During this phase the deputy will be part of a two-man unit with their primary FTO. Initially, the deputy sheriff will ride as a passenger, learning the geography of the area. At the discretion of the FTO, the deputy sheriff will then take over operation of the vehicle, and the FTO will take the passenger seat. During this time, the recruit’s job skills will be evaluated by the primary FTO. Trainee Observation Reports will be completed by the primary FTO. If necessary, the FTO will provide or arrange for remedial training in any area in which the recruit does not satisfactorily perform, and will document such on the Trainee Observation Report (TOR). The FTO will be responsible for documenting his/her application of the job skills through the TOR notes. Based on training objectives the FTO is responsible for making a recommendation to the Shift Supervisor and the Training Supervisor for when the recruit is ready to be transferred to Phase III and assigned to a single unit vehicle, which will be approved by the Branch Captain.
Phase III: South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy (Pre-Academy)
The deputy sheriff will be assigned to the training section and will complete the
303A11 Training Pg 11 of 18
SCCJA 4-week on-line video training. At the completion of each week of video training, the deputy sheriff will take the on-line test administered by SCCJA. When this on-line testing is completed at the end of the 4 weeks, the deputy sheriff will report to the SCCJA and be administered a cumulative examination with a passing score of 70% required. In addition, the deputy sheriff will complete the physical agility course at the academy finishing the course in a time no greater than 2:06 (min/secs). At the successful complete of this testing, the deputy sheriff will be given a date in which he/she will attend the SCCJA.
Phase IV: South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy
The trainee will report to the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy and complete the 8-week in-house academy training.
Phase V: Solo Vehicle, Field Performance and Evaluation
After completing the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy, the deputy will return to his FTO’s shift and operate in a solo capacity for a minimum of two complete TOR’s. These TOR’s will be completed by a secondary FTO and/or Supervisor.
The FTO will continue to document the deputy’s performance and progress through the Trainee Observation Reports. The FTO will also continue to document his/her daily activities through the usage of the Daily Observation Reports.
Any unsatisfactory areas in the deputy’s performance noted by the FTO will be immediately addressed via counseling and further instruction by the FTO, and shall be documented as needed in the Trainee Observation Reports.
The FTO will review the deputy’s FTO Packet and complete the Final Trainee Observation Report. If the deputy has satisfactorily demonstrated competency in their assigned duties, and/or has shown marked improvement in the remediated areas of weakness, the FTO will recommend the deputy being released from the FTO Program.
Should the primary FTO feel that the deputy is not performing satisfactorily; the FTO will report these findings to the deputy’s supervisor and the Training Supervisor, who will assess the findings to determine if additional training is needed.
H. Field Training Officers
303A11 Training Pg 12 of 18
(CALEA 33.4.3 b) Selection Process for Field Training Officer:
a. To be considered eligible to participate in the FTO selection process, personnel will:
i) Have a minimum of 36 months law enforcement experience; the last 18 months must be with this agency unless a waiver is granted by the Chief Deputy.
ii) Have not received any disciplinary action within the year prior to application.
b. After an FTO Billet is posted by the Headquarters Captain any Deputy Sheriff desiring to become an FTO will submit a letter of intent through their chain of command to the Headquarters Captain. The letter of intent will include biographical information such as date of hire, total law enforcement experience (to include areas of assignment), specialized training, and education.
i) Each member of the applicant’s chain of command is required to make appropriate recommendations on the application.
ii) All FTO applicants will appear before a selection board organized by the Training Section. The Board will consist of at least one (1) current FTO, two (2) Shift Sergeants, one (1) Lieutenant and one (1) member of the Training Section.
iii) A written evaluation will be used by the Board to rate each applicant. The ratings will be forwarded to the Chief Deputy.
iv) Final selections for FTO positions will be made by the Chief Deputy.
v) Once selected for an FTO position, the Deputy Sheriff will be considered an active FTO until such time as he/she is relieved of this status in writing or requests to be removed as an FTO. Any disciplinary action received by an FTO may result in a one year suspension from participation in the FTO program.
I. Training and Supervision of Field Training Officers:
303A11 Training Pg 13 of 18
CALEA 33.4.3 e) An FTO training session will be completed by all newly appointed FTO’s prior to being assigned a recruit for training purposes. FTO’s will participate in in-service training as needed, but at least annually.
Once appointed to the position of FTO and completing the FTO training session presented by the Sheriff’s Office, the FTO will be entitled to wear the designated FTO insignia.
(CALEA 33.4.3 c) All FTO’s remain under their assigned chain of command in exercising assigned duties. Any problems of a significant nature with the training of any recruit assigned to them will be reported to their Team Supervisor and to the FTO Training Manager in the Training Section when it becomes apparent. The Team Supervisor, FTO and the FTO Training Manager will review the problem and determine the best course of action.
J. Assignment and Training of Recruits:
(CALEA 33.4.1) For the purpose of the Basic Training Program, a recruit is a new sworn employee. A new employee remains in a recruit status until such time as he/she has successfully completed all required phases of the Basic Training Program.
(CALEA 33.4.3f) The assignment of recruits to FTO’s will be made by the Training Staff. It is important to note that the recruit is assigned to the FTO and not to a Team. While assigned to an FTO, the recruit’s field assignments will be rotated.
(CALEA 33.4.3a, 33.6.1c) Recruits will undergo a minimum of thirteen (13) weeks of Basic Training under the supervision of the Training Staff or their primary FTO before attending the in-house SCCJA video training, then attending the Criminal Justice Academy for eight (8) weeks of basic recruit training and certification. The training Phases for a non-certified Deputy requires a minimum of twenty-six (26) weeks of training for the Deputy to complete all Phase of the Basic Training Program.
(CALEA 33.4.2 b and 33.4.3 g, h) TOR’s will be completed for each shift cycle (14 days) the recruit is trained and evaluated. The (TOR) is a weekly report completed on a recruit Deputy by the FTO to point out strengths, identify weaknesses and correct any deficiencies. This document will become a permanent
303A11 Training Pg 14 of 18
part of the employee’s training file. TOR’s are designed to evaluate and measure the competency in the required skills, knowledge, and abilities (SKA) required of a Deputy Sheriff.
K. In-Service Training Programs:
(CALEA 33.5.1 and 16.3.5) Annual in-service training is required of all sworn personnel, which includes Reserve Deputies, and will include, but not limited to:
a. Legal updates
b. Criminal Domestic Violence Training
c. Sheriff’s Office mandatory CORE courses
d. Firearms qualifications
e. Driver’s Training
f. Updates on the Accreditation and other CALEA training standards
r. Training as directed by agency directives
The Training Section is responsible for coordinating or conducting in-service training as identified by the Training Committee.
L. Team Briefings:
The on-duty Enforcement Team Supervisor will brief the oncoming Enforcement Team Supervisor on significant incidents that occurred during the previous shift.
Team briefings will be conducted daily by each Team Supervisor 15 minutes prior to the beginning of the shift unless precluded by operational priorities.
Deputies will have their vehicle fuel tanks filled and any maintenance needed will be completed prior to shift briefing.
The oncoming Team Supervisor is responsible for the following daily shift briefing duties:
a. Briefing patrol Deputies with information regarding daily patrol activity including, but not limited to: special patrol requests, special assignments, changes in the status of wanted persons, stolen vehicles, and major investigations, etc.
b. Disseminating changes in procedures, memoranda, special orders, and
303A11 Training Pg 15 of 18
training notices/schedules.
c. Making assignments as required.
d. Evaluating sworn personnel readiness to assume patrol duties.
e. (CALEA 33.5.2) At the beginning of each shift, the Team Supervisor will provide a shift briefing to update personnel with crime analysis, intelligence information, memorandums, patrol requests, pass-on-information, training on general orders, and other information the supervisor believes necessary.
f. Team (Shift) briefing training is the responsibility of each Team Supervisor and will be utilized to supplement formal training in order to keep personnel up to date on training issues, new general orders, policy directives, etc. The Team Supervisor will document all training topics on the Branch Daily Report (Pass down log). The Branch Report is maintained and stored on the Sheriff’s Office intranet by the calendar year.
M. (CALEA 33.1.5) Remedial Training:
Remedial training shall be used for specific deficiencies identified in personnel performance. The need for remedial training may be recognized by management during evaluation of job performance, as a result of a complaint, during an inspection, or failure to meet minimum standards in a training session evaluation.
Any training or job proficiency that is mandated by state law or agency directives will require remedial training if not met.
Any aspect of law enforcement that has the potential of liability based on inadequate training will require remedial training, if the employee failed to meet acceptable standards.
Remedial training will be accomplished by the employee as soon as possible after the deficiency is detected.
The Training Supervisor will implement a training solution as soon as practical and the employee will be required to satisfactorily complete the remedial training.
N. Specialized Training:
303A11 Training Pg 16 of 18
All specialty assignments require training. Many require certification training by law, program, or academy requirements and continual training based on sound management practices. All Sheriff’s Office specialized assignments will receive all required training to ensure Deputies are proficient in their responsibilities.
(CALEA 33.6.1 a, b) All specialized training will be coordinated through the training section of the Sheriff’s Office. Specialized training will be directed at specific skills, knowledge, and abilities necessary to the specialization of their position and responsibilities. The Training Section is responsible for the coordination with the supervisors of all specialized assignments or duties to assure the personnel assigned to the function are adequately trained and retrained in their specialized assignment. Specialized training encompasses the required initial training and necessary retraining and/or required certifications.
(CALEA 33.6.1c) When Deputies are transferred or reassigned to other duties, supervisors will ensure that the Deputy understands the mission, management, administration, support services available, performance standards, policies, and chain of command of their new assignment. The supervisor is responsible for documenting this training and sending a copy of the documentation to the Training Section. Supervisors will monitor the job performance of Deputies newly trained in specialized skills.
(CALEA 33.6.1 b) Deputy Sheriff’s assigned to specialized assignments will maintain all certifications required by their assignments and mandated by the South Carolina Training Act or other required certifications and/or training.
(CALEA 33.6.2) It is the responsibility of the Tactical Team Commander to ensure that all Team members participate in in-service training exercises which include tactical operations, team functions, and operational simulations directed toward building and maintaining proficiency. The Tactical Team and the Hostage Negotiation Team are required to train together at least annually.
O. (CALEA 33.8.2 and 31.1.2) Supervisor’s Training:
Personnel promoted to supervisory positions will receive job related training. This training may be provided before the official promotion or within six months (6) of the promotion.
P. (CALEA 33.8.1, 33.8.3, and 35.1.7 c) Career Development:
303A11 Training Pg 17 of 18
In order to assist agency personnel with career development the Training Committee is responsible for evaluating and recommending basic and advanced training courses for the various disciplines in the Sheriff’s Office. Any employee assigned to conduct career enhancement training must meet all of the Instructor requirements as outlined in this general order.
Supervisors are responsible for making recommendations to the Training Committee to assist their subordinates in planning their career paths using formal schools and/or relevant training courses to ensure the Sheriff’s Office maintains a competent and well trained work force.
Career Development forms will be completed along with the annual personnel evaluation. These forms are required for all civilian personnel and Master Sergeants and below.
Q. (CALEA 33.5.3 a; 33.7.1 a, b, c; 33.7.2; and 31.1.2) Civilian Training:
All newly hired civilian personnel will attend an orientation session, introducing them to the total operation of the agency. This orientation session will include.
a. The agency’s role, purpose, goals, policies and procedures.
b. Working conditions, rules and regulations.
c. Responsibilities and rights of the employee.
d. Review of job description.
e. Familiarization to the accreditation process within thirty (30) days of employment.
f. Equal Opportunity issues.
All civilian positions within this agency require training on specific job tasks prior to assuming the job responsibility. The training may consist of any of the following:
a. Supervised on-the-job training.
b. Formal classroom instruction.
c. Reading manuals, procedures, and other written materials.
Field Training Personnel (FTP) used by civilian units to accomplish on-the-job training of newly assigned personnel will be selected by the Branch Supervisor with the approval of the Division Major. An FTP for a civilian unit is an employee
303A11 Training Pg 18 of 18
who has been recognized as outstanding in a particular field or assignment. The FTP must have a minimum of thirty-six (36) months work experience in the indicated field and no disciplinary action for the past twelve (12) months.
Field Training Personnel for civilians used to accomplish on-the-job training will use a prescribed field training manual approved by the Branch supervisor. Once completed, the manual will be forwarded thru the chain-of-command to the Chief Deputy for review/comments and then to the Training Section to be placed into the civilian’s training file.
(CALEA 33.7.2) All civilian employees will receive in-service training as required and necessary. In-service training will be conducted by the Training Section, Field Training civilian’s supervisors.
BEAUFORTCOUNTYSHERIFF’SOFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Collection and Preservation of Evidence
Number: 304A4 Type: Operations Pages: 1
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 55.2.4d, 83.1.1-2, 83.2.1-6, 83.3.1-2, 84.1.1-7
Purpose:
To outline standardized procedures for the documentation and safeguarding, of evidence and property that come into the possession of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The procedures set forth are to ensure the integrity of evidence and the property is maintained accurately.
Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to ensure proper scientific knowledge and methods are utilized in the identification, collection, packaging, storage and preservation of all evidence and property for successful prosecution of criminal cases.
Procedure:
Employees are to refer to the Evidence and Property Management Guide located on SharePoint. The Captain of the Evidence and Property Unit is responsible for any changes.
Revision: A-5/5/2010; A1-06/03/2011; A2-06/04/2012; A3-06/5/2019; A4-06/17/21
Revision Dates: A- 7/8/2010, A1-6/21/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Victim/Witness Assistance
Number: 305A1 Type: Administration Pages: 9
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.2.3c, 22.2.4, 55.1.1-3, 55.2.1-6
Purpose:
To establish procedures to protect and preserve the rights of all victims and witnesses; and to provide social assistance, referral, emotional support, and other help to victims and/or witnesses who are physically, financially, or emotionally harmed by crime.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is committed to assisting victims and witnesses of crime in a fair, compassionate, and dignified manner. Agency personnel will ensure that victims and witnesses of crime are afforded all the rights and entitlements provided by law.
Definitions:
Victim: A victim is an individual who suffers direct or threatened physical, psychological, and/or financial harm as the result of the commission or attempted commission of a criminal offense. Victim also includes any individual’s spouse, parent, child, or the lawful representative of a victim who is:

Deceased.
A minor.
Incompetent.
Physically or psychologically incapacitated.
Victim does not include:
Any individual who is the subject of an investigation for, who is charged with, or who has been convicted of or pled guilty or nolo contendere to the offense in question;
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 2 of 9
Any individual, including a spouse, parent, child or lawful representative who is acting on behalf of the suspect, juvenile offender, or defendant unless his actions are required by law; or
Any individual who was imprisoned or engaged in an illegal act at the time of the offense.
Witness: A witness is a person who has been, or is expected to be, summoned to testify for either the prosecution or defense, or who by reason of having relevant information is subject to call or likely to be called as a witness for the prosecution or defense, whether or not any action or proceeding has yet been commenced. Note: All victims are witnesses.
Victim Advocate: This is an individual authorized by the Sheriff’s Office to assist victims in specified ways.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 55.1.1) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office recognizes the rights of victims and witnesses consistent with state statute. Victims and witnesses have the right:

To be treated with dignity, respect, fairness, and sensitivity; and to be free from intimidation, harassment, or abuse throughout the criminal and juvenile justice process.
To be informed of their constitutional rights as provided by statute.
To be reasonably informed when the accused or convicted person is arrested, released from custody, or has escaped.
To be informed of and present at all criminal proceedings where the defendant has the right to be present.
To be reasonably informed of and be allowed to submit either a written or oral statement at all hearings affecting bond or bail.
To be heard at any proceeding involving a post arrest decision, a plea, or sentencing.
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 3 of 9
To be reasonably protected from the accused or persons acting on behalf of the accused throughout the criminal justice process.
To confer with the prosecution, after the crime against the victim has been charged, before the trial, or before any disposition.
To have reasonable access after the conclusion of the criminal investigation to all documents relating to the crime against the victim before trial.
To receive prompt and full restitution from the convicted person or persons of the criminal conduct that caused the victim’s loss or injury including both adult and juvenile offenders.
To be informed of any proceeding when any post-conviction action is being considered and be present at any post-conviction hearing involving a release decision.
To a reasonable disposition and prompt and final conclusion of the case.
B. (CALEA 55.1.3a) The Victim Assistance Program is a component of the Investigations Section.
Victim/witness advocates report to the Investigations Supervisor.
All Victim/Witness Advocates will work towards accreditation through the National Office of Victims’ Assistance (NOVA).
Cases will be assigned through the Investigations Supervisor or his designee.
C. The Victim Assistance Program will serve victims:
Of all crimes as governed by state statute.
Of non-criminal related serious injury or crisis situations.
D. Program Operations:
(CALEA 6.2.3c, 55.2.1b) Information regarding the Victim Assistance Program is available 24 hours per day. Emergency numbers and referral services are available from the victim advocates during normal business hours (i.e., 0800-1630
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 4 of 9
hrs) and from any Deputy after hours, weekends and holidays. Referral information will include:
a. Basic needs.
b. Crisis hotlines.
c. Legal assistance.
d. Shelters and safe houses.
e. Medical assistance.
f. Counseling.
g. Emergency financial assistance.
Victim Advocates will render appropriate assistance to victims and witnesses of crime, with particular attention to the needs of violent crime victims.
Support and assistance will be provided in a timely manner to assist the emotional and physical recovery of victims and witnesses.
(CALEA 55.1.3d) To accomplish these objectives, minimize duplication of services, and enhance efficiency, victim advocates must ensure a high degree of cooperation between the Sheriff’s Office and other governmental and private entities providing victim services. This cooperation is essential and will be maintained though personal interaction with other victim advocates, membership in professional organizations, and participation in community function.
(CALEA 55.1.3b) The Victim Assistance Office will maintain a confidential records system of all victims/witnesses served by the Victim Assistance Program. Records will be maintained within the Victim Assistance Office and will be accessible only to victim advocates in accordance with applicable state statutes.
E. Services Rendered To Victim/Witness During Preliminary Investigation:
(CALEA 55.2.1a, 55.2.3a) Deputy Sheriffs will inform the victim/witness of services provided by the agency during their initial contact. Deputy Sheriffs will provide the victim/witness with agency brochures which contain the agency’s emergency response phone number and emergency phone numbers for counseling, compensation programs and medical attention.
(CALEA 55.2.3b) Information provided the victim/witness will include action to be taken should the victim/witness be threatened or intimidated by the suspect, suspect’s family, or suspect’s companion(s).
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 5 of 9
(CALEA 55.2.3cd) Victims/witnesses will be given the assigned agency OCA/report number and other information needed to pursue the case (e.g., name and telephone number of the investigator, if known, and telephone number of the Victim Assistance Office). Victims/witnesses will be instructed to notify the reporting Deputy Sheriff, Investigator, or Victim Advocate of any changes in information or additional information regarding the case.
In those situations where the needs of the victim/witness cannot be addressed by law enforcement, the Victim Services Office will serve as a referral center, directing those in need to the appropriate sources of assistance. Victim advocates will document all advocate referrals. The Victim Services Office will act as liaison and referral for victims and witnesses regarding applicable services to include:
a. Professional counseling.
b. Victim compensation.
c. Medical assistance.
d. Emergency financial assistance.
e. Victim advocacy.
f. Other sources of victim assistance that may be available.
Victim advocates will respond to on-scene calls at the discretion and approval of an Investigator or patrol shift supervisor.
Support services available from victim advocates during an investigation will include:
a. Advising victims as to their rights and remedies pursuant to the Victim’s Bill of Rights and the Victim’s Compensation Program.
b. Assistance, as needed, with the completion of compensation applications.
c. Employer, landlord, and/or creditor intervention, as needed.
d. Information regarding safe houses and shelters, as needed.
e. Specific information regarding the criminal justice system to include preparation for and an explanation of court proceedings.
f. Accompaniment to physical lineups and court when requested.
g. Transportation to and from court when needed and/or requested.
Any report of a victim or witness being threatened or intimidated will be referred to the Investigations Section Supervisor, or his designee, for criminal investigation. In those instances where the victim/witness articulates specific,
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 6 of 9
credible reasons for fearing intimidation or further victimization, the agency shall render appropriate assistance to address their concerns. After normal business hours, the patrol shift supervisor will assess the threat and determine whether an investigative supervisor needs to be advised.
(CALEA 55.2.2) Victim Advocates will provide appropriate assistance to victims/witnesses who have been threatened or who, in the judgment of the agency, express specific, credible reasons for fearing intimidation or further victimization. The victim advocates are available to:
a. Provide the victim/witness with appropriate referrals available to them, such as emergency shelter placement, and increased patrol.
b. Notifications of court proceedings are handled through the appropriate court.
c. Information on jail release is provided through the Detention Center.
(CALEA 55.1.2b) Victim Advocates will ensure the confidentiality of victims/witnesses and their role in case development to the extent consistent with applicable law.
F. Victim/Witness Services Rendered Upon Arrest and During Post-Arrest Processing of Subject:
(CALEA 55.2.4a) Contact victim/witness periodically, especially if the victim/witness has a history of victimization by a perpetrator, and, in the opinion of the agency, there is a risk of further victimization;
(CALEA 55.2.4b) Except in instances where victim/witness involvement would endanger or impede prosecution, explain to the victim/witness in a clear and easily understandable manner the procedures involved in the prosecution of their case and their role in those procedures;
(CALEA 55.2.4c) Coordinate with Investigators to ensure that lineups, interviews, and other required appearances are scheduled at the convenience of the victim/witness, and facilitate transportation when requested and/or needed;
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 7 of 9
(CALEA 55.2.4d) Assist the victim/witness in retrieving property used as evidence promptly upon request, where permitted by law or rules of evidence; and
(CALEA 55.2.4e, 55.2.5) Assign a Victim Advocate, as necessary, to the victim/witness during the follow-up investigation.
G. (CALEA 55.1.2) Review of Needs/Services:
A documented review every two years of victim/witness needs and available services will be conducted by the Victim Assistance staff. This review will include the following elements:
a. The extent and major types of victimization within this agency’s service area.
b. An inventory of information and service needs of victims/witnesses in general and for special victims, etc. (special victims include, but are not limited to, victims of domestic violence, assault, sexual crimes, and child or elderly abuse/neglect).
c. A review of related governmental and private sector assistance programs for victims/witnesses available in Beaufort County.
d. The identification of all unfilled needs and recommendations as to the appropriate agency that should address the identified needs.
This review will be forwarded through the Victim Assistance Office chain of command to the Sheriff.
H. (CALEA 55.2.6) Notification of Next of Kin:
Local Notification :
a. Death notifications of next-of-kin for incidents occurring within Beaufort County will be coordinated through the Coroner’s Office. Patrol shift supervisors (or their designees), the agency’s Chaplain, and agency Victim Advocates are available to assist the Coroner’s Office. Victim Advocates are also available for follow-up procedures after the incident.
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 8 of 9
b. Victim Advocates are available to assist with all serious injury notifications. Initial contact with the next of kin will be accomplished in a timely manner and may be accomplished by the patrol shift supervisors (or their designees), the agency’s Chaplain, and/or Victim Advocates. Victim Advocates will continue follow-up procedures following the incident.
(CALEA 55.2.6) Out-Of-Town Notification : The patrol shift supervisor (or his designee), the agency’s Chaplain and/or Victim Advocate will coordinate with outside agencies via telephone and teletype to arrange notification of next-of-kin for incidents occurring outside Beaufort County. The Victim Advocate will continue follow-up procedures after the incident.
I. (CALEA 22.2.3 and 22.2.4) Victim/Witness Services to Agency Personnel: In the event an agency employee is killed or seriously injured as the result of a line-of-duty incident, the Victim Services Office will extend all possible aid and assistance to employees and their families for as long as a need exists. In all such incidents, a Victim Advocate will be notified in a timely matter and will provide the following:
Emotional and moral support.
Assistance to the family at the hospital.
Support and assistance to family when making funeral arrangements as well as at the funeral.
Assistance in benefits and legal matters.
Updated information concerning any new developments in any court proceedings.
Support to family during any criminal proceedings.
Long-term contact with the family after-the-fact to keep informed of their needs.
Notification to the S.C. Law Enforcement Assistance Program for assistance for the family. Columbia 803-783-3024 or 803-896-7000
J. (CALEA 55.1.3c) Public Information Regarding Victim/Witness Assistance: Victim Advocates will work closely with the agency’s Public Information Officer in keeping the public and media informed concerning agency’s victim/witness assistance services. Additionally, Victim Advocates will represent the agency and distribute
305A1 Victim/Witness Assistance Pg 9 of 9
victim/witness service related literature and agency brochures at assigned community functions.
K. The agency’s Victim Advocate Coordinator will be responsible for the recruitment, selection, and training of all volunteer personnel assigned to the Victim Assistance Program.
L. Training:
It is the responsibility of the Victim Advocates to ensure all agency personnel are informed of the existence, purpose, and activities of the Victim Assistance Program.
The Victim Services Office will assist the Training Section to ensure all sworn personnel receive appropriate training in the role of law enforcement in meeting the needs and addressing the rights of victims and witnesses.
Whenever possible, victim advocates will attend seminars and training sessions offered to victim advocates.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Crime Prevention
Number: 306 Type: Administration Pages: 3
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 45.1.1-3
Purpose:
To establish programs geared toward informing citizens of crime prevention methods to help avoid, prevent, or minimize personal injury and/or loss of property resulting from criminal activity; and to reduce crime and the perception of crime in the community through targeted programs while increasing the opportunity to arrest offenders.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is totally committed to the task of reducing crime. Consequently, the agency will develop and initiate community crime prevention programs, orchestrate and participate in educational programs for students and citizens, and participate in selected proactive crime prevention programs to reduce the opportunity and desire of potential offenders to commit crime, thus providing a safer and better quality of life for the citizens of Beaufort County.
Procedure:
A. Crime prevention is an important component in achieving a reasonable balance between the reactive and proactive functions of law enforcement because it is a shared responsibility between citizens and law enforcement. The Sheriff’s Office is responsible for acquiring, maintaining, and disseminating the most accurate information of a proactive nature to allow citizens to be crime prevention oriented. The citizens’ responsibility is to actively participate and use the information provided.
(CALEA 45.1.1ab) The product of agency crime analysis reports will be used by the agency to target crimes by type and geographic area in order to establish programs aimed toward prevention, with emphasis on the most serious offenses. Programs will address the community’s perceptions and/or misconceptions of crime.
Deputies assigned to the Crime Prevention Unit will be trained in crime prevention techniques and crime watch organizations, and will work directly
306 Crime Prevention Pg 2 of 3
with other members of the agency to access crime prevention needs across the County.
The Sheriff’s Office recognizes the need for assistance in the organization of community and business groups that want to become crime prevention oriented. Crime prevention programs are available to any business, citizen, or community group which requests the services offered. Promotion of programs available to the community may be offered through the agency’s Internet web site, distribution of handbills in limited areas, or through targeted community groups.
(CALEA 45.1.2) The Crime Prevention Unit will make every effort to organize, maintain liaison with, and encourage the development of Neighborhood Crime Watch Groups in residential and business areas which will function and/or operate as follows:
a. The neighborhood group is responsible for setting up the first meeting.
b. The group will function under the leadership of a citizen who may either be elected by the group or may volunteer for the position. The leaders of the group will be designated as a “Watch Coordinator” and will operate with the assistance of a member of the Crime Prevention Unit.
c. The area to be covered by the group will be determined by the group and should not be established by the Sheriff’s Office.
d. The area covered will be designated as a “Neighborhood Watch” area and may display special signs stating such. Groups may purchase signs after the group has met a minimum of three (3) times in an organized setting. The installation, acquisition, and maintenance of these signs will be the responsibility of the group.
e. Attendance by Crime Prevention Unit members at each group meeting is not required, but is encouraged. Attendance by other members of the agency who have specialized abilities or functions is encouraged and offered to each group who may request their attendance.
f. Crime Prevention handouts and materials will be made available to each group, including any specific criminal activity information concerning that area which may be legally released. Any other information which is relevant to the area will be disseminated as well.
g. There will be no specific group size requirement for “Neighborhood Watch” groups. It is felt that the existence of the groups, no matter how large or small, enhances the neighborhood’s resistance to crime and criminal activity.
306 Crime Prevention Pg 3 of 3
The Sheriff’s Office recognizes that the community is comprised of persons who have diverse interests and that this diversity results in different needs and concerns for crime and crime prevention. The Crime Prevention Unit will attempt to incorporate the concerns, needs, and interests of these communities into crime prevention programs which best suit each situation.
The Crime Prevention Unit will provide security recommendations on existing structures, or structures under construction, to any interested citizen or business upon request.
Effectiveness of programs will be evaluated so that modifications can be made if positive results are not being obtained. A program will be considered effective if:
a. The community has a positive perception of the program.
b. Targeted crimes or crime risks are reduced or removed.
c. Recognizable ancillary benefits are found.
(CALEA 45.1.1c) Programs will be evaluated at least once every two years. After each documented evaluation is completed, the unit supervisor will make recommendations through the chain-of-command whether each program should remain functioning as it is, be modified, or be discontinued.
(CALEA 45.1.3) The agency is available to provide crime prevention input from a law enforcement perspective into development and/or revision of zoning policies, building codes, fire codes, and residential/commercial building permits.
Revision Date(s): A-10/02/2009, A1-2/4/2010; A2-05/11/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Community Relations
Number: 307A2 Type: Support Pages: 3
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 1.2.9c, 2.6.5, 45.2.1-5
Purpose:
To enhance relations between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and the community it serves in order to effectively meet the needs of the public while executing the agency’s mandated responsibilities.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is committed to providing quality law enforcement services to the citizens of Beaufort County. In this regard, input from the community is essential to the proper delivery of those services. To obtain that input, the Sheriff’s Office will maintain close ties with the community and maintain a position of responsiveness to its needs. Without strong community support, even the best efforts of law enforcement will not prevail. The responsibility for achieving the agency’s community relations objectives is shared by all Sheriff’s Office personnel.
Procedure:
A. The Crime Prevention Unit function of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will provide for, at a minimum, the following:
(CALEA 45.2.1a) Establishing liaison with existing community organizations or establishing community groups where they are needed.
(CALEA 45.2.1b) Assisting in the development of community involvement policies for the agency.
(CALEA 45.2.1c) Publicizing agency objectives, community problems, and successes.
(CALEA 45.2.1d) Conveying information transmitted from citizens’ organizations to the agency.
307A2 Community Relations Pg 2 of 3
(CALEA 45.2.1e) Improving agency practices bearing on police community interaction.
B. At least quarterly, the Crime Prevention Unit will prepare and submit to the Sheriff, through their chain-of-command, a report (or reports) that include, at a minimum, the following:
(CALEA 45.2.2a) A description of current concerns voiced by the community.
(CALEA 45.2.2b) A description of potential problems that have a bearing on law enforcement activities within the community.
(CALEA 45.2.2c) A statement of recommended actions that address previously identified concerns and problems.
(CALEA 45.2.2d) A statement of progress made toward addressing previously identified concerns and problems.
C. (CALEA 45.2.3) Any information obtained by any member of the Sheriff’s Office relevant to crime prevention programs, community concerns or potential problems voiced by a citizen (speeding vehicles in the neighborhood, illegal drug activity, etc.) will document the complaint/concern and how this complaint/concern was handled. If the concern can be immediately addressed, the employee should take the appropriate action. However, if the concern is related to a specialized function, such as traffic complaint, VCTF, etc…then a detailed documentation shall be conducted as to what actions were taken to resolve the issue. The supervisor will review the report and forward the report to the appropriate section to ensure the concern is addressed.
D. (CALEA 2.6.5) Citizen Surveys can be found on the BCSO website for use at any time for any citizen of Beaufort County to comment. The information solicited via this survey will include, but is not limited to, the following:
(CALEA 45.2.4a) Overall agency performance.
(CALEA 45.2.4b) Overall competence of agency employees.
(CALEA 45.2.4c) Citizens’ perceptions of employee’s attitudes and behavior.
(CALEA 45.2.4d) Community concern over safety and security within the agency’s service area.
(CALEA 45.2.4e) Citizens’ recommendations and suggestions for improvements.
307A2 Community Relations Pg 3 of 3
E. (CALEA 1.2.9c; 45.2.5) The results of the aforementioned survey will be compiled, by the Accreditation Manager, with a written summary provided to the Sheriff. The survey results will also be given to the Chief Deputy for dissemination through-out the agency and for any necessary corrective action and/or training.
Revised adding Staff Inspections: July 13, 2011; A1-5/18/202
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Inspectional Services
Number: 308A1 Type: Support Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 24, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 53.1.1, 53.2.1
Purpose:
To evaluate the quality of operations of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and to ensure employees are complying with agency requirements in such areas as personal appearance, use and maintenance of equipment, and adherence to agency directives and orders.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to use the inspectional process as an essential mechanism for evaluating the quality of agency operations, ensure that agency goals are being pursued, identify the need for additional resources, and ensure control is maintained throughout the organization.
Procedure:
Line Inspections:
A. Line inspection is the responsibility of supervisors at every organizational level and provides a mechanism for achieving accountability.
B. (CALEA 53.1.1 a) Line inspections are to be conducted by supervisors on personnel under their command and on any and all agency owned property (e.g., vehicles, weapons, uniforms, etc.) within their organizational component. Such inspections may include closed containers therein.
C. (CALEA 53.1.1 b) Line inspection is an ongoing activity. Personnel and equipment are subject to random inspection at any time.
D. (CALEA 53.1.1 b, c) The line inspection for personal appearance is the duty of all supervisors, made on a daily basis, to ensure proper appearance of assigned personnel.
308A1 Inspectional Services Pg 2 of 3
E. All Sheriff’s Office personnel operating agency assigned motor vehicles (e.g., patrol vehicles, animal transport vehicles, armored vehicles, etc.) have a responsibility to inspect vehicles for proper condition and required equipment prior to operation.
F. (CALEA 53.1.1 b, c) Immediate supervisors are responsible for conducting monthly inspections of agency vehicles to ensure compliance with vehicle standards and maintenance schedules. Vehicle inspections will be documented and filed with the Branch Commanders.
G. Sheriff’s Office employees are responsible for all equipment issued to them or physically under their control. It is the responsibility of the employee to report any malfunctions, damage, or loss of equipment immediately.
H. All personnel have the responsibility for reporting any unsafe or non-secure condition in the Sheriff’s Office facilities to which they are assigned. Supervisors will perform inspections as necessary to ensure the safety and security of facilities.
I. (CALEA 53.1.1 a, d) Supervisors may direct a formal line inspection on the personnel under their command on an as needed basis. Should a supervisor conduct a scheduled formal inspection, adequate advance notice will be given. Results of any formal agency inspection will be documented and filed with the Branch Commanders.
J. Minor discrepancies found during inspections may be handled verbally by the supervisor. Commendation for exemplary performance or corrective action for deficiencies may be documented by the supervisor and other correspondence, as appropriate. Continued deficiencies in areas previously addressed may result in disciplinary action.
K. (CALEA 53.1.1 e) Supervisors will ensure that noted deficiencies are remedied in a timely manner. Supervisors will re-inspect noted deficiencies to ensure that suitable corrective action has been taken. A supervisor will take immediate action to remedy any serious deficiencies in personnel or equipment that would endanger personnel or the public.
L. (CALEA 53.1.1 c, d) Any line inspection that reveals serious deficiencies in personnel or equipment will be documented by the supervisor in a memorandum to the next higher level of command. This memorandum should include a plan of action and target date for completion of corrective action, if within the capabilities of
308A1 Inspectional Services Pg 3 of 3
the supervisor. This memorandum will continue through the chain-of-command until the appropriate level is reached.
Staff Inspections:
A. (CALEA 53.2.1, e) The Chief Deputy is responsible for assuring that a staff inspection is conducted within all organizational components once every four years. All agency personnel will cooperate with the Inspecting Officers and provide access to relevant information, documents, etc. that are deemed necessary to the performance of any authorized inspection.
(CALEA 53.2.1, c) Staff Inspections will be documented on the Staff Inspections Report that notes both deficiencies and positive aspects of the areas being inspected.
(CALEA 53.2.1, a) The Colonel’s and the Division Major are responsible for either conducting the staff inspection or assigning other personnel to conducting the inspection normally from outside of the area being inspected.
(CALEA 53.2.1, b) Procedures for conducting the staff inspection are contained in the Staff Inspections Report.
(CALEA 53.2.1, d) Found deficiencies will be reported on the last page of the Staff Inspections Report and remedy in a timely manner and re-inspected for compliance. Deficiencies that cannot be immediately corrected require the Division Major and the Colonel’s be notified to ensure corrective action is taken within 60 days and documented on the Staff Inspections Report.
Revision Date(s): A-06/19/20
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Crime and Traffic Analysis
Number: 309A Type: Support Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 15.3.1 a, b, c; 82.3.3 a, b
Purpose
To define the Crime and Traffic Analysis function of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide current useful crime and traffic analysis information to the various enforcement functions of the Sheriff’s Office for the purpose of implementing prevention and enforcement objectives.
Procedures:
A. Crime Analysis is a function of the Criminal Intelligence Unit (CIU) under the Special Investigations/Intelligence Section of the Sheriff’s Office. The CIU is responsible for the collection, collation, and analysis of crime data received by the Sheriff’s Office.
Crime Analysts will report to the Intelligence Section Lieutenant or his designee. The Lieutenant or his designee will ensure that the agency Criminal Records Unit provides data support to Crime Analysis.
Information provided through crime analysis may be used in the agency’s short and long term planning efforts by providing estimates of future crime trends and assisting in the identification of enforcement priorities and deployment of resources. The data may also assist in planning for strategic and tactical response efforts.
Analysis of crime data will include:
a. A comparison of data elements among reported crimes.
309A Crime and Traffic Analysis Pg 2 of 5
b. Identification of similarities among different offenses to reveal commonalities and patterns in the characteristics of current crime problems.
c. An identification of developing crime patterns or trends;
d. The identification of potential or actual law enforcement hazards within Beaufort County.
e. The identification and analysis of methods of operation of individual criminals.
Crime Analysts are available to:
a. Assist in the screening and ordering of suspect lists.
b. Aid in the assembling and ordering of specific crimes that may involve an offender already in custody.
(CALEA 15.3.1, a) Crime data extracted from various source documents will be entered into the various data bases used by the Sheriff’s Office for intelligence and crime analysis. Source documents from which crime analysis data is extracted include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Incident reports.
b. Supplemental reports.
c. Arrest reports.
d. Field interrogation cards.
e. Agency teletypes.
f. S.C. Department of Corrections Inmate Release Lists.
g. Intelligence reports and files.
h. Citizen surveys.
309A Crime and Traffic Analysis Pg 3 of 5
To accomplish effective crime analysis, at a minimum, the following factors are to be included:
a. Frequency of types of crime.
b. Geographic distribution of crimes.
c. Temporal distribution of crimes.
d. Available victim/target descriptors.
e. Suspect and suspect vehicle descriptors.
f. Available modus operandi factors.
g. Any physical evidence information.
Crime Analysis will document the temporal and geographic distribution of the following crimes:
a. Burglary.
b. Serious assaults.
c. Automobile thefts.
d. Armed robberies.
Release of Information:
a. (CALEA 15.3.1,c) The Criminal Records Unit prepares statistical reports for all required reporting areas in the Sheriff’s Office including current crime and traffic patterns and trends, intelligence reports, incident reporting, etc. These reports are prepared daily for dissemination to all personnel in the Sheriff’s Office. A collective report is prepared and sent to the Sheriff’s Executive Assistant who prepares quarterly reports for the Sheriff and Command Staff.
309A Crime and Traffic Analysis Pg 4 of 5
b. (CALEA 15.3.1 b) Additionally, crime analysis reports will be disseminated through normal channels to all affected Divisions, Units and Teams within the Sheriff’s Office. These include, but are not limited to:
i) Criminal Investigations.
ii) Enforcement Division.
iii) Community Services/Crime Prevention Unit.
iv) Public Information Officer.
v) Administrative Division.
c. The Sheriff, Chief Deputy, or Public Information Officer will determine what, if any, crime analysis information will be distributed to the media or general public.
d. Information developed through crime analysis may be released to criminal justice agencies outside the Sheriff’s Office after review and approval of the Intelligence Section Lieutenant or his designee.
Review:
a. All personnel are encouraged to provide feedback on crime analysis reports.
b. Feedback data will be used in determining the effectiveness of the crime analysis function so that adjustments can be made to the analysis process based on input of those operational components using the analyses produced.
Traffic Records System:
a. (CALEA 82.3.3 a, b) It is the responsibility of the Criminal Records Supervisor to direct the collection and disseminate of uniform traffic ticket, warning ticket, and traffic collision data to Sheriff’s Office Deputies assigned primarily to traffic enforcement and to the Team Supervisors.
309A Crime and Traffic Analysis Pg 5 of 5
b. The data will identify the locations of all traffic collisions and locations of all warning tickets, and citations for immediate reference of collision/enforcement data to specific locations, intersections, or highways.
c. Traffic data received from the Department of Public Safety will also be reported as part of the Sheriff’s Office traffic records system.
d. Traffic enforcement, warning tickets, and uniform traffic ticket data will also be included in the traffic records system.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Incident Command System/Critical Incidents
Number: 310A3 Type: Support Pages: 10
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.1.3 g; 6.3.1de, 7.1.2abcdegh, 41.2.6 c; 46.1.1- 9; 46.1.10b;
46.2.1 a, c; 46.2.5
Purpose:
To provide an operational plan for all personnel of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to implement a system of organization during a critical incident. This plan will incorporate all aspects of the Incident Command System (ICS).
Policy:
(CALEA 46.1.2) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is committed to protecting life, alleviate the incident, protect property and return the community to acceptable standard in the event of a disaster or unusual occurrence. The implementation of the Incident Command System will establish a command and control procedure that ensures that all aspects of the incident are addressed in a logical manner and resources are used most effectively.
(CALEA 46.1.1) The Emergency Management Colonel is the principal planner, advisor and trainer for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office tasked with planning and preparing for a response to a critical incident.
Procedures:
A. Federal law requires the use of the Incident Command System (ICS) for response to Hazmat incidents. Additionally, ICS will be the standard for agency response to all unusual occurrences, disasters, or major incidents. Major incidents are classified as manhunts, missing persons searches, barricaded or standoffs, large scale operations, major highway incidents, etc.
B. Initially, the Incident Commander (IC) will be the first-responder to arrive at the scene. As additional responders arrive, command may transfer on the basis of who has primary authority for the overall incident.
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1-06/18/2019; A2-6/01/20; A3-05/12/21
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 2 of 10
(CALEA 46.1.3, a) A Deputy Sheriff who is the first emergency responder to arrive at an Incident Command System emergency scene will advise the Communications Center that he/she has assumed command as the Incident Commander.
In incidents that the agency exercises overall responsibility, a sworn supervisor will assume Incident Command as soon as possible.
(CALEA 7.1.2h) The Incident Commander will utilize ICS forms 201-221 as appropriate. These forms can be downloaded from the BCSO SharePoint intranet site or use the forms contained in the Command Board provided to each supervisor. All completed forms will be forwarded directly to the EMD Colonel electronically or printed.
C. Responding units will advise the Communications Center that they are en route and/or on-scene.
D. The Incident Commander (IC) is responsible for developing strategies, managing resources and planning overall operations. The IC has full responsibility for management of the incident including:
Activating the Incident Command System.
(CALEA 46.1.10d) Ensure containment of incident location to include public sheltering in place whether residential, business or school location, as needed.
(CALEA 46.1.3, b) Establishing a command post.
(CALEA 7.1.2c, 46.1.3, c) Initiating the notification and mobilization of additional agency personnel.
(CALEA 7.1.2e, 46.1.3, d, 46.1.10b) Obtaining support from other agencies.
(CALEA 46.1.3, e) Establishing a staging area, if necessary.
(CALEA 7.1.2f, 46.1.3, f) Providing public information and maintaining media relations.
(CALEA 7.1.2b, 46.1.3, g) Maintaining the safety of all affected personnel.
Ensuring the Communications Center is advised of current incident conditions.
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 3 of 10
(7.1.2a) Constantly evaluating the situation, risk and impact assessment.
(7.1.2e) Ensuring resource needs are assessed, ordered, deployed and released as needed.
Assessing incident priorities.
Determining strategic goals and tactical objectives.
Ensuring an incident action plan is developed.
Developing the appropriate incident command structure based on the incident.
(7.1.2d) Ensuring that overall emergency activities and continuity of communications are coordinated.
Ensuring that information released to the media is in accordance with the agency’s public information policy.
(7.1.2g) Resuming normal operations.
(CALEA 46.1.3, h) Prepares a documented after action report.
(CALEA 7.1.3) Critical Incidents within the Communications Center will also have a documented after action report completed. The report will address the following:
a. The nature or circumstances causing the plan to be activated.
b. Specific components or resources within the plan which were utilized.
c. Impact of command and supervisory actions.
d. Areas where future operational or administrative improvement should be considered if any.
E. The Incident Commander (IC) will ensure that responding units are directed to areas for immediate utilization or to a designated standby or staging locations. Independent commitment of personnel and resources in conflict with the IC’s objectives will be avoided.
F. The Incident Commander (IC) should continually obtain progress reports from
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 4 of 10
operating units and evaluate efforts. The action plan should be revised or refined as necessary.
G. The Incident Commander (IC) retains responsibility for incident management until properly relieved.
At transfer of command, the outgoing Incident Commander (IC) will give the incoming Incident Command (IC) a full briefing.
Incident Commander (IC) will be transferred in person whenever possible to facilitate effective communication and feedback. If face-to-face communication is not possible, transfer of command by radio may be accomplished.
When transferring Incident Command (IC), the person being relieved should at a minimum provide the incoming IC with:
a. An assessment of the general conditions and tactical priorities.
b. Current personnel and equipment assignments.
c. Resources available for assignment.
d. Additional resources needed.
Any time an agency member assumes the role Incident Commander (IC) the Communications Center will be notified.
The Communications Center will be notified if Incident Command (IC) is transferred to another agency.
H. If the Sheriff’s Office does not have primary responsibility for the incident, agency members will only assume Incident Command until command is properly transferred to the agency that has primary authority for the overall incident. Agency members will provide support as necessary, regardless of which agency exercises Incident Command.
I. Unified Command may be established under Incident Command System (ICS) when multiple agencies contribute to the command process. Unified Command may be utilized when an incident is within the agency’s jurisdiction, but other agencies have concurrent jurisdiction, or when an incident is multi-jurisdictional in nature, or when
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 5 of 10
more than one commander is designated to share overall management responsibility. Overall goals, objectives, operations and use of resources will be decided jointly.
J. The Incident Command System (ICS) permits a clear point of control and can be expanded or contracted to escalating or diminishing situations.
When the Incident Command System is activated, all incidents, regardless of size or complexity, will have, at a minimum, an Incident Command (IC).
The ultimate goals are to protect life, stabilize the incident and protect property. The Incident Commander (IC) will base the decision to expand or contract the Incident Command System (ICS) organization on three major incident priorities:
a. The life safety of emergency responders and the public.
b. Incident stability.
c. Property conservation.
K. As incident escalates, the Incident Commander (IC) may delegate authority for performing certain activities to others. As required, the Incident Commander may establish a Safety, Liaison and/or Information Officer.
The Safety Officer is responsible for monitoring the entire incident for potential threats to personnel safety and developing measures for assuring personnel safety. This position is usually only activated in very large and complex incidents and reports directly to the Incident Commander (IC).
The Liaison Officer serves as a point of contact with other agencies and departments. Responsibilities include:
a. Coordinating activities with other agencies to allow each agency or department to contribute their expertise and to avoid duplication of effort.
b. Establishing lines of authority, responsibility and communication with other departments and agencies.
c. Establishing or designating a specific location where outside agencies can report to, work, and communicate with each other.
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 6 of 10
The Information Officer is responsible for interfacing with the media in order to relieve the Incident Commander (IC) from this function. When practical, this position should be filled by the agency’s Public Information Officer. The Information Officer’s responsibilities include:
a. Establishing a Media Staging Area in an area away from the Command Post and other incident activities.
b. Arranging for press conferences, media tours and interviews.
c. Acting as a central point of contact for dissemination of information to the media and the public.
L. As incidents become more involved the Incident Commander (IC) can, if necessary, activate additional General Staff Sections to include Operations, Planning, Logistics, and/or Finance Administration. Each Section has the authority to expand internally to meet the needs of the situation.
M. The Operations function will be responsible for:
(CALEA 46.1.4, a) Establishing perimeters.
(CALEA 46.1.4, b) Conducting evacuations.
(CALEA 46.1.4, c) Maintaining command post and scene security.
(CALEA 46.1.4, d) Providing for detainee transportation, processing, and confinement.
(CALEA 46.1.4, e) Directing and controlling traffic.
(CALEA 46.1.4, f) Conducting a post-incident investigation.
N. The Planning function will be responsible for:
(CALEA 46.1.5, a) Preparing a documented incident action plan.
(CALEA 46.1.5, b) Gathering and disseminating information and intelligence.
(CALEA 7.1.2g, 46.1.5, c) Planning post-incident demobilization.
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 7 of 10
O. The Logistics function will be responsible for:
(CALEA 46.1.6, a) Communications.
(CALEA 46.1.6, b) Transportation.
(CALEA 46.1.6, c) Medical support.
(CALEA 46.1.6, d) Supplies.
(CALEA 46.1.6, e) Specialized team and equipment needs.
P. The Finance/Administration function will be responsible for:
(CALEA 46.1.7, a) Recording personnel time.
(CALEA 46.1.7, b) Procuring additional resources.
(CALEA 46.1.7, c) Recording expenses.
(CALEA 46.1.7, d) Documenting injuries and liability issues.
Q. (CALEA 6.3.1de) The Incident Commander (IC) will designate a radio frequency. During extended operations, Sheriff’s Office personnel may be directed to a mutual aid channel for radio communications.
The Communications Center will clear the channel of all unrelated traffic during a critical incident. The channel will remain in emergency status until the Incident Commander (IC) advises the Communications Center to lift emergency status. During emergency radio status, personnel will refrain from unnecessary transmissions or switch to another channel to relay information to the Communications Center.
The Communications Center will maintain communications with other agencies as directed.
The Incident Commander (IC) will direct that “plain language” be used.
When multiple incidents are being mitigated simultaneously, emergency
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 8 of 10
incidents should be given specific names or designators to reduce confusion.
R. At the Incident Command, personnel will:
Assume responsibility for activities within their span-of-control, including responsibility for the safety of personnel within their designated areas.
Work toward assigned objectives within the overall strategy defined by the Incident Commander.
Provide progress reports to higher level supervisors.
Communicate recommended changes in strategy or tactics to the Incident Commander (IC) through supervisory levels, when they are in a position to make recommendations.
Be alert to conditions and actions that create a hazard within their span-of- control.
S. If an emergency or disaster necessitates opening of the County’s Emergency Operations Center (EOC) then the Incident Command System (ICS) will serve as field command and the EOC would be staffed as necessary per the Beaufort County Emergency Operations Plan.
Certain functions such as Liaison, Public Information, Operations, Planning, Logistics and Finance may be directed from the EOC as required.
During emergency operations, personnel will utilize the Beaufort Sheriff’s Office Organization Assignment List (Form 203) to track assignments and personnel involved.
T. (CALEA 46.1.9) At least annually, the affected agency personnel will conduct or participate in Incident Command System readiness training. Additionally, any drills, tabletop exercises or full-scale exercises (All Hazards Plans) will be conducted on a biennial basis. These can be discussion or operations based exercises based on Homeland Security Exercise Evaluation Program (HSEEP).
U. Following any unusual occurrence, whether of natural or man-made origin, there is the need to review tactics, develop intelligence for future incidents, screen actions for possible civil liability and generally document the incident for historical purposes. An After Action Report for internal use will be completed by the Incident Commander (IC) and forwarded to the EMD Colonel every time the agency activates or participates in the ICS. After Action Reports will be prepared in the
310A3 Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 9 of 10
format directed by the EMD Colonel. The EMD Colonel is responsible for dissemination of all reports to higher authority.
V. The EMD Colonel will conduct an analysis of agency use and/or participation in the ICS at least every three years. The analysis will identify any additions, deletions, or modifications warranted in the Sheriff’s Office procedures and training.
W. Specific written plans and procedures for various anticipated incidents are available to all supervisory personnel.
X. (CALEA 46.1.8) Inspections of equipment designated for critical incidents are the responsibility of Emergency Management. Documented quarterly inspections of all equipment for operational readiness will be conducted.
Y. (CALEA 46.1.2) Procedures for governing special operations are as follows:
Special Events, General Order Number 227
Natural and man-made disasters, BCSO Hurricane Operations Plan
Barricaded Persons, General Order Number 311 and 312
Hostage Situations, General Order Number 311 and 312
Hostage Negotiators, General Order Number 312
Pandemics, General Order Number 230
Civil Disturbances, General Order Number 235
Bomb Threats, General Order Number 318A
Acts of Terrorism, General Oder Number 235
Unusual Incidents, General Order Number 235
Z. Mass Arrests:
Advance notification of these incidents will be planned by the Branch Captain. Incidents occurring without prior notification will be dealt with by the Patrol Supervisor, Branch Captain and/or the Command Duty Officer.
Arrests will be made as necessary to preserve peace and order. The Detention Center will provide personnel and transportation for such incidents.
The off duty emergency call out plan will be used if needed per General Order Number 235.
310A Incident Command System/Critical Incidents Pg 10 of 10
Revision Dates: A-5/6/2010; A1- 2/10/2014; A2-6/22/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: SWAT Operations
Number: 311A2 Type: Support Pages: 14
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.3.6; 46.2.1 b; 46.2.2-3
Purpose:
In order to enhance the effectiveness of field operations, the Sheriff’s Office has established policies for handling unusual operational activities including hostage incidents, barricaded suspects, armed barricaded suspects, sniper attacks, service of high risk warrants, stake outs, civil disturbances, VIP protection, mental subjects, suicidal subjects, and any other tactical problems. This policy is a framework to guide commanders and deputies, but the Sheriff’s Office recognizes it is impossible to develop standardized procedures for every contingency. In all tactical problems, the burden of responsibility rests on the field commanders, tactical commanders and individual team members to exercise sound judgment in dealing with unusual hazards of life.
Policy:
A tactical unit, known as the Special Weapons and Tactics (S.W.A.T.) Team, shall be maintained to ensure the Sheriff’s Office capability to respond to high-risk tactical problems. The mission of the SWAT Team shall be to handle high-risk operations in a manner that reduces the chance of violence, injury or death. A Crisis Negotiation Team has also been established to defuse and isolate situations as much as possible and to reduce the number of potential victims and protect lives.
Procedure:
A. Commander:
The S.W.A.T. Commander shall be appointed by the Sheriff.
The S.W.A.T. Team Leader Commander shall be responsible for staffing, training, equipping, and maintaining the Team in a state of readiness.
The Commander shall appoint the Team Leaders.
The designated Team leader shall act as Commander in the absence of the S.W.A.T. Commander.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 2 of 14
The S.W.A.T. Team Leader shall be responsible for all training and will document all call outs and the Assistant Team Leader shall document all training.
The S.W.A.T. Team Leader shall assign all positions on the team.
B. Team Breakdown:
The S.W.A.T. Team shall be staffed by Deputy Sheriff’s on an “on-call” basis. Participation in S.W.A.T. is a collateral duty.
The Operations component will be further divided by function, with two organizational teams designated as the Entry/Rescue team and the Sniper/observer team.
The Entry/Rescue component will be responsible for the recovery and evacuation of wounded, breaching and entry, arrest and control of suspects, hostage control and evacuation, use of chemical munitions, use of less-lethal munitions, and other duties as needed.
The Sniper / observer component will be armed with optically sighted precision rifles and will be responsible for providing from concealed positions, long range cover, observation, reporting and other duties as needed.
A separate Perimeter/Containment component will be responsible for inner perimeter security and perform any task assigned by the S.W.A.T. Team Leader Commander.
Unit integrity of teams during tactical operations is desirable, but operational necessity may require that teams be mixed. Sniper / Observer team members not needed for long rifle duty may be reassigned to the Entry team or the Perimeter team as needed.
(CALEA 46.2.1 b) The team may require the services of other Special Units. The S.W.A.T. Commander, Team Leader or the Incident Commander will identify the unit(s) and integrate them into the tactical operation as needed.
The Operations component will have a team of Beaufort County EMS certified paramedics assigned to them and they will be designated as S.W.A.T. Paramedics.
C. (CALEA 46.2.2) Selection and Training:
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 3 of 14
S.W.A.T. Team membership is a voluntary, extra duty assignment and members may resign at any time. Members found unsuitable or unfit for S.W.A.T. may be removed at any time at the discretion of the S.W.A.T. commander.
When S.W.A.T. positions become vacant, the Sheriff’s Office shall be notified through normal channels for eligible officers to apply. A physical fitness test, firearms proficiency test and a selection interview board with a personnel jacket review will be conducted for team applicants.
The selection interview board process will consist of a team board and a Commanders board. The team board will consist of current S.W.A.T. team members asking the candidate job-related questions. The Commanders board will consist of the S.W.A.T. Commander, S.W.A.T. Team Leader and a non-team member holding the rank of Staff Sergeant or higher.
Deputy Sheriffs assigned to the Entry and Sniper / Observer components of the S.W.A.T. Team, shall be carefully selected using the following criteria:
a. Must have twelve months of duty with the Sheriff’s Office.
b. Received no disciplinary actions within the last year.
c. Must have supervisor’s approval.
d. Must complete a 1.0 mile run in less than (8) minutes.
e. Must complete the obstacle course with (20 lbs) backpack in (3:30).
(Back pack used to simulate the amount of weight a S.W.A.T. officer would carry on a call)
f. Must complete at least 25 sit-ups in (1) minute.
g. Must complete at least 25 push-ups in (1) minute.
h. Must complete a (50) yard dummy drag in (45) seconds in gas mask.
i. Must successfully complete a firearms stress course in (6) minutes.
j. Must score a (225) out of (250) on the SWAT pistol course of fire.
k. Must successfully complete a shotgun course of fire.
l. Must be able to tread water for fifteen (15) minutes without equipment.
m. Must successfully complete a Team interview board.
n. Must successfully complete a Team Commanders interview board.
The S.W.A.T. Commander shall have the final decision to deny or accept any appointment to the team.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 4 of 14
After selection, the new team member must successfully complete a (60) hour, in-house basic tactical training course.
D. Standards to Retain after Selection:
Maintain a high state of physical and mental readiness.
Trained and qualified to perform all team functions.
Qualify with all team weapons on an approved course as directed by the S.W.A.T. Team Leader.
Members will perform (4) physical fitness tests (PFT) and qualify with all assigned weapons (4) times a year. The snipers will qualify with .308 rifles four times a year which will consist of a day & night qualification. They will confirm zero every month both day and night. Members failing any part of the PFT or weapons qualification will be placed on “inactive” status and given (7) days remedial time to prepare for a re-test. If still after the re-test they fail the same event, the member will be terminated from the team.
Members missing a PFT or weapons qualification will have a make-up qualification within (7) days of the failure or (7) days from returning to duty.
All members will perform the following physical fitness test criteria to stay certified for the team. There will be five test in total. There is a 30 points minimum passing score. Points are determined by NTOA Standards. There will be three (3) minutes of recovery is required between sets.
a. Test #1: 800 meter run
b. Test #2: 400-meter run with 20 lbs weight in each hand and gas mask (no filter)
c. Test #3: Burpees (3 minute time allotment)
d. Test #4: Squats (2 minute time allotment, wearing kit and gas mask)
e. Test #5: Pull-ups (1 minute time allotment. First 5 pull-ups must be “strict” and “consecutive”
Once selected for the operations component, Deputy Sheriffs will be provided specific training for their duties.
In-service training shall be conducted on a regular basis, at a minimum of two (8) hour days per month, held on the second and third Monday of every month.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 5 of 14
This training will cover various aspects of tactical operations to ensure readiness to handle hostage incidents, armed barricaded suspects, sniper attacks, service of high risk warrants, stake outs, civil disturbances, VIP protection, WMD and other tactical problems.
Members of the Sniper/observer team will train twice a month.
All training shall be considered a duty assignment.
A temporary medical condition that prevents a member from demonstrating an acceptable level of proficiency in firearms or physical fitness testing, or in any way compromises the member’s ability to perform S.W.A.T. duties in an acceptable manner is cause for medical leave from the team without penalty.
With certification from a physician that the temporary medical condition is relieved, the member will be reinstated upon successful completion of the proficiency testing in firearms and physical fitness.
A medical condition that prevents a member from demonstrating an acceptable level of proficiency in firearms or physical fitness testing or in any way compromises the member’s ability to perform S.W.A.T. duties in an acceptable manner is cause for dismissal from the team.
A member who misses a training day due to an unexcused absence will be placed on “inactive status” and must meet with the S.W.A.T. Team Leader to discuss the absence, before becoming “active” on the team again.
If a member fails to respond to a call-out, the member will be put on immediate “inactive status” pending a meeting with the S.W.A.T. Team Leader.
If a member is going out of town, on training assignment or is on personal leave, the member will contact the Team Leader and advise of the dates that he is unavailable.
If a member is assigned mission oriented equipment, i.e. ram or shield, the equipment will be passed off to another on-call team member before leaving the area.
Cell phones will be kept on and with team members at all times.
E. (CALEA 46.2.3) Equipment And Inspections:
S.W.A.T. members will be supplied with special equipment and weapons necessary to fulfill their mission.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 6 of 14
The Team Leader shall keep an inventory of all weapons and equipment assigned to the team. Only department issued weapons an equipment will be utilized.
Team member’s individual issued weapons and equipment will be maintained in a clean and readily available condition in the member’s assigned vehicle. An inspection for cleanliness and serviceability shall be conducted at the discretion of the S.W.A.T. Team Leader. Team members will be responsible for any lost equipment or equipment damaged through negligence.
Readiness drills will be conducted periodically as part of the regular inspections.
Individual equipment for the operations component will include at a minimum:
a. S.W.A.T. uniform.
b. Boots.
c. Tactical body armor.
d. Ballistic helmet.
e. Tactical holster.
f. Gas mask w/carrier.
g. Eye protection.
h. Portable radio.
i. Covert communication gear.
j. Pistol and shoulder weapon.
k. Tactical gloves.
l. Tactical knife.
m. Hydration system.
n. Night vision goggles.
Other specialized equipment to be kept available will include but not limited to:
a. Door rams.
b. Ballistic shields.
c. Breaching tools.
d. Diversionary devices.
e. 40 mm chemical munitions launcher.
f. Less lethal munitions.
g. Chemical munitions.
h. Smoke grenades.
i. Rappel gear.
j. Door breaching rounds.
k. Thermal imager.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 7 of 14
l. Taser.
m. Covert Camera
n. Waterborne Equipment.
o. WMD equipment.
Any SWAT Officer who has facial hair will be required to shave prior to the “APR/SCBA mask fit test”. This will ensure a proper seal of the gas mask.
Any SWAT Officer with facial hair must have the ability to shave prior to an incident response which may require the use of a gas mask.
F. Use of Special Weapons and Equipment:
Specialized weapons such as submachine guns, assault rifles, counter-sniper rifles, distraction devices, chemical munitions, less lethal munitions and explosives will be used only by qualified persons who have been properly trained and documented in their use.
Less lethal projectiles will be used as needed to control violent subjects. The S.W.A.T. commander or higher authority will determine the type of less lethal munitions authorized for use based on the circumstances at the time.
The decision to deploy chemical munitions in a tactical situation will be decided by the Sheriff, his designee or the S.W.A.T. commander based on the circumstances at the time.
The use of diversionary devices (flash-bangs) is justified when the risk of armed confrontation outweighs the relatively small risk of damage or injury that may be caused by properly used diversionary devices.
High risk situations are those where the suspect is known or believed to be armed, has made threats against officers, had a history of violent behavior, or is otherwise believed to be dangerous.
The S.W.A.T. commander or Senior Team Leader will determine the type of diversionary devices authorized for use based on the circumstances at the time.
Explosive breaching will be used only in the most extreme circumstances, where no other acceptable alternative for breaching exists. Explosives will be used by qualified technicians properly trained in their use.
Only authorized and issued ammunition will be used.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 8 of 14
(CALEA 41.3.6) The agency issued protective vest will be worn while engaged in all high risk situations.
G. Operations:
The S.W.A.T. Team may be requested by any supervisor or Command Duty officer of the Sheriff’s Office through the Communications Center. Communications Center personnel will forward information concerning the incident to the Tactical Operations Commander or his designee. The team can also be activated under an existing mutual aid agreement to assist another agency, municipality or county.
The S.W.A.T. Commander or his designee will immediately be notified of the request, and make contact with that supervisor via radio or cell phone.
After the S.W.A.T. Commander, or his designee, confirms the request, they he will officially activate the S.W.A.T. team and the communications staff (dispatch) will coordinate the notification of all affected persons, units, and special teams.
All notifications will be completed ASAP upon receipt of the activation by the Communications Center.
Rosters will be maintained in Communications for S.W.A.T., Perimeter and Crisis Negotiators call-outs. The team leader will make the appropriate notifications.
Information provided to those notified may be brief, but will include a minimum:
a. Type of incident.
b. Rally Point.
c. Officer authorizing call-out.
Once a member has been notified, the member will (while in-route) automatically go to and monitor the primary channel the incident is working on.
All S.W.A.T. personnel shall respond to the rally point as soon as possible fully prepared to handle the operation.
H. (CALEA 46.1.3) Command Post Operations:
The S.W.A.T. Commander, Team Leader, Incident Commander, and a Command Officer will be located at the designated Command Post.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 9 of 14
I. Operational Objectives:
The basic operational objectives for hostage incidents, barricaded suspects, sniper attacks, and armed fugitive manhunts or any other high-risk situations are containment, isolation and apprehension. This involves locating the suspect, containing his movements, isolating him from outside contact, and utilizing special tactics to affect the apprehension in a manner that affords minimum peril to all persons involved.
Active shooter situations are very different in nature. S.W.A.T. members will respond and immediately deploy in an attempt to make contact with the suspect to stop his/her violent rampage.
The Sheriff’s Office realizes it is impossible to develop standardized procedures for every tactical situation that may be faced.
J. Use of Force in Tactical Situations:
The use of force by S.W.A.T. members will be governed by the Sheriff’s Office Use of Force policies, in addition to South Carolina and Federal statutes.
K. Hostage Incidents:
For hostage incidents, the standard initial steps will be containment, isolate, rescue or apprehension. Critical information for the assessment process will be accurate answers to three questions:
a. Is the suspect holding someone against their will and using them as a hostage?
b. Is the suspect threatening death or serious injury to a hostage?
c. Does the suspect have the means to carry out the threat
When containment and negotiation is chosen as the course of action, every effort will be made to identify contingencies and develop a plan for each. In a hostage incident, these contingencies will be considered but not limited to:
a. Emergency rescue plan.
b. Deliberate rescue plan.
c. Walkout plan.
d. Breakout plan.
e. Hostage release plan.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 10 of 14
f. Surrender plan.
Emergency Rescue Plan: During a hostage incident, entry team leaders will develop plans for emergency hostage rescue in the event the hostages or other innocent lives are in immediate danger. This planning will be kept simple as possible, with provisions to implement the plan on an instant notice by the S.W.A.T. Commander Team Leader or higher authority.
Deliberate Entry Plan: As time allows, a more deliberate intervention plan will be developed. The deliberate rescue plan should be more sophisticated than the emergency rescue plan and will include more elaborate provisions for diversion. The deliberate rescue plan will be implemented in the event that negotiations are unproductive and all reasonable avenues for non-violent resolution have been exhausted. The deliberate rescue plan will be executed at the most opportune moment, with the greatest chance for success. The decision to implement the deliberate rescue plan will be made by the Sheriff or his designee.
Open Air Plan: This plan would be utilized to apply deadly force to the suspect while outside of a barricaded location.
Mobile Plan: This plan would get the suspect out of a barricaded location and into a vehicle where deadly force could be applied or an arrest using a vehicle assault.
Walkout Plan: Suspects may unexpectedly come out of a barricaded position, either alone or with hostages. The entry team will challenge the suspect. Contact and cover team members will be designated to control the suspect if they he surrenders or is incapacitated.
Breakout Plan: A suspect may attempt escape, with or without hostages. Entry/Rescue and perimeter teams will be prepared for any attempt by the suspect to reach a vehicle or flee on foot. In the event a suspect makes good his escape on foot or in a vehicle, the Incident Commander will have prepared provisions for chase/surveillance vehicles, air support, K9 tracking teams and traffic control of potential travel routes.
Hostage Release Plan: A hostage-taker may at any time make an announced or unannounced release of hostages, or hostages may escape on their own initiative. Entry/Rescue teams will identify members to control and evacuate hostages and turn them over to the appropriate personnel for debriefing.
Surrender Plan: Suspects may surrender, either announced or unannounced, and plans should be made for this possibility. Contact and cover officers should be
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 11 of 14
designated for suspects, as well as control and evacuation of hostages and clearing the structure. A negotiated surrender will be coordinated with the negotiators, S.W.A.T. Commander, Team Leader and the Incident Commander. Team members and suspects should be fully aware of the surrender plan.
Rules of Engagement: At the onset of a hostage-taking incident, the Rules of Engagement will be outlined for all responding personnel by the S.W.A.T. Commander or Team Leader under the direction of the Sheriff or his designee.
Barricaded Suspects: Barricade situations, like many hostage incidents, often follow no rational thought process. The barricader has little to gain and much to lose by continued resistance. Mental instability, emotional disturbance, drug or alcohol abuse, and simple fear are common factors among many suspects. For barricaded suspects, the standards will be containment, isolate and apprehension. In a Barricade incident, these contingencies will be considered but not limited to:
a. Suspect remains inside
b. Walkout
c. Suicide Appears Imminent
d. Suspect Begins Shooting
e. Suspect Commits Suicide
f. Surrender
Suspect Remains Inside: If a suspect stubbornly remains inside a barricaded position and refuses to surrender, a negotiation effort will be attempted until tactical intervention is approved.
Walkout: If the suspect comes outside, armed or not, Entry/Rescue or Perimeter team members will challenge the suspect. Contact and cover team members will be designated to control and apprehend the suspect.
Suicide Appears Imminent, The entry team can attempt a less lethal force option if possible.
Suspect Begins Shooting or Otherwise Forces Action: S.W.A.T. team members may have to use deadly force to stop the threat.
Suspect Commits Suicide: If the suspect commits suicide inside the barricaded position, and there is good visual confirmation that he/she is dead or incapacitated, slow and deliberate clearing methods will be appropriate. In the
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 12 of 14
absence of visual confirmation, the deployment of chemical munitions or a robot will be strongly considered before entry and clearing of the location.
Surrender: The same planning as previously mentioned for Hostage surrender scenarios will be used.
L. High Risk Warrants:
The S.W.A.T. Team will be used for service of high-risk search or arrest warrants. The first step in planning for this activity is to clearly identify the mission objective. Planning for an arrest is considerably different from planning a search for contraband.
The method chosen will be the safest acceptable option based upon the mission objective, the degree of risk known and the resources available.
Search Warrant / Arrest Warrant:
a. When serving a search warrant, the place for service will be determined by the warrant specifications, but beyond that, the S.W.A.T. Team will develop all entry plans with an adequate number of operators to safely handle the entry and control the occupants, best approach routes, entry points, breaching methods, and whether diversionary devices or brake and rakes will be used. The S.W.A.T. Team will plan and execute the overall arrest plan. The focus will be control of the suspects and other occupants. If the people are controlled, the contraband will be controlled. The plan should be fully briefed and reviewed by all personnel. No deputy sheriffs will be allowed to participate in the operation if they did not attend the operation briefing.
M. Man-Hunt Operations:
Operational objectives for manhunt operations are, as for other types of critical incidents, to contain the suspect’s movement, isolate him from outside contact and affect his apprehension.
Search operations for armed fugitives in wooded areas are among the most hazardous tasks undertaken by tactical operators. There is no method for this type of search that offers law enforcement officers any degree of safety.
The preferred method for locating suspects is the use of man tracking K9’s. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Tracking Team using K-9’s and tracking techniques must be used to locate suspects and S.W.A.T. will provide security for the tracking team.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 13 of 14
If available, Air Support will be requested to assist.
If taken under fire by suspects, searchers must use numerical superiority, fire superiority and sound counter-ambush tactics to overcome the attack and affect the arrest.
N. Sniper Attack:
Operational objectives for a sniper attack, are as for other types of critical incidents; to contain the suspect’s movement, isolate him from outside contact and affect his apprehension.
The initial containment for a sniper attack will often include an extremely large area, as the location of the sniper may initially be unknown. The perimeter will be tightened as the suspect’s location is more closely identified.
Long rifles are critical in counter sniper operations. They will be of prime importance in helping to locate the sniper, and can engage to pin down or neutralize the suspect.
Wounded and other innocent victims must be evacuated from immediate danger.
Entry/Rescue team movements can be directed and coordinated by radio from observations of the sniper / observer teams.
This situation would be handled in much the same way as an active shooter scenario.
O. Civil Disturbance:
The S.W.A.T. Team will maintain a variety of chemical munitions and crowd dispersing less lethal munitions to be used in situations where civil disobedience is underway and voluntary compliance with the law is not being recognized.
It will be at the discretion of the Sheriff or his designee as to when to deploy these various munitions to protect life and property.
P. Waterborne Operations:
The S.W.A.T. Team will train and maintain the capability of responding to all aspects of emergencies in and around bodies of water. The training conducted will prepare the team members to operate in a water environment. Training will keep team members proficient in vessel clearing, surface swimming, helicopter insertions, and non-compliant vessel boarding.
311A1 SWAT Operations Pg 14 of 14
Q. Terrorist / WMD Incident:
The S.W.A.T. team will prepare and focus training time on Terrorist (WMD) incidents. The team currently has in its inventory Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) and numerous types of chemical suits to fit the chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear threat. S.W.A.T. will train with the Beaufort County Bomb Squad, Haz-Mat teams, and the National Guards Civil Support Team (C.S.T.).
S. Summary:
It is impossible to prepare a policy to address every possible scenario, therefore this policy is to be constantly under review by the S.W.A.T. Commander and Senior Team Leader for revisions and updates as needed. The S.W.A.T. Commander and all S.W.A.T. personnel will be guided by existing law when confronted with any situation or scenario not addressed in this policy.
Reference(s): A-06/12/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Crisis Negotiation Team
Number: 312A Type: Support Pages: 7
Effective Date: May 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 46.2.4
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to outline guidelines and procedures applicable in crisis negotiation situations. A crisis is any situation in which a person’s ability to cope is exceeded. Often, the event that triggers a crisis state appears to be an incident and the final burden that a subject can no longer bear.
Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that safety of person(s) is of paramount concern when an individual is in a crisis situation. Negotiate for a non-violent conclusion and the release of any hostages if applicable. Defuse and isolate the situation as much as possible to reduce the number of potential victims and protect lives. Coordinate and affect the apprehension of any suspect(s) when appropriate.
Procedure:
A. The Crisis Negotiation Team is a group of selected and sworn Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel, trained to respond to situations and/or unusual occurrences that require other than normal law enforcement resources such as, but not limited to, the crisis situations below:
Hostage situations.
Barricaded subjects.
Mental patients.
Suicidal person.
Those situations designated by the Sheriff or designee.
B. The Crisis Negotiation Team consists of designated and sworn organizational personnel:
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 2 of 7
The team is supervised by the team leader during crisis situations involving negotiations.
The team is lead by the team leader who manages the team’s activities.
The command post of any special situation is under the direction of the Incident Commander.
The team leader is responsible for briefing the Sheriff or his designee, Tactical Team Commander, and the Incident Commander on the activities of the team and progress of the negotiations.
The Crisis Negotiation Team is constantly functioning in concert with the tactical element.
C. Activation of the Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT):
The Crisis Negotiation Team may be activated at the direction of those individuals as indicated along with the Special Weapons And Tactics (SWAT) Team:
a. Sheriff or designee.
b. Command or Administrative Staff Officer.
c. Commander, Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) Team.
d. Team Leader, Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT).
e. Duty Officer, Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
f. Uniform Division Patrol Supervisor (Note: the supervisor must communicate, coordinate and request the CN team through a command or administrative officer indicated above.)
An evaluation and assessment of the situation must be conducted by the respective on-duty Uniform Patrol Division Supervisor in conjunction with activation of the CNT.
The senior individual or on-scene supervisor will ensure that the situation is secured and a perimeter is established with available personnel until the arrival of trained tactical officers and designated crisis negotiators.
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 3 of 7
D. First Responders:
Any situation involving a person in crisis who poses a threat to himself and/or others is extremely sensitive. The situation can be further complicated by the presence of others who are being held against their will. Each situation is different and the variables will dictate the course of action. Flexibility in response to a crisis situation is crucial.
Initial responding units must attempt to avoid confrontation in favor of controlling and containing the situation until the arrival of trained tactical team personnel and crisis negotiators. The activities of first responders are identified, but not limited to, the following:
a. Isolate the situation.
b. Contain the situation.
c. Evaluate the situation.
d. Provide an initial report.
e. Request additional resources.
After containment:
a. Keep a log.
b. Allow the subject to speak.
c. Avoid giving orders that may escalate the confrontation.
d. Play down past events.
e. Don’t offer the subject anything.
f. Avoid directing frequent attention to any hostages or victim(s).
E. Negotiations Process:
The negotiation process is the responsibility of law enforcement and trained crisis negotiators. The goal of the negotiation process is to save lives and to resolve crisis incidents while attempting to avoid unnecessary risk to Deputies, citizens, victims and subjects.
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 4 of 7
The application of crisis negotiation skills has consistently proven to be law enforcement’s most risk effective method to achieve the desired outcome. The most important ally in all situations is time. Nothing should be rushed unless the loss of life is imminent.
The crisis negotiator should apply active listening concepts and skills. All those acceptable negotiation standards and techniques should be utilized during the negotiation process.
Crisis Negotiations should be conducted by a minimum of two (2) trained negotiators whenever possible. A crisis situation may dictate that a negotiator may coach a first responder or intermediaries. The use of intermediaries, such as civilians, lawyers, family members, friends, acquaintances or clergy is not normally recommended however, intermediaries may be utilized after careful evaluation and screening on a case by case basis. Typically, the crisis negotiation team sets up in an isolated area away from the rest of the activities and maintains communications with the Incident and Tactical Team Commanders. One thing should always be kept in mind; negotiators should always be mindful that they should have the ability to switch from basic negotiations to a tactical role as the situation dictates.
F. After Action Reports: The Crisis Negotiation Team Leader or a designated team member(s) will complete a BCSO Negotiations Call Out Log form. The Negotiation Log Out Form will be completed in a timely manner. The Call Out Log documents the type of call out, the team members present, and actions taken by the team. The form will be signed by a Command Officer supervising the Crisis Negotiation Team and then the form is added to the incident report as an attachment. A file of each incident is kept, documenting the Crisis Negotiation Team’s role. The file may include but not limited to:
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Incident Report.
Negotiation Call Out Log Form
Notes, photographs, media information and diagrams, if applicable.
G. (CALEA 46.2.4) Selecting Negotiation Team Members: Nationally, selection standards vary widely; however, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will consider, identify and select those officers with the following skills:
Volunteer.
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 5 of 7
Recommended by supervisor.
High level of self control.
Ability to remain calm under stress.
Excellent interpersonal communication skills.
Calm and confident demeanor.
Good listener and interviewer.
Works well in a team concept.
Maintain physical fitness and firearms proficiency.
No disciplinary problems.
Appearance before a selection panel of trained negotiators. (Evaluated on ability to answer questions, verbalization of thoughts and practical exercise).
All BCSO Deputies undergo a psychological examination prior to hire.
Good verbal skills.
Excellent problem solving abilities.
H. Crisis Negotiation Individual / Team Response:
Designated crisis negotiation team members will be equipped with an issued cellular telephone and be on call twenty-four (24) hours a day. Once notified of a crisis situation, the negotiator will respond to the incident location in an expeditious manner.
The negotiator will notify the dispatch center and/or team leader that he/she is enroute to the scene of the crisis situation. The negotiator will bring his/her organizational issued duty weapon, body armor or tactical vest and leather gear. The negotiator will also be dressed in either his/her duty uniform, class “C” uniform, issued call out uniform or appropriate civilian attire.
I. Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT) Training:
The Crisis Negotiation Team Leader will be responsible for developing and scheduling training. The team should meet and train at least monthly, as a minimum, whenever practical. As with all critical law enforcement skills, such as firearms, negotiators should periodically receive updated training and practice in order to maintain proficiency.
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 6 of 7
Attendance at regional or national seminars and conferences and learning from case studies presentations is highly desirable. Equipment familiarization is also appropriate and essential. Training should include but not limited to basic concepts and techniques, abnormal psychology, assessment, crisis / suicide intervention, active listening skills, case studies, meaningful role-playing drills, and an incident management overview. The negotiators will be tested periodically to assess their individual proficiency. Testing will consist of written and practical examination on negotiation related topics and equipment.
J. Crisis Negotiator Qualifications: Deputies who are selected and designated as Crisis Negotiators shall receive the following negotiator training and be assigned the corresponding qualification levels:
Level 1 – Probationary. Organizational training and a minimum of eight (8) hours of formal instructions.
Level 2 – Basic. Attendance at seminars and conferences. Minimum of forty (40) hours formal instruction in a qualified course(s).
Level 3- Intermediary. Attendance at seminars, conferences and /or intermediary course of instruction. Minimum of eighty (80) hours of formal instruction at a qualified course(s).
Level 4 – Advanced. Attendance at seminars, conferences and/or advanced course of formal instruction. Minimum one-hundred and twenty (120) hours of formal instruction at a qualified course(s).
K. Negotiation Team Role in the Command Structure: Regardless of the incident response system used, the Crisis Negotiation Team Leader should be seen as a critical advisor and have direct access to the Sheriff or designee and the Incident Commander during a crisis situation. For balanced decision making, the negotiation team’s input should be independent of, yet equal to, that of the tactical team.
312A Crisis Negotiation Team Pg 7 of 7
Revision: A-4/19/2016 Communications added; A1-06/16/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Personnel Early Warning System
Number: 313A1 Type: Support Pages: 8
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 35.1.9; 22.2.3; 22.2.6, 2.2.3-6
Purpose
To establish and maintain a Personnel Early Warning System (EWS) to aid in the identification of employees who may benefit from agency intervention.
Policy
It is the responsibility of all supervisors to identify, evaluate and assist employees who exhibit signs of performance and/or stress related problems. Refer to Headquarters Branch Captain who serves as the BCSO Risk Manager.
Procedures:
A. (CALEA 35.1.9a) Early Warning Indicators: Supervisors will remain vigilant for circumstances and behavior that indicate a potential for negative consequences to an employee, his or her co-workers, the Sheriff’s Office, and/or the community. Indicators of these circumstances may include:
A pattern of complaints.
Incidents involving repeated high levels of use of force.
Repeated vehicle collisions and/or pursuits.
Deputy-involved shootings.
External stressors (domestic, family illness/death, etc.)
Traumatic critical incidents
B. (CALEA 35.1.9b) Employees, at times, exhibit behaviors that can be seen as “trigger levels” that shall result in a review of an employee’s actions or behavior that may result in a referral to an outside counseling program (Employee Assistance Program-EAP), in lieu of disciplinary actions. Depending on the particular officer’s history, one or more of the following triggers within a 12-month calendar year may result in this offer of counseling. Failure of the employee to participate in recommended counseling could result in disciplinary measures being taken.
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 2 of 8
Some examples of “threshold or trigger level” events are as follows:
Sudden repeated tardiness
Off duty issues (excessive consumption of alcohol, etc…)
Domestic issues
Sudden withdrawal from colleagues and friends
Repeatedly missing work due to illness
Recent pattern of complaints against the employee
Some things that could determine a supervisory review could be:
The seriousness of the incident
Circumstances surrounding the incident
The employees past work performance
The impact of the incident on the agency/community
The prognosis for future similar disciplinary problems
C. Supervisory Responsibilities:
First and second levels of supervision are crucial elements to a successful EWS.
Supervisors will familiarize themselves with their subordinates and routinely observe their appearance, demeanor and conduct.
Supervisors will remain alert for indicators of behavioral changes or stressors that may affect an employee’s performance.
(CALEA 2.2.6a) In the event an employee is involved in a traumatic incident, the supervisor may require the employee be removed from duty. This removal may be a break from duty during the shift or administrative leave.
(CALEA 2.2.6d) Follow up action will be conducted as needed, such as post-incident debriefing or counseling for the employees involved. This will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
(CALEA 35.1.9bdef, 2.2.6b) When a supervisor identifies these conditions, he or she will consult with their command to collectively review the employee’s work history to assist in initiating the appropriate action that should be taken in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Sheriff’s Office. These
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 3 of 8
complaints should be referred to the Branch Captain. This action may include, but is not limited to:
a. Referral to the Beaufort County Employee Assistance Program.
b. Informal counseling.
c. Peer Support Group referral.
d. Other remedial action.
(CALEA 2.2.3) Agency Liability Report: In any instance where a communications employee involved in an incident where there is question as to liability, the Communications Manager will submit a written report concerning the incident to the EMD Colonel. The written report must indicate who was involved, what incident occurred, all times and names as to who was notified and what action has been taken. The EMD Colonel will review the written report. In the event the EMD Colonel determines there may be a question as to agency liability, he/she will forward the information to the Chief Deputy for review.
(CALEA 2.2.4) Agency Liability Review: The Communications Manager will maintain an electronic log of all agency liability reports. The EMD Colonel will review all incidents on a regular basis or immediately when the Communications Manager determines that immediate action is needed. In the event the EMD Colonel identifies any patterns or trends he/she will determine any training needs, equipment upgrades, policy modifications, or disciplinary action that may be needed.
(CALEA 2.2.5) Agency Liability Report Analysis: The Branch Captain will conduct an annual analysis of the liablity reports and submit the results to the EMD Colonel.
D. (CALEA 35.1.9c) Headquarters Branch Captain Responsibilities: The Headquarters Branch Captain serves as the BCSO Risk Manager and will be the keeper of records regarding the EWS and will:
Collect, review and analyze information received in accordance with this policy.
Inform supervisors when information or analysis points to the need for agency intervention or further examination.
Create a documented annual evaluation of the EWS for effectiveness and propose any necessary changes, such as risk criteria.
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 4 of 8
As part of its annual report, provide a summary of EWS activations and action taken.
(CALEA 2.2.6c) Arrange for stress recognition training. The Branch Captain will arrange the training through the Emergency Assistance Program.
E. Employee Assistance Program:
Eligibility: All Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Employees and their family members are eligible to access the EAP.
Cost of Participation: The EAP is a pre-paid benefit provided by the County of Beaufort. A designated number of sessions are provided at no cost for the employee and/or dependent family members.
(CALEA 22.2.6a) Services: A variety of services are offered through the EAP, a few are listed below:
a. Health and Wellness.
b. Relationships.
c. Work and Education.
d. Financial.
e. Legal.
f. Consumer Information.
(CALEA 22.2.6bcd, 2.2.6b) Access to the EAP. Self-Referral:
a. An employee who wishes to take advantage of the services offered by the EAP may contact EAP by calling the phone number posted throughout the department (800-311-4327) or www.guidanceresources.com. Trained counselors are available for help with a wide variety of personal, work related or family issues.
b. Self-referrals are completely confidential and the employee does not need to contact the agency or the County of Beaufort. No information about the employee will be released without signed written consent by the employee.
c. Once an employee contacts EAP he/she will be offered an appointment within 48 hours.
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 5 of 8
d. If services are required which will go beyond the pre-paid number of counseling sessions the employee will be advised what will be covered by their benefits package and appropriate referrals will be made.
(CALEA 22.2.6ef, 2.2.6b) Non-Mandatory Supervisor Referral:
a. A non-mandatory supervisor referral may be made when a supervisor notices a decline in an employee’s job performance, but when the employee is still performing at an acceptable level. This is a case when documented disciplinary action is not required, however the supervisor has a concern that the decline in job performance may progress further.
b. A supervisor referral is not a mandatory referral and the employee can decline assistance without penalty. The referral can be coordinated with the Headquarters Branch Captain.
(CALEA 22.2.6de, 2.2.6b) Mandatory Management Referral:
a. A mandatory management referral will be made when management reasonably believes that the employee needs evaluation for job fitness. This type of referral must be approved by the Chief Deputy or a member of the Command Staff.
b. The Headquarters Captain, will contact Employee Services who will make arrangements for the employee’s appointment with EAP or another resource as deemed appropriate. In the event of extenuating circumstances this contact may be made directly if a representative from Employee Services is not available.
c. The Headquarters Captain, will direct the employee to attend the scheduled appointment. The employee will be told that the appointment is mandatory and that the employee is required to sign a release waiver allowing the EAP provider to release information regarding the employee’s attendance, motivation, willingness to change behaviors, and any relevant job related information which may have a direct impact on job performance or the work environment to the Headquarters Captain and the County of Beaufort.
d. The EAP or other resource will require the employee to sign a release waiver giving the EAP permission to release information concerning the
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 6 of 8
evaluation to the Headquarters Captain and the County of Beaufort. The employee is required to grant this consent. Failure to do so can constitute grounds for termination of employment.
e. The EAP or other resource will evaluate the employee and provide the Headquarters Captain with a report indicating whether or not the employee is fit for duty. The EAP will monitor compliance of recommendations and keep the Headquarters Captain informed regarding progress of any prescribed treatment or follow-up procedures.
f. The Headquarters Captain will make the determination, based on this evaluation and any other information deemed appropriate, if the employee is fit for duty or if another course of action is appropriate.
g. Compliance with a mandatory supervisor referral is a condition of continued employment with the BCSO. Failure to comply will be grounds for disciplinary action and/or termination of employment with the BCSO.
Mandatory Management Referrals May be Made Based on the Following Conditions:
a. Management determines that the employee’s job performance has degraded to an unacceptable level in which management reasonably believes that the problem is not a result of inadequate training or supervision.
b. Management or the Headquarters Captain observes, or is notified of, conduct or behavior which causes immediate and direct concern for the job fitness of the employee or if there is concern that the employee may be a threat to himself/herself or others.
c. Management or the Headquarters Captain becomes aware of a condition or situation which can reasonably be expected to have an impact on the employee’s fitness for duty.
F. (CALEA 22.2.3 and 22.2.4) Additional Employee Assistance Services:
Through the BCSO Victims Advocacy Unit, the agency has on staff certified critical incident councilors.
The agency utilizes the South Carolina Law Enforcement Assistance Program.
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 7 of 8
313A1 Personnel Early Warning System Pg 8 of 8
Revised: 314A, August 2, 2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Reserve Deputies
Number: 314A Type: Support Pages: 5
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.3.1-8
Purpose
To provide guidelines for the selection, training, and assignment of Reserve Deputy Sheriffs for the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will be selected trained, and assigned to duty in accordance with agency policy, applicable state law, and regulations promulgated by the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy.
Procedures:
A. Reserve Deputy Program:
The Reserve Deputy Program is a volunteer (non-salaried) program with the exception of off-duty private contract jobs for law enforcement officers (Section 23-24-10), to aid and supplement the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office as directed by the Sheriff.
The Headquarters Captain is responsible for coordinating the Reserve Deputy Program until the Reserve Deputy Sheriff is assigned to the Enforcement Major.
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will adhere to all agency policies and procedures and be subject to all disciplinary procedures and actions outlined therein.
(CALEA 16.3.7) Before assuming office the Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will take the oath of office as required by law will be bonded and insured in the same manner as full-time Deputy Sheriffs and successfully complete a training course as mandated by state law.
Reserve Deputy Sheriff’s are required to successfully complete all phases of the Sheriff’s Office hiring and selection process which is the same as that of full-time Deputy Sheriff’s.
314A Reserve Deputies Pg 2 of 5
All powers and duties of Reserve Deputy Sheriffs are prescribed by the Sheriff and each Reserve Deputy works at the pleasure of the Sheriff.
B. Selection and Training:
All Reserve Deputy Sheriff candidates will be recruited from within Beaufort County. It is a policy of the Sheriff’s Office that all Reserve Deputy Sheriffs live in Beaufort County during their tenure as a Reserve Deputy Sheriff.
(CALEA 16.3.2) Reserve Deputy Sheriff applicants will meet the same criteria for selection as full-time sworn personnel.
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs are commissioned by the Sheriff in accordance with applicable state statute. Reserve Deputy Sheriffs can be commissioned only after completion of the state required training program and successful completion of the testing phase.
(CALEA 16.3.3) A Reserve Deputy Sheriff must meet all state training standards as directed by South Carolina Code of Laws 23-28-28 and complete the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Reserve Deputy Basic/Field Training Program. If the Reserve Deputy state certification training does not include critical task training identified by CALEA for the responsibilities performed by the Reserve Deputy, such training must be delivered. Those critical tasks include: Community Interaction; Introduction to Basic Law; Post Crime Considerations; Introduction to Traffic; Field Activities; Use of Force; Law Enforcement Vehicle Operations; and Personnel.
Reserve officers are permitted to participate in one-man patrol or drive the patrol car while accompanied by another full-time deputy provided they have completed all of the required reserve officer training and met the 240 service time hours.
(CALEA 16.3.5 and 16.3.6) Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will be required to participate in and successfully complete in-service training equivalent to that provided to full-time Deputy Sheriffs. This includes but is not limited to agency use of force policy and weapons proficiency training.
(CALEA 16.3.5) A Reserve Deputy Sheriff’s duties will be restricted to those areas where approved training has been provided. Training in those approved areas will be equivalent to that provided to full- time sworn personnel performing like functions.
314A Reserve Deputies Pg 3 of 5
(CALEA 16.3.5) Training files on all Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will be maintained by the Training Section.
(CALEA 16.3.1 and 16.3.8) Reserve Deputy Sheriffs are considered employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and are accountable for all orders, directives and requirements as full time employees of the Sheriff’s Office. Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will have performance evaluations completed based on the same requirements as a full time Deputy Sheriff.
C. Uniforms and Equipment: (CALEA 16.3.4)
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs assigned to a uniform assignment will wear agency approved and issued uniforms while engaged in official activities. Uniforms and equipment issued to Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will be the same as that issued to full-time sworn personnel performing similar duties, except that the quantity may be reduced. The badge issued to a Reserve Deputy Sheriff reflects that the Deputy is a Reserve Deputy Sheriff.
D. General Guidelines:
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will perform a minimum of twenty (20) hours of duty per month or sixty (60) hours per quarter year in order to maintain their status as Reserve Deputy Sheriffs. The supervisor will maintain a record of time worked by reserves and provide a copy to the Training Section and the Finance Office. Meeting minimum hourly requirements does not relieve Reserve Deputy Sheriffs from working special assignments.
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will serve and function as law enforcement officers; working in proximate contact, by radio or otherwise, with the Deputy Sheriff to whom they are assigned. Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will not assume full-time duties of a law enforcement officer without complying with all requirements as mandated under South Carolina Code of Laws 23-28-70 and receive the approval of the chain of command to the Division Major.
Honorably retired or previously certified South Carolina law enforcement officers requesting reserve status within one year of their retirement or resignation may not have to complete the reserve officer training program. Reserve Deputy’s with two or more years of active law enforcement experience may be exempt from the reserve officer training and the 240 hours of law enforcement service time to be allowed to ride alone or be assigned to other duties. A training and performance review will be conducted on each candidate
314A Reserve Deputies Pg 4 of 5
by the Headquarters and the Branch Captains to determine the training requirements.
Honorably retired or previously certified out-of-state law enforcement officers requesting reserve status within one year of their retirement or resignation may not have to complete all of the requirements of the reserve officer training program. Training reviews will be conducted by the Headquarters and Branch Captain to determine the basic and FTO training requirements. If the Reserve Deputy has more than two years of active law enforcement experience they may not have to meet the 240 hours of law enforcement service time to be allowed to ride alone or be assigned to other duties.
Trained Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will be primarily assigned to patrol duties in the Enforcement Division, but may be utilized in any law enforcement capacity approved by the Sheriff. Other assignments may be in plain clothes and in staff or line positions, all in the best interest of the Sheriff’s Office.
Reserve Deputy Sheriffs generally assist full time Deputy Sheriffs in the day to
Reserve Deputies have law enforcement powers equal to that of a full time Deputy while on duty.
E. Private Contract Employment
Reserve Deputies shall be bonded (SC Code of Law 23-28-20,C 2) in the same amount as full-time deputies and shall be provided with liability insurance and worksman compensation (SC Code of Laws 23-28-110) as required by law.
Reserve Officers will be compensated at the same hourly rate as full-time deputies when working private contract employment.
F. Weapons:
While on duty Reserve Deputy Sheriffs will carry the agency issued firearm and ammunition.
(CALEA 16.3.1) While off-duty the Reserve Deputy Sheriffs are permitted to carry the Sheriff’s Office issued weapon and ammunition once the Reserve Deputy has completed all phases of training as authorized by state law. Reserve Deputy Sheriffs in an off-duty status may carry their personal weapons and ammunition if they meet all requirements as outlined in the Sheriff’s Office general orders manual for carrying personal weapons off duty.
314A Reserve Deputies Pg 5 of 5
Revision(s): A-06/18/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Auxiliaries
Number: 315A Type: Support Pages: 2
Effective Date: May 21, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.4.1-3
Purpose:
Auxiliary personnel are a valuable asset to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office when properly assigned. This policy will provide guidance for the proper assignment of such personnel.
Policy:
(CALEA 16.4.1, b) The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office may utilize auxiliary personnel whenever necessary, in the proper manner and according to this policy. Auxiliaries used by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office are: Explorers, Volunteers, and Chaplains.
Chaplains volunteer their services to the Sheriff’s Office by providing chaplaincy, counseling and crisis intervention for Sheriff Office employees and crime victims if requested.
The Sheriff’s Office sponsors a Law Enforcement Explorer Post. Explorers take part in community activities and assist the Sheriff’s Office with neighborhood watches, parades, community clean-ups, high school graduations and fund raisers.
Volunteers work in the Hilton Head Sheriff’s Office as receptionists and general office duties as assigned by the Branch Captain.
Procedure:
Organized volunteers may be utilized as auxiliaries in day-to-day civilian support functions of the Sheriff’s Office, as well as during large scale events and/or emergencies. The use of auxiliaries will be subject to the following conditions:
A. Before any auxiliary can be approved to assist the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, the auxiliary must complete a Sheriff’s office Volunteer Application Form and undergo a background investigation. The background investigation consists of
Revision(s): A-06/18/2019
315 Auxiliaries Pg 2 of 2
records checks and inquires based on the volunteer application and is conducted under the direction of the Headquarters Branch of the Sheriff’s Office.
B. Once the background is completed all files will be stored at the office that the auxiliary is assigned to.
An addendum to this general order titled “Explorer Standard Operating Procedure” is on file with the Explorer Coordinator. This addendum can be accessed on the BCSO website.
C. The Sheriff or his designee must approve the auxiliary prior to assignment.
Once approved the auxiliary will be assigned to the auxiliary program they volunteer to be a part of within the Sheriff’s Office.
(CALEA 16.4.1 a) Auxiliaries are not commissioned as law enforcement officers and therefore do not have arrest powers.
(CALEA 16.4.1 b) Auxiliaries will not be assigned to duties that require sworn officer status.
(CALEA 16.4.2) If auxiliaries are to be used in a role beyond normal civilian support duties, (i.e. filing, answering phones, etc.) they are to receive training appropriate to the duties anticipated. This would apply to areas such as disaster relief. Training may be accomplished through classroom training in addition to any field training.
(CALEA 16.4.3) Auxiliaries will wear appropriate civilian attire or be the issued Sheriff’s Office golf shirt which displays “Volunteer.” Police Explorers will be uniformed in such a manner as to clearly distinguish them from sworn officers.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Patrol Dogs
Number: 316A4 Type: Support Pages: 19
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.1.4, a, b, c, d; 33.6.2; 16.2.2
Purpose:
To provide guidelines for the management of the Sheriff’s Office Patrol/Narcotic Detection K-9 Unit.
Policy:
The trained law enforcement canine possesses keen senses of sight, hearing and smell. When teamed with properly trained handlers, these attributes can greatly aid in the search for criminal suspects, narcotics and evidence. It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to maintain and utilize a K-9 Unit for these specialized activities.
Procedures:
A. Canine Unit Utilization:
A canine unit consists of a Deputy Sheriff handler and an assigned Sheriff’s Office canine.
Patrol Dog and Narcotic Detection are available on a 24-hour, on-call basis to conduct building searches for offenders in hiding, assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of serious or violent offenders, protect sworn personnel or others from death or serious injury, track suspects, locate hidden evidence of a crime and detect the presence of narcotics. Canine units may engage in assignments not listed above with the approval of the Canine Unit Supervisor.
(CALEA 41.1.4, a) Canine handlers are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate tactical measures to be taken. Where the on-scene supervisor disagrees with the handler’s tactical assessment, the Canine Unit Supervisor will be notified. Where time does not permit such notification, the discretion of the canine handler will be exercised.
Revision: A1-8-1-2013, A2-06/18/2019, A3-04/13/20; A4-5/27/2020
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 2 of 19
(CALEA 41.1.4, c) Agency canines will not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the canine, another canine handler and Canine Supervisor will be contacted.
Canine Unit assistance will be requested from Deputy Sheriffs through an immediate supervisor to the Law Enforcement Communications Center (LECC). LECC personnel will forward information concerning the incident to the Canine Unit Supervisor or an available canine handler.
Each deployment of any canine will be documented utilizing the Spillman Reporting System in the circumstances section.
B. Selection and Training:
(CALEA 16.2.2) Vacancies in the Canine Unit will be advertised through intra- agency memoranda. To be considered for assignment, candidates must submit a written request demonstrating eligibility through their chain-of-command and then to the Recruiting/Staffing Officer. Candidates will be chosen on the basis of qualifications and an interview by an agency selection board. All selections must be approved by the Chief Deputy.
Applicants for the Patrol / Narcotic Canine Handler must meet the following eligibility requirements:
a. A minimum of twelve months of Law Enforcement experience with satisfactory work performance, to include no disciplinary action within the last twelve months.
b. A willingness to remain with the team for at least five years.
c. A willingness to care for and house the canine at the Deputy Sheriff’s residence with a secure outdoor area for the canine if the canine is not housed at the B.C.S.O. kennel (housing a canine anywhere other than the
B.C.S.O. kennel will be approved in advance by the Canine Unit Supervisor).
d. A strong desire to work with canines and willingness to care for and train the animal.
e. The ability to consistently “meet expectations” on the BCSO Physical Agility Course and agility tests related to the tasks of canine handling.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 3 of 19
f. Certify with issued canine.
New canine handlers must complete a prescribed canine training course and successfully meet all course requirements for basic certification.
(CALEA 41.1.4, b and 33.6.2) Canine handlers are required to demonstrate acquired abilities to the Canine Unit Supervisor on a periodic basis.
All canines must meet established certification requirements. Non-certified canines will not be used.
C. Canine Bites and Injuries:
Use of specially trained police canines for law enforcement responsibilities constitutes a real or implied use of force. In this, as other cases, sworn personnel may only use the degree of force that reasonable appears necessary to apprehend or secure a suspect as governed by the B.C.S.O. use of force procedures.
B.C.S.O. canines may be released for contact if significant risk of injury exists to the officer the public or based upon the current behavior of the suspect. A canine may be released for contact if the suspect has committed a violent offense or has a history of violent offenses.
Whenever a canine bites an individual, whether or not in the line of duty, the Handler will:
a. Request the on-duty supervisor and/or Canine Unit Supervisor respond to the scene.
b. Notify the Canine Supervisor and Command Duty Officer and/or the Branch Captain.
c. Obtain medical treatment for the person (medical personnel should examine the affected area regardless of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury).
d. Take color photographs of the affected area following medical treatment. The photographs will be entered into evidence.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 4 of 19
e. Completes a Use of Force Report whenever it is alleged a canine has bitten or otherwise injured an individual.
f. The report must detail the circumstances surrounding the incident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses, the extent of injuries if known, and measures taken in response to the incident. The original report will be filed in accordance with agency use of force procedures.
D. (41.1.4, c) Canine Use and Care:
Canines will not participate in shows, field trials, exhibitionsor other demonstrations, unless authorized by the Canine Unit Supervisor.
Canines will not be used for off-duty employment.
Canine handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and feeding of their animal to include.
a. Maintenance and cleaning of the kennel, yard area, and vehicle where the canine is housed.
b. Provision of food, water, and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the authorized veterinarian.
c. Grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions, or other factors.
d. Daily exercise (canines are not permitted to run at large).
e. General medical attention and maintenance of health care records.
Where the handler is unable to perform these and related duties due to illness, injury, or leave:
a. Another canine handler may be assigned to temporarily care for the canine or,
b. The canine may be housed in the B.C.S.O. kennel while the handler is unavailable.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 5 of 19
Teasing, agitating, or roughhousing with a canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise.
Handlers will not permit anyone to pet or hug their canine without their prior permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, he should be informed that police canines are serious working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached.
A canine handler may apply to take possession of his dog where:
a. The dog is retired from duty or relieved due to injury, or
b. The handler is transferred, promoted, or retires and a decision is made not to retrain the dog for another handler.
E. Training:
Canines will be kept on a leash and under control of the handlers when out of the kennel.
Canines may be off leash when conducting patrol/detection training and operational deployments (e.g., obedience, controlled aggression of off-leash detection).
Only the Canine Supervisor, certified canine handlers, properly trained members of the B.C.S.O. and/or other properly training certified Law Enforcement Officers will serve as agitators.
F. Vehicle Transportation:
The Patrol Dogs often spend a good portion of the duty shift patrolling areas in the Canine vehicles.
Working dogs in the patrol vehicle will be left off leash. The dog will never be left tied up in the interior of the vehicle.
Canine handlers will, if at all possible, not leave a canine unattended in a vehicle. When it does become necessary, the handler shall take steps to insure the dog’s safety and prevent possible damage to equipment.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 6 of 19
a. During the cooler months, the vehicle’s windows should be lowered slightly to allow ample ventilation.
b. During the warmer months of the year, anytime the dog is left in the vehicle, the air conditioning on and the engine running, the emergency brake will be set.
c. Anytime a working dog is in a vehicle involved in a motor vehicle accident, the dog should be removed from the vehicle and checked to see if it received any injuries. Then place the dog in a cool area until it can be transported.
G. Boat Transportation: During the course of their duties the canine may be transported by water to a call. Care must be taken to ensure the safety of the handler, dog, passengers or crew.
The canine must be on a leash and under the control of the handler at all times. Consequently, the handler will not operate or pilot the boat except in the case of an emergency. The canine will not be left alone on a boat.
Anytime a canine is transported by boat consideration should be given to such conditions as temperature, weather and length of time on the vessel.
H. Equipment Care: The maintenance of the canine equipment does much to promote safety. Each canine handler should inspect their assigned equipment on a daily base to help alleviate a situation whereby the dog could accidentally break away from the handler and injure someone.
I. Veterinary Office:
When taken to the veterinarian, the dog will be under the control of the handler at all times.
Before entering the veterinary facility, muzzle the dog and then follow the veterinarian’s instructions.
The B.C.S.O. canine handlers will only release control of their assigned dogs to the veterinary service staff.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 7 of 19
J. Equipment & Training:
The Canine Supervisor shall approve all training equipment and training methods used for dog care and handling. Equipment and training methods not approved by the Canine Supervisor and/or Division Commander are strictly forbidden.
Canine equipment will be used for intended purpose or as directed by the Canine Supervisor. When in doubt, the handler should contact the Canine Supervisor
before proceeding.
(CALEA 41.1.4,d) The following items are standard issue canine equipment when applicable:
a. Slip/Choke Chain
b. Collar
c. Muzzle
d. Standard Lead
e. Water Bucket
f. Tracking Lead
g. Badge
h. Pavers
i. Vehicle Water Bowl
j. Tracking Harness
k. Bite Suit/Sleeves/Gauntlets
l. First Aid Kit
m. Feed Pan
n. Ballistic Vest
o. Kong or reward toy
p. Portable Kennel
q. Dog House
K. Patrol Dogs: This section provides guidance for the training and maintenance of Patrol Dogs of the B.C.S.O. Training described here is the standardized methods used at B.C.S.O. The canine handler must be knowledgeable of these training methods and the principles of conditioning for dog training. The designated Patrol Dog team should maintain proficiency to meet the American Society of Canine Trainers (ASCT) Patrol Dog certification.
L. Obedience: Obedience is the most important task the dog will learn, and is often the beginning step to dog training. It allows the handler to establish control and rapport with the dog and teaches the dog how to earn praise. Obedience training applies to both the handler and the dog. All canines should maintain a level of proficiency in obedience equivalent to the ASCT obedience standards.
M. Drug Detection: Use of police canines in a drug detection capacity is authorized in the following situations and under the following conditions:
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 8 of 19
Records will be maintained in the Sheriff’s Office computer system that documents the use and the proficiency of individual canines in drug detection. This documentation will be readily available to canine handlers and others who may need it when seeking warrants.
Random exploratory sniffing of luggage, packages, or other inanimate objects may be conducted in public facilities such as airports, train stations, or marine terminals, as authorized by the Canine Unit Supervisor or other authorized command personnel.
Exploratory sniffing in these facilities will be confined generally to those areas open to the general public and, whenever possible, with advance knowledge and consent of the appropriate facility manager.
Exploratory sniffing will be conducted without interference or annoyance to the public or interruption of facility operations.
a. Canine sniffs conducted in areas restricted to the public, such as baggage staging areas, require the consent of the owner/management.
b. When a drug detection canine alerts to luggage or related items, in this or other circumstances, a warrant or written consent to search must be obtained before it is opened unless exigent circumstances exist to conduct an on-site search.
c. The use of a canine for sniffing of an individual’s person is not permitted in any circumstances.
d. The use of drug detection canines in public schools is permitted. However, during searches, all students and staff will remain a safe distance from the areas that are to be searched.
(i) The school’s principal requests or approves the use of canines.
(ii) A school official is present while conducting a search.
e. Drug detection canines may be used to sniff motor vehicles when:
(i) Reasonable suspicion exists to believe the operator or passengers are in possession of illegal narcotics.
316A4 Patrol Dogs Pg 9 of 19
(ii) During a legal vehicle stop, the canine is used to sniff the vehicle’s exterior in an exploratory manner (unless the canine alerts to the vehicle, the operator may not be detained longer than necessary to conclude the business associated with the initial stop).
(iii) After obtaining consent to search.
f. The use of drug detection canines during the execution of drug search warrants is at the investigating Deputy Sheriff’s and handler’s discretion. When it is anticipated that a canine will be utilized in the course of executing a search warrant, it is most desirable to allow the canine to conduct the sniff prior to the search being done by deputy sheriffs. However, if it becomes necessary to conduct a canine sniff subsequent to deputy sheriffs searching the premises, the canine may be utilized at the Canine Handlers discretion.
N. Use of Narcotics for Training: The purpose of this section is to establish procedure and policy for the control and safe handling of controlled substance training aids used in detector dog training. The use of actual controlled substances is essential to maintaining levels of proficiency.
Training Aids will be signed out from the Forensics Services Laboratory Chemistry Section.
The dog handler who signed out the training aids will return them to the Chemistry Section no later than (72) hours, unless pre-arrangements have been made for late return. Pre-arrangement notification should be made via email to the Canine Unit Supervisor, Canine Department Trainer and the Forensic Laboratory Supervisor requesting an additional two days. If another dog handler returns the training aids to the Forensics Lab, a Narcotic Transfer Sheet will be signed along with an inventory of the controlled substance training aids.
When not in use for training purposes, the training aids will be secured in the Handlers assigned vehicle.
The types of controlled substances used for canine training are listed below. If in the future a substance is identified as illegal, it will be added to the list.
a. Marijuana
b. THC’s
c. Heroin
d. Cocaine/cocaine base
e. Methamphetamine
f. MDMA
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 10 of 19
Accountability: Account for all controlled substances used in dog training. Controlled substance accountability should not be taken lightly. Discrepancies will be reported immediately to the Canine Unit supervisor and Forensics Laboratory Supervisor. An incident report will document the discrepancy.
Control Plans: If a dangerous situation is encountered all operations will stop until the hazard has been eliminated. In case of damage to or loss of (in weight) training aids contact the Canine Supervisor and comply with the procedure in the following subparagraphs.
a. Spills: Any breakage or spills of a controlled substance training aid resulting in a reduction of the quantity on hand must be documented.
b. Handling:
(i) B.C.S.O. personnel planting (hiding) canine training aids will remain in visual contact of the area of the hidden training aids.
(ii) If canine training is conducted in an unoccupied facility with controlled access, training aids may be planted throughout the facility without direct surveillance.
(iii) The person conducting the training exercise will ensure retrieval of all aids upon completion of training. An inventory of the narcotic training aids will be conducted by the person conducting the training with a secondary inventory by another dog handler or law enforcement officer.
O. Building Search: The building search allows a dog to detect an intruder in a building by scent, sound or sight and then alert the handler. Not only can a dog conduct a building search more quickly and effectively than a human, the dog also provides protection for the officers who may be required to enter a building in search of a person. Each room must be searched by a Deputy Sheriff following the dog search.
P. Article Search: An article search is intended to search for evidence that may have been discarded by a fleeing suspect.
Q. Tracking: Canines are available with Patrol Supervisor approval to track criminal suspects. The ability of a working dog team to track successfully depends primarily on the distribution and quality of the scent being followed and the Perimeter that is performed. Factors influencing this are climate, terrain and age of the track. Although the team may not always locate the subject, they can establish direction of
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 11 of 19
travel and detect items that can be used as evidence or to reinforce the scent. Such searches are subject to the following conditions and limitations:
When Deputy Sheriffs are pursuing suspects on foot and contact with the subject is lost, the Deputy Sheriff prior to summoning a canine unit, will stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen and mark his / her stop location;
Shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible; and
Avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen. On-scene supervisory personnel will:
a. Secure the perimeter of the area to be searched;
b. Ensure the integrity of the area to be searched by keeping all personnel out of the area.
c. Protect all items of clothing that will be used for scent from being handled.
R. Apprehension: Apprehensions and bite training is designed to teach the dog to pursue, bite and hold the suspect when given the command by the handler or during any action by the suspect that leads the dog to believe that the suspect will cause harm to the handler.
S. Canine Training Decoy: The training decoy plays an essential role in teaching the canine team to perform building searches, scouting and controlled aggression. Through repetition, the dog learns and develops its abilities essential for police application. Specific details of each application can be found in preceding chapters of this manual. This section will address general safety rules applicable to all training sessions.
Only the canine Supervisor, certified canine handlers, properly trained members of B.C.S.O. and/or other properly trained certified law enforcement officers may perform duties as a canine training decoy.
All necessary safety and protective equipment will be worn. Both protective equipment and handling equipment will be inspected prior to the start of each training session.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 12 of 19
Ensure that protective equipment (e.g., protective sleeves, body suits, and helmet or gauntlet hand protector) is not torn, or has holes or openings which could permit penetration by the dog’s teeth. The equipment inspection should be complete be completed by the decoy and the canine handlers conducting the training session.
Prior to the start of training, all personnel involved will be briefed on their roles.
Participants will never exceed the pre-established guidelines of the exercise.
The training decoy should not correct or praise the dog. All commands, praise or correction of the dog must come from the handler.
The dog will not be permitted to bite a training decoy who is hand-cuffed, or in an unsafe position. The handler will ensure the training decoy is in a ready position before releasing or permitting the dog to bite.
Should the training decoy wish to terminate the attack at any time, the training decoy should signal the handler by raising and waving their free hand or making verbal notice.
T. Certification: This section outlines the standards used to evaluate B.C.S.O. canine teams. Canines require continual training to maintain their skills at a high level of proficiency. The police service dog must be trained on a routine basis if expected to remain proficient. A canine certification verifies that standards of proficiency are being maintained. It also identifies deficiencies in training and the optimum training cycle. The B.C.S.O. has adopted the certification standards of the American Society of Canine Trainers (ASCT) as the minimum means of determining its canine team’s fitness for duty.
Certification Requirements: ASCT certifications provide the B.C.S.O. with an independent means of testing standards of proficiency which canine teams must achieve prior to initial deployment and annually thereafter.
Canine teams must complete ASCT certification before being deployed in their specialty of patrol and/or detection (narcotic, explosive, and cadaver).
Certifications are conducted annually to ensure the team’s proficiency.
ASCT also requires an advanced canine course every other year.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 13 of 19
Each handler must certify with his / her canine. The evaluation of each canine team is based on both dog and handler performance and training records. In addition to the dog’s proficiency, the handler must work the dog within the prescribed standard. This entails the handler having the ability to recognize and compensate for the canine’s weakness.
The ASCT certification will be the minimum proficiency level of deployment at the B.C.S.O. However, the B.C.S.O., will strive to maintain the canine teams at a higher proficiency level than that identified by the ASCT.
U. Health / Medical Attention: This section provides guidance for the general health and care of B.C.S.O. assigned canines. Health, care, maintenance of facilities and sound sanitation measures serves as both precaution and cure for ailment that could incapacitate the canine. The Canine Supervisor is responsible for enforcing all applicable safety requirements and ensuring all personnel under their supervision are trained in the appropriate safety, operational use and health protection measures for their assigned duties as members of the Canine Unit. It is the responsibility of each canine handler and supervisor to ensure that the canine’s health, care and facility maintenance/sanitation needs are met. The Canine Supervisor will ensure that all procedures for canine health, care, feeding, facility sanitation and maintenance are strictly followed.
Medical Care
a. Dogs are immunized yearly against infectious diseases including Canine Distemper, Infectious Canine Hepatitis, Leptospirosis and Para influenza. Parvovirus is given in a multivalent vaccine. The rabies vaccination is given separately.
b. The veterinarian also provides control and preventive measures against the spread of zoonotic diseases. A zoometric disease is one that can be transmitted from animal to human, (e.g. rabies and leptospirosis).
c. The Canine Supervisor or the departmental trainer checks the kennels monthly to ensure the following standards of sanitation are met: adequate insect and rodent control, good general health of the dogs by appearance and well grooming. In addition, the Canine Supervisor conducts the following evaluations:
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 14 of 19
(i) Inspects the adequacy of the kennel construction, watering and feeding schedules and makes recommendations to help prevent disease and injury.
(ii) Inspect the facility for safety hazards and disturbing influences that may interfere with the needs of the dogs.
d. The veterinarian and Canine Supervisor will determine each dog’s feeding rations based on health, weight and work requirements.
Diseases and Parasites: The dog’s health is extremely important to meeting the daily mission. Still, the handler should identify symptoms and administer treatment to the dog. The handler is in the best position to detect a change in the dog’s petite, stools, behavior and attitude. Anything that is not of the normal temperament of the dog shall be reported to the Canine Supervisor and the Veterinarian if needed.
a. Early detection and treatment of ticks are critical. Inspect your dog after breaks in fields and wooded areas. Ticks can live away from a host body for as long as a year without having to return for a blood meal. Consequently, ticks may be located and found in cracks in the floors and walls of kenneling structures. For outside control, cut tall grass, weeds and brush. Treat living and play areas with approved insecticides for use with animals. Preventive tick collars and Frontline Spot On is effective methods for killing ticks.
b. Heartworm disease is controlled in the B.C.S.O. canines by a monthly oral medication or by shots administered by a veterinarian.
Feeding: Feeding is the most important daily activity for the dog. The veterinarian and Canine Supervisor establish the diet and feeding schedule for each individual working dog.
a. A consistent feeding schedule should be maintained for each patrol canine. On occasion, work schedules and calls for service may affect feeding schedules.
b. Each dog will be given adequate time to consume their food before feed pans are removed and sanitized. The feeding period should not exceed (1) hour.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 15 of 19
c. The dog’s daily food consumption and weight will be closely monitored.
d. A canine will not be deprived food without specific authorization of the Canine Supervisor.
Facility Sanitation: Effective sanitation practices help prevent the spread of infectious diseases and the infestation of parasites. A good sanitation program is the direct result of cooperation between the handlers, the Canine Supervisor, and the veterinarian. A disease that spreads throughout the kennels may seriously impair the effectiveness of the entire canine section. Disease and sanitation cannot be separated. The Canine Supervisor and the veterinarian set standards of sanitation. There are many specific ways to keep a good level of sanitation.
a. The food preparation area must be kept clean as possible. Food utensils should be washed with soap and water on a daily basis. Water buckets will be emptied and each dog will receive fresh water daily.
b. To help prevent the spread of diseases and to keep the rodent population down, uneaten food will not be allowed to stand for an excessive period of time. This food will be thrown away in the trash and all trash will be removed from the kennel area at the end of each kennel duty.
c. The kennel must be sanitary, in a good state of repair and thoroughly clean. Handlers will wash out kennel runs each feeding to remove urine and stools. This includes completely rinsing down the drain area.
d. Once each week, each handler will completely disinfect their entire kennel run. All areas (including the water bucket) will be scrubbed with soap, water and bleach if necessary to remove oil and matter from walls, fence and floor of the facility.
e. The handlers are responsible for keeping the area around the kennel facility clean and well maintained. This includes picking up trash around the area, policing up stools, ensuring the grass cutters are allowed access to fenced-in areas, and maintenance of associated canine equipment.
f. Privately owned pets and stray dogs will not be boarded at any BCSO kennel facilities.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 16 of 19
Grooming and Health Inspection: Next to feeding, grooming and health inspections are the most important daily events in the life of the working dog. This is essential to the health and well-being of the dog and must be conducted daily. Because of the physical closeness between the dog and the handler during this period, a psychological bond is developed.
a. In grooming some breeds of dogs (i.e., German shepherd), you will notice they have a double coat of hair. This means they have an undercoat of soft wooly hair and the outer coat of stiff, water-resistant hair. Daily grooming is essential to the proper care of the dog’s coat and skin.
b. Bathing the dog may be necessary but may remove the oils that keep the skin soft, prevents drying, cracking, and makes the coat water repellent. As a rule, the dogs should be bathed approximately every two (2) weeks during the warmer summer months or upon receiving special instructions from the veterinarian.
c. Canine health inspections are part of the grooming period. During these inspections check each part of the dog’s anatomy for signs or symptoms of illness or injury. After a short acquaintance, the handler should know how their dog should look and act when healthy.
The dog’s attitude is one of the best indications of its general health. If the dog begins to show undue nervousness, loss of vitality, loss of energy and increased desire for sleep, tiredness or inattentiveness while on duty or in training, report this to the veterinarian. Also, report changes in appetite, thirst, breathing, vomiting, very soft or watery stools, blood in the vomit or stool.
The kennel and run areas should be checked for signs of vomiting, abnormal stools and bleeding.
V. Emergency First Aid Measures: The handler’s early detection of symptoms of illness or injury permits early treatment by veterinary personnel.
Physical Restraint: Physical restraint is first applied to calm and immobilize the dog. The muzzle is the best and most comfortable.
Hemorrhaging Wounds: Hemorrhaging wounds must be quickly controlled, particularly wounds in the foot or leg. These areas bleed freely.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 17 of 19
a. Restrain the canine if necessary.
b. Apply direct pressure to the wound with a sterile bandage (e.g., a pressure bandage) or clean cloth or pinch the wound edges together with your fingers.
Fractures and Broken Bones: Fractures and broken bones are potentially the most serious injuries since the dog will probably continue trying to move around. If a fracture has occurred, immediately restrain the animal to prevent and reduce further injury at the fracture site.
Snakebite: Snakebite from poisonous snakes causes serious illness and death if not treated immediately.
First aid treatment:
a. If possible, identify the snake.
b. Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible
c. Restrain the canine.
Poisonous Substances: Poisonous substances may include any toxic agents (chemicals) an animal may come in contact with or ingest such as: Insecticides, herbicides, rodenticide, antifreeze, explosive and narcotic training aids, etc (Potassium and Sodium chlorates are extremely hazardous if ingested) Note: Some substances not commonly toxic to man may be quite harmful to a canine. For example, large quantities of chocolate especially dark chocolate may be quite deadly when digested by a canine.
a. Maintain control of the canine.
b. Ascertain quantity and type of poison or chemical. If possible, keep the container used for substance storage so that the veterinarian can examine it.
Note: Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material container label says to NOT induce vomiting. If the canine has an allergic reaction to flea pesticide products, bathe the canine immediately.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 18 of 19
Heat Stress: Overheating results when a dog is unable to eliminate body heat rapidly enough. This condition requires immediate action by the handler to save the dog’s life. During hot humid weather, an animal may easily become overheated during training, working and transportation. To prevent overheating, keep training and exercise to a minimum during hot weather and allow frequent rest periods and water breaks. First Aid Treatment:
a. Immerse the body in a tub of ice water (if possible). Maintain the dog in the upright (down) position. The depth of the water and ice mixture should be sufficient to cover the shoulders and back. The head must be held out of the water at ALL TIMES. Portions of the body not immersed shall be massaged with ice water.
b. If immersion in water is not possible, emphasize cooling the dog down with water and ice. Apply to the areas inside the forelegs or thighs near the body to cool blood through large veins close to the surface.
Bloat: (Also referred to as Gastric Dilation Volvulus) Bloat refers to two conditions: gastric dilation and volvulus. The first is gastric dilation in which the stomach distends with gas and fluid. The second is volvulus, in which the distended stomach rotates. Gastric dilation may or may not be complicated by volvulus. Bloat develops suddenly. The canine may have eaten a large meal, or exercised vigorously before or after a meal, or drank a large amount of water immediately after eating or exercising vigorously.
a. Signs of Bloat:
(i) Classic signs are restlessness and pacing, salivation, unproductive attempts to vomit, enlargement of the abdomen (primarily on the left side), pain in the abdomen, and straining to defecate.
(ii) Late signs (those of impending shock), include pale gums and tongue, delayed capillary refill time, rapid heart rate, weak pulse, rapid labored breathing, weakness, and collapse.
b. First Aid Treatment:
(i) Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible.
(ii) Stop all watering and feeding.
316A1 Patrol Dogs Pg 19 of 19
(iii) Walk the canine. This may enable the canine to relieve the pressure through bowel movements or passing gas.
(iv) Transport the canine to the veterinarian immediately as most cases require extensive treatment by the veterinarian.
(v) Prevention: To prevent bloating, dogs should not be fed within a 2-hour period before and/or after training or work. For the first one (1) hour after work or training, give the dog one (1) to three (3) inches of water in the water bucket.
Controlled Substance Ingestion: Controlled substance ingestion includes any drug or narcotic substance a dog might encounter during training or duty. This may include marijuana, heroin, cocaine, hashish, methamphetamine and other controlled substances. In this emergency situation, the handler’s quick action could mean the difference between the life and death of the animal. Drugs can be absorbed quite rapidly via ingestion, inhalation, or absorption by the canine. First aid treatment for controlled substance ingestion consists of the following tasks.
a. Induce vomiting early (within one [1] hour of ingestion) before the animal develops clinical signs of toxic sis.
b. Vomiting may be induced by placing one to two tablespoons of salt on the back of the tongue and massage the throat.
c. Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material.
d. Administer Naloxone if a Patrol K9 is suspected of opioid (fentanyl) overdose. The first responder administration of Naloxone is the same for K9 as it is for humans. (refer to G.O. #252A1 Naloxone.
Revision Date(s): A-2/4/2010; A1- 2/10/2014; A2 – 05/14/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Bloodhound Tracking Team
Number: 317A2 Type: Support Pages: 14
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.1.4 a, b, c, d; 33.6.2; 16.2.2; 41.2.6 c; 46.2.5
Purpose:
To provide guidelines for the management of the Sheriff’s Office Tracking Team.
Policy:
The trained law enforcement canine possesses keen senses of sight, hearing and smell. When teamed with properly trained handlers, these attributes can greatly aid in the search for lost persons and criminal suspects. It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to maintain and utilize a Bloodhound Tracking Team for these specialized activities.
Procedures:
A. Tracking Team Utilization:
A Tracking Team consists of a Deputy Sheriff handler and an assigned Sheriff’s Office Bloodhound.
Man tracking Bloodhounds are available on a 24-hour, on-call basis to track criminal suspects and locate lost or missing persons. Tracking Team members may engage in assignments not listed above with the approval of the Tactical Operations Commander, but should not be used to respond to minor complaints.
(CALEA 41.1.4 a) Tracking Team members are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies Bloodhound use and the appropriate tactical measures to be taken. Where the on-scene supervisor disagrees with the handler’s tactical assessment, the Tracking Team Supervisor will be notified. Where time does not permit such notification, the discretion of the Tracking Team member will be exercised.
(CALEA 41.1.4 c) Agency Bloodhounds will not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 2 of 14
handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the Bloodhound, another Bloodhound handler and Tracking Team Supervisor will be contacted.
Tracking Team assistance will be requested from Deputy Sheriffs through an immediate supervisor to the Communications Center. Communications Center personnel will forward information concerning the incident to the Bloodhound Team Commander or his designee.
Each deployment of a bloodhound and tracking team will be documented in the Spillman Reporting System.
B. Selection and Training:
(CALEA 16.2.2) Vacancies in the Tracking Team will be advertised through intra-agency memoranda. To be considered for assignment, candidates must submit a written request demonstrating eligibility through their chain-of-command and then to the Training Section Captain. All selections must be approved by the Enforcement Division Colonel.
Applicants for a Bloodhound Handler must meet the following eligibility requirements:
a. A minimum of twelve months of Law Enforcement experience with satisfactory work performance, to include no disciplinary action within the last twelve months;
b. A willingness to remain with the team for at least five years;
c. A willingness to care for the Bloodhounds and perform weekly kennel duties;
d. A strong desire to work with Bloodhounds and willingness to care for and train the animal; and
e. The ability to pass designated physical fitness, firearms and agility tests related to the tasks of canine handling.
New Bloodhound handlers must complete a prescribed canine training course and successfully meet the following eligibility requirements:
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 3 of 14
a. Eight week basic tracking course.
(CALEA 41.1.4 b; 33.6.2) Bloodhound handlers are required to demonstrate acquired abilities to the Tracking Team Supervisor on a periodic basis.
C. Canine Bites and Injuries: Whenever a canine bites an individual, whether or not in the line of Duty the handler will do the following.
Request the on-duty supervisor and Tracking Team Supervisor respond to the scene.
Notify the Bloodhound Team Commander;
Obtain medical treatment for the person (medical personnel should examine the affected area regardless of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury).
Take color photographs of the affected area following medical treatment. The photographs will be entered into evidence.
Complete a Bite Form and Use of Force Report whenever it is alleged a canine has bitten or otherwise injured an individual. The report must detail the circumstances surrounding the incident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses, the extent of injuries if known, and measures taken in response to the incident. The original report will be filed in accordance with agency use of force procedures.
D. (CALEA 41.1.4 c) Bloodhound Use and Care:
Bloodhounds will not participate in shows, field trials, exhibitions or other demonstrations, unless authorized by the Tracking Team Supervisor.
Bloodhounds will not be used for off-duty employment.
Bloodhound handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and feeding of their animal to include:
a. Maintenance and cleaning of the kennel, yard area, and vehicle where the canine is housed.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 4 of 14
b. Provision of food, water, and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the authorized veterinarian.
c. Grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions, or other factors.
d. Daily exercise (canines are not permitted to run at large).
e. General medical attention and maintenance of health care records.
Teasing, agitating, or roughhousing with a canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise.
Handlers will not permit anyone to pet or hug their canine without their prior permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are serious working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached.
A Bloodhound handler may apply to take possession of his dog where:
a. The dog is retired from duty or relieved due to injury; or
b. The handler is transferred, promoted, or retires and a decision is made not to retrain the dog for another handler.
E. Training:
Bloodhounds will be kept on a lead and under control of the handlers when out of the kennel.
Bloodhounds may be let off lead when conducting tracking training and operational tracking deployments if the handler believes it would be more effective and safe for the trackers on the call.
Adult fully trained Bloodhounds will be trained once a week.
Bloodhound puppies up to the age of 24 months will be trained at a minimum of twice a week.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 5 of 14
Only the Tracking Team Supervisor, handlers, properly trained members of the B.C.S.O. or civilians will run trails for the Bloodhounds.
F. Vehicle Transportation:
Bloodhounds will be left off lead while being transported. The dog will never be left tied up in any manner to a vehicle.
Bloodhound handlers will, if at all possible, not leave a Bloodhound unattended in a vehicle. When it does become necessary, the handler shall take steps to insure the dog’s safety and prevent possible damage to equipment.
a. During the cooler months, the vehicle’s windows should be lowered slightly to allow ample ventilation.
b. During the warmer months of the year, anytime the dog is left in the vehicle, the air conditioning on and the engine running, the emergency brake will be set.
Anytime a Bloodhound is in a vehicle and involved in a motor vehicle accident, the dog should be removed from the vehicle and checked to see if it received any injuries. Then place the dog in a cool area until it can be transported.
G. Boat Transportation: During the course of their duties the Bloodhounds may be transported by water to a call. Care must be taken to ensure the safety of the handler, dog, passengers or crew.
The Bloodhound must be on a lead and under the control of the handler at all times. Consequently, the handler will not operate or pilot the boat except in the case of an emergency. The Bloodhound will not be left alone on a boat.
Anytime a Bloodhound is transported by boat consideration should be given to such conditions as temperature, weather and length of time on the vessel.
H. Equipment Care: The maintenance of the Bloodhound equipment does much to promote safety. Each handler should inspect their assigned equipment on a daily base to help alleviate a situation whereby the dog could accidentally break away from the handler and injure someone.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 6 of 14
I. Veterinary Office: When taken to the veterinarian, the dog will be under the control of the handler at all times.
Before entering the veterinary facility, a muzzle may be used on the dog and then follow the veterinarian’s instructions.
The B.C.S.O. Bloodhound handlers will only release control of their assigned dogs to the veterinary service staff.
J. Equipment & Training:
The Tracking Team Supervisor and the Bloodhound Team Commander shall approve all training equipment and training methods used for dog care and handling. Equipment and training methods not approved by the Tracking Team Supervisor and Bloodhound Team Commander are strictly forbidden.
Bloodhound equipment will be used for intended purpose or as directed by the Tracking Team Supervisor or Bloodhound Team Commander. When in doubt, the handler should contact the Tracking Team Supervisor before proceeding.
(CALEA 41.1.4, d) The following items are standard issue Bloodhound equipment when applicable:
a. Tracking Harness
b. Collar
c. Muzzle
d. Feed Pan
e. Water Bucket
f. Tracking Lead
g. First Aid Kit
h. Dog House
i. Suburban Water container & Bowl
j. Search & Rescue Kit
k. Ballistic Shield
l. Ice Cooler
m. MRE’s
K. Tracking Operations: Bloodhounds are available with Patrol Supervisor approval primarily to track criminal suspects or locate lost/ missing persons. The ability of a Bloodhound to track successfully depends primarily on the distribution and quality of the scent being followed and the Perimeter that is performed. Factors influencing this are climate, terrain and age of the track. Although the team may not always locate the subject, they can establish direction of travel and detect items that can be used as evidence or to reinforce the scent. Such searches are subject to the following conditions and limitations:
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 7 of 14
When deputy sheriffs are pursuing suspects on foot and contact with the subject is lost, the Deputy Sheriff prior to summoning the Bloodhound Team, will stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen and mark his / her stop location;
Shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible;
Avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen; and
On-scene supervisory personnel will:
a. Secure the perimeter of the area to be searched.
b. Ensure the integrity of the area to be searched by keeping all personnel out of the area; and
c. Protect all items of clothing that will be used for scent from being handled.
d. The Tracking team will respond to criminal apprehension calls if a Patrol Canine is not available, the track time has exceeded (15) minutes or such a call that will have a need for more tracking canines and manpower to apprehend the suspect(s).
L. Health / Medical Attention: This section provides for the general health and care of B.C.S.O. Bloodhounds. Health, care, maintenance of facilities and sound sanitation measures serves as both precaution and cure for ailment that could incapacitate the canine. The Tracking Team Supervisor is responsible for enforcing all applicable safety requirements and ensuring all personnel under their supervision are trained in the appropriate safety, operational use and health protection measures for their assigned duties as members of the Bloodhounds. It is the responsibility of each Tracking Team member to ensure that the Bloodhound’s health, care and facility maintenance/sanitation needs are met. The Tracking Team Supervisor will ensure that all procedures for Bloodhound health, care, feeding, facility sanitation and maintenance are strictly followed.
Medical Care
a. Dogs are immunized yearly against infectious diseases including Canine Distemper, Infectious Canine Hepatitis, Leptospirosis and Para influenza.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 8 of 14
Parvovirus is given in a multivalent vaccine. The rabies vaccination is given separately.
b. The veterinarian also provides control and preventive measures against the spread of zoonotic diseases. A zoonotic disease is one that can be transmitted from animal to human, (e.g. rabies and leptospirosis).
c. The Tracking Team Supervisor checks the kennels monthly to ensure the following standards of sanitation are met: adequate insect and rodent control, good general healthy of the dogs by appearance and well grooming. In addition, the Tracking Team Supervisor conducts the following evaluations:
(i) Inspects the adequacy of the kennel construction, watering and feeding schedules and makes recommendations to help prevent disease and injury.
(ii) Inspect the facility for safety hazards and disturbing influences that may interfere with the needs of the dogs.
(iii) The veterinarian and Tracking Team Supervisor will determine each dog’s feeding rations based on health, weight and work requirements.
Diseases and Parasites: The dog’s health is extremely important to meeting the daily mission. Still, the handler should identify symptoms and administer treatment to the dog. The handler is in the best position to detect a change in the dog’s appetite, stools, behavior and attitude. Anything that is not of the normal temperament of the dog shall be reported to the Tracking Team Supervisor and the veterinarian if needed.
a. Early detection and treatment of ticks are critical. Inspect your dog after breaks in fields and wooded areas. Ticks can live away from a host body for as long as a year without having to return for a blood meal. Consequently, ticks may be located and found in cracks in the floors and walls of kenneling structures. For outside control, cut tall grass, weeds and brush. Treat living and play areas with approved insecticides for use with animals. Preventive tick collars and Frontline Spot On are effective methods for killing ticks.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 9 of 14
b. Heartworm disease is controlled in the B.C.S.O. canines by a monthly oral medication.
Feeding is the most important daily activity for the dog. The veterinarian and Tracking Team Supervisor establish the diet and feeding schedule for each individual Bloodhound.
a. Currently the feeding schedule is once per day at approximately 1500 hours, unless otherwise directed by the Tracking Team Supervisor.
b. Each dog will be given adequate time to consume their food before feed pans are removed and sanitized. The feeding period should not exceed (1) hour.
c. The dog’s daily food consumption and weight will be closely monitored.
d. A dog will not be deprived food without specific authorization of the Tracking Team Supervisor.
Facility Sanitation: Effective sanitation practices help prevent the spread of infectious diseases and the infestation of parasites. A good sanitation program is the direct result of cooperation between the handlers, the Tracking Team Supervisor, and the veterinarian. A disease that spreads throughout the kennels may seriously impair the effectiveness of the entire Bloodhound section. Disease and sanitation cannot be separated. The Tracking Team Supervisor and the veterinarian set standards of sanitation. There are many specific ways to keep a good level of sanitation.
a. The food preparation area must be kept clean as possible. Food utensils should be washed with soap and water on a daily basis. Water buckets will be emptied and each dog will receive fresh water daily.
b. To help prevent the spread of diseases and to keep the rodent population down, uneaten food will not be allowed to stand for an excessive period of time. This food will be thrown away in the trash and all trash will be removed from the kennel area at the end of each kennel duty.
c. The kennel must be sanitary, in a good state of repair and thoroughly clean. Handlers will wash out kennel runs each feeding to remove urine and stools. This includes completely rinsing down the drain area.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 10 of 14
d. Once each week, each handler will completely disinfect their entire kennel run. All areas (including the water bucket) will be scrubbed with soap, water and bleach if necessary to remove oil and matter from walls, fence and floor of the facility.
e. The handlers are responsible for keeping the area around the kennel facility clean and well maintained. This includes picking up trash around the area, policing up stools, ensuring the grass cutters are allowed access to fenced-in areas, and maintenance of associated canine equipment.
f. Privately owned pets and stray dogs will not be boarded at any B.C.S.O. kennel facilities.
Grooming and Health Inspection: Next to feeding, grooming and health inspections are the most important daily events in the life of the Bloodhound. This is essential to the health and well-being of the dog and must be conducted daily. Because of the physical closeness between the dog and the handler during this period, a psychological bond is developed.
a. Bathing the dog may be necessary but may remove the oils that keep the skin soft, prevents drying, cracking, and makes the coat water repellent. As a rule the dogs should be bathed approximately every two (2) months during the warmer summer months or upon receiving special instructions from the veterinarian.
b. Dog health inspections are part of the grooming period. During these inspections check each part of the dog’s anatomy for signs or symptoms of illness or injury. After a short acquaintance, the handler should know how the Bloodhounds should look and act when healthy.
c. The dog’s attitude is one of the best indications of its general health. If the dog begins to show undue nervousness, loss of vitality, loss of energy and increased desire for sleep, tiredness or inattentiveness while on duty or in training, report this to the veterinarian. Also, report changes in appetite, thirst, breathing, vomiting, very soft or watery stools, blood in the vomit or stool.
d. The kennel and run areas should be checked for signs of vomiting, abnormal stools and bleeding.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 11 of 14
Emergency First Aid Measures: The handler’s early detection of symptoms of illness or injury permits early treatment by veterinary personnel.
a. Physical restraint is first applied to calm and immobilize the dog. The muzzle is the best and most comfortable.
b. Hemorrhaging wounds must be quickly controlled, particularly wounds in the foot or leg. These areas bleed freely.
(i) Restrain the Bloodhound if necessary.
(ii) Apply direct pressure to the wound with a sterile bandage (e.g., a pressure bandage) or clean cloth or pinch the wound edges together with your fingers.
c. Fractures and broken bones are potentially the most serious injuries since the dog will probably continue trying to move around. If a fracture has occurred, immediately restrain the animal to prevent and reduce further injury at the fracture site.
d. Snakebite from poisonous snakes causes serious illness and death if not treated immediately. First aid treatment:
(i) If possible identify the snake;
(ii) Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible; and
(iii) Restrain the canine.
e. Poisonous substances may include any toxic agents (chemicals) an animal may come in contact with or ingest such as: Insecticides, herbicides, rodenticide, antifreeze, explosive and narcotic training aids, etc (Potassium and Sodium chlorates are extremely hazardous if ingested.) Note: Some substances not commonly toxic to man may be quite harmful to a canine. For example, large quantities of chocolate, especially dark chocolate, may be quite deadly when digested by a dog.
(i) Maintain control of the canine.
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 12 of 14
(ii) Ascertain quantity and type of poison or chemical. If possible, keep the container used for substance storage so that the veterinarian can examine it. Note: Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material container label says to NOT induce vomiting. If the canine has an allergic reaction to flea pesticide products, bathe the canine immediately.
f. Heat Stress: Overheating results when a dog is unable to eliminate body heat rapidly enough. This condition requires immediate action by the handler to save the dog’s life. During hot humid weather, an animal may easily become overheated during training, working and transportation. To prevent overheating, keep training and exercise to a minimum during hot weather and allow frequent rest periods and water breaks. First Aid Treatment:
(i) Immerse the body in a tub of ice water (if possible). Maintain the dog in the upright (down) position. The depth of the water and ice mixture should be sufficient to cover the shoulders and back. The head must be held out of the water at ALL TIMES. Portions of the body not immersed shall be massaged with ice water; and
(ii) If immersion in water is not possible, emphasize cooling the dog down with water and ice. Apply to the areas inside the forelegs or thighs near the body to cool blood through large veins close to the surface.
g. Bloat: (Also referred to as Gastric Dilation Volvulus or GDV) Bloat actually refers to two conditions: gastric dilation and volvulus. The first is gastric dilation in which the stomach distends with gas and fluid. The second is volvulus, in which the distended stomach rotates. Gastric dilation may or may not be complicated by volvulus. Bloat develops suddenly. The canine may have eaten a large meal, or exercised vigorously before or after a meal, or drank a large amount of water immediately after eating or exercising vigorously. Signs of Bloat:
(i) Classic signs are restlessness and pacing, salivation, unproductive attempts to vomit, enlargement of the abdomen (primarily on the left side), pain in the abdomen, and straining to defecate;
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 13 of 14
(ii) Late signs (those of impending shock), include pale gums and tongue, delayed capillary refill time, rapid heart rate, weak pulse, rapid labored breathing, weakness, and collapse; and
(iii) First Aid Treatment:
(a) Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible.
(b) Stop all watering and feeding.
(c) Walk the canine. This may enable the canine to relieve the pressure through bowel movements or passing gas.
(d) Transport the canine to the veterinarian immediately most cases require extensive treatment by the veterinarian.
(iv) Prevention: To prevent bloating, dogs should not be fed within a 2-hour period before and/or after training or work. For the first one (1) hour after work or training, give the dog one (1) to three (3) inches of water in the water bucket.
Controlled Substance Ingestion: Controlled substance ingestion includes any drug or narcotic substance a dog might encounter during training or duty. This may include marijuana, heroin, cocaine, hashish, methamphetamine and other controlled substances. In this emergency situation, the handler’s quick action could mean the difference between the life and death of the animal. Drugs can be absorbed quite rapidly via ingestion, inhalation, or absorption by the canine. First aid treatment for controlled substance ingestion consists of the following tasks.
a. Induce vomiting early (within one [1] hour of ingestion) before the animal develops clinical signs of toxicosis.
b. Vomiting may be induced by placing one to two tablespoons of salt on the back of the tongue and massage the throat. Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material.
M. Search and Rescue Operational Plan: (CALEA 41.2.6c; 46.2.5) Once the determination has been made that a search and rescue mission is warranted, the
317A1 Bloodhound Tracking Team Pg 14 of 14
Tactical Operations Captain or his designee will lead the operation. If warranted, the Incident Command System may be utilized. At a minimum, the plan will provide for the following:
Designation of the command officer to serve as the incident commander.
Coordination of operation within the department and with outside agencies by the incident commander, outside agencies may include the Beaufort Police Department, Bluffton Police Department, South Carolina Highway Patrol, Port Royal Police Department Beaufort Fire Department, Emergency Medical Services, United States Marine Corps, South Carolina Law Enforcement Division, and other departments within the state that can provide additional services.
The use of any special operational components, such as the Marine Patrol, helicopter rescue, etc.
The mapping of any travel routes required.
Provision for emergency first aid, ambulance, and medical assistance.
Applicable procedures for coordination among departmental units and outside agencies, including radio communication procedures.
Logistical requirements including the number of Deputies and other personnel needed and use of special equipment.
Revision(s): A-06/07/2017, A1-06/25/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Explosive/Cadaver K-9
Number: 318A1 Type: Support Pages: 16
Effective Date: October 1, 2009 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.1.4 a-d; 33.6.2; 16.2.2
Purpose:
To provide guidelines for the management of the Sheriff’s Office Explosive Detection/Cadaver Dog.
Policy:
The trained law enforcement canine possesses keen senses of sight, hearing and smell. When teamed with properly trained handlers, these attributes can greatly aid in the locating of explosives, cadavers and evidence. It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to maintain and utilize a K-9 Unit for these specialized activities.
Procedures:
A. Explosive / Cadaver Dog Utilization:
A canine unit consists of a Bomb Technician handler and an assigned Sheriff’s Office Explosive Detection dog.
Explosive / Cadaver Detection Dogs are available on a 24-hour, on-call basis to locate explosive materials, ammunition, weapons and help locate deceased persons. The Explosive/Cadaver Dog may engage in assignments not listed above with the approval of the Bomb Squad Commander, but should not be used to respond to minor complaints.
(CALEA 41.1.4, a) The Explosive/Cadaver Dog Handler is responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate search techniques.
(CALEA 41.1.4, c) The Explosives/Cadaver Dog will not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the dog the Bomb Squad Commander will take charge of the dog.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 2 of 16
The Explosive/Cadaver Dog will not be used as a diagnostic tool for suspicious items or packages. If an item is deemed “suspicious” a Bomb Technician will be dispatched to deal with the item.
The Explosive/Cadaver dog will perform the following tasks:
a. Protective sweeps;
b. Bomb threats;
c. VIP details;
d. Evidence search;
e. Search for deceased bodies
f. Ammunition
g. Shell Casings
Explosive/Cadaver Dog assistance will be requested from Deputy Sheriffs through an immediate supervisor to the Law Enforcement Communications Center (LECC). LECC personnel will forward information concerning the incident to the Bomb Squad Commander.
Each deployment of an Explosive/Cadaver Dog will be documented in the Spillman Reporting System.
B. Selection and Training:
(CALEA 16.2.2) Handler vacancies within the Bomb Squad will be filled by a current Bomb Technician. Candidates must submit a written request demonstrating eligibility through their chain-of-command. Candidates will be chosen on the basis of qualifications , Enforcement experience with satisfactory work performance, to include no disciplinary action within the last twelve months;
a. A willingness to remain a handler for at least five years;
b. A willingness to care for and house the canine at the Deputy Sheriff’s residence with a secure outdoor area for the canine if the canine is not housed at the B.C.S.O. kennel. (Housing a canine anywhere other than the B.C.S.O. kennel will be approved in advance by the Bomb Squad Commander;
c. A strong desire to work with the Explosives/Cadaver dog and willingness to care for and train the animal; and
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 3 of 16
d. The ability to pass designated testing related to the tasks of canine handling;
e. Certify with issued dog;
New Explosive/Cadaver Dog Handlers must complete a prescribed canine training course and successfully meet all course requirements: Explosive/Cadaver Canine two week basic certification course.
(CALEA 41.1.4, b and 33.6.2) Explosive/Cadaver Dog Handlers are required to demonstrate acquired abilities to the Bomb Squad Commander on a basis.
C. Canine Bites and Injuries:
Whenever the Explosive/Cadaver Dog bites an individual, whether or not in the line of duty, the handler will:
a. Request the on-duty supervisor to respond to the scene;
b. Notify the Bomb Squad Commander;
c. Obtain medical treatment for the person (medical personnel should examine the affected area regardless of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury);
d. Take color photographs of the affected area following medical treatment. The photographs will be entered into evidence.
e. Complete a Bite Form and Use of Force Report whenever it is alleged a canine has bitten or otherwise injured an individual.
f. The report must detail the circumstances surrounding the incident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses, the extent of injuries if known, and measures taken in response to the incident. The original report will be filed in accordance with agency use of force procedures.
D. (CALEA 41.1.4, c) Canine Use and Care:
The Explosive/Cadaver dog will not participate in shows, field trials, exhibitions or other demonstrations, unless authorized by the Bomb Squad Commander.
The Explosive/Cadaver dog will not be used for off-duty employment.
The Explosive/Cadaver dog handler is personally responsible for the daily care and feeding of their animal to include:
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 4 of 16
Maintenance and cleaning of the kennel, yard area, and vehicle where the canine is housed;
Provision of food, water, and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the authorized veterinarian;
Grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions, or other factors;
Daily exercise (dogs are not permitted to run at large);
General medical attention and maintenance of health care records.
When the handler is unable to perform these and related duties due to illness, injury, or leave:
a. Bomb Squad Commander will be responsible for the care of the dog.
b. (CALEA 41.1.4, c) The canine may be housed in the B.C.S.O. kennel while the handler is unavailable.
Teasing, agitating, or roughhousing with a canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise.
Handlers will not permit anyone to pet or hug their canine without their prior permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are serious working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached.
An Explosive/Cadaver dog handler may apply to take possession of his dog where:
a. The dog is retired from duty or relieved due to injury; or
b. The handler is transferred, promoted, or retires and a decision is made not to retrain the dog for another handler.
E. Training:
Dogs will be kept on a leash and under control of the handlers when out of the kennel.
Dogs may be off lease when conducting explosive/cadaver detection training and operational deployments.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 5 of 16
F. Vehicle Transportation:
Explosive/Cadaver Dog in a vehicle will be left off leash. The dog will never be left tied up in the interior of the vehicle.
The handlers will, if at all possible, not leave a dog unattended in a vehicle. When it does become necessary, the handler shall take steps to insure the dog’s safety and prevent possible damage to equipment.
a. During the cooler months, the vehicle’s windows should be lowered slightly to allow ample ventilation.
b. During the warmer months of the year, anytime the dog is left in the vehicle, the air conditioning on and the engine running, the emergency brake will be set.
c. Anytime the Explosive/Cadaver Dog is in a vehicle involved in a motor vehicle accident, the dog should be removed from the vehicle and checked to see if it received any injuries. Then place the dog in a cool area until it can be transported.
G. Boat Transportation: During the course of their duties the Explosive/Cadaver Dog may be transported by water or to aid in the search of a drowned victim. Care must be taken to ensure the safety of the handler, dog, passengers and crew.
The dog must be on a leash and under the control of the handler at all times. Consequently the handler will not operate or pilot the boat except in the case of an emergency. The dog will not be left alone on a boat.
Anytime a dog is transported by boat consideration should be given to such conditions as temperature, weather and length of time on the vessel.
H. Equipment Care: The maintenance of the dog equipment does much to promote safety. The handler should inspect their assigned equipment on a daily base to help alleviate a situation whereby the dog could accidentally break away from the handler and injure someone.
I. Veterinary Office: When taken to the veterinarian, the dog will be under the control of the handler at all times.
Before entering the veterinary facility, muzzle the dog and then follow the veterinarian’s instructions.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 6 of 16
The B.C.S.O. Dog Handlers will only release control of their assigned dogs to the veterinary service staff.
J. Equipment & Training:
The Bomb Squad Commander shall approve all training equipment and training methods used for dog care and handling. Equipment and training methods not approved by the Bomb Squad Commander are strictly forbidden.
Dog equipment will be used for intended purpose or as directed by the Bomb Squad Commander. When in doubt, the handler should contact the Commander before proceeding.
(CALEA 41.1.4, d) The following items are standard issue canine equipment when applicable:
a. Slip/Choke chain
b. Collar
c. Muzzle
d. Standard lead
e. Water bucket
f. 15’ Lead
g. Badge
h. Pavers
i. Vehicle water bowl
j. Harness
k. Sun Cover
l. First Aid Kit
m. Feed pan
n. Floatation vest
o. Kong
p. Portable kennel
q. Dog house
r. Digging tools
s. Marker buoy
t. Home kennel
K. Explosive Training: The purpose of this section is to establish procedure for the control and safe handling of explosive, cadaver and chemical training aids used to maintain for proficiency of the assigned explosive detector dog teams.
Because of the inherent danger associated with handling any type of explosives or chemicals, certain mandatory safety requirements have been developed to decrease the possibility of injuries or death from improper use and handling of explosives.
All personnel associated with explosive detector dog training must receive training in the safe storage, transportation and handling of each type of explosive and chemicals used as training aids.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 7 of 16
It is the responsibility of each person who must handle hazardous material such as explosives to adhere to the standard of safety and security as prescribed in this section.
All concerns of safety and security must be reported immediately to the Bomb Squad Commander.
All canine handlers will receive annual explosive safety training coordinated or conducted by the Bomb Squad.
L. Explosives Used for Training:
The types of explosives authorized to train B.C.S.O. explosive detector dogs are listed below; exceptions are listed below as well.
a. Ammonium-Nitrate (Kinepak)
b. TNT (Trinitrotoluene)
c. Smokeless Powder Products (IMR & Red Dot)
d. Black Powder Products (Pyrodex)
e. C-4 (RDX/plastic explosive
f. Detonator Cord (PETN)
g. Potassium Perchlorate & Chlorate
h. TATP (triacetone triperoxide, provided by the FBI)
i. HMTD (hexamethylene triperoxide, provided by the FBI)
j. AN/FO
k. Dynamite
If a training aid becomes damaged (leaks or breaks) or unserviceable, it will be separated from other explosives until properly disposed.
Storage: Training explosives will be stored in the explosive storage magazine in a box marked “K-9 Training aids”. The Bomb Squad Commander can authorize the handler to store the training explosives will be stored in the handlers county assigned patrol vehicle on a case by case basis.
Training with explosives will not be conducted during an electrical storm.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 8 of 16
Toxicity Hazards: Explosives/chemical training aids (ammonium nitrate and chlorates), explosive materials, components and organic solvents are toxic when inhaled, ingested, or absorbed through the skin.
a. Avoid skin contact; use appropriate protective clothing.
b. Practice good personal cleanliness. After handling explosives, wash hands before eating, smoking or using toilet facilities.
Spill or Leak: The below subparagraphs describe the procedures to be followed for spills or leaks that involve explosive and chemical training aids.
a. Explosives: If a spill involves liquid explosives or explosives in pellets, the spill shall be reported immediately to the Bomb Squad Commander.
b. Accountability: Account for all explosives/chemicals used in dog training. Explosive/chemical accountability should not be taken lightly. Discrepancies will be reported immediately to the Bomb Squad Commander.
c. Monthly Inventory: A monthly inventory will be conducted on all explosive/chemical training aids by the handler and verified by the Bomb Squad Commander.
Explosive Training Location:
a. Persons conducting training will inventory and verify the retrieval of all explosive training aids after training is complete.
b. Persons conducting canine training with actual explosives/chemicals will remain in visual contact of the area of the hidden training aids. If canine training is conducted in an unoccupied facility with controlled access, training aids may be planted throughout the facility without direct surveillance. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that no one inadvertently removes or disturbs the training aid.
Transportation: Only authorized personnel who have been trained in the safe handling and storage of explosives and possess a valid driver’s license may transport explosive/chemicals.
a. No smoking is allowed in or within 50 feet of the canine explosives transport vehicle when containing explosives. No smoking is allowed with
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 9 of 16
50 feet of exposed explosives. Matches, lighters, or other fire, flame or spark-producing devices shall not be in the vehicle or carried by handlers.
b. Explosive training aids will not be placed near any heat or spark producing items, e.g., radiators, heating vents, electric heaters, etc.
c. Damaged explosive aids will not be used in training.
TATP and HMTD: Triacetone triperoxide and Hexamethylene triperoxide diamine are considered two of the most sensitive explosives known. B.C.S.O. does not store this chemical onsite, it is possessed by SLED or the FBI; therefore, training canines on this particular odor is accomplished with off-site law enforcement agencies such as the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). When a canine is rewarded with the primary reward (e.g., kong or ball), the handler must ensure to toss the reward away from the peroxide explosive training aid to alleviated any possibility of the dog or reward hitting the training aid.
M. Cadaver Training: The use of a cadaver detection dog allows a dog to detect deceased persons. The area a cadaver dog is used during an investigation will be based on a search warrant or consent to search. The exception will be an area that is accessible to the public. The cadaver dog will be trained to detect the three stages of decomposition:
Flesh
Bloat
Putrification
N. Certification: This section outlines the standards used to evaluate B.C.S.O. dog teams. Dogs require continual training to maintain their skills at a high level of proficiency. The Explosive/Cadaver dog must be trained on a routine basis if expected to remain proficient. A mandated certification verifies that standards of proficiency are being maintained. It also identifies deficiencies in training and the optimum training cycle. The B.C.S.O. has adopted the certification standards of the American Society of Canine Trainers (ASCT) as the minimum means of determining its Explosive/Cadaver dog fitness for duty. ASCT certifications provide the B.C.S.O. with an independent means of testing standards of proficiency which B.C.S.O. dogs must achieve prior to initial deployment and annually thereafter.
B.C.S.O. dogs must complete ASCT certification before being deployed in their specialty of explosive/cadaver detection).
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 10 of 16
Certifications are conducted bi-annually to ensure the dog’s proficiency.
ASCT also requires an advanced canine course every other year.
Each handler must certify with his / her dog. The evaluation is based on both dog and handler performance and training records. In addition to the dog’s proficiency, the handler must work the dog within the prescribed standard. This entails the handler having the ability to recognize and compensate for the dog’s weakness.
The ASCT certification will be the minimum proficiency level of deployment at the B.C.S.O. However, the B.C.S.O., will strive to maintain the Explosive/Cadaver dog at a higher proficiency level than that identified by the ASCT.
O. Health / Medical Attention: This section provides guidance for the general health and care of B.C.S.O. assigned canines. Health, care, maintenance of facilities and sound sanitation measures serves as both precaution and cure for ailment that could incapacitate the canine. The Bomb Squad Commander is responsible for enforcing all applicable safety requirements and ensuring all personnel under their supervision are trained in the appropriate safety, operational use and health protection measures for their assigned duties as a dog handler. It is the responsibility of the handler and supervisor to ensure that the canine’s health, care and facility maintenance/sanitation needs are met. The Bomb Squad Commander will ensure that all procedures for dog health, care, feeding, facility sanitation and maintenance are strictly followed.
Medical Care
a. Dogs are immunized yearly against infectious diseases including Canine Distemper, Infectious Canine Hepatitis, Leptospirosis and Para influenza. Parvovirus is given in a multivalent vaccine. The rabies vaccination is given separately.
b. The veterinarian also provides control and preventive measures against the spread of zoonotic diseases. A zoonotic disease is one that can be transmitted from animal to human, (e.g. rabies and leptospirosis).
c. The Bomb Squad Commander checks the kennels quarterly to ensure the following standards of sanitation are met: adequate insect and rodent control, good general healthy of the dogs by appearance and well grooming. In addition, the Bomb Squad Commander will conduct the following evaluations:
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 11 of 16
(i) Inspects the adequacy of the kennel construction, watering and feeding schedules and makes recommendations to help prevent disease and injury.
(ii) Inspect the facility for safety hazards and disturbing influences that may interfere with the needs of the dogs.
The veterinarian and handler will determine each dog’s feeding rations based on health, weight and work requirements.
Diseases and Parasites: The dog’s health is extremely important to meeting the daily mission. Still, the handler should identify symptoms and administer treatment to the dog. The handler is in the best position to detect a change in the dog’s appetite, stools, behavior and attitude. Anything that is not of the normal temperament of the dog shall be reported to the Bomb Squad Commander and the veterinarian if needed.
a. Early detection and treatment of ticks are critical. Inspect your dog after breaks in fields and wooded areas. Ticks can live away from a host body for as long as a year without having to return for a blood meal. Consequently, ticks may be located and found in cracks in the floors and walls of kenneling structures. For outside control, cut tall grass, weeds and brush. Treat living and play areas with approved insecticides for use with animals. Preventive tick collars and Frontline Spot On are effective methods for killing ticks.
b. Heartworm disease is controlled in the B.C.S.O. canines by a monthly oral medication.
Feeding: Feeding is the most important daily activity for the dog. The veterinarian and handler establish the diet and feeding schedule for each individual working dog.
a. Currently the feeding schedule is once per day at approximately 1500 hours, unless otherwise directed by the Bomb Squad Commander.
b. Each dog will be given adequate time to consume their food before feed pans are removed and sanitized. The feeding period should not exceed (1) hour.
c. The dog’s daily food consumption and weight will be closely monitored.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 12 of 16
d. A dog will not be deprived food without specific authorization of the Bomb Squad Commander.
Facility Sanitation: Effective sanitation practices help prevent the spread of infectious diseases and the infestation of parasites. A good sanitation program is the direct result of cooperation between the handlers and the veterinarian. A disease that spreads throughout the kennels may seriously impair the effectiveness of the entire canine section. Disease and sanitation cannot be separated. The Bomb Squad Commander and the veterinarian set standards of sanitation. There are many specific ways to keep a good level of sanitation.
a. The food preparation area must be kept clean as possible. Food utensils should be washed with soap and water on a daily basis. Water buckets will be emptied and each dog will receive fresh water daily.
b. To help prevent the spread of diseases and to keep the rodent population down, uneaten food will not be allowed to stand for an excessive period of time. This food will be thrown away in the trash and all trash will be removed from the kennel area at the end of each kennel duty.
c. The kennel must be sanitary, in a good state of repair and thoroughly clean. Handlers will wash out kennel runs each feeding to remove urine and stools. This includes completely rinsing down the drain area.
d. Once each week, each handler will completely disinfect their entire kennel run. All areas (including the water bucket) will be scrubbed with soap, water and bleach if necessary to remove oil and matter from walls, fence and floor of the facility.
e. The handlers are responsible for keeping the area around the kennel facility clean and well maintained. This includes picking up trash around the area, policing up stools, ensuring the grass cutters are allowed access to fenced-in areas, and maintenance of associated canine equipment.
f. Privately owned pets and stray dogs will not be boarded at any B.C.S.O. kennel facilities.
Grooming and Health Inspection: Next to feeding, grooming and health inspections are the most important daily events in the life of the working dog. This is essential to the health and well-being of the dog and must be conducted daily. Because of the physical closeness between the dog and the handler during this period, a psychological bond is developed.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 13 of 16
a. In grooming some breeds of dogs (i.e., German shepherd), you will notice they have a double coat of hair. This means they have an undercoat of soft wooly hair and the outer oat of stiff, water-resistant hair. Daily grooming is essential to the proper care of the dog’s coat and skin.
b. Bathing the dog may be necessary but may remove the oils that keep the skin soft, prevents drying, cracking, and makes the coat water repellent. As a rule the dogs should be bathed approximately every two (2) weeks during the warmer summer months or upon receiving special instructions from the veterinarian.
c. Dog health inspections are part of the grooming period. During these inspections check each part of the dog’s anatomy for signs or symptoms of illness or injury. After a short acquaintance, the handler should know how their dog should look and act when healthy.
d. The dog’s attitude is one of the best indications of its general health. If the dog begins to show undue nervousness, loss of vitality, loss of energy and increased desire for sleep, tiredness or inattentiveness while on duty or in training, report this to the veterinarian. Also, report changes in appetite, thirst, breathing, vomiting, very soft or watery stools, blood in the vomit or stool.
e. The kennel and run areas should be checked for signs of vomiting, abnormal stools and bleeding.
Emergency First Aid Measures: The handler’s early detection of symptoms of illness or injury permits early treatment by veterinary personnel.
a. Physical restraint is first applied to calm and immobilize the dog. The muzzle is the best and most comfortable.
b. Hemorrhaging wounds must be quickly controlled, particularly wounds in the foot or leg. These areas bleed freely.
c. Restrain the canine if necessary.
d. Apply direct pressure to the wound with a sterile bandage (e.g., a pressure bandage) or clean cloth or pinch the wound edges together with your fingers.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 14 of 16
e. Fractures and broken bones are potentially the most serious injuries since the dog will probably continue trying to move around. If a fracture has occurred, immediately restrain the animal to prevent and reduce further injury at the fracture site.
Snakebite from poisonous snakes causes serious illness and death if not treated immediately. First aid treatment:
a. If possible, identify the snake.
b. Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible
c. Restrain the canine.
Poisonous substances may include any toxic agents (chemicals) an animal may come in contact with or ingest such as: Insecticides, herbicides, rodenticide, antifreeze, explosive and narcotic training aids, etc (Potassium and Sodium chlorates are extremely hazardous if ingested.) Note: Some substances not commonly toxic to man may be quite harmful to a canine. For example, large quantities of chocolate, especially dark chocolate, may be quite deadly when digested by a canine.
a. Maintain control of the canine.
b. Ascertain quantity and type of poison or chemical. If possible, keep the container used for substance storage so that the veterinarian can examine it. Note: Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material container label says to NOT induce vomiting. If the canine has an allergic reaction to flea pesticide products, bathe the canine immediately.
Heat Stress: Overheating results when a dog is unable to eliminate body heat rapidly enough. This condition requires immediate action by the handler to save the dog’s life. During hot humid weather, an animal may easily become overheated during training, working and transportation. To prevent overheating, keep training and exercise to a minimum during hot weather and allow frequent rest periods and water breaks. First Aid Treatment:
a. Immerse the body in a tub of ice water (if possible). Maintain the dog in the upright (down) position. The depth of the water and ice mixture should be sufficient to cover the shoulders and back. The head must be held out of the water at ALL TIMES. Portions of the body not immersed shall be massaged with ice water.
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 15 of 16
b. If immersion in water is not possible, emphasize cooling the dog down with water and ice. Apply to the areas inside the forelegs or thighs near the body to cool blood through large veins close to the surface.
Bloat: (Also referred to as Gastric Dilation Volvulus or GDV) Bloat actually refers to two conditions: gastric dilation and volvulus. The first is gastric dilation in which the stomach distends with gas and fluid. The second is volvulus, in which the distended stomach rotates. Gastric dilation may or may not be complicated by volvulus. Bloat develops suddenly. The canine may have eaten a large meal, or exercised vigorously before or after a meal, or drank a large amount of water immediately after eating or exercising vigorously.
a. Signs of Bloat:
(i) Classic signs are restlessness and pacing, salivation, unproductive attempts to vomit, enlargement of the abdomen (primarily on the left side), pain in the abdomen, and straining to defecate.
(ii) Late signs (those of impending shock), include pale gums and tongue, delayed capillary refill time, rapid heart rate, weak pulse, rapid labored breathing, weakness, and collapse.
b. First Aid Treatment:
(i) Notify the veterinarian as soon as possible.
(ii) Stop all watering and feeding.
(iii) Walk the canine. This may enable the canine to relieve the pressure through bowel movements or passing gas.
(iv) Transport the canine to the veterinarian immediately as most cases require extensive treatment by the veterinarian.
c. Prevention: To prevent bloating, dogs should not be fed within a 2-hour period before and/or after training or work. For the first one (1) hour after work or training, give the dog one (1) to three (3) inches of water in the water bucket.
Controlled Substance Ingestion: Controlled substance ingestion includes any drug or narcotic substance a dog might encounter during training or duty. This may include marijuana, heroin, cocaine, hashish, methamphetamine and other controlled substances. In this emergency situation, the handler’s quick action
318A1 Explosive/Cadaver K-9 Pg 16 of 16
could mean the difference between the life and death of the animal. Drugs can be absorbed quite rapidly via ingestion, inhalation, or absorption by the canine. First aid treatment for controlled substance ingestion consists of the following tasks.
a. Induce vomiting early (within one [1] hour of ingestion) before the animal develops clinical signs of toxicosis.
b. Vomiting may be induced by placing one to two tablespoons of salt on the back of the tongue and massage the throat.
c. Do NOT induce vomiting if the material swallowed was caustic (lye, acid, etc.), contained petroleum products, or the material.
Replaces old SOP 209; 6/7/2010
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Volunteer Chaplains Program
Number: 319 Type: Support Pages: 5
Effective Date: January 1, 2001 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 16.4.1b, 16.4.3
Purpose:
Law enforcement officers and their families have always borne unique burdens because of the stresses that are inherent in law enforcement work. A foundation for shouldering these burdens has been support, care and counseling from various sources. Since the stresses and burdens borne by law enforcement are more complex than ever before, there is an attendant need to improve access to various sources of counseling.
Policy:
Therefore, the Sheriff’s Office hereby establishes a volunteer chaplaincy program to provide guidance, assistance and counseling to those Sheriff’s Office employees who wish to access its services.
A. Appointment of Chaplains:
The Sheriff or his designee will appoint as many volunteer chaplains as is necessary to ensure that the needs of Sheriff’s Office employees can be met. The Chaplains shall serve at the pleasure of the Sheriff. The services provided by the volunteer Chaplains are not intended to replace the services provided by an employee’s personal clergy. Chaplains may be assigned to serve specific divisions of the Sheriff’s Office, but should be prepared to respond as directed regardless of area of assignment in the Sheriff’s Office. Chaplains will work on a volunteer basis, receiving no compensation from the Sheriff’s Office for the services they provide.
The Sheriff shall designate a Sheriff’s Office employee to coordinate the Sheriff’s Office Chaplains Program. As directed by the Sheriff, the Chaplain coordinator will organize and oversee the services provided by volunteer Chaplains, including coordinating official Sheriff’s Office involvement in services such as funerals and memorial ceremonies. The Chaplains Coordinator
319 Volunteer Chaplains Programs Pg 2 of 5
shall also coordinate all Sheriff’s Office employees who may volunteer to provide assistance at such functions.
B. Qualifications of Chaplains:
To be considered for an appointment as a volunteer chaplain, and individual should:
a. Be a regular or duly ordained minister, priest or rabbi;
b. Have taken educational programs, credits or courses in the areas of psychology or counseling. A bachelor’s degree or other higher education degree, while not required is preferred;
c. Have a specialized interest in law enforcement chaplaincy and exhibit a broad base of experience, maturity and flexibility;
d. Have a caring and considerate attitude towards all members of the Sheriff’s Office regardless of their race, sex, creed or religion;
e. Be available on a twenty-four hour basis to serve as a volunteer;
f. Possess a valid and current South Carolina driver’s license;
g. Agree to a criminal history background check;
h. Agree to attend relevant seminars and training as made available;
i. Chaplains are classified as “Auxiliaries” and must comply with all requirements in General Order 315.
C. Confidentiality and Chaplain Counseling:
A volunteer Chaplain shall neither be expected nor be required to disclose any confidential communication properly entrusted to him or her in his or her capacity as a volunteer Chaplain. The only exception to this general rule of confidentiality is in situations of danger.
319 Volunteer Chaplains Programs Pg 3 of 5
These confidentiality provisions should not be construed to impede or prevent a volunteer Chaplain from discussing his or her chaplaincy work with other volunteer Chaplains or the Chaplains Coordinator in a professional manner.
D. Access to Sheriff’s Office Property and Staff:
Volunteer Chaplains are authorized to visit personnel and have reasonable access to all buildings and scenes as may be appropriate. This access may include reasonable use of rooms or other space for meetings so long as that use does not interfere with the operations of Sheriff’s Office work.
Sheriff’s Office identification cards shall be issued to volunteer Chaplains but should the Chaplain’s volunteer status end, the identification cards must be returned to the Sheriff’s Office immediately.
E. Requests for Chaplain Assistance:
Sheriff’s Office employees may access chaplains’ services for personal counsel, advice or other support commonly provided by clergy. Sheriff’s Office supervisors shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate the rendering of these services to their employees by the volunteer Chaplains. Leave should be utilized by employees if counseling occurs for an extended length of time during the employees scheduled hours of work.
The names and methods of contacting volunteer Chaplains shall be posted on the BCSO recall roster.
F. Ride-Alongs by Chaplains:
In the performance of their duties, Chaplains may ride in Sheriff’s Office law enforcement vehicles when requested to do so by an employee or when arranged pursuant to procedures developed by the Chaplain’s Coordinator and the appropriate Deputy Sheriff and approved by the supervisor.
The communications center shall be advised anytime a Chaplain is in a Sheriff’s Office vehicle. Chaplains are issued radio call numbers. Ride-alongs are part of the voluntary program and a Deputy may decline to have a Chaplain ride along in their vehicle.
319 Volunteer Chaplains Programs Pg 4 of 5
At no time during the course of the ride-along should a Chaplain interfere with the Deputy in the performance of their duties. Chaplains who engage in ride-alongs shall be required to execute a Sheriff’s Office waiver of all claims for any injuries suffered in association with such ride-alongs.
G. Equipment, Supplies and Travel Reimbursement:
(CALEA 16.4.3) All necessary equipment to perform the duties of Chaplain, such as a uniform (designed by the Sheriff), body armor, and other materials deemed necessary by the Sheriff shall be issued by the Sheriff’s Office.
Unless otherwise directed, all travel, supply or equipment expenses shall be the responsibility of the volunteer Chaplain.
H. General Duties: (CALEA 16.4.1b) Volunteer Chaplains shall be available upon request to perform the following services:
Counsel Sheriff’s Office employees and members of their families;
Visit sick and injured staff in the hospital;
Make death notifications as deemed appropriate by the Sheriff or his designee;
Serve as liaison with other clergy in the community;
As directed by the Sheriff and/or requested by employees or their families, serve in such functions as funerals, religious and civil ceremonies, awards ceremonies, swearing in of new officers etc.
Other duties as assigned by the Sheriff or his designee:
I. Notification of Chaplains:
The Sheriff or his designee shall notify the Chaplains coordinator of special circumstances when the services of a volunteer Chaplain may be needed.
This typically may occur when a serious injury, illness or death has happened to a Sheriff’s Office employee or a member of the employee’s immediate family, or when a major accident or other disaster strikes.
319 Volunteer Chaplains Programs Pg 5 of 5
The Chaplains Coordinator shall then organize the appropriate response under this policy subject to approval by the Sheriff or his designee.
Revised: (A)-02/08/22; A1-07/25/22; A2-07/18/23
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Device Extraction Unit (DEU)
Number: 320A2 Type: Operations Pages: 9
Effective Date: April 23, 2021 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To provide the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with the device extraction and analyzation services related to ongoing criminal investigations within Beaufort County. The devices examined will be primarily smartphones; however, the forensic tools available also supports some vehicle infotainment systems, tablet/iPad type devices, as well as drones and GPS devices. The Device Extraction Unit (DEU) will attempt to perform extractions on the items on a case by case basis depending on constraints of the forensic tools available to them.
Definitions:
Raw Data: All extractions of any device create a cache of raw data; this raw data is parsed to create the reader report.
Work Product: The results (digital files) of an extraction and analysis for an electronic device. These results will be placed onto an appropriately sized digital storage device(s). The work product will include any photographs or videos taken by the examiner during the examination.
Cellebrite Premium ES: BCSO and fourteen other agencies throughout the state have formed a partnership to obtain and use the Cellebrite Premium ES extraction service. The server is located at the BCSO Headquarters at 2001 Duke Street. Each agency will utilize their own Cellebrite End Point to conduct the actual extraction.
Cellebrite UFED 4 PC: A PC based software product produced by Cellebrite to extract data from electronic devices. The use of software and supporting hardware is referred to as the Universal Forensic Extraction Device (UFED); which is used in the DEU Laboratory or in the field.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 2 of 9
Cellebrite Physical Analyzer: Software produced by Cellebrite which allows the data extracted from a device to be compiled, reviewed, and analyzed by the examiner or other qualified analyst.
Cellebrite Reader Report: An exported report which allows the extracted data to be viewed on a computer without the Cellebrite Program loaded onto it. (Other formats are available, when necessary, as determined by the examiner).
Extraction Methods: Manual Extraction: The examiner manually sorts through pictures and other data contained on the device and documents what he finds.
Logical Extraction: The examiner utilizes this forensic tool to extract data from the device.
Advanced Logical / Full File System: The examiner utilizes this forensic tool to extract data from the device.
Berla IVE System: BCSO utilizes this system to extract data from a supported Vehicle Infotainment System.
Cellphone/Electronic Device Temporary Evidence Lockers: The BCSO Evidence Section has obtained Temporary Cellphone/Electronic Device Lockers that are equipped with appropriate charging cables to connect power to various seized devices.
Policy:
There shall be two general methods utilized by the extraction unit for an extraction of data from a device: a “routine” or a “field” extraction. The routine extraction is the preferred method.
Procedures for seizing the device:
Once the case officer seizes a device that they desire to have examined, they should attempt to place the device in “airplane” mode, turn off the blue tooth connectivity and/or remove the sim card before the device is placed into evidence. This should prevent the device from being remotely wiped. More data can usually be retrieved from a device that has not been shut off but has been placed in “airplane mode” and kept in the “on” position with sufficient power. The device should be placed into one of the temporary evidence cellphone lockers and connected to the appropriate
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 3 of 9
charging port within the locker in accordance with the BCSO Evidence Manual Policy.
a. Device is Powered on and Unlocked:
Place the device in airplane mode.
Turn off wireless connections, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth™.
Check the status of the passcode and auto-lock. If a passcode is enabled, set the phone to not automatically lock, if possible.
Bag and tag using a Faraday container, for incidents deemed necessary due to the nature of the incident, or in an appropriate evidence bag.
Secure the phone in a cellphone temporary evidence locker per the BCSO Evidence Manual Policy.
b. Powered on but locked:
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 4 of 9
Document system date and time.
Do not attempt to guess the passcode, as wrong passcodes may result in delayed access.
This may cause data to be wiped after a certain number of attempts.
If Face ID is suspected and the device is locked, don’t look at the screen. Note that five unsuccessful biometric scans can change the device state and potentially count toward unsuccessful attempts.
The passcode may be obtained by other means.
Ask the individual(s).
Search for notes or documents listing passwords.
Do not turn off and do not let the battery die.
Bag and tag using Faraday container, for incidents deemed necessary due to the nature of the incident, or an appropriate evidence bag, and placed in a temporary cellphone locker in accordance with BCSO Evidence Manual Policy.
c. Powered off

Do not power the phone on.
Bag and tag using a Faraday container if deemed necessary or placed in an appropriate evidence bag and placed in a temporary cellphone locker in accordance with the BCSO Evidence Manual Policy.
Procedures for Requesting Examination(s):

Once the case officer has seized a device, they will obtain written consent from the device owner by “Consent Form” or obtain a Search Warrant for the device to be searched.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 5 of 9
The case officer will submit the proper “Cellular Examination Request Form” immediately through SharePoint, with a copy of the “Consent Form” or signed Search Warrant attached. (If device owner is deceased and the case officer is not obtaining a search warrant for the device, the officer needs to articulate how the device was confirmed to belong to the victim in the request, in most cases it will be recommended a search warrant is still required).
Once the case officer obtains a search warrant (if necessary), they will scan the search warrant and attach it to the examination request, which will be immediately submitted via SharePoint, case officers will not hold or delay entering the examination requests. All examinations must begin within 10 days of obtaining the search warrant. If the examination has not begun within 10 days, then a new search warrant will be required.
After the examiner receives and reviews the examination request and search authorization documents, the examiner retains the authority to require a Search Warrant be obtained in cases where Consent to Search is deemed insufficient.
Procedures for Forensic Examination(s)
Once the device has been received at the DEU Laboratory the examiner will complete the appropriate steps to conduct the extraction/analyzation of the device.

Review the submitted documents
Take Intake photographs and device notations
Attempt appropriate extraction(s)
Complete post extraction photographs and documentation
Utilize Physical Analyzer to review extracted data
Complete a Reader Report
The examiner will then have another examiner conduct a quality control review of the extraction
Submit the Work Product on an appropriate storage device and submit all raw data on a separate storage device to evidence.
Procedures for “Field” Examinations:
In the event Investigation’s Supervisors identifies a scene, (major incident, active search warrant, etc…), in which a cellphone(s) extraction is needed to be performed at that location the Supervisor shall:

Contact the appropriate member of the DEU to respond to the scene.
The examiner will respond to the Special Operations Office, retrieve the appropriate Extraction Device and respond to the scene.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 6 of 9
Once on scene, the examiner will perform an extraction on the device(s) (with written consent or search warrant) and return to the DEU Laboratory to complete the analyzation process in accordance with regular examination procedures.
A. Special considerations for time sensitive extractions:
The examiner will be prepared to have the case officer sign an evidence transfer form for the device in question, if it is determined the extraction will take a longer amount of time to complete.
If the examiner is unable to be present during the extraction, the cellphone shall be properly secured within the extraction office until the extraction is completed, at which time the device will be returned to evidence.
Since the examiner will likely complete these longer type extractions when the case officer is no longer present, the examiner will produce the work product.
The examiner or case officer will submit the device and product into evidence.
No additional work product will be produced if an extraction is known to or suspected to contain child sexual abuse images.
If an extraction is known to contain sexually explicit images or child pornography, an appropriate notice will be given to BCSO Evidence Personnel and noted on the Evidence Submittal.
B. General Extraction Best Practices Procedures:
When in possession of a device, the examiner shall document any identifying markings (brand, model, serial number, property number), prior to moving on in the extraction process.
The examiner will photograph the front and back of the device, taking care to document any damage noted upon receipt of the device. All images and/or videos will be included as part of the work product. This will document the condition of the item when it arrives at the DEU Lab. If any data cannot be extracted, a video recording of a hand scroll of the device is an accepted practice to capture that data. If a hand scroll is necessary, the case officer will be contacted and required to meet with the examiner at DEU to assist with capturing the appropriate data.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 7 of 9
If the device has a removable SIM card, the examiner will insure it is removed along with any SD cards.
The examiner will conduct a “quality control test” on the Cellebrite device being used and note the hardware/software used on the exam worksheet, as well as the software version number.
The examiner will inspect the device to be extracted and utilize the appropriate method that will extract the most amount of data from that device.
The examiner will enter the extracted data into the Physical Analyzer program for appropriate analysis of the data extracted by the case officer. The examiner will be available to assist the case officer with this process when needed.
The examiner will have another examiner conduct a quality control review of the extraction. The reviewing examiner will notify the original examiner of any errors or concerns.
The examiner shall place appropriate file extractions, along with the “Cellebrite Reader” version of the extraction, and any video or images onto the work product after the extraction. This work product shall be submitted to the BCSO Evidence Repository.
The examiner shall place all the raw data extracted during the process onto a separate storage device and submit that with the work product to the BCSO Evidence Repository. This separate storage device with the raw data will be the backup and can be used to reproduce reports in the event the work product is corrupted.
10.All examiners will ensure hash values match on the original extracted data and on the produced copies prior to submitting anything to evidence. This hash value will be annotated within the report.
11.The examiner will document how many copies of the work product are produced.
12.Upon completion of a device extraction, a copy of the complete extraction will be maintained at the DEU for 30 days, this will allow the BCSO Evidence Repository personnel ample time to create any necessary copies and determine if there are any issues with the submitted storage devices. After 30 days the extraction stored within the DEU will be permanently deleted.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 8 of 9
13.Case examination worksheets, login sheets and case notes shall be maintained within a filing cabinet within the Extraction Office.
C. Extraction Office Guidelines and Usage:
The Device Extraction Unit (DEU) shall consist of a secure room(s) that houses all related extraction and analyzation equipment and computers. The room shall be secure and only accessible with “key fobs” programmed to only members of the DEU team. Deputies/Investigators who are not members of the DEU team shall not be granted access to the room unless accompanied by a DEU member.
A log shall be maintained of the devices currently being secured in the locker and it shall document which examiner is assigned to that device.
Examiners will be employing all available software and hardware for extractions. These systems will be used for routine and field extractions. Software and hardware shall be maintained by the DEU Team and the most recent version of the available software shall be downloaded and updated. A log of software updates shall be maintained.
Procedures For Processing a Vehicle Infotainment System:
Once a vehicle is legally seized and all other manners of processing (latents, DNA, other), has been completed and it is determined that information relevant to the investigation may be present in the Vehicle Infotainment System, the case officer will obtain a Search Warrant to acquire and analyze the vehicle’s infotainment and telematics systems.
The case officer will then submit the appropriate request to the DEU that must include The Year of the Vehicle, the Make, Model and Trim level of the vehicle, the VIN for the vehicle, and a photograph of the center stack (radio, controls, navigation screen, of the dashboard), of the vehicle.
The examiner will review the submitted information and determine if the vehicle system is supported by the equipment utilized by DEU to extract the data.
If it is determined the DEU has the ability to extract data from the infotainment and telematics systems, the examiner will make appropriate arrangements to attempt the acquisition.
320A2 Device Extraction Unit (DEU) Pg 9 of 9
Once the acquisition is complete, the examiner will process and analyze the information in the Berla Software. The examiner will utilize appropriate DEU procedures to analyze the data.
The examiner will generate a report and submit the report and complete extraction to BCSO Evidence via the approved process.
Revision: A- 2/10/2014, A1-06/25/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Bomb Squad
Number: 321A1 Type: Support Pages: 10
Effective Date: June 13, 2011 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI National Guidelines for Bomb Squads 2022
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the organization, administration, and utilization of this agency’s Bomb Squad.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Bomb Squad is available on-call 24-hours a day, seven days a week, to respond to circumstances involving explosives, suspected improvised explosive devices, incendiary devices, explosive chemicals, pyrotechnics, ammunition, other types of hazardous devices, and post blast investigations. Additionally, as needed the Bomb Squad will act as a support component of the S.W.A.T. team during all of its operational assignments providing explosive, breaching capabilities, booby-trap neutralization, robot operations, WMD responses, along with any special assignments as deemed appropriate and approved by the Sheriff or his designee. The unit is also available to assist local, state, and federal agencies upon request.
Procedure:
A. Bomb Squad Organization and Chain of Command and Team Responsibilities:
Bomb Squad Commander: Responsible for the administration and operational aspects of the squad.
Bomb Squad Team Leader: Intelligence Officer, planning and coordinating training. Documents all training, call-outs and inventory lists. Reports to the Bomb Squad Commander.
Bomb Technician: Maintains equipment. Follows all orders from the Bomb Squad supervisors, assumes delegated duties during a call-out.
Bomb Technician / K-9 Handler: Maintains training, health and operational
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 2 of 10
readiness of the explosive detection dog. Follows all orders from the Bomb Squad supervisors, assumes delegated duties during a call-out.
During S.W.A.T. operations, Bomb Squad members will fall under the command of the S.W.A.T. Commander. If an explosive device is discovered during an entry or clearing mission, the location will be secured and Bomb Squad members will handle the device and fall under the Bomb Squad’s chain of command.
B. Team Member Selection Process:
Assignment to the Bomb Squad is a collateral duty with team members being drawn from other sections within the Sheriff’s Office. To be considered eligible to participate in the Bomb Squad selection process, sworn personnel will:
a. Be a Sergeant or below;
b. Not have received any disciplinary actions within past year; and
c. Receive Supervisors recommendation;
Assignment to the Bomb Squad is voluntary. Vacancies will be announced via intra-agency memoranda to all sworn personnel. Personnel will be required to submit a memorandum to the Training Captain via their respective Branch Captain demonstrating eligibility as outlined above.
Once eligible candidates must then:
a. Interview: The candidate will be asked questions by a Bomb Squad review board to determine suitability for assignment to the team. The board will consist of the Enforcement Colonel, Bomb Squad Commander and an HDS graduate from a local Accredited Bomb Squad. FBI Height/Weight Scale Test: Candidate must fall into the correct height to weight ratio to be admitted into the FBI’s Hazardous Devise School.
b. Claustrophobic / Suit Test: The candidate must pass a practical physical fitness examination which consists of donning and wearing a 90 lbs. bomb suit for 30 minutes while doing light physical activity. The candidate must also don and wear a full WMD suit with SCBA for 30 minutes while doing light physical activity.
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 3 of 10
c. Written Test: The candidate must take an aptitude test which will test the candidate’s basic knowledge of electronics, physics and mathematics.
Once the selection process is complete, the review board will select and recommend the new team member to the Sheriff for approval.
After selection and prior to attending the FBI/U.S. Army Hazardous Devices School, a candidate must pass an FBI medical examination and security clearance and become a hazardous materials technician under CFR1910.120. Failure to meet these criteria will result in a candidate’s eligibility being revoked.
C. Team Training:
The Bomb Squad Commander will ensure that mandatory team training is conducted per (NABSCAB Guidelines) for a minimum of sixteen hours per month, unless, in the event of extenuating circumstances, such training is not feasible. Additionally, a minimum of forty hours of instruction is needed each year to meet compliance with FBI standards. Also, Bomb Squad members must attend annual recertification training and once every three years for their Hazardous Devices School (Bomb Technician) certificate. A (12) month training schedule will be distributed to Bomb Squad members and their supervisors to minimize scheduling conflicts. All team members will participate in team training.
Training sessions are considered a duty day for team members; consequently, they will be excused from their regularly assigned units to attend mandatory training. In the event of a missed training day, the technician will be rescheduled to maintain his/her certification. In addition to required bomb and haz-mat technician training, sessions will include, but are not limited to:
a. Clan-Lab / WMD training;
b. Explosive breaching;
c. Scenario driven training exercises with the S.W.A.T. team; and
d. Dive training;
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 4 of 10
The Bomb Squad Commander will maintain a Bomb Squad training file for the team. The file will contain activity reports recording the training accomplishments. Additionally, the original of the training activity reports will be forwarded to the Sheriff’s Office Training Section to be placed in the Bomb Squad training file. Training that was conducted in conjunction with or pertaining to S.W.A.T. and Dive operations will also be forwarded to the appropriate team leader.
All Bomb Technicians will have a “mask fit test” annually, per OSHA CFR 1910. Any Bomb Technician who has facial hair will be required to shave prior to the fit test. This will ensure a proper seal and a “Pass” on the fit test. Any Bomb Technician with facial hair must have the ability to shave prior to an incident response which may require of an SCBA or APR mask.
D. Use of Explosives for Render Safe or Training Purposes:
The Bomb Squad Commander will be responsible for the security and accountability of explosives and will designate a limited number of Bomb Squad members to have access to explosives for training or render safe purposes.
After approval of the Division Commander, only personnel selected will have access to the magazine containing explosives. The magazine key will be changed when personnel are reassigned.
The magazine will be inventoried by the Bomb Squad Commander and witnessed by Bomb Squad Technician at least quarterly with the explosives accounted for under ATF regulations.
Explosives will be obtained from explosive ordinance vendors. The vendors will send the package via Express mail to the Sheriff’s Office or they will be picked up by a member of the Bomb Squad.
Bomb Squad members will follow all ATF and FBI guidelines when requesting controlled substances.
Upon arrival of the package, one of the designated Bomb Squad members will be contacted to inventory and take possession of the package and place the items in the magazine.
Only Bomb Squad members may sign out explosives. Once used, a “usage
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 5 of 10
report” will be done documenting the expenditure of explosives. If the training explosives are not used, Bomb Squad members will return the explosives before the end of their training day.
A small operational amount of “call-out” explosives will be kept locked up in the explosives locker on the bomb truck. This will be a separate inventory, inventoried twice a month.
A small amount of “explosive entry” explosives may be kept in the Bomb Technician’s county vehicle for SWAT support.
If an out of date explosive needs to be replaced, destruction must be at the direction of the Bomb Squad Commander and (2) team members present at the destruction.
E. Team Equipment:
Equipment will be provided for team members in a manner prescribed by the Bomb Squad Commander. Team members will maintain their individual Bomb Squad issued equipment in a clean and serviceable state. Equipment will be maintained in serviceable condition. Shortages and unserviceable equipment will be reported to the Bomb Squad Commander immediately.
An equipment database will be maintained by the Bomb Squad Commander and will include all team equipment. A copy of this equipment will be forwarded to the Sheriff’s Office Quartermaster.
An up-to-date and accurate log will be maintained on explosives and munitions. The master list will be kept in the Bomb Squad Commanders office.
F. Team Vehicles:
The Bomb Squads truck is specifically designed for team use at agency emergency response missions, training missions, and other special events (e.g., community service assignments, parades, recruiting fairs, Law Enforcement Day, etc.) as approved by the Bomb Squad Commander, Major, Colonel, Chief Deputy or the Sheriff. This vehicle is primarily designated for agency emergency responses by the Bomb Squad; therefore, these emergency response missions will take priority over attendance at special events.
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 6 of 10
The Bomb Squad Commander is responsible for ensuring that team vehicles are operational and properly equipped with any additional equipment necessary for a training session or mission. The Beaufort County Garage Facility is responsible for performing maintenance on team vehicles.
The Bomb Squad’s truck must accommodate all the teams’ basic equipment, along with a two man team, and any special equipment such as the robot. The primary and secondary response vehicles are vehicles capable of storing the needed equipment.
G. Bomb Squad Mission Responsibilities:
The Bomb Squad is established to assist in the resolution of the following types of incidents:
a. Suspicious Items/Packages: a situation in which an item, suspicious in nature, may pose a potential explosive or hazardous threat to life and/or property.
b. Bombs, Ordinance, and Improvised Explosive Devices: a situation involving any type of explosive device either manufactured or improvised or any type of military ordinance which is a potential safety hazard and represents a threat to life and/or property.
c. Incendiary Devices: a situation in which a device is used for the purpose of igniting or causing a fire which represents a danger to life and damage to property.
d. Hazardous Chemicals, Bulk Explosives, Pyrotechnics, and Ammunition: a situation in which a chemical or compound which possess explosive properties or any bulk explosives which represents a threat to life and/or handling and which represents a threat to life or property.
e. Hazardous Devices/Booby Traps: any device manufactured or improvised that is made to do bodily harm or provide early warning when used as a booby trap, and which may represent a threat to life or safety.
f. Weapons of Mass Destruction: a situation in which a chemical, biological, or nuclear/radioactive device is used with the intent of creating mass
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 7 of 10
casualties and/or property damage. Any device in which the explosive weight is so great as to cause mass casualties and property damage.
g. S.W.A.T. Operations/Special Assignments: any S.W.A.T. operation, in which the Bomb Squad would provide explosive breaching, robotic operations, and act as part of the WMD element and any special assignment as deemed appropriate and approved by the Sheriff or his designee.
h. Post Blast Investigations/Criminal Investigations: the investigation of any situation in which an explosive or incendiary device, a weapon of mass destruction or any hazardous device has been used. Also any situation in which there has been an explosion that causes a fire or investigative assistance was requested.
H. Bomb Squad Activation:
Critical Incident
a. Any situation which requires immediate attention (i.e. found explosives, a suspected explosive device, a post blast incident, or as needed S.W.A.T. / WMD call. Team activation will be requested from Deputy Sheriff’s through an immediate supervisor to the Communications Center. Communications Center personnel will forward information concerning the incident to the Bomb Squad Commander or his designee.
b. The Emergency Dispatch Center should make contact with the Bomb Squad Commander or his designee.
c. Once the team is activated, the team member will respond to the pre-designated assembly point.
d. No less than two HDS certified bomb technicians will respond to an activation.
e. Dispatch will maintain a list of contact numbers for team activation.
Planned Deployment
a. Planned deployments are situations where there is sufficient time to make preparations for the event. These include VIP/dignitary protection, special
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 8 of 10
assignments and special events or, any S.W.A.T. or as needed Dive activity.
b. Should a supervisor deem it necessary to request the Bomb Squad’s assistance for such an operation, he/she should submit their request via a memorandum to the Bomb Squad Commander. The memorandum will contain as much information about the event as is available. Once the memo is received, the Bomb Squad Commander will notify the Division Major.
c. In all cases, where practical, the Bomb Squad Commander will be notified by the requesting supervisor at least twenty four (24) hours prior to the planned deployment. The Bomb Squad Commander can decline the mission if upon approval of Division Major, the mission does not fall within the mission responsibilities of the Bomb Squad, insufficient notice has been given, or there is inadequate information, equipment, or personnel to safely and effectively complete the mission.
Mutual Aid Assistance
At the request of the FBI, OHS Regional WMD response or any other law enforcement agency, the Bomb Squad may respond to the requesting jurisdiction if MOU’s are in effect or by order of the Sheriff. In such cases, applicable by state and federal laws as well as Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office policies and procedures will be adhered to.
I. Team Operations upon Arrival at Scene:
The Bomb Squad Commander or his designee, will select a safe location for the team’s equipment with notification being made to the Incident Commander. Team members will bring equipment up to an operational status.
The Bomb Squad Commander, or Senior Technician, will identify and establish a liaison with the on-scene Incident Commander and coordinate the call under NIMS regulations. The supervising officer will brief the Bomb Squad Commander or Senior Technician on all available information
Once all information is obtained and the Bomb Squad members are briefed, an assessment of the situation will be determined by the Team Commander or Senior Technician on the scene and a course of action will be formulated.
J. Transportation of Hazardous Devices:
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 9 of 10
The Bomb Squad will transport explosives, hazardous materials, blasting materials, ammunition, suspicious packages, hazardous devices, and other items in accordance with applicable ATF regulations and department policy.
The Bomb Squad Commander (or in Commanders absence the senior Bomb Technician) will determine the need to transport a suspected explosive or hazardous device to another location.
The Bomb Technician will weigh the risk to life and property on scene against the danger created by transporting the device prior to making a decision.
A device will not be transported when the risk created by its transportation exceeds the risk of rendering it safe on-scene.
Prior to transporting any potentially hazardous device, the Bomb Squad Commander (or in Commanders absence the senior Bomb Technician) will devise a travel plan that minimizes risks to life, infrastructure, and environment and advise the Incident Commander of this plan.
When necessary, Bomb Squad members may request assistance from other Department personnel, outside agencies, and private resources to ensure safe transportation of a hazardous device.
No vehicle will transport explosives, suspicious items, hazardous devices, or other dangerous goods unless the vehicle is in good repair and is equipped with appropriate safety equipment, including a fire extinguisher.
Vehicles transporting suspicious or hazardous devices will travel at an appropriate, safe speed and will not be left unattended.
At no time will any person other than a Bomb Squad member operate a vehicle or trailer containing a suspected explosive or hazardous device.
K. Team Duties Following Conclusion of an Operation:
At the conclusion of an operation, the incident commander will be notified to ensure accountability. Team members will ensure that all equipment has been accounted for and properly stored. A debriefing will be conducted as soon as practical. The primary technician will ensure a supplemental report of the
321A1 Bomb Squad Pg 10 of 10
incident is completed and a copy is forwarded to the Investigations supervisor to be assigned to the case. Following a S.W.A.T. team call, an after action report will be completed and forwarded for approval.
A Bomb Squad Call-out Log will be completed after each operation. This report will be maintained in the Bomb Squad file, for internal use only. The Call-out log includes the following:
a. The nature of the incident and its location;
b. Call out information, to include all dates and times;
c. A threat assessment and assigned level (low, medium, high);
d. A count of items expended: including X-ray film, munitions and explosives, damaged or missing equipment, type of photos;
e. A count of team members, senior and primary technicians, and the down range times;
f. A summary of the incident to include actions taken by the unit, if any;
g. Tools, robot, and/or containment vessel utilization;
h. Protective gear worn, with an explanation; and a description of the perimeter.
Revision Date(s) A-12/15/2015; A1-6/02/20; A2-06/15/21; A3-6/21/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators
Number: 322A3 Type: Support Pages: 11
Effective Date: June 10, 2013 Evaluation Date: March291, 2024
References: CALEA 33.6.1; 42.2.1; 83.1-2; 83.2-7; 83.3.2; 84.1.1
Purpose:
To establish procedures for the organization, administration and utilization of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Crime Scene Unit and to outline procedures for safeguarding, identifying, collecting, and preserving evidence in order to ensure a proper chain of evidence for courtroom presentation.
Policy:
The investigation of crime and the successful prosecution of criminal offenders require that information be obtained through the application of scientific knowledge and methods. In order to effectively use laboratory support services, physical evidence must be identified, collected, preserved and transmitted to the laboratory without delay. Accordingly, it is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to diligently follow forensic methods of obtaining and protecting evidence.
Procedure:
A. Collecting, Processing, and Preserving Physical Evidence in the Field:
(CALEA 83.2.7a) The scene of a crime must be secured as soon as possible to prevent the loss of evidence. It is the responsibility of the initial responding deputy sheriffs to secure and protect the crime scene from all nonessential personnel to prevent the loss of evidence. The deputy sheriff securing the crime scene will initiate a crime scene log listing the time, name, and reason for all personnel who enter the crime scene. This will be submitted as an attachment to the case file.
(CALEA 83.1.1) The Crime Scene Unit (CSU) is available for call-out 24 hours a day, seven days a week through the Crime Scene Unit Lieutenant,
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 2 of 11
Master Sergeant or Sheriff’s designee. The nature of the crime and complexity of the crime scene will be weighed, prior to mobilization.
(CALEA 83.2.4a-d, 33.6.1a, 83.2.7c) All investigators assigned to the CSU will be trained in latent fingerprint recovery, photography, crime scene sketching, collection and preservation of evidence (to include the collection of DNA evidence), and other forensic procedures which can be performed at crime scenes.
The CSU vehicle will be equipped with all necessary equipment and supplies to properly handle the majority of crime scenes. It will be the responsibility of the team members to ensure the vehicle is clean, stocked and ready for service at all times.
(CALEA 83.2.7a) When the CSU is called-out to process a scene, personnel at the scene should not disturb, touch, or handle physical evidence; unless a danger exists that the evidence will be lost, destroyed or a situation of public safety arises. Should such a situation arise, it becomes the responsibility of the primary deputy sheriff to mark, seal, tag, and preserve the evidence. This includes capturing evidence on photograph or video prior to movement if possible.
The CSI supervisor on scene will be responsible for reviewing the search warrant obtained by investigators prior to processing any scene. The CSI supervisor will assure the responding CSU members are familiar with the perimeters of the search warrant provided. If the search warrant provided lacks necessary information, the CSI supervisor will confer with the Investigator and Crime Scene Lieutenant and/or Master Sergeant prior to processing the scene.
The CSU members responding to a crime scene or incident will be responsible for the following:
a. photographing the scene as a whole, regionally and finally, item by item, with photos as required;
b. video recording when applicable;
c. sketching the crime scene using measurements to provide a fair and accurate depiction for court presentation;
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 3 of 11
d. marking all items for identification at the scene;
e. collecting forensic evidence as the scene requires, to include but not limited to, latent prints, DNA, bodily fluids, chemicals and blood.
f. collecting and documenting all evidence in compliance with the BCSO Evidence and Property Policy and Procedures;
g. transporting all evidence to the BCSO Evidence and Property Section storage lockers or personnel;
h. the procedures used for the collection and preservation of all evidence will be in accordance with accepted forensic practices.
(CALEA 84.1.1b) All evidence obtained will be marked, sealed, tagged, and submitted with completed paperwork to the evidence section or secured in the evidence temporary storage lockers as soon as practical.
The services of the BCSO Forensic Services Lab, BCSO Digital Crimes, SLED, FBI and/or other outside agencies are available at any crime scene requiring processing beyond the capabilities of the CSU.
(CALEA 83.2.1, 83.2.5) Electronic evidence stored on computers, PDA’s or other digital devices may be lost if tampered with or improperly collected. The CSI or case officer will collect the electronic evidence as outlined in the “Best Practices for Seizing Electronic Evidence” manual produced by the United States Secret Services and in compliance with BCSO Digital Extraction Unit procedures.
B. Crime Scene Photography and Videotaping:
Photography of incidents of major importance will be the responsibility of the CSU. The CSU will photograph all aspects of the crime scene or incident using photography and/or video equipment supplied by the BCSO. If the presence of the CSU is not required, the reporting deputy sheriff will take photographs using a digital camera which are provided to various patrol units. In addition, the scene will be digitally recorded utilizing the deputy’s departmental issued body camera. The body cam
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 4 of 11
footage will be submitted into evidence specifically identifying it as a crime scene video.
The first photograph of each series of photographs taken at a crime scene will show the BCSO Original Case Report Number (OCA/report number), date, and the initials of the photographer, so that the photographs can be identified by OCA/report number and photographer.
Video taken of a crime scene will also show the BCSO OCA/report number, date, and initials of the photographer so the video may be identified by case number and photographer. The digital recording should also be labeled with OCA/report number, date, and initials of photographer.
Photographs and video taken of the crime scene are of evidentiary value and will be submitted to the Evidence Section prior to completion of the CSU’s shift along with the completion of the involvements under the Spillman Property Evidence Screen. The photographs will be secured by as evidence until the case is resolved by adjudication or case clearance.
(CALEA 83.2.2) When the exact size of an item being photographed is required, a photograph of the item will be taken prior to further processing in the event the court desires photographs of the evidence in which nothing has been manipulated. A second photograph of the item will be taken with a scale placed next to the item to allow for the development of ‘actual size’ photographs.
C. Crime Scene Sketches:
When crime scene sketches are drawn pursuant to the collection and preservation of evidence, they will contain the following information:
a. dimensions and indication of “Not to scale”;
b. address (including floor or room number as appropriate);
c. location of significant features of the scene;
d. date of preparation;
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 5 of 11
e. name(s) of person(s) preparing the sketch;
f. location of items of physical evidence recovered; and
g. OCA/report number.
Generally, the CSI will initially make rough sketches and measurements on scene, including sufficient additional information so a final drawing can be made at a later time. The final sketch will be submitted into evidence, after review and approval by the CSU Supervisor.
D. Collection of Known Standards for Comparison:
When the following types of physical evidence/trace evidence are collected from a crime scene, attempts should be made to collect a known standard sample for comparison before evidence is sent to the appropriate laboratory: computers, cell phones, blood, hair, fibers, paint, glass, wood, metal, soil, tool marks, footwear, tire tread marks, handwriting samples, and fingerprints (for elimination). Depending on the case, the collection of elimination samples may fall to assigned investigators if occurring after the scene has been processed and released.
The location from which the samples are taken is critical for laboratory processing, and will be completely documented on the evidence container.
(CALEA 83.1.2, 84.1.1d) All standards for comparison regarding major criminal incidents will be collected by the CSI and/or qualified medical personnel in accordance with procedures established by the SLED or FBI Forensics Crime Laboratories.
Employees of the Sheriff’s Office who may come into contact with evidence will be required to submit a DNA sample to the DNA laboratory. This may also include but not limited to fingerprints and hair samples. These samples taken from employees will be used for elimination purposes only and will not be provided to any outside agency including state or federal offices. After elimination purposes are complete, the samples will not be kept and will be destroyed. The Chief Deputy or his designee has the authority to order such samples to be taken.
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 6 of 11
E. Collection of Blood and/or Other Body Fluids at Crime Scenes:
Body fluids, DNA and other biological evidence found and collected at crime scenes will be handled by CSI as outlined in this procedure and in accordance with procedures outlined in the BCSO Prevention of Bloodborne Diseases directive, General Order 239.
(CALEA 83.2.7a ) Latex gloves and other bloodborne pathogens protective equipment will be used, as appropriate, during collection.
Whenever possible, the entire object which contains potential biological evidence should be submitted as evidence. In situations where this method is not possible, the evidence will be obtained using a sterile swab or patch. Distilled water may be used to facilitate the collection of dried substances. Other possible methods include taking a cutting from the area containing the evidence, or collecting scraped samples from the area.
Wet materials will be air-dried in secure dry tanks prior to packaging. Items collected from other sources must be packaged individually to avoid contamination.
If body tissue is collected, packaging is dictated by the purpose of collection. If it is to be sent to the pathology department in reference to an autopsy, then placing the tissue in a glass jar with saline is acceptable. If for DNA analysis, the BCSO DNA Technical Leader requires drying the sample, then wrapping it in paper or an envelope. As needed, a CSI may reach out to the Beaufort County Coroner or to a Pathologist at MUSC for guidance during the collection of body tissue/fluids.
(CALEA 83.3.2b, 83.2.7b) Other biological materials, if not air dried, must be refrigerated in the evidence section after being marked, sealed, and tagged.
Proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will be worn during the collection of all evidence and samples to protect against exposure to potential hazardous and biological materials.
F. Wet Materials Collected as Evidence:
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 7 of 11
Wet clothing or other materials collected as evidence will be dried in a secured dry tank. Wet clothing will not be sealed in plastic bags. Wet clothing may; however, be transported in plastic bags provided they are placed into a drying area immediately after transport.
(CALEA 84.1.1d) As soon as the evidence is dry, it will be marked, sealed, tagged and submitted into evidence.
G. Firearms Collected as Evidence:
Firearms must be unloaded, with the ammunition packaged separately. Photographs will be taken to indicate which cylinders each round was in or it may be properly marked by the CSI If the weapon is a semi-automatic, the rounds should be removed from the magazine after removal from the weapon.
(CALEA 84.1.1de) BCSO Evidence and Property Room will not accept any loaded weapon. If a firearm cannot be unloaded due to mechanical defect or if the submitting deputy is unaware how to unload the weapon; the deputy will make arrangements to have the weapon unloaded by a departmental armorer before submission to the Evidence and Property Room.
When possible, firearms should be swabbed for touch DNA prior to submission into evidence.
H. Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit:
If required, a Sexual Assault Evidence Collection Kit will be used during the investigation of sexual assaults and sexual abuse cases.
(CALEA 84.1.1d) Medical personnel will conduct the sexual assault/abuse examination of the victim using the kit to obtain necessary evidence and samples. The kit may be stored in the medical facility’s designated secured evidence storage area. The responding deputy sheriff is responsible for notifying the case officer that a sample is being held at another facility. If a secured evidence storage facility is not available, then a CSI or deputy will be called to take custody of the sample.
I. Explosives, Corrosives, Flammables, and Other Hazardous Materials:
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 8 of 11
At no time will explosives, flammables, corrosive material, dangerous chemicals, unknown biological specimens, radioactive materials, or other dangerous materials or property be brought into any BCSO facility, placed into evidence lockers or brought into the Evidence Compound. Explosives will be handled solely by qualified bomb disposal personnel. Empty containers used for these products cannot be stored without the express approval of the Bomb Squad Commander or his designee. All decisions regarding explosive material collection, and disposal will default to the Bomb Squad Commander or his designee.
Photographs should be taken of any hazardous material prior to movement and/or disposal if possible.
(CALEA 84.1.1de) Any other hazardous material not conducive to being stored in the evidence compound will be photographed and disposed of according to procedures established by the BCSO Bomb Technician or Supervisor.
J. Procedures for Processing Stolen Vehicles:
Recovered stolen vehicles will be processed for evidence by the investigating deputy sheriff. The vehicle may either be towed to the evidence compound or secured until processed or processed at the scene. A BCSO Tow Sheet must be completed, and the responding deputy sheriff must follow the vehicle to the compound to ensure proper chain of custody for any evidence obtained.
(CALEA 83.2.1) Any evidence collected from the recovered vehicle will be marked, sealed, tagged, and secured either in the evidence lockers or evidence compound. The investigating deputy sheriff processing the recovered vehicle will document their actions and the collected evidence on a supplemental incident report.
It will be the responsibility of the responding deputy sheriff recovering the stolen vehicle to notify the dispatcher to cancel the NCIC entry.
K. Latent Prints:
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 9 of 11
The following general guidelines will be followed when processing a crime scene for latent prints:
a. The CSI or deputy sheriff will use the proper color fingerprint powder to develop the fingerprint found on an object. The powder will be lightly brushed over the print until it fully appears. Latent impressions developed with fingerprint powder may be photographed on the original object. After being photographed, prints will be lifted.
b. The lifted print is to be placed on the front of a fingerprint collection card and the following information listed in the spaces provided on the back of the card:
i) place of occurrence;
ii) type and date of offense;
iii) date and time processed;
iv) processed by (print name) and initials; and
v) OCA/report number.
When requesting a comparison of latent prints with fingerprints of a known suspect, the requesting deputy sheriff will include inked fingerprints and/or the fingerprint classification number of the suspect.
(CALEA 83.2.3) The above guidelines do not preclude or prohibit the use of other fingerprinting processes at the direction of a supervisor from the Criminal Investigations Branch.
L. Inventory Procedures for Collected Evidence:
(CALEA 42.2.1c) All physical evidence collected from a crime scene will be inventoried on an Incident Report, Incident Supplemental Report or Search Warrant Inventory/Return.
(CALEA 83.2.1) The inventory shall contain the following information:
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 10 of 11
a. description of item (including make, model, and serial number, if any);
b. source (from whom or location); and
c. name of the CSI or deputy sheriff collecting the evidence.
M. Crime Scene Reporting:
(CALEA 42.2.1c) It is the responsibility of the CSI who processes the scene to submit detailed reports on the prescribed BCSO forms describing the sequence of events associated with a scene investigation as related to evidence.
The report will contain the following information:
a. date and time of arrival at the scene;
b. location of the crime;
c. name of the victim(s), if known;
d. name of the suspect(s), if known;
e. narrative of the CSI actions at the scene; and
f. OCA/report number.
If a specialist is called to the scene (i.e., BCSO Forensics Services Laboratory personnel, SLED, FBI, Accident Reconstruction Specialist, etc.) this request will be documented by the CSI on scene.
(CALEA 83.2.6) The same responsibilities for accurate crime scene reporting apply to all investigating deputy sheriffs when a CSI is not summoned to a scene. The aforementioned information would then be documented by the investigating deputy sheriff on an incident report or supplemental incident report.
N. Submission of Evidence to Other Labs:
322A2 Crime Scene Unit/Crime Scene Investigators Pg 11 of 11
If evidence is to be submitted to an outside lab for processing, the deputy sheriff requesting the processing will complete the appropriate forms for the facility completing the processing. Chain of custody will be properly documented whenever evidence is submitted or received. Acceptable laboratories include, but are not limited to: SLED, FBI, or other accredited laboratories.
Reference(s): A-5/18/2020; A1-06/22/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Project Lifesaver
Number: 323A1 Type: Support Pages: 8
Effective Date: September 1, 2013 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA
Purpose:
To establish a procedure for the implementation and use of the Project Lifesaver Program.
Policy:
The Project Lifesaver Program is run in conjunction with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The program uses state of the art technology combining ground and air support resources to locate Alzheimer’s victims and other persons suffering from Related Mental Dysfunction Disorders. Project Lifesaver places personalized radio transmitters on selected individuals. Sophisticated tracking equipment is then used to locate these individuals in a timely manner to prevent serious injury or death to persons suffering from these types of conditions. Only trained operators of the Project Lifesaver equipment will be authorized to use this equipment during the search for a client enrolled in this program.
Definitions:
Client: A person who suffers from Alzheimer’s, Down Syndrome, Autism, or other age related mental disorders that have been accepted by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to participate in the Project Lifesaver program.
Project Lifesaver: Project Lifesaver is a program aiding the families and victims suffering with Alzheimer’s Disease and related disorders such as Autism and Down Syndrome. Project Lifesaver uses state of the art technology employing wristband transmitters to locate wandering and lost adults or children.
Program Administrator: The designated Deputy Sheriff Supervisor who is appointed to the Project Lifesaver Program.
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 2 of 8
Project Lifesaver Core Group Instructors: Deputy Sheriffs certified as Project Lifesaver Instructors. These Deputies will handle all certification of the tracking Deputies.
PLI 3000: The Project Lifesaver receiver utilized by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Tracking Deputy: A Deputy Sheriff trained and certified in the use of the Project Lifesaver program, equipment and tracking methods.
Procedure:
A. Organization of the Project Lifesaver Program:
The assigned Supervisor appointed as the Project Lifesaver Program Administrator is responsible for organizing all Project Lifesaver training and staffing.
The Program Administrator will maintain statistics and provide reports for all Project Lifesaver activities.
The Program Administrator or designee will maintain a database for all clients and caregivers.
The Program Administrator or designee shall ensure that new and/or replacement equipment is ordered when necessary and all team equipment is maintained in proper working order.
Only trained staff will be allowed to place individuals in the program, replace batteries or other equipment, and use the locator equipment.
Locator equipment shall be placed in a secure location at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office both North and South of the Broad River.
B. Client Installment and Removal:
All potential clients/caregivers who contact the Sheriff’s Office will be directed to the assigned Project Lifesaver Program Administrator.
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 3 of 8
The Program Administrator will determine the capacity of the Project Lifesaver program and will create a waiting list for future clients based upon a first come, first served basis.
Exceptions to the waiting list may be given for emergency or extraordinary situations.
The caregiver will be sent the Project Lifesaver application and Caregiver Contract, and will be required to read and complete both documents.
Once selected for admission into the program a member from Beaufort County Sheriff Office Project Lifesaver program will meet with a family or caregiver during enrollment in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Project Lifesaver Program.
After the family or caregiver has signed the contract, the new client will be fitted with a wrist transmitter and the family member or caregiver will be given a transmitter tester along with instructions on use.
Before leaving the area, the deputy will test the equipment to ensure that a signal is received from the transmitter.
The client profile will immediately be added to the Project Lifesaver website data base. A completed set of paperwork will be transferred to Southern Investigations where it will be stored in paper form, in the event of a loss of access to the website or BCSO records management system.
At no time will equipment be placed upon a client without the consent of a legally responsible party.
In the event that a client or caregiver requests to have the client released from the program, a member from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Project Lifesaver program will remove the transmitter from the client and retrieve all equipment. A report will be done to document this action/request. A copy of the report will be maintained in the client file.
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 4 of 8
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will be responsible for the cost of equipment replacement for any damaged or lost equipment belonging to the Project Lifesaver program. If the damage or loss of equipment is found to be negligent on behalf of the client or caregiver, this will be considered a program violation. Further consequence for this violation is removal of the client from the Project Lifesaver program. All violations will be fully documented by report and kept in the client’s file.
In the event that the client refuses to wear the transmitter or the care giver is not completing the daily battery testing check list, this will be considered a program violation. Further consequence for this violation is removal of the client from the Project Lifesaver program.
C. Program Implementation:
In the event a Project Lifesaver participant is reported missing, the Law Enforcement Communications Center (LECC) will dispatch the call to the patrol supervisor. A Project Lifesaver trained Deputy will be contacted to respond.
The BCSO Air Unit and/or the BCSO Drone (sUAS) air support resources will be contacted by LECC and put on standby.
The Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputies will respond to their prospective main office and collect the Project Lifesaver receiver, vehicle antenna and ac adapter.
The Tracking Deputy will test the receiver’s battery. If the battery is under six watts, a battery change out will be necessary. A spare battery will be kept within the receiver pelican case.
Prior to leaving the office, the antenna will be mounted atop of the responding Tracking Deputies patrol vehicle and the antenna will be connected to the receiver.
The Tracking Deputy will then enter the frequency number of the missing person, which will be provided by the LECC. The receiver will then be activated.
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 5 of 8
While responding to the last known location of the missing client, the Tracking Deputy will illuminate his/her patrol vehicle emergency lights.
Approximately one mile from the last known location of the missing client, the Tracking Deputy will slow their patrol vehicle to a speed not exceed twenty miles per hour.
The first Project Lifesaver certified Deputy to arrive at the incident location will coordinate with the on scene Incident Commander.
The Incident Commander or designee, shall gather all available information from the caregiver, establish the last known location, and relay all information to other responding units, including the Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputy.
The Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputy shall begin an initial electronic search of the last known location.
If there is no chirp, then a spiraling search pattern is started with the mobile units from the last known location.
The Project Lifesaver trained Deputies shall commence searching in accordance with their training
The Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputy shall communicate with the on-scene Incident Commander to supply information regarding the ongoing client search, and provide appropriate client information for other law enforcement units in the vicinity.
The Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputy shall direct other tracking Deputies to the appropriate search locations, coordinating with the on scene Incident Commander.
Any tracking Deputy that receives a strong signal may announce that they are beginning to track the signal, giving their location prior to commencing the track.
When the Tracking Deputy goes to ground (get out of their patrol cars
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 6 of 8
and walk with the receivers), they will continue following the strongest chirp to the location of the missing client.
If the missing client’s frequency is not detected within 15 minutes of the search, or if the subject is believed to be in a motor vehicle, the Supervisor may request air support (weather permitting) from an approved agency.
If the search has been in progress for more than 30 minutes, the Search Coordinator may mobilize additional resources to assist in the search. The client will be entered into NCIC as a missing person.
a. Additional Tracking Deputies
b. Sheriff’s Office K-9 unit
c. Local Fire Department personnel
The Incident Commander, with assistance of the Project Lifesaver trained personnel, will provide the helicopter unit information to include: the last known location where the Project Lifesaver client was seen, radio communication information, i.e., frequencies for contact or the need for communications capabilities, along with landing zone information.
One ground unit vehicle with support personnel will trail the helicopter maintaining communications. The air search unit will direct this unit when a signal is detected.
Operational control during Lifesaver searches will be under the responding supervisor, however, final authority for the operational integrity and safety of helicopter operations will remain with the pilot in command of such aircraft.
 AT NO TIME will any unit tracking equipment be given to any non-qualified unit member or other personnel for the purpose of participating in the search.
D. Post Search Procedures:
Upon locating and recovery of the missing client, Deputies on scene will determine if medical treatment and/or transport home are
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 7 of 8
appropriate and insure its completion.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will strive to assist located clients in a compassionate and safe manner to protect the individual, the public, family members and Deputies
Once the search had been concluded, the Project Lifesaver Tracking Deputies will debrief all involved Tracking Deputies and complete a Project Lifesaver After Action Report along with any required Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office incident reports.
E. Monthly Maintenance Procedure:
Project Lifesaver certified personnel will complete monthly maintenance checks on all wrist transmitters of clients.
Batteries will be replaced in each wrist transmitter every 30 days from the date installed.
Client wristbands will also be replaced and adjusted during the monthly maintenance process. Wrist transmitters will be checked with a Transmitter Tester to insure that they are functioning properly.
Search receivers will be checked monthly by the Program Administrator or designee to insure they are functioning properly and that the batteries are changed. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office assumes all repairs or maintenance of all Project Lifesaver equipment. In the event that any of the Project Lifesaver equipment is damaged, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Program Administrator must be contacted immediately along with the appropriate command staff.
The Project Lifesaver Program Administrator will maintain all equipment and maintenance logs.
F. Re-Certification Procedures:
Any certified operator of the equipment, in the Project Lifesaver program, must demonstrate proficiency with that equipment every 2 years. Proficiency is demonstrated in either of the following manners:
323A1 Project Lifesaver Pg 8 of 8
a. Participation in three (3) actual searches as an operator of the equipment, or
b. Successfully complete three (3) scenario searches as an operator of the equipment;
c. Every 2 years.
d. May be a combination of two (2) types of searches and must actually operate the equipment and successfully locate the transmitter.
Each search must cover a minimum distance of 1/2 mile. Any Deputy Sheriff, who is Project Lifesaver Certified as an Instructor, may re-certify an operator.
Upon re-certification, one (1) copy of the re-certification form will be filed in the Deputy’s training file and one will be submitted to Project Lifesaver International, 815 Battlefield Blvd. South, Chesapeake, Virginia 23322.
Reference(s): A-06/16/2020; A1-06/02/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Local DNA Database
Number: 324A1 Type: Support Pages: 4
Effective Date: August 20, 2013 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: Forensic Services Laboratory Quality Manuals
Purpose:
It is the purpose of this policy to provide guidance regarding the procedures that govern the management of the BCSO Local DNA Database.
The guidelines set forth in this policy are not intended to provide a complete understanding of the operation and management of the Local DNA Database but rather to provide the following information: (1) a basic understanding of the three types of databases, (2) the definitions of commonly used wording, (3) procedures for entering records into the Local Database, and (4) procedures for deleting records from the Local Database. Additional information regarding the Local DNA Database is provided in specific policies, procedures, and directives of the Forensic Services Laboratory.
Policy:
All employees of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office must be fully aware of the procedures regarding the entry of DNA records into the Local DNA Database.
Definitions:
Combined DNA Index System (CODIS): A collection of DNA databases from
forensic laboratories across the United States. DNA profiles of known individuals as authorized by federal and state law are collected and compared to profiles obtained from criminal evidence and unidentified remains. CODIS consists of three levels (databases): Local, State, and National. Profiles collected at the local level that meet the criteria for state searches are uploaded and searched at the state level. Profiles that meet the criteria for national searches are then uploaded from the state level and searched at the national level.
324A1 Local DNA Database Pg 2 of 4
Local DNA Index System (LDIS): The local component of the CODIS database. LDIS includes Forensic, Missing Persons, and Relatives of Missing Persons Records developed in the laboratory.
Local TrueAllele Database: A searchable database component of the TrueAllele software that houses and searches DNA records developed in the laboratory regardless of specimen type or eligibility for CODIS.
Local CODIS Administrator: The Local CODIS Administrator is responsible for the management of LDIS and will have all administrative rights and authority for the processing of incoming and outgoing search requests and communication with other laboratories and law enforcement agencies regarding candidate matches. In addition, the Local Administrator will be responsible for the completion of all paperwork and reporting of all data required for participation in the National DNA Index System (NDIS). The Local CODIS Administrator is responsible for deletion of records from the LDIS.
Forensic Record: A record that (a) is developed from crime scene evidence and (b) contains alleles that may be attributed to the perpetrator. Forensic Records that meet eligibility criteria may be entered into LDIS and uploaded to the State and National Databases as applicable.
Suspect Record: A record that is developed from an individual identified as a suspect in an investigation. These records may originate from known samples or from samples intimate to the suspect, such as cigarette butts, chewing gum, suspect’s blood on suspect’s clothing, etc. Suspect Records developed prior to May 2018 were entered into LDIS but were not uploaded to the State or National Databases. Suspect Records developed after May 2018 are not entered into LDIS and will be maintained in the Local TrueAllele Database.
Staff Record: A record developed from a BCSO employee to be used for elimination purposes. Staff Records developed prior to May 2018 were entered into LDIS but were not uploaded to the State or National Databases. Staff Records developed after May 2018 are not entered into LDIS and will be maintained in the Local TrueAllele Database.
Missing Persons Record: A record developed from missing persons evidence to be used for database comparison to unidentified human remains. Missing Persons records may be entered into LDIS and uploaded to the State and National DNA Databases.
324A1 Local DNA Database Pg 3 of 4
Procedures:
A. General Information
This policy only addresses records that are maintained at the local level. Policies for the state and national databases are developed by SLED and the FBI, respectively.
No personally identifiable is maintained in the Local TrueAllele Database or LDIS.
Acceptable Samples for Entry into the Local TrueAllele Database
a. All DNA records developed in the laboratory are eligible for upload and searching in the Local TrueAllele Database.
b. Records will be entered as EVI (evidence samples), REF (reference samples), or STAFF (staff samples) based on sample type.
Acceptable Samples for Entry into LDIS
a. Forensic, Missing Persons, and Relative of Missing Persons samples will be entered into the appropriate specimen category based upon criteria listed in the National DNA Index System (NDIS) Procedures Manual.
b. Forensic profiles that are unambiguously attributable to victims or to elimination samples will not be entered.
c. Forensic profiles that are attributable to the alleged perpetrator or which are ambiguous in their origin may be entered.
d. Suspect and Staff records are not entered into LDIS. Suspect and Staff Records developed prior to May 2018 were entered into and are still maintained in LDIS. Suspect and Staff Records developed after May 2018 are no longer entered into LDIS.
324A1 Local DNA Database Pg 4 of 4
Sample Deletion from LDIS
a. Records will be expunged from LDIS if so ordered by the court or by the solicitor in the form of an Expungement Order.
b. Records may also be deleted from LDIS with a written request/approval of the appropriate approving authority.
B. This policy does not supersede or influence the Forensic Services Laboratory DNA Section’s overall Policies and Procedures nor does it address the management of the State and National DNA Databases. Policy regarding the analysis of submitted samples and guidelines pertaining to State and Federal Databases may be found in the Forensic Services Laboratory Policies and Procedures.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Automated License Plate Reader
Number: 325A1 Type:
Pages:
6
Effective Date: October 1, 2013
Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.3.9
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to provide officers with guidelines on the proper use of automated license plate recognition (ALPR) systems and the data collected from the systems.
Policy:
The availability and use of the ALPR systems have provided many opportunities for the enhancement of productivity, effectiveness, and officer safety. It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office that all agency personnel assigned to the deployment, operation or administration of the ALPR will abide by the requirements outlined in this general order.
Definitions:
FOUO: For Official Use Only
ALPR: Automated License Plate Recognition
OCR: Optical Character Recognition
READ: Digital images of license plates and vehicles associated with metadata (i.e.: date, time, and geographical coordinates associated with the vehicle) that are captured by ALPR systems.
ALERT: A visual and/or auditory notice that is triggered when the ALPR system receives a potential “hit” on a license plate.
HIT: A read matched to a plate that has previously been registered on an agency’s “hot list” of vehicle plates related to stolen vehicles, wanted vehicles, suspended
Revised: A- 2/13/2014
A1-6/5/2019
325A1 Automated License Plate Reader Pg 2 of 6
tags, or other factors supporting investigation, or which has been manually registered by a user for further investigation.
HOT LIST: License plate numbers of stolen cars, stolen tags, suspended tags, AMBER alerts and vehicles owned by persons of interest in a crime are regularly added to “hot lists”. Hot list information can come from a variety of sources, including stolen vehicle information from the National Insurance Crime Bureau, the National Crime Information Center (NCIC), the South Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles (SCDMV), as well as national AMBER Alerts and the Department of Homeland Security watch lists. Departments of Motor Vehicles can provide lists of expired tags, and law enforcement agencies can interface their own locally compiled hot lists to the ALPR. This information will augment officer safety and investigatory objectives. In addition to the created hot lists, users with administrative privileges may also manually add license plate numbers to hot list in order to be alerted if and when a vehicle license plate of interest is read by the ALPR system.
Active ALPR Data: Information provided to an ALPR operator in real time in the form of alerts that a license plate number contained in the hot list is near the ALPR. This includes ALPR Data recorded during a patrol shift that is contained in the ALPR and has not been transferred to the historical database server.
Historical ALPR Data: A database containing the dates, times and locations of individually identifiable motor vehicles stored for future use.
NDI Recognition Systems (RDIRS): VeriPlate NDI Mobile Road Warrior Trailer equipped with automated license plate reader (ALPR) and message board complete with all traffic solutions (ATS) speed alerts.
FIXED ALPR system: ALPR cameras that are permanently affixed to a structure, such as a pole, traffic barrier or a bridge.
MOBILE ALPR system: ALPR cameras that are affixed, either permanently (hardwired) or temporarily (i.e. magnet or window mount), to a law enforcement vehicle of mobile trailer deployment.
PORTABLE ALPR system: ALPR cameras that are transportable and can be moved and deployed in a variety of venues as needed, such as a speed radar sign.
325A1 Automated License Plate Reader Pg 3 of 6
Procedures:
A. General Information:
The use of the ALPR systems is restricted to public safety-related missions of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
ALPR systems and associated equipment and databases are authorized for official public safety purposes. Misuse of the equipment and associated databases, or data, may be subject to sanctions and/or disciplinary actions.
ALPR systems and ALPR data and associated media are the property of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and intended for use in conducting official business with limited exceptions noted elsewhere in this policy.
(CALEA 41.3.9d) The State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) is responsible for developing and maintaining an ALPR data retention policy as defined in
5.17 in the Memorandum of Understanding. Freedom of Information Requests received by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office on the ALPR will be sent to SLED.
B. Administration:
The Enforcement Master Sergeant are responsible for providing administrative oversight and designating the ALPR Administrator with the following responsibilities:
Stay abreast of legal trends and case law in the area of license plate readers and other electronic forms of public surveillance.
Monitor the use of the ALPR system and conduct periodic audits of the system.
Ensure the ALPR system is being used in accordance with Sheriff’s Office policy.
Review and make updates to the ALPR General Order.
Manage the compilation hot list.
(CALEA 41.3.9b) Assure for security safeguards. ALPR data is sensitive enough to be categorized for official use only. As such, ALPR systems should
325A1 Automated License Plate Reader Pg 4 of 6
be protected by reasonable security safeguards to prevent unauthorized access, destruction, use, modifications or disclosure of ALPR data.
C. ALPR Administrator:
The ALPR Administrator is responsible for deployment, utilization, and administrative oversight for the ALPR system including the following responsibilities:
Identify the personnel who will have administrative privileges. When personnel are transferred, reassigned or terminated, it is the responsibility of the ALPR Administrator to notify the Enforcement Master Sergeant who in turn will notify Support Services. Support Services will communicate the changes with the ALPR Coordinator with SLED.
(CALEA 41.3.9d) Establishing protocols for access, collection, storage and retention of ALPR data, and associated media files.
Establish protocols to reserve and document ALPR reads and alerts or hits that are acted on in the field or associated with investigations and prosecutions.
(CALEA 41.3.9b) Establishing protocols for the security and integrity of the data stored and retained in the ALPR system.
(CALEA 41.3.9c) Ensuring the proper selection and training of the personnel approved to operate the ALPR system.
Maintaining records identifying approved ALPR deployments and documenting their results, including appropriate documentation of significant incidents and arrests related to ALPR usage.
Authorizing any requests for ALPR systems use or data access.
Ensure compliance with the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding between the Sheriff’s Office and the State Law Enforcement Division.
Designated, trained personnel shall check equipment on a regular basis to ensure functionality and camera alignment. Any equipment that falls outside expected functionality shall be removed from service until the deficiencies are corrected.
325A1 Automated License Plate Reader Pg 5 of 6
ALPR systems repairs, hardware or software shall be made by authorized personnel or sources.
D. License Plate Reader System Usage: (CALEA 41.3.9a)
ALPR operation shall be for official purposes of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office only.
Only deputies who have been properly trained in the use and operational protocols of the ALPR systems shall be permitted to use the system.
At the start of each deployment of the ALPR, users must ensure the ALPR system has been updated with the most current hot lists available.
At the start and end of the deployment of the ALPR, users will make a radio notification to the on-duty deputies and notification to one of the Crime Analyst in Support Services.
E. ALPR Alerts/Hits: Prior to initiation of a traffic stop: (CALEA 41.3.9a)
Visually verify that the vehicle plate numbers match the plate number ran by the ALPR system, including both alphanumeric characters of the license plate and the state of issuance.
The current status of the plate must be verified through dispatch or Mobile Data Computer (MDC) query prior to taking any action on the vehicle if circumstances allow.
If an operator verifies a hit as being accurate, the operator will take the appropriate action based on BCSO policy.
In each case in which an alert or a hit is received, the operator should record the disposition of the alert or the hit into the ALPR system.
F. Hot Lists:
ALPR systems are only as good as the data they rely upon and assuring that the hot lists are kept current is critical to limiting the possibility that users will act or rely on erroneous information. The management of hot lists is a key element to the success of the ALPR system. The content of hot lists should be monitored to
325A1 Automated License Plate Reader Pg 6 of 6
protect people whose vehicles license plate numbers are contained on such lists from continued and unnecessary annoyance.
Hot lists may be entered into the ALPR system database if the user, with administrative privileges, enters a specific plate into the ALPR system and wants to be alerted when the plate is located. Whenever information is manually entered into the database; it must be for a legitimate law enforcement purpose and it is the responsibility of the person entering the information to remove the information once it no longer serves a legitimate law enforcement purpose.
G. Maintenance:
ALPR camera lenses may be cleaned with glass cleaner or mild soap and water and a soft, nonabrasive cloth.
Damage to ALPR equipment shall be immediately reported to the ALPR Administrator. The ALPR Administrator shall document and investigate.
ALPR operators will not attempt to modify the ALPR system, equipment, or software.
Revision(s): A-1/25/2017, A1-6/21/2019; A2-6/08/20; A3-05/25/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Social Media
Number: 326A3 Type: Administrative Pages: 10
Effective Date: March 11, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 46.1.10a
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office endorses the secure use of social media to enhance communication, collaboration, and information exchange; streamline processes; and foster productivity. This policy establishes this agency’s position on the utility and management of social media and provides guidance on its management, administration, and oversight. This policy is not meant to address one particular form of social media; rather social media in general, as advances in technology occur and new tools emerge.
Policy:
Social media provides a new and potentially valuable means of assisting the Sheriff’s Office and its personnel in community outreach, problem-solving, investigations, crime prevention, and related objectives. This policy identifies potential uses that may be explored or expanded upon as deemed reasonable by administrative and supervisory personnel. The Sheriff’s Office also recognizes the role that these tools play in the personal lives of some agency personnel. The personal use of social media can have bearing on agency personnel in their official capacity. As such, this policy provides precautions and prohibitions on the use of social media by agency personnel.
Definitions:
Blog: A self-published diary or commentary on a particular topic that may allow visitors to post responses, reactions, or comments. The term is short for “Web log.”
Page: The specific portion of a social media website where content is displayed, and managed by an individual or individuals with administrator rights.
Post: Content an individual shares on a social media site or the act of publishing content on a site.
Profile: Information that a user provides about himself or herself on a social networking site.
Social Media: A category of Internet-based resources that integrate user-generated content and user participation. This includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites (Facebook), microblogging sites (Twitter, Nextdoor), photo- and video-sharing sites (Instagram, YouTube), wikis (Wikipedia), blogs, and news sites (Digg, Reddit).
Social Networks: Online platforms where users can create profiles, share information, and socialize with others using a range of technologies.
Speech: Expression or communication of thoughts or opinions in spoken words, in writing, by expressive conduct, symbolism, photographs, videotape, or related forms of communication.
Web 2.0: The second generation of the World Wide Web focused on shareable, user-generated content, rather than static web pages. Some use this term interchangeably with social media.
Wiki: Web page(s) that can be edited collaboratively.
Nixle: The Sheriff’s Office employs the Nixle system. Nixle is a communication system that connects residents, businesses, and the community to the Sheriff’s Office. Residences can use Nixle to receive information ranging from critical alerts to news. Residences can choose how they receive this information by SMS (text message), email, over the Web or by mobile application.
Community Outreach and Information: The Sheriff’s office uses social media to enhance community policing initiatives by promoting better communications, providing greater access to information, enhancing transparency, allowing greater accountability, encouraging broader participation and providing an avenue for collaborative problem solving.
Procedures:
A. On the Job Use:
Agency-Sanctioned Presence: Determine strategy
a. Where possible, each social media page shall include an introductory statement that clearly specifies the purpose and scope of the agency’s presence on the website.
b. Where possible, the page(s) should link to the agency’s official website.
c. Social media page(s) shall be designed for the target audience(s).
Procedures
a. All agency social media sites or pages shall be approved by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy and shall be administered by the Public Information Team.
b. Social media pages will indicate they are maintained by the Sheriff’s Office with its contact information prominently displayed.
c. Where possible, social media pages should state that the opinions expressed by visitors to the page(s) do not reflect the opinions of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
(1) Pages shall clearly indicate that posted comments will be monitored and that the Sheriff’s Office reserves the right to remove an individual’s privileges to the site based on inappropriate communications, such as obscenities, off-topic comments and personal attacks.
(2) Pages shall clearly indicate that any content posted or submitted for posting is subject to public disclosure.
Department-Sanctioned Use
a. Department personnel representing the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office via social media outlets shall do the following:
(1) Conduct themselves at all times as representatives of the Sheriff’s Office and, accordingly, shall adhere to all agency standards of conduct and observe conventionally accepted protocols and proper decorum.
(2) Identify themselves as a member of the Sheriff’s Office.
(3) Refrain from making statements about the guilt or innocence of any suspect or arrestee, or comments concerning pending prosecutions, nor post, transmit, or otherwise disseminate confidential information, including photographs or videos, related to agency training, activities, or work-related assignments without permission by the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
(4) Refrain from conducting political activities or private business.
b. The use of agency computers by agency personnel to access social media is prohibited without authorization.
c. Agency personnel use of personally owned devices to manage the agency’s social media activities or in the course of official duties is prohibited without express written permission.
d. Employees shall observe and abide by all copyright, trademark and service mark restrictions in posting materials to electronic media.
Potential Uses
a. Social media is a valuable investigative tool when seeking evidence or information about:
(1) Missing persons;
(2) Wanted persons;
(3) Gang participation;
(4) Crimes perpetrated online (i.e., cyberbullying, cyberstalking); and
(5) Photos or videos of a crime posted by a participant or observer.
b. Social media can be used for community outreach and engagement by:
(1) Providing crime prevention tips;
(2) Offering online-reporting opportunities;
(3) Sharing crime maps and data; and
(4) Soliciting tips about unsolved crimes (i.e., Crimestoppers).
c. Social media can be used to make time-sensitive notifications related to:
(1) Road closures,
(2) Special events,
(3) Weather emergencies and
(4) Missing or endangered persons.
d. Persons seeking employment and volunteer positions use the Internet to search for opportunities, and social media can be a valuable recruitment mechanism.
B. Personal Use:
Precautions and Prohibitions
a. Agency personnel are free to express themselves as private citizens on social media sites to the degree that their speech does not impair working relationships of the Sheriff’s Office for which loyalty and confidentiality are important, impede the performance of duties, impair discipline and harmony among coworkers or negatively affect the public perception of the Sheriff’s Office.
b. As public employees, agency personnel are cautioned that speech on- or off-duty, made pursuant to their official duties—that is, that owes its existence to the employee’s professional duties and responsibilities—is not protected speech under the First Amendment and may form the basis for discipline if deemed detrimental to the Sheriff’s Office. Agency personnel should assume that their speech and related activity on social media sites will reflect upon their office and this agency.
c. Agency personnel shall not post, transmit, or otherwise disseminate any information to which they have access as a result of their employment without written permission from the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
d. For safety and security reasons, agency personnel are cautioned about disclosing their employment with this agency or posting information pertaining to any other member of this agency without their permission. With the safety and security of all personnel a primary concern, agency personnel are warned against doing the following while interacting on their personal social media pages:
(1) Display Sheriff’s Office logos, uniforms, or similar identifying items on personal web pages.
(2) Post personal photographs or provide similar means of personal recognition that may cause them to be identified as an employee of this agency. Deputies who are, or who may reasonably be expected to work in undercover operations, shall not post any form of visual or personal identification.
(3) When using social media, agency personnel should be mindful that their speech becomes part of the worldwide electronic domain. Therefore, adherence to the Sheriff’s Office code of conduct is required in the personal use of social media. In particular, agency personnel are prohibited from the following:
(a) Speech containing obscene or sexually explicit language, images, or acts and statements or other forms of speech that ridicule, malign, disparage, or otherwise express bias against any race, any religion, or any protected class of individuals.
(b) Speech involving themselves or other agency personnel reflecting behavior that would reasonably be considered reckless or irresponsible.
i. Engaging in prohibited speech noted herein, may provide grounds for undermining or impeaching an officer’s testimony in criminal proceedings. Sheriff’s Office personnel thus sanctioned are subject to discipline up to and including termination of office.
ii. Agency personnel may not divulge information gained by reason of their authority; make any statements, speeches, appearances, and endorsements; or publish materials that could reasonably be considered to represent the views or positions of this agency without express authorization by the Sheriff or the Chief Deputy.
e. Agency personnel should be aware that they may be subject to civil litigation for:
(1) Publishing or posting false information that harms the reputation of another person, group, or organization (defamation).
(2) Publishing or posting private facts and personal information about someone without their permission that has not been previously revealed to the public, is not of legitimate public concern, and would be offensive to a reasonable person.
(3) Using someone else’s name, likeness, or other personal attributes without that person’s permission for an exploitative purpose; or
(4) Publishing the creative work of another, trademarks, or certain confidential business information without the permission of the owner.
f. Agency personnel should be aware that privacy settings and social media sites are constantly in flux, and they should never assume that personal information posted on such sites is truly private.
g. Agency personnel should expect that any information created, transmitted, downloaded, exchanged or discussed in a public online forum may be accessed by the Sheriff’s Office at any time without prior notice.
h. Reporting violations: Any employee becoming aware of or having knowledge of a posting or of any website or web page in violation of the provision of this policy shall notify his or her supervisor immediately for follow-up action.
C. Disseminating Sheriff’s Office Information using Social Media and Nixle:
Procedures:
a. Nixle was organized to design and develop innovative technologies for the public safety sector, government sector and the commercial sector. These unique communications solutions are in the area of public and internal real-time messaging.
b. Nixle enables location specific information to be immediately available to users, depending on their physical location at any given time. Nixle makes this information instantly available over SMS, mobile application, email and the Web.
c. The Sheriff’s Office is a member of the state Crimestoppers program. The Sheriff’s Office continues to advertise Crimestoppers to our citizens. Persons wishing to provide crime tips to Crimestoppers have a number of methods to access Crimestoppers including our website, Nixle, Facebook, Nextdoor and Twitter accounts.
d. Information posted to the Nixle system also appears on the Sheriff’s Office Facebook and Twitter pages.
e. Employees of the Sheriff’s Office will be grouped into operational groups for both internal and external messaging notifications.
f. Residences, Businesses and Government Agencies will be grouped by the Public Information Team: Public Information Officer and Assistant Public Information Officer, for messaging notifications.
g. The Public Information Team is responsible for managing the Sheriff’s Office social media and Nixle systems (developing, implementing pro-active initiatives, and marketing of the systems) to ensure the general public is knowledgeable of the system and uses the system.
h. The Public Information Team is responsible for responding to any messages sent to the Sheriff’s Office via Facebook or the general BCSO email account (BCSOWebsite@bcgov.net) or disseminating those messages to appropriate personnel for response and/or follow-up.
i. (CALEA 46.1.10a) It is very important that the correct Nixle message type is used when creating a new publication. The following message types will be used:
(1) Alert: Alert messages are reserved for critically important information where loss of life and/or property is potentially imminent. Alert messages are time-sensitive and require residents to take immediate action. Alert Examples: Severe Weather Warning, Missing Child/Amber Alert, Wildfire, Gas Leak, Contagious Disease Outbreak, Critical Police Incident Occurring, Etc.
(2) Advisory: Advisory messages are intended to communicate important need-to-know information. Advisories should be considered less-time-critical than alerts and require a heightened sense of awareness from residences. Advisory Examples: Road Closure/Detours, Police Advisory, School Closing, Wanted Subjects; Severe Weather Watch, Traffic Congestion, Media, Etc.
(3) Community: (Open Source) Community messages should be used to convey everyday local news, happenings and developments. Community messages should not contain any time-critical information. Community Examples: Police Blotter Information, Event Announcements, Crime Prevention Information, Sobriety Checkpoint Information, Community Updates, Etc.
j. During normal business hours, the Public Information Team will be responsible for posting and removing law enforcement Alerts, Advisories, and Community messages. Traffic Management is responsible for posting and removing advisories regarding motor vehicle accidents and other incidents resulting in hazardous road conditions.
k. During off duty hours, the Command Duty Officer is responsible for posting and removing necessary law enforcement Alerts and Advisories. The Emergency Management Command Duty Officer is responsible for posting and removing necessary non-law enforcement Alerts or Advisories. Each Command Duty Officer has been given administrative rights to the Nixle system and to Agency Nixle Publishing. Agency Nixle Publishing may be accessed via the following methods for publishing Alerts and Advisories:
(1) Computer: Logging into the Agency Nixle Account and entering the information yourself.
(2) Tablet/Cell Phone: Download a free Nixle Mobile App, titled “Everbridge”, onto your cell phone and/or tablet. Log into the app with the same agency user credentials assigned.
(3) Phone (for Alerts Only): Nixle Remote Publishing @ 888-366-3969
l. Depending on the incident type suggested in this order the Command Duty Officer has the option of a county wide advisory, no advisory or a specific location advisory. When using geographic filtering, the Command Duty Officer may choose from the following location based on geographic options:
(1) Custom Area: Which already has the enforcement patrol areas created for users.
(2) Point and Radius: Which identifies a specific address and can extend up to ten (10) miles from the incident location.
(3) City/Town Name or Zip Code: Or using the incident location’s zip code.
m. Incidents that are classified as non-urgent or threatening may be released as a press release the following day.
(1) Advisories will not be posted between the hours of 11:00 pm and 7:00 am, unless authorized by the Public Information Team.
(2) The following incidents are examples:
(a) Missing children
(b) Vulnerable adults
(c) Verified missing person
(d) Multiple or freshly committed Residential and/or commercial burglaries
(e) Multi-crime trends such as multiple vandalisms or vehicle break-ins
(f) Shootings
(g) Homicide
(h) Armed robbery
(i) Attempted murder
(3) Command Duty Officers are expected to use their judgment on other serious incidents not listed.
n. Emergency Advisories and/or Alerts such as road closures, severe weather, man-hunt, etc. will be posted at 6:00 am to ensure the waking public is aware of the situation.
o. Command Duty Officers hours are as follows:
(1) Friday 5:00 pm to Saturday at 9:00 am
(2) Saturday 9:00 am to Sunday at 9:00 am
(3) Sunday 9:00 am to Monday at 8:00 am
(4) Monday-Thursday from 5:00 pm to 8:00 am
(5) On holidays the hours are from 9:00 am to 9:00 am the following day.
(6) The Sheriff’s Office PIO is responsible for posting press releases during normal business hours beginning at 8:00 am to 5:00 pm.
p. The on-duty Enforcement Shift Supervisor will, as soon as possible, notify the Sheriff’s Office Public Information Team during normal business hours or the Command Duty Officer during off duty hours of any incidents mentioned in the general order occur during their shift.
q. The media board remains in effect and will not be posted on Nixle.
Revision(s): A-06/19/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Mobile Automated Fingerprint Identification System
Number: 327A Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: September 30, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To establish and delineate responsibilities associated with the use of Mobile Automated Fingerprint System (AFIS) devices, prior to formal arrest.
Policy:
The issuance and use of the Mobile AFIS is intended to provide Deputies with a specialized tool to assist in the positive identification of individuals under appropriate circumstances.
Definitions:
A Mobile Automated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS) device is a handheld, wireless supported scanning device that uses a direct cellular or mobile computer device connection to access one or more data systems through secure connections provided by the South Carolina State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) and the National Crime Information Center (NCIC).
Procedure:
A. Guidelines for use:
The Mobile AFIS shall only be used for legitimate law enforcement purposes.
The Mobile AFIS shall only be used in investigation situations either:
a. Where the person to be fingerprinted has given a knowing and willing voluntary consent or permission for the Deputy to use the device; or
b. Where the person to be fingerprinted has aroused reasonable suspicion, capable of articulation, that the person to be printed has committed, or is
327A Mobile Automated Fingerprint Identification System Pg 2 of 3
about to commit a criminal act, or when there is a justifiable and reasonable belief that such printing via the Mobile AFIS will either establish or nullify the subject’s identity and/or connection with that crime; or
c. Where the person to be fingerprinted has been rendered incapacitated or nonresponsive, without available alternative means of identification.
Use of Mobile AFIS through voluntary consent:
a. This consent should either be verbal or may be recorded using an in-car video.
b. As with other forms of consent, the consent can be limited or withdrawn at any point by the subject.
c. If consent is withdrawn, use of the Mobile AFIS is not authorized and its use must stop immediately.
d. Deputies shall not force or coerce anyone to submit to the scan.
e. If consent is limited, the employee shall conduct the scan within those limitations or if they determine the scan cannot be completed within the limitations they shall not conduct the scan.
Use of Mobile AFIS through reasonable suspicion, identity/connections with a crime:
a. The Mobile AFIS shall be used as quickly as possible after reasonable suspicion is established.
b. The Mobile AFIS may be used in situations where the subject to be printed would otherwise be required to give traditional fingerprint samples. Fingerprint and palm prints will still be obtained for submission from subjects charged with any reportable offense.
Use of Mobile AFIS due to incapacitated/nonresponsive person: The Mobile AFIS may be used to assist in establishing the identity of:
a. Deceased or incapacitated persons.
b. Mass casualty incidents.
c. Traffic fatalities.
The use of the Mobile AFIS for random or generalized investigative or intelligence gathering, with no focused case or other reason is not authorized. Special care should be taken to ensure devices are not used for any purpose that may lend themselves to the inference of improper profiling.
327A Mobile Automated Fingerprint Identification System Pg 3 of 3
A Deputy may scan a suspect at the request from an outside agency providing the outside agency complies with the provisions of this general order and all applicable laws.
All Deputies will receive appropriate training as authorized and approved by SLED prior to using or maintaining the Mobile AFIS. Users must also be NCIC certified. Documentation as to all training shall be forwarded to the Training Section.
Data recorded onto the Mobile AFIS should be maintained on the device in accordance with the guidelines as set out by SLED and NCIC.
Deputies using the Mobile AFIS shall report the use in Spillman using the “Circumstance” tab in the Law Screen. Under the “Circumstance” tab, Deputies will utilize the abbreviation “FRUNK” (F/Print Reader USED/Unk Suspect) when a subject is scanned. Deputies will also articulate the use of the Mobile AFIS on a subject by completing a Supplemental Report.
Guidelines cannot be written to encompass every possible application for the use of the Mobile AFIS. Deputies should keep in mind the guidelines presented in this general order are to assist them in deciding whether the device may be used or not and if they have any questions they should consult their supervisor.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Drone (sUAS)
Number: 328 Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: September 29, 2020 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 41.1.3 a, b, c, d; 14 CFR Part 107
Purpose
To establish guidelines for the deployment and use of small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (sUAS) to include instructions on when and how this technology and information it provides may be used for law enforcement and public safety purposes in accordance with local, state and federal law.
Policy
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office may use small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (sUAS) to enhance the agency’s mission to protect lives and property when other means and resources might not be available or may be less effective. Any use of sUAS will be in strict accordance with constitutional rights, privacy rights, and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations.
Definitions
Authorized Uses:
A. Model Aircraft: A remote controlled aircraft used by hobbyists that is built, produced, manufactured and operated for the purposes of sport, recreation and/or competition.
B. Small Unmanned Aircraft System (sUAS): A system that includes the necessary equipment, network and personnel to control an unmanned aircraft that weighs less than fifty-five (55) pounds and is consistent with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations governing model aircraft.
C. sUAS Flight Commander: A pilot, visual observer, payload operator or other person assigned duties for the sUAS for the purpose of a flight or training exercise.
328 Drone (sUAS) Pg 2 of 5
D. sUAS Pilot: A person exercising control over the sUAS during a flight.
E. Pilot in Command (PIC): (CALEA 41.1.3c) A person who holds a current Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Remote Pilot Certification as defined by 14 CFR part 107. The PIC is responsible for the operation of the sUAS, even when not physically operating the sUAS. All flight decisions made by the PIC are final.
Procedures:
A. sUAS Unit Organization.
The sUAS Unit is a collateral duty.
The sUAS Unit is composed of sworn personnel.
In the absence of the SWAT Team Commander, the designated PIC will carry out these duties and responsibilities.
Administratively, the sUAS Unit PIC reports to the SWAT Team Commander.
Administration:
A. All deployments of the sUAS will be specifically authorized by the Sheriff or designee.
B. The sUAS may be used to provide an aerial visual perspective in training exercises, emergency situations and exigent circumstances.
C. (CALEA 31.6.1) The sUAS may also be used in the following situations:
Situational Awareness: To assist decision makers (e.g., Incident Command personnel, first responders, city/state/federal officials, etc…) in understanding the nature, scale and scope of an incident and for the planning and coordinating of an effective response.
Search and Rescue: To assist in missing person investigations, AMBER Alerts, Silver Alerts, endangered persons and other search and rescue missions.
Tactical Deployment: To support the tactical deployment of officers and equipment in emergency situations (e.g., hostage/barricaded subjects, large-scale tactical operations, temporary perimeter security situations, Bomb Squad operations,
328 Drone (sUAS) Pg 3 of 5
etc…).
Visual Perspective: To provide an aerial visual perspective to assist officers in providing direction for crowd control, traffic incident management, special circumstances and temporary perimeter security.
Scene Documentation: To document a crime scene, accident scene or major incident scene (e.g., disaster management, incident response, large-scale forensic scene investigation, etc…).
Training: To document various training scenarios in order to provide enhanced law enforcement training and knowledge.
D. Use of sUAS:
This agency will obtain all applicable authorizations, permits and certificates required by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) prior to deploying or operating the sUAS. All authorizations, permits and certificates will be maintained and remain current.
The sUAS will be under the direction of an FAA certified PIC and will be operated only by personnel (pilots and crew members) who have been trained and/or certified in the operation of the system.
The sUAS-certified pilot/PIC will complete a documented inspection and testing of all sUAS equipment prior to each deployment to verify proper functioning and airworthiness of the device.
All sUAS equipment is the responsibility of the sUAS Unit and will be used with reasonable care to ensure proper functioning. Equipment malfunctions will be brought to the attention of the sUAS Unit Supervisor as soon as possible so that an appropriate repair can be made or a replacement unit can be procured.
The sUAS equipment and all data, images, video and metadata captured, recorded or otherwise produced by the equipment is the sole property of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
All flights will be documented in the Pilot/PIC Logbook designed for that purpose and all flight times will be accurately recorded. In addition, each deployment will be recorded on the sUAS log in EIS and will include:
328 Drone (sUAS) Pg 4 of 5
a. Reason for flight;
b. date and time;
c. location;
d. name or requesting supervisor;
e. responding flight crew members; and
f. summary of activities covered, actions taken and outcomes from
deployment.
When there is specific and articulable grounds to believe that the sUAS will collect evidence of criminal wrongdoing and/or if the sUAS will be used in a manner that may be intrude upon reasonable expectations of privacy, this agency will obtain a search warrant prior to conducting the flight.
E. Restrictions on using the sUAS:
The sUAS will be deployed and used only to support official law enforcement, public safety missions and other official agency use approved by the Sheriff, sUAS Supervisor or their designee.
Agency sUAS equipment is intended for official use only and will not be used for unofficial, personal or frivolous activity.
The sUAS will not be operated in an unsafe manner or in violation of any FAA rules.
The sUAS will not be equipped with weapons of any kind.
F. Video Recording Retention and Management:
All video recordings will comply with existing policy on electronic media storage and retention, where applicable.
G. Training:
328 Drone (sUAS) Pg 5 of 5
Any agency personnel who are assigned to the sUAS Unit will complete training upon assignment to the team to ensure knowledge of proper use and operation.
The PIC must obtain a 14 CFR part 107 Certification prior to taking command of the sUAS. Certification will be maintained and renewed every two years as mandated by FAA Regulations.
sUAS Unit training will be conducted at least monthly to ensure continued effective use and operation of all sUAS equipment. All equipment will be inspected and the results documented to include proper calibration and performance at each monthly training session to ensure operational readiness.
All equipment assigned to the sUAS Unit will be training in the local, state and federal laws and regulations, as well as policies and procedures governing the deployment and use of the sUAS.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Explosive Breaching
Number: 329 Type: Enforcement Pages: 4
Effective Date: June 19, 2020 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To provide a procedure for the utilization of Explosive Breaching charges by this agency’s Bomb Squad personnel.
Policy:
Tactical Breaching charges utilized by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Bomb Squad personnel are not “weapons” as they are neither designed nor intended to be used as such. Tactical Breaching charges are specialized energetic tools that are deployed in the furtherance of legitimate law enforcement duties. Tactical Explosive Breaching utilizes explosive materials to affect an entry and can be an advantageous tactical option. Effective breaching techniques allow immediate entry with minimal risk to victims, tactical officers and the suspect(s). This technique enhances the speed and shock effect required for dynamic rescue or entry operations. Explosive Breaching may also be useful to pre-detonate any emplaced “booby-traps” known to be present at the crisis site. The porting of a wall can also be accomplished with explosives for intelligence purposes. An effective breaching device utilizes the minimum amount of explosives required to achieve penetration of a target.
Procedure:
A. Explosive Breaching devices may be used in critical incidents to include, but not limited to:

Terrorist events
Hostage rescue operation
Service of high risk search/arrest warrants
Barricaded gunman
Pre-detonate booby-traps
320 Explosive Breaching Pg 2 of 4
Civil disaster scenarios
B. Criteria for Explosive Breaching:

Situations where explosives are the only means capable of physically breaching the locations barriers/fortification.
Situations where the suspect possesses or has demonstrated a propensity for violence.
Situations where the breach point has an unusually risky configuration.
Situations where a penetration/compromise of the structure is desired (regardless of whether entry is being made at the time, i.e…Breach and Hold).
Must properly articulate the threat we are presented and the amount of force with which we intend to respond.
The action taken (force used) must be considered reasonable under the totality of the circumstances.
C. Utilization of Explosive Breaching devices:
a. The option to utilize an explosive breach shall be at the discretion of the S.W.A.T. Commander and Bomb Squad Commander. There is an exception for the Breacher to use his/her judgment to perform an explosive breach during exigent circumstances like Active Shooter or Hostage Rescue Events.
b. The construction of all Explosive Breaching devices shall be constructed by a Bomb Technician that has been trained in Explosive Breaching.
c. Construction of the specific device to be used shall vary from situation to situation. It shall be designed based on the situation, the known target intelligence, experience and training of the Breacher. A variety of certain pre-made charges shall be on-hand at all times and available for immediate deployment.
d. With the exception of exigent situations, a “Breacher’s Brief” shall be conducted. Prior to setting the explosive charge/breach, the Breacher shall present the brief to the S.W.A.T. Commander, Entry Team leader, Entry Team members and others involved in the operation.
320 Explosive Breaching Pg 3 of 4
e. Placement of the explosive breaching devices shall be performed by the Breacher or the Assistant Breacher.
f. The safe and tactical sound location of the entry team’s “stick” shall be determined by the Breacher and in consultation with S.W.A.T. Entry Team Leader.
g. The S.W.A.T. Commander or Entry Team Leader shall direct the Breacher and/or Assistant Breacher when to initiate the change(s).
D. Prohibited Explosive Breach Situations:
There is a known presence of unstable chemicals or other incendiary materials in close proximity to the crisis site;
Other means of mechanical breaching would be more effective to provide positive entry, officer safety and mission success.
E. Safety Procedures::
Emergency Medical personnel shall be requested during operations and training where Explosive Breaching techniques are performed.
The Breacher or Assistant Breacher shall be in control of the firing device at all times to prevent an unintentional detonation by other persons. All explosives shall remain in control of the Breacher or Assistant Breacher and shall be stored as appropriate to ensure their security.
Any misfires shall be handled only by the Breachers.
All members of the tactical unit shall wear safety clothing and equipment during explosive entry training and operations. This includes, but not limited to, BDU uniform with long sleeves, gloves, eye protection, hearing protection, helmet, ballistic/load bearing vest and boots.
F. Training and Documentation:
320 Explosive Breaching Pg 4 of 4
Explosive Breaching training shall be conducted with all members of the S.W.A.T. Team at least quarterly to insure operational readiness and standards.
All new S.W.A.T. Team members will be given instruction on Explosive Breaching Operations and be familiar with this Explosive Breaching General Order prior to engaging in any live Explosive Breaches.
Breachers and Assistant Breachers shall conduct additional on-going training to test and evaluate the types of charges best suited for various targets.
The Breacher will complete an Explosive Breaching log at the completion of every training event and call-out.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Summary Court Prosecution
Number: 330 Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: 05/04/22 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
To provide the Deputies with guidelines of when and how Summary Court offenses shall be reassigned to General Counsel and/or Staff Attorney employed by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office for attorney led prosecution.
Policy:
At the time the case is assigned for attorney led prosecution, the attorney shall maintain complete prosecutorial discretion over the resolution of the case.
Procedures:
A. Either General Counsel or Staff Attorney may be present on the arresting officer’s traffic court date to assist arresting officer in the prosecution of their cases.
B. If the Defendant request a jury trial, the arresting officer shall immediately notify both General Counsel and the Staff Attorney via email that the case has been added to the trial roster. The email shall contain the following:
Defendant’s name;
Incident number;
Court (Bluffton/Beaufort); and
Underlying charges.
The matter will then be assigned for prosecution to either General Counsel or Staff Attorney.
C. If the Defendant request a bench trial at the arresting officers traffic court date, the Deputy may:
330 Summary Court Prosecution Pg 2 of 2
Proceed with the bench trial and prosecute the case that day; or
Request a continuance from the Court in order to allow General Counsel or Staff Attorney to assist in the prosecution of the case. If a continuance is granted, the Deputy shall immediately email both General Counsel and Staff Attorney notifying them the matter has been set for a bench trial. The email shall contain the following:
a. Defendant’s name;
b. Incident number;
c. Underlying charge;
d. Court (Bluffton/Beaufort); and
e. Date of the scheduled Bench Trial, if any.
D. In the event that the arresting officer is no longer employed by the Agency, the Supervising Officer shall notify both General Counsel and Staff Attorney of any upcoming traffic court dates involving the previously employed arresting officer via email. Either General Counsel or Staff Attorney may be present on the traffic court date to assist Supervising Officer with the prosecution of the previously employed arresting officer’s outstanding cases.
E. In the event that an arresting officer is served with any motions (bond reconsiderations, modifications to no contact orders, motions to dismiss), the arresting officer shall notify both General Counsel and Staff Attorney via email with a copy of the attached motion. Either General Counsel or Staff Attorney shall assist in defending against the motion.
Replaces SOP 3-1 Reference(s): A-5/18/2020
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance
Number: 400A Type: Administrative Pages: 6
Effective Date: April 19, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.5.1-4, 6.1.5
Purpose:
Performance benchmarks involve collecting, analyzing, and reporting data related to communications performance and execution of agency duties. The performance benchmarks will be analyzed to determine long term goals and objectives for the agency.
Policy:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Section is dedicated to provide quality service to the citizens and the other public safety agencies of Beaufort County.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 2.5.1a,d) Performance Benchmarks: Annually the management team will establish performance benchmarks to ensure optimal departmental operations. These benchmarks will be established by reviewing past performance of equipment and personnel to ensure achievable results. The staff member responsible for running each report will be responsible for verification of all data and performing data cleansing prior to publishing the benchmark results.
The Communications Manager will collect all of the data for the performance benchmarks communications center operations. To include:
a. Spillman database reporting.
b. Other reporting software used to collect the data for communications center operations.
The Technical Support Unit will collect all of the data for the performance benchmarks for the communications center equipment, to include:
a. Spillman Software
400A Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance Pg 2 of 6
b. Motorola System Manager
c. Vesta
d. Misc. Dispatch Equipment
B. Performance reports will be provided to each shift supervisor during the monthly supervisor’s meeting. The Communications Manager will provide appropriate instructions to the supervisors on how to interpret the data in the reports.
C. (CALEA 2.5.1e) The Communications Manager will work with the staff for improvement and methods to obtain the desired performance and/or benchmarks. The analysis of shift and individual performance of each shift will be discussed. Trends will be managed and addressed by the Communications Manager who will make corrective actions or recommendations for improvement.
D. (CALEA 2.5.1b,e) The Shift Supervisor will be responsible for sharing the reports and analysis with his/her team members and providing guidance and training as required for improvement to ensure the benchmarks are met.
E. (CALEA 2.5.1e, 2.5.3) Reports will be provided in writing monthly to the EMD Colonel and Communications Officer for analysis. The benchmark results will be published on the departmental website quarterly for comment and input from the public, agencies served, and communications staff.
F. (CALEA 2.5.1c,d) Minimum Benchmark Measurements: While the complete list of benchmarks will be established annually, the following will be the minimum set of benchmarks:
(CALEA 2.5.2) Answer 911 lines in an average of 15 seconds. (NENA Standard)
a. Will be measured utilizing reporting software, based upon average answer time during a calendar month.
b. The monthly averages will be averaged for the annual benchmark.
Dispatch in progress/just occurred law enforcement, fire and medical calls for service in less than an average of 90 seconds from the time the call is answered.
a. In progress and just occurred calls are defined by policy.
b. Will be measured utilizing reporting software based upon Spillman data.
400A Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance Pg 3 of 6
c. The 90 second benchmark is based upon the monthly average of call answer time to dispatch times.
d. The monthly averages will be averaged for the annual benchmark.
(CALEA 2.5.3) A documented quarterly review of performance measurments will be completed by the Communications Manager that will address policy, training and remedial actions.
G. (CALEA 2.5.4) Results of Performance Measurements: The Sheriff and command staff will be forwarded the results of the performance measurements for review.
H. (CALEA 6.1.5) Quality Assurance:
Standards and Procedures for Quality Assurance (QA) Reviews
a. A quality assurance reviewer will be trained in the area in which they are conducting the review. QAE reviewers will be from one of the following areas:
i. Communications Manager
ii. Training Coordinator
iii. QaQi Coordinator
iv. Communications Center Shift Supervisors
Shift Supervisors will have guidelines indicating their involvement in the quality assurance process. These guidelines are issued through the joint effort of Department Directors, Communications & Training Coordinator.
911 calls will be reviewed objectively on a recurring basis to ensure compliance with the standards outlined in these General Orders according to APCO standards. All calls will be reviewed in the same manner using the whole call concept. The whole call is defined as the initial telephone call and Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) entry, additional telephone call updates, radio dispatches, and field unit radio traffic documentation through final disposition. The reviewer will complete the appropriate review form for each type of review. Reviews will also rate telecommunicators on courtesy, reliability and professionalism according to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office mission statement.
400A Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance Pg 4 of 6
(CALEA 6.1.5b) QAE will review a minimum of 4 random calls each month. EMD calls will be reviewed per APCO EMD Protocols. QAE (quality assurance evaluator) will use Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) reports to identify random calls and select required calls.
If needed, additional reviews will be performed in order to ensure that each of the four shifts receive a minimum of call-taking reviews per month. All calls, whether voice or TDD/TTY, will be reviewed in the same manner. All dispatches, depending on discipline, will be reviewed in the same manner. The reviewer will complete a review form for each review. The reviewer will complete a review form for each review.
The reviews will be used to support the development and assessment of goals and expectations on the telecommunicators’ yearly performance evaluation. Reviews will also be used to identify areas of the ESD’s job performance that may require additional or supplemental training and aid in determining whether any processes of the 911 center require modification or change.
All ESDs shall be subject to this quality assurance review process.
I. (CALEA 6.1.5a) Processing reviews:
An electronic package containing a scanned CAD incident report and an excel review workbook will be built and assigned the initial incident CAD number. The workbook will contain reviews for the initial incident as well as any cloned and associated calls. An overall summarization of the incident should be noted in the comment section. APCO standards require all reviews rate at a score of 90%. This score is considered meeting standards. With this being a new program for Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, the minimum standard as of June 2021 is 80%. Every three months following, the score will be increased by 2% until the 90% score is attained. A comment and reference to an existing standard will be noted for each rating below standards. The incident review will be added to the Assessment Tracking Folder maintained by the Communications Manager.
Recorded materials related to the incident (CAD Incident History, Radio and/or Telephone recordings) are reviewed and reviewer will determine if applicable standards were met by noting a #1 in the Yes, No or N/A rating fields on the scoring sheet.
400A Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance Pg 5 of 6
(CALEA 6.1.5c) Shift Supervisors will conduct one on one feedback of each review package with the ESDs associated when a package is given to them for review.
(CALEA 6.1.5d) The completed evaluation package will be given to the telecommunicators Shift Supervisor once completed and assigned a 1 day (On shift) working suspense to review & return. A 3 day working suspense is allowed if the team is off duty when the review is performed. Once the supervisor review is complete the package will be routed back to QAE and closed to archive. Copies of each review will be retained electronically on file at the BCSO Communications Center.
Once a quarter the supervisor will conduct a review session with each ESD covering reviews for the previous 3 months. The supervisor will retain a signed copy of these quarterly reviews:
i. Review Process
ii. Review the copy of the incident history.
iii. Play the audio recording, if needed.
iv. Address the review findings
v. Discuss developmental areas and outline steps for improvement.
vi. Discuss exceptional performance.
vii. The review form will be provided to the ESD, and a copy will be placed in their personnel folder.
viii. The ESDs may note any comments they have on the review form.
J. Performance Standards for Quality Assurance Review will be kept on file by the Communications Manager.
400A Performance Benchmarks/Quality Assurance Pg 6 of 6
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Obtaining and Recording Information
Number: 401A Type: Communications Pages: 5
Effective Date: April 16, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.2.3abd, 6.2.4-8, 6.5.4c
Purpose:
The purpose of this general order is to provide the communications staff with guidelines for answering and processing all telephone calls that are received within the communications center.
Policy:
Not all call types can be listed in a general order. The Emergency Services Dispatcher (ESD) is still able to provide the service based on experience and consulting with a supervisor. This general order will provide the ESD with guidance for a variety of call types.
Procedure:
A. An ESD will utilize APCO EMD protocols for all medical emergency calls for service. The ESD will determine the appropriate guide card to use based upon the nature of the call. The ESD will utilize the call guide to question the caller and document all appropriate information into the CAD. The call guides serve as a minimum standard for obtaining information, but the ESD should utilize proper interrogation skills to obtain additional information that would prove beneficial to the responding units and their safety.
(CALEA 6.2.4) The following information will be obtained for each call for service request:
a. An event number will be generated;
b. Date and time of request;
c. Name, address, and phone number of complainant, if possible;
d. Location of incident reported;
Revised 401A 6/19/2017
Pg 2 of 5 Obtaining and Recording Information 401A
(CALEA 6.2.4) The CAD will generate the following information as entered:
a. Identification of unit(s) assigned as primary and backup;
b. Time of dispatch;
c. Time of arrival;
d. Time of last unit to return to service;
e. Disposition or status of event.
B. (CALEA 6.2.5) Misdirected Emergency Calls: See Communication SOP 2-3.
C. (CALEA 6.2.3abd) Emergency/Non-Emergency Calls:
An ESD shall pay close attention to background noise, tone and word choice of the caller. This can provide additional information to assist the ESD in determining the status of the call or if any scene safety issues exist by the words the caller uses.
The time of day and location of the caller may provide additional clues to indicate whether a call is an emergency, non-emergency or administrative in nature.
Depending on the call type, the ESD will dispatch the appropriate resources to include a supervisor for those situations deemed necessary by the user agencies.
Instructions to callers prior to arrival of responders will follow APCO guidescards.
D. (CALEA 6.2.6) Emergency Hang Up Calls:
When a 911 hang-up or open line is received, the appropriate law enforcement agency will be dispatched and the call-taker will attempt to call back. Any information received on call back will be provided to the responding officer.
Any open line or silence on the line will be challenged as a TDD/TTY. If the call is a TDD/TTY call, the call will be processed as such. If the lines remains silent, the call-taker should continue to attempt to make contact, if
Revised 401A 6/19/2017
Pg 3 of 5 Obtaining and Recording Information 401A
unable to make contact, the appropriate law enforcement agency will be dispatched.
E. (CALEA 6.2.7) Handling Difficult Callers:
When a call is received from a caller that appears to be under the influence, intoxicated, mentally ill, or is using obscene language the call taker must take care not to prejudge the caller or information he or she will provide. All information received by the ESD will be deemed creditable until a responder verifies otherwise. All calls will be processed and dispatched.
F. (CALEA 6.2.8) Calls from Elderly and Children:
Calls from the elderly and children can often be difficult to obtain the appropriate information and may require patience and diligence to gather the appropriate information. Care will be taken when dealing with calls from the elderly and children because the caller may not understand the seriousness, location or other pertinent information relating to the emergency that is being reported.
G. Immediately Available Procedures:
(CALEA 6.2.3) When an ESD receives a request for service that is not provided by an agency serviced by the center, the ESD will provide the following service:
a. If the caller has a situation that is of a social need such as homeless, stranded, etc. the call will be referred to the proper agency such as United Way, Salvation Army, or DSS.
b. If the caller is requesting any other type of assistance which the center does not either dispatch or provide, every effort will be made to assist the caller in contacting the appropriate agency.
H. (CALEA 6.5.4c) Audio Records:
Criteria for utilizing the instant playback feature:
Revised 401A 6/19/2017
Pg 4 of 5 Obtaining and Recording Information 401A
a. If a unit calls the center and the radio traffic is unreadable, the ESD will request the unit to repeat his/her radio traffic. If no reply or the reply is still unreadable, the ESD will utilize the instant playback.
b. When a citizen calls the center and the conversation is unreadable, the ESD will request the citizen to repeat the conversation. The ESD may utilize the instant playback if the citizen’s conversation is still unreadable, hangs up, or is cut off.
I. Incident Address Confirmation:
The ESD will obtain and verify the address/location (including apt/duplex/office or suite#) of the incident on every single call without exception.
Once the caller provides the address/location, the ESD will enter the address location into the CAD, choosing the correct location from the CAD recommendations.
Any discrepancy between the 911 ALI/ANI screen and what the caller states will be questioned by the ESD and verified by software applications.
For all calls, the address/location shall be repeated twice, by the caller, for the confirmation process. This includes when other agencies transfer callers. The ESD will verify the address/location by instructing the caller to “Please repeat the address for verification”.
Communications Staff repeating what the caller says does not qualify as verification.
After the address/location has been entered and verified, the ESD will then confirm the municipality with the caller by asking if the caller is located in the area indicated in the City field of the CAD entry screen.
Any errors found on the 911 ALI/ANI screen will require the ESD to follow directions on Comm SOP 7-3 CAD information and ALI reports.
J. Incident Call Back Number Verification:
Revised 401A 6/19/2017
Pg 5 of 5 Obtaining and Recording Information 401A
The ESD will obtain and verify the incident callback number to include area code on every single call without exception.
Once the caller provides the callback number, the ESD will enter the phone number to include area code into the CAD.
Any discrepancy between the 911 ANI/ALI screen and what the caller states will be questioned by the ESD.
For all calls, the phone number to include area code shall be repeated twice, by the caller for the confirmation process. This includes when other agencies transfer callers. The ESD will verify the callback number by instructing the caller to “please repeat the phone number to include area code for verification.”
Communications Staff repeating what the caller says does not qualify as verification.
Any errors found on 911 ALI/ANI screens require the ESD to follow directions on Comm SOP 7-3 CAD Information and ALI Reports.
Replaces old SOP # 300, 6/6/2010
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Communications Emergency Operations Plan
Number: 402 Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: May 24, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.5.1, 7.1.2
Purpose:
The purpose of the Emergency Operations Plan is to ensure a comprehensive emergency communications program in order to protect life and property from the effects of hazardous events, natural or manmade, while ensuring effective emergency communications during an emergency.
Policy:
This plan will define essential functions, incident command system (ICS), staff alert procedures, leadership role, planning, mitigation, and the roles and responsibilities of staff. Communications center staff will adhere to the following regarding emergency/disaster situations.
Procedure:
A. The following are the Dispatch Center’s essential functions that must be maintained during and after any emergency:
(CALEA 7.1.2b) Provide for the safety of all employees of the facility.
(CALEA 6.5.1) Receive emergency calls for 24 hour service and ensure appropriate response from public safety personnel.
B. Upon confirmation of a disaster or imminent disaster, the shift supervisor will notify the Communications Manager and advise of the situation. If it is determined to activate this plan, the following steps will be taken:
The Communications Manager will notify or ensure the notification of the communications command staff.
402 Communications Emergency Operations Plan Pg 2 of 2
(CALEA 7.1.2a) The Communications Manager will determine the risk and impact assessment on the communications center operations.
(CALEA 7.1.2c) During any operational period in which the Emergency Communications Plan has been activated, additional staffing may be called in based upon the situation as determined.
(CALEA 7.1.2h) All staff time will be documented, as it relates to the incident along with any additional expenses.
C. Once the decision is made to activate the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), decisions relating to (CALEA 7.1.2d) communications systems, (CALEA 7.1.2e) obtaining additional support and/or resources, and (CALEA 7.1.2f) maintaining media operations will be handled through the EOC.
D. (CALEA 7.1.2G) Upon direction of the EOC, the communications center will resume normal operations.
E. (CALEA 7.1.2i) A documented annual review of this general order will be conducted by the Communications Center staff.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Interoperability Plan
Number: 403 Type: Administrative Pages: 2
Effective Date: June 1, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.6.3
Purpose:
To provide a specific plan for interoperable communications with a list of all interoperable equipment and to provide policies and procedures for access to CALL channels and set testing requirements for interoperable equipment.
Policy:
The ability of public safety providers – law enforcement, firefighter’s emergency medical services, emergency management, public utilities, transportation and other personnel – to exchange voice and data communications on demand, in real time. Interoperability is the term that describes how radio communications systems should operate between and among agencies and jurisdictions that respond to common emergencies.
Procedure:
A. (CALEA 6.6.3a) A list of all agency interoperable equipment remains on file with the Communications Systems Coordinator.
B. (CALEA 6.6.3b) Frequencies utilized by area public safety agencies:
A list of frequencies along with FCC licenses is on file and maintained by the Communications Systems Coordinator.
C. (CALEA 6.6.3c) The responsibilities of monitoring the CALL channels and assigning tactical channels remain with the Communications Center.
D. (CALEA 6.6.3d) Other audible communications:
Pg 2 of 2 Interoperability Plan 403
The communications center has issued cell phones to the on-duty communications supervisor, and administrative staff that may be utilized if needed for additional means of communications. In addition the center has access to satellite phones and a ham radio system.
E. (CALEA 6.6.3e) Equipment Testing:
A documented test of all equipment in this policy will be conducted at least annually. The Communications Center and the E911 Systems Administrator are responsible for the testing and documentation. The majority of the equipment is in daily use and therefore tested continuously.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection
Number: 404 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: August 25, 2021 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI CJIS Security Policy 5.8, Federal Information Processing Standard
140-2 (FIPS)
Purpose:
The Media Protection Policy has been developed using the most current FBI’s Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security Policy. The intent of this policy is to ensure the protection of Criminal Justice Information (CJI) until such time as it can be either released to the public via authorized dissemination (e.g., within a court system or presented in crime report data); or is purged or destroyed in accordance with applicable record retention rules.
Policy:
This policy applies to any electronic or physical media containing FBI Criminal Justice Information (CJI) while being stored, accessed or physically moved from a secure location within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This policy applies to any authorized person(s) who access, store, and/or transports electronic or physical media. Transporting CJI outside of the agency’s assigned physically secure area must be monitored and controlled.
Authorized Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel shall protect and control electronic and physical CJI while at rest and in transit. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will take appropriate safeguards for protecting CJI to limit potential mishandling or loss while being stored, accessed or transported. Any inadvertent or inappropriate CJI disclosure and/or use shall be reported to the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Local Agency Security Officer (LASO). Procedures shall be defined for securely handling, transporting and storing media.
Procedures:
Controls shall be in place to protect electronic and physical media containing CJI while at rest, stored, or actively being accessed. “Electronic media” includes memory devices in laptops and computers (hard drives) and any removable, transportable digital memory
404 Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection Pg 2 of 6
media, such as magnetic tape or disc, backup medium, optical disks, flash drives, external hard drives or digital memory cards. “Physical media” includes printed documents and imagery that contain CJI.
Protection of CJI:
A. To protect CJI, Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel shall:
Securely store electronic and physical media within a physically secure or controlled area. A secured area includes a locked drawer, cabinet or room.
Restrict access to electronic and physical media to authorized individuals.
Ensure that only authorized users remove printed form or digital media from the CJI.
Physically protect CJI until media end of life. End of life CJI is destroyed or sanitized using approved equipment, techniques and procedures. (See Sanitation Destruction Policy).
Personnel shall not use personally owned information systems to access, process, store or transmit CJI unless the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has established and documented the specific terms and conditions for personally owned information system usage. (See Personally Owned Device Policy)
Not utilize publicly accessible computers to access, process, store, or transmit CJI. Publicly accessible computers include, but are not limited to: hotel business center computers, convention center computers, public library computers, public kiosk computers, etc.
Store all hardcopy CJI printouts maintained by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office in a secure area accessible to only those employees whose job functions require them to handle such documents.
Safeguard all CJI by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office against possible misuse by complying with policy.
Take appropriate action when in possession of CJI while not in a secure area:
404 Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection Pg 3 of 6
a. CJI must not leave the employee’s immediate control. CJI printouts cannot be left unsupervised while physical controls are not in place.
b. Precautions must be taken to obscure CJI from public view, such as by means of an opaque folder or envelope for hard copy printouts. For electronic devices like laptops, use sessions lock and/or privacy screens. CJI shall not be left in public view. When CJI is electronically transmitted outside the boundary of the physically secure location, the data shall be immediately protected using encryption.
c. When CJI is at rest (i.e. stored electronically) outside the boundary of the physically secure location, the data shall be protected using encryption. Storage devices include external hard drives from computers, printers and copiers used with CJI. In addition, storage devices include thumb drives, flash drives, back-up tapes, mobile devices, laptops, etc.
d. When encryption is employed, the cryptographic module used shall be certified to meet Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 standards.
e. Lock or log off computer when not in immediate vicinity of work area to protect CJI. Not all personnel have the same CJI access permissions and need to keep CJI protected on a need-to-know basis.
f. Establish appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of CJI.
Media Transport:
Controls shall be in place to protect electronic and physical media containing CJI while in transport (physically moved from one location to another) to prevent inadvertent or inappropriate disclosure and use. “Electronic media” means electronic storage media including memory devices in laptops and computers (hard drives) and any removable. Transportable digital memory media, such as magnetic tape or disk, backup medium, optical disk, flash drives, external hard drives, or digital memory cards.
Dissemination to another agency is authorized if:
a. The other agency is an Authorized Recipient of such information and is being serviced by the accessing agency, or
404 Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection Pg 4 of 6
b. The other agency is performing personnel and appointment functions for criminal justice employment applicants,
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel shall:
a. Protect and control electronic and physical media during transport outside of controlled areas.
b. Restrict the pickup, receipt, transfer and delivery of such media to authorized personnel.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel will control, protect and secure electronic and physical media during transport from public disclosure by:
a. Use of privacy statements in electronic and paper documents.
b. Limit the collection, disclosure, sharing and use of CJI.
c. Following the least privilege and role based rules allowing access. Limit access to CJI to only those people or roles that require access.
d. Secure hand carried confidential electronic and paper documents by:
i. Storing CJI in a locked briefcase or lockbox.
ii. Only viewing or accessing the CJI electronically or document printouts in a physically secure location by authorized personnel for hard copy printouts or CJI documents.
iii. Package hard copy printouts in such a way as to not have any CJI information viewable.
iv. Not marking documents that are mailed or shipped, agency must document procedures and only release to authorized individuals. DO NOT MARK THE PACKAGE TO BE MAILED CONFIDENTIAL. Packages containing CJI material are to be sent by method(s) that provide for complete shipment tracking and history, and signature confirmation of delivery. (Agency Discretion)
404 Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection Pg 5 of 6
e. Not taking CJI home or when traveling unless authorized by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office LASO. When disposing confidential documents, use a shredder.
Electronic Media Sanitation and Disposal:
The agency shall sanitize (overwrite at least three times or degauss) electronic media prior to disposal or release to reuse by unauthorized individuals. Inoperable electronic media shall be destroyed (cut up, shredded, etc.). The agency shall maintain written documentation of the steps taken to sanitize or destroy electronic media. Agencies shall ensure the sanitation or destruction is witnessed or carried out by the authorized personnel. Physical media shall be securely disposed of when no longer required, using formal procedures. (See Disposal of CJI Media Policy General Order #411)
Breach Notification and Incident Reporting:
The agency shall promptly report incident information to appropriate authorities. Information security events and weaknesses associated with information systems shall be communicated in a manner allowing timely corrective action to be taken. Incident-related information can be obtained from a variety of sources including, but not limited to, audit monitoring, network monitoring, physical access monitoring and user/administer reports.
Roles and Responsibilities:
If CJI is improperly disclosed, lost or reported as not received, the following procedure must be immediately followed:
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office personnel shall notify his/her supervisor or LASO and an incident report form must be completed and submitted within 24 hours of discovery of the incident. The submitted report is to contain a detailed account of the incident, events leading to the incident and steps taken/to be taken in response to the incident.
The supervisor will communicate the situation to the LASO to notify of the loss or disclosure of CJI records.
The LASO will ensure the CJIS System Agency Information Security Officer (CSA ISO) is promptly informed of incidents.
The CSA ISO will:
404 Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media Protection Pg 6 of 6
a. Establish a security incident response and reporting procedure to discover, investigate, document and report to the CSA, the affected criminal justice agency and the FBI CJIS Division ISO major incidents that significantly endanger the security or integrity of CJI.
b. Collect and disseminate all incident related information received from the Department of Justice (DOJ), FBI CJIS Division and other entities to the appropriate local law enforcement POC’s with their area.
c. Act as a single POC for their jurisdictional area for requesting incident response assistance.
Reference(s): A-5/20/2020; A1-06/22/2022
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: CJIS Security Awareness Training
Number: 405A1 Type: Operations Pages: 4
Effective Date: January 23, 2018 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI CJIS Security Policy, SLED/CJIS Training Program
Purpose:
To establish appropriate guidelines for screening and training personnel in effort to minimize security risks posed to Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS) and Criminal Justice Information (CJI).
Policy:
All personnel (internal and outside contractors/vendors) having access to CJI while performing assigned tasks at Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office locations shall be subject the appropriate screening process and level of security awareness training as determined by the current FBI CJIS Security Policy and SLED CJIS Training Program.
Definitions:
CJIS: Criminal Justice Information System
CJI: Criminal Justice Information
TAC: Terminal Agency Coordinator
Procedure:
A. Responsibilities:
The Terminal Agency Coordinator (TAC) is responsible for obtaining necessary documentation to enroll personnel in the appropriate levels of CJIS Security Awareness Training as outlined below.
The TAC is also responsible for the maintenance of the individual training records with the assistance of the Assistant TAC (ATAC) and NCIC Coordinator.
B. Security Awareness Training:
The appropriate level of security awareness training, as outlined below shall be required within six (6) months of initial assignment, and annually thereafter.
a. All personnel who have unescorted access to physically secure areas must complete at minimum CJIS Security Awareness Training Level 1 as per the current FBI CJIS Security Policy.
b. All personnel who have access to CJI based on daily work tasks must complete at minimum CJIS Security Awareness Training Level 2 as per the current FBI CJIS Security Policy.
c. All personnel with inquire or enter data into a CJIS system or have both physical and logical access to CJI must complete a minimum CJIS Security Awareness Training Level 3 as per the current FBI CJIS Security Policy.
d. All personnel with Information Technology roles must complete CJIS Security Awareness Training Level 4 as per the current FBI CJIS Security Policy.
C. Creating Security Awareness Training Records:
Receiving notification of new personnel:
a. For new Sheriff’s Office personnel, the TAC receives notification of new hires as they come aboard.
b. For new vendor/contractor personnel, the TAC solicits updated personnel rosters from established vendors/contractors quarterly.
TAC obtains the required documentation as outlined in the SLED CJIS Training Program for the each specific level of Security Awareness Training.
TAC enrolls personnel in the appropriate online training and testing software.
TAC receives notification that testing was successfully completed and retains the certificate in the individual training records.
D. Maintaining Security Awareness Training Records:
Security Awareness Training must be completed annually as per the current FBI CJIS Security Policy.
a. TAC receives a monthly notification from SLED listing current records that will be expiring in 60 days.
b. TAC follows steps 2-4 (Initiating Security Awareness Training) for each record requiring renewal.
Upon receipt of notification of departures or interdepartmental transfer of personnel, the TAC will terminate access to CJIS systems and testing software immediately.
E. FBI CJIS Security Policy:
Monitoring physical access:
a. The agency shall monitor physical access to the information system to detect and respond to physical security incidents.
Visitor Control:
a. The agency shall control physical access by authenticating visitors before authorizing escorted access to the physical secure location (except for those areas designated as publicly accessible).
b. The agency shall escort visitors at all times and monitor visitor activity.
Access Records:
a. The agency shall maintain visitor access records to the physically secure location (except for those areas officially designated as publicly accessible) that includes:
i. Name and agency of the visitor
ii. Signature of the visitor.
iii. Form of identification.
iv. Date of access.
v. Time of entry and departure.
vi. Purpose of visit.
vii. Name and agency of person visited.
b. The visitor access records shall be maintained for a minimum of one year. Designated officials within the agency shall review the visitor access records frequently for accuracy and completeness.
Delivery and Removal:
a. The agency shall authorize and control information system-related items entering and exiting the physical secure location.
Controlled Area:
a. If an agency cannot meet all of the controls required for establishing a physically secure location, but has an operational need to access or store CJI, the agency shall designate an area, a room, or a storage container, as a “controlled area” for the purpose of day-to-day CJI access or storage.
b. Limit access to the controlled area during CJI processing times to only those personnel authorized by the agency to access or view CJI.
c. Lock the area, room, or storage container when unattended.
d. Position information system devices and documents containing CJI in such a way as to prevent unauthorized individuals from access and view.
e. Follow the encryption requirements found in section 5.10.1.2 for electronic storage (i.e. data “at rest”) of CJI.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary Policy
Number: 406A Type: Operations Pages: 4
Effective Date: February 24, 2020 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI NCIC Operating Manual
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for the administration of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary policy.
Policy:
In support of Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s mission of public service to the Beaufort County citizens, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office provides the needed technological resources needed for personnel to access FBI CJIS systems and information in support of the agency’s mission. All agency personnel, with access to FBI Criminal Justice Information (CJI) or any system with stored FBI CJI, have a duty to protect the system and related systems from physical and environmental damage and are responsible for correct use, operation, care and maintenance of the information. All technology equipment: computers, laptops, software, copiers, printers, terminals, MDCs, mobile devices, live scan devices, fingerprint scanners, software to include RMS/CAD, operating systems, etc., used to process, store, and/or transmit FBI CJI is a privilege allowed by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, state CSO, and the FBI. To maintain the integrity and security of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s and FBI’s CJIS systems and data, this computer use privilege requires adherence of relevant federal, state and local laws, regulations and contractual obligations. All existing laws and Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office regulations and policies apply, including not only those laws and regulations that are specific to computers and networks, but also those that may apply to personal conduct.
Misuse of computing, networking or information resources may result in temporary or permanent restriction of computing privileges up to employment termination. In some misuse situations, account privileges will be suspended to prevent ongoing misuse while under investigation. Additionally, misuse can be prosecuted under applicable statutes. All files are subject for search. Where follow-up actions against a person or agency after an information security incident involves legal action (either civil or criminal), the evidence shall be collected, retained, and presented to conform to the rules for evidence laid down in the relevant jurisdiction(s). Complaints alleging misuse of Beaufort County
NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary Policy Pg 2 of 5
Sheriff’s Office’s computing and network resources and FBI CJIS systems and/or data will be directed to those responsible for taking appropriate disciplinary action.
Examples of Misuse with access to FBI CJI:
Using someone else’s login that you are not the owner.
Leaving computer logged in with your login credentials unlocked in a physically unsecure location allowing anyone to access Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office systems and/or FBI CJIS systems and data in your name.
Allowing unauthorized person to access FBI CJI at any time for any reason. Note: Unauthorized use of the FBI CJIS systems is prohibited and may be subject to criminal and/or civil penalties.
Allowing remote access of a Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office issued computer equipment to FBI CJIS systems and/or data without prior authorization by Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Obtaining a computer account that you are not authorized to use.
Obtaining a password for a computer account of another account owner.
Using the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s network to gain unauthorized access to FBI CJI.
Knowingly performing an act which will interfere with the normal operation of FBI CJIS systems.
Knowingly propagating a computer virus, Trojan horse, worm and malware to circumvent data protection or compromising existing security holes to FBI CJIS systems.
10.Violating terms of software and/or operating system licensing agreements or copyright laws.
11.Deliberately wasting computing resources to include streaming audio, videos for personal use that interferes with Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s network performance.
NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary Policy Pg 3 of 5
12.Masking the identity of an account or machine.
13.Unauthorized possession of, loss of, or damage to Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s technology equipment with access to FBI CJI through unreasonable carelessness or maliciousness.
14.Maintaining FBI CJI or duplicate copies of official Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office files in either manual or electronic formats at his or her place of residence or in other physically non-secure locations without express permission.
15.Using Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s technology resources and/or FBI CJIS systems for personal or financial gain.
16.Deliberately failing to report promptly any known technology-related misuse by another employee that may result in criminal prosecution or discipline under this policy.
17.Using personally owned devices on Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office’s network to include personally-owned thumb drives, CDs, mobile devices, tablets on wifi, etc. Personally owned devices should not store Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office data, State data, or FBI CJI.
Penalties / Discipline:
Violation of any of the requirements in this policy by any authorized personnel will result in suitable disciplinary action, up to and including loss of access privileges, civil and criminal prosecution and/or termination. Violation of any of the requirements in this policy by any visitor can result in similar disciplinary action against the sponsoring employee.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shall impose the following disciplinary action based on the types of violations that occur:
Unauthorized disclosure of receipt of SLED/CJIS-FBI/NCIC Criminal Justice Information:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary Policy Pg 4 of 5
Release of driver’s license or vehicle registration information to non-criminal justice employee:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
Allowing the use of the system by personnel not certified by SLED, except for job training toward certification:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
Failure to comply with policies and procedures established by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and within the SLED/CJIS-FBI/NCIC Operations and Procedures Manual:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
Unauthorized modification or destruction of system data; loss of computer system processing capability:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
Loss by negligent theft of any computer system media including chip ROM memory, optical or magnetic storage medium, hard copy printout, etc.:
a. 1st Offense: Written reprimand to dismissal
b. 2nd Offense: 3-5 day suspension to dismissal
c. 3rd Offense: 5-10 day suspension to dismissal
Improper recordkeeping:
a. 1st Offense: Oral reprimand to 3 days suspension
b. 2nd Offense: 1-3 days suspension
c. 3rd Offense: 3 days suspension or dismissal
NCIC Misuse and Disciplinary Policy Pg 5 of 5
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: NCIC Hit Confirmation
Number: 407 Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: February 24, 2020 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI NCIC Operating Manual
Purpose:
To establish appropriate guidelines for receiving, sending and responding to hit requests.
Policy:
A. The NCIC Operating Manual mandates that any agency which receives a record(s) in response to an NCIC inquiry must confirm the hit on any record(s) which appears to have been entered for the person or property inquired upon prior to taking any official actions based upon the hit NCIC record: 1) arresting the wanted person, 2) detaining the missing person, 3) seizing the stolen property, 4) charging the subject with violating a protection order, or 5) denying the subject the purchase of a firearm.
Additionally, an agency detaining an individual on local charges where the individual appears identical to the subject of the wanted person record and is within the geographical area of extradition must confirm the hit. Confirming a hit means to contact the agency that entered the record to:
Ensure that the person or property inquired upon is identical to the person or property identified in the record
Ensure that the warrant, missing person report, protection order, or theft report is still outstanding;
Obtain a decision regarding:
a. the extradition of a wanted person when applicable,
b. information regarding the return of the missing person to the appropriate authorities,
c. information regarding the return of stolen property to its rightful owner, or
d. information regarding the terms, conditions, and service of a protection order.
NCIC Hit Confirmation Pg 2 of 3
Determine if the entering agency wants the record to be located when the missing person was identified by partial body parts.
B. Hit confirmation procedure is based on two levels of priority:
Priority 1: Urgent
a. In those instances where the hit is the only basis for detaining a suspect or the nature of a case requires urgent confirmation of a hit, priority 1 should be specified.
b. The hit must be confirmed within 10 minutes.
Priority 2: Routine
a. Generally, this priority will be used when the person is being held on local charges, property has been located under circumstances where immediate action is not necessary, or an urgent confirmation is not required.
b. The hit must be confirmed within 1 hour.
Procedure:
Communications will use the NLETS network to send and receive all hit confirmations using the YQ (Your Question) and YR (Your Response) formats. Even if the initial confirmation is handled via telephone, NLETS will be used for documentation.
Operators will notate the following information on the first page of all YQ and YR message documentation:
a. Officer Notified
b. Date/Time of Notification
c. Method of Notification
d. Incident Number
e. Action(s) Taken
f. Date/Initial
Communications will maintain digital copies of all hit confirmation information, to include YQ, YR and AM (Administrative Message) messages.
NCIC Hit Confirmation Pg 3 of 3
After establishing the priority level, the following steps will be taken for sending Hit Confirmation Requests:
a. Hit Confirmation Requests will be sent in a timely manner and the request marked as “Urgent” or “Routine” based on the circumstances of the request.
b. If a response is not received in the allotted time, then a second request will be sent.
c. If the allotted time passes again with no response, then a third request will be sent.
d. In the event that an agency does not respond to these requests, an attempt will be made to contact them by phone to determine if there is a problem with receiving the request.
e. After receiving a confirmation, Communications will place a Locate on the corresponding NCIC record(s).
Upon receipt of a hit confirmation request, the following steps will be taken for sending Hit Confirmation Responses:
a. Communications will notify the appropriate ORI’s Patrol Supervisor and advise them of the Hit Confirmation Request.
b. Communications must furnish a substantive response (on behalf of the ORI of record) within the designated timeframe (10 minutes for Urgent requests or 60 minutes for Routine requests), i.e., a positive or negative confirmation or notice of the specific amount of time necessary to confirm or reject.
c. A Locate message must be received before taking any action on the NCIC Record, i.e. clear or change to detained.
Revision(s): A-06/28/21
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: NCIC Validations
Number: 408A Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: February 24, 2020 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI NCIC Operating Manual
Purpose:
To establish appropriate guidelines for completing NCIC Validations.
Policy:
Validation obliges the originating agency to confirm that NCIC records are complete, accurate, and still outstanding or active. Validation is accomplished by reviewing the original entry and current supporting documents, and by recent consultation with any appropriate complainant, victim, court, nonterminal agency, or other appropriate source or individual. In the event the agency is unsuccessful in its attempts to contact the victim, complainant, etc., the entering agency must make a determination based on the best information and knowledge available whether or not to retain the original entry in the file.
Procedure:
On a monthly basis, the NCIC System extracts active records on file for validation purposes. SLED/CJIS will send an email notification that records are ready to be validated and are located in the Peak Performance On-Line CJIS Validations Program for processing.
The NCIC TAC or designee will download and distribute the monthly validation lists and detailed summary reports to the appropriate agency personnel and/or servicing agency TACs. Servicing agencies are Beaufort Police Department (SC0070100), Bluffton Police Department (SC070200) and Port Royal Police Department (SC070300).
Servicing agency TACs are responsible to completing their NCIC Validations according to their agency’s policy and procedures. After completion, they will forward the results to the BCSO NCIC TAC or designee to submit to SLED.
408A NCIC Validations Pg 2 of 2
For BCSO NCIC Records:
a. All records will be test queried and compared to the original and/or supplemental documentation and the SLED printout.
b. The Validations Clerk will compare the records and contact the original source of the case report via mail to verify that the record is still outstanding and active: Complainant, Insurance Company, and /or parent. Courts will be contacted via phone.
c. The NCIC TAC or designee will complete an additional check on all BCSO and Servicing Agencies’ Wanted, Missing, Protection Order, Sex Offender, Identity Theft, or Violent Person records by comparing the records with new DMV and Criminal History Checks along with Incident Reports.
d. The NCIC TAC or designee will complete any necessary modifications. All modifications shall be second party checked and maintained as part of the original record.
e. If unable to make contact with or obtain a positive response from the original source, records will be canceled unless the case officer or a law enforcement supervisor feels that this is an active case for investigative or safety reasons and requests the records remain active in NCIC.
f. All validation documentation must remain with the original record for further review by a SLED/FBI auditor.
The BCSO NCIC TAC or designee will submit the completed validation results for BCSO and Servicing agencies using the Peak Performance On-Line CJIS Validations Program.
Failure to complete validations within 30 days could result in record cancellation
by SLED/CJIS.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: CJIS Security – System Access Control
Number: 409 Type: Operations Pages: 5
Effective Date: August 25, 2021 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI CJIS Security Policy Area 5.5 – Access Control
Policy:
According to the current CJIS Security Policy, access control provides the planning and implementation of mechanisms to restrict reading, writing, processing and transmission of CJIS information and the modification of information systems, applications, services and communication configurations allowing access to CJIS information.
Procedure:
A. Account Management
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office system administrators shall manage information system accounts, including establishing, activating, modifying, reviewing, disabling, and removing accounts. Primary responsibility for account management belongs to the Terminal Agency Coordinator (TAC). All accounts shall be reviewed at least every six months by the terminal agency coordinator (TAC) or his/her designee to ensure that access and account privileges commensurate with job functions, need-to-know, and employment status on systems that contain Criminal Justice Information. The TAC may also conduct periodic reviews. Account management includes:
a. Account identification
b. Establishment of group membership conditions
c. Assignment of associated authorizations.
Access to the information system will be granted based on:
a. Valid need-to-know/need-to-share that is determined by assigned official duties.
b. Satisfaction of all personnel security criteria.
409 CJIS Security – System Access Control Pg 2 of 5
The TAC must be notified if a user’s information system usage or need-to-know changes (i.e., the employee is terminated, transferred, etc.). If an individual is assigned to another office for an extended period (more than 90 days), the TAC will transfer the individual’s account(s) to the new office (CJA). The TAC will remove or disable all access accounts for separated or terminated employees immediately following separation from the agency. Responsible parties for account maintenance will be notified when:
a. A user’s information system usage or need-to-know or need-to-share changes.
b. A user is terminated or transferred or associated accounts are removed, disabled, or otherwise secured.
c. The TAC will disable all new accounts that have not been accessed within 30 days of creation. Accounts of individuals on extended leave (more than 30 days) should be disabled. (Note: Exceptions can be made in cases where uninterrupted access to IT resources is required. In those instances, the individual going on extended leave must have a manager-approved request from the designated account administrator or assistant.)
Information system accounts will be validated annually and the validation process will be documented.
B. Access Enforcement
Individual access privileges shall be approved, and physical and logical access restrictions associated with changes to the information system shall be enforced. Records reflecting all such changes shall be generated, retained and reviewed.
a. The most restrictive set of rights/privileges or access needed by users for the performance of specified tasks shall be enforced. Least privilege based on specific duties, operations, or information systems shall be implemented as necessary to mitigate risk to CJI.
b. Logs of access privilege changes shall be maintained for a minimum of one year or at least equal to the agency’s record retention policy – whichever is greater.
Access control mechanisms to enable access to CJI shall be restricted by object including the ability to read, write, or delete the objects. Access controls shall be in place and operational for all IT systems to:
409 CJIS Security – System Access Control Pg 3 of 5
a. Prevent multiple concurrent active sessions for one user identification, for those applications accessing CJI unless multiple concurrent active sessions are required for operational business for which the parameters shall be documented.
b. Ensure that only authorized personnel can add, change, or remove component devices, dial-up connections, and remove or alter programs.
Access to CJI shall be controlled based on one or more of the following:
a. Job assignment or function (i.e., the role) of the user seeking access.
b. Physical location.
c. Logical location.
d. Network addresses (e.g., users from sites within a given agency may be permitted greater access than those from outside).
e. Time-of-day and day-of-week/month restrictions.
When setting up access controls, one or more of the following mechanisms shall be utilized:
a. Access Control Lists (ACLs)
b. Resource Restrictions
c. Encryption
d. Application Level Control
C. Unsuccessful Login Attempts
Where technically feasible, the system shall enforce a limit of no more than 5 consecutive invalid access attempts by a user (attempting to access CJI or systems with access to CJI).
The system shall automatically lock the account/node for a 10 minute time period unless released by an administrator.
D. System Use Notification
The information system shall display an approved system use notification message, before granting access, informing potential users of various usages and monitoring rules.
The system use notification message shall provide the following information:
a. The user is accessing a restricted information system.
409 CJIS Security – System Access Control Pg 4 of 5
b. System usage may be monitored, recorded, and subject to audit.
c. Unauthorized use of the system is prohibited and may be subject to BCSO disciplinary actions, criminal and/or civil penalties.
d. Use of the system indicates consent to monitoring and recording.
e. Privacy and security notices.
The system use notification message shall remain on the screen until the user acknowledges the notification, where feasible, and takes explicit actions to log on to the information system.
System use notification messages appear in the form of warning banners displayed when individuals log in to the information system.
E. Session Lock
The information system shall prevent further access to the system by initiating a session lock after a maximum of 30 minutes of inactivity, and the session lock remains in effect until the user reestablishes access using appropriate identification and authentication procedures.
Users shall directly initiate session lock mechanisms to prevent inadvertent viewing when a device is unattended. A session lock is not a substitute for logging out of the information system.
In the interest of safety, the following are exempt from this requirement:
a. Devices that are part of a criminal justice conveyance.
b. Devices used to perform dispatch functions and located within a physically secure location.
c. Terminals designated solely for the purpose of receiving alert notifications used within physically secure location facilities that remain staffed when in operation.
F. Remote Access
All methods of remote access to the information system shall be authorized, monitored, and controlled.
Automated mechanisms shall be employed to facilitate the monitoring and control of remote access methods.
409 CJIS Security – System Access Control Pg 5 of 5
All remote accesses shall be controlled through managed access control points.
Remote access for privileged functions may be permitted only for compelling operational needs, and the technical and administrative process for such circumstances shall be documented in the security plan for the information system.
Virtual escorting of privileged functions is permitted only when all the following conditions are met:
a. The session shall be monitored at all times by an authorized escort.
b. The escort shall be familiar with the system/area in which the work is being performed.
c. The escort shall have the ability to end the session at any time.
d. The remote administrative personnel connection shall be via an encrypted (FIPS 140-2 certified) path.
e. The remote administrative personnel shall be identified prior to access and authenticated prior to or during the session. This authentication may be accomplished prior to the session via an Advanced Authentication (AA) solution or during the session via active teleconference with the escort throughout the session.
Personally Owned Information Systems shall not be authorized to access, process, store or transmit CJI unless the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has established and documented the specific terms and conditions of usage. When personally owned mobile devices are authorized, they shall be controlled in accordance with current FBI CJIS Security Policy requirements.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Staffing Requirements/On-Call Policy
Number: 410 Type: Communications Pages: 3
Effective Date: 12/6/2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.2.3abd, 6.2.4-8, 6.5.4c
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Section is committed to providing the highest quality, twenty-four-hour service to the County of Beaufort. Communications personnel will be utilized in the most efficient manner possible. The Communications Manager will make shift assignments and the Shift Supervisors will make the console assignments. This procedure has been developed to ensure impartiality in the assignment process.
Policy:
This policy applies to and is binding on all operational personnel of the Sheriff’s Office Communications Section. (Supervisors and Emergency Services Dispatchers).
Procedures:
A. Staffing Requirements:
To provide for continuous twenty-four-hour services, Emergency Services Dispatchers (ESD) will remain on duty for calls until relieved by employees assigned to the oncoming shift. The duty Supervisor, during an emergency or shortage of personnel, shall designate necessary personnel to work over until such time as the situation is corrected or completed.
The Communications Manager shall set staffing requirements for operations personnel based on the assessment of call volume, calls for service and the day of the week. Current staffing requirements are as follows:
a. A Supervisor or Assistant Supervisor will be on duty at all times.
b. There will be a minimum of four, twelve-hour shift rotations with five qualified personnel on duty, seven days per week.
410 Staffing Requirements/On-Call Policy Pg. 2 of 3
c. Operations staff twelve-hour work schedules consisting of one week of Monday, Tuesday, Friday Saturday and Sunday. The alternate schedule will work on Wednesday and Thursday. This schedule provides for an impartial basis for days off and provides for scheduling days of in accordance with workload requirements.
d. Day shift will begin at 0715 hours and end at 1930 hours.
e. Night shift will begin at 1915 hours and end at 0730 hours.
f. Additional shifts may be created for coverage as needed.
g. The Duty Supervisor may make console assignments for segments of a shift. (i.e…changing assignments during the shift or following for a change in assignment due to the call/radio traffic volume during the shift).
B. On-Call Procedures:
The senior shift supervisor is responsible for sending an “On-Call” roster to each shift supervisor to utilize if a need develops to call in off duty personnel to ensure minimum staffing as set forth above.
The on-call roster will be sent no later than the 15th day of each month to each shift supervisor electronically. The roster shall consist of a rotating list of days that includes each shift’s availability to work.
The rotating on-call list will consist of a minimum of fourteen (14) shifts to a maximum of seventeen (17) shifts according to the scheduled work days of each month. This shall be split impartially among all four shifts.
Supervisors shall ensure all on-call days are covered prior to the start of each new month and that each employee is aware of their “on-call” days of responsibility.
Employees shall be assigned “on-call” days on a monthly basis and are able to volunteer for any days of their choice.
The dates of scheduled “on-call” can be selected by the individual employee on a twelve (12) hour or six (6) hour basis. In extenuating circumstances, the “on-call” can be split into four hour slots, resulting in three shift members splitting equally to complete the twelve (12) hour shift.
Each shift’s monthly schedule is due to the Communications Manager by the twenty-first (21st) day of each month for review. This schedule should include radio assignments and overtime “on-call” slots for shift personnel.
C. Policy Enforcement:
Failure or any employee to comply with the provisions set forth in this policy, may result in staffing the Communications Center in the same method as the law enforcement patrol shifts. The shift supervisor shall make an individual to fulfill
410 Staffing Requirements/On-Call Policy Pg. 3 of 3
any staffing limitations. Any employee who fails to comply with staffing requirements may face disciplinary action.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Disposal of Criminal Justice Information Media
Number: 411 Type: Operations Pages: 3
Effective Date: August 24, 2021 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: FBI CJI Security Policy 5.8
Purpose:
The purpose of this policy is to outline the proper disposal of Criminal Justice Information (CJI) Media (physical or electronic) at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. These rules are in place to protect sensitive and classified information, employees and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Inappropriate disposal of Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and FBI Criminal Justice Information (CJI) and media may put employees, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and the FBI at risk.
This policy applies to all Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office employees, contractors, temporary staff and other workers at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, with access to FBI CJIS systems and/or data, sensitive and classified data and media. This policy applies to all equipment that possesses, stores and/or transmits FBI CJI classified and sensitive data that is owned or leased by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
When no longer usable, hard drives, diskettes, tape cartridges, CD’s, ribbons, hard copies, printouts and other similar items used to process, store and/or transmit FBI CJI and classified and sensitive data shall be properly disposed of in accordance with measures established by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Procedures:
Physical CJI media (print-outs and other physical media) shall be disposed of in the following manner:
a. Shredding, utilizing Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office shredders.
Spillman Case Management Module is designed to enter data pertaining to specific criminal cases for review. In lieu of providing “working copies” of evidence via
411 Disposal of Criminal Justice Information Media Pg 2 of 3
compact discs, thumb drives and/or uploading to a different server, Evidence and Property Personnel will upload the requested information into Case Management within Spillman. This method will ensure that copies of evidence are controlled and maintained in and on the Spillman server. Additionally, this method will enhance our responsibilities to remain in compliance with this agency’s policies (Evidence and Property/Media Protection).
The below listed protocols are to be adhered to upon receiving a request for working copies into the Evidence and Property Unit, the requested information will be uploaded into Case Management under the FILE TAB.
a. The format will be Property Number and Identification Number (Ex: Property #21S055253-ID#123456).
b. The Case Management screen will be partitioned by Evidence and Property personnel.
c. Evidence and Property personnel and investigators will be provided permission to access the files.
d. Evidence and Property personnel will be responsible for the purging of this information upon adjudication of said case.
Electronic media (hard drives, tape cartridges, CD’s, printer ribbons, flash drives, printer and copier hard-drives, etc.) shall be disposed of by one of the below Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office methods:
A. Overwriting (at least three times): An effective method of clearing data from magnetic media. As the name implies, overwriting uses a program to write (1’s, 0’s or a combination of both) onto the location of the media where the file to be sanitized is located. The BCSO Information Technology Section will remove and sanitize hard drives using DOD-5 swipe.
B. Degaussing: A method to magnetically erase data from magnetic media. Two types of degaussing exist; strong magnets and electric degausses. Note: common magnets (e.g., those used to hang a picture on a wall) are fairly week and cannot effectively degauss magnetic media.
C. Destruction: A method of destroying magnetic media. As the name implies, destruction of magnetic media is to physically dismantle by methods of
411 Disposal of Criminal Justice Information Media Pg 3 of 3
crushing, disassembling, etc., ensuring that platters have been physically destroyed so that no data can be pulled. If swipe does not run, BCSO Information Technology Section will remove the platters and physically destroy them.
D. The sanitation or destruction is witnessed by or completed by authorized personnel.
IT systems that have been used to process, store, or transmit FBI CJI and/or sensitive and classified information shall not be released from control of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office until the equipment has been sanitized and all stored information has been cleared using one of the above methods.
Replaces SOP 2-3
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls
Number: 415 Type: Operations Pages: 6
Effective Date: March 10, 2003 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 6.2.5
Purpose:
The purpose of this procedure is to establish an effective method/procedure for the transfer of emergency calls and/or one button transfers between the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Center, Hilton Head Communications Center (209), PMO (Military Police), Jasper County and all other jurisdictions along with receiving 911 transfers and 911 roll-overs from 209.
Policy:
It is the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Section to respond to emergency calls from the public in the most expedient manner possible. The re-routing of emergency calls for other agencies will be treated with the same high priority as if they were for Beaufort County.
Definitions:
APCO: Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials, International
ALI: Automatic Location Indicator
ANI: Automatic Number Indicator
CAD: Computer-Aided Dispatch
DISP: Dispatch
EMD: Emergency Medical Dispatch
EMS: Emergency Medical Service
415 Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls Pg 2 of 6
ESD: Emergency Services Dispatcher
PMO: Provost Marshall’s Office, Military Police
Vesta System: The telephone system utilized by the communications center. Procedures:
A. Receiving 911 calls for other agencies and/or jurisdictions:
Obtain the following basic information on all calls:
a. Location of the call (address)
b. Problem
c. Caller’s phone number
d. Caller’s name
e. Injuries (if applicable)
f. EMD needed (pre-arrival instructions for medical calls if applicable).
All written protocols will be followed exactly, with nothing being
done from memory. All protocol will be followed as written by APCO and this Center’s general order.
B. (CALEA 6.2.5) Transferring Police, Fire and Medical Calls:
When a caller located in a jurisdiction other than Beaufort County requests assistance, you will be required to transfer the call by using one of three methods in the Vesta Phone System:
a. One button: When an agencies number is pre-programmed in Vesta under a 911 transfer button that requires you to click one button to transfer the call to the agency.
b. Select a Folder: When an agencies number is pre-programmed in Vesta under a specified folder (Law Enforcement, Fire Department, EMS, misc. etc.) which requires you to click on the folder and select the agency to transfer the call.
c. Manual dial: When an agency’s number is not programmed in Vesta and you have to manually dial the number to transfer the call.
With the line still open, advise the caller who you are transferring them to, that they may hear clicks on the line, and NOT to hang up.
415 Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls Pg 3 of 6
Keep the line open and transfer the call using one of the three methods listed above.
When the agency answers, identify yourself by stating your rank, name and agency (Beaufort County 911), advise you are transferring a call and relay the basic information already obtained as listed in section A. This saves the caller from having to provide the same information twice.
Once all information is relayed and the call transfer is successful, advise receiving agency that you are disconnecting, if you are able.
If EMD is in progress do not transfer the call. Have another ESD call the agency needed and relay the basic information advising that EMD is in progress.
Document the call in the CAD as a call transfer.
Receiving a 911 call from 209:
a. Prior to transferring to us, 209 will have determined that the call is Law Enforcement, and should be forwarded to our center.
b. The call will come in on our 911 lines, displaying ANI/ALI.
c. 209 will remain on the line until both Centers are satisfied that the call transferred correctly.
911 Roll-Over Calls from Hilton Head To Beaufort or Beaufort To Hilton Head Communications Center:
a. On occasion, when all the 911 lines at the Center are busy, another incoming 911 call to that Center will be automatically “rolled over” into the other Center. If this occurs, you are to do the following:
i. Obtain complete information from the caller, following the guidelines in the call-taker book.
ii. If the call is in-progress or just occurred, broadcast the information on the “Disp to Disp” channel, using correct radio procedure.
iii. “Disp to Disp” channel is a direct radio connection between Beaufort County and the Town of Hilton Head Communications Centers.
iv. Follow-up with a phone call with additional pertinent complainant information as soon as the radio broadcast is completed:
415 Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls Pg 4 of 6
a.) Complainant’s name.
b.) Phone Number.
c.) Directions.
d.) All other information appropriate to the type of call.
C. General Information and Policy:
If a call requires a multi-agency response, the receiving 911 Center will gather the pertinent information on the call. The receiving Center is solely responsible for compiling complete and accurate information:
a. If the call is for Law Enforcement and requires a Hilton Head Fire &Rescue medical response, obtain all necessary information and relay information over ‘Disp to Disp” channel.
b. If the call is in the Town of Hilton Head and requires Fire/Medical response only, follow instructions in section E. Sending a Fire and/or Medical call to HH Communications Center (209).
c. Required information will be obtained prior to attempting to transfer as directed in sections A and B. Obtain the following basic information on all calls.
d. With the line still open, advise the caller what agency you are connecting them to. Advise the caller that they may hear clicks on the line, stay on the line and do not hang up.
e. Keep the line open and transfer the call by using one of the procedures mentioned in sections A and B, transferring Police, Fire, and medical 911 calls.
f. When the agency answers, advise of pertinent information already obtained.
g. Once you confirm the transfer is successful, state “Beaufort County disconnecting”, if you are able and hang up the phone.
h. Put the call in the CAD as a transferred call for documentation.
i. If a call requires a response from our Agency and another Agency not in our jurisdiction, you do not have to create an additional call to file as documentation as a transferred call. Log the Agency(s) name and who the call was transferred to in our original call.
NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) Standards in Communications/APCO:
415 Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls Pg 5 of 6
3.2.2Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). An organization, office or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure. 7.4.3For law enforcement purpose; the AHJ shall determine time frames allowed for completion of dispatch.
7.4.4*Where alarms are transferred from the primary public safety answering point (PSAP) to a secondary answering point; the transfer procedure shall not exceed 30 seconds for 95 percent of all alarms processed.
415 Transferring/Receiving/Rollover 911 Calls Pg 6 of 6
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Community Involvement
Number: 417 Type: Operational Pages: 3
Effective Date: April 19, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 2.6.1
Purpose:
The purpose of this general order is to establish guidelines for the administration and operation of the community involvement function of the Communications Center.
Policy:
This policy provides a progressive and viable community involvement program by addressing problems that may arise between the Communications Center and all segments of the service population. The Communications Center is committed to establishing close ties with and responding to the needs of the community and correcting actions, practices, and attitudes that may contribute to community tensions and grievances.
A. (CALEA 2.6.1a) All personnel are responsible, within their authority, for helping achieve the agency’s community involvement objectives.
Responsibilities of the community involvement function include:
a. The Communications Manager is responsible for the overall coordination and administration of the community involvement function. Specific tasks may be delegated to or handled by other personnel as per their authority and responsibilities.
b. (CALEA 2.6.1b) Development of community involvement policies;
c. (CALEA 2.6.1d) Conveying information received from citizens and/or organizations to the agency;
d. (CALEA 2.6.1e) Improving practices that affect the community involvement function of the agency; and
e. (CALEA 2.6.1f) Identifying training needs through consultation with citizen representatives, supervisors, and administrative personnel.
417 Community Involvement Pg 2 of 3
f. Establishing and maintaining liaisons with formal community organizations (e.g. Fire Chiefs association, Police Chiefs association, etc.);
g. (CALEA 2.6.1c) Publicizing agency objectives, problems, and successes, as appropriate.
B. Reporting:
(CALEA 2.6.1c) An annual summary shall be submitted to the Colonel, then the Branch Captain, which shall include at a minimum:
a. A complete and concise description of potential problems with communications activities within the community;
b. Recommendations for correcting the problems identified;
c. Status report on the progress of corrective actions taken on previously identified problems.
(CALEA 2.6.1d) Any employee, while interacting with citizens, organizations, or agencies, who becomes aware of any problems with communications activities in the community shall:
a. Document the problem/concern in writing; and
b. Submit this documentation to the Communications Manager for incorporation into the community involvement reports.
417 Community Involvement Pg 3 of 3
Replaces SOP 3-1, Revision(s): A-6/21/2019
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Communications Center – Use of Treadmills
Number: 418A Type: Communications Pages: 3
Effective Date: July 7, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 22.3.3a
Purpose:
The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidance on the use of treadmills and other physical fitness equipment installed in the Communications Center
Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Section to provide professional services to the agencies that utilize the section.
Procedure:
A. Dispatch Health and Wellness:
It is the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to encourage a culture of health and wellness among its employees.
a. Emergency Services Dispatchers (ESD) are required to spend extended hours working at the radio consoles. This is extremely physically and psychologically stressful to these employees.
b. ESDs are encouraged to take regularly scheduled breaks during their shifts and leave the Center for brief periods of time.
c. Breaks are not always possible due to the constantly fluctuating work volume.
B. Physical Fitness:
Based on various studies and surveys, one method of implementing a Wellness program in the Communications Center is the installation of treadmills and similar devices at the workstations in the Center.
418A Use of Treadmills Pg 2 of 3
a. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Center will install a treadmill and an under-desk elliptical device at specified Console stations for use by ESDs.
b. The exercise devices will be selected for their compatibility with the Dispatch work environment.
Exercise Equipment Instructions:
a. Safety is the First Priority.
b. Use of the equipment is strictly voluntary.
c. Proper shoes must be worn while utilizing the equipment:
i. High-heeled and/or stacked wedge shoes shall not be worn on the equipment.
ii. Flat shoes, athletic shoes or sandals with straps will be used.
d. The treadmill equipment will be installed under consoles that can be elevated to a Standing Position. The consoles will be in the fully elevated position (height proportionate to the employee) at any time that the treadmill is in use.
e. The elliptical device may be used either standing or seated.
f. The exercise equipment will be positioned in the Communications Center under consoles that are not the primary consoles. The Equipment will not be moved without the consent of the Chain of Command beginning with the Communications Center Manager.
g. ESDs will follow all guidelines within the Operations Manual of the individual device. Deviations from the Operations Manual of the device will be subject to BCSO disciplinary procedures.
h. If a Safety Clip is provided by the particular model of treadmill, it will be attached to the ESD using the machine for the entire period the employee is utilizing the machine.
i. Avoid Stepping Off the treadmill while its moving.
j. Hit the STOP button and the treadmill will stop immediately.
k. Always step on and off of the treadmill while it is in the Off position and not moving.
Repairs or mechanical issues:
a. Any mechanical issues with the device will be immediately reported to the shift supervisor.
418A Use of Treadmills Pg 3 of 3
b. The shift supervisor will refer to the Troubleshooting Section of the Operators Manual. If the corrective action is clearly defined in the Manual, the shift supervisor may follow those steps.
c. For any other mechanical issues, the shift supervisor will direct that all employees cease to use the machine.
d. The shift supervisor shall notify the Communications Manager via email about the problem.
e. The Communications Mananger will then assume responsibility for the repair of the machine.
C. Injuries or Accidents:
Any injuries or accidents while using the equipment will Immediately be reported to the shift supervisor. If medical attention is needed it will be summoned immediately.
The Shift Supervisor will make a written report of exactly what occurred to include the type of injury or complaint, the clothing (to include the type of shoes) that the employee is wearing.
The shift supervisor will follow BCSO policy concerning notification of employee injuries to include appropriate notifications.
D. Summary
Every employee of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office is a valued asset to the agency and the community. They are encouraged to pursue healthy eating habits as well as an appropriate physical and mental health program. The deployment of appropriate exercise equipment in the Communications Center is a part of this on-going cultivation of healthy employees.
419A-2/6/2018 Alert Tones
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Radio Procedures
Number: 419A Type: Communications Pages: 6
Effective Date: September 4, 2014 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 11.4.3, 15.1.1 – 3, 33.5.4
Purpose:
The purpose of this general order is to identify and clarify radio communications within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Communications Center.
Procedure:
A. Individual Communications personnel will use plain language when manning and monitoring a radio position. For specific circumstances, a designated ten code will be utilized by the dispatcher. A list has been provided to all.
B. All Communications personnel will follow the ABC’s of Broadcasting:
Accuracy – Give out factual information. Be as detailed and exact as possible with descriptions, locations, and other information.
Brevity – Transmissions should be brief and to the point. Say what needs to be said, then relinquish the air for in-progress calls. For non-emergency calls, the basic information of the location, call nature & brief excerpt is all that is necessary. Patrol units can read the remainder on their own.
Clarity – Words must be pronounced correctly, distinctly, and clearly in order to be understood. Speak in a normal tone, and at a rate of about 60 words per minute. (approximately the same speed as a normal conversational rate of speech).
Security – Be cautious and maintain a sense of confidentiality in incidents where sensitive information must be broadcasted or disseminated. Dispatchers must ensure information broadcasted does not compromise officer safety or first responders.
C. Whenever calling a patrol unit, Communications personnel will always wait to be
419A Radio Procedures Pg 2 of 6
acknowledged before transmitting the information.
D. Communications personnel will ALWAYS acknowledge a unit by saying “10-4 unit number”. The unit number will NEVER be deleted from the transmission.
E. Arguing or complaining over the radio will not be tolerated. Any officer or Dispatcher complaint involving radio communication will be tactfully resolved through respective Supervisors, either in person, or by telephone.
F. When transmitting on the radio, press the mic button and wait one second before transmitting, so the first portion of the transmission will not be cut off.
G. The following formats are to be used as closely as possible when dispatching a call on the Law Enforcement radios:
Routine Calls – NOT IN PROGRESS “(Complainant’s name) at (Location) in reference to (Call Nature) & basic minimal info.”
Emergency Calls – IN- PROGRESS – NO WEAPONS “(Call Nature), (In progress or just occurred), at (Location), (Complainant’s name)” Give additional information as it becomes available.
Emergency Calls – IN-PROGRESS – WITH WEAPONS “(Call Nature) (In progress or just occurred), (Weapons info), (Location), (Complainant’s name)” Give additional information as it becomes available
Anonymous Calls “Anonymous report of (call nature) at (location),” the caller is anonymous. Give any additional information that you may have.
Phrases that you may not say on the radio are:
a. We Have …
b. I have a report of …Those in particular sound very unprofessional. Instead say that the caller is reporting….
c. Complainant did not state. This means that you did not ask.
H. Critical/Officer Safety Radio Broadcasts- If LE is out with a possible officer safety issue (i.e…wanted person, gang member, DMV infractions, violent offenses and/or illegal weapon possession history, etc.) the ESD will advise the officer of the following before transmitting the information, “(Call Sign) is your radio secure
419A Radio Procedures Pg 3 of 6
for information?” If the officer responds with “affirmative”, the ESD can provide the information. If the officer responds with “negative”, the ESD must wait until the officer advises the radio is secure before providing the information.
I. Prohibited Practices: Certain practices are prohibited while using radio equipment. They are:
Unofficial messages.
The use of profanity.
Unauthorized dissemination of matters deemed confidential.
False calls or fraudulent distress signals.
Transmissions of unassigned codes/signals or names.
J. All incident calls will be dispatched using a call nature, unless there is not one assigned for that type of incident.
K. In some instances, the officer will advise that the call nature is different than that which they were dispatched to. In cases such as this, the patrol unit can change the call nature before clearing the call. Dispatch is not mandated to perform this.
L. Clear Channel Procedures: When a “clear channel” (stop transmitting) is issued on the main channel, all non-involved or non-responding units are to move to another radio channel, so that they may continue with normal radio traffic, and not compromise the radio for units involved in the emergency incident.
Sheriff’s Office Radio:
a. For a clear channel on BCSO North, the Emergency Services Dispatcher (ESD) will move all non-involved units to BCSO South. Announcements will be made on both channels. “All units clear channel.” Repeating, “All units clear channel.”
b. For a clear channel on BCSO South, the ESD will move all non-involved units to BCSO North. Announcements will be made on both channels. (see above) If Bluffton PD is utilizing this channel due to radio combinations, the same guideline will be followed.
419A Radio Procedures Pg 4 of 6
c. On the radio console the ESD should select the arrow button on the appropriate channel. Click on the “channel marker inactive” button to highlight. It will be red in color on the screen. This will emit a tone to activate every few seconds. Upon completion of the clear channel where radio traffic is resumed as normal, the ESD will click the “channel marker inactive” button again to return to normal operating procedure.
d. If any further clear channels are needed, the ESD will move all non-involved units to Major Incident 1.
Bluffton PD Radio:
a. For a clear channel on the Bluffton Radio, the ESD will move all non-involved units to the BLF OPS.
b. For a clear channel on the BLF OPS channel, the ESD will move all non-involved units to Major Incident 1 or next available major incident channel if already utilized.
c. On the radio console the ESD should select the arrow button on the appropriate channel. Click on the “channel marker inactive” button to highlight. It will be red in color on the screen. This will emit a tone to activate every few seconds. Upon completion of the clear channel where radio traffic is resumed as normal, the ESD will click the “channel marker inactive” button again to return to normal operating procedure.
Beaufort PD/Port Royal PD Radio:
a. For a clear channel on the Beaufort PD/Port Royal PD radio, the ESD will move all non-involved units to PD OPS channel. (Ensure that Beaufort PD OPS and Port Royal OPS are patched.)
b. For a clear channel on the PD OPS channel, the ESD will move all non-involved units to Major Incident 1 or next available major incident channel if already utilized.
c. On the radio console the ESD should select the arrow button on the appropriate channel. Click on the “channel marker inactive” button to highlight. It will be red in color on the screen. This will emit a tone to activate every few seconds. Upon completion of the clear channel where radio traffic is resumed as normal, the ESD will click the “channel marker inactive” button again to return to normal operating procedure.
419A Radio Procedures Pg 5 of 6
In addition to requesting a clear channel, the Officer has the option of requesting a clear channel with “no tones” for officer safety reasons. The ESD will respond accordingly.
If the BCSO Radio is not split, the Communications Shift Supervisor will assign someone to work the normal operating channel or “working” channel. For example, if all units are on BCSO North, and a clear channel occurs, all units will move to BCSO South. Since that is not an active channel until that time, the Shift Supervisor will have to assign someone to work that channel until the channel clears.
Upon resume of the clear channel, the working channel ESD will announce to all units: “ All units..resume normal radio traffic. Repeating All units..resume normal radio traffic.” (to include clear channel on talkgroup). On the alternate channel, the same announcement is to be made but add that the affected patrol units are to return to their perspective channel. For example, “All units..resume normal radio traffic, All Units..resume normal radio traffic, return back to Southern channel.”
If the clear channel is going to escalate into a long-term situation, as soon as practical, the ESD will move the incident traffic to MAJOR INCIDENT, and return normal working traffic to the main assigned channel. For example, you send units to a domestic, than it turns into a standoff. Once the scene is stabilized, move your incident traffic to MAJOR INCIDENT, and your regular road traffic back to the main dispatch channel. This will keep the incident traffic separated from regular traffic, but return road units to a more normal work scheme quicker.
If there is limited staffing in the Communications Center, where the Major Incident Channel can’t be monitored, the Communications Shift Supervisor is to alert the Patrol Supervisor that he/she will be responsible for keeping up with the activity of the patrol units.
419A Radio Procedures Pg 6 of 6
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Request for Law Enforcement for Emergencies
Number: 420 Type: Communications Pages: 2
Effective Date: February 2, 2017 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CALEA 42.2.9
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for the request of law enforcement (LE) by Fire Department (FD), Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel and other law enforcement units on a scene that has become immediately dangerous, with the possibility of grave bodily harm and/or death. There have been situations in recent times where “routine” evolved into anything but routine. As most 10 codes are no longer utilized, it has become necessary to establish guidelines on how and when to request help from LE without making the aggressor aware that help has been summoned. This guideline will establish that with straightforward and clear, concise radio transmissions for true DIRE EMERGENCIES using the only acceptable signal and 10 Code to be used.
.Procedure:
A. There are only two ways in which either FD or EMS personnel can request help without alerting the aggressor to that fact:
Emergency Alert Button: In the event of an emergency, FD or EMS personnel shall press the emergency alert button on their radios lapel microphone or on the radio itself. Upon receiving this, Dispatch will recognize the unit that activated their Emergency Alert Button and call them by their unit number and ask for a status check no more than twice. No answer back to Dispatch or any answer other than “10-4” will be treated as an actual emergency, and Dispatch will immediately assign law enforcement personnel to the FD’s or EMS’ location. Again, the only answer that everything is ok is “10-4”.
Radio Transmission: Either FD or EMS personnel may elect to transmit to Dispatch, if safe to do so, the following signal: “Signal 90”. Dispatch shall acknowledge the transmission by responding back with the FD or EMS personnel call sign and ask for a status check no more than twice. In the event that Dispatch either receives a response other than “10-4” or no response at all, the transmission shall be treated as an actual emergency and Dispatch will
420 Request for Law Enforcement for Emergencies Pg 2 of 3
immediately assign law enforcement personnel to the FD or EMS personnel’s location.
In either instance, Dispatch will call for a status check only 2 times. If the improper response or no response at all is received, law enforcement personnel will be assigned to respond to the FD or EMS personnel’s location. The Fire Chief and/or the Director of EMS will be notified by Dispatch immediately.
Either FD or EMS personnel needing LE for routine assistance such as traffic control or for a request not involving a life or death issue shall continue to utilize plain talk language. Personnel seeking LE assistance should articulate the reason for the request so that Dispatch may provide LE personnel with the appropriate information. If, in the event either Fire or EMS personnel inadvertently indicate they need “Signal 90” for traffic control, Dispatch will immediately respond with “Status Check”. This will most likely result in the requesting individual realizing that a procedural error was made. Once Dispatch asks for a “Status Check”, the requesting individual shall respond by indicating that everything is “10-4”. Dispatch shall ask for the status check no more than 2 times. In the event of an inappropriate response or no response at all, Dispatch shall immediately assign law enforcement personnel to the FD or EMS personnel’s location.
There is one additional way in which law enforcement personnel can request help without letting the aggressor to the fact:
a. When LE personnel are needing assistance such as back up on the scene of a call, the ten code “10-34” is to be utilized. The patrol unit will alert Dispatch that another unit is needed by broadcasting the following: “Dispatch…(call sign).” Dispatch will respond accordingly. “Dispatch…call sign…send 10-34.” Dispatch will acknowledge and call for another unit to respond over the air. This will be documented in the comments of the existing call in the CAD system.
420 Request for Law Enforcement for Emergencies Pg 3 of 3
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Admin-Breaks, Meals, Personal Calls
Number: 421 Type: Communications Pages: 3
Effective Date: November 15, 2016 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The purpose of this procedure is to outline the rules and regulations for breaks, meals, and personal calls.
Definitions:
ESD: Emergency Services Dispatcher
Covered Cup: A re-usable cup that has a sealable cover or lid that if knocked over will
not spill and prevent equipment damage.
Open Cup: Any can, bottle, carton, or fast food cups
PLD: Personal Leave Day
Procedure:
A. Breaks:
Each employee is allowed one fifteen (15) minute break per four-hour time frame or one (1) fifteen (15) minute break and one (1) thirty (30) minute break within a twelve (12) hour work day. These breaks will be taken at the discretion of the Shift Supervisor and every effort will be made to allow breaks in a timely manner.
Leaving the grounds is not allowed while taking paid breaks. If an employee leaves the premises, they are required to clock out and claim PLD.
When taking breaks, dispatchers and supervisors are required to have in their possession a handheld radio turned to Major Incident 3. The volume should be at an adequate level to hear and comprehend a transmission if it were to occur.
421 Admin-Breaks, Meals, Personal Calls Pg 2 of 3
This procedure allows for the dispatch supervisor to have a means of communication with the ESD on break in the event they are needed to return to the dispatch center before the allotted break time concludes.
B. Meals:
ESDs may send out, or have food delivered to the Communications Center.
When staffing allows, with permission of the Shift Supervisor, one ESD will be allowed to leave the Communications Center and pick up meals for the shift. A BCSO vehicle must be used to pick up meal.
Supervisors are not allowed to make food runs.
At no time should the dispatch supervisor allow more than one person on break at a time. Emergency situations are an exception at the discretion of the dispatch supervisor.
C. Personal Phone Calls:
Personal phone calls will be limited to ten (10) minutes.
Business calls take priority over personal calls thus placing personal calls on hold.
D. Beverages in the Communications Center:
A covered cup is required when any beverage is taken inside of the Communications Center.
No open beverage cups, cans, bottles, cartons, or fast food cups are allowed inside of the Communications Center.
421 Admin-Breaks, Meals, Personal Calls Pg 3 of 3
Reference(s): A-11/21/2019; A1-06/01/22
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Part-Time Employees
Number: 422A1 Type: Administrative Pages: 4
Effective Date: August 1, 2019 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose
To provide a procedure for hiring and deploying part-time employees by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Policy:
It shall be the policy of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office follow the below procedures when hiring a part-time employee.
Procedure:
A. Positions:
Part-Time Call-Takers.
These employees will be trained to answer administrative telephone lines, non-emergency lines and 911 lines. They will be trained to enter requests for emergency services into the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) System. Call-Takers will not be trained to operate emergency services radio.
Part-Time Emergency Services Dispatchers:
These employees will be trained to answer administrative and non-emergency telephone lines. They will be trained to enter requests for emergency services into the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) System. They may be eventually trained to answer 911 lines, depending on the individual evaluations and the recommendation of the Communications Center supervisory staff.
All Other Part-Time Employees:
422A1 Part-Time Dispatch Employees Pg 2 of 4
All employees hired by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office; whether, Laboratory Technicians, Sheriff’s Technicians or Deputy Sheriff’s shall be trained for the position they are hired to fill.
B. Pay and Benefits:
Part-Time Call Takers will be hired at an hourly rate that is $2.00 per hour less than the Emergency Services Dispatcher hourly rate. The Part-Time Call Takers will not participate in the 18/3/5 Compensation Program. Hourly pay increases will only occur if the hourly rate for Emergency Services Dispatchers increases.
Part-Time Call Takers will not receive any benefits due full-time employees. They will not accrue personal leave. They will not be eligible for insurance benefits. They will be covered by Worker’s Compensation for injuries received while on duty.
Part-Time Call Takers will have the option to participate in the South Carolina State Retirement System, if they are not already in the system.
Part-Time Emergency Services Dispatchers will be hired at an hourly rate that is equal to the established starting hourly rate of full-time Emergency Services Dispatchers.
Part-Time Emergency Services Dispatchers will not participate in the 18/3/5 Compensation Program. Hourly rate increases will occur only if the hourly starting rate for Emergency Services Dispatchers increases through a Cost of Living Adjustment.
Part-Time Emergency Services Dispatchers will not receive any benefits due full-time employees. They will not accrue personal leave. They will not be eligible for insurance benefits. They will be covered by Worker’s Compensation for injuries received will on duty.
Part-Time Employees (Laboratory Technician, Sheriff’s Technician or Deputy Sheriff) will be hired at an hourly rate that is equal to the established starting hourly rate of a full-time employee of the same discipline they were hired to fill.
422A1 Part-Time Dispatch Employees Pg 3 of 4
Part-Time Employees (Laboratory Technicians, Sheriff’s Technicians or Deputy Sheriff’s) will have the option to participate in the Police Officer’s Retirement Systems (Deputy Sheriff or Laboratory Technician) or the South Carolina State Retirement System.
Part-Time Employees (Laboratory Technician, Sheriff’s Technician or Deputy Sheriff) will not participate in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Compensation Program. Hourly rate increases will only occur if the hourly rate for these individual positions increases or for Cost of Living Adjustments.
Part-Time Employees (Laboratory Technician, Sheriff’s Technician or Deputy Sheriff) will not receive any benefits due full-time employees. They will not accrue personal leave. They will not be will eligible for insurance benefits. They will be covered by Worker’s Compensation for any injuries received on duty.
C. Hiring Process:
Part-Time Employee applicants will complete all Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office required applications and questionnaires.
Part-Time Employees will undergo a complete Criminal History Background Check, polygraph examination (if Laboratory Technician or Deputy Sheriff), and drug screening.
Oral Interview Boards will not be conducted for current law enforcement or fire department personnel from agencies located within Beaufort County. All other Part-Time Employees will submit to an oral interview.
D. Training Process:
All Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers will successfully complete CJIS Awareness Training as determined by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office TAC.
All Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers will successfully complete the training program as prescribed by the
422A1 Part-Time Dispatch Employees Pg 4 of 4
Communications Section Training Coordinator. This may require consecutive training sessions up to possibly four weeks.
All other Part-Time Employees will be trained as necessary depending on the position for which they are hired.
E. Scheduling:
Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers will be assigned to shifts based on the needs of that shift. Priority will be given to the hours between 1500 and 0100 hours and between Thursdays and Sundays.
Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers will be assigned to radios within their chosen discipline if they are current law enforcement officers or firefighters.
Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers from the general public will be trained primarily on EMS and Fire Radios. Law Enforcement radios training may occur at a later date.
Part-Time Call Takers and Emergency Services Dispatchers will be limited to 30 hours of work per pay period, will “No Exceptions”.
Part-Time Employees (Laboratory Technicians, Sheriff’s Technicians or Deputy Sheriff’s) will be limited to no more than 29 hours of work per pay period.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Text-to-9-1-1
Number: 423 Type: Communications Pages: 11
Effective Date: 04/05/22 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References:
Purpose:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office 9-1-1 Center will receive text-to-9-1-1 sessions using carrier native Short Message Service (SMS). Text to 911 is an additional method to contact emergency services beyond a traditional voice call. It will allow those with speech and hearing disabilities an alternative method to contact emergency services. It will also allow individuals to request emergency assistance when their safety could be endangered by making a traditional voice telephone call. This Standard Operating Procedure is intended to establish guidelines for efficient, effective and consistent handling of Text to 911 emergency sessions and to provide personnel a thorough understanding of how to process data provided during a Text to 911 session.
Procedures:
A. Session Processing
Answer and Greet the Texter: Upon receipt of a Text to 911 message, an automated greeting will occur:
“Beaufort County 9-1-1, what is the location/address of your emergency?”
Verify ANI/Determine Location: The telecommunicator will verify information with the texter, as compared to the ANI/ALI display, to be used as a callback if necessary. The telecommunicator will verify address/location information provided by the texter, compared to the incident and ALI display, to determine a dispatchable location. If there is no immediate response, continue to the next step.
a. If you are unable to verify the location, rebid the location information according to Step 3i below, and then continue with Step 3b or 3c.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 2 of 11
b. If the location is within your PSAP’s jurisdiction, determine and confirm the nature of the incident with the texter, process the session using known emergency call handling procedures and follow your PSAP’s associated procedures.
c. If the location is determined to be outside of your PSAP jurisdiction, proceed to Step 4.
Rebid: The telecommunicator shall perform a rebid to obtain the most accurate ALI data possible.
Contact Local Jurisdiction: If after following Step 1 through 3, the telecommunicator determines the dispatchable location for the reported emergency is outside of their PSAP’s jurisdiction, the telecommunicator will place a voice call to the appropriate jurisdication.
a. The telecommunicator will determine if the PSAP location has Text to 911 capabilities. If so, the Text to 911 session can be transferred via text to the appropriate agency. If the PSAP location does not have text, proceed to Step B.
b. The telecommunicator will place a voice call and upon connection to appropriate agency, the telecommunicator will identify themselves, explain that there is an active text-to-9-1-1 session, relay location and nature of incident reporter by the texter. Standard phrasing such as below can be used:
“This is (operator name) calling from the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office with an active text-to-9-1-1 session. The emergency is located at . The texter reports .
c. The telecommunicator will keep the text session connected and remain on the voice relay call simultaneously to continually (1) provide updates between the involved participants and/or (2) to assist with performing rebids for updated location and/or (3) provide such location to the out of jurisdiction PSAP.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 3 of 11
NOTE: Be mindful if the texter is mobile, the probability of dropping a text could occur due to change in geographic areas. If this occurs, follow Step B, if the geographic area is known.
Confirmation: Once confirmed that dispatch has occurred to the incident location, the telecommunicator will inform the texter that the requested assistance has been sent to the address the texter has identified.
“Help is being dispatched. (Police, Fire, EMS) is being sent to (address).
Information Gathering: The telecommunicator will maintain two-way communications with the texter to collect pertinent information regarding the incident.
Silent Text / No Response: Handling of a non-responsive texter will depend upon the initial message received or no response from the texter once the session is connected. If any of the following silent text/no response scenarios exist, the telecommunicator shall handle this as a silent/no response:
a. Initial need for emergency assistance – If there is language within the initial SMS messages indicating the need for emergency assistance.
b. Misdialed or accidental text – If the language within the text is garbled and/or might indicate a misdialed or accidental text.
c. Inactive or “Gone Dark”- If the texter was actively communicating but now has “gone dark”, meaning the texter is no longer actively sending text messages or responding to the efforts of the telecommunicator.
The following procedures should be followed in the case of a silent text/ no response:
a. If, after receiving one of the scenarios outlined above, the standard message below will be sent TWICE:
“Do you need Police, Fire or EMS?”
b. If there is still no response, the standard message below will be sent:
423 Text-to-911 Pg 4 of 11
“Text to 911 is available. Call if you can, text if you can’t.”
c. The telecommunicator must afford the texter the opportunity to make a positive response to the requests. Telecommunicators shall wait a minimum of ten (10) seconds without receiving a response before sending subsequent messages or proceeding to additional steps.
d. If the text messages indicate that the text was unintentional or otherwise states there is no emergency, the session can be terminated.
Ending a Session: Ending a session is accomplished once confirmation is received that continuing communication with the texter is no longer needed. A text-to-9-1-1 session should remain active as long as is needed to handle the request for assistance.
A session can be terminated upon confirming one of the following:

The location is within the PSAPs jurisdiction, the nature of the incident is confirmed with the texter, the request for assistance is processed following the PSAP’s associated procedures.
The texter’s request for assistance is successfully relayed to the PSAP of jurisdiction.
The previously listed and necessary actions of this procedure have been completed, and the session can be classified as a Silent Text / No Response session or unintentional text.
Every text session is concluded by the telecommunicator sending the texter the standard message below and then terminating the session:
“Ending text session. If you need more help, contact 9-1-1.”
NOTE: The texter will also receive a message automatically from the carrier’s TCC (Text Control Center) advising that the text session has ended. This message will not be displayed on the NG9-1-1 application.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 5 of 11
B. Information Gathering
Using basic call handling techniques as with a voice caller, the telecommunicator will gather pertinent information regarding the incident. The telecommunicator will maintain two-way communications with the texter to collect pertinent information regarding the incident.
If the telecommunicator does not understand the caller’s question or response, the telecommunicator should seek clarification. Telecommunicators will ensure that all scene-safety information is obtained to ensure that bystander and responder safety issues have been addressed.
C. Special Considerations and Procedures
Alternate Routing of Text-to-9-1-1
When delivery of a text-to-9-1-1 is attempted to a PSAP and all positions are unreachable over the network or no one is logged in, the texter will receive a bounce back message indicating text is not available.
If text-to-9-1-1 is not available, a standard message notifying the texter that text-to-9-1-1 is currently unavailable is sent automatically by the carrier’s TCC. Remember this is no alt routing under a Ring/No Answer. If the text goes unanswered, or text-to-9-1-1 is unavailable, the carrier will terminate the request after 30 seconds. This will not create an abandoned call.
American Sign Language
It is important to remember that individuals with a disability may utilize American Sign Language (ASL). ASL is formally recognized as a unique and visual independent language. ASL is visual grammar and does not have written form. ASL has rules for sentence structure, time references and use of grammar. ASL must borrow written English words to express ideas, thoughts and comments. In addition, the use of punctuation is not needed.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 6 of 11
Americans with Disabilities
Text-to-9-1-1 will be very important and useful to anyone who is deaf, hard of hearing or speech impaired by broadening their access to emergency services and limiting the need to use equipment such as TTY, ancillary equipment connected to wireless devices for TTY capability, or seeking a third-party for access to 9-1-1.
Duplicate Text Session Handling Procedures
If multiple texts are ringing, have been answered and are indeed confirmed to be reporting the same incident, the messages can be deemed duplicates. The same or similar local policy or procedures should be followed for duplicate reports through a text session that are used for voice calls.
If a relay call has been placed to another PSAP, and all duplicate texts are received, the PSAP of jurisdiction should be made aware of any additional information being reported from all texters.
Non-Emergency Texts
If a text-to-9-1-1 session is determined to be a non-emergency, a pre-canned message can be used, “You have reached Beaufort County 9-1-1. For non-emergency requests, call 843-524-2777.”
Emergency Medical Dispatch
Telecommunicators will follow the same protocol for Emergency Medical Dispatch (EMD) as is established for voice calls by (1) gathering the information, dispatching the appropriate units and providing pre-arrival instructions. Use of EMD protocols for pre-arrival instructions with a texter is a best effort action taken by the telecommunicator.
General Communications Guidelines
For the telecommunicator: At no time should a telecommunicator use “texting” lingo, shortcuts or acronyms. All correspondence from the telecommunicator will be in full simple words, using either predefined text messages or through typing within texting interface. The following can be considered standard acronym exceptions:
423 Text-to-911 Pg 7 of 11
St for Street Hwy for Highway US for United States
Rd for Road SC for South Carolina I-# for Interstates
For the texter: The texter should be encouraged to not use “texting” lingo, shortcuts or acronyms so as to help eliminate any confusion on behalf of both parties; however, callers are not required to adhere. A standard message may be sent in helping to explain this:
“Do not use abbreviations. Please use full, simple words.”
Predictive and auto-correct may also change words the caller did not intend to type so clarification is only necessary if the meaning of the message cannot be determined.
If a caller use emoji’s, it may appear in the form of skewed or random characters or symbols. Emoji’s are discouraged with SMS technology, as they cannot be interpreted correctly.
Language Interpretation
Presently language translation for text-to-9-1-1 is unavailable. If such translation is available, it shall be utilized. If sufficient location information is available, consideration should be given to starting an initial response for any unknown emergency or open 9-1-1 communication.
If the telecommunicator experiences a language barrier with the texter, it should first be determined if the communication barrier is due to the use of “texting lingo” by stating to the texter:
“Do not use abbreviations. Please use full, simple words.”
“ For non-English text, if translation is needed, call 911 if possible.”
Misdirected Text
If a PSAP does not have the ability to accept transferred Text-to-911 sessions, all incident information is to be relayed through a voice call to the proper agency.
Should a texter be directed to contact 9-1-1 by another method, such as a voice call, the voice call may be routed to a PSAP different than the text session. PSAPs should be aware of jurisdictional boundaries for wireless 9-1-1 voice calls within their area and have available contact numbers for those PSAP locations.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 8 of 11
Multiple Sessions and Call Handling Procedures
The NG9-1-1 application allows more than one text-to-9-1-1 session and/or voice call to be connected simultaneously. Text sessions will take longer to complete. Text sessions cannot be placed “on hold”. Text sessions may require both an active text session and a voice call to another PSAP for relay. In addition, voice 9-1-1 calls will continue to be received.
Once the telecommunicator confirms the incident location and the nature of the incident reported by the texter, the text session should remain the telecommunicator’s priority until it is no longer considered active. An active text-to-9-1-1 session is defined as “A text session where the texter is responding to questions and messages of the telecommunicator in a consistent manner, and/or, as applicable, the telecommunicator is verbally relaying between a local PSAP of jurisdiction and texter.”
If no other telecommunicators are available to handle additional incoming text sessions or voice calls, the telecommunicator will handle additional requests for assistance in accordance with local procedures.
Non-Emergency, Unintentional or Nuisance Texting
If a text request comes in which is believed to be a non-emergency, unintentional or could be considered nuisance texting, the telecommunicator will confirm that there is no need for emergency services with the texter and may release the session.
If additional text requests are received from the same device within 30 minutes after the session has been released, the original SMS conversation will be restored on the position answering the session.
If more than 30 minutes has passed, the original text session conversation can be accessed in the call history for review, similar to that of voice calls.
Out-of-State Incidents
If the PSAP of jurisdiction is outside of South Carolina, the telecommunicator shall, in addition to the steps outlined in the session processing section of this document, and to the extent practical, remain on the line and assist the out of state PSAP with retransmits for updated location, and provide such location information to the out-of-state PSAP.
423 Text-to-911 Pg 9 of 11
Priority of Incidents
The highest priority text-to-9-1-1 session will be determined, in part, by the nature of the incident. PSAPs will process the text session under the same prioritization guidelines as voice calls, and with the same priorities.
Retention
All text-to-9-1-1 session conversations that are part of the text string are retained in accordance with agency and state standards.
Shift Change
The status of all text-to-9-1-1 sessions should be checked at shift change. The passing on of a text session at shift change between operators must include information related to any open sessions. Technical limitations may exist.
Technical Limitations
Telecommunicators and texters will have a character limitation of approximately 150 characters per SMS message. Messages containing more than 150 characters may be divided automatically, and will be sent as separate messages. Please note that spaces between words are considered characters.
It is possible for text messages to arrive out of order.
Voice Callbacks
A text-to-9-1-1 session cannot be restored unless the caller messages 9-1-1 again in a new session. Nor can the Text 9-1-1 PSAP initiate an outbound session.
Due to the limitations of service plans for some deaf, hard of hearing and speech impaired individuals, as well as the safety of the texter or others involved in the incident, a voice callback to a texter should not be attempted. At the discretion of the PSAPs local policies, exceptions are acceptable, such as when no other communication option is available and/or it is believed that texter’s safety, or the safety of another, is in question.
Text-to-9-1-1 may be the communication method of choice for the reporting party, and therefore a voice callback may not be welcomed. Based on the nature of the incident, the
423 Text-to-911 Pg 10 of
11
telecommunicator may request that the texter contact 9-1-1 by phone. Extreme caution should be used whenever requesting a texter to make a voice call. It should be noted that this may not be an option for all texters, based on a possible disability or the capabilities of their wireless service. However, if the initial message received indicates an emergency where a callback could compromise the safety of the texter or safety of another, the telecommunicator will exhaust other methods in order to locate the texter first.
In addition, depending on the location of the texter, a text-to-9-1-1 session may be routed to a different PSAP than a voice 9-1-1 call would route. Wireless Call Routing guidelines within the State of South Carolina may cause a voice 9-1-1 call and text-to-9-1-1 session to be routed differently.
If performing a relay service and the local PSAP of jurisdiction is requesting a voice callback be made, the telecommunicator may provide the local jurisdiction the telephone number of the texter.
Warrants
The telecommunicator is to perform a warrants check on all parties involved in the text session with the exception of medical calls.
D. Acronyms and Abbreviations
423 Text-to-911 Pg 11 of
11
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Authentication and Authenticator Management
Number: 424 Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: June 28, 2022 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CJIS CSP 5.6.2
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for authentication of users accessing information systems through Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. Each user who is authorized to access, store, process, administer and maintain the criminal justice systems and applications, and/or transmit criminal justice information must be uniquely identified. This policy defines standards and procedures for the administration of user and system passwords.
Policy:
This Password Policy applies to all information systems and applications that contain or access criminal justice information or services. This includes, but is not limited to:
Mainframes, servers and other devices that provide centralized computing capabilities
SAN, NAS and other devices that provide centralized storage capabilities.
Agency issued desktops, laptops, or any other device that provides distributed computing capabilities.
Routers, switches and other devices that provide network capabilities.
Firewalls and other devices that provide dedicated security capabilities.
Network Accounts, Agency e-mail accounts as well as any other criminal justice information system or service.
Network user accounts are established by Beaufort County IT department. Each account is set up with a temporary password. When the user initiates a first time log-on, the temporary password will be entered and the user will be prompted to create a new password. Each password and user-ID be unique and not be shared with any other individual. Users are forbidden to share their unique password.
Access to CJIS based applications is not provided until each user completes required Security Awareness Training. A unique account is assigned to the user by the BCSO TAC.
Each user that accesses criminal justice information must be uniquely identified prior to being given access to the system and information. The Agency uses standard authenticators
(passwords) as well as advanced authenticators (RSA hardware tokens) for accessing criminal justice information in a secure manner.
Authenticators are given to users prior to gaining access to criminal justice information outside of the physically secure location. The Agency utilizes (RSA tokens) for Advanced Authentication. BCSO IT will set up individual user access to assign the RSA token.
Procedures:
A user name and password is required for network access. All passwords should:

Be a minimum length of eight (8) characters on all systems.
Not be a dictionary word or proper name.
Not be the same as the network username.
Expire within a maximum of 90 calendar days.
Not be identical to the previous ten (10) passwords.
Not be transmitted in the clear outside the secure location.
Not be displayed when entered.
To gain access to the agency’s network, on duty patrol officers must establish two factor authentication, utilizing RSA hardware token (SecurID). Authenticators will be assigned to personnel during training or upon reassignment.
RSA Token Care:
The user must maintain possession of their grid card at all times
The grid card must be stored in a secured area, out of sight from others
The user shall not share their grid card or loan the card to other users
If the user loses their grid card, the user must immediately report the loss to BCSO IT
If the user believes their grid card has been compromised, the user must report the issue to the BCSO IT
The user must renew their grid card at a minimum of once per year
Any lost, compromised, or damaged authenticators should be reported to the BCSO IT department immediately. Authenticators shall be deactivated immediately if personnel is terminated, retired, or has been reassigned.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Incident Response
Number: 425 Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: June 28, 2022 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CJIS CSP 5.3
Purpose:
To establish guidelines for the administration of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Incident Response Policy.
Policy:
Should an incident occur involving any device (workstations, smart phones, laptops, tablets, etc.) that is on the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office (bcgov.net) network, the LASO shall be contacted immediately. If it is deemed by the LASO to be a security breach of confidential information, a Security Incident Response Form will be filled out.
All users are responsible for reporting known or suspected information or information technology security incidents. All incidents must be reported immediately to the Agency LASO, Scott Trezevant at strezevant@bcgov.net.

The LASO will document the incident and inform members of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office IT.
The LASO will also contact Beaufort County IT (BCIT) to activate BCIT’s major incident response.
The LASO will notify SLED at cyber@sled.sc.gov within 24 hours of a declared event.
Incident response will be managed based on the level of severity of the incident. The level is a measure of its impact or threat on the operation or integrity of the Agency and its’ information:
High Level (potential to impact the network or criminal justice information),
Medium Level (potential to impact one system or non-critical system), and
Low Level (has little or no risk of infecting a criminal justice system)
Procedures:
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will identify the security breach by conducting the following:

Confirm the discovery of a compromised resource(s).
Evaluate the security incident.
Identify the system(s) of information affected.
Review all preliminary details
Characterize the impact on the agency as: minimal, serious, or critical.
Determine where and how the breach occurred.
a. Identify the source of compromise and the time frame involved.
b. Review the network to identify all compromised or affected systems.
Examine appropriate system and audit logs for further irregularities
a. Document all internet protocol (IP) addresses, operating systems, domain system names and other pertinent system information.
Initiate measures to contain and control the incident to prevent further unauthorized access.
Document actions throughout the process from initial detection to final resolution.
If the incident is in physical form (copy of CJI in paper format), the individual must notify the expected breach to the agency’s LASO immediately and provide specific details regarding the loss of the CJI (where it occurred, who was involved, the possible liability anticipated by the loss of information).
If a suspected incident occurs on a user’s laptop or workstation, the user shall not turn off the device. The user will leave the device on and report the incident. A member of BCSO-IT will look over the device and determine if the incident is contained to the one device or if it is within the Agency system.
BCSO Incident Response Team
Scott Trezevant, LASO
strezevant@bcgov.net
843-255-4354
Tracye Stormer, BCSO IT
tracy.stormer@bcgov.net
843-255-3281
Roy Brookins, BCSO IT
rbrookins@bcgov.net
843-255-3289
Roberto Olivera, BCSO IT
roberto.olivera.bcgov.net
843-255-3334
Curtis Young, EMS 911
cyoung@bcgov.net
843-255-4013
Melanie Smith, BCSO TAC
melanies@bcgov.net
843-255-4015
Shakeeya Polite, BCIT
spolite@bcgov.net
843-255-7001
Based on the nature of the event, the IT designate will be contacting users.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERSMANUAL
Subject: Remote Access
Number: 426A Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: June 28, 2022 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CJIS CSP 5.5.6
Purpose:
The Agency utilizes remote access to communicate with information systems through an external, non-agency-managed network. The purpose of this policy is to outline acceptable methods and equipment of remote access and the security in place to keep the information system(s) secure.
This policy establishes guidelines for remote access into the Beaufort County Government network (bcgov.net) and access to CJIS information maintained by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Policy:
Remote access shall only be used for official use only. This includes on duty patrol officers, IT personnel, and intel personnel remoting into the agency’s network using a VPN tunnel. Vendor companies may be granted access to the agency’s network only if they are virtually escorted by authorized personnel or authorized through the CJIS vetting process. All remote access shall be performed utilizing equipment and/or software approved and authorized by BCSO. Any equipment or software utilized must meet BCSO, CJIS or other applicable security policies.
Procedures:
All personnel needing remote access privileges will contact their immediate supervisor to submit a request to the BCSO’s IT Department and request privileges.
The IT Department will provide the necessary access and/or equipment for allowing remote access. Once privileges are provided to the appropriate personnel they will first login/initiate the remote access session.
Their user name will be validated and granted access into the network.
It is the responsibility of BCSO employees, contractors and vendors with remote access privileges to the network to ensure that the connection is secure and on BCSO approved equipment.
A-05/03/23
426A Remote Access
All remote access to BCSO information systems must be done through the Agency’s VPN tunnel unless access is approved and authorized in alternative means, which is FIPS 140-2 certified and meets the policies of BCSO and CJIS Security.
Personnel accessing the VPN must use advanced authentication as a secondary form of authentication in order to access the network. BCSO authorizes RSA (SecurID), which is FIPS 140-2 certified as the product for secondary authentication.
All access for contractors and vendors performing IT work will be done utilizing encrypted remote access. For Virtual escorting, the Agency allows this for compelling operational needs. In these cases, IT familiar with the system where work is being performed will monitor the session, as well as have the ability to end the session at any time. IT must verify the person gaining access prior to allowing the session. This will be done through advanced authentication (PIN).
BCSO IT will monitor and control all remote access to agency systems.
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S
OFFICE
GENERAL ORDERS MANUAL
Subject: Information or Systems Misuse Sanction of BCSO, SLED or FBI Policies
Number: 427 Type: Operations Pages: 2
Effective Date: July 5, 2022 Evaluation Date: March 29, 2024
References: CJIS Policy 5.12.4 CALEA 6.8.3, 6.8.6, 6.8.7c, 11.4.4, 41.3.7; Beaufort
County MIS Policy
Purpose
To establish sanctions for personnel misuse of information or systems owned or operated by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, to include CJI and CJI systems.
Policy
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office unique status as a law enforcement agency requires that the Sheriff’s Office establish clear and explicit standards on appropriate and acceptable uses of its information, computer resources, and information systems that may not be required at civilian or educational facilities. This policy includes the misuse all systems owned and or operated by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to include mobile, desktop, laptop, and handheld.
Related Information
This policy includes all information collected, stored, processed, or transported by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This policy is inclusive of the misuse of any BCSO, SLED, NCIC, FBI, or other information which may or may not include CJI.
Related Systems
This policy includes all systems owned, operated, or under the authority of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. This policy is inclusive of the misuse of any BCSO, SLED, NCIC, FBI or other information system which may or may not include CJI.
Penalties / Disciplinary Actions
Violation of any of the information or system in this policy or other BCSO, SLED or FBI
427 Information or Systems Misuse Sanctions BCSO, SLED, FBI
Policies Pg 2 of 2
policies by any authorized personnel will result in suitable disciplinary action, up to and including loss of privileges, civil and criminal prosecution, and/or termination. Violation of any of the policies by any visitor can result in similar disciplinary actions against the sponsoring employee.
The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, at its discretion, shall impose but not limited to the following disciplinary action:
1st Offense: Oral reprimand up to and including termination
2nd Offense: Written reprimand up to and including termination
3rd Offense: Suspension up to and including termination
Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office
Explorer Program
Standard Operating Procedures
Contents:
Program Authority and Organization:
1.1 Mission Statement
1.2 Explorer Code of Ethics
1.3 Post Chain of Command
1.4 Application & Selection Process for Post Advisors
1.5 Application & Selection Process for Post Explorers
1.6 Rank Structure
1.7 Performance Evaluations
1.8 Disciplinary Action
Uniform Policy:
2.1 Issued/Non-issued Items
2.2 Uniform Classification
2.3 Application Uniform Classes
2.4 Uniform Appearance
2.5 Uniform Fit
2.6 Return of Equipment
2.7 Personal Grooming & Hygiene
Code of Conduct:
3.1 General Rules & Regulations
Training:
4.1 Monthly Meetings/Training
4.2 Physical Fitness
4.3 Firearms Training
Ride-along Rules & Regulations:
5.1 Purpose
5.2 Eligibility
5.3 Guidelines
5.4 Calls/Activity the Explorers Can Participate In
5.5 Prohibited Calls/Activities
5.6 Driving Policy
5.7 High Risk Call Procedures
B.C.S.O. Explorer Program S.O.P.
5.8 Covert/Undercover Operations
5.9 Participating Officers Criteria
Post Activities & Special Functions:
6.1 General Youth Protection
6.2 Unauthorized Activities
6.3 Parade Floats & Hayrides
6.4 Post Fund Raisers
6.5 Climbing & Rappelling
6.6 Camping
6.7 Other Activities
Bloodborne Pathogens:
7.1 Occupational Exposure
7.2 Vaccinations
7.3 Safety Recommendations
Program Authority and Organization:
1.1 Mission Statement:
The primary mission of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Explorer Program is to provide a safe and secure environment for youth interested in a career in law enforcement while offering experimental learning with lots of fun-filled, hands-on activities that promote the growth and development of adolescent youth. The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Law Enforcement Explorer Program is a work-based program for young men and women that are 14 years of age, but have not yet reached their 21st birthday. Participation criteria for this program are not based upon color, race, gender, sexual orientation, ethnic background, economic status, or religious affiliation.
1.2 Explorer Code of Ethics:
As a Law Enforcement Explorer, I have elected to explore a career in service to mankind. I recognize the position as a symbol of public faith and trust to be held as long as I am true to the ethics of law enforcement.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all, honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life. I will be exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office.
Though I may not elect a career in law enforcement, I am now obligated to every ethic the office holds. I now take a pledge to the ethics of the law enforcement profession and to the people it serves.
1.3 Explorer Program Chain of Command:
It is vital to the BCSO Explorer Program to have a clear and concise “Chain of Command” in order to provide supervision of the program and to ensure the program maintains the professional standards set forth by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office. The Explorer “Chain of Command” is as follows:

Sheriff (Sheriff Tanner)
Chief Deputy (Chief Hatfield)
Chief of Staff
Deputy Chief of Staff (Lt. Col. Horton)
Post Commander (Major Zanelotti)
Post Supervisor (Major Bukoffsky)
Post Advisors (K. Morris, D. Anderson, Greninger, Denham, Allen)
1.4 Application & Selection Process for Post Advisors:
1.4.1 Posting of Open Billets
Upon a billet becoming available within the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Explorer Program, an “Open Billet” memo will be posted within the Sheriff’s Office for submission by prospective applicants.
1.4.2 Criteria for Selection of Post Advisors:
Minimum of 2 years experience with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office
Not been the subject of a disciplinary action with the past 6 months
Understand the Fraternization with Explorers is strictly prohibited
Able to attend scheduled Explorer Post meetings (a minimum of 1 a month) and various other post functions.
Formal submission of “Letter of Intent” through “Chain of Command.”
Pass Post Advisor Selection Board
Willing to sign that they have received a copy and understand the BCSO Explorer Program Policy.
1.5 Application & Selection Process for Post Explorers:
1.5.1 Initial Application:
Applications will be completed and forwarded to the Post Supervisor for assignment. If the applicant is a minor, the application will be assigned to a Post Advisor for background check. In the event that the applicant is an adult, it will then be assigned to the Post Commander for standard background check. The Application Packet will consist of the following forms to be completed by the applicant and his/her parents if the applicant is a minor:
General Information Form
School Information and Reference Form
Explorer Program Hold Harmless Form
Ride-a-long Hold Harmless Form
Medical Information Form
Code of Ethics Understanding Form
Parental Responsibility Form
Explorer Post Rules and regulations Form
1.5.2 Background Checks:
In the case of a minor applicant, the application will be assigned by the Post Supervisor to a Post Advisor. The Post Advisor will ensure that all necessary forms are completed. The advisor will also ensure that an “Applicant Reference Form” is completed by all of the applicant’s teachers, Principal and School
Resource Officer if applicable in an effort to assess the general character of the applicant. If the applicant is an adult a formal background check will be completed by the Post Commander. The advisor will also ensure that the applicant meets all the program requirements set forth below. An information packet will be compiled and provided to the Selection Board by the advisor prior to the applicant’s oral interview board.
1.5.3 Explorer Program Requirements:
Between the ages of 14 and 20
Resident of Beaufort County
Interested in learning about law enforcement
High moral and ethical standards
Show respect towards others
Drug Free
No Serious Criminal or Traffic Offenses
Maintain a passing grade in all classes
Pass a background check
Able to commit to 50% of monthly meetings, training and post activities
1.5.4 Explorer Program Selection Board
A Selection Board, consisting of the Post Commander, Post Supervisor, and any three (3) Post Advisors will be established. The purpose of this board will be to determine within the best of their ability if an applicant meets all requirements and is suitable for selection in to the Explorer Program as Post Advisors or Post Explorers.
1.6. Rank Structure:
For the purpose of this SOP, Explorer in “Good Standing” refers to a BCSO Explorer that has attended 50% of all meetings, events and activities within the time frame required for consideration for promotion.
1.6.1 Probationary Status:
Once a candidate is selected by the board, that candidate may then begin attending regular meeting and activities on a probationary status. The status of Explorer will not be achieved until a time equaling a total of 6 months within the program.
1.7 Performance Evaluations
Performance Evaluations will be completed on each Explorer by the Post Advisors once every year. A BCSO Explorer Performance Evaluation Form will be completed and
forwarded up the Explorer Chain of Command for review. Areas to be evaluated include:
Knowledge of Explorer Program and Regulations
Dependability and Attendance
Appearance
Quality of Work
Cooperation and Relationships
Personal Development
Physical Fitness
Firearms Qualification
School Grades
Leadership
Judgment & Decision Making
1.8 Disciplinary Actions
In order to maintain the highest standards and principals of the Law Enforcement Explorer Program, Explorers participating in the program must be held to high standards and serve as role models to the community. Therefore a clear and concise set of rules and regulations has been established to help guide Explorers through their career as an Explorer. Violation of any state law on infraction of School or post rules will be reported to a post advisor immediately for review. Failure to report such violations to a post advisor constitutes a violation of this policy and is subject to disciplinary action. Any violation of criminal statutes will be reviewed by the Sheriff’s Office Command Staff for possible termination from the program. Any violation of the school, post or agency rules and regulations set forth in this SOP are subject to disciplinary action by the Sheriff’s Office to include one or more of the following:
Verbal Counseling
Written Reprimand
Suspension from Post Activities
Termination from Program
1.8.1 Disciplinary Action Documentation
Upon notification of infraction of any school, post or agency rules or regulations, the post advisor will then complete a BCSO Explorer Disciplinary Action form outlining the infraction, who it was committed by and any previous infractions. As a group, the post advisors will submit a recommended course of action on the form for review by the Post Supervisor. The Post Supervisor will then submit his/her agreement or disagreement along with any different or additional recommendations to the Post Commander for review. The Post Commander will then render final disposition of the action unless termination is warranted. Only the Sheriff, Chief Deputy, Chief of Staff and/or Deputy Chief of Staff have the authority to authorize “Termination from the Program.”

Uniforms
It shall be the intent of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office to provide guidance for every Explorer of the Sheriff’s Office Explorer Program, who is assigned uniforms for duty wear. It is the intent of this policy that all Explorers will wear the uniform in such a manner to present a standardized appearance. All Explorers, when in uniform shall strictly adhere to this General Order. No unauthorized equipment or apparel will be tolerated. Each Explorer is required to maintain the equipment entrusted to their care and they are to safeguard it against damage or theft. Explorers or their parents may be liable for lost or damaged equipment.
2.1 Issued and Non Issued Equipment
Issued:
1 Set of Body Armor
1 5.11 Professional Polo (L.E. Green)
1 5.11 Tactical Pants (Khaki)
1 BCSO Explorer Manual
1 BCSO Notepad
Non-Issued/Required (Provided by Explorer or Parents):
1 Black T-shirt (no emblems, wording, symbols, etc…)
1 Pair Athletic Shorts (Blue)
1 Pair of Athletic Shoes
1 Pair of Athletic Socks
1 Pack of Pens
1 Pack of loose leaf notebook paper
1 Leather Stitched Casual Belt (Black)
2.2 Uniform Classes
This section defines the different classes of uniforms that are authorized and under what circumstances they may be worn. No exceptions or variances will be allowed. See attached addendum for uniform example.
2.2.1 Explorer Duty Uniform
5.11 Professional Polo (L.E. Green)
5.11 Tactical Pants (Khaki)
5.11 Leather Stitched Casual Belt (Black)
Black Boots (provided by Explorer)
Black T-Shirt
Winter jacket if applicable
2.2.2 Physical Fitness Attire
White Plain T-shirt (provided by Explorer)
Blue Plain Jogging Shorts (provided by Explorer)
Blue plain running pants (cool weather)
Sneakers (provided by Explorer)
White athletic socks (provided by Explorer)
2.3 Application of Uniform Classes
2.3.1 Duty Uniform
The Duty Uniform is the standard uniform that will be worn for all meetings, training, ride-alongs and other events unless otherwise ordered by the Post Commander/Supervisor. Body armor is not required to be worn unless the Explorer is serving in the ride-along capacity.
2.4 Uniform Appearance
All Explorers will wear their uniforms in a clean, neat, professional manner at all times. The uniforms must be pressed and in good repair when worn.
2.4.1 Care and Cleaning of the Uniform
The BCSO Explorer uniforms may be home laundered if the following guidelines are met:
Turn inside out before washing;
Wash with like colors;
Select warm water wash and cold water rinse;
Select permanent press or gentle cycle;
Use a minimal amount of detergent;
Do not use bleach or fabric softener;
Dry on permanent press or low setting;
Remove promptly from the dryer and place on hanger to prevent excessive wrinkles;
Iron on medium temperature settings;
Do Not Use Starch or Sizing on Any Uniform Item;
If the uniform items care warnings of “Dry Clean Only” they must be professionally dry-cleaned.
The individual Explorer shall be responsible for any cost incurred in dry cleaning or laundering the uniforms.
2.5 Uniform Fit
Each Explorer shall ensure that their uniforms fit properly.
2.5.1 Trousers
The trouser length shall fall in the rear to the top of the sole of the shoe. In front the trouser shall lay on the top of the shoe with one break in the cuff of the trouser. The waist of the trouser shall fit properly. Trousers will not have the appearance of being too tight or too loose.
2.5.2 Shirt
The shirt shall fit properly so as to cover the body armor and ensure that it is concealed. The diameter of the sleeve shall not be altered so as to fit tightly around the biceps.
2.5.3 Undergarments
As set forth in Section 2.1, a black crew neck T-shirt shall be worn under the short sleeve polo and dress shirt at all times. This T-shirt shall fit snug and high around the neck. The sleeve of the T-shirt will not be visible below the hem of the uniform shirtsleeve. These T-shirts are to be clean and neat. T-shirts that become dirty, frayed or stretched out must be discarded. No V-neck or tank top T-shirts will be authorized with the uniform shirt. The mesh “Cool shirt” shall be allowed underneath the body armor.
2.5.4 Footwear
The authorized footwear for both uniforms shall be a black law enforcement/military style boot. Authorized footwear shall be kept clean, polished and buffed to a high shine prior to the beginning of any meeting, ride-along or function.
2.5.5 Issued Equipment Only
All Explorers shall wear only equipment and insignias issued or approved by the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Explorer Program. Absolutely no badges, clasp pins, or other ornament representative of any service, award, fraternal, religious or other social order shall be worn. No other unauthorized accessories or equipment shall be permitted on or attached to the uniform or duty belt. The only exceptions shall come from the Sheriff of Beaufort County.
2.6 Return of Equipment:
2.6.1 Uniforms
All uniforms shall be cleaned, pressed and on hangers prior to be returned to the Post Supervisor.
2.6.2 Care and Maintenance of Equipment
2.6.2.A It shall be the responsibility of each Explorer to maintain every item of issued equipment in a serviceable, operable manner.
2.6.2.B Equipment damaged or lost through the normal course of duty shall be inventoried and reported to the Post Supervisor. Damage or loss shall be documented utilizing Explorer Equipment Survey Form.
2.6.2.C The appropriate chain of command shall review each damage or loss report to determine if the loss or damage was avoidable or the result of negligence.
2.6.2.D The appropriate chain of command shall make recommendations concerning the replacement or reimbursement to the Sheriff’s Office by the responsible Explorer or parent of any equipment damaged or lost through negligence and shall initiate appropriate disciplinary action against that Explorer.
2.6.2.E The responsible Explorer and/or their parents shall be held financially accountable for a replacement or repair cost as deemed appropriate by the chain of command.
2.6.2.F Upon leaving the Explorer Program, the Explorer has 15 days to return all issued uniforms and equipment. Failure to do so my may result in financial liability on the Explorer and/or his parents.
2.7 Personal Grooming:
2.7.1 Hair Styling
Males: All male explorers shall wear an evenly trimmed hair style, with the length on top of the head not to exceed three inches. The hair shall not touch the collar of the uniform shirt and shall not touch the ears.
Females: All female explorers shall wear a neatly shaped hair style. The hair shall not touch the collar of the uniform shirt.
2.7.2 Hair Color
No conspicuous hair coloring shall be permitted. If an explorer desires to change the color of their hair, it shall be changed to a color which is natural in appearance and that blends appropriately with the uniform.
2.7.3 Body Piercing
Female explorers shall be allowed to wear one (1) bob style earring in each ear while on duty or representing the Sheriff’s Office. No other body piercing shall be visible while on duty, including tongue piercing. Male explorers shall not be allowed to wear any visible body piercing jewelry while on duty or representing the Sheriff’s Office.
2.7.4 Facial Hair:
Male explorers shall not wear beards of any type while on duty or representing the Sheriff’s Office. Mustaches shall be allowed, however they shall be non-eccentric in style. Mustaches must not extend beyond the corners of the mouth. They shall be kept neatly trimmed at all times. Sideburns shall not extend below the middle of the ear. Beards of any type are prohibited.
2.7.5 Personal Hygiene:
Each explorer shall report for duty in a clean pressed uniform and the shoes shall have the appropriate color polish buffed to a shine. Each officer shall report for duty clean and not emitting any offensive odors.
2.7.6 Disciplinary Actions:
Any Explorer in violation of any section of the dress code is subject to disciplinary action by a post advisor or the post supervisor.
2.7.7 Inspections:
From time to time the post may call for an uniform and/or equipment inspection. This will be done at the discretion of the Post Advisors, Post Supervisor or Post Commander.
Code of Conduct:
Purpose: It is the intent of the Sheriff of Beaufort County to oversee an Explorer Program of young men and women who exhibit the highest qualities that can be expected of law enforcement officers themselves. This includes self-discipline, moral conduct, self- confidence and pride in doing a job well. It shall be the policy of the Sheriff’s Office to set the example for every citizen of Beaufort County to emulate.
Policy: All Explorers of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s must be fully aware of the ethical responsibilities of their positions and must constantly strive to live up to the highest possible standards of professional policing. To that end, the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office has adopted a Code of Conduct as a guideline for all BCSO Explorer. As Explorers of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office we are held to a higher standard by the public and the community we serve and in the responsibilities we have sworn to uphold. Therefore, it is the policy of this agency that employees conduct themselves at all times in a manner that reflects the ethical standards consistent with the rules contained in this policy and otherwise disseminated by this agency.
3.1 General Rules and Regulations:
3.1.1 Obedience to Laws, Regulations and Orders:
3.1.1.A All explorers of the Sheriff’s Office will not violate any law or agency policy, rule, procedure or explorer program standard operating procedures.
3.1.1.B Explorers who are arrested, cited, or come under investigation for any criminal offense in any jurisdiction will report this fact to a post advisor as soon as possible.
3.1.1.C Explorers will obey all lawful orders.
3.1.1.D Explorers will not engage in any conduct or activities on or off duty that reflect discredit on the Sheriff’s Office or tend to bring this agency into disrepute, or impair efficient and effective operations.
3.1.1.E Explorers will cooperate fully in any internal investigation conducted by this agency or other authorized agency and will provide complete and accurate information in regard to any issue under investigation.
3.1.2 Vehicle Operations:
No explorer will under any circumstances, other than training, operate a Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office vehicle. In the event of training that requires the operation of a Sheriff’s Office vehicle, the Explorer must first possess a valid South Carolina Drivers License. Any training that requires an Explorer to operate and motor vehicle will not be conducted without first obtaining permission by the Sheriff’s Office Command Staff.
3.1.3 Abuse of Position:
3.1.3.A Explorers will refuse to accept any gifts, presents, subscriptions, favors, gratuities, promises or anything else of value that
may give the appearance of seeking to cause the employee to refrain from performing official responsibilities honestly and within the law.
3.1.3.B Explorers will not purchase, convert to their own use, or have any claim to any found, impounded, abandoned, or recovered property, or any property held or released as evidence.
3.1.3.C Explorers will not solicit or accept contributions for this agency, the Explorer Program or for any other agency, organization, event or cause without the express consent of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
3.1.3.D Explorers are prohibited from using information gained through their position as an explorer of the Sheriff’s Office to advance financially or in any other reward for themselves or others. This includes the usage of information to slander or defame other individuals.
3.1.4. Off Duty Actions:
3.1.4.A Explorers do not have police authority or arrest powers. Explorers will not portray to others in any manner that they do possess any law enforcement powers or authority.
3.1.4.B Explorers will not use their position to resolve personal grievances (e.g. involving the explorer, family members, relatives, or friends) except under circumstances that would justify the use of self-defense. In all other cases the explorer will summon on-duty law enforcement personnel where there is personal involvement that would reasonably require law enforcement intervention.
3.1.5 Public Statements, Appearances, and Endorsements:
3.1.5.A Explorers will not under the color of authority make any public statement that could reasonably be interpreted as having an adverse effect upon the Sheriff’s Office morale, discipline, operation of the agency, or the perception to the public.
3.1.5.B Explorers will not divulge or release any information gained by reason of their position, for anything other than its official, authorized purpose.
3.1.5.C Unless expressly authorized explorers will not make any statements, speeches, or appearances that could reasonably be considered to represent the views of the Sheriff’s Office.
3.1.5.D Sheriff’s Office property including business supplies such as business cards, letterhead paper, envelopes, intern-office correspondence, etc, that incorporate the Sheriff’s Office insignia or logo
are for official Sheriff’s Office business only. Explorers are prohibited from using these products for personal use without the expressed authorization of the Sheriff or Chief Deputy.
3.1.5.E Explorers may not, under the color of law, endorse, recommend, or facilitate the sale of commercial products or services. This includes but is not limited to the use of towing services, repair firms, attorneys, bail bondsmen, or other technical professional services. This does not pertain to the endorsement of appropriate government services where there is a duty to make such endorsements.
3.1.5.F No explorer of the Sheriff’s Office will make any statement to the media except by established policy or with the permission of the Command Duty Officer or Command Staff.
3.1.6 Political Activity:
3.1.6.A Explorers participate in the Explorer Program at the pleasure of the Sheriff and will not become involved in political activity without the consent of the Sheriff.
3.1.6.B Explorers will not solicit political funds from any member of this agency or another government agency.
3.1.6.C Explorers will not seek contributions, signatures, or other forms of support for any political candidates or parties while participating in any Explorer or law enforcement related function or in uniform.
3.1.7 Expectations of Privacy:
3.1.7.A Explorers will not store personal information or belongings with agency records or files in such places as file cabinets, lockers, computers or similar areas which are under the control and management of this agency. Explorers may store their personal information in a separate location in their work area. Explorers should be aware that these places may be inspected or otherwise entered to meet operational needs, internal investigation requirements, or for other reasons at the direction of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
3.1.7.B No Explorer related to this agency will maintain files or duplicate copies of official files in either manual or electronic formats at his place of residence or in other locations outside the confines of this agency without the express permission of the Chief Deputy or the Sheriff.
3.1.8 Accountability, Responsibility, and Discipline:
3.1.8.A Explorers will promptly report for meetings, functions,
assigned details and all appointments at their assigned times.
3.1.8.B All Explorers will obey the directives in Uniform General Order which directs grooming and uniform wear.
3.1.8.C Explorers will be truthful and accept responsibility for their actions without attempting to conceal, divert, or diminish neither actual responsibility nor will they engage in efforts to impede, influence, or interfere with a criminal or internal investigation.
3.1.8.D No Explorer will leave their assigned detail until properly relieved.
3.1.8.E All Explorers will keep the Sheriff’s Office informed of their current address and telephone number. When an employee’s personal information changes the employee will immediately advise their Post Advisor who is responsible for making the proper notifications within the Sheriff’s Office and Communications.
3.1.8.F Unless authorized by a supervisor, no explorer of the Sheriff’s Office will sleep at any time while serving in the capacity of an explorer, including break and meal periods.
3.1.8.G An Explorer will not permit any other person to use their issued uniform and/or equipment,
3.1.8.H Explorers will use proper care in maintaining all of their equipment and will not convert any Sheriff’s Office property to their own personal use, or have any claim directly or indirectly, to found property, recovered property, or property held as evidence without the permission of the Sheriff.
3.1.9 Conduct Toward the Public:
3.1.9.A Explorers will conduct themselves in a civil and professional manner that projects and supports public respect and cooperation. This includes while participating in any type of “Social Media” to include but not limited to MySpace, Facebook, Twitter, Skype, etc…
3.1.9.B Explorers will not recommend a specific attorney or bondsman to a person arrested by the Sheriff’s Office.
3.1.9.C All Explorers will treat violators with respect and courtesy and will guard against an overbearing attitude or language that may belittle, ridicule, or intimidate the individual.
3.1.9.D Explorers will not abuse their position granted to them by the Sheriff of Beaufort County
3.1.10 Prohibited Associations and Establishments:
3.1.10.A Explorers will not knowingly visit, enter or frequent an establishment wherein the laws of the United States, the State of South Carolina, or the local jurisdiction are violated, except in the performance of duty or while acting under proper and specific orders.
3.1.10.B Explorers will not knowingly commence or maintain a relationship with a person who is under criminal investigation, indictment, arrest, or incarcerated by this or another police or criminal justice agency, and/or who has an open and notorious criminal reputation in the community except where unavoidable because of familiar or family relationships.
3.1.10.C Explorers will not knowingly join or participate in any organization that advocates, incites, or supports criminal acts or criminal conspiracies.
3.1.10.D No Explorer will participate in an investigation or other Sheriff’s Office business in which the explorer, a member of an explorer’s immediate family, or personal friend, is involved as a suspect, victim or a witness. The explorer will immediately report any such situation to investigating officer and their post advisor.
3.1.11 Conduct toward Fellow Explorers and Sheriff’s Office Personnel:
3.1.11.A Explorers will not make false, vicious or malicious statements about other explorers or employees of the Sheriff’s Office to anyone. Explorers will not make false statements to members of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office when questioned, interviewed, or in submitting statements or reports.
3.1.11.B Explorers assigned to the various administrative, operational, or support functions of the BCSO Explorer Post will exercise their duties and responsibilities confidentially on a “need to know basis.”
3.1.11.C All explorers will conduct themselves in a manner that will foster cooperation among members of this agency and other explorers, showing respect, courtesy and professionalism in all their dealings with one another.
3.1.11.D Explorers will not use language or engage in acts that
demean, harass, or intimidate another person.
3.1.12 Use of Alcohol, Drugs and Tobacco Prohibited:
3.1.12.A Explorers participating in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Explorer program, by nature are under the age of 21, therefore no BCSO Explorer will consume any intoxicating beverage at all. Consumption of any intoxicating beverage is grounds for disciplinary action.
3.1.12.B Any use of illegal substances i.e. drugs or abuse of prescribed legal medication is strictly prohibited. Any BCSO Explorer in violation of this general order is subject to disciplinary action.
3.1.12.C The use of Tobacco products during the course of any Explorer function is prohibited. This is to include Explorers over the age of 18 and Sheriff’s Office personnel involved in the function in question. Explorers under the age of 18 or prohibited from using tobacco products and are subject to disciplinary action if found in violation of this general order.
3.1.13 Reporting Criminal Activity
The Explorer is obligated to report any criminal activity that may come within the scope of their knowledge to the appropriate law enforcement agency having jurisdiction. This is to include information passed to the Explorer by anyone at any time that may affect an on-going or future investigation.
3.1.14 Obedience to Orders
Explorers shall faithfully and promptly obey the orders of Post Advisors, Post Supervisors or any member of the Sheriff’s Office. Any failure or deliberate refusal of an officer to obey a lawful order given by a supervisor or deputy sheriff shall constitute insubordination. Any direction given by a supervisor shall be considered an order by those receiving it.
3.1.15 Obedience to Unlawful Orders
Explorers are not required to obey any order that is contrary to federal or state law or local ordinance. Responsibility for refusing to obey rests with the Explorer. Following the refusal the Explorer shall be strictly required to justify such refusal.
3.1.16 Obedience to Improper Orders
Explorers who receive an order which they believe to be contrary to Sheriff’s Office policy or Explorer Post Rules and Regulation shall first obey the order and then proceed to appeal. However, if it is determined in good judgment that by obeying the order irreparable harm to individuals, organizations or the Sheriff’s
Office will result, then such Explorer may refuse to obey the order. Following refusal, the Explorer shall be strictly required to justify such refusal.
3.1.17 Reporting and Appealing Unlawful or Improper Orders
Explorers who receive an order, which they believe to be unlawful or improper, shall report in writing to the Post Commander. The report shall contain the facts of the incident and why the officer believes the order to be unlawful or improper. Appeals for relief from such orders shall be made at the same time.
3.1.18 Conflicting Orders
Upon receipt of a conflicting order or instruction, the Explorer shall advise their Post Advisor or Supervisor of the conflict. Responsibility for countermanding the original order or instruction shall rest with the individual that issued the conflicting order. If so directed, the latter order shall be obeyed first.
3.1.19 Prohibited Conduct
No Explorer shall conduct himself or herself in any manner, at anytime deemed to bring disrepute or ridicule upon the Office of Sheriff. Any act or omission by a Explorer found to be contrary to the good order, morale or discipline of the Office of Sheriff will result in disciplinary action up to and/or including termination.
3.1.20 Prohibited Activities: Electronic Media
3.1.20.A Explorers are prohibited from creating or producing any videotape product that utilizes BCSO logos, uniforms, vehicles or equipment unless specifically authorized by their chain of command for purposes benefiting the BCSO.
3.1.20.B Explorers shall not participate as actors in any videotape product of any format, that involves any prohibited or illegal activities, to include activities such as pornographic videos that may be used for distribution through any media outlet.
3.1.20.C Explorers shall not create nor participate in any website using BCSO logo, uniforms, vehicles or equipment.
3.1.20.D Explorers shall not appear or participate in any website, internet group posting, chat room, advertisement or “sharing” site in which their appearance, likeness or user name can be linked to or identified as being members of BCSO.
3.1.20.E Explorers shall not use their status at BCSO for any financial gain in any internet related venture.
3.1.20.F Explorers need to remember that they represent the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office and therefore when participating in social media, such as Facebook, MySpace, blogs, Twitter, etc…they will carry themselves in a manner that reflect positively on the Sheriff’s Office. Explorers will refrain from posting any material or comments on these outlets that portray the Sheriff’s Office or themselves in a negative manner. Explorers will not use their position to threaten, harass, defame or undermine any individual on these outlets. Explorers will also refrain from becoming belligerent on the outlets especially when referring to any law enforcement or Explorer activities or references.
Training
4.1 Monthly Meetings/Training
The BCSO Explorer program meets on average twice a month with meetings taking place on Tuesday Nights and alternating weekly. Meetings are held on from 7:00 P.M. to 9:00 P.M. In order for an Explorer to stay in “Good standing” the Explorer must be able to attend 75% of all meetings, training, and functions for the year. Explorers who are going to miss a meeting or assigned function should notify a post supervisor prior to the meeting taking place if possible. Explorers who are consistently late or absent from meetings, training or functions without just cause are subject to disciplinary action.
A structured yearly training outline will be developed in cooperation with all post advisors and submitted up the Explorer Post chain of command for review. Upon approval of the training schedule it will be the responsibility of the Post Advisor assigned as the Training Coordinator to schedule the training with BCSO instructors.
Training topics should include but are not limited to:

The history of law enforcement
Patrol procedures
Traffic control and accident investigation
Basic first aid
Radio procedures
Crime prevention techniques
Crime scene search techniques
Community and public relations
The causes and effects of juvenile delinquency
Defensive Tactics/Officer Safety
Nutrition/Fitness
Firearms
Juvenile Law
Arrest/Search & Seizure
Ethics
Traffic Stops
Close Order Drill
4.2 Physical Fitness
4.2.1 Physical Agility Course
Explorers will be required to perform the BCSO P.A.C. annually. Prior to performing the test, explorers will be given an orientation to the course and will be supervised by a minimum of two advisors. Members of the BCSO Training Section will suffice in the event post advisors cannot be present.
4.2.2 Motivation Runs
The post advisors may from time to time schedule a motivation run to be performed by the Explorer Post. This serves as not only a form of physical exercise, but also to teach discipline, uniformity and team work. All motivational runs must be accompanied by at least one post advisor and scheduled during daylight hours or in a well lighted area.
4.2.3 General Cardio and Strength Conditioning
It is the intent of the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office Explorer Program to promote the physical fitness of its Explorers. The Fitness Training program will be scheduled by Post Advisors at their discretion. At a minimum, a post advisor or at least 1 of the CrossFit Level 1 instructors currently employed at BCSO will be present during any and all fitness workouts.
4.3 Annual Firearms Training
4.3.1 Purpose of Basic Firearms Training
The purpose of the shooting program is threefold:
Teach respect for firearms.
Provide training and exposure to the basics of pistol shooting.
Promote firearms safety.
4.3.2 Guidelines for Use of Handguns.
Combat-style or PPC (police practical courses) shooting is not condoned. Learning for Life does not encourage, promote, or sanction participation or training in this mode of shooting.
Handgun use is limited to the Explorer program only. The carrying of any type of offensive or defensive weapon by Explorers is strictly prohibited.
All training and shooting activities must be under the supervision of an NRA-certified instructor or the firearms instructor of a local, state, or federal agency.
All participants must complete a basic pistol marksmanship course before range firing. The NRA Basic Pistol Marksmanship course or an equivalent training course conducted by a law enforcement agency, a civilian gun club, or a U.S. military department is acceptable.
The “Explorer Handgun Shooting—Range Operation Outline” must be used in conjunction with the basic pistol marksmanship training. Reference “Handgun Policy” and “Unauthorized Activities” in Safety First – Learning for Life Guidelines, found on this Web site.
4.3.3 Range Safety Rules
All BCSO Firing Range Safety Rules will be adhered to at all times. Students will be briefed on the Range Safety Rules prior to beginning any firearms training. Any violation of safety rules may result in the Explorer being removed from the range/training. Removal of the explorer is at the discretion of the Firearms Instructor or Post Advisor. Range operations during Explorer training will be conducted in a manner that parallels range operations during applicant testing in which all operations and commands are issued by the instructor or range tower.
The Post Training Coordinator will schedule annual firearms training throughout the year. This will include Basic Pistol and Basic Shotgun. Additionally the Post can schedule Basic Patrol Rifle if desired and approved. Topics to be discussed will include;
Deadly Force Issues and Case Law
Basic Marksmanship Skills
Firearms Safety
Decision Making/Shoot, Don’t Shoot
Transition
Weak Hand Shooting
Loading and Unloading
4.3.4 Annual Pistol/Shotgun Qualification
Explorers will be required to participate in annual pistol/shotgun qualification as scheduled by the post. This training will be coordinated with the BCSO Training Section to ensure sufficient firearms instructors are present. The annual scores will be annotated in the Explorers Yearly Performance Evaluation and kept on file in the Explorer’s Personnel File.
4.3.5 Scenario Based Training
Explorers may participate in scenario based training utilizing the Glock 17T Simunition Pistols and protective equipment at least once a year. This training will help them better understand officer safety, decision making, marksmanship, use of force and many other skills needed to perform the role of Deputy Sheriff. The Training Coordinator may schedule this training as part of the structured training calendar and will coordinate this with the BCSO Training Section to unsure use of the “Shoothouse” and that required Simunition Instructors are on hand.

Ride-Along
5.1 Purpose
The ride-along program exposes Explorers to realistic work situations that a Deputy Sheriff may confront while on duty. It includes classroom instruction and practical training in work situations. The purpose is to give the Explorer an opportunity to better understand the Deputy Sheriff’s function in law enforcement and to broaden the Explorer’s knowledge of basic procedures, in order to assist the officer as directed. Following are guidelines for Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office ride-along program. Explorers must understand the Ride- along portion of the Explorer program is privilege not a requirement, therefore violations of policy, procedures or lack of attendance at meetings and other functions may result in suspension of ride-along activities for the Explorer.
5.2 Eligibility
5.2.1 Prerequisites

Must have completed Explorer Probationary Status
Must have completed the Ride-Along Training Program
Must have prior approval from Post Supervisor stating Explorer has reached Ride-along status
Must attend regular meetings and activities…Failure to do so may result in denial or suspension of ride-along status
5.2.2 Required Paperwork
Completed Hold Harmless Agreement on File. In cases where the Explorer is a minor or high school student, the Hold Harmless Agreement must be completed by their parents as well.
Completed medical information form along with Medical Release form authorizing the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office or its agents consent for emergency medical treatment on file
Explorer Personal Information Form on File
Completed Explorer Photo Release Form
BSA registration form
General Orders Acknowledgement
5.2.3 Ride-Along Training Program
Explorers attempting to gain Ride-along status must be trained in specific areas to help prepare them for riding in the patrol vehicle as well as assisting the patrol officer. This training class will be scheduled as needed and will include a review a various patrol procedures and a written test. Explorer seeking ride-along status must obtain a minimum passing score of 75% on the written examination prior to obtaining probationary ride- along status. Topics to be reviewed include:
Patrol Procedures
Traffic Control
Radio Communications
Vehicle Equipment
Ride-along rules and regulations
Emergency Procedures
Note Taking / Report Writing
Professionalism
5.2.4 Probationary Ride-Along Status
Upon satisfying the above prerequisites and required paperwork, the Explorer is granted Probationary Ride-along status. The Explorer must then complete a 20 daylight hour patrol orientation. The Explorer will maintain a BCSO Explorer Ride-along log which will include at a minimum the date, starting time/ending time, name of Explorer, name of accompanying law enforcement officer, and a section for any comments by the law enforcement officer for each Ride-Along session. A list of Explorers permitted to participate in the Ride-Along program, along with their respective hold harmless/release form and their medical release for emergency medical treatment form will be maintained in a binder in both the LEC and Hilton Head Office Deputy’s Room so they are available to enforcement personnel involved with the Ride-Along program. Upon completion of 20 hour orientation and review of ride-along logs and law enforcement comments, the Post Supervisor will grant full ride-along status or assign additional orientation time to explorer based on the supervisor’s findings.
5.3 Guidelines
Explorers must have achieved the Full Ride-along status in order to continue with the ride-along program.
Explorers under the age of 16 are only allowed to ride a maximum of 20 hours per month, with a tour of duty being a minimum of 4 hours and a maximum of 10 hours. Explorers under the age of 16 are prohibited from riding after
midnight.
Explorers age 16 and older are only allowed to ride a maximum of 24 hours a month, with a tour of duty being a minimum of 4 hours and a maximum of 10 hours. Explorers age 16 and older are prohibited from riding after midnight on school nights. During times when school is not in session or on the weekends Explorers age 16 and older are permitted to ride a full 12 hour shift with the approval of a Post Advisor.
Post Advisors may allow Explorers to ride more hours each month based on status and achievements.
Longer ride times can be approved by the Post Supervisor on a case by case basis.
The Explorer is prohibited from drinking, smoking, or sleeping while on duty. An Explorer found in the possession of illegal narcotics or other habitual drugs will be dismissed immediately.
Explorer will not, under any circumstances, be allowed to carry a firearm while participating in the ride-along program or any other Explorer function.
Explorers will ride only with the officer or Advisor to whom he or she is assigned.
An Explorer must report 15 minutes before the scheduled ride-along time.
The Explorer must be in a clean, pressed, and complete uniform when riding. The “Duty Uniform is to be worn when serving in the ride-along capacity. An Explorer must be equipped with flashlight, body armor, notebook, and pen before reporting for duty. If the Explorer is not in the proper uniform or does not have their issued flashlight or body armor, the Explorer will not ride until such time as they have all the required items.
The Explorer must follow the supervising officer’s directions regardless of his/her personal feelings. Any disagreement or argument with the supervising officer must be reported to Advisors in writing as soon as possible. No Explorer will be required to obey an order that is contrary to the law.
The Explorer must complete a ride-along log (same as probationary log) upon the completion of a tour and must have it signed by the supervising deputy they rode with. The Explorer will submit the original log to one of their post advisors for forwarding to the post supervisor and retain a copy for themselves in their Explorer Binder. The post supervisor will maintain the ride-along logs in the Explorer’s Personnel File.
Any Deputy experiencing a problem with an Explorer during a ride-along or vice versa should document the problem and submit it to the post supervisor for review ASAP. This form will be kept in the Explorer Handbook located at both the LEC and Hilton Head Office
5.4 Calls in Which Explorers May Participate
Explorers participate in the ride-along program as observers. Explorers may fulfill various duties as determined by the ride-along officer, including:
Traffic/crowd control
Radio operation
Motorist assistance
Completion of routine paperwork that will not be used in any court action
Crime scene protection
Interpretation, as needed.
5.5 Calls in Which Explorers May Not Participate
AT NO TIME will Explorers be at risk or used in dangerous or undercover activities, in accordance with the policy on covert operations. Some specific functions to avoid:
Interviewing/interrogating witnesses or suspects
Vehicle or foot Pursuits
Participating in or being left in control of the arrest of any prisoner
Leaving the police vehicle, unless instructed to do so by the assigned officer
Assisting at any scene, unless told to do so by the assigned officer
Being armed in any manner
Signing any arrest, offense, accident report, traffic citation, or other legal documentation
Assisting in providing cover or backup for any possible crime in progress
Driving vehicles
Riding with any vice, narcotics, or organized crime division
In any conversation with a prisoner, complainant, victim, suspect or witness unless authorized by the supervising deputy.
Riding in a patrol car while transporting a prisoner.
5.6 Driving Policy
No Law Enforcement Explorer, whether or not in uniform, should drive a marked patrol vehicle. The only exception to this policy is in authorized competitions, training (in which an adult law enforcement official shall ride in the front passenger seat) or if the Explorer’s life is in imminent danger.
5.7 High-Risk Call Procedure
An Explorer must follow the following procedure for high-risk calls:
In case of a high-risk call, the officer returns the Explorer to their residence, LEC, Hilton Head Office, staffed fire/EMS station or hospital and radios the position of the Explorer so that another unit can pick up the Explorer while the dispatched officer proceeds to the assignment.
In case of an immediate emergency, the Explorer will remain in the police vehicle and observe, until the officer advises that the situation is safe.
5.8 Covert/Undercover Operations
5.8.1 The use of Law Enforcement Explorers for covert/undercover operations is strictly prohibited.
5.8.2 The Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office conducting an undercover activity may choose to seek the voluntary support of Explorers as citizens, but not as Explorers. To do so is within its powers for enforcing local or state statutes. Permission to do so must be obtained in writing from the Post Commander and Sheriff or Chief Deputy prior to conducting the operation.
5.8.3 To influence in a positive way what would be correct procedure for youth activities, a series of guidelines pursuant to Law Enforcement Exploring has been developed. In cases of noncompliance, Learning for Life may revoke participation.
5.8.3.A The program specifically prohibits the use of Explorers in dangerous or undercover activities and through guidelines recommends against such activities, especially where peer relationships within the school or neighborhood setting have long-term negative implications.
5.8.3.B The National Law Enforcement Exploring Committee prohibits the use of Explorers to perform covert acts or acts that might undermine the role of Law Enforcement Exploring in the community or place Explorers in harm’s way.
5.8.3.C Any agency electing to utilize Explorers as private citizens in covert operations should do so with the clear understanding that their unit of government is solely responsible for any civil damages and legal or medical complications that might arise from such an activity.
5.8.3.D Law enforcement agencies participating in the Law Enforcement Exploring program should develop explicit guidelines and standard operating procedures concerning all activities in which their Explorers are
involved and those from which they should be prohibited.
5.9 Officer’s Criteria
An officer must have at least one (1) year of experience.
The officer must have no compromising disciplinary action on file.
The officer must be furnished with a copy of the Explorer program guidelines for future reference.

Post Activities & Special Functions
6.1 General Youth Protection Guide
6.1.1 Two-deep leadership. Two Learning for Life adult leaders or one Learning for Life leader and a parent—both of whom are 21 years of age or older—are required on all trips and outings. If the activity is coeducational, leaders of both sexes must be present. The participating organization is responsible for ensuring that sufficient leadership is provided for all activities.
6.1.2 No one-on-one contact. One-on-one contact between adults and participants is not permitted, except for authorized ride-along programs in Exploring. Personal conferences must be conducted in plain view of others.
6.1.3 Respect of privacy. Adult leaders must respect the privacy of participants in situations such as changing into swimsuits or taking showers at activities and intrude only to the extent that health and safety require. They must also protect their own privacy in similar situations.
6.1.4 Separate accommodations. When camping, no youth is permitted to sleep in the same tent or room with an adult other than their parents or guardians. We strongly encourage separate shower and toilet facilities for males and females, and when separate facilities are not available, posted shower schedules for males and females.
6.1.5 Proper preparation for high-adventure activities. Activities with elements of risk should never be undertaken without proper preparation, equipment, supervision, and safety measures.
6.1.6 No secret organizations. There are no secret organizations recognized in Learning for Life. All aspects of Learning for Life programs are open to observation by parents and leaders.
6.1.7 Appropriate attire. Proper clothing for activities is required.
6.1.8 Constructive discipline. Discipline in Learning for Life should be constructive and reflect the program’s underlying values. Corporal punishment is never permitted.
6.1.9 Hazing prohibited. Physical hazing and initiations are prohibited and may not be included as part of any Learning for Life activity.
6.1.10 Youth leader training and supervision. Adult leaders must monitor and guide the leadership techniques used by youth leaders.
6.2 Unauthorized & Restricted Activities
The following activities have been declared unauthorized and restricted:

All-terrain vehicles (ATVs) are banned from program use. ATVs are defined as motorized recreational cycles with three or four large, soft tires, designed for off-road use on a variety of terrains.
Boxing, karate, and related martial arts—except judo, aikido, and tai chi—are not authorized activities.
Chain saws and mechanical log splitters may be authorized for use only by trained individuals over the age of 18, using proper protective gear in accordance with local laws.
Exploration of abandoned mines is an unauthorized activity.
Varsity football teams and interscholastic or club football competition and activities are unauthorized activities.
Fireworks secured, used, or displayed in conjunction with program and activities are unauthorized except where the fireworks display is conducted under the auspices of a certified or licensed fireworks control expert.
The selling of fireworks as a fund-raising or money-earning activity by any group acting for or on behalf of participants, units, or districts may not be authorized by local offices.
Flying in hang gliders, ultra-light airplanes, experimental-class aircraft, or hot- air balloons (whether or not they are tethered); parachuting; and flying in aircraft as part of a search-and-rescue mission are unauthorized activities.
Motorized go-carts and motorbike activities are unauthorized. All motorized speed events, including motorcycles, boats, drag racing, demolition derbies, and related events, are not authorized activities for any program level.
Participation in amateur or professional rodeo events is not authorized.
Tasering and pepper spraying of Explorers or Participants are prohibited.
Motorized personal watercrafts, such as jet skis, are not authorized for use in aquatics activities, and their use should not be permitted in or near Learning for Life program areas.
Hunting is not an authorized Learning for Life school-based program activity, although hunting safety is part of the program curriculum. (The purpose of this policy is to restrict school-based programs from conducting hunting trips. However, this policy does not restrict Explorer posts from conducting hunting trips or special adult hunting expeditions provided that adequate safety procedures are followed and that all participants have obtained necessary permits and/or licenses from either state or
federal agencies. While hunter safety education might not be required prior to obtaining a hunting license, successful completion of the respective state voluntary program is required before participating in the activity.)
Except for (1) law enforcement officers required to carry firearms within their jurisdiction, and (2) circumstances within the scope of the Learning for Life hunting policy statement, firearms should not be in the possession of any person engaged in camping, hiking, backpacking, or any other Learning for Life activity other than those specially planned for target shooting under the supervision of a certified firearms instructor. (Among the purposes of this policy is to prohibit adult leaders from bringing firearms on camping and hiking activities or to group/post meetings.)
Parasailing, or any activity in which a person is carried aloft by a parachute, parasail, kite, or other device towed by a motorboat or by any other means, is unauthorized.
All activities related to bungee cord jumping (sometimes called shock-cord jumping) are unauthorized.
Technical tree-climbing with ropes and harnesses is unauthorized Learning for Life activity. There are no uniform standards. There is no available method to measure the weight bearing capacity of the tree limb and no backup procedure if the limb breaks
6.3 Parade Floats and Hayrides
Learning for Life and the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office prohibits the transportation of explorers in the backs of trucks or on trailers. This rule may be tempered for parade floats or hayrides, however, provided that the following guidelines are strictly followed to prevent injuries:
Transportation on the truck or trailer to and from the parade or hayride site is not allowed.
Those people riding, whether seated or standing, must be able to hold on to something stationary.
Legs should not hang over the side.
Flashing lights must illuminate a vehicle used for a hayride after dark, or the vehicle must be followed by a vehicle with flashing lights.
6.4 Unit Fund-raisers
Include these safety considerations when planning a unit fund-raiser:
Money-earning projects should be suited to the ages and abilities of youth participants.
Proper adult supervision should be provided.
Youth should engage in money-earning projects only in neighborhoods that are safe and familiar and should use the buddy system.
Leaders must train youth participants never to enter the home of a stranger and to know whom to contact in case of an emergency.
Youth participants should be familiar with safe pedestrian practices and participate during daylight hours only.
Adhere to all compliance requirements:

Check local statutes regarding solicitation rules and permits.
A fund-raising permit must be obtained from the local Learning for Life executive.
6.5 Climbing and Rappelling
In the event of the post participates in a climbing or rappelling activity all guidelines set forth by the Learning for Life Organization will be strictly adhered to.
6.6 Camping
Explorers may camp in an established camp approved by the participating organization connected with the Learning for Life group or post. (Groups or posts with coed camping must provide coed leadership.)
Wilderness camping can be a great experience for your post or group. However, you must plan well and anticipate any potential problems that might occur. Safety first should be the prime objective in your post plans. Inform all contacts in writing of your plans, including dates, times, routes, and most important, the time of return. In the event of a camping trip, the Explorer Post advisors will utilize the Safe Camping Guidelines set forth by the Learning For life Organization
6.7 Other Activities
From time to time opportunities may exist for the Explorer Post to participate in other activities not listed within these guidelines. Participation in any event must be given by the post supervisor or commander prior to attending. When attending other events the post advisors will use due care to uphold general safety precautions and take a common sense approach to operations of these events.
Policy Statement on Bloodborne Pathogens
This position statement is for those individuals who may be exposed to blood and body fluids; specifically, members of posts with specialties in medicine, fire rescue, law enforcement, etc.
7.1 The OSHA rules apply only to employees in jobs that involve “occupational exposure” to blood borne pathogens. They do not apply to situations or posts involving volunteers.
7.2 However, we recommend the following in instances where youth and/or adults may be exposed to blood or body fluids.
7.2.1 The participating organization and its leaders should always explain and make clear the possible degree of exposure to blood or body fluids as a result of
Exploring activities.
7.2.2 As a precaution, adult volunteers and youth members should consider getting a hepatitis B vaccination. The cost of the shots will not be borne by Learning for Life, nor is the participating organization required to underwrite the cost.
7.2.3 However, the participating organization may arrange to have hepatitis B vaccinations given at a reduced rate or free of charge.
7.2.4 If vaccination is recommended, any adult volunteers and youth members who decline the shots, either at the full cost to them, at a reduced rate, or free, should sign the refusal waiver. A declination file must be maintained for five years.
7.3 Learning for Life also recommends the following:
Treat all blood as if it were contaminated with blood borne viruses. Do not use bare hands to stop bleeding; always use a protective barrier. Always wash exposed skin areas with hot water and soap immediately after treating the victim. The following pieces of equipment are to be included in all first aid kits and used when rendering first aid to those in need:

Latex or vinyl gloves, to be used when bleeding is being stopped or wounds are being dressed.
A mouth-barrier device, for rendering rescue breathing or CPR.
Plastic goggles or other eye protection, to prevent a victim’s blood from getting into rescuers’ eyes in the event of serious arterial bleeding.
Antiseptic, for use in sterilizing or cleaning exposed skin areas, particularly if no soap or water is available.
Revision Date: 09/18/2019
Revised By: Kiera Morris, Post Advisor
P.J. Tanner
Sheriff
OFFICE OF SHERIFF
BEAUFORT COUNTY
POST OFFICE BOX 1758
BEAUFORT, SOUTH CAROLINA 29901
AREA CODE (843)
SHERIFF
255-3200
CHIEF DEPUTY
255-3192
CRIMINAL RECORDS
255-3232
CRIMINAL WARRANTS
255-3228
CIVIL PROCESS
255-3188
JUDGMENTS
255-3189
FAX#
255-9405
WEB SITE
www.bcso.net
BEAUFORT COUNTY SHERIFF’S OFFICE
VOLUNTEERS’ PROCEDURE MANUAL
Updated June 26, 2020

Application for Service: Applications may be picked up at the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office/Hilton Head Island Substation at 58 Shelter Cove Lane, Hilton Head Island or on the website at www.bcso.net
Sign In: Please sign your name, date, time in and out, plus the total hours worked every time you work in the sign-in Book. Do not remove any pages from this book.
Requirements: There will be training once a year. All Volunteers must attend these trainings. Volunteers must also wear their issued name badges while in the building. Also, please do not eat at the front desk.
Pass Down Journal: Please read this at the beginning of your shift. If you anticipate any absence, please put your name and dates in this journal. Messages, suggestions, comments and so forth are posted in this journal. Any and all entries in this journal must be signed and dated by person making the entry. Please sign your name so we know who has read the information.
Answering Phones/Taking Messages: One of the primary duties of the volunteers is to answer the phones and take messages in writing.
Answer the phone by saying, “Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, This is (Give Your Name).” If the caller asks for a specific person, press the Transfer button, punch the extension and press Transfer again. If the person is not at his/her desk, or is on the other line, the caller will get his/her voice mail; the caller will not come back to you. Messages can be left for road deputies by transferring the caller to their SSgt’s extension. Please inform the person calling that it will be “SSgt ??? , their supervisor.”
Some callers want to leave a written message. The Message books are all at the front desk. Record the message and ask Kiera, Ann or Patricia to leave it in the deputies mailbox. Always explain that the deputy may not get the message until the start of his/her next shift. Be sure to get an evening phone number if the Deputy’s next shift starts at 7:00 p.m.
Remember DO NOT offer any legal advice; giving legal advice may place the Sheriff’s Office in a liable position. All calls are confidential in nature; do not discuss Sheriff’s Office matters with friends, news reporters or anyone outside of the Sheriff’s Office.
Media: Refer all media queries to the public Information Officer (PIO). Deputies and/or civilian staff are not allowed to speak to the media unless directed to do so by the PIO or Sheriff.
When a caller does not know with whom they should speak, you may ask questions in order to determine where to direct the call.
Making a long distance call from the office now requires a long distance code issued to employees. If a call needs to be placed that is long distance you need to ask an employee (Records clerk etc.) to make the call.
Walk-In Visitors: When people come to the office, please greet them with a friendly smile and ask if you can help them. Do whatever can be done within the guidelines of the Volunteer Services Guidelines. Otherwise, see if a deputy can assist them.
Non-English Speaking Callers and Walk-Ins: When a caller does not speak English, ask him or her to call back with a person who does speak English, “Por favor, Llame con una persona que hable ingles.”, or advise them to call dispatch, “Llame cinco dos quarto dos siete siete siete” When a non-English speaker walks in, call dispatch and ask for an officer to come in to meet with the person.
If a Spanish speaking deputy is not available, every deputy has access to the Language Line which is a Dispatch service. This service offers a translator, via phone, for every language. DO NOT call language line. This service is for deputy’s use only!
Shift Schedule: Southern Enforcement Division/Shift Schedule/Hilton Head Island & Bluffton Section.
The schedule for deputies who work the Hilton Head jurisdiction is posted at the front desk. Please check the schedule to see which team is on duty the day you are working. This will enable you to let a caller know what day and time the deputy whom he/she is requesting will be on duty. Division Commanders and Investigators are listed with their phone extensions shown.
Fingerprinting: Fingerprints are done at the Hilton Head substation between 8:00 and 10:30 only. When someone comes in to be fingerprinted, call Kiera at 53316. If she does not answer after a few minutes please call an Investigator to do the prints.
Forms: There are several types of forms that citizens come in and request. These are in the cabinet behind the Volunteer Desk, in the Record’s Office or online. They include:
a. Concealed Weapons Permit Application – Online www.sled.sc.gov
b. Traffic Collision Reports: SC Department of Public Safety: Form 309 – Records
c. Citizens’ Police Academy (CPA) Application
d. Application Form for Deputy Sheriff – ONLINE or Capt. Smith at 255-3292
e. Application for Reserve Deputy: Refer to SSgt Angelo in Beaufort Office 255-3138
f. Criminal History Search/Beaufort County: Refer to Record’s Clerk
g. SLED (South Carolina Law Enforcement Division) Criminal History Search: Available only via computer, with a fee. Internet address is: www.sc.gov
More specific Instructions Regarding Calls & Walk-Ins: Due to the increase in personnel, and the confidentiality and sensitive nature of information in the office, volunteers are asked to adhere to the following:
a. When someone comes in and requests a copy of a report, direct him/her to the Records Clerk. Anyone calling on the phone in reference to a report or a warrant should also be directed to the Records Clerk. If the Records Clerk is not available, be sure to get the person’s name, case # (if they have it) and telephone number. If a caller asks, we cannot mail or fax reports. Give them the BCSO website (www.bcso.net) and advise them to click on the link that says “Report Copies”. This link will give those instructions on how to obtain a copy of a report if they are not local.
b. All personnel with offices in the substation have his/her phone numbers listed at the front desk. If the person you are trying to reach is on another line, the display screen will read, “on another call.” If there is no answer, but also no indication that the phone is in use, do NOT walk through the office to locate them. They may be on the phone at another location, in conference, in a suspect/victim interview and do not want to be disturbed. Please take a message.
c. Do not refer callers to other staff when they request to speak to a specific deputy. If the caller is seeking a deputy who is on duty, but not in the office, the caller may contact dispatch who will make radio contact with the deputy. The same procedures should be followed for visitors who come to the front desk.
d. All schedules are subject to change on a daily basis and may depend on the case load, or the events of the day. Therefore, if a caller wants to know when a certain person will be in the office, explain that it is not certain when they will be available and offer to take a message.
e. If someone calls and asks to speak to an “Investigator” or asks which Investigators are in the office, try to get more information from the caller. If he/she does not ask for an Investigator by name, they may simply need someone to take information and open a case. Contact Dispatch and request a road deputy to take the report.
f. If a caller has questions about laws or city ordinances, please refer him/her to a deputy via Dispatch. Do NOT attempt to give legal advice; that may put the Sheriff’s Office in a liable position.
g. If a caller wants to know the status of a case, take a message for the Deputy who worked the case and tell the caller the deputy will return his/her call. If the caller does not know who worked the case refer the call to MSgt Viens and she will assist them.
h. If a caller has a question about the cost of ticket or method of payment for a ticket, refer him/her to either the Magistrate Court (Central Court) at 255-5611 or Municipal Court at 341-4670.
Refer all parking tickets to the town of Hilton Head Island. Deputies do not issue parking tickets, the Town does. The Town’s number is 341-4600.
i. If you should receive any type of crisis or threatening call (i.e. bomb threat, emergency or so forth) do NOT put the caller on hold, contact Dispatch immediately from another line. Attempt to get a number from the caller or retrieve the caller ID number. After contacting dispatch on another line try to contact any deputy that may be in the building.
j. Evidence or Found Property: Volunteers MAY NOT assume responsibility of any item. This is a legal issue. A certified officer MUST have chain of custody over the property. When someone comes in wanting to turn in evidence or property that they have found call dispatch and ask for a deputy.
k. Lost Cell Phone: A lost cell phone only requires as event number from Dispatch which takes a few minutes to do. Have the person call dispatch, who will instruct them on what to do.
l. Lost Property: Call Dispatch and request an officer to come to the office.
m. TV: Please keep the television on a “professional” station (i.e. news, weather, crime channel) and the volume low.
n. Out of State/County Travel Permits: This is a person that has a travel permit authorizing them to be in Hilton Head/Beaufort County for a stated period of time, usually Probation or Parole. If there is not an officer in the building call dispatch and request one to come to the office.
o. VIN Number Verification: Papers that need a law enforcement officer to verify the VIN number on the vehicle. Call dispatch and ask to have a deputy come to the office and verify the VIN.
p. Complaints: Those wanting to make a complaint about a deputy must speak with Msgt. Covington, Lt. Zanelotti or Capt. Woodward.
Fingerprint Procedures
As of October 2013
Standard Operation Procedure (SOP):
Fingerprints are available on Hilton Head Island from 8:00 a.m. to 10:30 a.m.
If you receive a phone call requesting the times that fingerprinting is done, inform the person calling of the hours. Also, fingerprints cannot be completed without a picture ID. Please advise anyone needing fingerprints they MUST bring in a government issued picture ID.
Fingerprinting:
Call Kiera at 53316. If you are unable to reach her after a few minutes please contact an Investigator to complete the prints.
Other Items:
Don’t give out blank cards. The agency/business that wants the person fingerprinted should have provided a card. Feel free to call Kiera or an Investigator with any questions.
VOLUNTEER APPLICATION
Date _ Date started __
Name________________________________________________________
Address __________________________________________
Telephone Numbers
Home _________________and Cell ____________________
(Others) __________________________________________
E-Mail
Address __________________________________________
Driver’s License: State _ Number ____________
Emergency Contact _________________________________
Telephone Number __________________________________
Currently Employed? If so, where? _____________________
Most Recent Employer / If student, list school

Supervisor’s Name, Title & Telephone

BCSO Volunteer Application
Page 2
Work History:

Special Skills (Include Foreign Languages)

How often are you available?

Circle Days that You Are Available:
MONDAY / TUESDAY / WEDNESDAY / THURSDAY / FRIDAY
Circle Best time of Day You Are Available:
MORNING / AFTERNOON
How did you hear about this volunteer opportunity?

BCSO Volunteer Application
Page 3
Please List Three References:
Name ___________ Address _____________
Telephone Number _________________________________
Name ___________ Address _____________
Telephone Number _________________________________
Name ___________ Address _____________
Telephone Number _________________________________
Please read the following statement and sign:
I certify that all answers given herein are true and complete to the best of my knowledge.
I hereby authorize and request each person, former employer, firm or corporation, given as reference, to answer any and all questions related to my past work, performance and skills. I hereby release form liability the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, and its representatives for seeking such information and all person, corporation or organizations for furnishing such information.
As a prerequisite to my volunteer work, I agree that I will consent to answering any questions concerning my use of drugs and / or alcohol.
Inasmuch as I am a volunteer, I agree to not hold the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office liable for any physical illness or damage that may happen to me while I am serving as a volunteer.
I fully understand that my duties will encompass those matters mostly pertaining to clerical work, and not those involving investigations, arrests or any activity that will resemble that of a certified law enforcement officer.
I agree that any information I may learn as a result of my volunteer work in the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office will remain confidential.
BCSO Volunteer Application
Page 4
Background Investigation
Social Security Number ______________________________
Date of Birth _______________________________________
Have you ever been convicted of a crime other then a minor traffic violation? If yes, please explain: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I understand that before I am assigned to a volunteer position with the Beaufort County Sheriff’s Office, a standard background investigation will be conducted. I hereby authorize this investigation and that all information contained in this application is true and correct.

Signature Date

You may have missed